https://mylearntomake.com/ https://mylearntomake.com/how https://mylearntomake.com/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/contact https://mylearntomake.com/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg Paper and a pencil are enough. A tablet or a set you already have counts. Do not buy a kit for this class. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg Choose one thing you can see, and put it in front of you. Draw all of it, large, so it fills most of the page. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg This is not a practice line. Look at the thing, then draw. Stop when the whole thing is on the page. This is the start of a picture. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg Use the same thing you drew in class 1. Put a new sheet down. Set the thing where you can see its whole outside. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg Start at one place on the outer edge. Move the pencil around that edge only. Do not draw the inside, a handle hole, or a line through the middle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg Look at the thing more than at your hand. When the line meets the place you started, stop. If the outline is open, close it. The inside is not this class. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg The same thing from the last class. A new sheet. Draw the outside again, lightly, so you can put the parts in. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg Look at the thing. Add the parts that make it that thing. A handle, an opening, a seam, a lid. Draw the part you can see. Do not invent one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg Look from across the table. If a person could not tell what it is, add the one part that is missing. Then stop. Do not shade. Do not add a second thing. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg Look where you are. Find one circle, one box, and one triangle. A plate, a book, a corner. Do not draw the whole thing yet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg On one page, draw the three shapes, large. Draw the shape, not the object. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg These are the pieces later pictures are built from. If one shape is missing, draw it. Then stop. Do not shade. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg One light source. A lamp or one window. Turn the others off, or sit so only one light hits the thing. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg Draw the thing. Leave the paper white on the lit side. The white paper is the light. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg Add one shadow, on the side away from the light. Do not shade the whole page. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg Set one round thing and one box where you can see them. A cup and a book will do. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg Draw the round thing. Draw the box so three sides show. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg Make each side of the box a different gray. One darker, one lighter, one left almost white. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg Set two things so the near one covers part of the far one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg Draw the near thing first. Where it covers the far thing, stop that line. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg Leave out the hidden part. If you drew through the cover, erase that piece. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg A clothed person or a pet you can see. They stay still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg Before any face, fur, or cloth pattern, mark how tall against how wide. Two light marks. Compare them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg Draw inside those marks. Do not add every hair. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg The same person or pet. They do one thing. A reach, a step, a turn of the head. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg Give it one minute. Draw the action while it is happening. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg Catch the action and stop. Do not finish every finger or every hair. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg A face you can see. Draw an oval for the head. Nothing else yet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg Draw a line for the eyes, halfway down the oval. Then a nose. Then a mouth. Keep that order. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg Stop before the hair takes over. Four steps only: oval, eyes, nose, mouth. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg Sit in the corner you are in. Look at the floor. The lines of the floor go away from you. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg Draw those floor lines so they go to one point. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg The door is a box standing in that space. Draw the door as a box. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg Make one picture you want another person to see. Use one thing, its parts, and its shapes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg Put a name on it. The name is not 'Picture.' It points at this drawing. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg You should be able to start another drawing tomorrow without being told what to do. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg Paper and a pencil are enough. A tablet counts. Do not buy a kit for this. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg Go where you can see one whole building. A house, a store, a shed. This is not class 11. This is not a picture of a building, unless you cannot go to one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg One street, path, or road you can see. The road is the first shape, and it gets smaller as it goes away. That is the whole lesson of this sheet. Do not start with a sign or a car. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg Sheet one. Road, one building or one tree beside it, and the sky as the paper you leave empty. Stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg One tree you can see. Trunk first. It is a box that narrows as it goes up. The leaves are one mass, not a pile of marks. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg Sheet one. Trunk and one leaf shape. Stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg Class 10 taught the order of a face. This lesson is the head as a mass. A sculptor looks at a head this way before any face is cut. You are not copying a statue, and you are not copying a famous person. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg Someone you can see, or a photo of someone you know if nobody can sit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg A second person. Do not reuse the first head. Run the same three sheets in the same order. If you skip the ball and start with the eyes, stop and start sheet one again. Keep the third sheet only. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg Do that. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg A third person. Same checklist. Ball, jaw, neck. Then the halfway lines. Then one light and one shadow. Stop before the hair takes over. Three finished heads is the practice. The next lessons are one made-up face, drawn again until it is still that face. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg Do that. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg Invent one face. It has to be drawable again tomorrow, so pick few marks. The ball and the jaw first. Then the halfway lines. Then one feature that does not change: the nose, the jaw, or the space between the eyes. Hair is one shape. Write three words on the back of the sheet that name those marks. You will need them. Keep the sheet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg Do that. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg New sheet, from memory first. Then check the sheet you kept. Same ball, same jaw, same one mark. A small miss on the eye is fine. A different jaw means it is a new person, and this lesson is not done. Draw the jaw again. Keep the sheet that matches. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg Do that. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg Same invented face, turned a little. The construction does not change because the head turned. Ball, jaw, the one mark, then the features on the halfway lines. Keep this third sheet with the other two. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg Then run the old list on something this page did not name. A hand, a chair, or an animal you can see. Sheet one, big shapes and tall against wide. Sheet two, the parts that make it that thing. Sheet three, white paper for the light, one darker side, one shadow. Name it. That one is yours. The lesson does not tell you which subject. If you can do those three sheets without this page open, this step is done. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg Clean water. Wet the paper with a wide brush. One color only. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg Lay one wash across the page. Move the brush once. Do not scrub. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg Let it dry. This is one wash. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg Set a cup where you can see the outside. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg Paint only its outer edge. Do not fill the inside. Do not paint the table. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg When the edge is closed, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg Two colors. Put them so they touch on the wet paper. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg Let the water do the mixing. Do not scrub them together. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg When they have met, stop. Do not add a third color. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg Find three shapes in the room. A circle, a box, a triangle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg Paint three flat shapes. One color each. No detail yet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg Three shapes. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg One light. Look where it is bright. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg Leave that spot as bare paper. The white paper is the light. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg Paint one shadow, away from the light. Do not cover the white. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg Set a round thing and a box where you can see them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg Paint them in two different grays. The round one is one gray. The box is another. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg Do not add a third gray. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg Set two things so one is in front. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg Paint the front one. Do not paint the hidden part of the back one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg Where the front covers the back, stop that color. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg Look at one thing. Name the color you see, not the color you expect. A lemon can be gray in the shadow. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg Mix that color on a spare piece of paper. Compare it to the thing. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg If it does not match, mix again. When it matches, stop. Do not paint the whole picture. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg A person or a pet. They stay still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg Paint big shapes only. The head, the body, the legs. Not every hair. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg Three or four shapes. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg A face you can see. Paint three values only. Light, middle, dark. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg Light stays lighter paper. Middle is one wash. Dark is the shadow under the brow, the nose, or the chin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg Stop before the hair takes over. Three values. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg Sit in a corner. One light. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg Paint two walls. Leave the lit wall lighter. The other wall is darker. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg One light. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg Look at one real apple. See the big light first. Leave that light. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg Then paint the small shapes. One shadow. Not every speck. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg Name it. This is practice, not a copy to sell. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg Paper and washable paint are enough. A tablet counts. Do not buy a kit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg One bowl you can see. This is not class 2. Class 2 was the edge of a cup. This is the color inside a bowl. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg One window you can see. This is not class 11. Class 11 was two walls. This is the light in the glass. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg Leave the glass as white paper. Do not paint the sky into a second picture. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg One plant you can see. The pot first. It is one box. Mix the color you see. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg The leaves are one mass of color, not a pile of marks. One wash for that mass. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg This is not class 12. Class 12 was one apple and then its shadow, and you named it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg This sheet is only the flat color. One apple. One wash. The color you see. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg New sheet. Same apple. Mix again from what you see now, not from the last sheet and not from the red you expected. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg A small miss on the shape is fine. A different fruit means this lesson is not done. Paint the same apple again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg New sheet. Same apple. Leave the paper white where the light hits. One shadow. The white is not a hole you fill in later. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg Three sheets, one apple. Flat wash. The color you see. Then the light and one shadow. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg Invent one picture. It is not a copy to sell, and it is not a famous painting. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg One wash. One thing in front. Leave the hidden part unpainted. White paper for the light. One shadow. Name it. Keep this sheet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg Take a piece about the size of an orange. If it crumbles, dip your fingers in water and work it until it holds together. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg Press it between your palms, then roll it in a circle. Keep the same pressure all the way around. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg Stop when it is round and the surface has no cracks. A crack means it is too dry. Wet your fingers and roll that spot again. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg Set the ball on the table. Press the center with your palm, not the edge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg Turn it a little and press again. The middle and the edge should be the same thickness. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg Hold it up. If light shows through one spot, it is too thin. Fold it back into a ball and press again. About as thick as your finger. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg Hold the ball in one hand. Push your thumb into the center until you can feel it coming through, but not out. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg Pinch the wall between your thumb and finger. Turn the ball a little after each pinch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg The rim should be the same height all the way around. If one side is low, pinch the high side a little more. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg Roll a piece on the table with your fingers spread, not just your palms. Move from the middle out. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg The coil should be the same thickness from one end to the other, about as thick as a pencil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg Lay the coil in a ring on a flat base. Press it down where it meets. Cut the ends at an angle and press them together. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg Put the clay between two sticks of the same thickness. Roll across the sticks so the slab cannot get thinner than the sticks. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg Peel the slab up. If it sticks, lift one corner with a knife, not your nail. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg Cut the shape you need with a straight cut. Leave the scraps in a ball so they do not dry out. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg Feel the wall between your fingers. A thick spot feels heavy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg Pinch only the thick spot. Do not pinch the thin spot or it will tear. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg The wall should feel the same all the way around, about as thick as two coins stacked. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg Scratch both faces with a fork until they look rough. Smooth clay does not stick to smooth clay. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg Paint both scratched faces with slip: a little clay mixed with water until it is like cream. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg Press them together and hold for a few seconds. Smooth the join with a wet finger so you cannot see the seam. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg Roll a short coil, thinner than a pencil. Bend it into a ring the size of the bottom of the pot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg Scratch and slip the bottom of the pot and the top of the ring. Press the ring on. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg Set the pot down. It should sit flat and not rock. If it rocks, press the high side of the ring down. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg Roll a coil about as thick as your finger and as long as your hand. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg Scratch and slip two spots on the side, one above the other. Press each end of the coil on. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg The handle should stand off the pot so a finger fits through. If it sags, it is too wet. Wait a little and try again. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg Set the pot on a shelf out of the sun and away from a heater. Sun and heat crack it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg Lay a dry cloth loosely over it so the rim does not dry faster than the base. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg Leave it until it is pale and hard. This is air-dry clay. Do not put it in an oven. Do not drink from it. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg Compare two pieces before you start. If one ball is bigger, the pots will not match. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg Make the second pot the same way as the first. Set them side by side after each step. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg The rims should be the same height. The openings should look the same size. If one is wider, pinch that one a little taller and narrower. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg Choose one job: hold pencils, or hold a small dry thing. Do not use air-dry clay for food or drink. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg A pencil cup needs a flat bottom and walls taller than a pencil's point. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg When it is dry and pale, put the pencils in. Name it. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg Air-dry clay is enough. Do not buy a kiln, and do not bake this. A lump about the size of an orange is one cup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg Pinch the ball open with your thumb and turn it as the walls rise. Or roll coils all the same thickness, stack them, and press each one onto the one under it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg The rim is the same height all the way around. If you add a foot, scratch both faces, wet them, and press. Do not just stick it on. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg Set the cup on the table. It sits flat and does not rock. If it rocks, press the foot until it stops. Dry it slowly, in the air, out of the sun. Name it. This is the one you keep. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg One plate. This is not class 2, and it is not class 5. Class 2 was a pancake. Class 5 was a slab you can cut. This is a plate you could set a cup on. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg One slab. Even thickness. A low rim only if you can keep that thickness. If you add the rim, score, slip, and press. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg Then stop. Do not bake it. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg One bowl. The walls stay even. The rim is the same height all the way around. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg A foot, so it sits flat and does not rock. Score, slip, and press if you join that foot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg Then stop. Do not bake it. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg This is not class 3. Class 3 was a pinch pot, and the rim was the lesson. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg This one is a cup you pinch. One ball. The walls get thinner as you pinch, and they stay even. The rim is the same height all the way around. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg Then stop. Do not bake it. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg A new piece. Coils of the same thickness, stacked and pressed. The same size as the pinched cup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg A different size means this lesson is not done. Make the cup again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg Then stop. Do not bake it. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg A new piece, cut from a slab of even thickness. The same size as the other two. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg Score, slip, and press every join. The rim is the same height all the way around. It sits flat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg Then stop. Do not bake it. https://mylearntomake.com/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg Invent one piece. It is not a copy, and it is not the named pot from class 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg Even walls. If you join a part, score, slip, and press. A foot if it needs one, so it sits and does not rock. Dry it slowly. Air-dry only. Name it. Keep this one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg Then stop. Do not bake it. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg Yarn you already have. Two needles, or one finger if that is what you have. Do not buy a kit for this class. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg Cast on the stitches you counted. Make a loop, put it on the needle, and make the next one the same way. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg Stop when the counted stitches are on the needle. Do not knit a row yet. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg Knit the first rows. Put the needle through a loop, wrap the yarn, and pull a new loop through. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg One stitch at a time. Do not drop one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg When the row is done, turn the work. Then stop. Do not start a new color. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg Count every stitch on the needle. Touch each one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg Count every row. A mark on paper is enough. One mark per row. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg If the count is wrong, stop and look. Do not pull the work apart. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg Bind off. Knit two stitches. Lift the first over the second and off the needle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg Knit one more. Lift the first over it again. Keep going to the end. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg The edge should not flare. If it pulls open, redo only this edge. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg Knit until the piece is as tall as it is wide. Count to know. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg Lay it on the table. A square that lies flat. If it curls, look at the last rows, not the whole piece. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg When it lies flat, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg Knit one row. The next row is purl. The yarn is in front for purl. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg Know which row you are on. Knit, then purl, then knit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg Do not mix them in one row. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg One stripe. Knit to the edge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg Change color at the edge. Tie the new yarn there. Do not change in the middle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg Knit one stripe of the new color. Then stop. One stripe, not many. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg Something went wrong. Look at the last row only. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg Take the needle out of the last row, one stitch at a time, back to the row that was right. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg Do not pull the work apart. Knit that row again. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg Count the stitches at the start of the row. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg Count them at the end of the row. The numbers match. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg If they do not match, the last row lost or gained one. Fix only that row. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg Knit a rectangle. Longer than it is wide. A cloth, a strap, a bookmark. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg Count both ends so they match. Bind off so the edge does not flare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg You can use it. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg Two edges that should meet. Hold them together. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg Join them. A yarn needle through both edges, one stitch at a time. Or knit them together if they are still on the needles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg The join is done when the two edges are one. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg One finished thing. The square, the rectangle, or the joined piece. Not a new project. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not 'Knitting.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg You can start another piece tomorrow without being told what to do. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg Cast on the stitches you counted. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg Knit the first rows. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg Then stop. Do not pull the work apart. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg A square that lies flat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg Knit and purl. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg Then stop. Do not pull the work apart. https://mylearntomake.com/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg One stripe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg Change color at the edge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg Then stop. Do not pull the work apart. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg Thick yarn you already have. A large hook. Do not buy a kit for this class. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg Hold the yarn in one hand. Hold the hook in the other. Make one loop. The loop sits on the hook. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg That is the start. Then stop. Do not make a chain yet. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg Yarn over the hook. Pull a new loop through the loop that is already there. That is one chain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg Make the next chain the same way. Keep them loose enough to see. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg Stop when you have a chain you can count. Do not work back into it yet. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg Count the chains before the row. Touch each one. Do not count the loop still on the hook. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg Write the number. A mark on paper is enough. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg If you lose the count, count again. Do not pull the chain apart. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg Put the hook into the next chain. Yarn over. Pull a loop through. Yarn over again. Pull through both loops on the hook. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg One stitch in each chain. Do not skip. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg When the row is done, stop. Do not turn yet. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg Finish the row. One stitch in each chain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg Lay the row on the table. It should lie flat. If it curls into a tight rope, the stitches were too tight. Look at this row only. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg When it lies flat, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg Turn the work. The hook stays in the last loop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg Chain one. That chain is the turning chain. It is not a stitch you count. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg Go back. One stitch in each stitch of the row you just made. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg Two rows. Turn at the end of each one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg Keep the edges even. The same stitch at the start and the end of the row. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg If one edge pulls in, you skipped a stitch. Fix only the last row. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg Keep going until the piece is as tall as it is wide. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg Count the stitches. The same number each row. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg Lay it down. A square. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg One stripe. Work to the end of the row. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg Tie on the next color at the edge. Do not change in the middle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg Work one row of the new color. Then stop. One stripe, not many. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg Cut the yarn. Leave a tail you can hold. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg Pull the end through the last loop. Pull it snug. The loop closes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg The work is off the hook. Then stop. Do not start a new piece. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg Make a second square the same way. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg Count both. The same number of stitches. The same number of rows. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg Two squares the same size. Then stop. Do not join them yet. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg One thing you can use. The square, or the two squares laid together as a cloth. Not a new project. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not 'Crochet.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg You can start another piece tomorrow without being told what to do. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg A blunt needle. Thick thread you already have. Do not buy a kit for this class. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg Hold the needle in one hand. Thread it. Tie a knot at the end of the thread. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg The knot is at the end. Then stop. Do not sew yet. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg One piece of cloth. Push the needle through from the back. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg Pull the thread all the way, until the knot stops it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg The needle is on the front. Then stop. Do not make a second hole yet. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg One stitch. Go back down a short way from where you came up. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg Pull the thread through. In, then out. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg The stitch lies flat. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg A straight line. Make the next stitch the same size as the first. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg Keep the stitches on one line. Do not wander. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg The stitches are the same size. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg A running stitch. In and out along the line. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg Even spaces. The stitch and the gap are about the same. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg Do not pull so hard that the cloth puckers. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg Come to the corner of the cloth. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg Turn. The next stitch leaves the corner and goes along the next side. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg The line stays even. Do not bunch the corner. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg Two pieces of cloth. Lay one edge on the other. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg Sew them along that one edge. The needle goes through both pieces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg One edge only. Then stop. Do not sew the other sides yet. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg A square. Start at one corner. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg The same stitch all the way around. Turn each corner the same way. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg When you are back where you started, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg A patch. A small piece of cloth on a larger piece. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg Sew it on. The needle goes through the patch and the cloth under it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg The edges stay down. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg Tie the end. Make a small knot against the cloth so the last stitch cannot pull out. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg Cut the thread short. Leave only a little tail. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg The needle is free. Then stop. Do not start a new seam. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg Make a second square the same way. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg Count the stitches. Two squares the same size. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg Then stop. Do not sew them together yet. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg One thing you can use. The square, the patch, or the two squares laid together as a cloth. Not a new project. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not 'Sewing.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg You can start another piece tomorrow without being told what to do. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg Wash your hands. Soap, then water, then dry them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg Clear the counter. Only what this plate needs stays out. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg Then stop. Do not turn the heat on yet. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg Everything is out before the heat. Food, pan, plate, spoon, salt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg Read what you will do. You should not have to hunt for a tool once the pan is hot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg Then stop. The burner is still off. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg The pan is hot. Add a little fat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg The fat thins and shines. It whispers. It does not smoke. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg If it smokes, the heat is too high. Take the pan off. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg The food goes in one layer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg The pieces do not pile up. A crowded pan steams. It does not brown. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg Then stop. Do not turn it yet. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg Leave it. A crust needs time. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg Do not poke it. Do not walk away from a hot pan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg Then stop. Do not turn it yet. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg Turn it once. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg The side that was down is brown. If it is still pale, it needed more time. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg Then stop. Do not keep flipping it. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg Taste. Then salt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg Salt the food, not the air. A little is enough until you taste again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg Then stop. Do not keep shaking the salt. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg Heat off. The pan finishes the middle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg The middle sets from the heat already in the pan. You do not turn the burner back up. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg Let it rest. Do not cut it yet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg A few quiet minutes. The middle finishes while it sits. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg The juices stay on the plate. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg Spoon them over the food. Do not pour them down the sink. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg The pan cools, then you wash it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg A hot pan in cold water can warp. Wait. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg One plate. Not a new dish. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not "Cooking." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg You can cook another plate tomorrow without being told what to do. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg Black pepper at the end if the pot will boil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg With salt, not instead of it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg Cumin, bloomed, then coriander. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg Beans, rice, or lamb. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg Coriander seed, crushed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg Do not toast it to the color of coffee. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg Paprika blooms fast and burns faster. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg Garlic after, or the garlic burns. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg Smoked paprika. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg The smoke is the spice. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg Cayenne last. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg Less than the other spice. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg If it burns, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg Red pepper flakes in the fat, then out of the heat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg Garlic can join them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg If it burns, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg Chili powder is already cumin, garlic, and chile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg Taste before you add more cumin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg Cinnamon in fat with a pinch of salt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg Fruit, squash, or a little in meat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg Ginger, fresh or dried, with garlic. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg Dried is hotter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg Turmeric stains and goes bitter if it fries too long. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg Black pepper helps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg Garlic powder burns in a dry pan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg Put it in the fat and then the food. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg Onion powder is not fried onion. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg Use it for the base, then salt the dish. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg Oregano early in a tomato sauce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg Dried is stronger than a fresh pinch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg Basil at the end. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg Heat drives it off. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg Thyme early. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg It needs time. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg Rosemary. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg Chop it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg Bay leaf in the liquid. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg One. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg Take it out. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg Nutmeg. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg One scrape over cream, spinach, or potato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg Clove. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg One or two stuck in an onion, or a pinch ground. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg Allspice. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg Stop there. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg Cardamom, pods cracked, or a pinch ground. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg Rice, coffee, or fruit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg Mustard seed in hot fat until the first pops, then the food. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg Turmeric can follow. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg Fennel seed, crushed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg Tomato or pork. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg Dill at the end. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg Lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg Caraway, crushed, with garlic. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg Cabbage, pork, or rye. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg Celery seed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg A pinch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg Sesame toasted until it smells. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg Salt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg Poppy seed does not bloom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg Butter and lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg Saffron. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg Threads, not powder from a cheap jar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg One star anise in a braise or broth. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg Ginger. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg Take it out. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg Sumac off the heat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg It is the sour. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg Fenugreek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg A pinch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg Nigella. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg Do not burn it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg Mint at the end. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg Lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg Sage fried a few seconds in butter, then onto squash or pork. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg Pepper. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg Tarragon at the end. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg Lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg Marjoram. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg Use it where oregano would shout. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg Parsley at the end with lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg It is fresh, not a spice you bloom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg Cilantro at the end with lime. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg If it tastes like soap, it is the herb, not the cook. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg Lemongrass, bruised, in the soup, then out. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg Ginger. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg Take it out. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg Anise seed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg A pinch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg Mace. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg A pinch in a cream sauce or potato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg Juniper. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg Crush three. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg If it burns, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg Sichuan pepper toasted until it smells, then crushed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg Ginger. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg If it burns, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg Aleppo pepper off the heat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg Mild. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg Chipotle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg Smoke plus heat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg If it burns, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg Curry powder is a blend. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg Bloom it, then the food. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg Garam masala is a blend for the end. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg The pot can already have cumin and coriander. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg Five spice is a blend. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg A pinch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg If it smokes, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg Measure twice. Mark once. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg If the two measures do not match, measure again. Do not mark a guess. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg Then stop. Do not cut yet. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg Square the line across the board. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg The square sits tight against the edge. The line goes across the face and down the edge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg Then stop. Do not cut yet. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg Clamp the work. Your hand is not the clamp. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg If the board can shift, the cut will wander. Tighten the clamp. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg Then stop. Do not start the saw until the wood is still. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg Cut on the waste side of the line. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg The pencil line stays on the piece you are keeping. The saw teeth take the waste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg Then stop. Do not cut the line away. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg Let the saw do the work. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg A light push. If you have to lean on it, the saw is dull or the angle is wrong. Stop and reset. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg Support the offcut so the last fiber does not tear. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg A hand or a second support holds the waste. Do not let it drop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg Check the cut against the square. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg The square sits on the face and the cut end. Light under the square means the cut is not square. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg Then stop. Do not sand the error away until you have seen it. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg Sand to the line. Not past it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg Sand with the grain. If you sand past the line, the piece is short. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg Wipe the dust. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg Two faces meet. No light through the joint. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg Hold them together and look along the seam. Light means a gap. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg Then stop. Do not glue a gap. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg Glue, then clamp. A thin bead squeezes out. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg Too much glue does not make a stronger joint. Wipe the bead. Do not starve the joint. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg It cures. Then sand the joint flush. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg Do not sand wet glue. Wait until the joint is hard. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg One piece. Not a new project. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not 'Wood.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg You can start another piece tomorrow without being told what to do. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg Pick the plant for the light you actually have. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg A sun plant in a dark room will not grow because you wish it would. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg Then stop. Do not plant yet. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg The soil drains. A pot needs a hole. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg If water sits in the pot, the roots rot. Check the hole before you fill it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg Plant at the depth on the packet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg If there is no packet, a small seed gets a shallow cover. A large seed goes deeper. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg Firm the soil. No air pocket under the seed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg Press gently. A hard pack keeps water and air out. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg Water once, deeply. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg Water until it comes out the hole. Then wait. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg Let the top dry before you water again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg Stick a finger in. If the top is still damp, leave it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg A seedling wants light more than water. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg A pale, stretched seedling is asking for light. Move it. Do not drown it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg Thin to the spacing on the packet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg The strongest seedling stays. The extras come out. Crowded plants stay small. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg Feed only after the true leaves. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg Too much burns them. A little, then stop. The first two leaves are not the true leaves. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg Take pests off by hand before you spray anything. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg One bug is not a reason for a bottle. Pick it off. Look again tomorrow. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg Pick it when it is ready. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg Waiting too long makes it tough. A plant left too long spends itself on seed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg One harvest. Not a new garden. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not "Growing." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg You can plant another pot tomorrow without being told what to do. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg A window. This is a cut end, not a seed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg Use a fresh green onion with roots, not a dried-out one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg A window, then sun. The sprout is the sure result. Pods need a lot of light. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg Use a whole dry bean: kidney, black, pinto, or a dried green bean. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg A window. Leaves are the likely crop. A fat head of garlic is not. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg One firm clove. Leave the skin on. Point up, flat root end down, about two centimeters deep. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg A window. A few small leaves, not a second supermarket head. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg Use a fresh base, not a brown slimy one. Leave about three centimeters of the heart. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg A window. The same method as the romaine, and slower. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg A fresh base, about three centimeters tall, in a shallow dish. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg A warm window. You get a plant you can cut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg Basil wants a warm room. Scatter the small seeds on damp soil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg A warm window. Fruit wants real sun and a bigger pot. The leaves are never food. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg Use a fully ripe tomato. Scoop the seeds and the gel into a cup with a splash of water. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg A warm window. Peppers want more heat than tomatoes, and more time. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg Take seeds from a ripe pepper. You can skip the ferment. Dry them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg A deep pot. A plant is likely. A sack of potatoes is not, unless the pot is deep and you wait months. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg Many supermarket potatoes are treated so they will not sprout. If nothing happens in three weeks, that is why. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg A house tree. Fruit is a maybe, after years, and it may be sour or different. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg Plant a fresh seed from a lemon or an orange. A seed that dried out on the counter often fails. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg A house tree. Fruit indoors is uncommon, takes years, and will not match the one you bought. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg Wash the pit. The broader, flatter end is the bottom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg A seedling, not a bowl of cherries. A cold place outdoors is where a cherry tree fruits, after years, and it often needs a second tree. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg Scrub the stone until no flesh remains. Flesh left on it molds. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg A window. Greens, not a second carrot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg Cut the leaves off a fresh carrot. Keep about one centimeter of the orange top. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg A window. Leaves, not a second beet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg Cut the greens off. Keep about one centimeter of the beet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg A window. This is a cut end, not a seed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg Use a fresh leek with the base still on, not a dried-out one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg A window. A few small leaves, not a second supermarket head. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg Use a fresh base, not a brown slimy one. Leave about three centimeters of the heart. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg A window. Loose leaves, not a second tight head. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg A fresh base, about three centimeters tall, in a shallow dish. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg A window. Fronds, not a second bulb. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg Use the base of a fennel bulb. The cut stalks alone do little. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg A warm window. A clump is the crop. Not a handful of stalks this month. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg Use a stalk that still has a firm pale base. A dry stick will not root. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg A house plant. Fruit indoors is uncommon, and it takes years if it comes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg Twist the crown off a fresh pineapple. Cut any fruit flesh off the base. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg A sunny pot. The root is the crop, if it stays cool and each plant has room. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg A pot as deep as your hand, with a hole. Damp soil, not a puddle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg A bright pot. Leaves, not a tight supermarket head. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg The seed is small. Scatter it on damp soil. Press it, or cover it with a dust of soil. Buried deep, it fails. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg A cool pot. Leaves, not a summer crop on a hot sill. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg Sow about one centimeter deep, in a pot with a hole. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg A bright pot. The leaves are the crop. Heat ends them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg The seed is round. Sow about one centimeter deep, in the pot you will keep. It dislikes a move. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg A pot with a hole. A clump you can cut for years. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg Seed is slow. Keep the soil damp. A sprout is often ten to twenty days. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg A bright pot. A stem, not a seed. Seed often grows a weak plant that is not the mint you smelled. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg Cut a fresh stem. Pull off the lower leaves. A dry stick will not root. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg A sunny pot. Pods are the crop. A sprout in a jar is a different lesson. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg Use a whole dry bush bean. Not a pole bean unless you give it a tall stick. Not a split pea. Not a canned bean. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg A cool pot. Pods, if the weather stays cool. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg Use whole pea seeds, not split peas. Split peas are dead. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg Outside, or a pot at least twenty centimeters deep. The root is the crop. This is not the carrot top in a dish. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg Loose soil, with no stones or hard clods. Those fork the root. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg Outside, or a pot at least twenty centimeters deep. A root, and leaves. This is not the beet top in a dish. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg Each seed ball can make several sprouts. Sow about two centimeters deep. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg Outside, or a big pot with a hole. Leaves, for a long time. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg Sow about one centimeter deep. A sprout is often five to ten days. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg Outside. A set is easier than seed. Seed needs months before it is a bulb. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg Plant the set point up, root end down, about ten centimeters apart. The tip just shows. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg A big pot or the ground, with something to climb. Not a windowsill. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg Sow about two centimeters deep after the soil is warm. Cold wet soil rots the seed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg The ground, or a very big pot. One plant gets huge. Two is a lot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg Sow about two centimeters deep after the soil is warm. Cold wet soil rots the seed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg Outside, in warm soil. Not a pot, and not one plant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg Plant a block, at least four plants each way. Pollen falls from the tassel at the top onto the silk of the ears. One row, or one plant, often makes empty ears. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg A plant or a runner. Seed is slow, and most seed-grown plants give no fruit the first year. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg Sunny ground, or a pot with a hole. Not a dark window. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg Outside, in full sun. A flower, and seeds if the summer is long enough. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg Sow about two centimeters deep after the soil is warm. A sprout is often seven to fourteen days. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg Sun, and warm soil. They finish in one summer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg Barely cover the seed. Cold wet soil rots it, or the seed just sits. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg Sun. They finish in one summer, and they flower until frost. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg Poor soil makes more flowers. Rich soil makes a lot of leaves and few flowers. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg The garden marigold. Not calendula. That is the next lesson. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg Sun. Barely cover the seed after the soil is warm. A sprout is often five to ten days. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg Pot marigold. Not the garden marigold in the lesson before this. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg A cool-season flower. Heat can stop it. A cool summer is a fair place. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg A big seed, about two centimeters deep, in warm soil. A pot or the ground. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg They sprawl. Poor soil makes more flowers. Rich soil makes leaves. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg Not the pea you eat. That is a different plant, and a different lesson. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg They like cool weather. Heat stops the flowers. A cool summer can suit them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg A root, not a seed. The eyes are the pink buds on the root. They point up. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg Set it so no more than about five centimeters of soil covers the eyes. Deeper than that, it may grow leaves and never flower. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg Decide what the picture is of before you raise the camera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg If you cannot say it in one short line, you are not ready to shoot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg Then stop. Do not take the picture yet. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg Move your feet before you touch a setting. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg A step to the left changes the picture more than a button does. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg Get closer. Most pictures have too much around the subject. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg If you can name three extra things in the frame, take a step in. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg The horizon is level, unless you mean it not to be. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg A tilted table looks like a mistake. Tip the phone until the line is flat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg Focus on the part that matters. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg Tap that part. If the background is sharp and the thing is soft, you tapped the wrong place. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg One strong shape. Not five things fighting. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg If you have to explain which thing the picture is about, the picture is not finished. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg Wait for the moment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg A picture taken because you were impatient is the one you delete. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg A person who did not agree is not in the picture. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg Ask first. A nod counts. Silence does not. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg Expose for the thing you came for. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg Let the background go. A bright window behind the thing makes the thing a shadow. Turn around. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg Three pictures of the same thing. Keep one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg The other two go. More pictures do not make a better one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg Crop only what fights the subject. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg A crop is not a way to invent a closer picture you did not take. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg One picture. Not a roll of them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not "Camera." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg You can take another picture tomorrow without being told what to do. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg Pick the instrument you will actually practice. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg A piano you cannot reach is not the instrument. Hands, a drum, a guitar you already own, all count. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg Then stop. Do not play a song yet. https://mylearntomake.com/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg The body is easy before the note. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg If your shoulders are up by your ears, the note will be tight. Drop them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg One note, clean. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg A clean note is one you can hear start and stop. Extra noise is not part of it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg A steady pulse you can tap. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg If the taps speed up, you do not have a pulse yet. Slow down. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg The same phrase, quiet, then full. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg Full is not as loud as the room will take. If ears hurt, it is too much. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg A rest is played. Do not fill it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg The silence is a beat you count. If you play through it, you skipped it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg Five notes you can find again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg Play them. Look away. Find the same five. If you cannot, you do not have them yet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg Four bars. Stop at the bar line. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg Do not add a fifth. The stop is part of the phrase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg Slow until it is clean. Speed comes after. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg A fast messy phrase is not practice. It is a habit you will have to undo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg Record one take. Listen once. Fix one thing. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg Do not listen five times and fix five things. One thing, then play it again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg Twenty minutes. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg A sore hand is not proof you worked. It is the reason you stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg One phrase you can play tomorrow. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not "Music." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg You can find those notes again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg The body is easy before the sound. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg If your shoulders are up by your ears, the note will be tight. Drop them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg Then stop. Do not sing a song yet. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg The breath starts the note. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg Take the air first. If you start the sound and then hunt for air, the note shakes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg One vowel, centered. No push from the throat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg If the throat tightens, you are pushing. Softer, and the vowel stays in the middle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg Find the note, then hold it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg A held note that slides was not found yet. Find it again, then hold. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg The word is heard on the first try. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg If a listener has to ask what you sang, the word was not finished. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg The same line, quiet, then full. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg Full is not as loud as the room will take. If you feel dizzy, you held the air too long. Stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg A rest is silence. Do not fill it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg Breathe in the rest. If you sing through it, you skipped it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg The high note is prepared, not grabbed. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg If you reach and the throat grabs, you were not ready. Step into it from the note before. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg Record one verse. Listen once. Fix one thing. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg Do not listen five times and fix five things. One thing, then sing it again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg Twenty minutes. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg A sore throat is not proof you worked. It is the reason you stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg Sing the words like you mean them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg If the words are only sounds, you have not sung them yet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg One verse you can sing tomorrow. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not "Singing." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg You can find that verse again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg One true thing. Not a costume of a song you like. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg If the line could be any song on the radio, it is a costume. Start from what you actually saw. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg The title is the promise of the song. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg Write it at the top. If the verses do not keep that promise, the title is a lie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg The chorus says that promise in one or two lines. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg Two lines is the limit. A chorus that needs a paragraph is a verse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg Hum the melody. If you have no notation, write the rhythm in plain words. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg Long, short, short is enough. A drawing of notes you cannot read does not help. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg Verse one is the scene. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg Who is there, and what you can see. Do not explain the feeling yet. The scene does that. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg The chorus returns unchanged. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg If you rewrite it the second time, you do not have a chorus. You have two verses. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg Verse two raises the cost, or the turn. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg Something is harder, or someone changes their mind. If nothing changed, it is verse one again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg A bridge is optional. One line the chorus did not say. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg If you do not need it, do not write it. A bridge is not a third verse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg Genre is the beat and the words, not a costume. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg Tap the beat you mean. If the words only work in someone else's voice, they are not yours yet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg No borrowed hook. If you hear another song, start the line again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg A hook you remember from the radio is not yours. Write the next line from your title. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg Record the chorus. Listen once. Fix one word. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg Do not listen five times and fix five words. One word, then you are done for today. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg One song you can sing tomorrow. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not "Songwriting." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg You can find the chorus again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg Paper or a tablet you already have. You do not need a special program. Write one person. A name is enough. One person only. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg On the next line, write what that person wants. One want. Not a list. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg On the next line, write one thing in the way. A person, a fact, or a limit. Then stop. This is not the whole story. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg Leave the three lines from class 1 on the table. Open a new page. Do not start with 'this is a story about.' Start with the person already in a place. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg Write what they do now. One action you could see. A hand on a door, a step, a cup set down. Stay in that moment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg Read it. If a sentence tells the whole life, or the lesson, cross it out. The opening is only this moment. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg Read the opening from class 2. It is one moment. Do not start a new scene. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg Before that moment ends, put the want on the page. Do not write 'she wanted.' Show it. A hand tries the door. Eyes stay on a phone that is not picked up. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg Read to the last line. If a reader still does not know what the person wants, add one action that shows it. Then stop. Do not start the middle. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg Go back to the scene. The want is already there. The obstacle is one kind only: a person, a fact, or a limit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg Write it in the scene. A person says no. A fact: the bus has left. A limit: there is one coin. Do not write 'there was a problem.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg Read it. If the obstacle could be more than one kind, keep one and cut the others. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg This is the middle. Write the first try. It fails for one reason. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg Write a second try. It fails for a different reason. Do not repeat the first failure. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg Read both tries. If they fail for the same reason, change the second. Then stop. Do not write the end. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg Read the two tries. Both failed. Do not add a lucky rescue. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg Write the turn as a choice. The person picks one of two things they can actually do. They know what it costs. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg Read it. If the way out is luck, a stranger, or a found key, cross it out. Write the choice. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg Write the end in a few lines. Either they get the want, or the page shows what it cost. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg Do not add a new want. Use the want from the first scene. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg Read the want and the end together. If the end forgets the want, fix the end. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg Read the scene to the last line. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg The last line must change something. A fact, a choice, or what someone knows. If nothing changed, write the change. The chapter is not over until it does. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg If a new scene has started, cut it back. End on the change. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg Find one feeling or fact you were about to explain. 'She was angry.' 'He did not trust her.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg Put it in what someone says, or in what they do not say. Do not write the announcement. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg Read it. If the narrator still announces it, cut that sentence. The talk holds it. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg Read the scene. Mark a sentence that explains what the reader already saw. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg Cross it out. Leave the action. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg Read the scene again. If another sentence only explains, cut that too. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg Read the first page out loud. Only the first page. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg Mark the first place you lost the person, the want, or the place. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg Fix that place. One repair. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg Read the piece from the first line to the last. It has a person, a want, an obstacle, two tries, a choice, and an end. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg Give it a name. The name is not 'Story.' It points at this piece. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg The piece can be handed to a reader. You do not need this page open to know what it is. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg Paper you already have. Write one thing you can make. Not a shop. Not a list. One thing. A loaf, a repair, a drawing, a jar of soup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg It is for one person, not for everyone. On the next line, write who. A name is enough. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg Read the two lines. You can finish this thing. If you cannot, cross it out and write a smaller thing. Then stop. Do not write a price. https://mylearntomake.com/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg Look at the one thing from the last class. It is for one person. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg Write that person's name on the next line. A real person you can talk to. Not everyone. Not customers. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg Read the name. If you cannot picture their face, cross it out and write one person you can. Then stop. Do not write a price. https://mylearntomake.com/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg The person you named. Write what they need that they do not have. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg It has to match the thing you can make. Not a new business. One need. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg Read the need and the thing together. If they do not match, change the need or the thing. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg Make the first one. Use what you already have. Do not open a shop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg Finish this one. Not a plan of ten. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg Set it on the table. This is the first one. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg Take the first one to the person you named. Or set a time they can hold it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg Put it in their hands. Do not explain the whole plan. Let them hold it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg Stay while they look. Then stop. Do not ask for money. https://mylearntomake.com/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg After they hold it, write the words they said. Their words, not yours. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg If they said nothing, write what they did. They put it down. They smiled. They asked one question. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg Read what you wrote. It is their reaction, not your hope. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg Read what they said. Find one thing they asked for. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg Change that one thing on the piece. Not five things. One. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg The change is done. Then stop. Do not start over. https://mylearntomake.com/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg On your own paper, write what it cost you to make this one. Time. Materials you already had. A thing you used up. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg This is for you. It is not a price for them. Do not write a selling price. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg Read it. You know what this one cost you. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg Look at what it cost you. Decide a price you can say out loud to that one person. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg Say it to them, or practice saying it to the room. Out loud. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg Do not type the price on this page. Do not type it in a note here. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg Write how they get it from you. You hand it to them. They pick it up. You leave it at their door. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg One way. Not a shop. Not a payment on this site. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg Read it. A person could follow that way. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg Tell the person it is for. One sentence. The thing, and that it is for them. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg Say it, or write it where they will see it. Not a poster for everyone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg One sentence. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg Read what you have. One thing. One person. One need. One made thing. One way they get it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg Give the offer a name. The name is not "Business." It points at this offer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg You can hand this to a buyer without this page open. Then stop. Do not type a price. https://mylearntomake.com/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg Play one white key and let it stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg If you hold it, you did not let it stop. Lift the finger and listen to the end. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg Keep four even beats. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg If the beats speed up, you do not have a pulse yet. Slow down. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg Play the same key loud, then quiet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg Quiet is still the same key. If ears hurt, it is too much. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg Play a higher key, then a lower one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg Name which is higher. Play them again without looking for long. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg Leave a rest you can count. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg The silence is a beat. If you play through it, you skipped it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg Repeat the same short pattern three times. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg If the third time grows, you did not repeat it. Play the first one again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg Use one hand and let the other rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg The resting hand is not hovering. It is still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg Play it slow, then a little faster, without rushing the rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg The rest stays the same length. Speed does not eat the silence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg Let someone else count four while you play. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg If you speed past their count, you are not with them yet. Start again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg Stop on the last beat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg If you add one more, you did not stop. Lift both hands. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg Play it once from the start, then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg One take. Do not patch the middle. If it breaks, the next try starts at the beginning. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg Play one short pattern and give it a name. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg The name is not "Piano." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg You can find those keys again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg Play one soft breath and let it stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg If the sound never ends, you are still blowing. Stop the air and listen. Stop if dizzy or the lips hurt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg Keep four even beats. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg If the beats speed up, you do not have a pulse yet. Slow down. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg Play the same note loud, then quiet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg Quiet is still the same note. If ears hurt, it is too much. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg Play a higher note, then a lower one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg Name which is higher. Play them again without looking for long. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg Leave a rest you can count. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg The silence is a beat. If you play through it, you skipped it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg Repeat the same short pattern three times. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg If the third time grows, you did not repeat it. Play the first one again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg Use one hand and let the other rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg The resting hand is not hovering. It is still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg Play it slow, then a little faster, without rushing the rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg The rest stays the same length. Speed does not eat the silence. Stop if you feel dizzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg Let someone else count four while you play. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg If you speed past their count, you are not with them yet. Start again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg Stop on the last beat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg If you add one more, you did not stop. Take the clarinet from your mouth. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg Play it once from the start, then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg One take. Do not patch the middle. If it breaks, the next try starts at the beginning. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg Play one short pattern and give it a name. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg The name is not "Clarinet." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg You can find those notes again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg Buzz the lips once and let it stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg If the buzz never ends, you are still blowing. Stop the air and listen. Stop if the lips hurt or you feel dizzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg Keep four even beats. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg If the beats speed up, you do not have a pulse yet. Slow down. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg Play the same note loud, then quiet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg Quiet is still the same note. If ears hurt, it is too much. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg Play a higher note, then a lower one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg Name which is higher. Play them again without looking for long. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg Leave a rest you can count. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg The silence is a beat. If you play through it, you skipped it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg Repeat the same short pattern three times. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg If the third time grows, you did not repeat it. Play the first one again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg Use one hand and let the other rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg The resting hand is not hovering. It is still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg Play it slow, then a little faster, without rushing the rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg The rest stays the same length. Speed does not eat the silence. Stop if you feel dizzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg Let someone else count four while you play. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg If you speed past their count, you are not with them yet. Start again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg Stop on the last beat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg If you add one more, you did not stop. Take the trumpet from your mouth. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg Play it once from the start, then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg One take. Do not patch the middle. If it breaks, the next try starts at the beginning. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg Play one short pattern and give it a name. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg The name is not "Trumpet." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg You can find those notes again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg Pluck one string and let it stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg Lift the finger. Listen to the end. If you hold it, you did not let it stop. No bow. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg Keep four even beats. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg If the beats speed up, you do not have a pulse yet. Slow down. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg Play the same string loud, then quiet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg Quiet is still the same string. If ears hurt, it is too much. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg Play a higher string, then a lower one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg Name which is higher. Play them again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg Leave a rest you can count. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg The silence is a beat. If you play through it, you skipped it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg Repeat the same short pattern three times. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg If the third time grows, you did not repeat it. Play the first one again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg Use one hand and let the other rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg The resting hand is not hovering. It is still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg Play it slow, then a little faster, without rushing the rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg The rest stays the same length. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg Let someone else count four while you play. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg If you speed past their count, start again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg Stop on the last beat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg If you add one more, you did not stop. Lift both hands. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg Play it once from the start, then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg One take. Do not patch the middle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg Play one short pattern and give it a name. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg The name is not "Cello." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg You can find those strings again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg Hit once and let it stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg Lift the hand. Listen to the end. Stop if the hand hurts. Do not hit near an ear. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg Keep four even beats. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg If the beats speed up, you do not have a pulse yet. Slow down. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg Hit the same spot loud, then quiet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg Quiet is still the same spot. If ears hurt, it is too much. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg Hit higher, then lower. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg Name which is higher. Hit them again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg Leave a rest you can count. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg The silence is a beat. If you hit through it, you skipped it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg Repeat the same short pattern three times. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg If the third time grows, play the first one again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg Use one hand and let the other rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg The resting hand is not hovering. It is still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg Play it slow, then a little faster, without rushing the rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg The rest stays the same length. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg Let someone else count four while you play. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg If you speed past their count, start again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg Stop on the last beat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg If you add one more, you did not stop. Lift both hands. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg Play it once from the start, then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg One take. Do not patch the middle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg Play one short pattern and give it a name. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg The name is not "Drums." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg You can find that pattern again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg Pluck one soft string and let it stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg If you hold it, you did not let it stop. Lift the finger and listen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg Keep four even beats. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg If the beats speed up, you do not have a pulse yet. Slow down. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg Play the same string loud, then quiet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg Quiet is still the same string. If ears hurt, it is too much. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg Play a higher string, then a lower one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg Name which is higher. Play them again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg Leave a rest you can count. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg The silence is a beat. If you play through it, you skipped it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg Repeat the same short pattern three times. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg If the third time grows, play the first one again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg Use one hand and let the other rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg The resting hand is still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg Play it slow, then a little faster, without rushing the rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg The rest stays the same length. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg Let someone else count four while you play. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg If you speed past their count, start again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg Stop on the last beat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg If you add one more, you did not stop. Lift both hands. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg Play it once from the start, then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg One take. Do not patch the middle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg Play one short pattern and give it a name. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg The name is not "Ukulele." https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg You can find those strings again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg One note. Let it stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg If you hold it, you did not let it stop. Lift the finger and listen. Stop if a finger hurts. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg Keep four even beats. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg If the beats speed up, you do not have a pulse yet. Slow down. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg Loud, then quiet, on the same note. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg Quiet is still the same string. If ears hurt, it is too much. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg A higher note, then a lower one. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg Name which is higher. Play them again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg Leave a rest you can count. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg The silence is a beat. If you play through it, you skipped it. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg Repeat the same short pattern three times. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg If the third time grows, play the first one again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg Name the instrument. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg It is a guitar. The pattern gets another name. Not a song you already know. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg Use one hand, or a pick, and let the other rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg The resting hand is still. A pick can rest too. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg Play it slow, then a little faster, without rushing the rest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg The rest stays the same length. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg Let someone else count four while you play. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg If you speed past their count, start again. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg Stop on the last beat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg If you add one more, you did not stop. Lift both hands. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg Play one short pattern and give it a name. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg The name is not "Guitar." Not a song you already know. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg You can find those strings again without being told. Then stop. https://mylearntomake.com/es https://mylearntomake.com/es/how https://mylearntomake.com/es/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/es/contact https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg Papel y un lápiz bastan. Una tableta o un estuche que ya tienes cuentan. No compres un kit para esta clase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg Elige una cosa que puedas ver y ponla delante. Dibuja toda, grande, para que llene casi toda la página. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg Esto no es una línea de práctica. Mira la cosa y luego dibuja. Para cuando toda la cosa está en la página. Este es el comienzo de un dibujo. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg Usa la misma cosa que dibujaste en la clase 1. Pon una hoja nueva. Coloca la cosa donde veas todo su exterior. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg Empieza en un lugar del borde exterior. Mueve el lápiz solo por ese borde. No dibujes el interior, el hueco del asa ni una línea por el medio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg Mira la cosa más que tu mano. Cuando la línea encuentre el lugar donde empezaste, para. Si el contorno está abierto, ciérralo. El interior no es esta clase. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg La misma cosa de la clase pasada. Una hoja nueva. Dibuja el exterior otra vez, suave, para poder poner las partes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg Mira la cosa. Añade las partes que la hacen esa cosa. Un asa, una abertura, una costura, una tapa. Dibuja la parte que ves. No inventes una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg Mira desde el otro lado de la mesa. Si una persona no podría decir qué es, añade la parte que falta. Luego para. No sombrees. No añadas una segunda cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg Mira dónde estás. Busca un círculo, una caja y un triángulo. Un plato, un libro, una esquina. No dibujes la cosa entera todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg En una página, dibuja las tres formas, grandes. Dibuja la forma, no el objeto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg Estas son las piezas de las que se arman los dibujos de después. Si falta una forma, dibújala. Luego para. No sombrees. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg Una sola fuente de luz. Una lámpara o una ventana. Apaga las demás, o siéntate de modo que solo una luz dé en la cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg Dibuja la cosa. Deja el papel blanco en el lado iluminado. El papel blanco es la luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg Añade una sombra, en el lado contrario a la luz. No sombrees toda la página. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg Pon una cosa redonda y una caja donde las puedas ver. Una taza y un libro sirven. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg Dibuja la cosa redonda. Dibuja la caja para que se vean tres lados. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg Haz cada lado de la caja de un gris distinto. Uno más oscuro, uno más claro, uno que dejas casi blanco. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg Pon dos cosas para que la de cerca cubra parte de la de lejos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg Dibuja primero la cosa de cerca. Donde cubre la cosa de lejos, detén esa línea. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg Deja fuera la parte escondida. Si dibujaste a través de lo que cubre, borra ese trozo. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg Una persona vestida o una mascota que puedas ver. Se quedan quietas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg Antes de cualquier cara, pelaje o dibujo de la tela, marca lo alto frente a lo ancho. Dos marcas suaves. Compáralas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg Dibuja dentro de esas marcas. No añadas cada pelo. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg La misma persona o la misma mascota. Hace una cosa. Estirar el brazo, dar un paso, girar la cabeza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg Dale un minuto. Dibuja la acción mientras ocurre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg Atrapa la acción y para. No termines cada dedo ni cada pelo. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg Una cara que puedas ver. Dibuja un óvalo para la cabeza. Nada más todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg Dibuja una línea para los ojos, a la mitad del óvalo. Luego una nariz. Luego una boca. Mantén ese orden. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg Para antes de que el pelo lo ocupe. Solo cuatro pasos: óvalo, ojos, nariz, boca. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg Siéntate en el rincón donde estás. Mira el suelo. Las líneas del suelo se alejan de ti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg Dibuja esas líneas del suelo para que vayan a un punto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg La puerta es una caja de pie en ese espacio. Dibuja la puerta como una caja. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg Haz un dibujo que quieres que otra persona vea. Usa una cosa, sus partes y sus formas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Dibujo'. Señala este dibujo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg Debes poder empezar otro dibujo mañana sin que te digan qué hacer. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg Papel y un lápiz bastan. Una tableta cuenta. No compres un juego para esto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg Ve donde puedas ver un edificio entero. Una casa, una tienda, un cobertizo. Esto no es la clase 11. Esto no es un dibujo de un edificio, salvo que no puedas ir a uno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg Una calle, un camino o una ruta que puedas ver. El camino es la primera forma, y se hace más chico al alejarse. Esa es toda la lección de esta hoja. No empieces por un letrero o un auto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg Hoja uno. Camino, un edificio o un árbol al lado, y el cielo como el papel que dejas vacío. Para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg Un árbol que puedas ver. Primero el tronco. Es una caja que se estrecha al subir. Las hojas son una masa, no un montón de marcas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg Hoja uno. Tronco y una forma de hojas. Para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg La clase 10 enseñó el orden de una cara. Esta lección es la cabeza como una masa. Un escultor mira una cabeza así antes de cortar ninguna cara. No estás copiando una estatua, y no estás copiando a una persona famosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg Alguien que puedas ver, o una foto de alguien que conoces si nadie puede sentarse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg Una segunda persona. No reutilices la primera cabeza. Haz las mismas tres hojas en el mismo orden. Si saltas la bola y empiezas por los ojos, para y empieza la hoja uno otra vez. Guarda solo la tercera hoja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg Haz eso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg Una tercera persona. La misma lista. Bola, mandíbula, cuello. Luego las líneas de la mitad. Luego una luz y una sombra. Para antes de que el pelo lo tape. Tres cabezas terminadas es la práctica. Las siguientes lecciones son una cara inventada, dibujada otra vez hasta que siga siendo esa cara. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg Haz eso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg Inventa una cara. Tiene que poder dibujarse otra vez mañana, así que elige pocas marcas. Primero la bola y la mandíbula. Luego las líneas de la mitad. Luego un rasgo que no cambia: la nariz, la mandíbula o el espacio entre los ojos. El pelo es una forma. Escribe tres palabras atrás de la hoja que nombren esas marcas. Las vas a necesitar. Guarda la hoja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg Haz eso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg Hoja nueva, primero de memoria. Luego revisa la hoja que guardaste. La misma bola, la misma mandíbula, la misma marca. Un error chico en el ojo está bien. Una mandíbula distinta quiere decir que es otra persona, y esta lección no está hecha. Dibuja la mandíbula otra vez. Guarda la hoja que coincide. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg Haz eso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg La misma cara inventada, girada un poco. La construcción no cambia porque la cabeza giró. Bola, mandíbula, la marca, luego los rasgos en las líneas de la mitad. Guarda esta tercera hoja con las otras dos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg Luego usa la lista vieja en algo que esta página no nombró. Una mano, una silla o un animal que puedas ver. Hoja uno, formas grandes y alto contra ancho. Hoja dos, las partes que lo hacen esa cosa. Hoja tres, papel blanco para la luz, un lado más oscuro, una sombra. Ponle un nombre. Esa es tuya. La lección no te dice cuál tema. Si puedes hacer esas tres hojas sin esta página abierta, este paso está hecho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg Agua limpia. Moja el papel con un pincel ancho. Solo un color. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg Pon una aguada a través de la página. Mueve el pincel una vez. No frotes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg Déjalo secar. Esta es una aguada. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg Pon una taza donde veas el exterior. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg Pinta solo su borde exterior. No llenes el interior. No pintes la mesa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg Cuando el borde esté cerrado, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg Dos colores. Ponlos para que se toquen en el papel mojado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg Deja que el agua haga la mezcla. No los frotes juntos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg Cuando se hayan encontrado, para. No añadas un tercer color. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg Busca tres formas en el cuarto. Un círculo, una caja, un triángulo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg Pinta tres formas planas. Un color cada una. Todavía sin detalle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg Tres formas. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg Una luz. Mira dónde está claro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg Deja ese punto como papel desnudo. El papel blanco es la luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg Pinta una sombra, lejos de la luz. No cubras el blanco. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg Pon una cosa redonda y una caja donde las puedas ver. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg Píntalas en dos grises distintos. La redonda es un gris. La caja es otro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg No añadas un tercer gris. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg Pon dos cosas para que una esté delante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg Pinta la de delante. No pintes la parte escondida de la de atrás. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg Donde la de delante cubre la de atrás, detén ese color. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg Mira una cosa. Nombra el color que ves, no el color que esperas. Un limón puede ser gris en la sombra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg Mezcla ese color en un papel de sobra. Compáralo con la cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg Si no coincide, mezcla otra vez. Cuando coincida, para. No pintes el cuadro entero. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg Una persona o un animal. Se quedan quietos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg Pinta solo formas grandes. La cabeza, el cuerpo, las piernas. No cada pelo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg Tres o cuatro formas. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg Una cara que puedas ver. Pinta solo tres valores. Claro, medio, oscuro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg El claro se queda en el papel más claro. El medio es una aguada. El oscuro es la sombra bajo la ceja, la nariz o la barbilla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg Para antes de que el pelo lo ocupe. Tres valores. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg Siéntate en un rincón. Una luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg Pinta dos paredes. Deja la pared iluminada más clara. La otra pared es más oscura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg Una luz. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg Mira una manzana de verdad. Ve primero la luz grande. Deja esa luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg Luego pinta las formas pequeñas. Una sombra. No cada mota. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg Ponle nombre. Esto es práctica, no una copia para vender. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg Papel y pintura lavable bastan. Una tableta cuenta. No compres un juego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg Un cuenco que puedas ver. Esto no es la clase 2. La clase 2 era el borde de una taza. Esto es el color dentro de un cuenco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg Una ventana que puedas ver. Esto no es la clase 11. La clase 11 eran dos paredes. Esto es la luz en el vidrio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg Deja el vidrio como papel blanco. No pintes el cielo como un segundo cuadro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg Una planta que puedas ver. Primero la maceta. Es una caja. Mezcla el color que ves. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg Las hojas son una masa de color, no un montón de marcas. Una aguada para esa masa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg Esto no es la clase 12. La clase 12 era una manzana y luego su sombra, y le pusiste un nombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg Esta hoja es solo el color plano. Una manzana. Una aguada. El color que ves. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg Hoja nueva. La misma manzana. Mezcla otra vez desde lo que ves ahora, no desde la hoja anterior y no desde el rojo que esperabas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg Un pequeño fallo en la forma está bien. Una fruta distinta quiere decir que esta lección no está hecha. Pinta la misma manzana otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg Hoja nueva. La misma manzana. Deja el papel blanco donde pega la luz. Una sombra. El blanco no es un hueco que rellenas después. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg Tres hojas, una manzana. Aguada plana. El color que ves. Luego la luz y una sombra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg Inventa un cuadro. No es una copia para vender, y no es un cuadro famoso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg Una aguada. Una cosa delante. Deja sin pintar la parte escondida. Papel blanco para la luz. Una sombra. Ponle un nombre. Guarda esta hoja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg Toma un trozo del tamaño de una naranja. Si se deshace, moja los dedos y trabaja hasta que se sostenga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg Apriétalo entre las palmas y luego ruédalo en círculo. La misma presión todo alrededor. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg Para cuando esté redondo y sin grietas. Una grieta quiere decir que está seco. Moja los dedos y rueda ese sitio otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg Pon la bola en la mesa. Aprieta el centro con la palma, no el borde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg Gírala un poco y aprieta otra vez. El centro y el borde deben tener el mismo grosor. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg Levántala. Si pasa luz por un sitio, está demasiado fina. Vuelve a hacer la bola y aprieta otra vez. Tan gruesa como un dedo. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg Sostén la bola en una mano. Mete el pulgar en el centro hasta sentirlo al otro lado, sin salir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg Pellizca la pared entre el pulgar y un dedo. Gira un poco después de cada pellizco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg El borde debe tener la misma altura todo alrededor. Si un lado está bajo, pellizca un poco más el lado alto. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg Rueda en la mesa con los dedos abiertos, no solo las palmas. Del centro hacia afuera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg El rollo debe tener el mismo grosor de un extremo al otro, como un lápiz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg Pon el rollo en anillo sobre una base plana. Apriétalo donde se tocan. Corta los extremos en ángulo y únelos. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg Pon la arcilla entre dos palos del mismo grosor. Estira sobre los palos para que la placa no quede más fina que ellos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg Levanta la placa. Si se pega, alza una esquina con un cuchillo, no con la uña. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg Corta la forma con un corte recto. Deja los restos en una bola para que no se sequen. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg Siente la pared entre los dedos. Un sitio grueso se siente pesado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg Pellizca solo el sitio grueso. No pellizques el fino o se rompe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg La pared debe sentirse igual todo alrededor, como dos monedas juntas. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg Rasca las dos caras con un tenedor hasta que se vean ásperas. La arcilla lisa no pega con arcilla lisa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg Pinta las dos caras rascadas con barbotina: un poco de arcilla con agua, como crema. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg Apriétalas y sostén unos segundos. Alisa la unión con un dedo mojado hasta que no se vea la costura. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg Rueda un rollo corto, más fino que un lápiz. Dóblalo en un anillo del tamaño de la base. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg Rasca y pon barbotina en la base de la vasija y en el anillo. Pega el anillo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg Apoya la vasija. Debe quedar plana y no balancearse. Si se mueve, aprieta el lado alto del anillo. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg Rueda un rollo tan grueso como el dedo y tan largo como la mano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg Rasca y pon barbotina en dos sitios del lado, uno encima del otro. Pega cada extremo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg El asa debe separarse de la vasija para que pase un dedo. Si se cae, está demasiado mojada. Espera un poco y prueba otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg Pon la vasija en un estante, fuera del sol y lejos de un calentador. El sol y el calor la agrietan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg Pon un paño seco, flojo, encima, para que el borde no seque más rápido que la base. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg Déjala hasta que esté pálida y dura. Es arcilla que seca al aire. No la metas al horno. No bebas de ella. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg Compara dos trozos antes de empezar. Si una bola es más grande, las vasijas no coinciden. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg Haz la segunda igual que la primera. Ponlas una al lado de la otra después de cada paso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg Los bordes deben tener la misma altura. Las bocas deben verse del mismo tamaño. Si una es más ancha, pellízcala un poco más alta y más estrecha. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg Elige un trabajo: guardar lápices, o guardar una cosa seca. No uses arcilla de aire para comida ni bebida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg Una taza de lápices necesita base plana y paredes más altas que la punta del lápiz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg Cuando esté seca y pálida, mete los lápices. Ponle nombre. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg Arcilla que seca al aire basta. No compres un horno, y no hornees esto. Un trozo del tamaño de una naranja es una taza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg Abre la bola con el pulgar y gírala mientras suben las paredes. O haz rollos del mismo grosor, apílalos y presiona cada uno sobre el de abajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg El borde tiene la misma altura todo alrededor. Si añades un pie, raya las dos caras, humedécelas y presiona. No lo pegues sin más. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg Pon la taza en la mesa. Se queda plana y no se balancea. Si se balancea, presiona el pie hasta que pare. Sécala despacio, al aire, fuera del sol. Ponle un nombre. Esta es la que te quedas. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg Un plato. Esta no es la clase 2, y no es la clase 5. La clase 2 era una tortita. La clase 5 era una placa que puedes cortar. Este es un plato en el que podrías poner una taza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg Una placa. Grosor parejo. Un borde bajo solo si puedes guardar ese grosor. Si añades el borde, raya, pon barbotina y aprieta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg Luego para. No lo hornees. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg Un cuenco. Las paredes se quedan parejas. El borde tiene la misma altura en toda la vuelta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg Un pie, para que se siente plano y no se balancee. Raya, pon barbotina y aprieta si unes ese pie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg Luego para. No lo hornees. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg Esta no es la clase 3. La clase 3 era una olla pellizcada, y el borde era la lección. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg Esta es una taza que pellizcas. Una bola. Las paredes se adelgazan al pellizcar, y se quedan parejas. El borde tiene la misma altura en toda la vuelta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg Luego para. No lo hornees. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg Una pieza nueva. Rollos del mismo grosor, apilados y apretados. El mismo tamaño que la taza pellizcada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg Un tamaño distinto significa que esta lección no está hecha. Haz la taza otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg Luego para. No lo hornees. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg Una pieza nueva, cortada de una placa de grosor parejo. El mismo tamaño que las otras dos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg Raya, pon barbotina y aprieta cada unión. El borde tiene la misma altura en toda la vuelta. Se sienta plana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg Luego para. No lo hornees. https://mylearntomake.com/es/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg Inventa una pieza. No es una copia, y no es la olla con nombre de la clase 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg Paredes parejas. Si unes una parte, raya, pon barbotina y aprieta. Un pie si lo necesita, para que se siente y no se balancee. Sécala despacio. Solo al aire. Ponle nombre. Guarda esta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg Luego para. No lo hornees. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg Hilo que ya tienes. Dos agujas, o un dedo si es lo que tienes. No compres un kit para esta clase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg Monta los puntos que contaste. Haz un bucle, ponlo en la aguja, y haz el siguiente de la misma manera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg Para cuando los puntos contados estén en la aguja. No tejas una hilera todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg Teje las primeras hileras. Pasa la aguja por un bucle, enrolla el hilo y saca un bucle nuevo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg Un punto cada vez. No se te caiga uno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg Cuando la hilera esté hecha, da la vuelta al trabajo. Luego para. No empieces un color nuevo. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg Cuenta cada punto en la aguja. Toca cada uno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg Cuenta cada hilera. Una marca en el papel basta. Una marca por hilera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg Si la cuenta está mal, para y mira. No desarmes el trabajo. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg Cierra. Teje dos puntos. Pasa el primero por encima del segundo y fuera de la aguja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg Teje uno más. Pasa el primero por encima otra vez. Sigue hasta el final. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg El borde no debe abrirse. Si se abre al tirar, rehaz solo este borde. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg Teje hasta que la pieza sea tan alta como ancha. Cuenta para saberlo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg Ponla en la mesa. Un cuadrado que queda plano. Si se enrolla, mira las últimas hileras, no la pieza entera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg Cuando quede plano, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg Una hilera en derecho. La hilera siguiente es revés. El hilo está delante para el revés. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg Ten claro en qué hilera estás. Derecho, luego revés, luego derecho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg No los mezcles en una hilera. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg Una raya. Teje hasta el borde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg Cambia de color en el borde. Ata el hilo nuevo ahí. No cambies en el medio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg Teje una raya del color nuevo. Luego para. Una raya, no muchas. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg Algo salió mal. Mira solo la última hilera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg Saca la aguja de la última hilera, un punto a la vez, hasta la hilera que estaba bien. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg No desarmes el trabajo. Teje esa hilera otra vez. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg Cuenta los puntos al principio de la hilera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg Cuéntalos al final de la hilera. Los números coinciden. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg Si no coinciden, la última hilera perdió o ganó uno. Arregla solo esa hilera. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg Teje un rectángulo. Más largo que ancho. Un paño, una tira, un marcapáginas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg Cuenta los dos extremos para que sean iguales. Cierra para que el borde no se abra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg Puedes usarlo. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg Dos bordes que deben encontrarse. Sostenlos juntos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg Únelos. Una aguja de lana por ambos bordes, un punto a la vez. O téjelos juntos si todavía están en las agujas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg La unión está hecha cuando los dos bordes son uno. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg Una cosa terminada. El cuadrado, el rectángulo o la pieza unida. No un proyecto nuevo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Tejido'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg Puedes empezar otra pieza mañana sin que te digan qué hacer. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg Monta los puntos que contaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg Teje las primeras hileras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg Luego para. No separes el trabajo. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg Un cuadrado que queda plano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg Punto derecho y punto revés. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg Luego para. No separes el trabajo. https://mylearntomake.com/es/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg Una raya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg Cambia de color en el borde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg Luego para. No separes el trabajo. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg Hilo grueso que ya tienes. Un ganchillo grande. No compres un kit para esta clase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg Sostén el hilo en una mano. Sostén el ganchillo en la otra. Haz un bucle. El bucle queda en el ganchillo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg Ese es el comienzo. Luego para. No hagas una cadena todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg Pasa el hilo por encima del ganchillo. Tira de un bucle nuevo a través del bucle que ya está ahí. Eso es una cadena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg Haz la siguiente cadena del mismo modo. Déjalas lo bastante flojas para verlas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg Para cuando tengas una cadena que puedas contar. Todavía no vuelvas a trabajar en ella. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg Cuenta las cadenas antes de la hilera. Toca cada una. No cuentes el bucle que sigue en el ganchillo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg Escribe el número. Una marca en el papel basta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg Si pierdes la cuenta, cuenta otra vez. No desarmes la cadena. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg Pasa el ganchillo por la cadena siguiente. Enrolla el hilo. Saca un bucle. Enrolla el hilo otra vez. Tira a través de los dos bucles del ganchillo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg Un punto en cada cadena. No te saltes ninguna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg Cuando la hilera esté hecha, para. No des la vuelta todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg Termina la hilera. Un punto en cada cadena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg Pon la hilera en la mesa. Debe quedar plana. Si se enrolla en una cuerda apretada, los puntos estaban demasiado apretados. Mira solo esta hilera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg Cuando quede plana, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg Da la vuelta al trabajo. El ganchillo se queda en el último bucle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg Haz una cadena. Esa cadena es la cadena de giro. No es un punto que cuentes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg Vuelve. Un punto en cada punto de la hilera que acabas de hacer. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg Dos hileras. Da la vuelta al final de cada una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg Mantén los bordes parejos. El mismo punto al principio y al final de la hilera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg Si un borde se encoge, te saltaste un punto. Arregla solo la última hilera. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg Sigue hasta que la pieza sea tan alta como ancha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg Cuenta los puntos. El mismo número en cada hilera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg Ponla plana. Un cuadrado. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg Una raya. Trabaja hasta el final de la hilera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg Ata el color siguiente en el borde. No cambies en el medio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg Trabaja una hilera del color nuevo. Luego para. Una raya, no muchas. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg Corta el hilo. Deja un cabo que puedas sostener. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg Pasa el cabo por el último bucle. Tíralo justo. El bucle se cierra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg El trabajo queda fuera del ganchillo. Luego para. No empieces una pieza nueva. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg Haz un segundo cuadrado del mismo modo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg Cuenta los dos. El mismo número de puntos. El mismo número de hileras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg Dos cuadrados del mismo tamaño. Luego para. No los unas todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg Una cosa que puedas usar. El cuadrado, o los dos cuadrados puestos juntos como un paño. No un proyecto nuevo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Ganchillo'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg Puedes empezar otra pieza mañana sin que te digan qué hacer. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg Una aguja roma. Hilo grueso que ya tienes. No compres un kit para esta clase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg Sostén la aguja en una mano. Enhebra la aguja. Ata un nudo en el cabo del hilo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg El nudo está en el cabo. Luego para. No cosas todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg Una pieza de tela. Empuja la aguja a través, desde atrás. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg Tira del hilo hasta el final, hasta que el nudo lo pare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg La aguja está delante. Luego para. No hagas un segundo agujero todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg Un punto. Vuelve a bajar un poco más allá de donde saliste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg Tira del hilo hasta que pase. Dentro, y luego fuera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg El punto queda plano. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg Una línea recta. Haz el siguiente punto del mismo tamaño que el primero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg Mantén los puntos en una línea. No te desvíes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg Los puntos son del mismo tamaño. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg Un punto corrido. Dentro y fuera a lo largo de la línea. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg Espacios iguales. El punto y el hueco son casi iguales. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg No tires tan fuerte que la tela se frunza. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg Llega a la esquina de la tela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg Dobla. El punto siguiente sale de la esquina y sigue por el lado siguiente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg La línea se mantiene pareja. No amontones la esquina. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg Dos piezas de tela. Pon un borde sobre el otro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg Cóselas por ese único borde. La aguja pasa por las dos piezas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg Solo un borde. Luego para. No coses los otros lados todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg Un cuadrado. Empieza en una esquina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg El mismo punto todo alrededor. Dobla cada esquina igual. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg Cuando vuelvas adonde empezaste, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg Un parche. Un trozo pequeño de tela sobre un trozo más grande. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg Cóselo. La aguja pasa por el parche y por la tela de debajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg Los bordes se quedan abajo. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg Ata el cabo. Haz un nudo pequeño contra la tela para que el último punto no pueda salirse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg Corta el hilo corto. Deja solo un cabo pequeño. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg La aguja queda libre. Luego para. No empieces una costura nueva. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg Haz un segundo cuadrado del mismo modo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg Cuenta los puntos. Dos cuadrados del mismo tamaño. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg Luego para. No los cosas juntos todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg Una cosa que puedas usar. El cuadrado, el parche, o los dos cuadrados puestos juntos como un paño. No un proyecto nuevo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Costura'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg Puedes empezar otra pieza mañana sin que te digan qué hacer. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg Lávate las manos. Jabón, luego agua, luego sécate las manos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg Despeja la encimera. Solo queda fuera lo que este plato necesita. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg Luego para. No enciendas el fuego todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg Todo está fuera antes del fuego. Comida, sartén, plato, cuchara, sal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg Lee lo que vas a hacer. No deberías tener que buscar una herramienta cuando la sartén esté caliente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg Luego para. El fuego sigue apagado. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg La sartén está caliente. Añade un poco de grasa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg La grasa se adelgaza y brilla. Susurra. No humea. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg Si humea, el fuego está demasiado alto. Retira la sartén del fuego. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg La comida entra en una sola capa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg Los trozos no se amontonan. Una sartén llena hace vapor. No se dora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg Luego para. No le des la vuelta todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg Déjala. La costra necesita tiempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg No la pinches. No te alejes de una sartén caliente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg Luego para. No le des la vuelta todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg Dale la vuelta una vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg El lado que estaba abajo está dorado. Si todavía está pálido, necesitaba más tiempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg Luego para. No sigas dándole la vuelta. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg Prueba. Luego la sal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg Sala la comida, no el aire. Un poco basta hasta que vuelvas a probar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg Luego para. No sigas agitando la sal. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg Apaga el fuego. La sartén termina el centro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg El centro se cuaja con el calor que ya está en la sartén. No vuelves a subir el fuego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg Déjala reposar. No la cortes todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg Unos minutos quietos. El centro termina mientras reposa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg Los jugos se quedan en el plato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg Pásalos con la cuchara sobre la comida. No los viertas en el fregadero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg La sartén se enfría, y luego la lavas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg Una sartén caliente en agua fría puede deformarse. Espera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg Un plato. No una comida nueva. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Cocina'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg Puedes cocinar otro plato mañana sin que te digan qué hacer. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg Pimienta negra al final si la olla va a hervir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg Con sal, no en vez de ella. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg Comino, abierto en la grasa, luego coriandro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg Frijoles, arroz o cordero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg Semilla de coriandro, machacada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg No la tuestes al color del café. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg El pimentón se abre rápido y se quema más rápido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg El ajo después, o se quema el ajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg Pimentón ahumado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg El humo es la especia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg Cayena al final. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg Menos que la otra especia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg Si quema, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg Hojuelas de chile en la grasa, luego fuera del fuego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg El ajo puede unirse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg Si quema, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg El chile en polvo ya es comino, ajo y chile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg Prueba antes de agregar más comino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg Canela en grasa con una pizca de sal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg Fruta, calabaza, o un poco en la carne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg Jengibre, fresco o seco, con ajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg El seco pica más. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg La cúrcuma mancha y se pone amarga si se fríe demasiado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg La pimienta negra ayuda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg El ajo en polvo se quema en una sartén seca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg Ponlo en la grasa y luego la comida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg La cebolla en polvo no es cebolla frita. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg Úsala para la base, luego sala el plato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg Orégano temprano en una salsa de tomate. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg El seco es más fuerte que una pizca fresca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg Albahaca al final. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg El calor se la lleva. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg Tomillo temprano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg Necesita tiempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg Romero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg Pícalo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg Hoja de laurel en el líquido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg Una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg Sácalo. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg Nuez moscada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg Una raspada sobre crema, espinaca o papa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg Clavo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg Uno o dos clavados en una cebolla, o una pizca molida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg Pimienta de Jamaica. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg Ahí para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg Cardamomo, vainas abiertas, o una pizca molida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg Arroz, café o fruta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg Semilla de mostaza en grasa caliente hasta que revientan las primeras, luego la comida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg La cúrcuma puede seguir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg Semilla de hinojo, machacada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg Tomate o cerdo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg Eneldo al final. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg Limón. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg Alcaravea, machacada, con ajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg Repollo, cerdo o centeno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg Semilla de apio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg Una pizca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg Ajonjolí tostado hasta que huela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg Sal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg La amapola no se abre en la grasa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg Mantequilla y limón. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg Azafrán. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg Hilos, no polvo de un frasco barato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg Un anís estrellado en un guiso o caldo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg Jengibre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg Sácalo. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg Zumaque fuera del fuego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg Él es lo ácido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg Fenogreco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg Una pizca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg Nigella. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg No la quemes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg Menta al final. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg Limón. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg Salvia frita unos segundos en mantequilla, luego sobre calabaza o cerdo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg Pimienta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg Estragón al final. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg Limón. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg Mejorana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg Úsala donde el orégano gritaría. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg Perejil al final con limón. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg Es fresco, no una especia que se abre en grasa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg Cilantro al final con lima. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg Si sabe a jabón, es la hierba, no quien cocina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg Hierba de limón, machacada, en la sopa, luego fuera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg Jengibre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg Sácalo. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg Semilla de anís. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg Una pizca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg Macis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg Una pizca en una salsa de crema o papa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg Enebro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg Machaca tres. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg Si quema, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg Pimienta de Sichuan tostada hasta que huela, luego machacada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg Jengibre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg Si quema, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg Pimienta de Alepo fuera del fuego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg Suave. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg Chipotle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg Humo más picor. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg Si quema, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg El curry en polvo es una mezcla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg Ábrelo, luego la comida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg El garam masala es una mezcla para el final. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg La olla ya puede tener comino y coriandro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg Las cinco especias son una mezcla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg Una pizca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg Si humea, para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg Mide dos veces. Marca una vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg Si las dos medidas no coinciden, mide otra vez. No marques una suposición. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg Luego para. No cortes todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg Escuadra la línea a través de la tabla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg La escuadra queda apretada contra el canto. La línea cruza la cara y baja por el canto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg Luego para. Todavía no cortes. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg Prensa el trabajo. Tu mano no es la prensa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg Si la tabla puede moverse, el corte se desvía. Aprieta la prensa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg Luego para. No enciendas la sierra hasta que la madera esté quieta. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg Corta del lado de desperdicio de la línea. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg La línea de lápiz se queda en la pieza que estás guardando. Los dientes de la sierra se llevan el desperdicio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg Luego para. No cortes la línea. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg Deja que la sierra haga el trabajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg Un empuje ligero. Si tienes que apoyarte en ella, la sierra está desafilada o el ángulo está mal. Para y vuelve a colocar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg Sostén el recorte para que la última fibra no se rompa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg Una mano o un segundo apoyo sostiene el desperdicio. No lo dejes caer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg Revisa el corte con la escuadra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg La escuadra se apoya en la cara y en el extremo del corte. Luz bajo la escuadra quiere decir que el corte no está a escuadra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg Luego para. No lijes el error hasta haberlo visto. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg Lija hasta la línea. No más allá. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg Lija a favor de las vetas. Si lijas más allá de la línea, la pieza queda corta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg Quita el polvo. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg Dos caras se encuentran. No pasa luz por la unión. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg Sujétalas juntas y mira a lo largo de la junta. La luz significa un hueco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg Luego para. No encoles un hueco. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg Cola, luego prensa. Sale un hilo fino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg Demasiada cola no hace una unión más fuerte. Limpia el hilo. No dejes la unión sin cola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg Se cura. Luego lija la unión al ras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg No lijes la cola mojada. Espera hasta que la unión esté dura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg Una pieza. No un proyecto nuevo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg Dale un nombre. El nombre no es 'Madera'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg Puedes empezar otra pieza mañana sin que te digan qué hacer. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg Elige la planta para la luz que de verdad tienes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg Una planta de sol en una habitación oscura no crece solo porque lo desees. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg Luego para. No plantes todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg La tierra drena. Una maceta necesita un agujero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg Si el agua se queda en la maceta, las raíces se pudren. Revisa el agujero antes de llenarla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg Planta a la profundidad del paquete. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg Si no hay paquete, una semilla pequeña se cubre poco. Una semilla grande va más hondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg Afirma la tierra. Sin bolsa de aire bajo la semilla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg Presiona suave. Una tierra muy dura deja fuera el agua y el aire. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg Riega una vez, hondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg Riega hasta que salga por el agujero. Luego espera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg Deja que arriba se seque antes de regar otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg Mete un dedo. Si arriba sigue húmedo, déjalo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg Un brote quiere luz más que agua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg Un brote pálido y estirado pide luz. Muévelo. No lo ahogues. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg Aclara al espacio del paquete. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg El brote más fuerte se queda. Los demás salen. Las plantas apretadas se quedan pequeñas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg Alimenta solo después de las hojas de verdad. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg Demasiado las quema. Un poco, luego para. Las dos primeras hojas no son las hojas de verdad. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg Quita las plagas a mano antes de rociar algo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg Un bicho no es razón para una botella. Quítalo. Mira otra vez mañana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg Cosecha cuando está listo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg Esperar demasiado lo pone duro. Una planta dejada demasiado tiempo se gasta en semilla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg Una cosecha. No un jardín nuevo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Cultivo'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg Puedes plantar otra maceta mañana sin que te digan qué hacer. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg Una ventana. Esto es un corte, no una semilla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg Usa una cebolleta fresca con raíces, no una seca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg Una ventana, luego sol. El brote es el resultado seguro. Las vainas necesitan mucha luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg Usa un frijol seco entero: rojo, negro, pinto, o un ejote seco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg Una ventana. Lo probable son hojas. No una cabeza gorda de ajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg Un diente firme. Deja la piel. Punta arriba, lado de la raíz abajo, a unos dos centímetros. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg Una ventana. Unas hojas pequeñas, no una segunda cabeza de tienda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg Usa una base fresca, no una marrón y viscosa. Deja unos tres centímetros del corazón. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg Una ventana. El mismo método que la romana, y más lento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg Una base fresca, de unos tres centímetros, en un plato poco hondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg Una ventana tibia. Obtienes una planta que puedes cortar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg La albahaca quiere una habitación tibia. Esparce las semillas pequeñas sobre tierra húmeda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg Una ventana tibia. El fruto quiere sol de verdad y una maceta más grande. Las hojas nunca son comida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg Usa un tomate bien maduro. Pon las semillas y el gel en una taza con un chorrito de agua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg Una ventana tibia. Los pimientos quieren más calor que los tomates, y más tiempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg Saca semillas de un pimiento maduro. Puedes saltarte el fermento. Sécalas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg Una maceta honda. Una planta es probable. Un saco de papas no, salvo que la maceta sea honda y esperes meses. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg Muchas papas de supermercado están tratadas para no brotar. Si en tres semanas no pasa nada, es por eso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg Un árbol de casa. La fruta es un quizá, después de años, y puede ser agria o distinta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg Siembra una semilla fresca de limón o de naranja. Una semilla seca en la encimera a menudo falla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg Un árbol de casa. Fruta adentro es rara, tarda años, y no será igual a la que compraste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg Lava el hueso. El extremo más ancho y plano es el fondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg Un plantón, no un tazón de cerezas. Un cerezo da fruta al aire libre en un lugar frío, después de años, y a menudo necesita un segundo árbol. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg Frota el hueso hasta que no quede pulpa. La pulpa que queda se enmohece. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg Una ventana. El verde, no una segunda zanahoria. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg Corta las hojas de una zanahoria fresca. Guarda cerca de un centímetro de la punta naranja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg Una ventana. Hojas, no una segunda remolacha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg Corta el verde. Guarda cerca de un centímetro de la remolacha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg Una ventana. Esto es un extremo cortado, no una semilla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg Usa un puerro fresco con la base todavía puesta, no uno reseco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg Una ventana. Unas hojas pequeñas, no una segunda cabeza de supermercado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg Usa una base fresca, no una marrón y viscosa. Deja unos tres centímetros del corazón. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg Una ventana. Hojas sueltas, no una segunda cabeza apretada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg Una base fresca, de unos tres centímetros de alto, en un plato poco hondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg Una ventana. Frondas, no un segundo bulbo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg Usa la base de un bulbo de hinojo. Los tallos cortados solos hacen poco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg Una ventana tibia. Una mata es la cosecha. No un puñado de tallos este mes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg Usa un tallo que todavía tenga una base firme y pálida. Un palo seco no echa raíz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg Una planta de casa. La fruta adentro es poco común, y tarda años si llega. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg Tuerce la corona de una piña fresca para sacarla. Corta cualquier pulpa de fruta de la base. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg Una maceta con sol. La raíz es la cosecha, si sigue fresco y cada planta tiene espacio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg Una maceta tan honda como tu mano, con agujero. Tierra húmeda, no un charco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg Una maceta luminosa. Hojas, no una cabeza apretada de supermercado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg La semilla es pequeña. Espárcela sobre tierra húmeda. Apriétala, o tápala con un polvo de tierra. Enterrada hondo, falla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg Una maceta fresca. Hojas, no una cosecha de verano en un alféizar caliente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg Siembra a cerca de un centímetro, en una maceta con agujero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg Una maceta luminosa. Las hojas son la cosecha. El calor las acaba. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg La semilla es redonda. Siémbrala a cerca de un centímetro, en la maceta en que se queda. No le gusta que la pases. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg Una maceta con agujero. Una mata que puedes cortar por años. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg La semilla es lenta. Mantén la tierra húmeda. Un brote suele tardar de diez a veinte días. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg Una maceta luminosa. Un tallo, no una semilla. La semilla a menudo da una planta débil que no es la menta que oliste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg Corta un tallo fresco. Quítale las hojas de abajo. Un palo seco no echa raíz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg Una maceta con sol. Las vainas son la cosecha. Un brote en un frasco es otra lección. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg Usa un frijol de mata seco y entero. No un frijol trepador, salvo que le des un palo alto. No una arveja partida. No un frijol de lata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg Una maceta fresca. Vainas, si el tiempo sigue fresco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg Usa semillas de arveja enteras, no arvejas partidas. Las arvejas partidas están muertas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg Afuera, o una maceta de al menos veinte centímetros de hondo. La raíz es la cosecha. Esto no es la punta de zanahoria en un plato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg Tierra suelta, sin piedras ni terrones duros. Esos bifurcan la raíz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg Afuera, o una maceta de al menos veinte centímetros de hondo. Una raíz, y hojas. Esto no es la punta de remolacha en un plato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg Cada bola de semilla puede dar varios brotes. Siembra a unos dos centímetros. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg Afuera, o una maceta grande con agujero. Hojas, por mucho tiempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg Siembra a cerca de un centímetro. Un brote suele tardar de cinco a diez días. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg Afuera. Un bulbo de siembra es más fácil que la semilla. La semilla necesita meses antes de ser un bulbo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg Planta el bulbo con la punta hacia arriba, el lado de la raíz hacia abajo, a unos diez centímetros de distancia. La punta apenas se ve. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg Una maceta grande o la tierra, con algo para trepar. No un alféizar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg Siembra a unos dos centímetros cuando la tierra esté tibia. La tierra fría y mojada pudre la semilla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg La tierra, o una maceta muy grande. Una planta se pone enorme. Dos es mucho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg Siembra a unos dos centímetros cuando la tierra esté tibia. La tierra fría y mojada pudre la semilla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg Afuera, en tierra tibia. No una maceta, y no una sola planta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg Planta un bloque, al menos cuatro plantas por lado. El polen cae del penacho de arriba sobre las barbas de las mazorcas. Una hilera, o una planta, a menudo da mazorcas vacías. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg Una planta o un estolón. La semilla es lenta, y la mayoría de las plantas de semilla no dan fruto el primer año. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg Tierra con sol, o una maceta con agujero. No una ventana oscura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg Afuera, a pleno sol. Una flor, y semillas si el verano es bastante largo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg Siembra a unos dos centímetros después de que la tierra esté tibia. Un brote suele tardar de siete a catorce días. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg Sol, y tierra tibia. Terminan en un verano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg Tápala apenas. La tierra fría y mojada la pudre, o la semilla se queda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg Sol. Terminan en un verano, y florecen hasta la helada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg La tierra pobre hace más flores. La tierra rica hace muchas hojas y pocas flores. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg El clavelón del jardín. No la caléndula. Esa es la lección que sigue. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg Sol. Tápala apenas después de que la tierra esté tibia. Un brote suele tardar de cinco a diez días. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg La caléndula. No el clavelón de la lección de antes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg Una flor de temporada fresca. El calor puede pararla. Un verano fresco es un lugar que le va. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg Una semilla grande, a unos dos centímetros, en tierra tibia. Una maceta o la tierra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg Se extienden. La tierra pobre hace más flores. La tierra rica hace hojas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg No la arveja que comes. Esa es otra planta, y otra lección. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg Les gusta el tiempo fresco. El calor para las flores. Un verano fresco puede convenirles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg Una raíz, no una semilla. Los ojos son los brotes rosados de la raíz. Van hacia arriba. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg Ponla de modo que no más de unos cinco centímetros de tierra cubran los ojos. Más hondo que eso, puede echar hojas y nunca florecer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg Decide de qué es la foto antes de alzar la cámara. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg Si no puedes decirlo en una línea corta, no estás listo para disparar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg Luego para. No saques la foto todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg Mueve los pies antes de tocar un ajuste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg Un paso a la izquierda cambia la foto más que un botón. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg Acércate. La mayoría de las fotos tienen demasiado alrededor del tema. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg Si puedes nombrar tres cosas de más en el cuadro, da un paso más cerca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg El horizonte está nivelado, salvo que quieras que no. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg Una mesa inclinada parece un error. Inclina el teléfono hasta que la línea quede plana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg Enfoca la parte que importa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg Toca esa parte. Si el fondo está nítido y la cosa borrosa, tocaste el lugar equivocado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg Una forma fuerte. No cinco cosas que pelean. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg Si tienes que explicar de qué cosa es la foto, la foto no está terminada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg Espera el momento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg Una foto tomada porque estabas impaciente es la que borras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg Una persona que no aceptó no está en la foto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg Pregunta primero. Un sí con la cabeza cuenta. El silencio no. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg Expón para la cosa por la que viniste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg Deja ir el fondo. Una ventana brillante detrás de la cosa hace de la cosa una sombra. Date la vuelta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg Tres fotos de la misma cosa. Quédate con una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg Las otras dos se van. Más fotos no hacen una mejor. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg Recorta solo lo que pelea con el tema. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg Un recorte no es una forma de inventar una foto más cercana que no tomaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg Una foto. No un rollo de ellas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Cámara'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg Puedes sacar otra foto mañana sin que te digan qué hacer. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg Elige el instrumento que de verdad vas a practicar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg Un piano al que no puedes llegar no es el instrumento. Las manos, un tambor, una guitarra que ya tienes, todos cuentan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg Luego para. No toques una canción todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg El cuerpo está cómodo antes de la nota. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg Si los hombros están junto a las orejas, la nota queda tensa. Bájalos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg Una nota, limpia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg Una nota limpia es una que puedes oír empezar y parar. El ruido de más no es parte de ella. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg Un pulso parejo que puedes marcar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg Si los toques se aceleran, todavía no tienes un pulso. Más despacio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg La misma frase, bajo, luego lleno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg Lleno no es tan fuerte como la sala aguante. Si duelen los oídos, es demasiado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg Un silencio se toca. No lo llenes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg El silencio es un golpe que cuentas. Si tocas encima, te lo saltaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg Cinco notas que puedes hallar otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg Tócalas. Mira a otro lado. Halla las mismas cinco. Si no puedes, todavía no las tienes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg Cuatro compases. Para en la barra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg No añadas un quinto. La parada es parte de la frase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg Lento hasta que esté limpio. La velocidad viene después. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg Una frase rápida y sucia no es práctica. Es un hábito que tendrás que deshacer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg Graba una toma. Escucha una vez. Arregla una cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg No escuches cinco veces y no arregles cinco cosas. Una cosa, luego tócalo otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg Veinte minutos. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg Una mano que duele no prueba que trabajaste. Es la razón por la que paras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg Una frase que puedes tocar mañana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Música'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar esas notas otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg El cuerpo está cómodo antes del sonido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg Si los hombros están junto a las orejas, la nota queda tensa. Bájalos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg Luego para. No cantes una canción todavía. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg El aire empieza la nota. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg Toma el aire primero. Si empiezas el sonido y luego buscas el aire, la nota tiembla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg Una vocal, al centro. Sin empujar desde la garganta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg Si la garganta se aprieta, estás empujando. Más suave, y la vocal se queda en el medio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg Encuentra la nota, luego sosténla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg Una nota sostenida que se desliza todavía no está encontrada. Encuéntrala otra vez, luego sosténla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg La palabra se oye a la primera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg Si quien escucha tiene que preguntar qué cantaste, la palabra no quedó terminada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg La misma línea, bajo, luego lleno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg Lleno no es tan fuerte como la sala aguanta. Si te mareas, aguantaste el aire demasiado. Para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg Un silencio es silencio. No lo llenes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg Respira en el silencio. Si cantas a través, lo saltaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg La nota alta se prepara, no se agarra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg Si te estiras y la garganta agarra, no estabas listo. Entra desde la nota de antes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg Graba un verso. Escucha una vez. Arregla una cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg No escuches cinco veces y arregles cinco cosas. Una cosa, luego cántalo otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg Veinte minutos. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg Una garganta que duele no prueba que trabajaste. Es la razón por la que paras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg Canta las palabras como si las dijeras de verdad. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg Si las palabras son solo sonidos, todavía no las has cantado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg Un verso que puedes cantar mañana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Canto'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar ese verso otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg Una cosa verdadera. No un disfraz de una canción que te gusta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg Si la línea podría ser cualquier canción de la radio, es un disfraz. Empieza por lo que de verdad viste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg El título es la promesa de la canción. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg Escríbelo arriba. Si los versos no cumplen esa promesa, el título es una mentira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg El coro dice esa promesa en una o dos líneas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg Dos líneas es el límite. Un coro que necesita un párrafo es un verso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg Tararea la melodía. Si no tienes notación, escribe el ritmo en palabras simples. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg Largo, corto, corto basta. Un dibujo de notas que no puedes leer no ayuda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg El verso uno es la escena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg Quién está ahí, y qué puedes ver. No expliques el sentimiento todavía. La escena lo hace. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg El coro vuelve igual. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg Si lo reescribes la segunda vez, no tienes un coro. Tienes dos versos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg El verso dos sube el costo, o el giro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg Algo es más difícil, o alguien cambia de idea. Si nada cambió, es otra vez el verso uno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg Un puente es opcional. Una línea que el coro no dijo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg Si no lo necesitas, no lo escribas. Un puente no es un tercer verso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg El género es el ritmo y las palabras, no un disfraz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg Marca el ritmo que quieres decir. Si las palabras solo funcionan en la voz de otra persona, todavía no son tuyas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg Sin gancho prestado. Si oyes otra canción, empieza la línea otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg Un gancho que recuerdas de la radio no es tuyo. Escribe la siguiente línea desde tu título. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg Graba el coro. Escucha una vez. Arregla una palabra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg No escuches cinco veces y no arregles cinco palabras. Una palabra, y por hoy terminaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg Una canción que puedes cantar mañana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Componer'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar el coro otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg Papel o una tableta que ya tienes. No necesitas un programa especial. Escribe una persona. Un nombre basta. Solo una persona. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg En la línea de abajo, escribe lo que esa persona quiere. Un deseo. No una lista. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg En la línea de abajo, escribe una cosa que se interpone. Una persona, un hecho o un límite. Luego para. Esta no es toda la historia. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg Deja las tres líneas de la clase 1 sobre la mesa. Abre una página nueva. No empieces con 'esta es una historia sobre'. Empieza con la persona ya en un lugar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg Escribe lo que hace ahora. Una acción que se pueda ver. Una mano en una puerta, un paso, una taza que se deja. Quédate en ese momento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg Léelo. Si una oración cuenta toda la vida, o la lección, táchala. El comienzo es solo este momento. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg Lee el comienzo de la clase 2. Es un momento. No empieces una escena nueva. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg Antes de que ese momento acabe, pon el deseo en la página. No escribas 'ella quería'. Muéstralo. Una mano prueba la puerta. Los ojos se quedan en un teléfono que no se toma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg Lee hasta la última línea. Si un lector todavía no sabe qué quiere la persona, añade una acción que lo muestre. Luego para. No empieces el medio. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg Vuelve a la escena. El deseo ya está. El obstáculo es de un solo tipo: una persona, un hecho, o un límite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg Escríbelo en la escena. Una persona dice no. Un hecho: el autobús ya se fue. Un límite: hay una moneda. No escribas 'había un problema'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg Léelo. Si el obstáculo pudiera ser de más de un tipo, quédate con uno y corta los otros. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg Esto es el medio. Escribe el primer intento. Falla por una razón. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg Escribe un segundo intento. Falla por una razón distinta. No repitas el primer fallo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg Lee los dos intentos. Si fallan por la misma razón, cambia el segundo. Luego para. No escribas el final. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg Lee los dos intentos. Los dos fallaron. No añadas un rescate por suerte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg Escribe el giro como una elección. La persona escoge una de dos cosas que de verdad puede hacer. Sabe lo que cuesta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg Léelo. Si la salida es suerte, un extraño, o una llave encontrada, táchala. Escribe la elección. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg Escribe el final en unas líneas. O consiguen el deseo, o la página muestra lo que costó. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg No añadas un deseo nuevo. Usa el deseo de la primera escena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg Lee el deseo y el final juntos. Si el final olvida el deseo, corrige el final. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg Lee la escena hasta la última línea. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg La última línea tiene que cambiar algo. Un hecho, una elección, o lo que alguien sabe. Si nada cambió, escribe el cambio. El capítulo no ha terminado hasta entonces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg Si empezó una escena nueva, córtala. Termina en el cambio. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg Encuentra un sentimiento o un hecho que ibas a explicar. 'Estaba enfadada.' 'Él no confiaba en ella.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg Ponlo en lo que alguien dice, o en lo que no dice. No escribas el anuncio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg Léelo. Si el narrador todavía lo anuncia, corta esa oración. El habla lo sostiene. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg Lee la escena. Marca una oración que explica lo que el lector ya vio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg Táchala. Deja la acción. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg Lee la escena otra vez. Si otra oración solo explica, córtala también. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg Lee la primera página en voz alta. Solo la primera página. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg Marca el primer lugar donde perdiste a la persona, el deseo, o el lugar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg Corrige ese lugar. Una reparación. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg Lee el texto de la primera línea a la última. Tiene una persona, un deseo, un obstáculo, dos intentos, una elección, y un final. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg Ponle un nombre. El nombre no es 'Historia'. Señala este texto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg El texto se puede entregar a un lector. No necesitas esta página abierta para saber qué es. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg Papel que ya tienes. Escribe una cosa que puedas hacer. No una tienda. No una lista. Una cosa. Un pan, un arreglo, un dibujo, un tarro de sopa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg Es para una persona, no para todos. En la línea de abajo, escribe para quién. Un nombre basta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg Lee las dos líneas. Puedes terminar esta cosa. Si no puedes, táchala y escribe una cosa más pequeña. Luego para. No escribas un precio. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg Mira la única cosa de la clase pasada. Es para una persona. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg Escribe el nombre de esa persona en la línea siguiente. Una persona real con la que puedes hablar. No todos. No clientes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg Lee el nombre. Si no puedes imaginarte su cara, táchalo y escribe una persona que sí puedas imaginar. Luego para. No escribas un precio. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg La persona que nombraste. Escribe lo que necesita y no tiene. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg Tiene que coincidir con la cosa que puedes hacer. No un negocio nuevo. Una necesidad. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg Lee la necesidad y la cosa juntas. Si no coinciden, cambia la necesidad o la cosa. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg Haz el primero. Usa lo que ya tienes. No abras una tienda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg Termina este. No un plan de diez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg Ponlo sobre la mesa. Este es el primero. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg Lleva la primera a la persona que nombraste. O fija un momento en que pueda sostenerla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg Ponla en sus manos. No expliques todo el plan. Deja que la sostenga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg Quédate mientras mira. Luego para. No pidas dinero. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg Cuando lo tenga en las manos, escribe las palabras que dijo. Sus palabras, no las tuyas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg Si no dijo nada, escribe lo que hizo. Lo dejó. Sonrió. Hizo una pregunta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg Lee lo que escribiste. Es su reacción, no tu esperanza. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg Lee lo que dijeron. Encuentra una cosa que pidieron. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg Cambia esa única cosa en lo que hiciste. No cinco cosas. Una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg El cambio está hecho. Luego para. No empieces de nuevo. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg En tu propio papel, escribe lo que te costó hacer esta cosa. Tiempo. Materiales que ya tenías. Una cosa que gastaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg Esto es para ti. No es un precio para ellos. No escribas un precio de venta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg Léelo. Sabes lo que te costó esta cosa. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg Mira lo que te costó. Decide un precio que puedas decir en voz alta a esa persona. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg Dilo a esa persona, o practica decirlo a la sala. En voz alta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg No teclees el precio en esta página. No lo teclees en una nota aquí. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg Escribe cómo la reciben de ti. Se la das en la mano. Ellos la recogen. La dejas en su puerta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg Una manera. No una tienda. No un pago en este sitio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg Léelo. Una persona podría seguir esa manera. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg Dile a la persona para quien es. Una oración. La cosa, y que es para esa persona. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg Dilo, o escríbelo donde lo verá. No un cartel para todos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg Una oración. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg Lee lo que tienes. Una cosa. Una persona. Una necesidad. Una cosa hecha. Una manera en que la reciben. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg Dale un nombre a la oferta. El nombre no es "Business". Apunta a esta oferta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg Puedes dársela a un comprador sin tener esta página abierta. Luego para. No teclees un precio. https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg Toca una tecla blanca y déjala parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg Si la sostienes, no la dejaste parar. Levanta el dedo y escucha el final. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg Mantén cuatro golpes parejos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg Si los golpes se aceleran, todavía no tienes un pulso. Más despacio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg Toca la misma tecla fuerte, luego bajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg Bajo sigue siendo la misma tecla. Si duelen los oídos, es demasiado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg Toca una tecla más alta, luego una más baja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg Nombra cuál es más alta. Tócalas otra vez sin buscarlas mucho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg Deja un silencio que puedes contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg El silencio es un golpe. Si tocas encima, te lo saltaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg Repite el mismo patrón corto tres veces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg Si la tercera vez crece, no lo repetiste. Toca el primero otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg Usa una mano y deja descansar la otra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg La mano que descansa no flota. Está quieta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg Tócalo lento, luego un poco más rápido, sin apurar el silencio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg El silencio se queda igual de largo. La velocidad no se come el silencio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg Deja que otra persona cuente cuatro mientras tocas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg Si te adelantas a su cuenta, todavía no estás con ellos. Empieza otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg Para en el último golpe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg Si añades una más, no paraste. Levanta las dos manos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg Tócalo una vez desde el principio, luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg Una toma. No remiendes el medio. Si se rompe, el siguiente intento empieza al principio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg Toca un patrón corto y ponle un nombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg El nombre no es 'Piano'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar esas teclas otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg Toca un soplo suave y déjalo parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg Si el sonido nunca termina, sigues soplando. Corta el aire y escucha. Para si te mareas o te duelen los labios. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg Mantén cuatro golpes parejos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg Si los golpes se aceleran, todavía no tienes un pulso. Más despacio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg Toca la misma nota fuerte, luego bajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg Bajo sigue siendo la misma nota. Si duelen los oídos, es demasiado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg Toca una nota más alta, luego una más baja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg Nombra cuál es más alta. Tócalas otra vez sin buscarlas mucho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg Deja un silencio que puedes contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg El silencio es un golpe. Si tocas encima, te lo saltaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg Repite el mismo patrón corto tres veces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg Si la tercera vez crece, no lo repetiste. Toca el primero otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg Usa una mano y deja descansar la otra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg La mano que descansa no flota. Está quieta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg Tócalo lento, luego un poco más rápido, sin apurar el silencio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg El silencio se queda igual de largo. La velocidad no se come el silencio. Para si te mareas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg Deja que otra persona cuente cuatro mientras tocas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg Si te adelantas a su cuenta, todavía no estás con ellos. Empieza otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg Para en el último golpe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg Si añades una más, no paraste. Saca el clarinete de tu boca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg Tócalo una vez desde el principio, luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg Una toma. No remiendes el medio. Si se rompe, el siguiente intento empieza al principio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg Toca un patrón corto y ponle un nombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg El nombre no es 'Clarinete'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar esas notas otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg Zumba los labios una vez y déjalo parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg Si el zumbido nunca termina, sigues soplando. Corta el aire y escucha. Para si te duelen los labios o te mareas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg Mantén cuatro golpes parejos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg Si los golpes se aceleran, todavía no tienes un pulso. Más despacio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg La misma nota, fuerte, luego bajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg Bajo sigue siendo la misma nota. Si duelen los oídos, es demasiado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg Toca una nota más alta, luego una más baja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg Nombra cuál es más alta. Tócalas otra vez sin buscarlas mucho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg Deja un silencio que puedes contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg El silencio es un golpe. Si tocas encima, te lo saltaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg Repite el mismo patrón corto tres veces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg Si la tercera vez crece, no lo repetiste. Toca el primero otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg Usa una mano y deja descansar la otra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg La mano que descansa no flota. Está quieta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg Tócalo lento, luego un poco más rápido, sin apurar el silencio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg El silencio se queda igual de largo. La velocidad no se come el silencio. Para si te mareas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg Deja que otra persona cuente cuatro mientras tocas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg Si te adelantas a su cuenta, todavía no estás con ellos. Empieza otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg Para en el último golpe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg Si añades una más, no paraste. Saca la trompeta de tu boca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg Tócalo una vez desde el principio, luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg Una toma. No remiendes el medio. Si se rompe, el siguiente intento empieza al principio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg Toca un patrón corto y ponle un nombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg El nombre no es 'Trompeta'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar esas notas otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg Pulsa una cuerda y déjala parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg Levanta el dedo. Escucha el final. Si la sostienes, no la dejaste parar. Sin arco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg Mantén cuatro golpes parejos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg Si los golpes se aceleran, todavía no tienes un pulso. Más despacio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg La misma cuerda, fuerte, luego bajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg Bajo sigue siendo la misma cuerda. Si duelen los oídos, es demasiado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg Toca una cuerda más alta, luego una más baja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg Nombra cuál es más alta. Tócalas otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg Deja un silencio que puedes contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg El silencio es un golpe. Si tocas encima, te lo saltaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg Repite el mismo patrón corto tres veces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg Si la tercera vez crece, no lo repetiste. Toca el primero otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg Usa una mano y deja descansar la otra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg La mano que descansa no flota. Está quieta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg Tócalo lento, luego un poco más rápido, sin apurar el silencio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg El silencio se queda igual de largo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg Deja que otra persona cuente cuatro mientras tocas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg Si te adelantas a su cuenta, empieza otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg Para en el último golpe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg Si añades una más, no paraste. Levanta las dos manos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg Tócalo una vez desde el principio, luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg Una toma. No remiendes el medio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg Toca un patrón corto y ponle un nombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg El nombre no es 'Violonchelo'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar esas cuerdas otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg Golpea una vez y déjalo parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg Levanta la mano. Escucha hasta el final. Para si te duele la mano. No golpees cerca de un oído. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg Mantén cuatro golpes parejos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg Si los golpes se aceleran, todavía no tienes un pulso. Más despacio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg El mismo lugar, fuerte, luego bajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg Bajo sigue siendo el mismo lugar. Si duelen los oídos, es demasiado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg Golpea más alto, luego más bajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg Nombra cuál es más alto. Golpéalos otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg Deja un silencio que puedes contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg El silencio es un golpe. Si golpeas encima, te lo saltaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg Repite el mismo patrón corto tres veces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg Si la tercera vez crece, toca el primero otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg Usa una mano y deja descansar la otra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg La mano que descansa no flota. Está quieta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg Tócalo lento, luego un poco más rápido, sin apurar el silencio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg El silencio se queda igual de largo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg Deja que otra persona cuente cuatro mientras tocas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg Si te adelantas a su cuenta, empieza otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg Para en el último golpe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg Si añades una más, no paraste. Levanta las dos manos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg Tócalo una vez desde el principio, luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg Una toma. No remiendes el medio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg Toca un patrón corto y ponle un nombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg El nombre no es 'Batería'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar ese patrón otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg Pulsa una cuerda suave y déjala parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg Si la sostienes, no la dejaste parar. Levanta el dedo y escucha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg Mantén cuatro golpes parejos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg Si los golpes se aceleran, todavía no tienes un pulso. Más despacio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg La misma cuerda, fuerte, luego bajo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg Bajo sigue siendo la misma cuerda. Si duelen los oídos, es demasiado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg Toca una cuerda más alta, luego una más baja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg Nombra cuál es más alta. Tócalas otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg Deja un silencio que puedes contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg El silencio es un golpe. Si tocas encima, te lo saltaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg Repite el mismo patrón corto tres veces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg Si la tercera vez crece, toca el primero otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg Usa una mano y deja descansar la otra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg La mano que descansa está quieta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg Tócalo lento, luego un poco más rápido, sin apurar el silencio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg El silencio se queda igual de largo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg Deja que otra persona cuente cuatro mientras tocas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg Si te adelantas a su cuenta, empieza otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg Para en el último golpe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg Si añades una más, no paraste. Levanta las dos manos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg Tócalo una vez desde el principio, luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg Una toma. No remiendes el medio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg Toca un patrón corto y ponle un nombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg El nombre no es 'Ukelele'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar esas cuerdas otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg Una nota. Deja que pare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg Si la sostienes, no la dejaste parar. Levanta el dedo y escucha. Para si te duele un dedo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg Cuatro tiempos iguales. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg Si los golpes se aceleran, todavía no tienes un pulso. Más despacio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg Fuerte, luego suave, en la misma nota. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg Bajo sigue siendo la misma cuerda. Si duelen los oídos, es demasiado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg Una nota más alta, luego una más baja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg Nombra cuál es más alta. Tócalas otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg Deja un silencio que puedes contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg El silencio es un golpe. Si tocas encima, te lo saltaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg Repite el mismo patrón corto tres veces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg Si la tercera vez crece, toca el primero otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg Nombra el instrumento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg Es una guitarra. El patrón lleva otro nombre. No es una canción que ya conoces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg Usa una mano y deja descansar la otra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg La mano que descansa está quieta. Una púa también puede descansar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg Tócalo lento, luego un poco más rápido, sin apurar el silencio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg El silencio se queda igual de largo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg Deja que otra persona cuente cuatro mientras tocas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg Si te adelantas a su cuenta, empieza otra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg Para en el último golpe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg Si añades una más, no paraste. Levanta las dos manos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/es/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg Toca un patrón corto y ponle un nombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg El nombre no es 'Guitarra'. No es una canción que ya conoces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg Puedes encontrar esas cuerdas otra vez sin que te digan. Luego para. https://mylearntomake.com/fr https://mylearntomake.com/fr/how https://mylearntomake.com/fr/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/fr/contact https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg Du papier et un crayon suffisent. Une tablette ou un coffret que tu as déjà comptent. N'achète pas un kit pour cette classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg Choisis une chose que tu vois et mets-la devant toi. Dessine-la tout entière, en grand, pour qu'elle remplisse presque la page. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg Ce n'est pas une ligne d'essai. Regarde la chose, puis dessine. Arrête quand toute la chose est sur la page. C'est le début d'une image. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg Reprends la même chose que dans la classe 1. Pose une feuille neuve. Mets la chose là où tu vois tout son dehors. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg Pars d'un endroit du bord extérieur. Fais tourner le crayon seulement sur ce bord. Ne dessine pas l'intérieur, le trou de l'anse, ni une ligne au milieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg Regarde la chose plus que ta main. Quand la ligne retrouve l'endroit du départ, arrête. Si le contour est ouvert, ferme-le. L'intérieur n'est pas cette classe. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg La même chose que le cours d'avant. Une feuille neuve. Redessine l'extérieur, léger, pour pouvoir mettre les parties. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg Regarde la chose. Ajoute les parties qui en font cette chose. Une anse, une ouverture, une couture, un couvercle. Dessine la partie que tu vois. N'en invente pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg Regarde de l'autre côté de la table. Si une personne ne pourrait pas dire ce que c'est, ajoute la partie qui manque. Puis arrête. N'ombre pas. N'ajoute pas une deuxième chose. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg Regarde où tu es. Trouve un cercle, une boîte et un triangle. Une assiette, un livre, un coin. Ne dessine pas encore toute la chose. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg Sur une page, dessine les trois formes, en grand. Dessine la forme, pas l'objet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg Ce sont les pièces dont les images suivantes sont faites. S'il manque une forme, dessine-la. Puis arrête. N'ombre pas. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg Une seule source de lumière. Une lampe ou une fenêtre. Éteins les autres, ou assieds-toi pour qu'une seule lumière tombe sur la chose. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg Dessine la chose. Laisse le papier blanc du côté éclairé. Le papier blanc est la lumière. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg Ajoute une ombre, du côté opposé à la lumière. N'ombre pas toute la page. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg Pose une chose ronde et une boîte là où tu les vois. Une tasse et un livre suffisent. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg Dessine la chose ronde. Dessine la boîte pour que trois côtés se voient. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg Donne à chaque côté de la boîte un gris différent. Un plus sombre, un plus clair, un que tu laisses presque blanc. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg Mets deux choses pour que celle de près couvre une partie de celle de loin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg Dessine d'abord la chose proche. Là où elle couvre la chose lointaine, arrête cette ligne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg Laisse de côté la partie cachée. Si tu as dessiné à travers ce qui couvre, efface ce morceau. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg Une personne habillée ou un animal que tu peux voir. Ils restent sans bouger. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg Avant tout visage, pelage ou motif de tissu, marque la hauteur par rapport à la largeur. Deux marques légères. Compare-les. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg Dessine à l'intérieur de ces marques. N'ajoute pas chaque poil. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg La même personne ou le même animal. Fait une chose. Tendre le bras, faire un pas, tourner la tête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg Donne-lui une minute. Dessine l'action pendant qu'elle se passe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg Attrape l'action et arrête. Ne finis pas chaque doigt ni chaque cheveu. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg Un visage que tu vois. Dessine un ovale pour la tête. Rien d'autre pour l'instant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg Dessine une ligne pour les yeux, à mi-hauteur de l'ovale. Puis un nez. Puis une bouche. Garde cet ordre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg Arrête avant que les cheveux prennent le dessus. Quatre étapes seulement : ovale, yeux, nez, bouche. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg Assieds-toi dans le coin où tu es. Regarde le sol. Les lignes du sol s'éloignent de toi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg Dessine ces lignes du sol pour qu'elles aillent vers un point. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg La porte est une boîte debout dans cet espace. Dessine la porte comme une boîte. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg Fais une image que tu veux qu'une autre personne voie. Utilise une chose, ses parties et ses formes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Image'. Il désigne ce dessin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg Tu dois pouvoir commencer un autre dessin demain sans qu'on te dise quoi faire. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg Du papier et un crayon suffisent. Une tablette compte. N'achète pas un kit pour ceci. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg Va où tu peux voir un bâtiment entier. Une maison, un magasin, un abri. Ce n'est pas la classe 11. Ce n'est pas une image d'un bâtiment, sauf si tu ne peux pas aller vers un. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg Une rue, un chemin ou une route que tu peux voir. La route est la première forme, et elle devient plus petite en s'éloignant. C'est toute la leçon de cette feuille. Ne commence pas par un panneau ou une voiture. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg Feuille un. Route, un bâtiment ou un arbre à côté, et le ciel comme le papier que tu laisses vide. Stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg Un arbre que tu peux voir. Le tronc d'abord. C'est une boîte qui se rétrécit en montant. Les feuilles sont une masse, pas un tas de marques. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg Feuille un. Tronc et une forme de feuilles. Stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg La classe 10 a appris l'ordre d'un visage. Cette leçon est la tête comme une masse. Un sculpteur regarde une tête ainsi avant de tailler un visage. Tu ne copies pas une statue, et tu ne copies pas une personne célèbre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg Quelqu'un que tu peux voir, ou une photo de quelqu'un que tu connais si personne ne peut s'asseoir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg Une deuxième personne. Ne réutilise pas la première tête. Fais les mêmes trois feuilles dans le même ordre. Si tu sautes la boule et commences par les yeux, stop et recommence la feuille un. Garde seulement la troisième feuille. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg Fais ça. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg Une troisième personne. La même liste. Boule, mâchoire, cou. Puis les lignes du milieu. Puis une lumière et une ombre. Stop avant que les cheveux prennent tout. Trois têtes finies, c'est la pratique. Les leçons suivantes sont un visage inventé, dessiné encore jusqu'à ce que ce soit toujours ce visage. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg Fais ça. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg Invente un visage. Il doit pouvoir être dessiné encore demain, alors choisis peu de marques. La boule et la mâchoire d'abord. Puis les lignes du milieu. Puis un trait qui ne change pas : le nez, la mâchoire, ou l'espace entre les yeux. Les cheveux sont une forme. Écris trois mots au dos de la feuille qui nomment ces marques. Tu en auras besoin. Garde la feuille. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg Fais ça. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg Feuille nouvelle, d'abord de mémoire. Puis vérifie la feuille que tu as gardée. La même boule, la même mâchoire, la même marque. Un petit raté sur l'œil va bien. Une mâchoire différente veut dire que c'est une nouvelle personne, et cette leçon n'est pas faite. Dessine la mâchoire encore. Garde la feuille qui correspond. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg Fais ça. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg Le même visage inventé, tourné un peu. La construction ne change pas parce que la tête a tourné. Boule, mâchoire, la marque, puis les traits sur les lignes du milieu. Garde cette troisième feuille avec les deux autres. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg Puis fais l'ancienne liste sur quelque chose que cette page n'a pas nommé. Une main, une chaise ou un animal que tu peux voir. Feuille un, grandes formes et hauteur contre largeur. Feuille deux, les parties qui en font cette chose. Feuille trois, papier blanc pour la lumière, un côté plus sombre, une ombre. Donne-lui un nom. Celle-là est à toi. La leçon ne te dit pas quel sujet. Si tu peux faire ces trois feuilles sans cette page ouverte, cette étape est faite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg Eau propre. Mouille le papier avec un pinceau large. Une seule couleur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg Pose un lavis sur toute la page. Déplace le pinceau une fois. Ne frotte pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg Laisse sécher. Ceci est un lavis. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg Pose une tasse où tu vois le dehors. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg Peins seulement son bord extérieur. Ne remplis pas l'intérieur. Ne peins pas la table. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg Quand le bord est fermé, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg Deux couleurs. Pose-les pour qu'elles se touchent sur le papier mouillé. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg Laisse l'eau faire le mélange. Ne les frotte pas ensemble. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg Quand elles se sont rencontrées, arrête. N'ajoute pas une troisième couleur. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg Trouve trois formes dans la pièce. Un cercle, une boîte, un triangle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg Peins trois formes plates. Une couleur chacune. Pas encore de détail. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg Trois formes. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg Une lumière. Regarde où c'est clair. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg Laisse cette tache en papier nu. Le papier blanc est la lumière. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg Peins une ombre, loin de la lumière. Ne couvre pas le blanc. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg Pose une chose ronde et une boîte là où tu les vois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg Peins-les en deux gris différents. La ronde est d'un gris. La boîte est d'un autre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg N'ajoute pas un troisième gris. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg Mets deux choses pour qu'une soit devant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg Peins celle de devant. Ne peins pas la partie cachée de celle de derrière. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg Là où celle de devant couvre celle de derrière, arrête cette couleur. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg Regarde une chose. Nomme la couleur que tu vois, pas celle que tu attends. Un citron peut être gris dans l'ombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg Mélange cette couleur sur une feuille en trop. Compare-la à la chose. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg Si elle ne correspond pas, mélange encore. Quand elle correspond, arrête. Ne peins pas tout le tableau. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg Une personne ou un animal. Ils restent sans bouger. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg Peins seulement de grandes formes. La tête, le corps, les jambes. Pas chaque poil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg Trois ou quatre formes. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg Un visage que tu vois. Peins seulement trois valeurs. Clair, milieu, foncé. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg Le clair reste le papier plus clair. Le milieu est un lavis. Le foncé est l'ombre sous le sourcil, le nez ou le menton. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg Arrête avant que les cheveux prennent le dessus. Trois valeurs. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg Assieds-toi dans un coin. Une lumière. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg Peins deux murs. Laisse le mur éclairé plus clair. L'autre mur est plus sombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg Une lumière. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg Regarde une vraie pomme. Vois d'abord la grande lumière. Laisse cette lumière. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg Puis peins les petites formes. Une ombre. Pas chaque point. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg Nomme-la. C'est un exercice, pas une copie à vendre. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg Du papier et de la peinture lavable suffisent. Une tablette compte. N'achète pas un kit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg Un bol que tu peux voir. Ce n'est pas la classe 2. La classe 2 était le bord d'une tasse. Ceci est la couleur à l'intérieur d'un bol. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg Une fenêtre que tu peux voir. Ce n'est pas la classe 11. La classe 11 était deux murs. Ceci est la lumière dans le verre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg Laisse le verre en papier blanc. Ne peins pas le ciel en un second tableau. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg Une plante que tu peux voir. Le pot d'abord. C'est une boîte. Mélange la couleur que tu vois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg Les feuilles sont une masse de couleur, pas un tas de marques. Un lavis pour cette masse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg Ce n'est pas la classe 12. La classe 12 était une pomme puis son ombre, et tu lui as donné un nom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg Cette feuille est seulement la couleur plate. Une pomme. Un lavis. La couleur que tu vois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg Feuille neuve. La même pomme. Mélange encore à partir de ce que tu vois maintenant, pas de la feuille d'avant et pas du rouge que tu attendais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg Un petit raté sur la forme va bien. Un fruit différent veut dire que cette leçon n'est pas faite. Peins la même pomme encore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg Feuille neuve. La même pomme. Laisse le papier blanc là où la lumière touche. Une ombre. Le blanc n'est pas un trou que tu remplis plus tard. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg Trois feuilles, une pomme. Lavis plat. La couleur que tu vois. Puis la lumière et une ombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg Invente une image. Ce n'est pas une copie à vendre, et ce n'est pas un tableau célèbre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg Un lavis. Une chose devant. Laisse la partie cachée non peinte. Papier blanc pour la lumière. Une ombre. Donne-lui un nom. Garde cette feuille. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg Prends un morceau de la taille d'une orange. S'il s'émiette, mouille tes doigts et travaille jusqu'à ce qu'il tienne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg Presse-le entre les paumes, puis roule-le en cercle. La même pression tout autour. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg Arrête quand il est rond et sans fissures. Une fissure veut dire qu'il est trop sec. Mouille tes doigts et roule cet endroit encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg Pose la boule sur la table. Appuie au centre avec la paume, pas sur le bord. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg Tourne un peu et appuie encore. Le milieu et le bord doivent avoir la même épaisseur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg Soulève-la. Si la lumière passe à un endroit, c'est trop fin. Refais la boule et appuie encore. Aussi épais qu'un doigt. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg Tiens la boule dans une main. Pousse le pouce au centre jusqu'à le sentir de l'autre côté, sans sortir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg Pince la paroi entre le pouce et un doigt. Tourne un peu après chaque pincement. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg Le bord doit avoir la même hauteur tout autour. Si un côté est bas, pince un peu plus le côté haut. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg Roule sur la table avec les doigts écartés, pas seulement les paumes. Du milieu vers l'extérieur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg Le colombin doit avoir la même épaisseur d'un bout à l'autre, comme un crayon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg Pose-le en anneau sur une base plate. Appuie là où ils se touchent. Coupe les bouts en biais et joins-les. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg Mets l'argile entre deux baguettes de la même épaisseur. Étale sur les baguettes pour que la plaque ne soit pas plus fine qu'elles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg Décolle la plaque. Si elle colle, lève un coin avec un couteau, pas avec l'ongle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg Coupe la forme d'un trait droit. Garde les restes en boule pour qu'ils ne sèchent pas. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg Sens la paroi entre les doigts. Un endroit épais semble lourd. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg Pince seulement l'endroit épais. Ne pince pas l'endroit fin, il se déchire. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg La paroi doit sembler pareille tout autour, comme deux pièces empilées. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg Griffe les deux faces avec une fourchette jusqu'à ce qu'elles soient rugueuses. L'argile lisse ne colle pas à l'argile lisse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg Peins les deux faces griffées avec de la barbotine : un peu d'argile et d'eau, comme de la crème. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg Presse et tiens quelques secondes. Lisse le joint avec un doigt mouillé jusqu'à ne plus voir la couture. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg Roule un court colombin, plus fin qu'un crayon. Plie-le en anneau, de la taille du fond. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg Griffe et mets de la barbotine sous le pot et sur l'anneau. Colle l'anneau. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg Pose le pot. Il doit tenir à plat et ne pas basculer. S'il bouge, appuie le côté haut de l'anneau. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg Roule un colombin aussi épais que le doigt et aussi long que la main. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg Griffe et mets de la barbotine à deux endroits du côté, l'un au-dessus de l'autre. Colle chaque bout. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg L'anse doit s'écarter du pot pour qu'un doigt passe. Si elle tombe, c'est trop mouillé. Attends un peu et essaie encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg Pose le pot sur une étagère, hors du soleil et loin d'un chauffage. Le soleil et la chaleur le fendent. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg Pose un linge sec, sans serrer, pour que le bord ne sèche pas plus vite que le fond. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg Laisse jusqu'à ce que ce soit pâle et dur. C'est de l'argile qui sèche à l'air. Ne la mets pas au four. Ne bois pas dedans. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg Compare deux morceaux avant de commencer. Si une boule est plus grosse, les pots ne se ressemblent pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg Fais le second comme le premier. Mets-les côte à côte après chaque étape. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg Les bords doivent avoir la même hauteur. Les ouvertures doivent avoir la même taille. Si l'une est plus large, pince-la un peu plus haute et plus étroite. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg Choisis un usage : tenir des crayons, ou tenir une chose sèche. N'utilise pas cette argile pour manger ni boire. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg Une tasse à crayons a un fond plat et des parois plus hautes que la pointe du crayon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg Quand c'est sec et pâle, mets les crayons. Donne-lui un nom. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg De l'argile qui sèche à l'air suffit. N'achète pas de four, et ne cuis pas ceci. Un morceau de la taille d'une orange fait une tasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg Ouvre la boule avec le pouce et tourne-la pendant que les parois montent. Ou roule des colombins de la même épaisseur, empile-les, et presse chacun sur celui du dessous. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg Le bord a la même hauteur tout autour. Si tu ajoutes un pied, griffe les deux faces, mouille-les et presse. Ne le colle pas seulement. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg Pose la tasse sur la table. Elle tient à plat et ne bascule pas. Si elle bascule, presse le pied jusqu'à ce que ça cesse. Sèche-la lentement, à l'air, hors du soleil. Donne-lui un nom. C'est celle que tu gardes. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg Une assiette. Ce n'est pas la classe 2, et ce n'est pas la classe 5. La classe 2 était une crêpe. La classe 5 était une plaque que tu peux couper. C'est une assiette sur laquelle tu pourrais poser une tasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg Une plaque. Épaisseur égale. Un bord bas seulement si tu peux garder cette épaisseur. Si tu ajoutes le bord, griffe, barbotine, et presse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne le cuis pas. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg Un bol. Les parois restent égales. Le bord a la même hauteur tout autour. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg Un pied, pour qu'il pose à plat et ne bascule pas. Griffe, barbotine, et presse si tu joins ce pied. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne le cuis pas. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg Ce n'est pas la classe 3. La classe 3 était un pot pincé, et le bord était la leçon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg Celle-ci est une tasse que tu pinces. Une boule. Les parois s'amincissent en pinçant, et elles restent égales. Le bord a la même hauteur tout autour. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne le cuis pas. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg Une pièce nouvelle. Des colombins de la même épaisseur, empilés et pressés. La même taille que la tasse pincée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg Une taille différente veut dire que cette leçon n'est pas faite. Refais la tasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne le cuis pas. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg Une pièce nouvelle, coupée dans une plaque d'épaisseur égale. La même taille que les deux autres. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg Griffe, barbotine, et presse chaque joint. Le bord a la même hauteur tout autour. Elle pose à plat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne le cuis pas. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg Invente une pièce. Ce n'est pas une copie, et ce n'est pas le pot nommé de la classe 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg Des parois égales. Si tu joins une partie, griffe, barbotine, et presse. Un pied s'il en faut un, pour qu'elle tienne et ne bascule pas. Sèche-la lentement. Seulement à l'air. Nomme-la. Garde celle-ci. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne le cuis pas. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg Du fil que tu as déjà. Deux aiguilles, ou un doigt si c'est ce que tu as. N'achète pas un kit pour cette classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg Monte les mailles que tu as comptées. Fais une boucle, mets-la sur l'aiguille, et fais la suivante de la même façon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg Arrête quand les mailles comptées sont sur l'aiguille. Ne tricote pas encore un rang. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg Tricote les premiers rangs. Passe l'aiguille dans une boucle, enroule le fil et tire une nouvelle boucle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg Une maille à la fois. N'en laisse pas tomber une. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg Quand le rang est fini, tourne l'ouvrage. Puis arrête. Ne commence pas une nouvelle couleur. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg Compte chaque maille sur l'aiguille. Touche chacune. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg Compte chaque rang. Une marque sur le papier suffit. Une marque par rang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg Si le compte est faux, arrête et regarde. Ne défais pas tout l'ouvrage. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg Rabats. Tricote deux mailles. Passe la première par-dessus la seconde et hors de l'aiguille. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg Tricote encore une. Passe encore la première par-dessus. Continue jusqu'au bout. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg Le bord ne doit pas s'évaser. S'il s'ouvre en tirant, refais seulement ce bord. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg Tricote jusqu'à ce que le morceau soit aussi haut que large. Compte pour le savoir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg Pose-le sur la table. Un carré qui reste plat. S'il s'enroule, regarde les derniers rangs, pas le morceau entier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg Quand il reste plat, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg Un rang à l'endroit. Le rang suivant est envers. Le fil est devant pour l'envers. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg Sache sur quel rang tu es. Endroit, puis envers, puis endroit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg Ne les mélange pas dans un rang. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg Une rayure. Tricote jusqu'au bord. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg Change de couleur au bord. Noue le fil neuf là. Ne change pas au milieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg Tricote une rayure de la nouvelle couleur. Puis arrête. Une rayure, pas plusieurs. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg Quelque chose a mal tourné. Regarde seulement le dernier rang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg Sors l'aiguille du dernier rang, une maille à la fois, jusqu'au rang qui était bon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg Ne défais pas tout l'ouvrage. Tricote ce rang encore. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg Compte les mailles au début du rang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg Compte-les à la fin du rang. Les nombres correspondent. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg S'ils ne correspondent pas, le dernier rang a perdu ou gagné une maille. Corrige seulement ce rang. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg Tricote un rectangle. Plus long que large. Un linge, une sangle, un marque-page. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg Compte les deux bouts pour que le compte soit le même. Rabats pour que le bord ne s'évase pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg Tu peux l'utiliser. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg Deux bords qui doivent se rencontrer. Tiens-les ensemble. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg Joins-les. Une aiguille à laine à travers les deux bords, une maille à la fois. Ou tricote-les ensemble s'ils sont encore sur les aiguilles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg La jointure est faite quand les deux bords n'en font qu'un. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg Une chose finie. Le carré, le rectangle, ou la pièce assemblée. Pas un nouveau projet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Tricot'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg Tu peux commencer une autre pièce demain sans qu'on te dise quoi faire. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg Monte les mailles que tu as comptées. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg Tricote les premiers rangs. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne défais pas le travail. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg Un carré qui reste plat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg Endroit et envers. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne défais pas le travail. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg Une rayure. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg Change de couleur au bord. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne défais pas le travail. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg Fil épais que tu as déjà. Un grand crochet. N'achète pas un kit pour cette classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg Tiens le fil dans une main. Tiens le crochet dans l'autre. Fais une boucle. La boucle reste sur le crochet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg C'est le début. Puis arrête. Ne fais pas encore une chaînette. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg Jette le fil sur le crochet. Tire une nouvelle boucle à travers la boucle qui est déjà là. C'est une chaînette. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg Fais la chaînette suivante de la même façon. Garde-les assez lâches pour les voir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg Arrête quand tu as une chaînette que tu peux compter. Ne repasse pas dedans pour l'instant. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg Compte les chaînettes avant le rang. Touche chacune. Ne compte pas la boucle encore sur le crochet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg Écris le nombre. Une marque sur le papier suffit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg Si tu perds le compte, recompte. Ne défais pas la chaînette. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg Passe le crochet dans la chaînette suivante. Enroule le fil. Tire une boucle. Enroule le fil encore. Tire à travers les deux boucles sur le crochet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg Une maille dans chaque chaînette. Ne saute pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg Quand le rang est fini, arrête. Ne tourne pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg Finis le rang. Une maille dans chaque chaînette. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg Pose le rang sur la table. Il doit rester plat. S'il s'enroule en une corde serrée, les mailles étaient trop serrées. Regarde seulement ce rang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg Quand il reste plat, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg Tourne l'ouvrage. Le crochet reste dans la dernière boucle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg Fais une chaînette. Cette chaînette est la chaînette de tour. Ce n'est pas une maille que tu comptes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg Reviens. Une maille dans chaque maille du rang que tu viens de faire. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg Deux rangs. Tourne à la fin de chacun. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg Garde les bords égaux. La même maille au début et à la fin du rang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg Si un bord se resserre, tu as sauté une maille. Corrige seulement le dernier rang. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg Continue jusqu'à ce que la pièce soit aussi haute que large. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg Compte les mailles. Le même nombre à chaque rang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg Pose-la. Un carré. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg Une rayure. Travaille jusqu'à la fin du rang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg Noue la couleur suivante au bord. Ne change pas au milieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg Travaille un rang de la nouvelle couleur. Puis arrête. Une rayure, pas plusieurs. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg Coupe le fil. Laisse un bout que tu peux tenir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg Tire le bout à travers la dernière boucle. Tire-le juste. La boucle se ferme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg L'ouvrage est hors du crochet. Puis arrête. Ne commence pas une pièce nouvelle. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg Fais un deuxième carré de la même façon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg Compte les deux. Le même nombre de mailles. Le même nombre de rangs. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg Deux carrés de la même taille. Puis arrête. Ne les joins pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg Une chose que tu peux utiliser. Le carré, ou les deux carrés posés ensemble comme un linge. Pas un nouveau projet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Crochet'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg Tu peux commencer une autre pièce demain sans qu'on te dise quoi faire. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg Une aiguille émoussée. Fil épais que tu as déjà. N'achète pas un kit pour cette classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg Tiens l'aiguille dans une main. Enfile l'aiguille. Fais un nœud au bout du fil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg Le nœud est au bout. Puis arrête. Ne couds pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg Un morceau de tissu. Pousse l'aiguille à travers, par derrière. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg Tire le fil jusqu'au bout, jusqu'à ce que le nœud l'arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg L'aiguille est sur le devant. Puis arrête. Ne fais pas encore un deuxième trou. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg Un point. Redescends un peu plus loin de l'endroit où tu es sorti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg Tire le fil à travers. Dedans, puis dehors. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg Le point repose à plat. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg Une ligne droite. Fais le point suivant de la même taille que le premier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg Garde les points sur une ligne. Ne dévie pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg Les points sont de la même taille. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg Un point devant. Dedans et dehors le long de la ligne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg Espaces égaux. Le point et l'espace sont à peu près pareils. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg Ne tire pas si fort que le tissu se fronce. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg Viens au coin du tissu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg Tourne. Le point suivant quitte le coin et va le long du côté suivant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg La ligne reste égale. Ne fronce pas le coin. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg Deux morceaux de tissu. Pose un bord sur l'autre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg Couds-les le long de ce seul bord. L'aiguille passe à travers les deux morceaux. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg Un seul bord. Puis arrête. Ne couds pas encore les autres côtés. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg Un carré. Commence à un coin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg Le même point tout autour. Tourne chaque coin de la même façon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg Quand tu es revenu là où tu as commencé, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg Une pièce. Un petit morceau de tissu sur un morceau plus grand. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg Couds-la. L'aiguille traverse la pièce et le tissu en dessous. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg Les bords restent en bas. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg Noue le bout. Fais un petit nœud contre le tissu pour que le dernier point ne puisse pas sortir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg Coupe le fil court. Ne laisse qu'un petit bout. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg L'aiguille est libre. Puis arrête. Ne commence pas une couture nouvelle. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg Fais un deuxième carré de la même façon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg Compte les points. Deux carrés de la même taille. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne les couds pas encore ensemble. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg Une chose que tu peux utiliser. Le carré, la pièce, ou les deux carrés posés ensemble comme un linge. Pas un nouveau projet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Couture'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg Tu peux commencer une autre pièce demain sans qu'on te dise quoi faire. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg Lave-toi les mains. Du savon, puis de l'eau, puis sèche-les. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg Dégage le plan de travail. Seul ce dont cette assiette a besoin reste dehors. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. N'allume pas encore le feu. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg Tout est dehors avant le feu. Nourriture, poêle, assiette, cuillère, sel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg Lis ce que tu vas faire. Tu ne devrais pas avoir à chercher un outil une fois la poêle chaude. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. Le brûleur est encore éteint. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg La poêle est chaude. Ajoute un peu de graisse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg La graisse s'amincit et brille. Elle chuchote. Elle ne fume pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg Si elle fume, le feu est trop fort. Retire la poêle du feu. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg La nourriture entre en une seule couche. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg Les morceaux ne s'entassent pas. Une poêle trop pleine fait de la vapeur. Ça ne dore pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne la retourne pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg Laisse. Une croûte a besoin de temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg Ne pique pas. Ne t'éloigne pas d'une poêle chaude. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne retourne pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg Retourne une fois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg Le côté qui était en bas est doré. S'il est encore pâle, il avait besoin de plus de temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne continue pas à le retourner. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg Goûte. Puis le sel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg Sale la nourriture, pas l'air. Un peu suffit jusqu'à ce que tu goûtes encore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne continue pas à secouer le sel. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg Éteins le feu. La poêle finit le milieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg Le milieu se prend avec la chaleur déjà dans la poêle. Tu ne remontes pas le brûleur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg Laisse reposer. Ne coupe pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg Quelques minutes calmes. Le milieu finit pendant qu'il repose. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg Les jus restent sur l'assiette. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg Passe-les à la cuillère sur la nourriture. Ne les verse pas dans l'évier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg La poêle refroidit, puis tu la laves. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg Une poêle chaude dans l'eau froide peut se déformer. Attends. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg Une assiette. Pas un nouveau plat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Cuisine'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg Tu peux cuisiner une autre assiette demain sans qu'on te dise quoi faire. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg Poivre noir à la fin si la casserole va bouillir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg Avec du sel, pas à sa place. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg Cumin, revenu, puis coriandre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg Haricots, riz ou agneau. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg Graine de coriandre, écrasée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg Ne la grille pas jusqu'à la couleur du café. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg Le paprika se fait revenir vite et brûle plus vite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg L'ail après, ou l'ail brûle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg Paprika fumé. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg La fumée est l'épice. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg Cayenne en dernier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg Moins que l'autre épice. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg Si ça brûle, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg Flocons de piment dans le gras, puis hors du feu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg L'ail peut les rejoindre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg Si ça brûle, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg Le chili en poudre est déjà du cumin, de l'ail et du piment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg Goûte avant d'ajouter plus de cumin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg Cannelle dans le gras avec une pincée de sel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg Fruit, courge, ou un peu dans la viande. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg Gingembre, frais ou sec, avec de l'ail. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg Le sec est plus piquant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg Le curcuma tache et devient amer s'il frit trop longtemps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg Le poivre noir aide. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg L'ail en poudre brûle dans une poêle sèche. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg Mets-le dans le gras, puis la nourriture. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg L'oignon en poudre n'est pas de l'oignon frit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg Utilise-le pour la base, puis sale le plat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg Origan tôt dans une sauce tomate. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg Le sec est plus fort qu'une pincée fraîche. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg Basilic à la fin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg La chaleur le chasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg Thym tôt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg Il lui faut du temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg Romarin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg Hache-le. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg Feuille de laurier dans le liquide. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg Une. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg Retire-le. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg Noix de muscade. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg Un coup de râpe sur la crème, les épinards ou la pomme de terre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg Clou de girofle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg Un ou deux piqués dans un oignon, ou une pincée moulue. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg Piment de la Jamaïque. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg Arrête là. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg Cardamome, gousses fendues, ou une pincée moulue. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg Riz, café ou fruit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg Graine de moutarde dans le gras chaud jusqu'à ce que les premières éclatent, puis la nourriture. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg Le curcuma peut suivre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg Graine de fenouil, écrasée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg Tomate ou porc. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg Aneth à la fin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg Citron. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg Carvi, écrasé, avec de l'ail. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg Chou, porc ou seigle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg Graine de céleri. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg Une pincée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg Sésame grillé jusqu'à ce qu'il sente bon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg Sel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg La graine de pavot ne se fait pas revenir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg Beurre et citron. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg Safran. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg Filaments, pas de la poudre d'un bocal bon marché. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg Un anis étoilé dans un braisé ou un bouillon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg Gingembre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg Retire-le. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg Sumac hors du feu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg Il est l'acide. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg Fenugrec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg Une pincée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg Nigelle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg Ne la brûle pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg Menthe à la fin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg Citron. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg Sauge frite quelques secondes dans le beurre, puis sur la courge ou le porc. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg Poivre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg Estragon à la fin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg Citron. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg Marjolaine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg Utilise-la là où l'origan crierait. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg Persil à la fin avec du citron. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg Il est frais, pas une épice que tu fais revenir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg Coriandre fraîche à la fin avec du citron vert. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg Si elle a le goût du savon, c'est l'herbe, pas celui qui cuisine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg Citronnelle, froissée, dans la soupe, puis dehors. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg Gingembre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg Retire-le. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg Graine d'anis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg Une pincée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg Macis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg Une pincée dans une sauce à la crème ou la pomme de terre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg Genièvre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg Écrase-en trois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg Si ça brûle, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg Poivre de Sichuan grillé jusqu'à ce qu'il sente bon, puis écrasé. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg Gingembre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg Si ça brûle, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg Piment d'Alep hors du feu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg Doux. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg Chipotle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg La fumée plus le piquant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg Si ça brûle, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg Le curry en poudre est un mélange. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg Fais-le revenir, puis la nourriture. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg Le garam masala est un mélange pour la fin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg La casserole peut déjà avoir du cumin et de la coriandre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg Le cinq-épices est un mélange. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg Une pincée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg Si ça fume, arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg Mesure deux fois. Marque une fois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg Si les deux mesures ne correspondent pas, mesure encore. Ne marque pas une supposition. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne coupe pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg Équarris la ligne à travers la planche. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg L'équerre est bien plaquée contre le chant. La ligne traverse la face et descend le chant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne coupe pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg Serre la pièce. Ta main n'est pas le serre-joint. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg Si la planche peut bouger, la coupe dérive. Resserre le serre-joint. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. N'allume pas la scie tant que le bois n'est pas immobile. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg Coupe du côté chute de la ligne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg La ligne de crayon reste sur le morceau que tu gardes. Les dents de la scie prennent la chute. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne coupe pas la ligne. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg Laisse la scie faire le travail. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg Une poussée légère. Si tu dois t'appuyer dessus, la scie est émoussée ou l'angle est faux. Arrête et replace. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg Soutiens la chute pour que la dernière fibre ne se déchire pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg Une main ou un second appui tient la chute. Ne la laisse pas tomber. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg Vérifie la coupe à l'équerre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg L'équerre repose sur la face et sur le bout coupé. De la lumière sous l'équerre veut dire que la coupe n'est pas d'équerre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne ponce pas l'erreur tant que tu ne l'as pas vue. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg Ponce jusqu'à la ligne. Pas au-delà. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg Ponce dans le sens du fil. Si tu ponces au-delà de la ligne, le morceau est court. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg Essuie la poussière. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg Deux faces se rencontrent. Pas de lumière à travers le joint. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg Tiens-les ensemble et regarde le long de la jointure. La lumière veut dire un écart. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. N'encolle pas un écart. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg Colle, puis serre. Un fin cordon sort. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg Trop de colle ne fait pas un joint plus fort. Essuie le cordon. N'affame pas le joint. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg Ça durcit. Puis ponce le joint à fleur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg Ne ponce pas la colle mouillée. Attends que le joint soit dur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg Un morceau. Pas un nouveau projet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg Donne-lui un nom. Le nom n'est pas 'Bois'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg Tu peux commencer un autre morceau demain sans qu'on te dise quoi faire. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg Choisis la plante pour la lumière que tu as vraiment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg Une plante de soleil dans une pièce sombre ne pousse pas juste parce que tu le souhaites. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne plante pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg La terre draine. Un pot a besoin d'un trou. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg Si l'eau reste dans le pot, les racines pourrissent. Vérifie le trou avant de le remplir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg Plante à la profondeur du sachet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg S'il n'y a pas de sachet, une petite graine a une couverture fine. Une grosse graine va plus profond. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg Affermis la terre. Pas de poche d'air sous la graine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg Presse doucement. Une terre trop tassée tient l'eau et l'air dehors. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg Arrose une fois, en profondeur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg Arrose jusqu'à ce que l'eau sorte par le trou. Puis attends. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg Laisse le dessus sécher avant d'arroser encore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg Enfonce un doigt. Si le dessus est encore humide, laisse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg Une pousse veut la lumière plus que l'eau. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg Une pousse pâle et étirée demande de la lumière. Déplace-la. Ne la noie pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg Éclaircis à l'espacement du sachet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg La pousse la plus forte reste. Ceux en trop sortent. Les plantes serrées restent petites. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg Nourris seulement après les vraies feuilles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg Trop les brûle. Un peu, puis arrête. Les deux premières feuilles ne sont pas les vraies feuilles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg Enlève les nuisibles à la main avant de pulvériser quoi que ce soit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg Un insecte n'est pas une raison pour une bouteille. Enlève-le. Regarde encore demain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg Cueille quand c'est prêt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg Attendre trop longtemps le rend dur. Une plante laissée trop longtemps se dépense en graine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg Une récolte. Pas un nouveau jardin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Jardin'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg Tu peux planter un autre pot demain sans qu'on te dise quoi faire. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg Une fenêtre. C'est un bout coupé, pas une graine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg Prends un oignon vert frais avec des racines, pas un oignon sec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg Une fenêtre, puis du soleil. La pousse est le résultat sûr. Les gousses veulent beaucoup de lumière. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg Prends un haricot sec entier : rouge, noir, pinto, ou un haricot vert séché. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg Une fenêtre. Les feuilles sont la récolte probable. Pas une grosse tête d'ail. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg Une gousse ferme. Laisse la peau. Pointe en haut, côté racine en bas, à environ deux centimètres. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg Une fenêtre. Quelques petites feuilles, pas une seconde tête de magasin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg Prends une base fraîche, pas une base brune et visqueuse. Laisse environ trois centimètres du cœur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg Une fenêtre. La même méthode que la romaine, et plus lente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg Une base fraîche, d'environ trois centimètres, dans un plat peu profond. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg Une fenêtre tiède. Tu obtiens une plante que tu peux couper. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg Le basilic veut une pièce tiède. Éparpille les petites graines sur une terre humide. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg Une fenêtre tiède. Le fruit veut un vrai soleil et un plus grand pot. Les feuilles ne sont jamais à manger. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg Prends une tomate bien mûre. Mets les graines et le gel dans une tasse avec un peu d'eau. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg Une fenêtre tiède. Les poivrons veulent plus de chaleur que les tomates, et plus de temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg Prends les graines d'un poivron mûr. Tu peux sauter la fermentation. Sèche-les. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg Un pot profond. Une plante est probable. Un sac de pommes de terre ne l'est pas, sauf si le pot est profond et que tu attends des mois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg Beaucoup de pommes de terre de supermarché sont traitées pour ne pas germer. Si rien ne se passe en trois semaines, c'est pour ça. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg Un arbre d'intérieur. Le fruit est un peut-être, après des années, et il peut être aigre ou différent. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg Plante une graine fraîche de citron ou d'orange. Une graine séchée sur le comptoir échoue souvent. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg Un arbre d'intérieur. Le fruit dedans est rare, prend des années, et ne sera pas celui que tu as acheté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg Lave le noyau. Le bout le plus large et plat est le bas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg Un jeune plant, pas un bol de cerises. Un cerisier donne des fruits dehors, dans un endroit froid, après des années, et il lui faut souvent un second arbre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg Frotte le noyau jusqu'à ce qu'il ne reste plus de chair. La chair qui reste moisit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg Une fenêtre. Du vert, pas une seconde carotte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg Coupe les feuilles d'une carotte fraîche. Garde environ un centimètre du haut orange. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg Une fenêtre. Des feuilles, pas une seconde betterave. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg Coupe le vert. Garde environ un centimètre de la betterave. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg Une fenêtre. C'est un bout coupé, pas une graine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg Prends un poireau frais avec la base encore en place, pas un poireau desséché. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg Une fenêtre. Quelques petites feuilles, pas une seconde tête de supermarché. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg Prends une base fraîche, pas une base brune et visqueuse. Laisse environ trois centimètres du cœur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg Une fenêtre. Des feuilles lâches, pas une seconde tête serrée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg Une base fraîche, d'environ trois centimètres de haut, dans un plat peu profond. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg Une fenêtre. Des frondes, pas un second bulbe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg Prends la base d'un bulbe de fenouil. Les tiges coupées seules font peu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg Une fenêtre tiède. Une touffe est la récolte. Pas une poignée de tiges ce mois-ci. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg Prends une tige qui a encore une base ferme et pâle. Un bâton sec ne prendra pas racine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg Une plante d'intérieur. Le fruit dedans est peu courant, et il prend des années s'il vient. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg Tourne la couronne d'un ananas frais pour l'enlever. Coupe toute chair de fruit de la base. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg Un pot au soleil. La racine est la récolte, si ça reste frais et si chaque plante a de la place. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg Un pot profond comme ta main, avec un trou. Terre humide, pas une flaque. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg Un pot lumineux. Des feuilles, pas une tête serrée de supermarché. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg La graine est petite. Éparpille-la sur une terre humide. Appuie-la, ou couvre-la d'une poussière de terre. Enterrée profond, elle échoue. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg Un pot frais. Des feuilles, pas une récolte d'été sur un rebord de fenêtre chaud. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg Sème à environ un centimètre, dans un pot avec un trou. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg Un pot lumineux. Les feuilles sont la récolte. La chaleur y met fin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg La graine est ronde. Sème à environ un centimètre, dans le pot que tu gardes. Elle n'aime pas qu'on la déplace. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg Un pot avec un trou. Une touffe que tu peux couper pendant des années. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg La graine est lente. Garde la terre humide. Une pousse vient souvent en dix à vingt jours. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg Un pot lumineux. Une tige, pas une graine. La graine donne souvent une plante faible qui n'est pas la menthe que tu as sentie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg Coupe une tige fraîche. Enlève les feuilles du bas. Un bâton sec ne prendra pas racine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg Un pot au soleil. Les gousses sont la récolte. Une pousse dans un bocal est une autre leçon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg Prends un haricot nain sec entier. Pas un haricot à rames, sauf si tu lui donnes un grand bâton. Pas un pois cassé. Pas un haricot en boîte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg Un pot frais. Des gousses, si le temps reste frais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg Prends des graines de pois entières, pas des pois cassés. Les pois cassés sont morts. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg Dehors, ou un pot d'au moins vingt centimètres de profondeur. La racine est la récolte. Ce n'est pas le haut de carotte dans un plat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg Terre meuble, sans pierres ni mottes dures. Elles fourchent la racine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg Dehors, ou un pot d'au moins vingt centimètres de profondeur. Une racine, et des feuilles. Ce n'est pas le haut de betterave dans un plat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg Chaque boule de graine peut faire plusieurs pousses. Sème à environ deux centimètres. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg Dehors, ou un grand pot avec un trou. Des feuilles, longtemps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg Sème à environ un centimètre. Une pousse vient souvent en cinq à dix jours. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg Dehors. Un oignon à planter est plus facile que la graine. La graine a besoin de mois avant d'être un bulbe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg Plante l'oignon pointe en haut, côté racine en bas, à environ dix centimètres d'écart. La pointe se voit juste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg Un grand pot ou la pleine terre, avec quelque chose pour grimper. Pas un rebord de fenêtre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg Sème à environ deux centimètres quand la terre est tiède. Une terre froide et mouillée pourrit la graine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg La pleine terre, ou un très grand pot. Une plante devient énorme. Deux, c'est beaucoup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg Sème à environ deux centimètres quand la terre est tiède. Une terre froide et mouillée pourrit la graine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg Dehors, dans une terre tiède. Pas un pot, et pas une seule plante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg Plante un bloc, au moins quatre plantes dans chaque sens. Le pollen tombe du panache en haut sur la soie des épis. Un rang, ou une plante, fait souvent des épis vides. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg Une plante ou un stolon. La graine est lente, et la plupart des plantes issues de graine ne donnent pas de fruit la première année. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg Terre au soleil, ou un pot avec un trou. Pas une fenêtre sombre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg Dehors, en plein soleil. Une fleur, et des graines si l'été est assez long. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg Sème à environ deux centimètres une fois la terre tiède. Une pousse vient souvent en sept à quatorze jours. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg Du soleil, et une terre tiède. Ils finissent en un été. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg Couvre-la à peine. Une terre froide et mouillée la pourrit, ou la graine reste là. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg Du soleil. Ils finissent en un été, et ils fleurissent jusqu'au gel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg Une terre pauvre fait plus de fleurs. Une terre riche fait beaucoup de feuilles et peu de fleurs. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg L'œillet d'Inde du jardin. Pas le souci. C'est la leçon suivante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg Du soleil. Couvre-la à peine une fois la terre tiède. Une pousse vient souvent en cinq à dix jours. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg Le souci. Pas l'œillet d'Inde de la leçon d'avant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg Une fleur de saison fraîche. La chaleur peut l'arrêter. Un été frais est un endroit qui lui va. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg Une grosse graine, à environ deux centimètres, dans une terre tiède. Un pot ou la pleine terre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg Elles s'étalent. Une terre pauvre fait plus de fleurs. Une terre riche fait des feuilles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg Pas le pois que tu manges. C'est une autre plante, et une autre leçon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg Ils aiment le temps frais. La chaleur arrête les fleurs. Un été frais peut leur convenir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg Une racine, pas une graine. Les yeux sont les bourgeons roses sur la racine. Ils pointent vers le haut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg Place-la pour que pas plus d'environ cinq centimètres de terre couvrent les yeux. Plus profond que ça, elle peut faire des feuilles et ne jamais fleurir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg Décide de quoi est la photo avant de lever l'appareil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg Si tu ne peux pas le dire en une courte ligne, tu n'es pas prêt à déclencher. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne prends pas encore la photo. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg Bouge les pieds avant de toucher un réglage. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg Un pas à gauche change la photo plus qu'un bouton. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg Rapproche-toi. La plupart des photos ont trop autour du sujet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg Si tu peux nommer trois choses en trop dans le cadre, avance d'un pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg L'horizon est de niveau, sauf si tu le veux autrement. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg Une table penchée a l'air d'une erreur. Incline le téléphone jusqu'à ce que la ligne soit plate. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg Fais le point sur la partie qui compte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg Touche cette partie. Si le fond est net et la chose floue, tu as touché le mauvais endroit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg Une forme forte. Pas cinq choses qui se battent. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg Si tu dois expliquer de quelle chose est la photo, la photo n'est pas finie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg Attends le moment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg Une photo prise parce que tu étais impatient est celle que tu effaces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg Une personne qui n'a pas accepté n'est pas dans la photo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg Demande d'abord. Un signe de tête compte. Le silence, non. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg Expose pour la chose que tu es venu chercher. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg Laisse partir le fond. Une fenêtre brillante derrière la chose fait de la chose une ombre. Tourne-toi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg Trois photos de la même chose. Garde-en une. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg Les deux autres partent. Plus de photos ne font pas une meilleure. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg Recadre seulement ce qui se bat avec le sujet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg Un recadrage n'est pas une façon d'inventer une photo plus proche que tu n'as pas prise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg Une photo. Pas un rouleau. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Photo'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg Tu peux prendre une autre photo demain sans qu'on te dise quoi faire. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg Choisis l'instrument que tu vas vraiment travailler. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg Un piano que tu ne peux pas atteindre n'est pas l'instrument. Les mains, un tambour, une guitare que tu as déjà, tous comptent. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne joue pas encore de chanson. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg Le corps est à l'aise avant la note. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg Si les épaules sont jusqu'aux oreilles, la note sera tendue. Baisse-les. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg Une note, nette. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg Une note nette est une note dont tu entends le début et la fin. Le bruit en trop n'en fait pas partie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg Une pulsation régulière que tu peux taper. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg Si les frappes accélèrent, tu n'as pas encore de pulsation. Ralentis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg La même phrase, douce, puis pleine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg Plein n'est pas aussi fort que la pièce le permet. Si les oreilles font mal, c'est trop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg Un silence se joue. Ne le remplis pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg Le silence est un temps que tu comptes. Si tu joues par-dessus, tu l'as sauté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg Cinq notes que tu peux retrouver. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg Joue-les. Regarde ailleurs. Retrouve les mêmes cinq. Si tu ne peux pas, tu ne les as pas encore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg Quatre mesures. Arrête à la barre de mesure. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg N'ajoute pas une cinquième. L'arrêt fait partie de la phrase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg Lent jusqu'à ce que ce soit net. La vitesse vient après. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg Une phrase rapide et brouillonne n'est pas de la pratique. C'est une habitude que tu devras défaire. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg Enregistre une prise. Écoute une fois. Corrige une chose. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg N'écoute pas cinq fois et ne corrige pas cinq choses. Une chose, puis rejoue-le. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg Vingt minutes. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg Une main douloureuse ne prouve pas que tu as travaillé. C'est la raison pour laquelle tu arrêtes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg Une phrase que tu peux jouer demain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Musique'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver ces notes sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg Le corps est à l'aise avant le son. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg Si les épaules sont jusqu'aux oreilles, la note sera tendue. Baisse-les. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. Ne chante pas encore de chanson. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg Le souffle commence la note. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg Prends l'air d'abord. Si tu commences le son et que tu cherches l'air ensuite, la note tremble. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg Une voyelle, au centre. Sans pousser de la gorge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg Si la gorge se serre, tu pousses. Plus doux, et la voyelle reste au milieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg Trouve la note, puis tiens-la. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg Une note tenue qui glisse n'est pas encore trouvée. Trouve-la encore, puis tiens-la. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg Le mot s'entend du premier coup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg Si un auditeur doit demander ce que tu as chanté, le mot n'était pas fini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg La même ligne, douce, puis pleine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg Plein n'est pas aussi fort que la pièce le supporte. Si la tête tourne, tu as retenu l'air trop longtemps. Arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg Un silence est un silence. Ne le remplis pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg Respire dans le silence. Si tu chantes à travers, tu l'as sauté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg La note haute est préparée, pas attrapée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg Si tu tends et que la gorge attrape, tu n'étais pas prêt. Entre depuis la note d'avant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg Enregistre un couplet. Écoute une fois. Corrige une chose. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg N'écoute pas cinq fois et ne corrige pas cinq choses. Une chose, puis chante-le encore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg Vingt minutes. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg Une gorge douloureuse ne prouve pas que tu as travaillé. C'est la raison pour laquelle tu arrêtes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg Chante les mots comme tu les veux dire. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg Si les mots ne sont que des sons, tu ne les as pas encore chantés. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg Un couplet que tu peux chanter demain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Chant'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver ce couplet sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg Une chose vraie. Pas un costume d'une chanson que tu aimes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg Si la ligne pourrait être n'importe quelle chanson à la radio, c'est un costume. Pars de ce que tu as vraiment vu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg Le titre est la promesse de la chanson. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg Écris-le en haut. Si les couplets ne tiennent pas cette promesse, le titre est un mensonge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg Le refrain dit cette promesse en une ou deux lignes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg Deux lignes, c'est la limite. Un refrain qui a besoin d'un paragraphe est un couplet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg Fredonne la mélodie. Si tu n'as pas de notation, écris le rythme en mots simples. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg Long, court, court suffit. Un dessin de notes que tu ne peux pas lire n'aide pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg Le premier couplet est la scène. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg Qui est là, et ce que tu peux voir. N'explique pas encore le sentiment. La scène le fait. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg Le refrain revient inchangé. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg Si tu le réécris la deuxième fois, tu n'as pas de refrain. Tu as deux couplets. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg Le deuxième couplet hausse le coût, ou le tournant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg Quelque chose est plus dur, ou quelqu'un change d'avis. Si rien n'a changé, c'est encore le premier couplet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg Un pont est facultatif. Une ligne que le refrain n'a pas dite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg Si tu n'en as pas besoin, ne l'écris pas. Un pont n'est pas un troisième couplet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg Le genre est le rythme et les mots, pas un costume. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg Tape le rythme que tu veux dire. Si les mots ne marchent que dans la voix de quelqu'un d'autre, ils ne sont pas encore à toi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg Pas d'accroche empruntée. Si tu entends une autre chanson, recommence la ligne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg Une accroche que tu retiens de la radio n'est pas à toi. Écris la ligne suivante à partir de ton titre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg Enregistre le refrain. Écoute une fois. Corrige un mot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg N'écoute pas cinq fois et ne corrige pas cinq mots. Un mot, puis pour aujourd'hui c'est fini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg Une chanson que tu peux chanter demain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg Mets un nom dessus. Le nom n'est pas 'Chanson'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver le refrain sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg Du papier ou une tablette que tu as déjà. Tu n'as pas besoin d'un programme spécial. Écris une personne. Un nom suffit. Une seule personne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg À la ligne suivante, écris ce que cette personne veut. Un désir. Pas une liste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg À la ligne suivante, écris une chose qui barre le chemin. Une personne, un fait, ou une limite. Puis arrête. Ce n'est pas toute l'histoire. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg Laisse les trois lignes de la classe 1 sur la table. Ouvre une page neuve. Ne commence pas par 'ceci est une histoire sur'. Commence avec la personne déjà dans un lieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg Écris ce qu'elle fait maintenant. Une action qu'on peut voir. Une main sur une porte, un pas, une tasse posée. Reste dans ce moment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg Lis-le. Si une phrase raconte toute la vie, ou la leçon, barre-la. L'ouverture n'est que ce moment. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg Lis l'ouverture de la classe 2. C'est un moment. Ne commence pas une nouvelle scène. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg Avant que ce moment finisse, mets le désir sur la page. N'écris pas 'elle voulait'. Montre-le. Une main essaie la porte. Les yeux restent sur un téléphone qu'on ne prend pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg Lis jusqu'à la dernière ligne. Si un lecteur ne sait toujours pas ce que la personne veut, ajoute une action qui le montre. Puis arrête. Ne commence pas le milieu. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg Reviens à la scène. Le désir est déjà là. L'obstacle est d'une seule sorte : une personne, un fait, ou une limite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg Écris-le dans la scène. Une personne dit non. Un fait : le bus est parti. Une limite : il y a une pièce. N'écris pas 'il y avait un problème'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg Lis-le. Si l'obstacle peut être de plus d'une sorte, garde-en un et coupe les autres. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg C'est le milieu. Écris le premier essai. Il échoue pour une raison. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg Écris un deuxième essai. Il échoue pour une autre raison. Ne répète pas le premier échec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg Lis les deux essais. S'ils échouent pour la même raison, change le deuxième. Puis arrête. N'écris pas la fin. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg Lis les deux essais. Les deux ont échoué. N'ajoute pas un sauvetage par chance. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg Écris le tournant comme un choix. La personne prend une des deux choses qu'elle peut vraiment faire. Elle sait ce que ça coûte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg Lis-le. Si la sortie est la chance, un inconnu, ou une clé trouvée, barre-la. Écris le choix. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg Écris la fin en quelques lignes. Ou ils obtiennent le désir, ou la page montre ce que ça a coûté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg N'ajoute pas un nouveau désir. Utilise le désir de la première scène. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg Lis le désir et la fin ensemble. Si la fin oublie le désir, corrige la fin. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg Lis la scène jusqu'à la dernière ligne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg La dernière ligne doit changer quelque chose. Un fait, un choix, ou ce que quelqu'un sait. Si rien n'a changé, écris le changement. Le chapitre n'est pas fini avant. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg Si une nouvelle scène a commencé, coupe-la. Finis sur le changement. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg Trouve un sentiment ou un fait que tu allais expliquer. 'Elle était en colère.' 'Il ne lui faisait pas confiance.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg Mets-le dans ce que quelqu'un dit, ou dans ce qu'il ne dit pas. N'écris pas l'annonce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg Lis-le. Si le narrateur l'annonce encore, coupe cette phrase. La parole le porte. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg Lis la scène. Marque une phrase qui explique ce que le lecteur a déjà vu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg Barre-la. Laisse l'action. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg Relis la scène. Si une autre phrase ne fait qu'expliquer, coupe-la aussi. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg Lis la première page à voix haute. Seulement la première page. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg Marque le premier endroit où tu as perdu la personne, le désir, ou le lieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg Corrige cet endroit. Une réparation. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg Lis le texte de la première ligne à la dernière. Il a une personne, un désir, un obstacle, deux essais, un choix, et une fin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg Donne-lui un nom. Le nom n'est pas 'Histoire'. Il désigne ce texte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg Le texte peut être remis à un lecteur. Tu n'as pas besoin de cette page ouverte pour savoir ce que c'est. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg Du papier que tu as déjà. Écris une chose que tu peux faire. Pas une boutique. Pas une liste. Une chose. Un pain, une réparation, un dessin, un bocal de soupe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg C'est pour une personne, pas pour tout le monde. À la ligne suivante, écris pour qui. Un nom suffit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg Lis les deux lignes. Tu peux finir cette chose. Si tu ne peux pas, barre-la et écris une chose plus petite. Puis arrête. N'écris pas un prix. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg Regarde la seule chose du cours d'avant. C'est pour une personne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg Écris le nom de cette personne à la ligne suivante. Une vraie personne à qui tu peux parler. Pas tout le monde. Pas des clients. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg Lis le nom. Si tu ne peux pas imaginer son visage, barre-le et écris une personne que tu peux imaginer. Puis arrête. N'écris pas un prix. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg La personne que tu as nommée. Écris ce dont elle a besoin et qu'elle n'a pas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg Cela doit aller avec la chose que tu peux faire. Pas une nouvelle affaire. Un besoin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg Lis le besoin et la chose ensemble. S'ils ne vont pas ensemble, change le besoin ou la chose. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg Fais le premier. Utilise ce que tu as déjà. N'ouvre pas une boutique. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg Finis celui-ci. Pas un plan de dix. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg Pose-le sur la table. C'est le premier. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg Apporte la première à la personne que tu as nommée. Ou fixe un moment où elle peut la tenir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg Mets-la dans ses mains. N'explique pas tout le plan. Laisse-la la tenir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg Reste pendant que la personne regarde. Puis arrête. Ne demande pas d'argent. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg Après qu'il l'a tenu, écris les mots qu'il a dits. Ses mots, pas les tiens. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg S'il n'a rien dit, écris ce qu'il a fait. Il l'a posé. Il a souri. Il a posé une question. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg Lis ce que tu as écrit. C'est sa réaction, pas ton espoir. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg Lis ce qu'ils ont dit. Trouve une chose qu'ils ont demandée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg Change cette seule chose sur ce que tu as fait. Pas cinq choses. Une. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg Le changement est fait. Puis arrête. Ne recommence pas. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg Sur ton propre papier, écris ce que ça t'a coûté de faire cette chose. Du temps. Des matériaux que tu avais déjà. Une chose que tu as épuisée. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg C'est pour toi. Ce n'est pas un prix pour eux. N'écris pas un prix de vente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg Lis-le. Tu sais ce que cette chose t'a coûté. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg Regarde ce que ça t'a coûté. Décide un prix que tu peux dire à voix haute à cette personne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg Dis-le-lui, ou entraîne-toi à le dire à la salle. À voix haute. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg Ne tape pas le prix sur cette page. Ne le tape pas dans une note ici. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg Écris comment ils la reçoivent de toi. Tu la leur mets dans les mains. Ils viennent la chercher. Tu la laisses à leur porte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg Une façon. Pas une boutique. Pas un paiement sur ce site. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg Lis-le. Une personne pourrait suivre cette façon. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg Dis-le à la personne pour qui c'est. Une phrase. La chose, et que c'est pour cette personne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg Dis-le, ou écris-le là où elle le verra. Pas une affiche pour tout le monde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg Une phrase. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg Lis ce que tu as. Une chose. Une personne. Un besoin. Une chose faite. Une façon dont ils la reçoivent. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg Donne un nom à l'offre. Le nom n'est pas "Business". Il désigne cette offre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg Tu peux la remettre à un acheteur sans cette page ouverte. Puis arrête. Ne tape pas de prix. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg Joue une touche blanche et laisse-la s'arrêter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg Si tu la tiens, tu ne l'as pas laissée s'arrêter. Lève le doigt et écoute la fin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg Garde quatre temps égaux. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg Si les temps accélèrent, tu n'as pas encore de pulsation. Ralentis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg Joue la même touche fort, puis bas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg Bas reste la même touche. Si les oreilles font mal, c'est trop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg Joue une touche plus haute, puis une plus basse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg Nomme celle qui est plus haute. Rejoue-les sans les chercher longtemps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg Laisse un silence que tu peux compter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg Le silence est un temps. Si tu joues par-dessus, tu l'as sauté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg Répète le même motif court trois fois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg Si la troisième fois grandit, tu ne l'as pas répété. Rejoue le premier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg Utilise une main et laisse l'autre se reposer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg La main qui se repose ne plane pas. Elle est immobile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg Joue-le lent, puis un peu plus vite, sans presser le silence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg Le silence reste de la même longueur. La vitesse ne mange pas le silence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg Laisse quelqu'un d'autre compter quatre pendant que tu joues. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg Si tu dépasses leur compte, tu n'es pas encore avec eux. Recommence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg Arrête sur le dernier temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg Si tu en ajoutes une de plus, tu ne t'es pas arrêté. Lève les deux mains. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg Joue-le une fois depuis le début, puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg Une prise. Ne rapièce pas le milieu. Si ça casse, l'essai suivant commence au début. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg Joue un motif court et donne-lui un nom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg Le nom n'est pas 'Piano'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver ces touches sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg Joue un souffle doux et laisse-le s'arrêter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg Si le son ne s'arrête jamais, tu souffles encore. Arrête l'air et écoute. Arrête si la tête tourne ou si les lèvres font mal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg Garde quatre temps égaux. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg Si les temps accélèrent, tu n'as pas encore de pulsation. Ralentis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg Joue la même note fort, puis bas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg Bas reste la même note. Si les oreilles font mal, c'est trop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg Joue une note plus haute, puis une plus basse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg Nomme celle qui est plus haute. Rejoue-les sans les chercher longtemps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg Laisse un silence que tu peux compter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg Le silence est un temps. Si tu joues par-dessus, tu l'as sauté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg Répète le même motif court trois fois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg Si la troisième fois grandit, tu ne l'as pas répété. Rejoue le premier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg Utilise une main et laisse l'autre se reposer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg La main qui se repose ne plane pas. Elle est immobile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg Joue-le lent, puis un peu plus vite, sans presser le silence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg Le silence reste de la même longueur. La vitesse ne mange pas le silence. Arrête si la tête tourne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg Laisse quelqu'un d'autre compter quatre pendant que tu joues. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg Si tu dépasses leur compte, tu n'es pas encore avec eux. Recommence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg Arrête sur le dernier temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg Si tu en ajoutes une de plus, tu ne t'es pas arrêté. Retire la clarinette de ta bouche. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg Joue-le une fois depuis le début, puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg Une prise. Ne rapièce pas le milieu. Si ça casse, l'essai suivant commence au début. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg Joue un motif court et donne-lui un nom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg Le nom n'est pas 'Clarinette'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver ces notes sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg Bourdonne des lèvres une fois et laisse-le s'arrêter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg Si le bourdonnement ne s'arrête jamais, tu souffles encore. Arrête l'air et écoute. Arrête si les lèvres font mal ou si la tête tourne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg Garde quatre temps égaux. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg Si les temps accélèrent, tu n'as pas encore de pulsation. Ralentis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg La même note, fort, puis bas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg Bas reste la même note. Si les oreilles font mal, c'est trop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg Joue une note plus haute, puis une plus basse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg Nomme celle qui est plus haute. Rejoue-les sans les chercher longtemps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg Laisse un silence que tu peux compter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg Le silence est un temps. Si tu joues par-dessus, tu l'as sauté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg Répète le même motif court trois fois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg Si la troisième fois grandit, tu ne l'as pas répété. Rejoue le premier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg Utilise une main et laisse l'autre se reposer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg La main qui se repose ne plane pas. Elle est immobile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg Joue-le lent, puis un peu plus vite, sans presser le silence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg Le silence reste de la même longueur. La vitesse ne mange pas le silence. Arrête si la tête tourne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg Laisse quelqu'un d'autre compter quatre pendant que tu joues. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg Si tu dépasses leur compte, tu n'es pas encore avec eux. Recommence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg Arrête sur le dernier temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg Si tu en ajoutes une de plus, tu ne t'es pas arrêté. Retire la trompette de ta bouche. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg Joue-le une fois depuis le début, puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg Une prise. Ne rapièce pas le milieu. Si ça casse, l'essai suivant commence au début. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg Joue un motif court et donne-lui un nom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg Le nom n'est pas 'Trompette'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver ces notes sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg Pince une corde et laisse-la s'arrêter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg Lève le doigt. Écoute la fin. Si tu la tiens, tu ne l'as pas laissée s'arrêter. Pas d'archet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg Garde quatre temps égaux. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg Si les temps accélèrent, tu n'as pas encore de pulsation. Ralentis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg La même corde, fort, puis bas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg Bas reste la même corde. Si les oreilles font mal, c'est trop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg Joue une corde plus haute, puis une plus basse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg Nomme celle qui est plus haute. Rejoue-les. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg Laisse un silence que tu peux compter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg Le silence est un temps. Si tu joues par-dessus, tu l'as sauté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg Répète le même motif court trois fois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg Si la troisième fois grandit, tu ne l'as pas répété. Rejoue le premier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg Utilise une main et laisse l'autre se reposer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg La main qui se repose ne plane pas. Elle est immobile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg Joue-le lent, puis un peu plus vite, sans presser le silence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg Le silence reste de la même longueur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg Laisse quelqu'un d'autre compter quatre pendant que tu joues. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg Si tu dépasses leur compte, recommence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg Arrête sur le dernier temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg Si tu en ajoutes une de plus, tu ne t'es pas arrêté. Lève les deux mains. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg Joue-le une fois depuis le début, puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg Une prise. Ne rapièce pas le milieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg Joue un motif court et donne-lui un nom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg Le nom n'est pas 'Violoncelle'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver ces cordes sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg Frappe une fois et laisse-le s'arrêter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg Lève la main. Écoute jusqu'à la fin. Arrête si la main fait mal. Ne frappe pas près d'une oreille. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg Garde quatre temps égaux. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg Si les temps accélèrent, tu n'as pas encore de pulsation. Ralentis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg Le même endroit, fort, puis bas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg Bas reste le même endroit. Si les oreilles font mal, c'est trop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg Frappe plus haut, puis plus bas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg Nomme celui qui est plus haut. Frappe-les encore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg Laisse un silence que tu peux compter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg Le silence est un temps. Si tu frappes par-dessus, tu l'as sauté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg Répète le même motif court trois fois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg Si la troisième fois grandit, rejoue le premier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg Utilise une main et laisse l'autre se reposer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg La main qui se repose ne plane pas. Elle est immobile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg Joue-le lent, puis un peu plus vite, sans presser le silence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg Le silence reste de la même longueur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg Laisse quelqu'un d'autre compter quatre pendant que tu joues. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg Si tu dépasses leur compte, recommence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg Arrête sur le dernier temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg Si tu en ajoutes une de plus, tu ne t'es pas arrêté. Lève les deux mains. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg Joue-le une fois depuis le début, puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg Une prise. Ne rapièce pas le milieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg Joue un motif court et donne-lui un nom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg Le nom n'est pas 'Batterie'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver ce motif sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg Pince une corde douce et laisse-la s'arrêter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg Si tu la tiens, tu ne l'as pas laissée s'arrêter. Lève le doigt et écoute. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg Garde quatre temps égaux. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg Si les temps accélèrent, tu n'as pas encore de pulsation. Ralentis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg La même corde, fort, puis bas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg Bas reste la même corde. Si les oreilles font mal, c'est trop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg Joue une corde plus haute, puis une plus basse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg Nomme celle qui est plus haute. Rejoue-les. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg Laisse un silence que tu peux compter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg Le silence est un temps. Si tu joues par-dessus, tu l'as sauté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg Répète le même motif court trois fois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg Si la troisième fois grandit, rejoue le premier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg Utilise une main et laisse l'autre se reposer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg La main qui se repose est immobile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg Joue-le lent, puis un peu plus vite, sans presser le silence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg Le silence reste de la même longueur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg Laisse quelqu'un d'autre compter quatre pendant que tu joues. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg Si tu dépasses leur compte, recommence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg Arrête sur le dernier temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg Si tu en ajoutes une de plus, tu ne t'es pas arrêté. Lève les deux mains. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg Joue-le une fois depuis le début, puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg Une prise. Ne rapièce pas le milieu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg Joue un motif court et donne-lui un nom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg Le nom n'est pas 'Ukulélé'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver ces cordes sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg Pince une corde à vide et laisse-la s'arrêter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg Si tu la tiens, tu ne l'as pas laissée s'arrêter. Lève le doigt et écoute. Arrête si un doigt fait mal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg Garde quatre temps égaux. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg Si les temps accélèrent, tu n'as pas encore de pulsation. Ralentis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg La même corde, fort, puis bas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg Bas reste la même corde. Si les oreilles font mal, c'est trop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg Joue une corde plus haute, puis une plus basse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg Nomme celle qui est plus haute. Rejoue-les. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg Laisse un silence que tu peux compter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg Le silence est un temps. Si tu joues par-dessus, tu l'as sauté. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg Répète le même motif court trois fois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg Si la troisième fois grandit, rejoue le premier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg Nomme l'instrument. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg C'est une guitare. Le motif a un autre nom. Pas une chanson que tu connais déjà. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg Utilise une main et laisse l'autre se reposer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg La main qui se repose est immobile. Un médiator peut aussi se reposer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg Joue-le lent, puis un peu plus vite, sans presser le silence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg Le silence reste de la même longueur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg Laisse quelqu'un d'autre compter quatre pendant que tu joues. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg Si tu dépasses leur compte, recommence. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg Arrête sur le dernier temps. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg Si tu en ajoutes une de plus, tu ne t'es pas arrêté. Lève les deux mains. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/fr/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg Joue un motif court et donne-lui un nom. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg Le nom n'est pas 'Guitare'. Pas une chanson que tu connais déjà. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg Tu peux retrouver ces cordes sans qu'on te dise. Puis arrête. https://mylearntomake.com/de https://mylearntomake.com/de/how https://mylearntomake.com/de/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/de/contact https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg Papier und ein Bleistift reichen. Ein Tablet oder ein Kasten, den du schon hast, zählt. Kauf kein Set für diese Klasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg Wähl ein Ding, das du sehen kannst, und stell es vor dich. Zeichne es ganz, groß, sodass es fast die Seite füllt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg Das ist keine Übungslinie. Schau das Ding an, dann zeichne. Hör auf, wenn das ganze Ding auf der Seite ist. Das ist der Anfang eines Bildes. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg Nimm dieselbe Sache wie in Klasse 1. Leg ein neues Blatt hin. Stell die Sache so, dass du ihr ganzes Außen siehst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg Fang an einer Stelle der Außenkante an. Führ den Stift nur an dieser Kante entlang. Zeichne nicht das Innen, kein Henkelloch und keine Linie durch die Mitte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg Schau mehr auf die Sache als auf deine Hand. Wenn die Linie den Anfang trifft, hör auf. Wenn der Umriss offen ist, schließ ihn. Das Innen ist nicht diese Klasse. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg Dieselbe Sache wie in der letzten Klasse. Ein neues Blatt. Zeichne das Äußere noch einmal, leicht, damit du die Teile hineinsetzen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg Schau auf die Sache. Füg die Teile hinzu, die sie zu dieser Sache machen. Ein Henkel, eine Öffnung, eine Naht, ein Deckel. Zeichne den Teil, den du siehst. Erfinde keinen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg Schau von der anderen Seite des Tisches. Wenn jemand nicht sagen könnte, was es ist, füg den fehlenden Teil hinzu. Dann hör auf. Schattiere nicht. Füg keine zweite Sache hinzu. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg Schau, wo du bist. Finde einen Kreis, eine Kiste und ein Dreieck. Ein Teller, ein Buch, eine Ecke. Zeichne noch nicht das ganze Ding. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg Auf einer Seite zeichne die drei Formen, groß. Zeichne die Form, nicht das Ding. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg Das sind die Stücke, aus denen die späteren Bilder gebaut sind. Wenn eine Form fehlt, zeichne sie. Dann hör auf. Schattiere nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg Eine Lichtquelle. Eine Lampe oder ein Fenster. Mach die anderen aus, oder setz dich so, dass nur ein Licht die Sache trifft. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg Zeichne die Sache. Lass das Papier auf der beleuchteten Seite weiß. Das weiße Papier ist das Licht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg Setz einen Schatten, auf die Seite weg vom Licht. Schattiere nicht die ganze Seite. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg Stell ein rundes Ding und eine Kiste hin, wo du sie siehst. Eine Tasse und ein Buch genügen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg Zeichne das runde Ding. Zeichne die Kiste so, dass drei Seiten zu sehen sind. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg Mach jede Seite der Kiste in einem anderen Grau. Eine dunkler, eine heller, eine lässt du fast weiß. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg Stell zwei Sachen so, dass die nahe einen Teil der fernen verdeckt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg Zeichne zuerst die nahe Sache. Wo sie die ferne Sache verdeckt, halt diese Linie an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg Lass den verdeckten Teil weg. Wenn du durch die Abdeckung gezeichnet hast, radier dieses Stück weg. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg Eine Person in Kleidung oder ein Haustier, das du sehen kannst, bleibt still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg Bevor du Gesicht, Fell oder ein Stoffmuster zeichnest, markiere die Höhe im Verhältnis zur Breite. Zwei leichte Markierungen. Vergleiche sie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg Zeichne innerhalb dieser Markierungen. Füg nicht jedes Haar hinzu. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg Dieselbe Person oder dasselbe Haustier. Tut eine Sache. Den Arm ausstrecken, einen Schritt tun, den Kopf drehen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg Gib ihm eine Minute. Zeichne die Handlung, während sie geschieht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg Fang die Handlung ein und hör auf. Mach nicht jeden Finger und nicht jedes Haar fertig. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg Ein Gesicht, das du sehen kannst. Zeichne ein Oval für den Kopf. Noch nichts anderes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg Zeichne eine Linie für die Augen, auf halber Höhe des Ovals. Dann eine Nase. Dann einen Mund. Halte diese Reihenfolge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg Hör auf, bevor das Haar überhandnimmt. Nur vier Schritte: Oval, Augen, Nase, Mund. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg Setz dich in die Ecke, in der du bist. Schau auf den Boden. Die Linien des Bodens gehen von dir weg. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg Zeichne diese Bodenlinien so, dass sie zu einem Punkt gehen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg Die Tür ist eine Kiste, die in diesem Raum steht. Zeichne die Tür als Kiste. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg Mach ein Bild, von dem du willst, dass es eine andere Person sieht. Benutze eine Sache, ihre Teile und ihre Formen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg Setz einen Namen darauf. Der Name ist nicht 'Bild'. Er zeigt auf diese Zeichnung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg Du solltest morgen eine weitere Zeichnung anfangen können, ohne dass dir gesagt wird, was zu tun ist. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg Papier und ein Stift reichen. Ein Tablet zählt. Kauf für dies kein Set. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg Geh hin, wo du ein ganzes Gebäude sehen kannst. Ein Haus, ein Laden, ein Schuppen. Das ist nicht Klasse 11. Das ist kein Bild von einem Gebäude, außer du kannst zu keinem gehen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg Eine Straße, ein Weg oder eine Fahrbahn, die du sehen kannst. Die Straße ist die erste Form, und sie wird kleiner, je weiter sie weggeht. Das ist die ganze Übung dieses Blatts. Fang nicht mit einem Schild oder einem Auto an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg Blatt eins. Straße, ein Gebäude oder ein Baum daneben, und der Himmel als das Papier, das du leer lässt. Stopp. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg Ein Baum, den du sehen kannst. Zuerst der Stamm. Er ist ein Kasten, der nach oben schmaler wird. Die Blätter sind eine Masse, kein Haufen von Strichen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg Blatt eins. Stamm und eine Blattform. Stopp. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg Klasse 10 hat die Reihenfolge eines Gesichts gelehrt. Diese Übung ist der Kopf als Masse. Ein Bildhauer sieht einen Kopf so an, bevor ein Gesicht geschnitten wird. Du kopierst keine Statue, und du kopierst keine berühmte Person. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg Jemand, den du sehen kannst, oder ein Foto von jemandem, den du kennst, wenn niemand sitzen kann. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg Eine zweite Person. Benutz den ersten Kopf nicht noch einmal. Geh dieselben drei Blätter in derselben Reihenfolge durch. Wenn du die Kugel auslässt und mit den Augen anfängst, stopp und fang Blatt eins noch einmal an. Behalte nur das dritte Blatt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg Tu das. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg Eine dritte Person. Dieselbe Liste. Kugel, Kiefer, Hals. Dann die Linien auf halbem Weg. Dann ein Licht und ein Schatten. Stopp, bevor das Haar alles übernimmt. Drei fertige Köpfe sind die Übung. Die nächsten Übungen sind ein erfundenes Gesicht, noch einmal gezeichnet, bis es noch dieses Gesicht ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg Tu das. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg Erfinde ein Gesicht. Es muss morgen noch einmal zeichenbar sein, also nimm wenige Zeichen. Zuerst die Kugel und der Kiefer. Dann die Linien auf halbem Weg. Dann ein Merkmal, das sich nicht ändert: die Nase, der Kiefer oder der Abstand zwischen den Augen. Das Haar ist eine Form. Schreib drei Wörter auf die Rückseite des Blatts, die diese Zeichen nennen. Du brauchst sie. Behalte das Blatt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg Tu das. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg Neues Blatt, zuerst aus dem Gedächtnis. Dann prüf das Blatt, das du behalten hast. Dieselbe Kugel, derselbe Kiefer, dasselbe eine Zeichen. Ein kleiner Fehler am Auge ist in Ordnung. Ein anderer Kiefer heißt, es ist eine neue Person, und diese Übung ist nicht fertig. Zeichne den Kiefer noch einmal. Behalte das Blatt, das passt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg Tu das. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg Dasselbe erfundene Gesicht, ein wenig gedreht. Der Aufbau ändert sich nicht, weil der Kopf sich gedreht hat. Kugel, Kiefer, das eine Zeichen, dann die Teile auf den Linien auf halbem Weg. Behalte dieses dritte Blatt bei den anderen zwei. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg Dann lauf die alte Liste an etwas durch, das diese Seite nicht genannt hat. Eine Hand, ein Stuhl oder ein Tier, das du sehen kannst. Blatt eins, große Formen und hoch gegen breit. Blatt zwei, die Teile, die es zu dieser Sache machen. Blatt drei, weißes Papier für das Licht, eine dunklere Seite, ein Schatten. Gib ihm einen Namen. Das gehört dir. Die Übung sagt dir nicht, welches Motiv. Wenn du diese drei Blätter machen kannst, ohne dass diese Seite offen ist, ist dieser Schritt fertig. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg Sauberes Wasser. Mach das Papier mit einem breiten Pinsel nass. Nur eine Farbe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg Streich einmal über die Seite. Beweg den Pinsel einmal. Reib nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg Lass es trocknen. Das ist einmal streichen. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg Stell eine Tasse hin, wo du das Außen siehst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg Male nur ihren äußeren Rand. Füll das Innen nicht. Male nicht den Tisch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg Wenn der Rand geschlossen ist, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg Zwei Farben. Setz sie so, dass sie sich auf dem nassen Papier berühren. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg Lass das Wasser mischen. Reib sie nicht zusammen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg Wenn sie sich getroffen haben, hör auf. Füg keine dritte Farbe hinzu. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg Finde drei Formen im Zimmer. Ein Kreis, eine Kiste, ein Dreieck. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg Male drei flache Formen. Je eine Farbe. Noch kein Detail. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg Drei Formen. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg Ein Licht. Schau, wo es hell ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg Lass diese Stelle als blankes Papier. Das weiße Papier ist das Licht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg Male einen Schatten, weg vom Licht. Decke das Weiß nicht zu. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg Stell eine runde Sache und eine Schachtel hin, wo du sie siehst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg Male sie in zwei verschiedenen Grautönen. Die runde ist ein Grau. Die Schachtel ist ein anderes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg Füge kein drittes Grau hinzu. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg Stell zwei Sachen so, dass eine vorn ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg Male die vordere. Male den verdeckten Teil der hinteren nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg Wo die vordere die hintere verdeckt, halt diese Farbe an. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg Schau eine Sache an. Nenn die Farbe, die du siehst, nicht die, die du erwartest. Eine Zitrone kann im Schatten grau sein. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg Misch diese Farbe auf einem Restpapier. Vergleiche sie mit dem Ding. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg Wenn sie nicht passt, misch noch einmal. Wenn sie passt, hör auf. Male nicht das ganze Bild. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg Eine Person oder ein Haustier. Sie bleiben still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg Male nur große Formen. Der Kopf, der Körper, die Beine. Nicht jedes Haar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg Drei oder vier Formen. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg Ein Gesicht, das du sehen kannst. Male nur drei Tonwerte. Hell, Mitte, Dunkel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg Hell bleibt das hellere Papier. Die Mitte ist einmal streichen. Dunkel ist der Schatten unter der Braue, der Nase oder dem Kinn. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg Hör auf, bevor die Haare alles übernehmen. Drei Tonwerte. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg Setz dich in eine Ecke. Ein Licht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg Male zwei Wände. Lass die beleuchtete Wand heller. Die andere Wand ist dunkler. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg Ein Licht. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg Sieh dir einen echten Apfel an. Sieh zuerst das große Licht. Lass dieses Licht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg Dann male die kleinen Formen. Ein Schatten. Nicht jedes Fleckchen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg Nenn es. Das ist Übung, keine Kopie zum Verkaufen. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg Papier und abwaschbare Farbe reichen. Ein Tablet zählt. Kauf kein Set. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg Eine Schale, die du sehen kannst. Das ist nicht Klasse 2. Klasse 2 war der Rand einer Tasse. Dies ist die Farbe in einer Schale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg Ein Fenster, das du sehen kannst. Das ist nicht Klasse 11. Klasse 11 waren zwei Wände. Dies ist das Licht im Glas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg Lass das Glas als weißes Papier. Male den Himmel nicht zu einem zweiten Bild. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg Eine Pflanze, die du sehen kannst. Zuerst der Topf. Er ist eine Schachtel. Misch die Farbe, die du siehst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg Die Blätter sind eine Farbmasse, kein Haufen von Strichen. Einmal streichen für diese Masse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg Das ist nicht Klasse 12. Klasse 12 war ein Apfel und dann sein Schatten, und du hast ihm einen Namen gegeben. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg Dieses Blatt ist nur die flache Farbe. Ein Apfel. Einmal streichen. Die Farbe, die du siehst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg Neues Blatt. Derselbe Apfel. Misch noch einmal aus dem, was du jetzt siehst, nicht vom letzten Blatt und nicht aus dem Rot, das du erwartet hast. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg Ein kleiner Fehlgriff bei der Form ist in Ordnung. Eine andere Frucht heißt, diese Lektion ist nicht fertig. Male denselben Apfel noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg Neues Blatt. Derselbe Apfel. Lass das Papier weiß, wo das Licht trifft. Ein Schatten. Das Weiß ist kein Loch, das du später füllst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg Drei Blätter, ein Apfel. Flach streichen. Die Farbe, die du siehst. Dann das Licht und ein Schatten. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg Denk dir ein Bild aus. Es ist keine Kopie zum Verkaufen, und es ist kein berühmtes Bild. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg Einmal streichen. Eine Sache vorn. Lass den verdeckten Teil unbemalt. Weißes Papier für das Licht. Ein Schatten. Gib ihm einen Namen. Behalte dieses Blatt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg Nimm ein Stück etwa so groß wie eine Orange. Wenn es bröselt, tauch die Finger ins Wasser und arbeite, bis es zusammenhält. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg Drück es zwischen den Handflächen, dann roll es im Kreis. Derselbe Druck rundherum. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg Hör auf, wenn es rund ist und keine Risse hat. Ein Riss heißt, es ist zu trocken. Mach die Finger nass und roll diese Stelle noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg Leg die Kugel auf den Tisch. Drück die Mitte mit der Handfläche, nicht den Rand. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg Dreh sie ein wenig und drück noch einmal. Mitte und Rand sollen gleich dick sein. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg Heb sie hoch. Wenn an einer Stelle Licht durchscheint, ist sie zu dünn. Form wieder eine Kugel und drück noch einmal. Etwa so dick wie ein Finger. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg Halt die Kugel in einer Hand. Drück den Daumen in die Mitte, bis du ihn auf der anderen Seite spürst, aber nicht durch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg Kneif die Wand zwischen Daumen und Finger. Dreh die Kugel nach jedem Kneifen ein wenig. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg Der Rand soll rundherum gleich hoch sein. Wenn eine Seite niedrig ist, kneif die hohe Seite ein wenig mehr. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg Roll auf dem Tisch mit gespreizten Fingern, nicht nur mit den Handflächen. Von der Mitte nach außen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg Die Wulst soll von einem Ende zum anderen gleich dick sein, etwa wie ein Bleistift. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg Leg die Wulst als Ring auf eine flache Basis. Drück sie an, wo sie sich berühren. Schneide die Enden schräg und drück sie zusammen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg Leg den Ton zwischen zwei gleich dicke Stäbe. Roll über die Stäbe, damit die Platte nicht dünner wird als die Stäbe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg Heb die Platte ab. Wenn sie klebt, heb eine Ecke mit einem Messer, nicht mit dem Nagel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg Schneide die Form mit einem geraden Schnitt. Die Reste bleiben eine Kugel, damit sie nicht trocknen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg Fühl die Wand zwischen den Fingern. Eine dicke Stelle fühlt sich schwer an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg Kneif nur die dicke Stelle. Kneif die dünne Stelle nicht, sonst reißt sie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg Die Wand soll sich rundherum gleich anfühlen, etwa so dick wie zwei Münzen aufeinander. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg Kratz beide Flächen mit einer Gabel, bis sie rau aussehen. Glatter Ton klebt nicht an glattem Ton. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg Streich beide gekratzten Flächen mit Schlicker: etwas Ton mit Wasser, wie Sahne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg Drück sie zusammen und halt ein paar Sekunden. Glätte die Naht mit einem nassen Finger, bis man sie nicht mehr sieht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg Roll eine kurze Wulst, dünner als ein Bleistift. Bieg sie zu einem Ring in der Größe des Bodens. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg Kratz und streich Schlicker unter den Topf und auf den Ring. Drück den Ring an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg Stell den Topf hin. Er soll flach stehen und nicht wackeln. Wenn er wackelt, drück die hohe Seite des Rings herunter. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg Roll eine Wulst etwa so dick wie dein Finger und so lang wie deine Hand. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg Kratz und streich Schlicker an zwei Stellen an der Seite, eine über der anderen. Drück jedes Ende an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg Der Henkel soll vom Topf abstehen, damit ein Finger durchpasst. Wenn er absackt, ist er zu nass. Warte ein wenig und versuch es noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg Stell den Topf auf ein Brett, aus der Sonne und weg von einer Heizung. Sonne und Hitze reißen ihn. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg Leg ein trockenes Tuch locker darüber, damit der Rand nicht schneller trocknet als der Boden. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg Lass ihn, bis er blass und hart ist. Das ist Ton, der an der Luft trocknet. Nicht in den Ofen. Nicht daraus trinken. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg Vergleich zwei Stücke, bevor du anfängst. Wenn eine Kugel größer ist, passen die Töpfe nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg Mach den zweiten Topf wie den ersten. Stell sie nach jedem Schritt nebeneinander. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg Die Ränder sollen gleich hoch sein. Die Öffnungen sollen gleich groß aussehen. Wenn eine weiter ist, kneif sie ein wenig höher und enger. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg Wähl eine Aufgabe: Stifte halten, oder eine trockene Sache halten. Benutz diesen Ton nicht für Essen oder Trinken. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg Eine Stiftetasse braucht einen flachen Boden und Wände höher als die Stiftspitze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg Wenn er trocken und blass ist, steck die Stifte hinein. Gib ihm einen Namen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg Lufttrocknender Ton reicht. Kauf keinen Ofen, und back das nicht. Ein Klumpen so groß wie eine Orange ist eine Tasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg Öffne die Kugel mit dem Daumen und dreh sie, während die Wände steigen. Oder roll Wülste gleicher Dicke, stapel sie und drück jede auf die darunter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg Der Rand ist rundherum gleich hoch. Wenn du einen Fuß ansetzt, ritz beide Flächen, feuchte sie an und drück. Klebe ihn nicht nur an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg Stell die Tasse auf den Tisch. Sie steht flach und wackelt nicht. Wenn sie wackelt, drück den Fuß, bis sie stillsteht. Trockne sie langsam an der Luft, aus der Sonne. Gib ihr einen Namen. Diese behältst du. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg Ein Teller. Das ist nicht Klasse 2, und es ist nicht Klasse 5. Klasse 2 war ein Pfannkuchen. Klasse 5 war eine Platte, die du schneiden kannst. Das ist ein Teller, auf den du eine Tasse stellen könntest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg Eine Platte. Gleichmäßige Dicke. Ein niedriger Rand nur, wenn du diese Dicke halten kannst. Wenn du den Rand hinzufügst, ritz an, gib Schlicker und drück. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Nicht backen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg Eine Schüssel. Die Wände bleiben gleichmäßig. Der Rand ist rundherum gleich hoch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg Ein Fuß, damit sie flach steht und nicht wackelt. Ritz an, gib Schlicker und drück, wenn du diesen Fuß fügst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Nicht backen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg Das ist nicht Klasse 3. Klasse 3 war ein gekniffener Topf, und der Rand war die Lektion. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg Diese ist eine Tasse, die du kneifst. Eine Kugel. Die Wände werden dünner, wenn du kneifst, und sie bleiben gleichmäßig. Der Rand ist rundherum gleich hoch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Nicht backen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg Ein neues Stück. Wülste von gleicher Dicke, gestapelt und gedrückt. Dieselbe Größe wie die gekniffene Tasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg Eine andere Größe heißt, diese Lektion ist nicht fertig. Mach die Tasse noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Nicht backen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg Ein neues Stück, aus einer Platte von gleichmäßiger Dicke geschnitten. Dieselbe Größe wie die anderen zwei. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg Ritz an, gib Schlicker und drück jede Fuge. Der Rand ist rundherum gleich hoch. Sie steht flach. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Nicht backen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg Denk dir ein Stück aus. Es ist keine Kopie, und es ist nicht der genannte Topf aus Klasse 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg Gleichmäßige Wände. Wenn du ein Teil fügst, ritz an, gib Schlicker und drück. Ein Fuß, wenn es einen braucht, damit es steht und nicht wackelt. Trockne es langsam. Nur an der Luft. Nenn es. Behalt dieses. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Nicht backen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg Garn, das du schon hast. Zwei Nadeln, oder ein Finger, wenn du das hast. Kauf kein Set für diese Klasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg Schlag die Maschen an, die du gezählt hast. Mach eine Schlaufe, leg sie auf die Nadel, und mach die nächste auf dieselbe Weise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg Hör auf, wenn die gezählten Maschen auf der Nadel sind. Strick noch keine Reihe. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg Strick die ersten Reihen. Steck die Nadel durch eine Schlaufe, wickle das Garn darum und zieh eine neue Schlaufe durch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg Eine Masche nach der anderen. Lass keine fallen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg Wenn die Reihe fertig ist, wende die Arbeit. Dann hör auf. Fang keine neue Farbe an. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg Zähl jede Masche auf der Nadel. Berühr jede. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg Zähl jede Reihe. Ein Zeichen auf Papier reicht. Ein Zeichen pro Reihe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg Wenn die Anzahl falsch ist, hör auf und schau. Zieh die Arbeit nicht auf. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg Kett ab. Strick zwei Maschen. Heb die erste über die zweite und von der Nadel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg Strick noch eine. Heb wieder die erste darüber. Mach weiter bis zum Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg Die Kante soll sich nicht weiten. Wenn sie sich aufzieht, mach nur diese Kante neu. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg Strick, bis das Stück so hoch wie breit ist. Zähl, um es zu wissen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg Leg es auf den Tisch. Ein Quadrat, das flach liegt. Wenn es sich einrollt, schau die letzten Reihen an, nicht das ganze Stück. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg Wenn es flach liegt, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg Eine Reihe rechts. Die nächste Reihe ist links. Das Garn ist vorn für links. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg Wisse, auf welcher Reihe du bist. Rechts, dann links, dann rechts. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg Mische sie nicht in einer Reihe. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg Ein Streifen. Strick bis zur Kante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg Wechsle die Farbe an der Kante. Knote das neue Garn dort. Wechsle nicht in der Mitte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg Strick einen Streifen in der neuen Farbe. Dann hör auf. Ein Streifen, nicht viele. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg Etwas ist schiefgegangen. Schau nur die letzte Reihe an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg Nimm die Nadel aus der letzten Reihe, eine Masche nach der anderen, zurück bis zu der Reihe, die richtig war. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg Zieh die Arbeit nicht auf. Strick diese Reihe noch einmal. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg Zähl die Maschen am Anfang der Reihe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg Zähl sie am Ende der Reihe. Die Zahlen stimmen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg Wenn sie nicht stimmen, hat die letzte Reihe eine Masche verloren oder gewonnen. Korrigier nur diese Reihe. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg Strick ein Rechteck. Länger als breit. Ein Tuch, ein Riemen, ein Lesezeichen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg Zähl beide Enden, damit sie gleich sind. Kett so ab, dass die Kante sich nicht weitet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg Du kannst es benutzen. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg Zwei Kanten, die sich treffen sollen. Halt sie zusammen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg Verbinde sie. Eine Wollnadel durch beide Kanten, eine Masche nach der anderen. Oder strick sie zusammen, wenn sie noch auf den Nadeln sind. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg Die Verbindung ist fertig, wenn die zwei Kanten eins sind. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg Eine fertige Sache. Das Quadrat, das Rechteck oder das verbundene Stück. Kein neues Projekt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg Gib ihr einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Stricken'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg Du kannst morgen ein weiteres Stück anfangen, ohne dass dir gesagt wird, was zu tun ist. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg Schlag die Maschen an, die du gezählt hast. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg Strick die ersten Reihen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Zieh die Arbeit nicht auseinander. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg Ein Quadrat, das flach liegt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg Rechte und linke Maschen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Zieh die Arbeit nicht auseinander. https://mylearntomake.com/de/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg Ein Streifen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg Wechsle die Farbe an der Kante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Zieh die Arbeit nicht auseinander. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg Dickes Garn, das du schon hast. Ein großer Haken. Kauf kein Set für diese Klasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg Halt das Garn in einer Hand. Halt den Haken in der anderen. Mach eine Schlaufe. Die Schlaufe sitzt auf dem Haken. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg Das ist der Anfang. Dann hör auf. Mach noch keine Kette. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg Leg das Garn um den Haken. Zieh eine neue Schlaufe durch die Schlaufe, die schon da ist. Das ist eine Luftmasche. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg Mach die nächste Luftmasche genauso. Halt sie locker genug, dass du sie siehst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg Hör auf, wenn du eine Kette hast, die du zählen kannst. Geh noch nicht zurück hinein. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg Zähl die Luftmaschen vor der Reihe. Berühr jede. Zähl die Schlaufe nicht, die noch auf dem Haken sitzt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg Schreib die Zahl. Ein Zeichen auf Papier reicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg Wenn du die Zahl verlierst, zähl noch einmal. Zieh die Kette nicht auf. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg Steck den Haken in die nächste Luftmasche. Wickle das Garn darum. Zieh eine Schlaufe durch. Wickle das Garn noch einmal darum. Zieh durch beide Schlaufen auf dem Haken. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg Eine Masche in jede Luftmasche. Überspring keine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg Wenn die Reihe fertig ist, hör auf. Dreh noch nicht um. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg Beende die Reihe. Eine Masche in jede Luftmasche. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg Leg die Reihe auf den Tisch. Sie soll flach liegen. Wenn sie sich zu einem festen Seil einrollt, waren die Maschen zu fest. Schau nur diese Reihe an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg Wenn sie flach liegt, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg Dreh die Arbeit um. Der Haken bleibt in der letzten Schlaufe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg Mach eine Luftmasche. Diese Luftmasche ist die Wendemasche. Sie ist keine Masche, die du zählst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg Geh zurück. Eine Masche in jede Masche der Reihe, die du gerade gemacht hast. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg Zwei Reihen. Dreh am Ende jeder Reihe um. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg Halt die Kanten gleichmäßig. Dieselbe Masche am Anfang und am Ende der Reihe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg Wenn eine Kante einzieht, hast du eine Masche übersprungen. Korrigier nur die letzte Reihe. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg Mach weiter, bis das Stück so hoch ist wie breit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg Zähl die Maschen. Dieselbe Anzahl in jeder Reihe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg Leg es hin. Ein Quadrat. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg Ein Streifen. Arbeite bis zum Ende der Reihe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg Bind die nächste Farbe an der Kante an. Wechsle nicht in der Mitte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg Arbeite eine Reihe in der neuen Farbe. Dann hör auf. Ein Streifen, nicht viele. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg Schneide das Garn. Lass ein Ende, das du halten kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg Zieh das Ende durch die letzte Schlaufe. Zieh es passend an. Die Schlaufe schließt sich. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg Die Arbeit ist vom Haken. Dann hör auf. Fang kein neues Stück an. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg Mach ein zweites Quadrat genauso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg Zähl beide. Dieselbe Anzahl Maschen. Dieselbe Anzahl Reihen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg Zwei Quadrate gleicher Größe. Dann hör auf. Verbinde sie noch nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg Eine Sache, die du benutzen kannst. Das Quadrat, oder die zwei Quadrate zusammengelegt als Tuch. Kein neues Projekt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg Gib ihr einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Häkeln'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg Du kannst morgen ein weiteres Stück anfangen, ohne dass dir gesagt wird, was zu tun ist. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg Eine stumpfe Nadel. Dicker Faden, den du schon hast. Kauf kein Set für diese Klasse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg Halt die Nadel in einer Hand. Fädele die Nadel ein. Mach einen Knoten am Ende des Fadens. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg Der Knoten ist am Ende. Dann hör auf. Näh noch nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg Ein Stück Stoff. Drück die Nadel von hinten durch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg Zieh den Faden ganz durch, bis der Knoten ihn anhält. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg Die Nadel ist vorn. Dann hör auf. Mach noch kein zweites Loch. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg Ein Stich. Geh ein kurzes Stück von der Stelle, wo du herausgekommen bist, wieder hinunter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg Zieh den Faden durch. Rein, dann raus. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg Der Stich liegt flach. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg Eine gerade Linie. Mach den nächsten Stich so groß wie den ersten. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg Halt die Stiche auf einer Linie. Weich nicht ab. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg Die Stiche sind gleich groß. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg Ein Vorstich. Rein und raus entlang der Linie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg Gleiche Abstände. Der Stich und die Lücke sind etwa gleich. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg Zieh nicht so fest, dass der Stoff sich kräuselt. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg Komm an die Ecke des Stoffs. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg Dreh um. Der nächste Stich verlässt die Ecke und geht an der nächsten Seite entlang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg Die Linie bleibt gleichmäßig. Bausch die Ecke nicht. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg Zwei Stücke Stoff. Leg eine Kante auf die andere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg Näh sie an dieser einen Kante entlang. Die Nadel geht durch beide Stücke. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg Nur eine Kante. Dann hör auf. Näh die anderen Seiten noch nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg Ein Quadrat. Fang an einer Ecke an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg Derselbe Stich ringsherum. Dreh jede Ecke gleich. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg Wenn du wieder da bist, wo du angefangen hast, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg Ein Flicken. Ein kleines Stück Stoff auf einem größeren Stück. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg Näh ihn auf. Die Nadel geht durch den Flicken und den Stoff darunter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg Die Ränder bleiben unten. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg Bind das Ende zu. Mach einen kleinen Knoten am Stoff, damit der letzte Stich nicht herausgezogen werden kann. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg Schneide den Faden kurz. Lass nur ein kleines Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg Die Nadel ist frei. Dann hör auf. Fang keine neue Naht an. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg Mach ein zweites Quadrat genauso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg Zähl die Stiche. Zwei Quadrate gleicher Größe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Näh sie noch nicht zusammen. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg Eine Sache, die du benutzen kannst. Das Quadrat, der Flicken oder die zwei Quadrate zusammengelegt als Tuch. Kein neues Projekt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg Gib ihr einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Nähen'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg Du kannst morgen ein weiteres Stück anfangen, ohne dass dir gesagt wird, was zu tun ist. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg Wasch dir die Hände. Seife, dann Wasser, dann trockne sie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg Räum die Arbeitsplatte frei. Nur das, was dieser Teller braucht, bleibt draußen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Mach die Hitze noch nicht an. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg Alles ist raus, bevor die Hitze an ist. Essen, Pfanne, Teller, Löffel, Salz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg Lies, was du tun wirst. Du solltest nicht nach einem Werkzeug suchen müssen, sobald die Pfanne heiß ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Der Brenner ist noch aus. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg Die Pfanne ist heiß. Gib ein wenig Fett dazu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg Das Fett wird dünn und glänzt. Es flüstert. Es raucht nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, ist die Hitze zu hoch. Nimm die Pfanne vom Herd. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg Das Essen kommt in einer Schicht rein. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg Die Stücke häufen sich nicht. Eine volle Pfanne dampft. Es wird nicht braun. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Dreh es noch nicht um. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg Lass es. Eine Kruste braucht Zeit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg Stups es nicht an. Geh nicht von einer heißen Pfanne weg. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Dreh es noch nicht um. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg Dreh es einmal um. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg Die Seite, die unten war, ist braun. Wenn sie noch blass ist, brauchte sie mehr Zeit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Dreh es nicht weiter um. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg Probier. Dann salz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg Salz das Essen, nicht die Luft. Ein wenig reicht, bis du wieder probierst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Schüttle das Salz nicht weiter. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg Hitze aus. Die Pfanne macht die Mitte fertig. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg Die Mitte wird fest von der Hitze, die schon in der Pfanne ist. Du drehst den Brenner nicht wieder hoch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg Lass es ruhen. Schneide es noch nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg Ein paar stille Minuten. Die Mitte wird fertig, während es ruht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg Die Säfte bleiben auf dem Teller. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg Löffel sie über das Essen. Gieß sie nicht in die Spüle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg Die Pfanne kühlt ab, dann wäschst du sie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg Eine heiße Pfanne in kaltem Wasser kann sich verziehen. Warte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg Ein Teller. Kein neues Gericht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg Gib ihm einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Kochen'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg Du kannst morgen einen weiteren Teller kochen, ohne dass dir gesagt wird, was zu tun ist. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg Schwarzer Pfeffer am Ende, wenn der Topf kochen wird. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg Mit Salz, nicht an seiner Stelle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg Kreuzkümmel, im Fett angezogen, dann Koriander. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg Bohnen, Reis oder Lamm. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg Koriandersamen, zerdrückt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg Röste ihn nicht bis zur Farbe von Kaffee. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg Paprika zieht schnell an und brennt schneller. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg Knoblauch danach, oder der Knoblauch brennt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg Geräucherter Paprika. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg Der Rauch ist das Gewürz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg Cayenne zuletzt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg Weniger als das andere Gewürz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg Wenn es brennt, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg Chiliflocken ins Fett, dann weg von der Hitze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg Knoblauch kann dazukommen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg Wenn es brennt, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg Chilipulver ist schon Kreuzkümmel, Knoblauch und Chili. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg Probier, bevor du mehr Kreuzkümmel dazugibst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg Zimt im Fett mit einer Prise Salz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg Obst, Kürbis oder ein bisschen im Fleisch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg Ingwer, frisch oder getrocknet, mit Knoblauch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg Getrocknet ist schärfer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg Kurkuma färbt und wird bitter, wenn sie zu lange brät. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg Schwarzer Pfeffer hilft. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg Knoblauchpulver brennt in einer trockenen Pfanne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg Gib es ins Fett und dann das Essen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg Zwiebelpulver ist keine gebratene Zwiebel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg Nimm es für die Basis, dann salze das Gericht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg Oregano früh in eine Tomatensoße. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg Getrocknet ist stärker als eine frische Prise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg Basilikum am Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg Hitze treibt es weg. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg Thymian früh. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg Er braucht Zeit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg Rosmarin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg Hack ihn. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg Lorbeerblatt in die Flüssigkeit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg Eins. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg Nimm es heraus. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg Muskatnuss. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg Ein Abrieb über Sahne, Spinat oder Kartoffel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg Gewürznelke. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg Eine oder zwei in eine Zwiebel gesteckt, oder eine Prise gemahlen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg Piment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg Hör da auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg Kardamom, Kapseln aufgebrochen, oder eine Prise gemahlen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg Reis, Kaffee oder Obst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg Senfsamen in heißem Fett, bis der erste aufspringt, dann das Essen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg Kurkuma kann folgen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg Fenchelsamen, zerdrückt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg Tomate oder Schwein. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg Dill am Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg Zitrone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg Kümmel, zerdrückt, mit Knoblauch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg Kohl, Schwein oder Roggen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg Selleriesamen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg Eine Prise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg Sesam geröstet, bis er riecht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg Salz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg Mohn zieht nicht an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg Butter und Zitrone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg Safran. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg Fäden, nicht Pulver aus einem billigen Glas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg Ein Sternanis in einem Schmorgericht oder einer Brühe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg Ingwer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg Nimm es heraus. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg Sumach weg von der Hitze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg Er ist das Saure. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg Bockshornklee. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg Eine Prise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg Nigella. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg Verbrenn sie nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg Minze am Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg Zitrone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg Salbei ein paar Sekunden in Butter gebraten, dann auf Kürbis oder Schwein. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg Pfeffer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg Estragon am Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg Zitrone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg Majoran. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg Nimm ihn, wo Oregano schreien würde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg Petersilie am Ende mit Zitrone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg Frisch ist sie, kein Gewürz, das du anziehst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg Koriandergrün am Ende mit Limette. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg Wenn es nach Seife schmeckt, ist es das Kraut, nicht wer kocht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg Zitronengras, gequetscht, in die Suppe, dann raus. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg Ingwer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg Nimm es heraus. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg Anissamen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg Eine Prise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg Macis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg Eine Prise in einer Sahnesoße oder Kartoffel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg Wacholder. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg Zerdrück drei. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg Wenn es brennt, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg Sichuanpfeffer geröstet, bis er riecht, dann zerdrückt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg Ingwer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg Wenn es brennt, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg Aleppo-Pfeffer weg von der Hitze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg Mild. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg Chipotle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg Rauch plus Schärfe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg Wenn es brennt, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg Currypulver ist eine Mischung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg Zieh es an, dann das Essen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg Garam masala ist eine Mischung fürs Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg Der Topf kann schon Kreuzkümmel und Koriander haben. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg Fünf-Gewürz ist eine Mischung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg Eine Prise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg Wenn es raucht, hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg Miss zweimal. Markier einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg Wenn die zwei Maße nicht übereinstimmen, miss noch einmal. Markier keine Vermutung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Schneide noch nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg Zieh die Linie mit dem Winkel über das Brett. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg Der Winkel sitzt fest an der Kante. Die Linie geht über die Fläche und die Kante hinunter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Schneide noch nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg Spann das Werkstück ein. Deine Hand ist nicht die Zwinge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg Wenn das Brett rutschen kann, wandert der Schnitt. Zieh die Zwinge fest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Starte die Säge nicht, solange das Holz nicht stillsteht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg Schneide auf der Abfallseite der Linie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg Die Bleistiftlinie bleibt auf dem Stück, das du behältst. Die Sägezähne nehmen den Abfall. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Schneide die Linie nicht weg. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg Lass die Säge die Arbeit machen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg Ein leichter Schub. Wenn du dich darauf stützen musst, ist die Säge stumpf oder der Winkel falsch. Hör auf und setz neu an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg Stütz das Abfallstück, damit die letzte Faser nicht ausreißt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg Eine Hand oder eine zweite Stütze hält den Abfall. Lass ihn nicht fallen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg Prüf den Schnitt am Winkel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg Der Winkel liegt auf der Fläche und auf dem Schnittende. Licht unter dem Winkel heißt, der Schnitt ist nicht rechtwinklig. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Schleif den Fehler nicht weg, bevor du ihn gesehen hast. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg Schleif bis zur Linie. Nicht darüber hinaus. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg Schleif mit der Maserung. Wenn du über die Linie hinaus schleifst, ist das Stück kurz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg Wisch den Staub ab. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg Zwei Flächen treffen sich. Kein Licht durch die Fuge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg Halt sie zusammen und schau entlang der Naht. Licht heißt eine Lücke. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Leim keine Lücke. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg Leim, dann spann ein. Eine dünne Raupe quillt heraus. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg Zu viel Leim macht keine stärkere Fuge. Wisch die Raupe ab. Lass die Fuge nicht verhungern. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg Es härtet aus. Dann schleif die Fuge bündig. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg Schleif keinen nassen Leim. Warte, bis die Fuge hart ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg Ein Stück. Kein neues Projekt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg Gib ihm einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Holz'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg Du kannst morgen ein weiteres Stück anfangen, ohne dass dir gesagt wird, was zu tun ist. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg Wähl die Pflanze für das Licht, das du wirklich hast. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg Eine Sonnenpflanze in einem dunklen Zimmer wächst nicht, nur weil du es wünschst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Pflanze noch nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg Die Erde läuft ab. Ein Topf braucht ein Loch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg Wenn Wasser im Topf stehen bleibt, faulen die Wurzeln. Prüf das Loch, bevor du ihn füllst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg Pflanz in der Tiefe, die auf der Tüte steht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg Wenn keine Tüte da ist, bekommt ein kleiner Samen eine flache Schicht. Ein großer Samen geht tiefer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg Drück die Erde fest. Keine Lufttasche unter dem Samen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg Drück sanft. Zu fest hält Wasser und Luft draußen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg Gieß einmal, tief. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg Gieß, bis Wasser aus dem Loch kommt. Dann warte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg Lass oben trocknen, bevor du wieder gießt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg Steck einen Finger hinein. Wenn oben noch feucht ist, lass es. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg Ein Sämling will Licht mehr als Wasser. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg Ein blasser, gestreckter Sämling bittet um Licht. Stell ihn um. Ertränk ihn nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg Vereinzle auf den Abstand, der auf der Tüte steht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg Der stärkste Sämling bleibt. Die überzähligen kommen raus. Eng stehende Pflanzen bleiben klein. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg Dünge nur nach den echten Blättern. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg Zu viel verbrennt sie. Ein bisschen, dann hör auf. Die ersten zwei Blätter sind nicht die echten Blätter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg Nimm die Schädlinge von Hand ab, bevor du irgendetwas sprühst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg Ein Insekt ist kein Grund für eine Flasche. Nimm es ab. Schau morgen noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg Pflück es, wenn es reif ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg Zu langes Warten macht es zäh. Eine Pflanze, die zu lange stehen bleibt, verbraucht sich für Samen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg Eine Ernte. Kein neuer Garten. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg Gib ihr einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Garten'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg Du kannst morgen einen weiteren Topf pflanzen, ohne dass dir gesagt wird, was zu tun ist. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Das ist ein abgeschnittenes Ende, kein Samen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg Nimm eine frische Frühlingszwiebel mit Wurzeln, keine vertrocknete. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg Ein Fenster, dann Sonne. Der Keim ist das sichere Ergebnis. Hülsen brauchen viel Licht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg Nimm eine ganze trockene Bohne: Kidney, schwarz, Pinto oder eine getrocknete grüne Bohne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Blätter sind die wahrscheinliche Ernte. Kein dicker Knoblauchkopf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg Eine feste Zehe. Lass die Haut dran. Spitze nach oben, flaches Wurzelende nach unten, etwa zwei Zentimeter tief. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Ein paar kleine Blätter, kein zweiter Kopf aus dem Laden. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg Nimm ein frisches Ende, kein braunes schleimiges. Lass etwa drei Zentimeter vom Herz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Dieselbe Methode wie beim Römersalat, und langsamer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg Ein frisches Ende, etwa drei Zentimeter hoch, in einer flachen Schale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg Ein warmes Fenster. Du bekommst eine Pflanze, die du schneiden kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg Basilikum will einen warmen Raum. Streu die kleinen Samen auf feuchte Erde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg Ein warmes Fenster. Frucht will echte Sonne und einen größeren Topf. Die Blätter sind nie Essen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg Nimm eine ganz reife Tomate. Gib Samen und Gel in eine Tasse mit einem Spritzer Wasser. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg Ein warmes Fenster. Paprika will mehr Wärme als Tomaten, und mehr Zeit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg Nimm Samen aus einer reifen Paprika. Die Gärung kannst du auslassen. Trockne sie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg Ein tiefer Topf. Eine Pflanze ist wahrscheinlich. Ein Sack Kartoffeln nicht, außer der Topf ist tief und du wartest Monate. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg Viele Kartoffeln aus dem Supermarkt sind behandelt, damit sie nicht keimen. Wenn in drei Wochen nichts passiert, liegt es daran. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg Ein Baum im Haus. Frucht ist ein Vielleicht, nach Jahren, und sie kann sauer oder anders sein. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg Pflanze einen frischen Samen von Zitrone oder Orange. Ein Samen, der auf der Theke trocknete, scheitert oft. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg Ein Baum im Haus. Frucht drinnen ist selten, dauert Jahre und wird nicht die sein, die du gekauft hast. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg Wasch den Kern. Das breitere, flachere Ende ist unten. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg Ein Sämling, keine Schale Kirschen. Ein Kirschbaum trägt draußen an einem kalten Ort, nach Jahren, und er braucht oft einen zweiten Baum. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg Reib den Kern, bis kein Fruchtfleisch mehr da ist. Bleibt welches, schimmelt es. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Das Grün, keine zweite Karotte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg Schneide die Blätter von einer frischen Karotte ab. Behalte etwa einen Zentimeter vom orangefarbenen Kopf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Blätter, keine zweite Rote Bete. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg Schneide das Grün ab. Behalte etwa einen Zentimeter von der Roten Bete. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Das ist ein abgeschnittenes Ende, kein Samen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg Nimm einen frischen Lauch mit dem Ende noch dran, keinen vertrockneten. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Ein paar kleine Blätter, kein zweiter Kopf aus dem Supermarkt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg Nimm ein frisches Ende, kein braunes schleimiges. Lass etwa drei Zentimeter vom Herz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Lockere Blätter, kein zweiter fester Kopf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg Ein frisches Ende, etwa drei Zentimeter hoch, in einer flachen Schale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg Ein Fenster. Fiedern, keine zweite Knolle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg Nimm das Ende einer Fenchelknolle. Die abgeschnittenen Stängel allein tun wenig. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg Ein warmes Fenster. Ein Büschel ist die Ernte. Keine Handvoll Stängel diesen Monat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg Nimm einen Stängel, der noch ein festes blasses Ende hat. Ein trockener Stock wurzelt nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg Eine Pflanze im Haus. Frucht drinnen ist ungewöhnlich, und sie dauert Jahre, wenn sie kommt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg Dreh die Krone von einer frischen Ananas ab. Schneide jedes Fruchtfleisch vom Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg Ein sonniger Topf. Die Wurzel ist die Ernte, wenn es kühl bleibt und jede Pflanze Platz hat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg Ein Topf so tief wie deine Hand, mit Loch. Feuchte Erde, keine Pfütze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg Ein Topf in hellem Licht. Blätter, kein fester Kopf aus dem Supermarkt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg Der Samen ist klein. Streu ihn auf feuchte Erde. Drück ihn an, oder deck ihn mit einem Hauch Erde. Tief begraben, scheitert er. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg Ein kühler Topf. Blätter, keine Sommerernte auf einem heißen Fensterbrett. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg Sä etwa einen Zentimeter tief, in einen Topf mit Loch. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg Ein Topf in hellem Licht. Die Blätter sind die Ernte. Hitze beendet sie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg Der Samen ist rund. Sä etwa einen Zentimeter tief, in den Topf, den du behältst. Er mag kein Umsetzen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg Ein Topf mit Loch. Ein Büschel, das du jahrelang schneiden kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg Der Samen ist langsam. Halt die Erde feucht. Ein Keim dauert oft zehn bis zwanzig Tage. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg Ein Topf in hellem Licht. Ein Stängel, kein Samen. Samen gibt oft eine schwache Pflanze, die nicht die Minze ist, die du gerochen hast. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg Schneide einen frischen Stängel. Zieh die unteren Blätter ab. Ein trockener Stock wurzelt nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg Ein sonniger Topf. Hülsen sind die Ernte. Ein Keim im Glas ist eine andere Stunde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg Nimm eine ganze trockene Buschbohne. Keine Stangenbohne, außer du gibst ihr einen hohen Stock. Keine halbe Erbse. Keine Bohne aus der Dose. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg Ein kühler Topf. Hülsen, wenn das Wetter kühl bleibt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg Nimm ganze Erbsensamen, keine halben Erbsen. Halbe Erbsen sind tot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg Draußen, oder ein Topf mindestens zwanzig Zentimeter tief. Die Wurzel ist die Ernte. Das ist nicht der Karottenkopf in einer Schale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg Lockere Erde, ohne Steine oder harte Klumpen. Die gabeln die Wurzel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg Draußen, oder ein Topf mindestens zwanzig Zentimeter tief. Eine Wurzel, und Blätter. Das ist nicht der Kopf der Roten Bete in einer Schale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg Jedes Samenknäuel kann mehrere Keime machen. Sä etwa zwei Zentimeter tief. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg Draußen, oder ein großer Topf mit Loch. Blätter, lange Zeit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg Sä etwa einen Zentimeter tief. Ein Keim dauert oft fünf bis zehn Tage. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg Draußen. Eine Steckzwiebel ist leichter als Samen. Samen braucht Monate, bevor er eine Zwiebel ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg Pflanze die Steckzwiebel mit der Spitze nach oben, das Wurzelende nach unten, etwa zehn Zentimeter auseinander. Die Spitze ist gerade zu sehen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg Ein großer Topf oder das Freiland, mit etwas zum Klettern. Kein Fensterbrett. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg Sä etwa zwei Zentimeter tief, wenn die Erde warm ist. Kalte nasse Erde lässt den Samen faulen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg Das Freiland, oder ein sehr großer Topf. Eine Pflanze wird riesig. Zwei ist viel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg Sä etwa zwei Zentimeter tief, wenn die Erde warm ist. Kalte nasse Erde lässt den Samen faulen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg Draußen, in warmer Erde. Kein Topf, und nicht eine Pflanze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg Pflanze einen Block, mindestens vier Pflanzen in jede Richtung. Der Pollen fällt von der Fahne oben auf die Fäden der Kolben. Eine Reihe, oder eine Pflanze, macht oft leere Kolben. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg Eine Pflanze oder ein Ausläufer. Samen ist langsam, und die meisten Pflanzen aus Samen geben im ersten Jahr keine Frucht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg Sonnige Erde, oder ein Topf mit Loch. Kein dunkles Fenster. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg Draußen, in voller Sonne. Eine Blüte, und Samen, wenn der Sommer lang genug ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg Sä etwa zwei Zentimeter tief, nachdem die Erde warm ist. Ein Keim dauert oft sieben bis vierzehn Tage. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg Sonne, und warme Erde. Sie enden in einem Sommer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg Deck ihn kaum zu. Kalte nasse Erde lässt ihn faulen, oder der Samen sitzt nur da. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg Sonne. Sie enden in einem Sommer, und sie blühen bis zum Frost. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg Arme Erde macht mehr Blüten. Reiche Erde macht viele Blätter und wenige Blüten. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg Die Studentenblume des Gartens. Nicht die Ringelblume. Das ist die nächste Stunde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg Sonne. Deck ihn kaum zu, nachdem die Erde warm ist. Ein Keim dauert oft fünf bis zehn Tage. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg Die Ringelblume. Nicht die Studentenblume aus der Stunde davor. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg Eine Blüte der kühlen Jahreszeit. Hitze kann sie stoppen. Ein kühler Sommer ist ein Ort, der ihr passt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg Ein großer Samen, etwa zwei Zentimeter tief, in warmer Erde. Ein Topf oder das Freiland. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg Sie breiten sich aus. Arme Erde macht mehr Blüten. Reiche Erde macht Blätter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg Nicht die Erbse, die du isst. Das ist eine andere Pflanze, und eine andere Stunde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg Sie mögen kühles Wetter. Hitze stoppt die Blüten. Ein kühler Sommer kann ihnen passen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg Eine Wurzel, kein Samen. Die Augen sind die rosa Knospen an der Wurzel. Sie zeigen nach oben. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg Setz sie so, dass nicht mehr als etwa fünf Zentimeter Erde die Augen bedeckt. Tiefer als das, kann sie Blätter machen und nie blühen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg Entscheide, wovon das Foto ist, bevor du die Kamera hebst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg Wenn du es nicht in einer kurzen Zeile sagen kannst, bist du nicht bereit, auszulösen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Mach das Foto noch nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg Beweg die Füße, bevor du eine Einstellung anfasst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg Ein Schritt nach links ändert das Foto mehr als ein Knopf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg Geh näher ran. Die meisten Fotos haben zu viel um das Motiv herum. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg Wenn du drei zusätzliche Sachen im Rahmen nennen kannst, mach einen Schritt näher. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg Der Horizont ist waagerecht, außer du willst es anders. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg Ein schiefer Tisch sieht aus wie ein Fehler. Kipp das Telefon, bis die Linie flach ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg Fokussiere auf den Teil, der zählt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg Tippe diesen Teil an. Wenn der Hintergrund scharf ist und die Sache unscharf, hast du die falsche Stelle angetippt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg Eine starke Form. Nicht fünf Sachen, die miteinander kämpfen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg Wenn du erklären musst, von welcher Sache das Foto ist, ist das Foto nicht fertig. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg Warte auf den Moment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg Ein Foto, das du aus Ungeduld gemacht hast, ist das Foto, das du löschst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg Eine Person, die nicht zugestimmt hat, ist nicht auf dem Foto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg Frag zuerst. Ein Nicken zählt. Schweigen nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg Belichte für die Sache, für die du gekommen bist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg Lass den Hintergrund los. Ein helles Fenster hinter der Sache macht die Sache zu einem Schatten. Dreh dich um. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg Drei Fotos von derselben Sache. Behalt eins. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg Die anderen zwei gehen. Mehr Fotos machen keins besser. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg Beschneide nur, was gegen das Motiv kämpft. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg Ein Beschnitt ist kein Weg, ein näheres Foto zu erfinden, das du nicht gemacht hast. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg Ein Foto. Keine Rolle davon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg Gib ihm einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Foto'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg Du kannst morgen ein weiteres Foto machen, ohne dass dir gesagt wird, was zu tun ist. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg Wähl das Instrument, das du wirklich üben wirst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg Ein Klavier, das du nicht erreichst, ist nicht das Instrument. Hände, eine Trommel, eine Gitarre, die du schon hast, zählen alle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Spiel noch kein Lied. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg Der Körper ist locker vor dem Ton. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg Wenn die Schultern bei den Ohren sind, wird der Ton eng. Senk sie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg Ein Ton, sauber. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg Ein sauberer Ton ist einer, bei dem du Anfang und Ende hörst. Zusätzliches Geräusch gehört nicht dazu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg Ein gleichmäßiger Puls, den du klopfen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg Wenn das Klopfen schneller wird, hast du noch keinen Puls. Langsamer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg Dieselbe Phrase, leise, dann voll. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg Voll ist nicht so laut, wie der Raum verträgt. Wenn die Ohren wehtun, ist es zu viel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg Eine Pause wird gespielt. Füll sie nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg Die Stille ist ein Schlag, den du zählst. Wenn du durch sie spielst, hast du sie übersprungen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg Fünf Töne, die du wiederfindest. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg Spiel sie. Schau weg. Finde dieselben fünf. Wenn du sie nicht findest, hast du sie noch nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg Vier Takte. Hör auf am Taktstrich. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg Füg keinen fünften hinzu. Das Aufhören gehört zur Phrase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg Langsam, bis es sauber ist. Das Tempo kommt danach. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg Eine schnelle, unsaubere Phrase ist kein Üben. Das ist eine Gewohnheit, die du wieder rückgängig machen musst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg Nimm einen Take auf. Hör einmal zu. Korrigiere eine Sache. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg Hör nicht fünfmal zu und korrigiere nicht fünf Sachen. Eine Sache, dann spiel es wieder. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg Zwanzig Minuten. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg Eine schmerzende Hand ist kein Beweis, dass du gearbeitet hast. Sie ist der Grund, warum du aufhörst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg Eine Phrase, die du morgen spielen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg Gib ihr einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Musik'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg Du kannst diese Töne wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg Der Körper ist locker vor dem Klang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg Wenn die Schultern bei den Ohren sind, wird der Ton eng. Senk sie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. Sing noch kein Lied. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg Der Atem setzt den Ton an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg Nimm die Luft zuerst. Wenn du den Klang beginnst und dann nach Luft suchst, zittert der Ton. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg Ein Vokal, zentriert. Kein Druck aus dem Hals. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg Wenn der Hals eng wird, drückst du. Weicher, und der Vokal bleibt in der Mitte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg Finde den Ton, dann halt ihn. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg Ein gehaltener Ton, der gleitet, ist noch nicht gefunden. Finde ihn wieder, dann halt ihn. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg Das Wort hört man beim ersten Mal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg Wenn ein Zuhörer fragen muss, was du gesungen hast, war das Wort nicht zu Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg Dieselbe Zeile, leise, dann voll. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg Voll ist nicht so laut, wie der Raum es verträgt. Wenn dir schwindlig wird, hast du die Luft zu lange gehalten. Hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg Eine Pause ist Stille. Füll sie nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg Atme in der Pause. Wenn du durch sie singst, überspringst du sie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg Der hohe Ton ist vorbereitet, nicht gegriffen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg Wenn du dich streckst und der Hals greift, warst du nicht bereit. Geh vom Ton davor hinein. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg Nimm eine Strophe auf. Hör einmal zu. Korrigiere eine Sache. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg Hör nicht fünfmal zu und korrigiere nicht fünf Sachen. Eine Sache, dann sing sie noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg Zwanzig Minuten. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg Ein schmerzender Hals ist kein Beweis, dass du gearbeitet hast. Er ist der Grund, warum du aufhörst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg Sing die Wörter so, wie du sie meinst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg Wenn die Wörter nur Laute sind, hast du sie noch nicht gesungen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg Eine Strophe, die du morgen singen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg Gib ihr einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Singen'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg Du kannst diese Strophe wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg Eine wahre Sache. Kein Kostüm von einem Lied, das du magst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg Wenn die Zeile jedes Lied im Radio sein könnte, ist sie ein Kostüm. Fang bei dem an, was du wirklich gesehen hast. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg Der Titel ist das Versprechen des Lieds. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg Schreib ihn oben. Wenn die Strophen dieses Versprechen nicht halten, ist der Titel eine Lüge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg Der Refrain sagt dieses Versprechen in einer oder zwei Zeilen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg Zwei Zeilen sind die Grenze. Ein Refrain, der einen Absatz braucht, ist eine Strophe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg Summ die Melodie. Wenn du keine Notation hast, schreib den Rhythmus in einfachen Wörtern. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg Lang, kurz, kurz reicht. Eine Zeichnung von Noten, die du nicht lesen kannst, hilft nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg Strophe eins ist die Szene. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg Wer da ist, und was du sehen kannst. Erklär das Gefühl noch nicht. Die Szene macht das. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg Der Refrain kommt unverändert wieder. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg Wenn du ihn beim zweiten Mal umschreibst, hast du keinen Refrain. Du hast zwei Strophen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg Strophe zwei hebt, was es kostet, oder die Wendung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg Etwas ist schwerer, oder jemand ändert die Meinung. Wenn sich nichts geändert hat, ist es wieder Strophe eins. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg Eine Bridge ist optional. Eine Zeile, die der Refrain nicht gesagt hat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg Wenn du sie nicht brauchst, schreib sie nicht. Eine Bridge ist keine dritte Strophe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg Genre ist der Beat und die Wörter, kein Kostüm. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg Klopf den Beat, den du meinst. Wenn die Wörter nur in der Stimme von jemand anderem funktionieren, sind sie noch nicht deine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg Kein geliehener Hook. Wenn du ein anderes Lied hörst, fang die Zeile neu an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg Ein Hook, an den du dich aus dem Radio erinnerst, gehört dir nicht. Schreib die nächste Zeile aus deinem Titel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg Nimm den Refrain auf. Hör einmal zu. Korrigiere ein Wort. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg Hör nicht fünfmal zu und korrigiere nicht fünf Wörter. Ein Wort, dann bist du für heute fertig. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg Ein Lied, das du morgen singen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg Gib ihm einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Lied'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg Du kannst den Refrain wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg Papier oder ein Tablet, das du schon hast. Du brauchst kein besonderes Programm. Schreib eine Person. Ein Name reicht. Nur eine Person. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg In der nächsten Zeile schreib, was diese Person will. Ein Wunsch. Keine Liste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg In der nächsten Zeile schreib eine Sache, die im Weg steht. Eine Person, eine Tatsache oder eine Grenze. Dann hör auf. Das ist nicht die ganze Geschichte. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg Lass die drei Zeilen aus Klasse 1 auf dem Tisch. Öffne eine neue Seite. Fang nicht mit 'dies ist eine Geschichte über' an. Fang an, wo die Person schon an einem Ort ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg Schreib, was sie jetzt tut. Eine Handlung, die man sehen kann. Eine Hand an einer Tür, ein Schritt, eine Tasse, die abgestellt wird. Bleib in diesem Moment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg Lies es. Wenn ein Satz das ganze Leben erzählt, oder die Lehre, streich ihn. Der Anfang ist nur dieser Moment. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg Lies den Anfang aus Klasse 2. Es ist ein Moment. Fang keine neue Szene an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg Bevor dieser Moment endet, setz das Wollen auf die Seite. Schreib nicht 'sie wollte'. Zeig es. Eine Hand probiert die Tür. Die Augen bleiben an einem Telefon, das nicht genommen wird. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg Lies bis zur letzten Zeile. Wenn ein Leser immer noch nicht weiß, was die Person will, füge eine Handlung hinzu, die es zeigt. Dann hör auf. Fang die Mitte nicht an. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg Geh zurück zur Szene. Das Wollen ist schon da. Das Hindernis ist nur eine Art: eine Person, eine Tatsache oder eine Grenze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg Schreib es in die Szene. Eine Person sagt nein. Eine Tatsache: der Bus ist weg. Eine Grenze: es gibt eine Münze. Schreib nicht 'es gab ein Problem'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg Lies es. Wenn das Hindernis mehr als eine Art sein könnte, behalte eine und streich die anderen. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg Das ist die Mitte. Schreib den ersten Versuch. Er scheitert aus einem Grund. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg Schreib einen zweiten Versuch. Er scheitert aus einem anderen Grund. Wiederhole das erste Scheitern nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg Lies beide Versuche. Wenn sie aus demselben Grund scheitern, ändere den zweiten. Dann hör auf. Schreib das Ende nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg Lies die zwei Versuche. Beide sind gescheitert. Füg keine Rettung durch Glück hinzu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg Schreib die Wendung als Wahl. Die Person nimmt eines von zwei Dingen, die sie wirklich tun kann. Sie weiß, was es kostet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg Lies es. Wenn der Ausweg Glück, ein Fremder oder ein gefundener Schlüssel ist, streich ihn. Schreib die Wahl. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg Schreib das Ende in ein paar Zeilen. Entweder bekommen sie das Gewollte, oder die Seite zeigt, was es gekostet hat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg Füg kein neues Wollen hinzu. Nimm das Wollen aus der ersten Szene. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg Lies das Wollen und das Ende zusammen. Wenn das Ende das Wollen vergisst, korrigiere das Ende. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg Lies die Szene bis zur letzten Zeile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg Die letzte Zeile muss etwas ändern. Eine Tatsache, eine Wahl oder das, was jemand weiß. Wenn sich nichts geändert hat, schreib die Veränderung. Das Kapitel ist vorher nicht zu Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg Wenn eine neue Szene angefangen hat, streich sie zurück. Hör bei der Veränderung auf. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg Finde ein Gefühl oder eine Tatsache, die du erklären wolltest. 'Sie war wütend.' 'Er vertraute ihr nicht.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg Leg es in das, was jemand sagt, oder in das, was er nicht sagt. Schreib die Ansage nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg Lies es. Wenn der Erzähler es noch ansagt, streich diesen Satz. Das Gespräch trägt es. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg Lies die Szene. Markier einen Satz, der erklärt, was der Leser schon gesehen hat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg Streich ihn. Lass die Handlung stehen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg Lies die Szene noch einmal. Wenn ein anderer Satz nur erklärt, streich den auch. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg Lies die erste Seite laut. Nur die erste Seite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg Markier die erste Stelle, wo du die Person, das Wollen oder den Ort verloren hast. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg Korrigiere diese Stelle. Eine Reparatur. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg Lies das Stück von der ersten Zeile bis zur letzten. Es hat eine Person, ein Wollen, ein Hindernis, zwei Versuche, eine Wahl und ein Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg Gib ihm einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht 'Geschichte'. Er zeigt auf dieses Stück. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg Das Stück kann einem Leser gegeben werden. Du brauchst diese Seite nicht offen, um zu wissen, was es ist. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg Papier, das du schon hast. Schreib eine Sache, die du machen kannst. Kein Laden. Keine Liste. Eine Sache. Ein Brot, eine Reparatur, eine Zeichnung, ein Glas Suppe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg Es ist für eine Person, nicht für alle. In der nächsten Zeile schreib, für wen. Ein Name reicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg Lies die zwei Zeilen. Du kannst diese Sache fertig machen. Wenn nicht, streich sie und schreib eine kleinere Sache. Dann hör auf. Schreib keinen Preis. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg Schau auf die eine Sache aus der letzten Klasse. Sie ist für eine Person. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg Schreib den Namen dieser Person in die nächste Zeile. Eine echte Person, mit der du reden kannst. Nicht alle. Nicht Kunden. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg Lies den Namen. Wenn du dir das Gesicht nicht vorstellen kannst, streich ihn und schreib eine Person, deren Gesicht du dir vorstellen kannst. Dann hör auf. Schreib keinen Preis. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg Die Person, die du genannt hast. Schreib, was sie braucht und nicht hat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg Es muss zu der Sache passen, die du machen kannst. Keine neue Firma. Ein Bedarf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg Lies den Bedarf und die Sache zusammen. Wenn sie nicht zusammenpassen, ändere den Bedarf oder die Sache. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg Mach das erste. Benutze, was du schon hast. Eröffne keinen Laden. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg Mach dieses fertig. Kein Plan von zehn. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg Stell es auf den Tisch. Das ist das erste. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg Bring die erste zu der Person, die du genannt hast. Oder setze eine Zeit, zu der die Person sie halten kann. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg Leg sie in die Hände. Erklär nicht den ganzen Plan. Lass sie sie halten. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg Bleib, während die Person schaut. Dann hör auf. Frag nicht nach Geld. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg Nachdem er es gehalten hat, schreib die Worte, die er gesagt hat. Seine Worte, nicht deine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg Wenn er nichts gesagt hat, schreib, was er getan hat. Er hat es hingelegt. Er hat gelächelt. Er hat eine Frage gestellt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg Lies, was du geschrieben hast. Es ist seine Reaktion, nicht deine Hoffnung. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg Lies, was sie gesagt haben. Finde eine Sache, um die sie gebeten haben. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg Ändere diese eine Sache an dem, was du gemacht hast. Nicht fünf Sachen. Eine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg Die Änderung ist fertig. Dann hör auf. Fang nicht von vorn an. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg Auf deinem eigenen Papier schreib, was es dich gekostet hat, diese Sache zu machen. Zeit. Material, das du schon hattest. Eine Sache, die du aufgebraucht hast. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg Das ist für dich. Es ist kein Preis für sie. Schreib keinen Verkaufspreis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg Lies es. Du weißt, was dich diese Sache gekostet hat. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg Schau, was es dich gekostet hat. Entscheide einen Preis, den du dieser einen Person laut sagen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg Sag ihn dieser Person, oder übe, ihn dem Raum zu sagen. Laut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg Tippe den Preis nicht auf diese Seite. Tippe ihn nicht in eine Notiz hier. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg Schreib, wie sie es von dir bekommen. Du gibst es ihnen in die Hand. Sie holen es ab. Du lässt es vor ihrer Tür. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg Ein Weg. Kein Laden. Keine Zahlung auf dieser Seite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg Lies es. Eine Person könnte diesem Weg folgen. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg Sag es der Person, für die es ist. Ein Satz. Die Sache, und dass sie für diese Person ist. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg Sag es, oder schreib es dorthin, wo sie es sieht. Kein Plakat für alle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg Ein Satz. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg Lies, was du hast. Eine Sache. Eine Person. Ein Bedarf. Eine gemachte Sache. Ein Weg, wie sie es bekommen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg Gib dem Angebot einen Namen. Der Name ist nicht "Business". Er zeigt auf dieses Angebot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg Du kannst das einem Käufer in die Hand geben, ohne dass diese Seite offen ist. Dann hör auf. Tippe keinen Preis. https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg Spiel eine weiße Taste und lass sie aufhören. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg Wenn du sie hältst, hast du sie nicht aufhören lassen. Heb den Finger und hör das Ende. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg Halt vier gleichmäßige Schläge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg Wenn die Schläge schneller werden, hast du noch keinen Puls. Langsamer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg Spiel dieselbe Taste laut, dann leise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg Leise ist immer noch dieselbe Taste. Wenn die Ohren wehtun, ist es zu viel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg Spiel eine höhere Taste, dann eine tiefere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg Benenne, welche höher ist. Spiel sie noch einmal, ohne lange zu suchen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg Lass eine Pause, die du zählen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg Die Stille ist ein Schlag. Wenn du durch sie spielst, hast du sie übersprungen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg Wiederhole dasselbe kurze Muster dreimal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg Wenn das dritte Mal wächst, hast du es nicht wiederholt. Spiel das erste noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg Benutz eine Hand und lass die andere ruhen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg Die ruhende Hand schwebt nicht. Sie ist still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg Spiel es langsam, dann ein bisschen schneller, ohne die Pause zu hetzen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg Die Pause bleibt gleich lang. Das Tempo frisst die Stille nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg Lass jemand anderen vier zählen, während du spielst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg Wenn du ihrer Zählung vorausläufst, bist du noch nicht bei ihnen. Fang neu an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg Hör auf beim letzten Schlag. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg Wenn du noch eins hinzufügst, hast du nicht aufgehört. Heb beide Hände. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg Spiel es einmal von vorn, dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg Ein Take. Flick die Mitte nicht. Wenn es bricht, beginnt der nächste Versuch am Anfang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg Spiel ein kurzes Muster und gib ihm einen Namen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg Der Name ist nicht 'Klavier'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg Du kannst diese Tasten wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg Spiel einen leisen Atemzug und lass ihn aufhören. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg Wenn der Klang nie endet, bläst du noch. Halt die Luft an und hör zu. Hör auf, wenn dir schwindlig wird oder die Lippen wehtun. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg Halt vier gleichmäßige Schläge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg Wenn die Schläge schneller werden, hast du noch keinen Puls. Langsamer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg Spiel denselben Ton laut, dann leise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg Leise ist immer noch derselbe Ton. Wenn die Ohren wehtun, ist es zu viel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg Spiel einen höheren Ton, dann einen tieferen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg Benenne, welcher höher ist. Spiel sie noch einmal, ohne lange zu suchen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg Lass eine Pause, die du zählen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg Die Stille ist ein Schlag. Wenn du durch sie spielst, hast du sie übersprungen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg Wiederhole dasselbe kurze Muster dreimal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg Wenn das dritte Mal wächst, hast du es nicht wiederholt. Spiel das erste noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg Benutz eine Hand und lass die andere ruhen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg Die ruhende Hand schwebt nicht. Sie ist still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg Spiel es langsam, dann ein bisschen schneller, ohne die Pause zu hetzen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg Die Pause bleibt gleich lang. Das Tempo frisst die Stille nicht. Hör auf, wenn dir schwindlig wird. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg Lass jemand anderen vier zählen, während du spielst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg Wenn du ihrer Zählung vorausläufst, bist du noch nicht bei ihnen. Fang neu an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg Hör auf beim letzten Schlag. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg Wenn du noch eins hinzufügst, hast du nicht aufgehört. Nimm die Klarinette aus dem Mund. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg Spiel es einmal von vorn, dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg Ein Take. Flick die Mitte nicht. Wenn es bricht, beginnt der nächste Versuch am Anfang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg Spiel ein kurzes Muster und gib ihm einen Namen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg Der Name ist nicht 'Klarinette'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg Du kannst diese Töne wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg Brumm einmal mit den Lippen und lass es aufhören. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg Wenn das Summen nie endet, bläst du noch. Halt die Luft an und hör zu. Hör auf, wenn die Lippen wehtun oder dir schwindlig wird. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg Halt vier gleichmäßige Schläge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg Wenn die Schläge schneller werden, hast du noch keinen Puls. Langsamer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg Derselbe Ton, laut, dann leise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg Leise ist immer noch derselbe Ton. Wenn die Ohren wehtun, ist es zu viel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg Spiel einen höheren Ton, dann einen tieferen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg Benenne, welcher höher ist. Spiel sie noch einmal, ohne lange zu suchen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg Lass eine Pause, die du zählen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg Die Stille ist ein Schlag. Wenn du durch sie spielst, hast du sie übersprungen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg Wiederhole dasselbe kurze Muster dreimal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg Wenn das dritte Mal wächst, hast du es nicht wiederholt. Spiel das erste noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg Benutz eine Hand und lass die andere ruhen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg Die ruhende Hand schwebt nicht. Sie ist still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg Spiel es langsam, dann ein bisschen schneller, ohne die Pause zu hetzen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg Die Pause bleibt gleich lang. Das Tempo frisst die Stille nicht. Hör auf, wenn dir schwindlig wird. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg Lass jemand anderen vier zählen, während du spielst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg Wenn du ihrer Zählung vorausläufst, bist du noch nicht bei ihnen. Fang neu an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg Hör auf beim letzten Schlag. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg Wenn du noch eins hinzufügst, hast du nicht aufgehört. Nimm die Trompete aus dem Mund. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg Spiel es einmal von vorn, dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg Ein Take. Flick die Mitte nicht. Wenn es bricht, beginnt der nächste Versuch am Anfang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg Spiel ein kurzes Muster und gib ihm einen Namen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg Der Name ist nicht 'Trompete'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg Du kannst diese Töne wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg Zupf eine Saite und lass sie aufhören. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg Heb den Finger. Hör das Ende. Wenn du sie hältst, hast du sie nicht aufhören lassen. Kein Bogen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg Halt vier gleichmäßige Schläge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg Wenn die Schläge schneller werden, hast du noch keinen Puls. Langsamer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg Dieselbe Saite, laut, dann leise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg Leise ist immer noch dieselbe Saite. Wenn die Ohren wehtun, ist es zu viel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg Spiel eine höhere Saite, dann eine tiefere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg Benenne, welche höher ist. Spiel sie noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg Lass eine Pause, die du zählen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg Die Stille ist ein Schlag. Wenn du durch sie spielst, hast du sie übersprungen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg Wiederhole dasselbe kurze Muster dreimal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg Wenn das dritte Mal wächst, hast du es nicht wiederholt. Spiel das erste noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg Benutz eine Hand und lass die andere ruhen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg Die ruhende Hand schwebt nicht. Sie ist still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg Spiel es langsam, dann ein bisschen schneller, ohne die Pause zu hetzen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg Die Pause bleibt gleich lang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg Lass jemand anderen vier zählen, während du spielst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg Wenn du ihrer Zählung vorausläufst, fang neu an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg Hör auf beim letzten Schlag. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg Wenn du noch eins hinzufügst, hast du nicht aufgehört. Heb beide Hände. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg Spiel es einmal von vorn, dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg Ein Take. Flick die Mitte nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg Spiel ein kurzes Muster und gib ihm einen Namen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg Der Name ist nicht 'Cello'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg Du kannst diese Saiten wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg Schlag einmal und lass ihn aufhören. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg Heb die Hand. Hör bis zum Ende. Hör auf, wenn die Hand wehtut. Schlag nicht nah ans Ohr. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg Halt vier gleichmäßige Schläge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg Wenn die Schläge schneller werden, hast du noch keinen Puls. Langsamer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg Dieselbe Stelle, laut, dann leise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg Leise ist immer noch dieselbe Stelle. Wenn die Ohren wehtun, ist es zu viel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg Schlag höher, dann tiefer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg Benenne, welcher höher ist. Schlag sie noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg Lass eine Pause, die du zählen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg Die Stille ist ein Schlag. Wenn du durch sie schlägst, hast du sie übersprungen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg Wiederhole dasselbe kurze Muster dreimal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg Wenn das dritte Mal wächst, spiel das erste noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg Benutz eine Hand und lass die andere ruhen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg Die ruhende Hand schwebt nicht. Sie ist still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg Spiel es langsam, dann ein bisschen schneller, ohne die Pause zu hetzen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg Die Pause bleibt gleich lang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg Lass jemand anderen vier zählen, während du spielst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg Wenn du ihrer Zählung vorausläufst, fang neu an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg Hör auf beim letzten Schlag. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg Wenn du noch eins hinzufügst, hast du nicht aufgehört. Heb beide Hände. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg Spiel es einmal von vorn, dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg Ein Take. Flick die Mitte nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg Spiel ein kurzes Muster und gib ihm einen Namen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg Der Name ist nicht 'Schlagzeug'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg Du kannst dieses Muster wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg Zupf eine leise Saite und lass sie aufhören. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg Wenn du sie hältst, hast du sie nicht aufhören lassen. Heb den Finger und hör zu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg Halt vier gleichmäßige Schläge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg Wenn die Schläge schneller werden, hast du noch keinen Puls. Langsamer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg Dieselbe Saite, laut, dann leise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg Leise ist immer noch dieselbe Saite. Wenn die Ohren wehtun, ist es zu viel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg Spiel eine höhere Saite, dann eine tiefere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg Benenne, welche höher ist. Spiel sie noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg Lass eine Pause, die du zählen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg Die Stille ist ein Schlag. Wenn du durch sie spielst, hast du sie übersprungen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg Wiederhole dasselbe kurze Muster dreimal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg Wenn das dritte Mal wächst, spiel das erste noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg Benutz eine Hand und lass die andere ruhen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg Die ruhende Hand ist still. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg Spiel es langsam, dann ein bisschen schneller, ohne die Pause zu hetzen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg Die Pause bleibt gleich lang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg Lass jemand anderen vier zählen, während du spielst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg Wenn du ihrer Zählung vorausläufst, fang neu an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg Hör auf beim letzten Schlag. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg Wenn du noch eins hinzufügst, hast du nicht aufgehört. Heb beide Hände. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg Spiel es einmal von vorn, dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg Ein Take. Flick die Mitte nicht. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg Spiel ein kurzes Muster und gib ihm einen Namen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg Der Name ist nicht 'Ukulele'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg Du kannst diese Saiten wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg Zupf eine leere Saite und lass sie aufhören. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg Wenn du sie hältst, hast du sie nicht aufhören lassen. Heb den Finger und hör zu. Hör auf, wenn ein Finger wehtut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg Halt vier gleichmäßige Schläge. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg Wenn die Schläge schneller werden, hast du noch keinen Puls. Langsamer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg Dieselbe Saite, laut, dann leise. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg Leise ist immer noch dieselbe Saite. Wenn die Ohren wehtun, ist es zu viel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg Spiel eine höhere Saite, dann eine tiefere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg Benenne, welche höher ist. Spiel sie noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg Lass eine Pause, die du zählen kannst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg Die Stille ist ein Schlag. Wenn du durch sie spielst, hast du sie übersprungen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg Wiederhole dasselbe kurze Muster dreimal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg Wenn das dritte Mal wächst, spiel das erste noch einmal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg Nenn das Instrument. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg Es ist eine Gitarre. Das Muster bekommt einen anderen Namen. Kein Lied, das du schon kennst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg Benutz eine Hand und lass die andere ruhen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg Die ruhende Hand ist still. Ein Plektrum kann auch ruhen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg Spiel es langsam, dann ein bisschen schneller, ohne die Pause zu hetzen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg Die Pause bleibt gleich lang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg Lass jemand anderen vier zählen, während du spielst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg Wenn du ihrer Zählung vorausläufst, fang neu an. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg Hör auf beim letzten Schlag. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg Wenn du noch eins hinzufügst, hast du nicht aufgehört. Heb beide Hände. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/de/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg Spiel ein kurzes Muster und gib ihm einen Namen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg Der Name ist nicht 'Gitarre'. Kein Lied, das du schon kennst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg Du kannst diese Saiten wiederfinden, ohne dass dir gesagt wird. Dann hör auf. https://mylearntomake.com/it https://mylearntomake.com/it/how https://mylearntomake.com/it/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/it/contact https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg Carta e una matita bastano. Un tablet o un set che hai già contano. Non comprare un kit per questa classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg Scegli una cosa che puoi vedere e mettila davanti a te. Disegnala tutta, grande, così riempie quasi la pagina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg Questa non è una linea di prova. Guarda la cosa, poi disegna. Fermati quando tutta la cosa è sulla pagina. Questo è l'inizio di un disegno. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg Usa la stessa cosa della classe 1. Metti un foglio nuovo. Sistema la cosa dove ne vedi tutto il fuori. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg Parti da un punto del bordo esterno. Muovi la matita solo su quel bordo. Non disegnare l'interno, il buco del manico, né una linea in mezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg Guarda la cosa più della mano. Quando la linea incontra il punto di partenza, fermati. Se il contorno è aperto, chiudilo. L'interno non è questa classe. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg La stessa cosa della classe prima. Un foglio nuovo. Disegna di nuovo l'esterno, leggero, così puoi mettere le parti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg Guarda la cosa. Aggiungi le parti che la fanno quella cosa. Un manico, un'apertura, una cucitura, un coperchio. Disegna la parte che vedi. Non inventarne una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg Guarda dall'altra parte del tavolo. Se una persona non potrebbe dire che cos'è, aggiungi la parte che manca. Poi fermati. Non fare ombra. Non aggiungere una seconda cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg Guarda dove sei. Trova un cerchio, una scatola e un triangolo. Un piatto, un libro, un angolo. Non disegnare ancora tutta la cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg Su una pagina, disegna le tre forme, in grande. Disegna la forma, non l'oggetto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg Questi sono i pezzi di cui sono fatti i disegni che vengono dopo. Se manca una forma, disegnala. Poi fermati. Non fare ombra. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg Una sola fonte di luce. Una lampada o una finestra. Spegni le altre, o siediti così che solo una luce colpisca la cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg Disegna la cosa. Lascia la carta bianca sul lato illuminato. La carta bianca è la luce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg Aggiungi un'ombra, sul lato lontano dalla luce. Non ombreggiare tutta la pagina. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg Metti una cosa rotonda e una scatola dove le vedi. Una tazza e un libro bastano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg Disegna la cosa rotonda. Disegna la scatola così si vedono tre lati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg Fai ogni lato della scatola di un grigio diverso. Uno più scuro, uno più chiaro, uno che lasci quasi bianco. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg Metti due cose in modo che quella vicina copra una parte di quella lontana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg Disegna prima la cosa vicina. Dove copre la cosa lontana, ferma quella linea. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg Lascia fuori la parte nascosta. Se hai disegnato attraverso ciò che copre, cancella quel pezzo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg Una persona vestita o un animale che puoi vedere. Restano fermi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg Prima di un volto, della pelliccia o di un motivo del tessuto, segna quanto è alto rispetto a quanto è largo. Due segni leggeri. Confrontali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg Disegna dentro quei segni. Non aggiungere ogni pelo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg La stessa persona o lo stesso animale. Fa una cosa. Allungare il braccio, fare un passo, girare la testa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg Dagli un minuto. Disegna l'azione mentre avviene. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg Cogli l'azione e fermati. Non finire ogni dito né ogni capello. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg Un viso che vedi. Disegna un ovale per la testa. Nient'altro per ora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg Disegna una linea per gli occhi, a metà in giù sull'ovale. Poi un naso. Poi una bocca. Tieni quest'ordine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg Fermati prima che i capelli prendano il sopravvento. Solo quattro passi: ovale, occhi, naso, bocca. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg Siediti nell'angolo dove sei. Guarda il pavimento. Le linee del pavimento si allontanano da te. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg Disegna quelle linee del pavimento in modo che vadano a un punto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg La porta è una scatola in piedi in quello spazio. Disegna la porta come una scatola. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg Fai un'immagine che vuoi che un'altra persona veda. Usa una cosa, le sue parti e le sue forme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg Mettile un nome. Il nome non è 'Immagine'. Indica questo disegno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg Dovresti poter iniziare un altro disegno domani senza che ti dicano cosa fare. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg Carta e una matita bastano. Un tablet conta. Non comprare un kit per questo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg Vai dove puoi vedere un edificio intero. Una casa, un negozio, un capanno. Questa non è la classe 11. Questo non è un disegno di un edificio, salvo che non puoi andare da uno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg Una strada, un sentiero o una via che puoi vedere. La strada è la prima forma, e diventa più piccola mentre si allontana. Questa è tutta la lezione di questo foglio. Non iniziare da un cartello o da un'auto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg Foglio uno. Strada, un edificio o un albero di lato, e il cielo come la carta che lasci vuota. Stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg Un albero che puoi vedere. Prima il tronco. È una scatola che si stringe salendo. Le foglie sono una massa, non un mucchio di segni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg Foglio uno. Tronco e una forma di foglie. Stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg La classe 10 ha insegnato l'ordine di una faccia. Questa lezione è la testa come una massa. Uno scultore guarda una testa così prima di tagliare una faccia. Non stai copiando una statua, e non stai copiando una persona famosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg Qualcuno che puoi vedere, o una foto di qualcuno che conosci se nessuno può sedersi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg Una seconda persona. Non riusare la prima testa. Fai gli stessi tre fogli nello stesso ordine. Se salti la palla e inizi dagli occhi, stop e ricomincia il foglio uno. Tieni solo il terzo foglio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg Fai questo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg Una terza persona. La stessa lista. Palla, mascella, collo. Poi le linee a metà. Poi una luce e un'ombra. Stop prima che i capelli prendano tutto. Tre teste finite sono la pratica. Le lezioni successive sono una faccia inventata, disegnata ancora finché resta quella faccia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg Fai questo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg Inventa una faccia. Deve potersi disegnare ancora domani, quindi scegli pochi segni. Prima la palla e la mascella. Poi le linee a metà. Poi un tratto che non cambia: il naso, la mascella o lo spazio tra gli occhi. I capelli sono una forma. Scrivi tre parole sul retro del foglio che nominano quei segni. Ti serviranno. Tieni il foglio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg Fai questo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg Foglio nuovo, prima a memoria. Poi controlla il foglio che hai tenuto. La stessa palla, la stessa mascella, lo stesso segno. Un piccolo errore sull'occhio va bene. Una mascella diversa vuol dire che è una persona nuova, e questa lezione non è fatta. Disegna la mascella ancora. Tieni il foglio che corrisponde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg Fai questo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg La stessa faccia inventata, girata un poco. La costruzione non cambia perché la testa ha girato. Palla, mascella, il segno, poi i tratti sulle linee a metà. Tieni questo terzo foglio con gli altri due. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg Poi usa la lista vecchia su qualcosa che questa pagina non ha nominato. Una mano, una sedia o un animale che puoi vedere. Foglio uno, forme grandi e alto contro largo. Foglio due, le parti che la fanno quella cosa. Foglio tre, carta bianca per la luce, un lato più scuro, un'ombra. Dagli un nome. Quella è tua. La lezione non ti dice quale soggetto. Se puoi fare quei tre fogli senza questa pagina aperta, questo passo è fatto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg Acqua pulita. Bagna il foglio con un pennello largo. Un solo colore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg Stendi una passata sulla pagina. Muovi il pennello una volta. Non strofinare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg Lascialo asciugare. Questa è una passata. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg Metti una tazza dove vedi il fuori. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg Dipingi solo il suo bordo esterno. Non riempire l'interno. Non dipingere il tavolo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg Quando il bordo è chiuso, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg Due colori. Mettili così che si tocchino sul foglio bagnato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg Lascia che l'acqua mescoli. Non strofinarli insieme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg Quando si sono incontrati, fermati. Non aggiungere un terzo colore. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg Trova tre forme nella stanza. Un cerchio, una scatola, un triangolo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg Dipingi tre forme piatte. Un colore ciascuna. Ancora nessun dettaglio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg Tre forme. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg Una luce. Guarda dove è chiaro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg Lascia quel punto come carta nuda. La carta bianca è la luce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg Dipingi un'ombra, lontano dalla luce. Non coprire il bianco. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg Metti una cosa rotonda e una scatola dove le vedi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg Dipingile in due grigi diversi. Quella rotonda è un grigio. La scatola è un altro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg Non aggiungere un terzo grigio. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg Metti due cose così che una sia davanti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg Dipingi quella davanti. Non dipingere la parte nascosta di quella dietro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg Dove quella davanti copre quella dietro, ferma quel colore. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg Guarda una cosa. Nomina il colore che vedi, non il colore che ti aspetti. Un limone può essere grigio nell'ombra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg Mescola quel colore su un foglio di scorta. Confrontalo con la cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg Se non corrisponde, mescola di nuovo. Quando corrisponde, fermati. Non dipingere tutto il quadro. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg Una persona o un animale. Restano fermi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg Dipingi solo forme grandi. La testa, il corpo, le gambe. Non ogni pelo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg Tre o quattro forme. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg Un viso che vedi. Dipingi solo tre valori. Chiaro, medio, scuro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg Il chiaro resta il foglio più chiaro. Il medio è una passata. Lo scuro è l'ombra sotto il sopracciglio, il naso o il mento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg Fermati prima che i capelli prendano il sopravvento. Tre valori. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg Siediti in un angolo. Una luce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg Dipingi due muri. Lascia il muro illuminato più chiaro. L'altro muro è più scuro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg Una luce. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg Guarda una mela vera. Vedi prima la grande luce. Lascia quella luce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg Poi dipingi le forme piccole. Un'ombra. Non ogni puntino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg Dagli un nome. Questa è pratica, non una copia da vendere. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg Carta e colore lavabile bastano. Un tablet conta. Non comprare un set. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg Una ciotola che puoi vedere. Questa non è la classe 2. La classe 2 era il bordo di una tazza. Questo è il colore dentro una ciotola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg Una finestra che puoi vedere. Questa non è la classe 11. La classe 11 erano due muri. Questa è la luce nel vetro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg Lascia il vetro come carta bianca. Non dipingere il cielo in un secondo quadro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg Una pianta che puoi vedere. Prima il vaso. È una scatola. Mescola il colore che vedi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg Le foglie sono una massa di colore, non un mucchio di segni. Una passata per quella massa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg Questa non è la classe 12. La classe 12 era una mela e poi la sua ombra, e le hai dato un nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg Questo foglio è solo il colore piatto. Una mela. Una passata. Il colore che vedi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg Foglio nuovo. La stessa mela. Mescola di nuovo da ciò che vedi ora, non dall'ultimo foglio e non dal rosso che ti aspettavi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg Un piccolo errore sulla forma va bene. Un frutto diverso vuol dire che questa lezione non è fatta. Dipingi di nuovo la stessa mela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg Foglio nuovo. La stessa mela. Lascia la carta bianca dove batte la luce. Un'ombra. Il bianco non è un buco che riempi dopo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg Tre fogli, una mela. Passata piatta. Il colore che vedi. Poi la luce e un'ombra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg Inventa un quadro. Non è una copia da vendere, e non è un dipinto famoso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg Una passata. Una cosa davanti. Lascia la parte nascosta non dipinta. Carta bianca per la luce. Un'ombra. Dagli un nome. Tieni questo foglio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg Prendi un pezzo circa grande come un'arancia. Se si sbriciola, bagna le dita e lavora finché tiene. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg Premilo fra i palmi, poi rotolalo in cerchio. La stessa pressione tutto intorno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg Fermati quando è tondo e senza crepe. Una crepa vuol dire che è troppo secco. Bagna le dita e rotola quel punto di nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg Metti la palla sul tavolo. Premi il centro con il palmo, non il bordo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg Girala un poco e premi di nuovo. Centro e bordo devono avere lo stesso spessore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg Sollevala. Se in un punto passa la luce, è troppo sottile. Rifai la palla e premi di nuovo. Spessa circa come un dito. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg Tieni la palla in una mano. Spingi il pollice nel centro finché lo senti dall'altra parte, senza uscire. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg Pizzica la parete fra pollice e dito. Gira un poco dopo ogni pizzico. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg Il bordo deve avere la stessa altezza tutto intorno. Se un lato è basso, pizzica un poco di più il lato alto. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg Rotola sul tavolo con le dita aperte, non solo i palmi. Dal centro verso fuori. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg Il cordone deve avere lo stesso spessore da un capo all'altro, come una matita. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg Metti il cordone ad anello su una base piatta. Premi dove si toccano. Taglia le punte di sbieco e uniscile. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg Metti l'argilla fra due bastoncini dello stesso spessore. Stendi sopra i bastoncini così la lastra non diventa più sottile di loro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg Stacca la lastra. Se si attacca, alza un angolo con un coltello, non con l'unghia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg Taglia la forma con un taglio diritto. Lascia gli avanzi in una palla, così non seccano. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg Senti la parete fra le dita. Un punto spesso sembra pesante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg Pizzica solo il punto spesso. Non pizzicare il punto sottile, si strappa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg La parete deve sembrare uguale tutto intorno, circa come due monete una sull'altra. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg Graffia le due facce con una forchetta finché sono ruvide. L'argilla liscia non attacca all'argilla liscia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg Dipingi le due facce graffiate con barbottina: un po' di argilla e acqua, come panna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg Premi e tieni qualche secondo. Liscia la giunta con un dito bagnato finché non vedi la cucitura. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg Rotola un cordone corto, più sottile di una matita. Piegala ad anello, della misura del fondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg Graffia e metti barbottina sotto il vaso e sull'anello. Premi l'anello. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg Appoggia il vaso. Deve stare piatto e non dondolare. Se dondola, premi il lato alto dell'anello. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg Rotola un cordone spesso circa come il dito e lungo come la mano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg Graffia e metti barbottina in due punti del lato, uno sopra l'altro. Premi ogni punta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg Il manico deve staccarsi dal vaso così ci passa un dito. Se cede, è troppo bagnato. Aspetta un poco e prova di nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg Metti il vaso su un ripiano, fuori dal sole e lontano da un termosifone. Sole e calore lo crepano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg Metti un panno asciutto, senza stringere, così il bordo non secca più in fretta del fondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg Lascialo finché è pallido e duro. È argilla che secca all'aria. Non metterla in forno. Non bere da lì. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg Confronta due pezzi prima di iniziare. Se una palla è più grande, i vasi non combaciano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg Fai il secondo come il primo. Mettili uno accanto all'altro dopo ogni passo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg I bordi devono avere la stessa altezza. Le aperture devono sembrare della stessa misura. Se una è più larga, pizzicala un poco più alta e più stretta. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg Scegli un uso: tenere le matite, o tenere una cosa asciutta. Non usare questa argilla per mangiare o bere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg Una tazza per matite ha il fondo piatto e pareti più alte della punta della matita. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg Quando è secca e pallida, metti le matite. Dagli un nome. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg Argilla che asciuga all'aria basta. Non comprare un forno, e non cuocere questo. Un pezzo grande come un'arancia è una tazza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg Apri la palla col pollice e girala mentre i muri salgono. Oppure fai cordoni dello stesso spessore, impilali e premi ognuno su quello sotto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg Il bordo ha la stessa altezza tutto intorno. Se aggiungi un piede, incidi le due facce, bagnali e premi. Non attaccarlo soltanto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg Metti la tazza sul tavolo. Sta piatta e non dondola. Se dondola, premi il piede finché si ferma. Asciugala piano, all'aria, fuori dal sole. Dalle un nome. Questa è quella che tieni. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg Un piatto. Questo non è la classe 2, e non è la classe 5. La classe 2 era una frittella. La classe 5 era una lastra che puoi tagliare. Questo è un piatto su cui potresti posare una tazza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg Una lastra. Spessore uguale. Un bordo basso solo se puoi tenere quello spessore. Se aggiungi il bordo, incidi, metti la barbottina e premi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non cuocerlo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg Una ciotola. Le pareti restano uguali. Il bordo ha la stessa altezza tutto intorno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg Un piede, perché stia piatta e non traballi. Incidi, metti la barbottina e premi se unisci quel piede. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non cuocerlo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg Questa non è la classe 3. La classe 3 era un vaso a pizzico, e il bordo era la lezione. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg Questa è una tazza che pizzichi. Una palla. Le pareti si assottigliano mentre pizzichi, e restano uguali. Il bordo ha la stessa altezza tutto intorno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non cuocerlo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg Un pezzo nuovo. Colombini dello stesso spessore, impilati e premuti. La stessa misura della tazza pizzicata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg Una misura diversa vuol dire che questa lezione non è fatta. Rifai la tazza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non cuocerlo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg Un pezzo nuovo, tagliato da una lastra di spessore uguale. La stessa misura delle altre due. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg Incidi, metti la barbottina e premi ogni giunta. Il bordo ha la stessa altezza tutto intorno. Sta piatta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non cuocerlo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg Inventa un pezzo. Non è una copia, e non è il vaso con nome della classe 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg Pareti uguali. Se unisci una parte, incidi, metti la barbottina e premi. Un piede se ne serve uno, così sta e non traballa. Asciugalo piano. Solo all'aria. Dagli un nome. Tieni questo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non cuocerlo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg Filo che hai già. Due ferri, o un dito se è quello che hai. Non comprare un kit per questa classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg Monta le maglie che hai contato. Fai un anello, mettilo sul ferro, e fai il successivo allo stesso modo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg Fermati quando le maglie contate sono sul ferro. Non fare ancora una riga a maglia. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg Fai a maglia le prime righe. Passa il ferro in un anello, avvolgi il filo e tira un anello nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg Una maglia alla volta. Non farne cadere una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg Quando la riga è fatta, gira il lavoro. Poi fermati. Non iniziare un colore nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg Conta ogni maglia sul ferro. Tocca ognuna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg Conta ogni riga. Un segno sulla carta basta. Un segno per riga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg Se il conteggio è sbagliato, fermati e guarda. Non disfare il lavoro. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg Chiudi le maglie. Lavora due maglie. Passa la prima sopra la seconda e fuori dal ferro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg Lavorane un'altra. Passa di nuovo la prima sopra. Continua fino alla fine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg Il bordo non deve svasarsi. Se si tira e si apre, rifai solo questo bordo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg Fai a maglia finché il pezzo è alto quanto è largo. Conta per saperlo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg Posalo sul tavolo. Un quadrato che resta piatto. Se si arrotola, guarda le ultime righe, non tutto il pezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg Quando resta piatto, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg Una riga a diritto. La riga successiva è rovescio. Il filo è davanti per il rovescio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg Sappi su quale riga sei. Diritto, poi rovescio, poi diritto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg Non mescolarli in una riga. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg Una striscia. Fai a maglia fino al bordo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg Cambia colore al bordo. Lega lì il filo nuovo. Non cambiare in mezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg Fai a maglia una striscia del colore nuovo. Poi fermati. Una striscia, non molte. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg Qualcosa è andato storto. Guarda solo l'ultima riga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg Togli il ferro dall'ultima riga, una maglia alla volta, fino alla riga che era giusta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg Non disfare il lavoro. Fai di nuovo quella riga a maglia. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg Conta le maglie all'inizio della riga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg Contale alla fine della riga. I numeri coincidono. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg Se non coincidono, l'ultima riga ne ha persa o guadagnata una. Correggi solo quella riga. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg Fai a maglia un rettangolo. Più lungo che largo. Un panno, una cinghia, un segnalibro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg Conta entrambi i capi perché siano uguali. Chiudi le maglie così il bordo non si svasa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg Puoi usarlo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg Due bordi che devono incontrarsi. Tienili insieme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg Uniscili. Un ago da lana attraverso entrambi i bordi, una maglia alla volta. Oppure lavorali a maglia insieme se sono ancora sui ferri. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg L'unione è fatta quando i due bordi sono uno. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg Una cosa finita. Il quadrato, il rettangolo o il pezzo unito. Non un progetto nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg Dalle un nome. Il nome non è 'Maglia'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg Puoi iniziare un altro pezzo domani senza che ti dicano cosa fare. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg Monta le maglie che hai contato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg Fai a maglia le prime righe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non disfare il lavoro. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg Un quadrato che resta piatto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg Diritto e rovescio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non disfare il lavoro. https://mylearntomake.com/it/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg Una striscia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg Cambia colore al bordo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non disfare il lavoro. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg Filo grosso che hai già. Un uncinetto grande. Non comprare un kit per questa classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg Tieni il filo in una mano. Tieni l'uncinetto nell'altra. Fai un cappio. Il cappio sta sull'uncinetto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg Questo è l'inizio. Poi fermati. Non fare ancora una catenella. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg Getta il filo sull'uncinetto. Tira un cappio nuovo attraverso il cappio che c'è già. Questa è una catenella. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg Fai la catenella successiva allo stesso modo. Tienile abbastanza larghe da vederle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg Fermati quando hai una catenella che puoi contare. Non tornarci dentro ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg Conta le catenelle prima della riga. Tocca ognuna. Non contare il cappio che sta ancora sull'uncinetto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg Scrivi il numero. Un segno sulla carta basta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg Se perdi il conto, conta di nuovo. Non disfare la catenella. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg Passa l'uncinetto nella catenella seguente. Avvolgi il filo. Tira fuori un cappio. Avvolgi il filo di nuovo. Tira attraverso i due cappi sull'uncinetto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg Una maglia in ogni catenella. Non saltare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg Quando la riga è fatta, fermati. Non girare ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg Finisci la riga. Una maglia in ogni catenella. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg Posa la riga sul tavolo. Deve restare piatta. Se si arrotola in una corda stretta, le maglie erano troppo strette. Guarda solo questa riga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg Quando resta piatta, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg Gira il lavoro. L'uncinetto resta nell'ultimo cappio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg Fai una catenella. Quella catenella è la catenella di volta. Non è una maglia che conti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg Torna indietro. Una maglia in ogni maglia della riga che hai appena fatto. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg Due righe. Gira alla fine di ognuna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg Tieni i bordi pari. La stessa maglia all'inizio e alla fine della riga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg Se un bordo si ritira, hai saltato una maglia. Correggi solo l'ultima riga. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg Continua finché il pezzo è alto quanto è largo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg Conta le maglie. Lo stesso numero in ogni riga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg Posalo. Un quadrato. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg Una striscia. Lavora fino alla fine della riga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg Annoda il colore seguente al bordo. Non cambiare in mezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg Lavora una riga del colore nuovo. Poi fermati. Una striscia, non molte. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg Taglia il filo. Lascia un capo che puoi tenere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg Tira il capo attraverso l'ultimo cappio. Tiralo giusto. Il cappio si chiude. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg Il lavoro è fuori dall'uncinetto. Poi fermati. Non cominciare un pezzo nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg Fai un secondo quadrato allo stesso modo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg Conta entrambi. Lo stesso numero di maglie. Lo stesso numero di righe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg Due quadrati della stessa misura. Poi fermati. Non unirli ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg Una cosa che puoi usare. Il quadrato, o i due quadrati messi insieme come un panno. Non un progetto nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg Dalle un nome. Il nome non è 'Uncinetto'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg Puoi iniziare un altro pezzo domani senza che ti dicano cosa fare. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg Un ago senza punta. Filo grosso che hai già. Non comprare un kit per questa classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg Tieni l'ago in una mano. Infila l'ago. Fai un nodo al capo del filo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg Il nodo è al capo. Poi fermati. Non cucire ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg Un pezzo di stoffa. Spingi l'ago attraverso, da dietro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg Tira il filo fino in fondo, finché il nodo non lo ferma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg L'ago è davanti. Poi fermati. Non fare ancora un secondo buco. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg Un punto. Torna giù a poca distanza da dove sei uscito. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg Tira il filo attraverso. Dentro, poi fuori. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg Il punto sta piatto. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg Una linea dritta. Fai il punto successivo della stessa misura del primo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg Tieni i punti su una linea. Non deviare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg I punti sono della stessa misura. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg Un punto filza. Dentro e fuori lungo la linea. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg Spazi uguali. Il punto e lo spazio sono circa uguali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg Non tirare così forte da far arricciare la stoffa. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg Arriva all'angolo della stoffa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg Gira. Il punto dopo lascia l'angolo e va lungo il lato dopo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg La linea resta pari. Non arricciare l'angolo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg Due pezzi di stoffa. Metti un bordo sull'altro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg Cucili lungo quel solo bordo. L'ago passa attraverso entrambi i pezzi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg Un solo bordo. Poi fermati. Non cucire ancora gli altri lati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg Un quadrato. Inizia da un angolo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg Lo stesso punto tutto intorno. Gira ogni angolo allo stesso modo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg Quando sei tornato dove hai cominciato, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg Una toppa. Un pezzetto di stoffa su un pezzo più grande. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg Cucila sopra. L'ago attraversa la toppa e la stoffa sotto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg I bordi restano giù. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg Annoda il capo. Fai un piccolo nodo contro la stoffa, così l'ultimo punto non può sfilarsi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg Taglia il filo corto. Lascia solo un piccolo capo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg L'ago è libero. Poi fermati. Non cominciare una cucitura nuova. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg Fai un secondo quadrato allo stesso modo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg Conta i punti. Due quadrati della stessa misura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non cucirli ancora insieme. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg Una cosa che puoi usare. Il quadrato, la toppa, o i due quadrati messi insieme come un panno. Non un progetto nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg Dalle un nome. Il nome non è 'Cucito'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg Puoi iniziare un altro pezzo domani senza che ti dicano cosa fare. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg Lavati le mani. Sapone, poi acqua, poi asciugale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg Libera il piano di lavoro. Fuori resta solo ciò che serve a questo piatto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non accendere ancora il fuoco. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg Tutto è fuori prima del fuoco. Cibo, padella, piatto, cucchiaio, sale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg Leggi che cosa farai. Non ti serve cercare un utensile quando la padella è calda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. Il bruciatore è ancora spento. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg La padella è calda. Aggiungi un poco di grasso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg Il grasso si assottiglia e brilla. Sussurra. Non fuma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg Se fuma, il fuoco è troppo alto. Togli la padella dal fuoco. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg Il cibo entra in un solo strato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg I pezzi non si ammucchiano. Una padella piena fa vapore. Non si rosola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non girarlo ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg Lascialo. Una crosta ha bisogno di tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg Non punzecchiarlo. Non allontanarti da una padella calda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non girarlo ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg Giralo una volta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg Il lato che era sotto è rosolato. Se è ancora pallido, aveva bisogno di più tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non continuare a girarlo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg Assaggia. Poi il sale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg Sala il cibo, non l'aria. Un poco basta finché non assaggi di nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non continuare a scuotere il sale. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg Fuoco spento. La padella finisce il centro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg Il centro si rapprende col calore già nella padella. Non rialzi il bruciatore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg Lascialo riposare. Non tagliarlo ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg Qualche minuto quieto. Il centro finisce mentre sta fermo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg I succhi restano sul piatto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg Passali col cucchiaio sul cibo. Non versarli nel lavandino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg La padella si raffredda, poi la lavi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg Una padella calda in acqua fredda può deformarsi. Aspetta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg Un piatto. Non una pietanza nuova. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg Dagli un nome. Il nome non è 'Cucina'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg Puoi cucinare un altro piatto domani senza che ti dicano cosa fare. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg Pepe nero alla fine se la pentola deve bollire. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg Con il sale, non al posto suo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg Cumino, soffritto, poi coriandolo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg Fagioli, riso o agnello. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg Semi di coriandolo, schiacciati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg Non tostarli fino al colore del caffè. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg La paprika si soffrigge in fretta e brucia più in fretta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg L'aglio dopo, o l'aglio brucia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg Paprika affumicata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg Il fumo è la spezia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg Cayenna per ultima. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg Meno dell'altra spezia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg Se brucia, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg Fiocchi di peperoncino nel grasso, poi fuori dal fuoco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg L'aglio può unirsi a loro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg Se brucia, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg Il peperoncino in polvere è già cumino, aglio e peperoncino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg Assaggia prima di aggiungere altro cumino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg Cannella nel grasso con un pizzico di sale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg Frutta, zucca, o un poco nella carne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg Zenzero, fresco o secco, con aglio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg Il secco è più piccante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg La curcuma macchia e diventa amara se frigge troppo a lungo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg Il pepe nero aiuta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg L'aglio in polvere brucia in una padella asciutta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg Mettilo nel grasso e poi il cibo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg La cipolla in polvere non è cipolla fritta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg Usala per la base, poi sala il piatto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg Origano presto in un sugo di pomodoro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg Il secco è più forte di un pizzico fresco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg Basilico alla fine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg Il calore lo scaccia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg Timo presto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg Gli serve tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg Rosmarino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg Tritalo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg Foglia di alloro nel liquido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg Una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg Toglilo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg Noce moscata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg Una grattata su crema, spinaci o patata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg Chiodo di garofano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg Uno o due infilati in una cipolla, o un pizzico macinato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg Pimento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg Fermati lì. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg Cardamomo, baccelli spaccati, o un pizzico macinato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg Riso, caffè o frutta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg Semi di senape nel grasso caldo finché scoppiano i primi, poi il cibo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg La curcuma può seguire. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg Semi di finocchio, schiacciati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg Pomodoro o maiale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg Aneto alla fine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg Limone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg Carvi, schiacciato, con aglio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg Cavolo, maiale o segale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg Semi di sedano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg Un pizzico. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg Sesamo tostato finché profuma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg Sale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg I semi di papavero non si soffriggono. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg Burro e limone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg Zafferano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg Fili, non polvere da un barattolo economico. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg Un anice stellato in un brasato o brodo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg Zenzero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg Toglilo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg Sommacco fuori dal fuoco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg È l'acido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg Fieno greco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg Un pizzico. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg Nigella. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg Non bruciarla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg Menta alla fine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg Limone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg Salvia fritta pochi secondi nel burro, poi sulla zucca o sul maiale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg Pepe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg Dragoncello alla fine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg Limone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg Maggiorana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg Usala dove l'origano griderebbe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg Prezzemolo alla fine con limone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg È fresco, non una spezia che fai soffriggere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg Coriandolo fresco alla fine con lime. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg Se sa di sapone, è l'erba, non chi cucina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg Citronella, ammaccata, nella zuppa, poi fuori. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg Zenzero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg Toglilo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg Semi di anice. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg Un pizzico. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg Macis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg Un pizzico in una salsa alla crema o patata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg Ginepro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg Schiacciane tre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg Se brucia, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg Pepe di Sichuan tostato finché profuma, poi schiacciato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg Zenzero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg Se brucia, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg Pepe di Aleppo fuori dal fuoco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg Mite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg Chipotle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg Fumo più il piccante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg Se brucia, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg Il curry è una miscela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg Fallo soffriggere, poi il cibo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg Il garam masala è una miscela per la fine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg La pentola può già avere cumino e coriandolo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg Le cinque spezie sono una miscela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg Un pizzico. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg Se fa fumo, fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg Misura due volte. Segna una volta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg Se le due misure non coincidono, misura di nuovo. Non segnare un'ipotesi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non tagliare ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg Squadra la linea attraverso la tavola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg La squadra sta stretta contro il bordo. La linea attraversa la faccia e scende lungo il bordo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non tagliare ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg Serra il pezzo. La tua mano non è il morsetto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg Se la tavola può spostarsi, il taglio devia. Stringi il morsetto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non avviare la sega finché il legno non è fermo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg Taglia sul lato di scarto della linea. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg La linea di matita resta sul pezzo che stai tenendo. I denti della sega prendono lo scarto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non tagliare via la linea. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg Lascia che la sega faccia il lavoro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg Una spinta leggera. Se devi appoggiarti sopra, la sega è spuntata o l'angolo è sbagliato. Fermati e rimetti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg Sostieni lo scarto perché l'ultima fibra non si strappi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg Una mano o un secondo sostegno tiene lo scarto. Non lasciarlo cadere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg Controlla il taglio con la squadra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg La squadra appoggia sulla faccia e sull'estremità tagliata. Luce sotto la squadra vuol dire che il taglio non è a squadro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non carteggiare via l'errore finché non l'hai visto. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg Carteggia fino alla linea. Non oltre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg Carteggia nel senso della venatura. Se carteggi oltre la linea, il pezzo è corto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg Togli la polvere. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg Due facce si incontrano. Niente luce attraverso il giunto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg Tienili insieme e guarda lungo la giuntura. La luce vuol dire una fessura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non incollare una fessura. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg Incolla, poi serra. Un cordone sottile fuoriesce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg Troppa colla non fa un giunto più forte. Pulisci il cordone. Non affamare il giunto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg Fa presa. Poi carteggia il giunto a filo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg Non carteggiare la colla bagnata. Aspetta che il giunto sia duro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg Un pezzo. Non un progetto nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg Dagli un nome. Il nome non è 'Legno'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg Puoi iniziare un altro pezzo domani senza che ti dicano cosa fare. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg Scegli la pianta per la luce che hai davvero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg Una pianta da sole in una stanza buia non cresce solo perché lo desideri. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non piantare ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg La terra scola. Un vaso ha bisogno di un buco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg Se l'acqua resta nel vaso, le radici marciscono. Controlla il buco prima di riempirlo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg Pianta alla profondità della bustina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg Se non c'è la bustina, un seme piccolo ha una copertura bassa. Un seme grande va più in fondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg Premi la terra. Niente tasca d'aria sotto il seme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg Premi piano. Una terra troppo dura tiene fuori l'acqua e l'aria. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg Annaffia una volta, a fondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg Annaffia finché l'acqua esce dal buco. Poi aspetta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg Lascia seccare il sopra prima di annaffiare ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg Infila un dito. Se il sopra è ancora umido, lascialo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg Una piantina vuole la luce più dell'acqua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg Una piantina pallida e allungata chiede luce. Spostala. Non affogarla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg Dirada alla distanza della bustina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg La piantina più forte resta. Quelle di troppo escono. Le piante affollate restano piccole. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg Nutri solo dopo le foglie vere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg Troppo le brucia. Un po', poi fermati. Le prime due foglie non sono le foglie vere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg Togli i parassiti a mano prima di spruzzare qualunque cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg Un insetto non è un motivo per una bottiglia. Toglilo. Guarda di nuovo domani. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg Raccoglilo quando è pronto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg Aspettare troppo lo rende duro. Una pianta lasciata troppo a lungo si spende in seme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg Un raccolto. Non un giardino nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg Dagli un nome. Il nome non è 'Giardino'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg Puoi piantare un altro vaso domani senza che ti dicano cosa fare. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg Una finestra. Questo è un pezzo tagliato, non un seme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg Usa un cipollotto fresco con le radici, non uno secco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg Una finestra, poi il sole. Il germoglio è il risultato sicuro. I baccelli vogliono molta luce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg Usa un fagiolo secco intero: rosso, nero, pinto, o un fagiolino secco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg Una finestra. Le foglie sono il raccolto probabile. Non una testa grossa d'aglio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg Uno spicchio sodo. Lascia la buccia. Punta in su, lato della radice in giù, a circa due centimetri. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg Una finestra. Qualche foglia piccola, non un secondo cespo del negozio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg Usa una base fresca, non una marrone e viscida. Lascia circa tre centimetri del cuore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg Una finestra. Lo stesso metodo della romana, e più lento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg Una base fresca, alta circa tre centimetri, in un piatto basso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg Una finestra tiepida. Ottieni una pianta che puoi tagliare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg Il basilico vuole una stanza tiepida. Spargi i semi piccoli sulla terra umida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg Una finestra tiepida. Il frutto vuole sole vero e un vaso più grande. Le foglie non sono mai cibo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg Usa un pomodoro ben maturo. Metti semi e gel in una tazza con un goccio d'acqua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg Una finestra tiepida. I peperoni vogliono più calore dei pomodori, e più tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg Prendi i semi da un peperone maturo. Puoi saltare la fermentazione. Falli seccare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg Un vaso fondo. Una pianta è probabile. Un sacco di patate no, salvo che il vaso sia fondo e tu aspetti mesi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg Molte patate del supermercato sono trattate per non germogliare. Se in tre settimane non succede nulla, è per questo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg Un albero di casa. Il frutto è un forse, dopo anni, e può essere aspro o diverso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg Pianta un seme fresco di limone o di arancia. Un seme seccato sul bancone spesso fallisce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg Un albero di casa. Il frutto in casa è raro, chiede anni, e non sarà quello che hai comprato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg Lava il nocciolo. L'estremità più larga e piatta è il fondo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg Una piantina, non una ciotola di ciliegie. Un ciliegio fa frutto fuori, in un posto freddo, dopo anni, e spesso gli serve un secondo albero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg Strofina il nocciolo finché non resta polpa. La polpa rimasta fa muffa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg Una finestra. Il verde, non una seconda carota. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg Taglia le foglie da una carota fresca. Tieni circa un centimetro della cima arancione. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg Una finestra. Foglie, non una seconda barbabietola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg Taglia il verde. Tieni circa un centimetro della barbabietola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg Una finestra. Questa è un'estremità tagliata, non un seme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg Usa un porro fresco con la base ancora attaccata, non uno rinsecchito. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg Una finestra. Qualche foglia piccola, non un secondo cespo del supermercato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg Usa una base fresca, non una marrone e viscida. Lascia circa tre centimetri del cuore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg Una finestra. Foglie sciolte, non un secondo cespo serrato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg Una base fresca, alta circa tre centimetri, in un piatto basso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg Una finestra. Fronde, non un secondo bulbo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg Usa la base di un bulbo di finocchio. Gli steli tagliati da soli fanno poco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg Una finestra tiepida. Un ciuffo è il raccolto. Non una manciata di steli questo mese. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg Usa uno stelo che ha ancora una base soda e pallida. Un bastone secco non radica. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg Una pianta di casa. Il frutto in casa è poco comune, e chiede anni se arriva. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg Gira la corona di un ananas fresco per staccarla. Taglia ogni polpa di frutto dalla base. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg Un vaso al sole. La radice è il raccolto, se resta fresco e ogni pianta ha spazio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg Un vaso fondo come la tua mano, con un buco. Terra umida, non una pozza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg Un vaso luminoso. Foglie, non un cespo serrato del supermercato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg Il seme è piccolo. Spargilo sulla terra umida. Premilo, o coprilo con un velo di terra. Sepolto a fondo, fallisce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg Un vaso fresco. Foglie, non un raccolto d'estate su un davanzale caldo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg Semina a circa un centimetro, in un vaso con un buco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg Un vaso luminoso. Le foglie sono il raccolto. Il caldo le finisce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg Il seme è tondo. Seminalo a circa un centimetro, nel vaso che tieni. Non ama essere spostato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg Un vaso con un buco. Un ciuffo che puoi tagliare per anni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg Il seme è lento. Tieni la terra umida. Un germoglio chiede spesso dieci o venti giorni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg Un vaso luminoso. Uno stelo, non un seme. Il seme dà spesso una pianta debole che non è la menta che hai odorato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg Taglia uno stelo fresco. Stacca le foglie in basso. Un bastone secco non radica. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg Un vaso al sole. I baccelli sono il raccolto. Un germoglio in un barattolo è un'altra lezione. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg Usa un fagiolo nano secco intero. Non un fagiolo rampicante, salvo che gli dai un bastone alto. Non un pisello spezzato. Non un fagiolo in scatola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg Un vaso fresco. Baccelli, se il tempo resta fresco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg Usa semi di pisello interi, non piselli spezzati. I piselli spezzati sono morti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg Fuori, o un vaso di almeno venti centimetri di fondo. La radice è il raccolto. Questa non è la cima di carota in un piatto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg Terra sciolta, senza sassi né zolle dure. Quelli biforcano la radice. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg Fuori, o un vaso di almeno venti centimetri di fondo. Una radice, e foglie. Questa non è la cima di barbabietola in un piatto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg Ogni pallina di seme può fare diversi germogli. Semina a circa due centimetri. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg Fuori, o un vaso grande con un buco. Foglie, a lungo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg Semina a circa un centimetro. Un germoglio chiede spesso cinque o dieci giorni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg Fuori. Un bulbillo è più facile del seme. Il seme chiede mesi prima di essere un bulbo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg Pianta il bulbillo con la punta in su, il lato della radice in giù, a circa dieci centimetri di distanza. La punta si vede appena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg Un vaso grande o la piena terra, con qualcosa per arrampicarsi. Non un davanzale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg Semina a circa due centimetri quando la terra è tiepida. La terra fredda e bagnata fa marcire il seme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg La piena terra, o un vaso molto grande. Una pianta diventa enorme. Due è tanto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg Semina a circa due centimetri quando la terra è tiepida. La terra fredda e bagnata fa marcire il seme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg Fuori, in terra tiepida. Non un vaso, e non una pianta sola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg Pianta un blocco, almeno quattro piante per lato. Il polline cade dal pennacchio in alto sulla barba delle pannocchie. Un filare, o una pianta, fa spesso pannocchie vuote. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg Una pianta o uno stolone. Il seme è lento, e la maggior parte delle piante da seme non dà frutto il primo anno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg Terra al sole, o un vaso con un buco. Non una finestra buia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg Fuori, in pieno sole. Un fiore, e semi se l'estate è abbastanza lunga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg Semina a circa due centimetri dopo che la terra è tiepida. Un germoglio chiede spesso sette o quattordici giorni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg Sole, e terra tiepida. Finiscono in un'estate. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg Coprilo appena. La terra fredda e bagnata lo fa marcire, o il seme resta lì. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg Sole. Finiscono in un'estate, e fioriscono fino al gelo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg La terra povera fa più fiori. La terra ricca fa molte foglie e pochi fiori. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg Il tagete del giardino. Non la calendula. Quella è la lezione dopo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg Sole. Coprilo appena dopo che la terra è tiepida. Un germoglio chiede spesso cinque o dieci giorni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg La calendula. Non il tagete della lezione prima di questa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg Un fiore di stagione fresca. Il caldo può fermarla. Un'estate fresca è un posto che le va. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg Un seme grosso, a circa due centimetri, in terra tiepida. Un vaso o la piena terra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg Si allargano. La terra povera fa più fiori. La terra ricca fa foglie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg Non il pisello che mangi. Quello è un'altra pianta, e un'altra lezione. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg Amano il tempo fresco. Il caldo ferma i fiori. Un'estate fresca può andargli bene. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg Una radice, non un seme. Gli occhi sono le gemme rosa sulla radice. Puntano in su. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg Mettila in modo che non più di circa cinque centimetri di terra coprano gli occhi. Più fondo di così, può fare foglie e non fiorire mai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg Decidi di cosa è la foto prima di alzare la fotocamera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg Se non riesci a dirlo in una riga breve, non sei pronto a scattare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non fare ancora la foto. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg Muovi i piedi prima di toccare un'impostazione. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg Un passo a sinistra cambia la foto più di un pulsante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg Avvicinati. La maggior parte delle foto ha troppo intorno al soggetto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg Se puoi nominare tre cose in più nell'inquadratura, fai un passo più vicino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg L'orizzonte è dritto, salvo se lo vuoi diverso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg Un tavolo inclinato sembra un errore. Inclina il telefono finché la linea è piatta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg Metti a fuoco la parte che conta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg Tocca quella parte. Se lo sfondo è nitido e la cosa sfocata, hai toccato il posto sbagliato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg Una forma forte. Non cinque cose che litigano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg Se devi spiegare di quale cosa è la foto, la foto non è finita. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg Aspetta il momento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg Una foto fatta perché eri impaziente è quella che cancelli. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg Una persona che non ha accettato non è nella foto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg Chiedi prima. Un cenno del capo conta. Il silenzio no. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg Esponi per la cosa per cui sei venuto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg Lascia andare lo sfondo. Una finestra luminosa dietro la cosa fa della cosa un'ombra. Girati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg Tre foto della stessa cosa. Tienine una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg Le altre due vanno. Più foto non ne fanno una migliore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg Ritaglia solo ciò che litiga col soggetto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg Un ritaglio non è un modo per inventare una foto più vicina che non hai fatto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg Una foto. Non un rullino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg Dalle un nome. Il nome non è 'Foto'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg Puoi fare un'altra foto domani senza che ti dicano cosa fare. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg Scegli lo strumento che praticherai davvero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg Un pianoforte che non puoi raggiungere non è lo strumento. Le mani, un tamburo, una chitarra che hai già, contano tutti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non suonare ancora una canzone. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg Il corpo è comodo prima della nota. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg Se le spalle sono su, alle orecchie, la nota sarà tesa. Abbassale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg Una nota, pulita. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg Una nota pulita è una di cui senti l'inizio e la fine. Il rumore in più non ne fa parte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg Una pulsazione regolare che puoi battere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg Se i colpi accelerano, non hai ancora una pulsazione. Rallenta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg La stessa frase, piano, poi piena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg Piena non è forte quanto la stanza sopporta. Se le orecchie fanno male, è troppo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg Una pausa si suona. Non riempirla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg Il silenzio è un tempo che conti. Se suoni sopra, l'hai saltato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg Cinque note che ritrovi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg Suonale. Guarda altrove. Trova le stesse cinque. Se non ci riesci, non le hai ancora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg Quattro battute. Fermati alla barra di battuta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg Non aggiungere una quinta. L'arresto fa parte della frase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg Lento finché è pulito. La velocità viene dopo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg Una frase veloce e disordinata non è pratica. È un'abitudine che dovrai disfare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg Registra una ripresa. Ascolta una volta. Sistema una cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg Non ascoltare cinque volte e non sistemare cinque cose. Una cosa, poi suonalo di nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg Venti minuti. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg Una mano che fa male non è la prova che hai lavorato. È il motivo per cui ti fermi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg Una frase che puoi suonare domani. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg Dalle un nome. Il nome non è 'Musica'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare quelle note senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg Il corpo è comodo prima del suono. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg Se le spalle sono su, alle orecchie, la nota sarà tesa. Abbassale. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. Non cantare ancora una canzone. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg Il respiro inizia la nota. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg Prendi l'aria prima. Se inizi il suono e poi cerchi l'aria, la nota trema. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg Una vocale, centrata. Niente spinta dalla gola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg Se la gola si stringe, stai spingendo. Più morbido, e la vocale resta in mezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg Trova la nota, poi tienila. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg Una nota tenuta che scivola non è ancora trovata. Trovala di nuovo, poi tienila. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg La parola si sente al primo colpo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg Se chi ascolta deve chiedere che cosa hai cantato, la parola non era finita. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg La stessa riga, piano, poi piena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg Pieno non è così forte quanto la stanza regge. Se ti gira la testa, hai tenuto l'aria troppo a lungo. Fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg Una pausa è silenzio. Non riempirla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg Respira nella pausa. Se canti attraverso, la salti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg La nota alta si prepara, non si afferra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg Se ti allunghi e la gola afferra, non eri pronto. Entra dalla nota di prima. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg Registra una strofa. Ascolta una volta. Sistema una cosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg Non ascoltare cinque volte e non sistemare cinque cose. Una cosa, poi cantala di nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg Venti minuti. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg Una gola che fa male non è la prova che hai lavorato. È il motivo per cui ti fermi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg Canta le parole come le vuoi dire. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg Se le parole sono solo suoni, non le hai ancora cantate. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg Una strofa che puoi cantare domani. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg Dalle un nome. Il nome non è 'Canto'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare quella strofa senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg Una cosa vera. Non un costume di una canzone che ti piace. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg Se la riga potrebbe essere qualsiasi canzone alla radio, è un costume. Parti da quello che hai visto davvero. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg Il titolo è la promessa della canzone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg Scrivilo in alto. Se le strofe non mantengono quella promessa, il titolo è una bugia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg Il ritornello dice quella promessa in una o due righe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg Due righe sono il limite. Un ritornello che ha bisogno di un paragrafo è una strofa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg Canticchia la melodia. Se non hai notazione, scrivi il ritmo in parole semplici. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg Lungo, corto, corto basta. Un disegno di note che non sai leggere non aiuta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg La prima strofa è la scena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg Chi c'è, e cosa puoi vedere. Non spiegare ancora il sentimento. Lo fa la scena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg Il ritornello torna invariato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg Se lo riscrivi la seconda volta, non hai un ritornello. Hai due strofe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg La seconda strofa alza il costo, o la svolta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg Qualcosa è più difficile, o qualcuno cambia idea. Se niente è cambiato, è di nuovo la prima strofa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg Un ponte è facoltativo. Una riga che il ritornello non ha detto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg Se non ti serve, non scriverla. Un ponte non è una terza strofa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg Il genere è il ritmo e le parole, non un costume. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg Batti il ritmo che vuoi dire. Se le parole funzionano solo nella voce di un altro, non sono ancora tue. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg Niente gancio preso in prestito. Se senti un'altra canzone, ricomincia la riga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg Un gancio che ricordi dalla radio non è tuo. Scrivi la riga successiva dal tuo titolo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg Registra il ritornello. Ascolta una volta. Sistema una parola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg Non ascoltare cinque volte e non sistemare cinque parole. Una parola, poi per oggi hai finito. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg Una canzone che puoi cantare domani. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg Dalle un nome. Il nome non è 'Canzone'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare il ritornello senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg Carta o un tablet che hai già. Non ti serve un programma speciale. Scrivi una persona. Un nome basta. Una persona sola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg Nella riga sotto, scrivi che cosa vuole quella persona. Un desiderio. Non una lista. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg Nella riga sotto, scrivi una cosa che sta in mezzo. Una persona, un fatto, o un limite. Poi fermati. Questa non è tutta la storia. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg Lascia le tre righe della classe 1 sul tavolo. Apri una pagina nuova. Non cominciare con 'questa è una storia su'. Comincia con la persona già in un luogo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg Scrivi che cosa fa adesso. Un'azione che si può vedere. Una mano su una porta, un passo, una tazza posata. Resta in quel momento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg Leggilo. Se una frase racconta tutta la vita, o la lezione, cancellala. L'inizio è solo questo momento. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg Leggi l'inizio della classe 2. È un momento. Non cominciare una scena nuova. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg Prima che quel momento finisca, metti il desiderio sulla pagina. Non scrivere 'voleva'. Mostralo. Una mano prova la porta. Gli occhi restano su un telefono che non viene preso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg Leggi fino all'ultima riga. Se un lettore ancora non sa che cosa vuole la persona, aggiungi un'azione che lo mostra. Poi fermati. Non cominciare il mezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg Torna alla scena. Il desiderio c'è già. L'ostacolo è di un solo tipo: una persona, un fatto, o un limite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg Scrivilo nella scena. Una persona dice no. Un fatto: il bus è partito. Un limite: c'è una moneta. Non scrivere 'c'era un problema'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg Leggilo. Se l'ostacolo può essere di più di un tipo, tieni uno e taglia gli altri. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg Questo è il mezzo. Scrivi il primo tentativo. Fallisce per una ragione. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg Scrivi un secondo tentativo. Fallisce per una ragione diversa. Non ripetere il primo fallimento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg Leggi entrambi. Se falliscono per la stessa ragione, cambia il secondo. Poi fermati. Non scrivere la fine. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg Leggi i due tentativi. Tutti e due sono falliti. Non aggiungere un salvataggio per fortuna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg Scrivi la svolta come una scelta. La persona prende una di due cose che può davvero fare. Sa che cosa costa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg Leggilo. Se l'uscita è fortuna, un estraneo, o una chiave trovata, cancellala. Scrivi la scelta. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg Scrivi la fine in poche righe. O ottengono il desiderio, o la pagina mostra che cosa è costato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg Non aggiungere un desiderio nuovo. Usa il desiderio della prima scena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg Leggi il desiderio e la fine insieme. Se la fine dimentica il desiderio, correggi la fine. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg Leggi la scena fino all'ultima riga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg L'ultima riga deve cambiare qualcosa. Un fatto, una scelta, o ciò che qualcuno sa. Se niente è cambiato, scrivi il cambiamento. Il capitolo non è finito prima. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg Se è cominciata una scena nuova, tagliala. Finisci sul cambiamento. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg Trova un sentimento o un fatto che stavi per spiegare. 'Era arrabbiata.' 'Lui non si fidava di lei.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg Mettilo in ciò che qualcuno dice, o in ciò che non dice. Non scrivere l'annuncio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg Leggilo. Se il narratore lo annuncia ancora, taglia quella frase. Il parlato lo tiene. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg Leggi la scena. Segna una frase che spiega ciò che il lettore ha già visto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg Cancellala. Lascia l'azione. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg Leggi la scena di nuovo. Se un'altra frase spiega soltanto, taglia anche quella. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg Leggi la prima pagina ad alta voce. Solo la prima pagina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg Segna il primo punto dove hai perso la persona, il desiderio, o il luogo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg Correggi quel punto. Una riparazione. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg Leggi il pezzo dalla prima riga all'ultima. Ha una persona, un desiderio, un ostacolo, due tentativi, una scelta, e una fine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg Dagli un nome. Il nome non è 'Storia'. Indica questo pezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg Il pezzo si può dare a un lettore. Non ti serve questa pagina aperta per sapere che cos'è. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg Carta che hai già. Scrivi una cosa che puoi fare. Non un negozio. Non una lista. Una cosa. Un pane, una riparazione, un disegno, un barattolo di zuppa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg È per una persona, non per tutti. Nella riga sotto, scrivi per chi. Un nome basta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg Leggi le due righe. Puoi finire questa cosa. Se non puoi, cancellala e scrivi una cosa più piccola. Poi fermati. Non scrivere un prezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg Guarda l'unica cosa della classe prima. È per una persona. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg Scrivi il nome di quella persona nella riga successiva. Una persona vera con cui puoi parlare. Non tutti. Non clienti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg Leggi il nome. Se non riesci a immaginarti la faccia, cancellalo e scrivi una persona che riesci a immaginare. Poi fermati. Non scrivere un prezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg La persona che hai nominato. Scrivi che cosa le serve e non ha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg Deve andare con la cosa che puoi fare. Non una nuova attività. Un bisogno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg Leggi il bisogno e la cosa insieme. Se non vanno insieme, cambia il bisogno o la cosa. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg Fai il primo. Usa ciò che hai già. Non aprire un negozio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg Finisci questo. Non un piano di dieci. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg Mettilo sul tavolo. Questo è il primo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg Porta la prima alla persona che hai nominato. O fissa un momento in cui può tenerla. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg Mettila nelle sue mani. Non spiegare tutto il piano. Lascia che la tenga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg Resta mentre guarda. Poi fermati. Non chiedere soldi. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg Dopo che l'ha tenuto, scrivi le parole che ha detto. Le sue parole, non le tue. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg Se non ha detto niente, scrivi quello che ha fatto. L'ha posato. Ha sorriso. Ha fatto una domanda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg Leggi quello che hai scritto. È la sua reazione, non la tua speranza. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg Leggi quello che hanno detto. Trova una cosa che hanno chiesto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg Cambia quella sola cosa su quello che hai fatto. Non cinque cose. Una. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg Il cambiamento è fatto. Poi fermati. Non ricominciare da capo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg Sulla tua carta, scrivi quello che ti è costato fare questa cosa. Tempo. Materiali che avevi già. Una cosa che hai consumato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg Questo è per te. Non è un prezzo per loro. Non scrivere un prezzo di vendita. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg Leggilo. Sai che cosa ti è costata questa cosa. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg Guarda quanto ti è costato. Decidi un prezzo che puoi dire ad alta voce a quella persona. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg Dillo a quella persona, o esercitati a dirlo alla stanza. Ad alta voce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg Non digitare il prezzo su questa pagina. Non digitarlo in una nota qui. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg Scrivi come la ricevono da te. Gliela dai in mano. Loro vengono a prenderla. La lasci alla loro porta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg Un modo. Non un negozio. Non un pagamento su questo sito. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg Leggilo. Una persona potrebbe seguire quel modo. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg Dillo alla persona per cui è. Una frase. La cosa, e che è per quella persona. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg Dillo, o scrivilo dove lo vedrà. Non un cartello per tutti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg Una frase. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg Leggi quello che hai. Una cosa. Una persona. Un bisogno. Una cosa fatta. Un modo in cui la ricevono. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg Dai un nome all'offerta. Il nome non è "Business". Indica questa offerta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg Puoi consegnarla a un compratore senza questa pagina aperta. Poi fermati. Non digitare un prezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg Suona un tasto bianco e lascialo fermare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg Se lo tieni, non l'hai lasciato fermare. Alza il dito e ascolta la fine. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg Tieni quattro tempi pari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg Se i tempi accelerano, non hai ancora una pulsazione. Rallenta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg Suona lo stesso tasto forte, poi piano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg Piano è ancora lo stesso tasto. Se le orecchie fanno male, è troppo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg Suona un tasto più alto, poi uno più basso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg Nomina quale è più alto. Suonali di nuovo senza cercarli a lungo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg Lascia una pausa che puoi contare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg Il silenzio è un tempo. Se suoni sopra, l'hai saltato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg Ripeti lo stesso motivo corto tre volte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg Se la terza volta cresce, non l'hai ripetuto. Suona di nuovo il primo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg Usa una mano e lascia riposare l'altra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg La mano che riposa non è sospesa. È ferma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg Suonalo lento, poi un po' più veloce, senza affrettare la pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg La pausa resta della stessa lunghezza. La velocità non mangia il silenzio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg Lascia che qualcun altro conti quattro mentre suoni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg Se superi il loro conteggio, non sei ancora con loro. Ricomincia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg Fermati sull'ultimo tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg Se ne aggiungi un'altra, non ti sei fermato. Alza entrambe le mani. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg Suonalo una volta dall'inizio, poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg Una presa. Non rattoppare il mezzo. Se si rompe, il tentativo successivo inizia dall'inizio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg Suona un motivo corto e dagli un nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg Il nome non è 'Pianoforte'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare quei tasti senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg Suona un soffio leggero e lascialo fermare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg Se il suono non finisce mai, stai ancora soffiando. Ferma l'aria e ascolta. Fermati se ti gira la testa o se le labbra fanno male. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg Tieni quattro tempi pari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg Se i tempi accelerano, non hai ancora una pulsazione. Rallenta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg Suona la stessa nota forte, poi piano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg Piano è ancora la stessa nota. Se le orecchie fanno male, è troppo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg Suona una nota più alta, poi una più bassa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg Nomina quale è più alta. Suonale di nuovo senza cercarle a lungo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg Lascia una pausa che puoi contare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg Il silenzio è un tempo. Se suoni sopra, l'hai saltato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg Ripeti lo stesso motivo corto tre volte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg Se la terza volta cresce, non l'hai ripetuto. Suona di nuovo il primo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg Usa una mano e lascia riposare l'altra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg La mano che riposa non è sospesa. È ferma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg Suonalo lento, poi un po' più veloce, senza affrettare la pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg La pausa resta della stessa lunghezza. La velocità non mangia il silenzio. Fermati se ti gira la testa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg Lascia che qualcun altro conti quattro mentre suoni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg Se superi il loro conteggio, non sei ancora con loro. Ricomincia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg Fermati sull'ultimo tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg Se ne aggiungi un'altra, non ti sei fermato. Togli il clarinetto dalla bocca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg Suonalo una volta dall'inizio, poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg Una presa. Non rattoppare il mezzo. Se si rompe, il tentativo successivo inizia dall'inizio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg Suona un motivo corto e dagli un nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg Il nome non è 'Clarinetto'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare quelle note senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg Ronza una volta con le labbra e lascialo fermare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg Se il ronzio non finisce mai, stai ancora soffiando. Ferma l'aria e ascolta. Fermati se le labbra fanno male o se ti gira la testa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg Tieni quattro tempi pari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg Se i tempi accelerano, non hai ancora una pulsazione. Rallenta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg La stessa nota, forte, poi piano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg Piano è ancora la stessa nota. Se le orecchie fanno male, è troppo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg Suona una nota più alta, poi una più bassa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg Nomina quale è più alta. Suonale di nuovo senza cercarle a lungo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg Lascia una pausa che puoi contare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg Il silenzio è un tempo. Se suoni sopra, l'hai saltato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg Ripeti lo stesso motivo corto tre volte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg Se la terza volta cresce, non l'hai ripetuto. Suona di nuovo il primo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg Usa una mano e lascia riposare l'altra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg La mano che riposa non è sospesa. È ferma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg Suonalo lento, poi un po' più veloce, senza affrettare la pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg La pausa resta della stessa lunghezza. La velocità non mangia il silenzio. Fermati se ti gira la testa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg Lascia che qualcun altro conti quattro mentre suoni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg Se superi il loro conteggio, non sei ancora con loro. Ricomincia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg Fermati sull'ultimo tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg Se ne aggiungi un'altra, non ti sei fermato. Togli la tromba dalla bocca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg Suonalo una volta dall'inizio, poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg Una presa. Non rattoppare il mezzo. Se si rompe, il tentativo successivo inizia dall'inizio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg Suona un motivo corto e dagli un nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg Il nome non è 'Tromba'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare quelle note senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg Pizzica una corda e lasciala fermare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg Alza il dito. Ascolta la fine. Se la tieni, non l'hai lasciata fermare. Niente arco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg Tieni quattro tempi pari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg Se i tempi accelerano, non hai ancora una pulsazione. Rallenta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg La stessa corda, forte, poi piano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg Piano è ancora la stessa corda. Se le orecchie fanno male, è troppo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg Suona una corda più alta, poi una più bassa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg Nomina quale è più alta. Suonale di nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg Lascia una pausa che puoi contare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg Il silenzio è un tempo. Se suoni sopra, l'hai saltato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg Ripeti lo stesso motivo corto tre volte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg Se la terza volta cresce, non l'hai ripetuto. Suona di nuovo il primo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg Usa una mano e lascia riposare l'altra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg La mano che riposa non è sospesa. È ferma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg Suonalo lento, poi un po' più veloce, senza affrettare la pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg La pausa resta della stessa lunghezza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg Lascia che qualcun altro conti quattro mentre suoni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg Se superi il loro conteggio, ricomincia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg Fermati sull'ultimo tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg Se ne aggiungi un'altra, non ti sei fermato. Alza entrambe le mani. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg Suonalo una volta dall'inizio, poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg Una presa. Non rattoppare il mezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg Suona un motivo corto e dagli un nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg Il nome non è 'Violoncello'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare quelle corde senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg Colpisci una volta e lascialo fermare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg Alza la mano. Ascolta fino alla fine. Fermati se la mano fa male. Non colpire vicino a un orecchio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg Tieni quattro tempi pari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg Se i tempi accelerano, non hai ancora una pulsazione. Rallenta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg Lo stesso punto, forte, poi piano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg Piano è ancora lo stesso punto. Se le orecchie fanno male, è troppo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg Colpisci più in alto, poi più in basso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg Nomina quale è più alto. Colpiscili di nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg Lascia una pausa che puoi contare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg Il silenzio è un tempo. Se colpisci sopra, l'hai saltato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg Ripeti lo stesso motivo corto tre volte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg Se la terza volta cresce, suona di nuovo il primo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg Usa una mano e lascia riposare l'altra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg La mano che riposa non è sospesa. È ferma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg Suonalo lento, poi un po' più veloce, senza affrettare la pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg La pausa resta della stessa lunghezza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg Lascia che qualcun altro conti quattro mentre suoni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg Se superi il loro conteggio, ricomincia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg Fermati sull'ultimo tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg Se ne aggiungi un'altra, non ti sei fermato. Alza entrambe le mani. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg Suonalo una volta dall'inizio, poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg Una presa. Non rattoppare il mezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg Suona un motivo corto e dagli un nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg Il nome non è 'Batteria'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare quel motivo senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg Pizzica una corda leggera e lasciala fermare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg Se la tieni, non l'hai lasciata fermare. Alza il dito e ascolta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg Tieni quattro tempi pari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg Se i tempi accelerano, non hai ancora una pulsazione. Rallenta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg La stessa corda, forte, poi piano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg Piano è ancora la stessa corda. Se le orecchie fanno male, è troppo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg Suona una corda più alta, poi una più bassa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg Nomina quale è più alta. Suonale di nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg Lascia una pausa che puoi contare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg Il silenzio è un tempo. Se suoni sopra, l'hai saltato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg Ripeti lo stesso motivo corto tre volte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg Se la terza volta cresce, suona di nuovo il primo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg Usa una mano e lascia riposare l'altra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg La mano che riposa è ferma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg Suonalo lento, poi un po' più veloce, senza affrettare la pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg La pausa resta della stessa lunghezza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg Lascia che qualcun altro conti quattro mentre suoni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg Se superi il loro conteggio, ricomincia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg Fermati sull'ultimo tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg Se ne aggiungi un'altra, non ti sei fermato. Alza entrambe le mani. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg Suonalo una volta dall'inizio, poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg Una presa. Non rattoppare il mezzo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg Suona un motivo corto e dagli un nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg Il nome non è 'Ukulele'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare quelle corde senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg Pizzica una corda a vuoto e lasciala fermare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg Se la tieni, non l'hai lasciata fermare. Alza il dito e ascolta. Fermati se un dito fa male. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg Tieni quattro tempi pari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg Se i tempi accelerano, non hai ancora una pulsazione. Rallenta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg La stessa corda, forte, poi piano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg Piano è ancora la stessa corda. Se le orecchie fanno male, è troppo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg Suona una corda più alta, poi una più bassa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg Nomina quale è più alta. Suonale di nuovo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg Lascia una pausa che puoi contare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg Il silenzio è un tempo. Se suoni sopra, l'hai saltato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg Ripeti lo stesso motivo corto tre volte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg Se la terza volta cresce, suona di nuovo il primo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg Nomina lo strumento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg È una chitarra. Il motivo ha un altro nome. Non una canzone che già conosci. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg Usa una mano e lascia riposare l'altra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg La mano che riposa è ferma. Un plettro può anche riposare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg Suonalo lento, poi un po' più veloce, senza affrettare la pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg La pausa resta della stessa lunghezza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg Lascia che qualcun altro conti quattro mentre suoni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg Se superi il loro conteggio, ricomincia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg Fermati sull'ultimo tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg Se ne aggiungi un'altra, non ti sei fermato. Alza entrambe le mani. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/it/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg Suona un motivo corto e dagli un nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg Il nome non è 'Chitarra'. Non una canzone che già conosci. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg Puoi ritrovare quelle corde senza che ti dicano. Poi fermati. https://mylearntomake.com/pt https://mylearntomake.com/pt/how https://mylearntomake.com/pt/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/pt/contact https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg Papel e um lápis chegam. Um tablet ou um conjunto que já tens contam. Não compres um kit para esta classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg Escolhe uma coisa que consegues ver e põe-na à tua frente. Desenha-a toda, grande, para encher quase a página. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg Isto não é uma linha de ensaio. Olha para a coisa e depois desenha. Para quando a coisa toda está na página. Este é o começo de um desenho. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg Usa a mesma coisa que desenhaste na classe 1. Põe uma folha nova. Coloca a coisa onde vês todo o lado de fora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg Começa num sítio da borda de fora. Move o lápis só por essa borda. Não desenhes o interior, o buraco da asa, nem uma linha pelo meio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg Olha para a coisa mais do que para a mão. Quando a linha encontrar o sítio onde começaste, para. Se o contorno estiver aberto, fecha-o. O interior não é esta classe. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg A mesma coisa da aula passada. Uma folha nova. Desenha o exterior outra vez, leve, para poderes pôr as partes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg Olha para a coisa. Acrescenta as partes que a fazem essa coisa. Uma asa, uma abertura, uma costura, uma tampa. Desenha a parte que vês. Não inventes uma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg Olha do outro lado da mesa. Se uma pessoa não pudesse dizer o que é, acrescenta a parte que falta. Depois para. Não faças sombra. Não acrescentes uma segunda coisa. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg Olha onde estás. Encontra um círculo, uma caixa e um triângulo. Um prato, um livro, um canto. Não desenhes a coisa inteira ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg Numa página, desenha as três formas, grandes. Desenha a forma, não o objeto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg Estas são as peças de que se fazem os desenhos seguintes. Se falta uma forma, desenha-a. Depois para. Não faças sombra. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg Uma só fonte de luz. Um candeeiro ou uma janela. Apaga as outras, ou senta-te de modo que só uma luz bata na coisa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg Desenha a coisa. Deixa o papel branco no lado iluminado. O papel branco é a luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg Acrescenta uma sombra, no lado oposto à luz. Não sombreies a página toda. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg Põe uma coisa redonda e uma caixa onde as possas ver. Uma chávena e um livro servem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg Desenha a coisa redonda. Desenha a caixa para se verem três lados. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg Faz cada lado da caixa de um cinza diferente. Um mais escuro, um mais claro, um que deixas quase branco. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg Põe duas coisas para que a de perto cubra parte da de longe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg Desenha primeiro a coisa de perto. Onde ela cobre a coisa de longe, interrompe essa linha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg Deixa de fora a parte escondida. Se a linha atravessou o que cobre, apaga esse pedaço. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg Uma pessoa vestida ou um animal que vês. Ficam quietos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg Antes de qualquer cara, pelagem ou padrão do tecido, marca a altura em relação à largura. Duas marcas leves. Compara-as. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg Desenha dentro dessas marcas. Não acrescentes cada pelo. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg A mesma pessoa ou o mesmo animal. Faz uma coisa. Esticar o braço, dar um passo, virar a cabeça. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg Dá-lhe um minuto. Desenha a ação enquanto acontece. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg Apanha a ação e para. Não acabes cada dedo nem cada cabelo. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg Um rosto que vês. Desenha um oval para a cabeça. Mais nada, ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg Desenha uma linha para os olhos, a meio do oval para baixo. Depois um nariz. Depois uma boca. Mantém essa ordem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg Para antes de o cabelo tomar conta. Só quatro passos: oval, olhos, nariz, boca. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg Senta-te no canto onde estás. Olha para o chão. As linhas do chão afastam-se de ti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg Desenha essas linhas do chão de modo que vão para um ponto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg A porta é uma caixa de pé nesse espaço. Desenha a porta como uma caixa. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg Faz uma imagem que queres que outra pessoa veja. Usa uma coisa, as partes dela e as formas dela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg Põe-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Imagem'. Aponta para este desenho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg Amanhã deves poder começar outro desenho sem que te digam o que fazer. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg Papel e um lápis bastam. Um tablet conta. Não compre um kit para isto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg Vai onde você pode ver um prédio inteiro. Uma casa, uma loja, um galpão. Isto não é a classe 11. Isto não é um desenho de um prédio, a menos que você não possa ir a um. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg Uma rua, um caminho ou uma estrada que você pode ver. A rua é a primeira forma, e fica menor conforme se afasta. Essa é a lição inteira desta folha. Não comece por uma placa ou um carro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg Folha um. Rua, um prédio ou uma árvore ao lado, e o céu como o papel que você deixa vazio. Para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg Uma árvore que você pode ver. Primeiro o tronco. É uma caixa que estreita subindo. As folhas são uma massa, não um monte de marcas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg Folha um. Tronco e uma forma de folhas. Para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg A classe 10 ensinou a ordem de um rosto. Esta lição é a cabeça como uma massa. Um escultor olha uma cabeça assim antes de cortar qualquer rosto. Você não está copiando uma estátua, e não está copiando uma pessoa famosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg Alguém que você pode ver, ou uma foto de alguém que você conhece se ninguém pode sentar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg Uma segunda pessoa. Não reuse a primeira cabeça. Faça as mesmas três folhas na mesma ordem. Se você pular a bola e começar pelos olhos, para e comece a folha um de novo. Guarda só a terceira folha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg Faz isso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg Uma terceira pessoa. A mesma lista. Bola, queixo, pescoço. Depois as linhas da metade. Depois uma luz e uma sombra. Para antes de o cabelo tomar tudo. Três cabeças terminadas é a prática. As próximas lições são um rosto inventado, desenhado de novo até continuar sendo aquele rosto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg Faz isso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg Inventa um rosto. Ele tem de poder ser desenhado de novo amanhã, então escolha poucas marcas. Primeiro a bola e o queixo. Depois as linhas da metade. Depois um traço que não muda: o nariz, o queixo ou o espaço entre os olhos. O cabelo é uma forma. Escreva três palavras no verso da folha que nomeiem essas marcas. Você vai precisar delas. Guarda a folha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg Faz isso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg Folha nova, primeiro de memória. Depois confere a folha que você guardou. A mesma bola, o mesmo queixo, a mesma marca. Um erro pequeno no olho está bem. Um queixo diferente quer dizer que é uma pessoa nova, e esta lição não está feita. Desenha o queixo de novo. Guarda a folha que combina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg Faz isso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg O mesmo rosto inventado, virado um pouco. A construção não muda porque a cabeça virou. Bola, queixo, a marca, depois os traços nas linhas da metade. Guarda esta terceira folha com as outras duas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg Depois use a lista antiga em algo que esta página não nomeou. Uma mão, uma cadeira ou um animal que você pode ver. Folha um, formas grandes e alto contra largo. Folha dois, as partes que fazem dela aquela coisa. Folha três, papel branco para a luz, um lado mais escuro, uma sombra. Dá um nome. Essa é sua. A lição não diz qual assunto. Se você consegue fazer essas três folhas sem esta página aberta, este passo está feito. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg Água limpa. Molha o papel com um pincel largo. Só uma cor. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg Põe uma demão pela página. Move o pincel uma vez. Não esfregues. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg Deixa secar. Isto é uma demão. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg Coloque uma xícara onde você vê o lado de fora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg Pinte só a borda de fora dela. Não encha o interior. Não pinte a mesa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg Quando a borda estiver fechada, pare. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg Duas cores. Ponha-as para que se toquem no papel molhado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg Deixe a água fazer a mistura. Não esfregue as duas juntas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg Quando elas se encontrarem, pare. Não acrescente uma terceira cor. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg Encontra três formas no quarto. Um círculo, uma caixa, um triângulo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg Pinta três formas planas. Uma cor cada. Ainda sem detalhe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg Três formas. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg Uma luz. Olha onde está claro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg Deixa esse ponto como papel nu. O papel branco é a luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg Pinta uma sombra, longe da luz. Não cubras o branco. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg Põe uma coisa redonda e uma caixa onde as possas ver. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg Pinta-as em dois cinzas diferentes. A redonda é um cinza. A caixa é outro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg Não acrescentes um terceiro cinza. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg Põe duas coisas para que uma fique na frente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg Pinta a da frente. Não pintes a parte escondida da de trás. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg Onde a da frente cobre a de trás, interrompe essa cor. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg Olhe uma coisa. Nomeie a cor que você vê, não a cor que você espera. Um limão pode ser cinza na sombra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg Misture essa cor num papel sobrando. Compare com a coisa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg Se não combinar, misture de novo. Quando combinar, pare. Não pinte o quadro inteiro. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg Uma pessoa ou um bicho de estimação. Ficam quietos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg Pinta só formas grandes. A cabeça, o corpo, as pernas. Não cada pelo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg Três ou quatro formas. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg Um rosto que vês. Pinta só três valores. Claro, meio, escuro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg O claro fica o papel mais claro. O meio é uma demão. O escuro é a sombra sob a sobrancelha, o nariz ou o queixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg Para antes de o cabelo tomar conta. Três valores. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg Senta-te num canto. Uma luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg Pinta duas paredes. Deixa a parede iluminada mais clara. A outra parede é mais escura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg Uma luz. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg Olha uma maçã verdadeira. Vê primeiro a luz grande. Deixa essa luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg Depois pinta as formas pequenas. Uma sombra. Não cada pintinha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. Isto é prática, não uma cópia para vender. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg Papel e tinta lavável bastam. Um tablet conta. Não compre um kit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg Uma tigela que você pode ver. Isto não é a classe 2. A classe 2 era a borda de uma xícara. Isto é a cor dentro de uma tigela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg Uma janela que você pode ver. Isto não é a classe 11. A classe 11 eram duas paredes. Isto é a luz no vidro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg Deixa o vidro como papel branco. Não pinte o céu como um segundo quadro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg Uma planta que você pode ver. O vaso primeiro. É uma caixa. Mistura a cor que você vê. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg As folhas são uma massa de cor, não um monte de marcas. Uma demão para essa massa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg Isto não é a classe 12. A classe 12 era uma maçã e depois a sombra dela, e você deu um nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg Esta folha é só a cor chapada. Uma maçã. Uma demão. A cor que você vê. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg Folha nova. A mesma maçã. Mistura de novo a partir do que você vê agora, não da folha anterior e não do vermelho que você esperava. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg Um pequeno erro na forma está bem. Uma fruta diferente quer dizer que esta lição não está feita. Pinta a mesma maçã de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg Folha nova. A mesma maçã. Deixa o papel branco onde a luz bate. Uma sombra. O branco não é um buraco que você enche depois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg Três folhas, uma maçã. Demão chapada. A cor que você vê. Depois a luz e uma sombra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg Inventa um quadro. Não é uma cópia para vender, e não é uma pintura famosa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg Uma demão. Uma coisa na frente. Deixa a parte escondida sem tinta. Papel branco para a luz. Uma sombra. Dá um nome. Guarda esta folha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg Pega um pedaço do tamanho de uma laranja. Se se desfizer, molha os dedos e trabalha até ele segurar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg Aperta-o entre as palmas e depois roda-o em círculo. A mesma pressão à volta toda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg Para quando estiver redondo e sem rachas. Uma racha quer dizer que está seco. Molha os dedos e roda esse sítio outra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg Põe a bola na mesa. Aperta o centro com a palma, não a borda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg Vira-a um pouco e aperta outra vez. O meio e a borda devem ter a mesma grossura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg Levanta-a. Se passar luz num sítio, está fina demais. Volta a fazer a bola e aperta outra vez. Tão grossa como um dedo. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg Segura a bola numa mão. Empurra o polegar para o centro até o sentires do outro lado, sem sair. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg Belisca a parede entre o polegar e um dedo. Vira um pouco depois de cada beliscão. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg A borda deve ter a mesma altura à volta toda. Se um lado estiver baixo, belisca um pouco mais o lado alto. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg Roda na mesa com os dedos abertos, não só as palmas. Do meio para fora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg O rolo deve ter a mesma grossura de uma ponta à outra, como um lápis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg Põe o rolo em anel numa base plana. Aperta onde se tocam. Corta as pontas em ângulo e junta-as. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg Põe a argila entre dois paus da mesma grossura. Estende sobre os paus para a placa não ficar mais fina do que eles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg Levanta a placa. Se colar, ergue um canto com uma faca, não com a unha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg Corta a forma com um corte direito. Deixa os restos numa bola para não secarem. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg Sente a parede entre os dedos. Um sítio grosso sente-se pesado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg Belisca só o sítio grosso. Não belisques o fino, senão rasga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg A parede deve sentir-se igual à volta toda, como duas moedas juntas. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg Raspa as duas faces com um garfo até ficarem ásperas. Argila lisa não cola a argila lisa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg Pinta as duas faces raspadas com barbotina: um pouco de argila com água, como natas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg Aperta e segura uns segundos. Alisa a junta com um dedo molhado até não se ver a costura. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg Roda um rolo curto, mais fino que um lápis. Dobra-o num anel do tamanho do fundo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg Raspa e põe barbotina no fundo do pote e no anel. Cola o anel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg Pousa o pote. Deve ficar plano e não balançar. Se balançar, aperta o lado alto do anel. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg Roda um rolo tão grosso como o dedo e tão comprido como a mão. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg Raspa e põe barbotina em dois sítios do lado, um por cima do outro. Cola cada ponta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg A asa deve afastar-se do pote para passar um dedo. Se cair, está demasiado molhada. Espera um pouco e tenta outra vez. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg Põe o pote numa prateleira, fora do sol e longe de um aquecedor. O sol e o calor racham-no. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg Põe um pano seco, solto, por cima, para a borda não secar mais depressa que o fundo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg Deixa-o até ficar pálido e duro. É argila que seca ao ar. Não a metas no forno. Não bebas dele. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg Compara dois pedaços antes de começar. Se uma bola for maior, os potes não combinam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg Faz o segundo como o primeiro. Põe-os lado a lado depois de cada passo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg As bordas devem ter a mesma altura. As bocas devem parecer do mesmo tamanho. Se uma for mais larga, belisca-a um pouco mais alta e mais estreita. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg Escolhe um uso: guardar lápis, ou guardar uma coisa seca. Não uses esta argila para comida nem bebida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg Uma chávena de lápis precisa de fundo plano e paredes mais altas que a ponta do lápis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg Quando estiver seca e pálida, mete os lápis. Dá-lhe um nome. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg Argila que seca ao ar chega. Não compres um forno, e não cozas isto. Um pedaço do tamanho de uma laranja é uma chávena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg Abre a bola com o polegar e gira-a enquanto as paredes sobem. Ou faz rolos da mesma espessura, empilha-os e pressiona cada um sobre o de baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg O bordo tem a mesma altura à volta. Se acrescentares um pé, risca as duas faces, molha-as e pressiona. Não o coletes só. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg Põe a chávena na mesa. Fica assente e não balança. Se balançar, pressiona o pé até parar. Seca-a devagar, ao ar, fora do sol. Dá-lhe um nome. Esta é a que ficas. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg Um prato. Este não é a classe 2, e não é a classe 5. A classe 2 era uma panqueca. A classe 5 era uma placa que você pode cortar. Este é um prato em que você poderia pôr uma xícara. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg Uma placa. Espessura igual. Uma borda baixa só se você puder manter essa espessura. Se você acrescenta a borda, risque, passe barbotina e aperte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg Depois para. Não asse. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg Uma tigela. As paredes ficam iguais. A borda tem a mesma altura em toda a volta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg Um pé, para ficar plana e não balançar. Risque, passe barbotina e aperte se você junta esse pé. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg Depois para. Não asse. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg Esta não é a classe 3. A classe 3 era um pote beliscado, e a borda era a lição. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg Esta é uma xícara que você belisca. Uma bola. As paredes ficam mais finas enquanto você belisca, e ficam iguais. A borda tem a mesma altura em toda a volta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg Depois para. Não asse. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg Uma peça nova. Cordões da mesma espessura, empilhados e apertados. O mesmo tamanho da xícara beliscada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg Um tamanho diferente quer dizer que esta lição não está feita. Faça a xícara de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg Depois para. Não asse. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg Uma peça nova, cortada de uma placa de espessura igual. O mesmo tamanho das outras duas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg Risque, passe barbotina e aperte cada junta. A borda tem a mesma altura em toda a volta. Ela fica plana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg Depois para. Não asse. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg Inventa uma peça. Não é uma cópia, e não é o pote com nome da classe 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg Paredes iguais. Se você junta uma parte, risque, passe barbotina e aperte. Um pé se precisar de um, para ficar e não balançar. Seque devagar. Só secar ao ar. Dá um nome. Guarda esta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg Depois para. Não asse. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg Fio que já tens. Duas agulhas, ou um dedo se é isso que tens. Não compres um kit para esta classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg Monta os pontos que contaste. Faz um laço, põe-no na agulha, e faz o seguinte da mesma maneira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg Para quando os pontos contados estiverem na agulha. Não tricotes ainda uma carreira. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg Tricote as primeiras carreiras. Passe a agulha por um laço, enrole o fio e puxe um laço novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg Um ponto de cada vez. Não deixe cair um. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg Quando a carreira estiver pronta, vire o trabalho. Depois pare. Não comece uma cor nova. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg Conta cada ponto na agulha. Toca cada um. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg Conta cada carreira. Uma marca no papel chega. Uma marca por carreira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg Se a conta estiver errada, para e olha. Não puxes o trabalho até desmanchar. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg Arremate. Tricote dois pontos. Passe o primeiro por cima do segundo e para fora da agulha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg Tricote mais um. Passe o primeiro por cima de novo. Continue até o fim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg A borda não deve alargar. Se ela puxar e abrir, refaça só esta borda. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg Tricota até a peça ficar tão alta como é larga. Conta para saberes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg Põe-na na mesa. Um quadrado que fica plano. Se se enrolar, olha as últimas carreiras, não a peça toda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg Quando ficar plano, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg Uma carreira de meia. A carreira seguinte é tricô. O fio está à frente no tricô. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg Sabes em que carreira estás. Meia, depois tricô, depois meia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg Não os mistures numa carreira. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg Uma listra. Tricote até a borda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg Troque a cor na borda. Amarre o fio novo ali. Não troque no meio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg Tricote uma listra da cor nova. Depois para. Uma listra, não muitas. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg Algo correu mal. Olha só a última carreira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg Tira a agulha da última carreira, um ponto de cada vez, de volta à carreira que estava certa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg Não puxes o trabalho até desmanchar. Tricota essa carreira outra vez. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg Conte os pontos no começo da carreira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg Conte-os no fim da carreira. Os números coincidem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg Se não coincidirem, a última carreira perdeu ou ganhou um. Corrija só essa carreira. Depois pare. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg Tricote um retângulo. Mais longo do que largo. Um pano, uma alça, um marca-páginas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg Conte as duas pontas para que coincidam. Arremate para a borda não alargar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg Você pode usá-lo. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg Duas bordas que se devem encontrar. Segura-as juntas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg Junta-as. Uma agulha de lã pelas duas bordas, um ponto de cada vez. Ou tricota-as juntas se ainda estiverem nas agulhas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg A junção está feita quando as duas bordas são uma. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg Uma coisa pronta. O quadrado, o retângulo ou a peça unida. Não um projeto novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Tricô'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg Podes começar outra peça amanhã sem que te digam o que fazer. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg Monte os pontos que você contou. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg Tricote as primeiras carreiras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg Depois para. Não desfaça o trabalho. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg Um quadrado que fica plano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg Meia e tricô. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg Depois para. Não desfaça o trabalho. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg Uma listra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg Troque a cor na borda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg Depois para. Não desfaça o trabalho. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg Fio grosso que já tens. Uma agulha grande. Não compres um kit para esta classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg Segura o fio numa mão. Segura a agulha na outra. Faz uma laçada. A laçada fica na agulha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg Esse é o começo. Depois para. Não faças uma corrente ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg Passe o fio por cima da agulha. Puxe uma laçada nova pela laçada que já está lá. Isso é uma correntinha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg Faça a próxima correntinha do mesmo modo. Deixe-as frouxas o bastante para ver. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg Pare quando você tiver uma corrente que possa contar. Ainda não volte para dentro dela. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg Conta as correntinhas antes da carreira. Toca cada uma. Não contes a laçada que ainda está na agulha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg Escreve o número. Uma marca no papel chega. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg Se perderes a conta, conta outra vez. Não puxes a corrente até a separar. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg Passe a agulha pela correntinha seguinte. Enrole o fio. Puxe uma laçada. Enrole o fio outra vez. Puxe pelas duas laçadas na agulha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg Um ponto em cada correntinha. Não pule. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg Quando a carreira estiver pronta, pare. Não vire ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg Termina a carreira. Um ponto em cada correntinha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg Põe a carreira na mesa. Deve ficar plana. Se se enrolar numa corda apertada, os pontos estavam demasiado apertados. Olha só esta carreira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg Quando ficar plana, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg Vire o trabalho. A agulha fica na última laçada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg Faça uma correntinha. Essa correntinha é a corrente de volta. Não é um ponto que você conta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg Volte. Um ponto em cada ponto da carreira que você acabou de fazer. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg Duas carreiras. Vire no fim de cada uma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg Mantenha as bordas por igual. O mesmo ponto no começo e no fim da carreira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg Se uma borda puxa para dentro, você pulou um ponto. Corrija só a última carreira. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg Continue até a peça ficar tão alta quanto larga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg Conte os pontos. O mesmo número em cada carreira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg Deite ela. Um quadrado. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg Uma listra. Trabalhe até o final da carreira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg Amarre a próxima cor na borda. Não troque no meio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg Trabalhe uma carreira da cor nova. Depois para. Uma listra, não muitas. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg Corta o fio. Deixa uma ponta que possas segurar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg Puxa a ponta pela última laçada. Puxa até ficar justa. A laçada fecha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg O trabalho está fora da agulha. Depois para. Não comeces uma peça nova. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg Faz um segundo quadrado da mesma maneira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg Conta os dois. O mesmo número de pontos. O mesmo número de carreiras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg Dois quadrados do mesmo tamanho. Depois para. Não os juntes ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg Uma coisa que podes usar. O quadrado, ou os dois quadrados postos juntos como um pano. Não um projeto novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Crochê'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg Podes começar outra peça amanhã sem que te digam o que fazer. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg Uma agulha sem ponta. Linha grossa que já tens. Não compres um kit para esta classe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg Segura a agulha numa mão. Enfia a agulha. Faz um nó na ponta da linha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg O nó fica na ponta. Depois para. Não costures ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg Um pedaço de tecido. Empurre a agulha pelo tecido, de trás. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg Puxe a linha até o fim, até que o nó a pare. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg A agulha está na frente. Depois pare. Ainda não faça um segundo furo. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg Um ponto. Volta a descer um pouco ao lado de onde saíste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg Puxa a linha até passar. Dentro, depois fora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg O ponto fica plano. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg Uma linha reta. Faz o ponto seguinte do mesmo tamanho que o primeiro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg Mantém os pontos numa linha. Não te desvies. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg Os pontos são do mesmo tamanho. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg Um ponto corrido. Dentro e fora ao longo da linha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg Espaços iguais. O ponto e o vão são quase iguais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg Não puxes tão forte que o tecido franza. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg Chegue ao canto do tecido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg Vire. O ponto seguinte sai do canto e segue pelo lado seguinte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg A linha fica por igual. Não amontoe o canto. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg Dois pedaços de tecido. Ponha uma borda sobre a outra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg Costure os dois ao longo dessa uma borda. A agulha passa pelos dois pedaços. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg Só uma borda. Depois para. Não costure os outros lados ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg Um quadrado. Comece num canto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg O mesmo ponto em toda a volta. Vire cada canto do mesmo jeito. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg Quando você voltar onde começou, pare. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg Um remendo. Um pedaço pequeno de tecido sobre um pedaço maior. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg Costure ele em cima. A agulha passa pelo remendo e pelo tecido por baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg As bordas ficam para baixo. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg Amarra a ponta. Faz um nó pequeno contra o tecido, para o último ponto não se soltar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg Corta a linha bem curta. Deixa só uma ponta pequena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg A agulha fica livre. Depois para. Não comeces uma costura nova. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg Faz um segundo quadrado da mesma maneira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg Conta os pontos. Dois quadrados do mesmo tamanho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg Depois para. Não os costures juntos ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg Uma coisa que podes usar. O quadrado, o remendo, ou os dois quadrados postos juntos como um pano. Não um projeto novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Costura'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg Podes começar outra peça amanhã sem que te digam o que fazer. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg Lave as mãos. Sabão, depois água, depois seque as mãos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg Livre a bancada. Fica de fora só o que este prato precisa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg Depois para. Não ligue o fogo ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg Tudo está fora antes do fogo. Comida, frigideira, prato, colher, sal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg Leia o que você vai fazer. Você não deve precisar procurar uma ferramenta quando a frigideira estiver quente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg Depois pare. A boca do fogão ainda está desligada. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg A frigideira está quente. Junta um pouco de gordura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg A gordura afina e brilha. Ela sussurra. Ela não solta fumaça. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg Se ela solta fumaça, o fogo está alto demais. Tira a frigideira do fogo. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg A comida entra numa camada só. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg Os pedaços não se amontoam. Uma frigideira cheia faz vapor. Não doura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg Depois para. Não a vires ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg Deixe. A crosta precisa de tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg Não cutuque. Não saia de perto de uma frigideira quente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg Depois pare. Não vire ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg Vire uma vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg O lado que estava embaixo está dourado. Se ainda está pálido, precisava de mais tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg Depois pare. Não continue a virar. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg Prove. Depois o sal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg Salga a comida, não o ar. Um pouco basta até provar de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg Depois para. Não continues a sacudir o sal. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg Fogo desligado. A frigideira termina o meio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg O meio fica firme com o calor que já está na frigideira. Não voltas a subir a boca do fogão. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg Deixe descansar. Não corte ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg Alguns minutos quietos. O meio termina enquanto fica. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg Os sucos ficam no prato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg Passe-os com a colher sobre a comida. Não os despeje na pia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg A frigideira esfria, depois você lava ela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg Uma frigideira quente em água fria pode empenar. Espere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg Um prato. Não uma comida nova. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Cozinha'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg Podes cozinhar outro prato amanhã sem que te digam o que fazer. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg Pimenta-do-reino no fim se a panela vai ferver. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg Com sal, não no lugar dele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg Cominho, refogado, depois coentro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg Feijão, arroz ou cordeiro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg Coentro, esmagado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg Não torra ele até a cor de café. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg A páprica refoga rápido e queima mais rápido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg O alho depois, ou o alho queima. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg Páprica defumada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg A fumaça é a especiaria. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg Pimenta-caiena por último. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg Menos que a outra especiaria. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg Se queimar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg Flocos de pimenta na gordura, depois fora do fogo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg O alho pode ir junto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg Se queimar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg Pimenta em pó já é cominho, alho e chile. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg Prova antes de pôr mais cominho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg Canela na gordura com uma pitada de sal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg Fruta, abóbora ou um pouco na carne. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg Gengibre, fresco ou seco, com alho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg O seco é mais picante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg O açafrão-da-terra mancha e fica amargo se fritar demais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg A pimenta-do-reino ajuda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg O alho em pó queima numa frigideira seca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg Põe ele na gordura e depois a comida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg A cebola em pó não é cebola frita. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg Usa ela na base, depois salga o prato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg Orégano cedo num molho de tomate. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg O seco é mais forte que uma pitada fresca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg Manjericão no fim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg O calor leva ele embora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg Tomilho cedo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg Precisa de tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg Alecrim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg Pica ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg Folha de louro no líquido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg Uma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg Tira. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg Noz-moscada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg Uma raspada sobre creme, espinafre ou batata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg Cravo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg Um ou dois espetados numa cebola, ou uma pitada moída. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg Pimenta-da-jamaica. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg Para aí. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg Cardamomo, vagens rachadas, ou uma pitada moída. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg Arroz, café ou fruta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg Semente de mostarda na gordura quente até a primeira estourar, depois a comida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg O açafrão-da-terra pode vir depois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg Erva-doce, esmagada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg Tomate ou porco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg Endro no fim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg Limão-siciliano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg Alcaravia, esmagada, com alho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg Repolho, porco ou centeio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg Semente de aipo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg Uma pitada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg Gergelim torrado até cheirar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg Sal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg Semente de papoula não refoga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg Manteiga e limão-siciliano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg Açafrão. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg Fios, não pó de um vidro barato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg Um anis-estrelado num cozido ou caldo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg Gengibre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg Tira. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg Sumagre fora do fogo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg Ele é o azedo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg Feno-grego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg Uma pitada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg Nigela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg Não queima ela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg Hortelã no fim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg Limão-siciliano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg Sálvia frita uns segundos na manteiga, depois na abóbora ou no porco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg Pimenta-do-reino. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg Estragão no fim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg Limão-siciliano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg Manjerona. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg Usa onde o orégano gritaria. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg Salsa no fim com limão-siciliano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg É fresca, não uma especiaria que se refoga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg Coentro fresco no fim com limão. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg Se tem gosto de sabão, é a erva, não quem cozinha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg Capim-limão, machucado, na sopa, depois fora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg Gengibre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg Tira. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg Anis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg Uma pitada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg Macis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg Uma pitada num molho de creme ou batata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg Zimbro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg Esmaga três. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg Se queimar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg Pimenta-de-sichuan torrada até cheirar, depois esmagada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg Gengibre. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg Se queimar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg Pimenta-de-alepo fora do fogo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg Suave. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg Chipotle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg Fumaça mais picância. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg Se queimar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg Curry é uma mistura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg Refoga, depois a comida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg Garam masala é uma mistura para o fim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg A panela já pode ter cominho e coentro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg Cinco especiarias são uma mistura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg Uma pitada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg Se fumegar, para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg Meça duas vezes. Marque uma vez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg Se as duas medidas não coincidem, meça outra vez. Não marque um palpite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg Depois para. Não corte ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg Esquadre a linha atravessando a tábua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg O esquadro fica bem apertado contra a borda. A linha atravessa a face e desce pela borda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg Depois pare. Não corte ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg Prenda a peça. Sua mão não é o grampo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg Se a tábua puder se mexer, o corte desvia. Aperte o grampo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg Depois para. Não ligue a serra até a madeira ficar parada. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg Corta do lado da sobra da linha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg A linha de lápis fica na peça que estás a guardar. Os dentes da serra levam a sobra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg Depois para. Não cortes a linha. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg Deixe a serra fazer o trabalho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg Um empurrão leve. Se precisar se apoiar nela, a serra está cega ou o ângulo está errado. Pare e recoloque. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg Depois pare. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg Apoie a sobra para que a última fibra não rasgue. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg Uma mão ou um segundo apoio segura a sobra. Não deixe cair. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg Confira o corte no esquadro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg O esquadro assenta na face e na ponta do corte. Luz sob o esquadro quer dizer que o corte não está em esquadro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg Depois para. Não lixe o erro até o ter visto. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg Lixe até a linha. Não passe dela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg Lixe com o veio. Se você lixar além da linha, a peça fica curta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg Tire o pó. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg Duas faces se encontram. Nenhuma luz passa pela junta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg Segura-as juntas e olha ao longo da emenda. A luz significa uma fresta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg Depois para. Não coles uma fresta. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg Cole, depois prenda. Um cordão fino espreme para fora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg Cola demais não faz uma junta mais forte. Limpa o cordão. Não deixes a junta sem cola. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg A cola cura. Depois lixa a junta até ficar rente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg Não lixes cola molhada. Espera até a junta estar dura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg Uma peça. Não um projeto novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Madeira'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg Podes começar outra peça amanhã sem que te digam o que fazer. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg Escolha a planta para a luz que você tem de verdade. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg Uma planta de sol numa sala escura não cresce só porque você deseja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg Depois para. Não plante ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg A terra drena. Um vaso precisa de um buraco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg Se a água ficar no vaso, as raízes apodrecem. Confira o buraco antes de você enchê-lo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg Planta na profundidade do pacote. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg Se não há pacote, uma semente pequena leva uma cobertura rasa. Uma semente grande vai mais fundo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg Firme a terra. Sem bolsa de ar debaixo da semente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg Aperte de leve. Uma terra muito dura deixa a água e o ar de fora. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg Regue uma vez, bem fundo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg Regue até a água sair pelo buraco. Depois espere. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg Depois pare. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg Deixe a parte de cima secar antes de você regar de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg Enfie um dedo. Se a parte de cima ainda estiver úmida, deixe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg Uma muda quer luz mais do que água. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg Uma muda pálida e esticada pede luz. Mude ela. Não a afogue. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg Raleie até o espaço do pacote. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg A muda mais forte fica. As que sobram saem. Plantas apertadas ficam pequenas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg Adube só depois das folhas verdadeiras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg Demais queima elas. Um pouco, depois para. As duas primeiras folhas não são as folhas verdadeiras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg Tire as pragas com a mão antes de você borrifar qualquer coisa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg Um bicho não é razão para uma garrafa. Tire-o. Olhe outra vez amanhã. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg Colha quando estiver pronto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg Esperar demais deixa duro. Uma planta deixada tempo demais se gasta em semente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg Uma colheita. Não um jardim novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Jardim'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg Podes plantar outro vaso amanhã sem que te digam o que fazer. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg Uma janela. Isto é um corte, não uma semente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg Use uma cebolinha fresca com raízes, não uma seca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg Uma janela, depois sol. O broto é o resultado certo. As vagens precisam de muita luz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg Use um feijão seco inteiro: vermelho, preto, pinto, ou uma vagem seca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg Uma janela. O provável são folhas. Não uma cabeça gorda de alho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg Um dente firme. Deixe a pele. Ponta para cima, lado da raiz para baixo, a uns dois centímetros. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg Uma janela. Umas folhas pequenas, não uma segunda cabeça de mercado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg Use uma base fresca, não uma marrom e viscosa. Deixe uns três centímetros do coração. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg Uma janela. O mesmo jeito da alface romana, e mais devagar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg Uma base fresca, de uns três centímetros, num prato raso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg Uma janela quente. Você ganha uma planta que pode cortar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg O manjericão quer um quarto quente. Espalhe as sementes pequenas sobre terra úmida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg Uma janela quente. O fruto quer sol de verdade e um vaso maior. As folhas nunca são comida. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg Use um tomate bem maduro. Ponha as sementes e a gosma numa xícara com um pouco de água. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg Uma janela quente. Os pimentões querem mais calor que os tomates, e mais tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg Tire sementes de um pimentão maduro. Você pode pular a fermentação. Seque. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg Um vaso fundo. Uma planta é provável. Um saco de batatas não, salvo se o vaso for fundo e você esperar meses. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg Muitas batatas de supermercado são tratadas para não brotar. Se em três semanas não acontecer nada, é por isso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg Uma árvore de casa. A fruta é um talvez, depois de anos, e pode ser azeda ou diferente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg Plante uma semente fresca de limão ou de laranja. Uma semente seca na bancada muitas vezes falha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg Uma árvore de casa. Fruta dentro de casa é rara, demora anos, e não será igual à que você comprou. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg Lave o caroço. O lado mais largo e chato é o fundo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg Uma mudinha, não uma tigela de cerejas. Uma cerejeira dá fruta ao ar livre num lugar frio, depois de anos, e muitas vezes precisa de uma segunda árvore. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg Esfregue o caroço até não restar polpa. A polpa que fica mofa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg Uma janela. O verde, não uma segunda cenoura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg Corte as folhas de uma cenoura fresca. Guarde cerca de um centímetro do topo alaranjado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg Uma janela. Folhas, não uma segunda beterraba. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg Corte o verde. Guarde cerca de um centímetro da beterraba. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg Uma janela. Isto é um corte, não uma semente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg Use um alho-poró fresco com a base ainda presa, não um seco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg Uma janela. Umas folhas pequenas, não uma segunda cabeça de mercado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg Use uma base fresca, não uma marrom e viscosa. Deixe uns três centímetros do coração. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg Uma janela. Folhas soltas, não uma segunda cabeça fechada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg Uma base fresca, de uns três centímetros, num prato raso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg Uma janela. Folhas como penas, não um segundo bulbo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg Use a base de um bulbo de funcho. Os talos cortados sozinhos fazem pouco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg Uma janela quente. Uma touceira é a colheita. Não um punhado de talos este mês. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg Use um talo que ainda tenha uma base pálida e firme. Um pau seco não cria raiz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg Uma planta de casa. Fruta dentro de casa é rara, e demora anos se vier. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg Torça a coroa de um abacaxi fresco. Corte qualquer polpa da base. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg Um vaso com sol. A raiz é a colheita, se ficar fresco e cada planta tiver espaço. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg Um vaso tão fundo quanto a sua mão, com furo. Terra úmida, não uma poça. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg Um vaso na luz clara. Folhas, não uma cabeça fechada de mercado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg A semente é pequena. Espalhe sobre terra úmida. Aperte, ou cubra com um pó de terra. Enterrada fundo, falha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg Um vaso fresco. Folhas, não uma colheita de verão num peitoril muito quente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg Plante a cerca de um centímetro, num vaso com furo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg Um vaso na luz clara. As folhas são a colheita. O calor acaba com elas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg A semente é redonda. Plante a cerca de um centímetro, no vaso que você vai manter. Ela não gosta de mudar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg Um vaso com furo. Uma touceira que você pode cortar por anos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg A semente é lenta. Mantenha a terra úmida. Um broto costuma demorar de dez a vinte dias. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg Um vaso na luz clara. Um talo, não uma semente. A semente muitas vezes dá uma planta fraca que não é a hortelã que você cheirou. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg Corte um talo fresco. Arranque as folhas de baixo. Um pau seco não cria raiz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg Um vaso com sol. As vagens são a colheita. Um broto num frasco é outra lição. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg Use um feijão-vagem seco inteiro, de moita. Não um de vara, a menos que você dê um pau alto. Não uma ervilha partida. Não um feijão de lata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg Um vaso fresco. Vagens, se o tempo ficar fresco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg Use sementes de ervilha inteiras, não ervilhas partidas. Ervilhas partidas estão mortas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg Lá fora, ou um vaso de pelo menos vinte centímetros de fundo. A raiz é a colheita. Isto não é o topo da cenoura num prato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg Terra solta, sem pedras nem torrões duros. Eles fazem a raiz furcada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg Lá fora, ou um vaso de pelo menos vinte centímetros de fundo. Uma raiz, e folhas. Isto não é o topo da beterraba num prato. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg Cada bola de semente pode fazer vários brotos. Plante a cerca de dois centímetros. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg Lá fora, ou um vaso grande com furo. Folhas, por muito tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg Plante a cerca de um centímetro. Um broto costuma demorar de cinco a dez dias. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg Lá fora. Um bulbilho é mais fácil que semente. A semente precisa de meses antes de ser um bulbo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg Plante o bulbilho com a ponta para cima, a ponta da raiz para baixo, cerca de dez centímetros entre eles. A ponta só aparece. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg Um vaso grande ou o chão, com algo para subir. Não um peitoril. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg Plante a cerca de dois centímetros depois que a terra estiver quente. Terra fria e molhada apodrece a semente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg O chão, ou um vaso muito grande. Uma planta fica enorme. Duas é muito. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg Plante a cerca de dois centímetros depois que a terra estiver quente. Terra fria e molhada apodrece a semente. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg Lá fora, em terra quente. Não um vaso, e não uma planta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg Plante um bloco, pelo menos quatro plantas para cada lado. O pólen cai do pendão no alto sobre a barba das espigas. Uma fileira, ou uma planta, muitas vezes faz espigas vazias. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg Uma planta ou um estolho. A semente é lenta, e a maioria das plantas nascidas de semente não dá fruto no primeiro ano. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg Chão com sol, ou um vaso com furo. Não uma janela escura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg Lá fora, em sol pleno. Uma flor, e sementes se o verão for longo o bastante. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg Plante a cerca de dois centímetros depois que a terra estiver quente. Um broto costuma demorar de sete a catorze dias. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg Sol, e terra quente. Acabam num só verão. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg Cubra a semente só um pouco. Terra fria e molhada apodrece a semente, ou a semente só fica. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg Sol. Acabam num só verão, e floram até a geada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg Terra pobre faz mais flores. Terra rica faz muitas folhas e poucas flores. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg O cravo-de-defunto do jardim. Não a calêndula. Essa é a lição seguinte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg Sol. Cubra a semente só um pouco depois que a terra estiver quente. Um broto costuma demorar de cinco a dez dias. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg Calêndula. Não o cravo-de-defunto da lição antes desta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg Uma flor de estação fresca. O calor pode pará-la. Um verão fresco é um lugar razoável. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg Uma semente grande, a cerca de dois centímetros, em terra quente. Um vaso ou o chão. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg Elas se espalham. Terra pobre faz mais flores. Terra rica faz folhas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg Não a ervilha que você come. Essa é outra planta, e outra lição. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg Gostam de tempo fresco. O calor para as flores. Um verão fresco pode servir para elas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg Uma raiz, não uma semente. Os olhos são os botões cor-de-rosa na raiz. Apontam para cima. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg Ponha de modo que não mais que cerca de cinco centímetros de terra cubram os olhos. Mais fundo que isso, pode fazer folhas e nunca florir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg Decide do que é a foto antes de levantar a câmera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg Se você não consegue dizer isso numa linha curta, não está pronto para fotografar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg Depois para. Não tire a foto ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg Move os pés antes de tocar num ajuste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg Um passo à esquerda muda a foto mais do que um botão. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg Chega mais perto. A maioria das fotos tem demais em volta do assunto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg Se você puder nomear três coisas a mais no quadro, dê um passo mais perto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg O horizonte fica nivelado, a menos que você queira que não fique. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg Uma mesa inclinada parece um erro. Inclina o telefone até a linha ficar plana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg Foca na parte que importa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg Toca nessa parte. Se o fundo está nítido e a coisa borrada, você tocou o lugar errado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg Uma forma forte. Não cinco coisas brigando. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg Se você tem que explicar de que coisa é a foto, a foto não está terminada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg Espera o momento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg Uma foto tirada porque você estava impaciente é a que você apaga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg Uma pessoa que não aceitou não está na foto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg Pergunta primeiro. Um aceno de cabeça conta. O silêncio não. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg Expõe para a coisa que você veio buscar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg Deixa o fundo de lado. Uma janela brilhante atrás da coisa faz da coisa uma sombra. Vira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg Três fotos da mesma coisa. Fica com uma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg As outras duas vão. Mais fotos não fazem uma melhor. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg Recorta só o que briga com o assunto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg Um recorte não é um jeito de inventar uma foto mais próxima que você não tirou. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg Uma foto. Não um rolo delas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Foto'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg Podes tirar outra foto amanhã sem que te digam o que fazer. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg Escolha o instrumento que você vai praticar de verdade. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg Um piano que você não alcança não é o instrumento. As mãos, um tambor, uma guitarra que você já tem, todos contam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg Depois para. Não toque uma canção ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg O corpo fica à vontade antes da nota. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg Se os ombros sobem até as orelhas, a nota fica tensa. Abaixa eles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg Uma nota, limpa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg Uma nota limpa é uma que você ouve começar e parar. Barulho a mais não faz parte dela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg Um pulso constante que você consegue marcar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg Se as batidas aceleram, você ainda não tem um pulso. Vai mais devagar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg A mesma frase, baixa, depois cheia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg Cheia não é tão alto quanto a sala aguenta. Se os ouvidos doerem, é demais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg Uma pausa se toca. Não preenche ela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg O silêncio é um tempo que você conta. Se tocar por cima, pulou ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg Cinco notas que você acha de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg Toque. Olhe para o lado. Ache as mesmas cinco. Se não conseguir, ainda não as tem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg Quatro compassos. Para na barra de compasso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg Não acrescenta um quinto. A parada faz parte da frase. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg Devagar até ficar limpo. A velocidade vem depois. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg Uma frase rápida e suja não é prática. É um hábito que você vai ter que desfazer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg Grava uma tomada. Escuta uma vez. Arruma uma coisa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg Não escuta cinco vezes e não arruma cinco coisas. Uma coisa, depois toca de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg Vinte minutos. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg Uma mão que dói não prova que você trabalhou. É a razão de você parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg Uma frase que podes tocar amanhã. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Música'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg Podes encontrar essas notas outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg O corpo fica à vontade antes do som. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg Se os ombros sobem até as orelhas, a nota fica tensa. Abaixa eles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg Depois para. Não cante uma canção ainda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg A respiração começa a nota. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg Toma o ar primeiro. Se você começa o som e depois procura o ar, a nota treme. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg Uma vogal, centrada. Sem empurrar da garganta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg Se a garganta apertar, você está empurrando. Mais suave, e a vogal fica no meio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg Acha a nota, depois segura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg Uma nota que você segura e que desliza ainda não foi achada. Acha ela de novo, depois segura. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg A palavra se ouve de primeira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg Se quem ouve precisa perguntar o que você cantou, a palavra não ficou terminada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg A mesma linha, baixa, depois cheia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg Cheio não é tão alto quanto a sala aguenta. Se ficar tonto, você segurou o ar tempo demais. Para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg Uma pausa é silêncio. Não preenche ela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg Respira na pausa. Se canta através, pulou ela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg A nota alta se prepara, não se agarra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg Se você se estica e a garganta agarra, você não estava pronto. Entre a partir da nota de antes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg Grava uma estrofe. Escuta uma vez. Arruma uma coisa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg Não escuta cinco vezes e não arruma cinco coisas. Uma coisa, depois canta ela de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg Vinte minutos. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg Uma garganta que dói não prova que você trabalhou. É a razão de você parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg Canta as palavras como se você dissesse de verdade. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg Se as palavras são só sons, você ainda não as cantou. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg Uma estrofe que podes cantar amanhã. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Canto'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg Podes encontrar essa estrofe outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg Uma coisa verdadeira. Não uma fantasia de uma música que você gosta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg Se a linha poderia ser qualquer música no rádio, é uma fantasia. Comece pelo que você realmente viu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg O título é a promessa da música. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg Escreve no topo. Se as estrofes não cumprem essa promessa, o título é uma mentira. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg O refrão diz essa promessa em uma ou duas linhas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg Duas linhas é o limite. Um refrão que precisa de um parágrafo é uma estrofe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg Zumbe a melodia. Se você não tem notação, escreve o ritmo em palavras simples. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg Longo, curto, curto basta. Um desenho de notas que você não consegue ler não ajuda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg A primeira estrofe é a cena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg Quem está ali, e o que você pode ver. Não explique o sentimento ainda. A cena faz isso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg O refrão volta igual. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg Se reescrever na segunda vez, não tem um refrão. Tem duas estrofes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg A segunda estrofe sobe o custo, ou a virada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg Algo fica mais difícil, ou alguém muda de ideia. Se nada mudou, é de novo a primeira estrofe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg Uma ponte é opcional. Uma linha que o refrão não disse. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg Se você não precisa, não escreva. Uma ponte não é uma terceira estrofe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg O gênero é a batida e as palavras, não uma fantasia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg Marca a batida que você quer dizer. Se as palavras só funcionam na voz de outra pessoa, ainda não são suas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg Sem gancho emprestado. Se você ouvir outra música, começa a linha de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg Um gancho que você lembra do rádio não é seu. Escreve a próxima linha a partir do seu título. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg Grava o refrão. Escuta uma vez. Arruma uma palavra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg Não escuta cinco vezes e não arruma cinco palavras. Uma palavra, e por hoje acabou. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg Uma música que podes cantar amanhã. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'Canção'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg Podes encontrar o refrão outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg Papel ou um tablet que já tens. Não precisas de um programa especial. Escreve uma pessoa. Um nome chega. Só uma pessoa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg Na linha a seguir, escreve o que essa pessoa quer. Um desejo. Não uma lista. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg Na linha a seguir, escreve uma coisa que está no caminho. Uma pessoa, um facto, ou um limite. Depois para. Esta não é a história toda. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg Deixa as três linhas da classe 1 na mesa. Abre uma página nova. Não comeces com 'esta é uma história sobre'. Começa com a pessoa já num lugar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg Escreve o que ela faz agora. Uma ação que se possa ver. Uma mão numa porta, um passo, uma chávena pousada. Fica nesse momento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg Lê. Se uma frase conta a vida toda, ou a lição, risca-a. O começo é só este momento. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg Lê o começo da classe 2. É um momento. Não comeces uma cena nova. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg Antes de esse momento acabar, põe o desejo na página. Não escrevas 'ela queria'. Mostra-o. Uma mão tenta a porta. Os olhos ficam num telemóvel que não é pegado. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg Lê até à última linha. Se um leitor ainda não sabe o que a pessoa quer, acrescenta uma ação que o mostre. Depois para. Não comeces o meio. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg Volta à cena. O desejo já está lá. O obstáculo é de um só tipo: uma pessoa, um facto, ou um limite. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg Escreve-o na cena. Uma pessoa diz não. Um facto: o autocarro já partiu. Um limite: há uma moeda. Não escrevas 'havia um problema'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg Lê. Se o obstáculo puder ser de mais de um tipo, fica com um e corta os outros. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg Isto é o meio. Escreve a primeira tentativa. Falha por uma razão. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg Escreve uma segunda tentativa. Falha por uma razão diferente. Não repitas a primeira falha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg Lê as duas. Se falharem pela mesma razão, muda a segunda. Depois para. Não escrevas o fim. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg Lê as duas tentativas. As duas falharam. Não acrescentes um salvamento por sorte. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg Escreve a viragem como uma escolha. A pessoa escolhe uma de duas coisas que pode mesmo fazer. Sabe o que custa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg Lê. Se a saída for sorte, um estranho, ou uma chave encontrada, risca-a. Escreve a escolha. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg Escreve o fim em poucas linhas. Ou conseguem o desejo, ou a página mostra o que custou. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg Não acrescentes um desejo novo. Usa o desejo da primeira cena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg Lê o desejo e o fim juntos. Se o fim esquece o desejo, corrige o fim. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg Lê a cena até à última linha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg A última linha tem de mudar alguma coisa. Um facto, uma escolha, ou o que alguém sabe. Se nada mudou, escreve a mudança. O capítulo não acabou antes disso. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg Se uma cena nova começou, corta-a. Acaba na mudança. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg Encontra um sentimento ou um facto que ias explicar. 'Ela estava zangada.' 'Ele não confiava nela.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg Põe-no no que alguém diz, ou no que não diz. Não escrevas o anúncio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg Lê. Se o narrador ainda o anuncia, corta essa frase. A fala segura-o. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg Lê a cena. Marca uma frase que explica o que o leitor já viu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg Risca-a. Deixa a ação. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg Lê a cena outra vez. Se outra frase só explica, corta essa também. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg Lê a primeira página em voz alta. Só a primeira página. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg Marca o primeiro lugar onde perdeste a pessoa, o desejo, ou o lugar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg Corrige esse lugar. Uma reparação. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg Lê o texto da primeira linha à última. Tem uma pessoa, um desejo, um obstáculo, duas tentativas, uma escolha, e um fim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg Dá-lhe um nome. O nome não é 'História'. Aponta para este texto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg O texto pode ser entregue a um leitor. Não precisas desta página aberta para saber o que é. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg Papel que já tens. Escreve uma coisa que possas fazer. Não uma loja. Não uma lista. Uma coisa. Um pão, um arranjo, um desenho, um frasco de sopa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg É para uma pessoa, não para toda a gente. Na linha a seguir, escreve para quem. Um nome chega. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg Lê as duas linhas. Podes acabar esta coisa. Se não podes, risca e escreve uma coisa mais pequena. Depois para. Não escrevas um preço. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg Olha para a única coisa da aula passada. É para uma pessoa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg Escreve o nome dessa pessoa na linha a seguir. Uma pessoa real com quem podes falar. Não toda a gente. Não clientes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg Lê o nome. Se não conseguires imaginar a cara, risca e escreve uma pessoa que consigas imaginar. Depois para. Não escrevas um preço. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg A pessoa que nomeaste. Escreve o que precisa e não tem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg Tem de combinar com a coisa que podes fazer. Não um negócio novo. Uma necessidade. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg Lê a necessidade e a coisa juntas. Se não combinam, muda a necessidade ou a coisa. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg Faz o primeiro. Usa o que já tens. Não abras uma loja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg Acaba este. Não um plano de dez. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg Põe-no na mesa. Este é o primeiro. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg Leva a primeira à pessoa que nomeaste. Ou marca um momento em que a possa segurar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg Põe-na nas mãos. Não expliques o plano todo. Deixa-a segurá-la. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg Fica enquanto a pessoa olha. Depois para. Não peças dinheiro. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg Depois de ele o segurar, escreve as palavras que ele disse. As palavras dele, não as tuas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg Se ele não disse nada, escreve o que ele fez. Pousou-o. Sorriu. Fez uma pergunta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg Lê o que escreveste. É a reação dele, não a tua esperança. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg Lê o que disseram. Encontra uma coisa que pediram. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg Muda essa única coisa naquilo que fizeste. Não cinco coisas. Uma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg A mudança está feita. Depois para. Não comeces de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg No teu próprio papel, escreve o que te custou fazer esta coisa. Tempo. Materiais que já tinhas. Uma coisa que gastaste. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg Isto é para ti. Não é um preço para eles. Não escrevas um preço de venda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg Lê. Sabes o que te custou esta coisa. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg Olha o que custou para você. Decide um preço que você pode dizer em voz alta para aquela pessoa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg Diz para essa pessoa, ou pratica dizer para a sala. Em voz alta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg Não digita o preço nesta página. Não digita numa nota aqui. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg Escreve como a recebem de ti. Dás-lha na mão. Eles vêm buscá-la. Deixas-a à porta deles. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg Um modo. Não uma loja. Não um pagamento neste site. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg Lê. Uma pessoa podia seguir esse modo. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg Conta para a pessoa para quem é. Uma frase. A coisa, e que é para essa pessoa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg Fala, ou escreve onde ela vai ver. Não um cartaz para todos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg Uma frase. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg Lê o que tens. Uma coisa. Uma pessoa. Uma necessidade. Uma coisa feita. Uma maneira de a receberem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg Dá um nome à oferta. O nome não é "Business". Aponta para esta oferta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg Podes entregar isto a um comprador sem esta página aberta. Depois para. Não digites um preço. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg Toca uma tecla branca e deixa ela parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg Se você segura, não deixou ela parar. Levanta o dedo e ouve o fim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg Mantém quatro tempos iguais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg Se os tempos aceleram, você ainda não tem um pulso. Vai mais devagar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg Toca a mesma tecla alto, depois baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg Baixo ainda é a mesma tecla. Se os ouvidos doerem, é demais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg Toca uma tecla mais alta, depois uma mais baixa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg Diga qual é a mais alta. Toque-as de novo sem procurar por muito tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg Deixa uma pausa que você consegue contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg O silêncio é um tempo. Se tocar por cima, pulou ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg Repete o mesmo padrão curto três vezes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg Se a terceira vez cresce, você não repetiu. Toca o primeiro de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg Usa uma mão e deixa a outra descansar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg A mão que descansa não paira. Está parada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg Toca devagar, depois um pouco mais rápido, sem apressar a pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg A pausa fica do mesmo comprimento. A velocidade não come o silêncio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg Deixa outra pessoa contar quatro enquanto você toca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg Se você passa à frente da contagem deles, você ainda não está com eles. Começa de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg Para no último tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg Se acrescenta mais uma, você não parou. Levanta as duas mãos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg Toca uma vez do começo, depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg Uma tomada. Não remende o meio. Se quebrar, a próxima tentativa começa no começo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg Toca um padrão curto e dá-lhe um nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg O nome não é 'Piano'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg Podes encontrar essas teclas outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg Toca um sopro leve e deixa ele parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg Se o som nunca acaba, você ainda está soprando. Para o ar e escuta. Para se ficar tonto ou se os lábios doerem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg Mantém quatro tempos iguais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg Se os tempos aceleram, você ainda não tem um pulso. Vai mais devagar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg Toca a mesma nota alto, depois baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg Baixo ainda é a mesma nota. Se os ouvidos doerem, é demais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg Toca uma nota mais alta, depois uma mais baixa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg Diga qual é a mais alta. Toque-as de novo sem procurar por muito tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg Deixa uma pausa que você consegue contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg O silêncio é um tempo. Se tocar por cima, pulou ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg Repete o mesmo padrão curto três vezes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg Se a terceira vez cresce, você não repetiu. Toca o primeiro de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg Usa uma mão e deixa a outra descansar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg A mão que descansa não paira. Está parada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg Toca devagar, depois um pouco mais rápido, sem apressar a pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg A pausa fica do mesmo comprimento. A velocidade não come o silêncio. Para se ficar tonto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg Deixa outra pessoa contar quatro enquanto você toca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg Se você passa à frente da contagem deles, você ainda não está com eles. Começa de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg Para no último tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg Se acrescenta mais uma, você não parou. Tira o clarinete da boca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg Toca uma vez do começo, depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg Uma tomada. Não remende o meio. Se quebrar, a próxima tentativa começa no começo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg Toca um padrão curto e dá-lhe um nome. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg O nome não é 'Clarinete'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg Podes encontrar essas notas outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg Zumbe os lábios uma vez e deixa ele parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg Se o zumbido nunca acaba, você ainda está soprando. Para o ar e escuta. Para se os lábios doerem ou se ficar tonto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg Mantém quatro tempos iguais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg Se os tempos aceleram, você ainda não tem um pulso. Vai mais devagar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg A mesma nota, alto, depois baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg Baixo ainda é a mesma nota. Se os ouvidos doerem, é demais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg Toca uma nota mais alta, depois uma mais baixa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg Diga qual é a mais alta. Toque-as de novo sem procurar por muito tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg Deixa uma pausa que você consegue contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg O silêncio é um tempo. Se tocar por cima, pulou ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg Repete o mesmo padrão curto três vezes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg Se a terceira vez cresce, você não repetiu. Toca o primeiro de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg Usa uma mão e deixa a outra descansar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg A mão que descansa não paira. Está parada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg Toca devagar, depois um pouco mais rápido, sem apressar a pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg A pausa fica do mesmo comprimento. A velocidade não come o silêncio. Para se ficar tonto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg Deixa outra pessoa contar quatro enquanto você toca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg Se você passa à frente da contagem deles, você ainda não está com eles. Começa de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg Para no último tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg Se acrescenta mais uma, você não parou. Tira o trompete da boca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg Toca uma vez do começo, depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg Uma tomada. Não remende o meio. Se quebrar, a próxima tentativa começa no começo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg Toca um padrão curto e dá um nome a ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg O nome não é 'Trompete'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg Podes encontrar essas notas outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg Dedilha uma corda e deixa ela parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg Levanta o dedo. Ouve o fim. Se você segura, não deixou ela parar. Sem arco. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg Mantém quatro tempos iguais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg Se os tempos aceleram, você ainda não tem um pulso. Vai mais devagar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg A mesma corda, alto, depois baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg Baixo ainda é a mesma corda. Se os ouvidos doerem, é demais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg Toca uma corda mais alta, depois uma mais baixa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg Diga qual é a mais alta. Toque-as de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg Deixa uma pausa que você consegue contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg O silêncio é um tempo. Se tocar por cima, pulou ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg Repete o mesmo padrão curto três vezes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg Se a terceira vez cresce, você não repetiu. Toca o primeiro de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg Usa uma mão e deixa a outra descansar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg A mão que descansa não paira. Está parada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg Toca devagar, depois um pouco mais rápido, sem apressar a pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg A pausa fica do mesmo comprimento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg Deixa outra pessoa contar quatro enquanto você toca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg Se você passa à frente da contagem deles, começa de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg Para no último tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg Se acrescenta mais uma, você não parou. Levanta as duas mãos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg Toca uma vez do começo, depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg Uma tomada. Não remende o meio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg Toca um padrão curto e dá um nome a ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg O nome não é 'Violoncelo'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg Podes encontrar essas cordas outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg Bate uma vez e deixa ela parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg Levanta a mão. Escuta até o fim. Para se a mão doer. Não bata perto de um ouvido. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg Mantém quatro tempos iguais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg Se os tempos aceleram, você ainda não tem um pulso. Vai mais devagar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg O mesmo lugar, alto, depois baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg Baixo ainda é o mesmo lugar. Se os ouvidos doerem, é demais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg Bate mais alto, depois mais baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg Diga qual é o mais alto. Bata de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg Deixa uma pausa que você consegue contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg O silêncio é um tempo. Se bater por cima, pulou ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg Repete o mesmo padrão curto três vezes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg Se a terceira vez cresce, toca o primeiro de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg Usa uma mão e deixa a outra descansar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg A mão que descansa não paira. Está parada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg Toca devagar, depois um pouco mais rápido, sem apressar a pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg A pausa fica do mesmo comprimento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg Deixa outra pessoa contar quatro enquanto você toca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg Se você passa à frente da contagem deles, começa de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg Para no último tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg Se acrescenta mais uma, você não parou. Levanta as duas mãos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg Toca uma vez do começo, depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg Uma tomada. Não remende o meio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg Toca um padrão curto e dá um nome a ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg O nome não é 'Bateria'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg Você pode encontrar esse padrão outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg Dedilha uma corda leve e deixa ela parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg Se você segura, não deixou ela parar. Levanta o dedo e escuta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg Mantém quatro tempos iguais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg Se os tempos aceleram, você ainda não tem um pulso. Vai mais devagar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg A mesma corda, alto, depois baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg Baixo ainda é a mesma corda. Se os ouvidos doerem, é demais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg Toca uma corda mais alta, depois uma mais baixa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg Diga qual é a mais alta. Toque-as de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg Deixa uma pausa que você consegue contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg O silêncio é um tempo. Se tocar por cima, pulou ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg Repete o mesmo padrão curto três vezes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg Se a terceira vez cresce, toca o primeiro de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg Usa uma mão e deixa a outra descansar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg A mão que descansa está parada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg Toca devagar, depois um pouco mais rápido, sem apressar a pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg A pausa fica do mesmo comprimento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg Deixa outra pessoa contar quatro enquanto você toca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg Se você passa à frente da contagem deles, começa de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg Para no último tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg Se acrescenta mais uma, você não parou. Levanta as duas mãos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg Toca uma vez do começo, depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg Uma tomada. Não remende o meio. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg Toca um padrão curto e dá um nome a ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg O nome não é 'Ukulele'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg Você pode encontrar essas cordas outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg Dedilha uma corda solta e deixa ela parar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg Se você segura, não deixou ela parar. Levanta o dedo e escuta. Para se um dedo doer. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg Mantém quatro tempos iguais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg Se os tempos aceleram, você ainda não tem um pulso. Vai mais devagar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg A mesma corda, alto, depois baixo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg Baixo ainda é a mesma corda. Se os ouvidos doerem, é demais. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg Toca uma corda mais alta, depois uma mais baixa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg Diga qual é a mais alta. Toque-as de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg Deixa uma pausa que você consegue contar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg O silêncio é um tempo. Se tocar por cima, pulou ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg Repete o mesmo padrão curto três vezes. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg Se a terceira vez cresce, toca o primeiro de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg Dá nome ao instrumento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg É uma guitarra. O padrão ganha outro nome. Não é uma canção que já conheces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg Usa uma mão e deixa a outra descansar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg A mão que descansa está parada. Uma palheta também pode descansar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg Toca devagar, depois um pouco mais rápido, sem apressar a pausa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg A pausa fica do mesmo comprimento. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg Deixa outra pessoa contar quatro enquanto você toca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg Se você passa à frente da contagem deles, começa de novo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg Para no último tempo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg Se acrescenta mais uma, você não parou. Levanta as duas mãos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pt/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg Toca um padrão curto e dá um nome a ele. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg O nome não é 'Guitarra'. Não é uma canção que já conheces. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg Você pode encontrar essas cordas outra vez sem que te digam. Depois para. https://mylearntomake.com/pl https://mylearntomake.com/pl/how https://mylearntomake.com/pl/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/pl/contact https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg Papier i ołówek wystarczą. Tablet albo zestaw, który już masz, też się liczy. Nie kupuj zestawu na tę klasę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg Wybierz jedną rzecz, którą widzisz, i postaw ją przed sobą. Narysuj ją całą, dużą, tak żeby wypełniła prawie kartkę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg To nie jest linia próbna. Popatrz na rzecz, potem rysuj. Przestań, gdy cała rzecz jest na kartce. To początek obrazu. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg Weź tę samą rzecz co w klasie 1. Połóż nową kartkę. Ustaw rzecz tak, żeby widzieć całe jej zewnątrz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg Zacznij w jednym miejscu zewnętrznej krawędzi. Prowadź ołówek tylko po tej krawędzi. Nie rysuj środka, otworu w uchwycie ani linii przez środek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg Patrz na rzecz bardziej niż na rękę. Gdy linia spotka miejsce startu, przestań. Jeśli obrys jest otwarty, zamknij go. Środek nie należy do tej klasy. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg Ta sama rzecz co na ostatniej klasie. Nowa kartka. Narysuj zewnętrze jeszcze raz, lekko, żeby włożyć części. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg Patrz na rzecz. Dodaj części, które czynią ją tą rzeczą. Ucho, otwór, szew, pokrywka. Rysuj część, którą widzisz. Nie wymyślaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg Spójrz z drugiej strony stołu. Jeśli ktoś nie mógłby powiedzieć, co to jest, dodaj brakującą część. Potem przestań. Nie cieniuj. Nie dodawaj drugiej rzeczy. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg Popatrz, gdzie jesteś. Znajdź jedno koło, jedno pudełko i jeden trójkąt. Talerz, książka, róg. Nie rysuj jeszcze całej rzeczy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg Na jednej kartce narysuj trzy kształty, duże. Rysuj kształt, nie przedmiot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg To są kawałki, z których buduje się późniejsze obrazy. Jeśli brakuje jednego kształtu, narysuj go. Potem przestań. Nie cieniuj. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg Jedno źródło światła. Lampa albo jedno okno. Wyłącz pozostałe albo usiądź tak, żeby tylko jedno światło padało na rzecz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg Narysuj rzecz. Zostaw papier biały po oświetlonej stronie. Biały papier to światło. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg Dodaj jeden cień, po stronie odwróconej od światła. Nie cieniuj całej strony. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg Postaw jedną okrągłą rzecz i jedno pudełko tam, gdzie je widzisz. Kubek i książka wystarczą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg Narysuj okrągłą rzecz. Narysuj pudełko tak, żeby widać było trzy boki. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg Każdy bok pudełka zrób inną szarością. Jeden ciemniejszy, jeden jaśniejszy, jeden zostaw prawie biały. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg Ustaw dwie rzeczy tak, żeby bliższa zasłaniała część dalszej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg Najpierw narysuj bliższą rzecz. Gdzie bliższa zasłania dalszą rzecz, zatrzymaj tę linię. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg Opuść ukrytą część. Jeśli linia przeszła przez to, co zasłania, wymaż ten kawałek. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg Osoba w ubraniu albo zwierzę, które widzisz. Zostają nieruchomo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg Zanim dodasz twarz, sierść albo wzór tkaniny, zaznacz wysokość względem szerokości. Dwa lekkie znaki. Porównaj je. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg Rysuj wewnątrz tych znaków. Nie dodawaj każdego włosa. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg Ta sama osoba albo to samo zwierzę. Robi jedną rzecz. Sięgnąć ręką, zrobić krok, obrócić głowę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg Daj na to minutę. Rysuj czynność, kiedy trwa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg Złap czynność i przestań. Nie kończ każdego palca ani każdego włosa. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg Twarz, którą widzisz. Narysuj owal jako głowę. Jeszcze nic innego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg Narysuj linię na oczy, w połowie owalu w dół. Potem nos. Potem usta. Trzymaj tę kolejność. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg Zatrzymaj się, zanim włosy wezmą górę. Tylko cztery kroki: owal, oczy, nos, usta. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg Usiądź w rogu, w którym jesteś. Patrz na podłogę. Linie podłogi oddalają się od ciebie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg Narysuj te linie podłogi tak, żeby szły do jednego punktu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg Drzwi to pudełko stojące w tej przestrzeni. Narysuj drzwi jako pudełko. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg Zrób jeden obraz, który chcesz, żeby zobaczyła inna osoba. Użyj jednej rzeczy, jej części i jej kształtów. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg Daj mu nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Obraz'. Wskazuje ten rysunek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg Jutro masz umieć zacząć inny rysunek, bez tego, by ci mówiono, co robić. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg Papier i ołówek wystarczą. Tablet się liczy. Nie kupuj zestawu do tego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg Idź tam, gdzie widzisz cały budynek. Dom, sklep, szopa. To nie jest klasa 11. To nie jest obrazek budynku, chyba że nie możesz do żadnego pójść. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg Jedna ulica, ścieżka albo droga, którą widzisz. Droga jest pierwszym kształtem i robi się mniejsza, gdy odchodzi. To cała lekcja tej kartki. Nie zaczynaj od szyldu albo auta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg Kartka jeden. Droga, jeden budynek albo jedno drzewo obok i niebo jako papier, który zostawiasz pusty. Stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg Jedno drzewo, które widzisz. Najpierw pień. To pudełko, które zwęża się w górę. Liście to jedna masa, nie stos kresek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg Kartka jeden. Pień i jeden kształt liści. Stop. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg Klasa 10 uczyła kolejności twarzy. Ta lekcja to głowa jako masa. Rzeźbiarz patrzy na głowę w ten sposób, zanim wytnie jakąkolwiek twarz. Nie kopiujesz posągu i nie kopiujesz sławnej osoby. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg Ktoś, kogo widzisz, albo zdjęcie kogoś, kogo znasz, jeśli nikt nie może usiąść. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg Druga osoba. Nie używaj pierwszej głowy jeszcze raz. Przejdź te same trzy kartki w tej samej kolejności. Jeśli pominiesz kulę i zaczniesz od oczu, stop i zacznij kartkę jeden jeszcze raz. Zatrzymaj tylko trzecią kartkę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg Zrób to. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg Trzecia osoba. Ta sama lista. Kula, szczęka, szyja. Potem linie w połowie. Potem jedno światło i jeden cień. Stop, zanim włosy przejmą całość. Trzy skończone głowy to ćwiczenie. Następne lekcje to jedna wymyślona twarz, rysowana jeszcze raz, aż wciąż jest tą twarzą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg Zrób to. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg Wymyśl jedną twarz. Musi dać się narysować jutro jeszcze raz, więc wybierz mało znaków. Najpierw kula i szczęka. Potem linie w połowie. Potem jedna cecha, która się nie zmienia: nos, szczęka albo odstęp między oczami. Włosy to jeden kształt. Napisz trzy słowa na odwrocie kartki, które nazywają te znaki. Będą ci potrzebne. Zatrzymaj kartkę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg Zrób to. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg Nowa kartka, najpierw z pamięci. Potem sprawdź kartkę, którą zatrzymałeś. Ta sama kula, ta sama szczęka, ten sam jeden znak. Mały błąd przy oku jest w porządku. Inna szczęka znaczy, że to nowa osoba, i ta lekcja nie jest zrobiona. Narysuj szczękę jeszcze raz. Zatrzymaj kartkę, która pasuje. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg Zrób to. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg Ta sama wymyślona twarz, trochę obrócona. Budowa się nie zmienia, bo głowa się obróciła. Kula, szczęka, ten jeden znak, potem części na liniach w połowie. Zatrzymaj tę trzecią kartkę z pozostałymi dwiema. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg Potem przejdź starą listę na czymś, czego ta strona nie nazwała. Dłoń, krzesło albo zwierzę, które widzisz. Kartka jeden, duże kształty i wysoko wobec szeroko. Kartka dwa, części, które robią z tego tę rzecz. Kartka trzy, biały papier na światło, jedna ciemniejsza strona, jeden cień. Nazwij to. Ta jest twoja. Lekcja nie mówi, jaki temat. Jeśli potrafisz zrobić te trzy kartki bez otwartej strony, ten krok jest zrobiony. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg Czysta woda. Zwilż papier szerokim pędzlem. Tylko jeden kolor. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg Połóż jedno lawowanie przez kartkę. Przesuń pędzel raz. Nie szoruj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg Daj wyschnąć. To jest jedno lawowanie. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg Postaw kubek tam, gdzie widzisz zewnątrz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg Pomaluj tylko jego zewnętrzną krawędź. Nie wypełniaj środka. Nie maluj stołu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg Gdy krawędź jest zamknięta, przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg Dwa kolory. Połóż je tak, żeby stykały się na mokrym papierze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg Niech woda miesza. Nie szoruj ich razem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg Kiedy się spotkały, przestań. Nie dodawaj trzeciego koloru. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg Znajdź trzy kształty w pokoju. Koło, pudełko, trójkąt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg Pomaluj trzy płaskie kształty. Po jednym kolorze. Jeszcze bez szczegółu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg Trzy kształty. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg Jedno światło. Popatrz, gdzie jest jasno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg Zostaw to miejsce jako goły papier. Biały papier to światło. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg Pomaluj jeden cień, z dala od światła. Nie zakrywaj bieli. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg Postaw okrągłą rzecz i pudełko tam, gdzie je widzisz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg Pomaluj je dwoma różnymi szarościami. Okrągła jest jedną szarością. Pudełko jest drugą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg Nie dodawaj trzeciej szarości. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg Ustaw dwie rzeczy tak, żeby jedna była z przodu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg Pomaluj przednią. Nie maluj ukrytej części tylnej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg Gdzie przednia zasłania tylną, zatrzymaj ten kolor. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg Popatrz na jedną rzecz. Nazwij kolor, który widzisz, nie kolor, którego oczekujesz. Cytryna może być szara w cieniu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg Wymieszaj ten kolor na zapasowej kartce. Porównaj z rzeczą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg Jeśli nie pasuje, wymieszaj jeszcze raz. Gdy pasuje, przestań. Nie maluj całego obrazu. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg Osoba albo zwierzak. Zostają nieruchomo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg Pomaluj tylko duże kształty. Głowa, ciało, nogi. Nie każdy włos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg Trzy albo cztery kształty. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg Twarz, którą widzisz. Maluj tylko trzy walory. Jasny, średni, ciemny. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg Jasny zostaje jaśniejszym papierem. Średni to jedno lawowanie. Ciemny to cień pod brwią, nosem albo podbródkiem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg Zatrzymaj się, zanim włosy wezmą górę. Trzy walory. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg Usiądź w rogu. Jedno światło. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg Pomaluj dwie ściany. Zostaw oświetloną ścianę jaśniejszą. Druga ściana jest ciemniejsza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg Jedno światło. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg Popatrz na jedno prawdziwe jabłko. Najpierw zobacz duże światło. Zostaw to światło. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg Potem pomaluj małe kształty. Jeden cień. Nie każdą plamkę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg Nazwij go. To ćwiczenie, nie kopia na sprzedaż. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg Papier i farba do zmywania wystarczą. Tablet się liczy. Nie kupuj zestawu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg Jedna miska, którą widzisz. To nie jest klasa 2. Klasa 2 była brzegiem kubka. To jest kolor w środku miski. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg Jedno okno, które widzisz. To nie jest klasa 11. Klasa 11 to były dwie ściany. To jest światło w szybie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg Zostaw szybę jako biały papier. Nie maluj nieba jako drugiego obrazu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg Jedna roślina, którą widzisz. Najpierw doniczka. Jest jednym pudełkiem. Wymieszaj kolor, który widzisz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg Liście są jedną masą koloru, nie stertą kresek. Jedno lawowanie dla tej masy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg To nie jest klasa 12. Klasa 12 była jednym jabłkiem, a potem jego cieniem, i dałeś mu imię. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg Ta kartka jest tylko płaskim kolorem. Jedno jabłko. Jedno lawowanie. Kolor, który widzisz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg Nowa kartka. To samo jabłko. Wymieszaj znowu z tego, co widzisz teraz, nie z ostatniej kartki i nie z czerwieni, której oczekiwałeś. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg Małe pudło w kształcie jest w porządku. Inny owoc znaczy, że ta lekcja nie jest zrobiona. Namaluj to samo jabłko jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg Nowa kartka. To samo jabłko. Zostaw papier biały tam, gdzie pada światło. Jeden cień. Biel nie jest dziurą, którą wypełnisz później. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg Trzy kartki, jedno jabłko. Płaskie lawowanie. Kolor, który widzisz. Potem światło i jeden cień. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg Wymyśl jeden obraz. To nie jest kopia na sprzedaż i to nie jest słynny obraz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg Jedno lawowanie. Jedna rzecz z przodu. Zostaw ukrytą część niepomalowaną. Biały papier na światło. Jeden cień. Nazwij go. Zostaw tę kartkę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg Weź kawałek wielkości pomarańczy. Jeśli się kruszy, zamocz palce i pracuj, aż się trzyma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg Naciśnij go między dłońmi, potem tocz w koło. Ten sam nacisk dookoła. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg Przestań, gdy jest okrągły i bez pęknięć. Pęknięcie znaczy, że jest za suchy. Zwilż palce i potocz to miejsce jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg Połóż kulę na stole. Naciśnij środek dłonią, nie brzeg. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg Obróć trochę i naciśnij jeszcze raz. Środek i brzeg mają być tej samej grubości. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg Podnieś. Jeśli w jednym miejscu prześwituje, jest za cienka. Zrób kulę od nowa i naciśnij jeszcze raz. Grubość palca. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg Trzymaj kulę w jednej dłoni. Wciśnij kciuk w środek, aż poczujesz go z drugiej strony, ale nie na wylot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg Uszczypnij ściankę między kciukiem a palcem. Po każdym uszczypnięciu trochę obróć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg Brzeg ma być tej samej wysokości dookoła. Jeśli jedna strona jest niska, uszczypnij trochę bardziej wysoką. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg Tocz na stole rozłożonymi palcami, nie tylko dłońmi. Od środka na zewnątrz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg Wałek ma mieć tę samą grubość od końca do końca, jak ołówek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg Ułóż wałek w pierścień na płaskiej podstawie. Dociśnij tam, gdzie się stykają. Obetnij końce ukośnie i złącz je. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg Połóż glinę między dwoma patykami tej samej grubości. Wałkuj po patykach, żeby płyta nie była cieńsza od nich. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg Odklej płytę. Jeśli się klei, podnieś róg nożem, nie paznokciem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg Wytnij kształt prostym cięciem. Resztki zostaw w kuli, żeby nie wyschły. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg Poczuj ściankę między palcami. Grube miejsce wydaje się ciężkie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg Uszczypnij tylko grube miejsce. Nie szczyp cienkiego, bo się rozerwie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg Ścianka ma być równa dookoła, mniej więcej jak dwie monety jedna na drugiej. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg Podrap obie strony widelcem, aż będą szorstkie. Gładka glina nie klei się do gładkiej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg Posmaruj podrapane strony szlamem: trochę gliny z wodą, jak śmietana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg Dociśnij i przytrzymaj kilka sekund. Wygładź spoinę mokrym palcem, aż szwu nie widać. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg Tocz krótki wałek, cieńszy niż ołówek. Zegnij go w pierścień wielkości dna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg Podrap i posmaruj szlamem spód garnka i pierścień. Przyciśnij pierścień. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg Postaw garnek. Ma stać płasko i nie chybotać. Jeśli chybocze, dociśnij wysoką stronę pierścienia. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg Tocz wałek gruby jak palec i długi jak dłoń. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg Podrap i posmaruj szlamem dwa miejsca z boku, jedno nad drugim. Przyciśnij każdy koniec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg Ucho ma odstawać od garnka, żeby przeszedł palec. Jeśli opada, jest za mokre. Poczekaj chwilę i spróbuj jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg Postaw garnek na półce, z dala od słońca i od grzejnika. Słońce i ciepło pękają go. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg Połóż suchą ściereczkę luźno na wierzchu, żeby brzeg nie schł szybciej niż dno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg Zostaw, aż będzie blady i twardy. To glina schnąca na powietrzu. Nie wkładaj do piekarnika. Nie pij z tego. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg Porównaj dwa kawałki, zanim zaczniesz. Jeśli jedna kula jest większa, garnki nie będą pasować. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg Drugi garnek zrób jak pierwszy. Po każdym kroku stawiaj je obok siebie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg Brzegi mają być tej samej wysokości. Otwory mają wyglądać na tej samej wielkości. Jeśli jeden jest szerszy, uszczypnij go trochę wyżej i węziej. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg Wybierz jedno zadanie: trzymać ołówki albo suchą rzecz. Nie używaj tej gliny do jedzenia ani picia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg Kubek na ołówki ma płaskie dno i ścianki wyższe niż czubek ołówka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg Gdy jest suchy i blady, włóż ołówki. Nadaj nazwę. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg Glina schnąca na powietrzu wystarczy. Nie kupuj pieca i nie piecz tego. Grudka wielkości pomarańczy to jeden kubek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg Otwórz kulę kciukiem i obracaj ją, gdy ścianki rosną. Albo zrób wałki tej samej grubości, ułóż je i dociśnij każdy do tego pod spodem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg Brzeg jest tej samej wysokości dookoła. Jeśli dodajesz stopkę, porysuj obie powierzchnie, zwilż je i dociśnij. Nie przyklejaj jej tylko. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg Postaw kubek na stole. Stoi płasko i nie chybocze. Jeśli chybocze, dociśnij stopkę, aż przestanie. Susz go powoli, na powietrzu, z dala od słońca. Nazwij go. Ten zostawiasz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg Jeden talerz. To nie jest klasa 2 i nie jest klasa 5. Klasa 2 była naleśnikiem. Klasa 5 była płytką, którą możesz ciąć. To talerz, na którym mógłbyś postawić kubek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg Jedna płytka. Równa grubość. Niski brzeg tylko jeśli możesz utrzymać tę grubość. Jeśli dodajesz brzeg, nacinaj, nałóż szlam i dociśnij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg Potem stop. Nie piecz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg Jedna miska. Ścianki zostają równe. Brzeg jest tej samej wysokości dookoła. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg Stopa, żeby usiadła płasko i się nie kiwała. Nacinaj, nałóż szlam i dociśnij, jeśli dołączasz tę stopę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg Potem stop. Nie piecz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg To nie jest klasa 3. Klasa 3 była garnkiem szczypanym, a brzeg był lekcją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg Ten jest kubkiem, który szczypiesz. Jedna kula. Ścianki cienieją, gdy szczypiesz, i zostają równe. Brzeg jest tej samej wysokości dookoła. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg Potem stop. Nie piecz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg Nowa rzecz. Wałeczki tej samej grubości, ułożone i dociśnięte. Ten sam rozmiar co szczypany kubek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg Inny rozmiar znaczy, że ta lekcja nie jest zrobiona. Zrób kubek jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg Potem stop. Nie piecz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg Nowa rzecz, wycięta z płytki równej grubości. Ten sam rozmiar co dwa pozostałe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg Nacinaj, nałóż szlam i dociśnij każde łączenie. Brzeg jest tej samej wysokości dookoła. Siedzi płasko. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg Potem stop. Nie piecz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg Wymyśl jedną rzecz. To nie jest kopia i nie jest nazwany garnek z klasy 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg Równe ścianki. Jeśli dołączasz część, nacinaj, nałóż szlam i dociśnij. Stopa, jeśli jej trzeba, żeby usiadła i się nie kiwała. Susz powoli. Tylko na powietrzu. Nazwij. Zostaw tę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg Potem stop. Nie piecz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg Włóczka, którą już masz. Dwa druty, albo jeden palec, jeśli to masz. Nie kupuj zestawu na tę klasę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg Nabierz oczka, które masz policzone. Zrób pętlę, nałóż ją na drut i zrób następną tak samo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg Przestań, gdy policzone oczka są na drucie. Nie przerabiaj jeszcze rzędu. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg Przerób pierwsze rzędy. Włóż drut w pętlę, owiń włóczkę i przeciągnij nową pętlę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg Jedno oczko naraz. Nie zgub jednego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg Gdy rząd jest skończony, odwróć robotę. Potem przestań. Nie zaczynaj nowego koloru. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg Policz każde oczko na drucie. Dotknij każdego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg Policz każdy rząd. Znak na papierze wystarczy. Jeden znak na rząd. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg Jeśli liczba się nie zgadza, przestań i patrz. Nie pruj roboty. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg Zamknij oczka. Przerób dwa oczka. Przełóż pierwsze nad drugie i zdejmij z drutu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg Przerób jeszcze jedno. Znów przełóż pierwsze nad nie. Rób tak aż do końca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg Krawędź nie powinna się rozchodzić. Jeśli się rozciąga i otwiera, zrób od nowa tylko tę krawędź. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg Przerabiaj, aż kawałek będzie tak wysoki, jak szeroki. Policz, żeby wiedzieć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg Połóż go na stole. Kwadrat, który leży płasko. Jeśli się zwija, patrz na ostatnie rzędy, nie na cały kawałek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg Kiedy leży płasko, przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg Jeden rząd prawych. Następny rząd jest lewy. Włóczka jest z przodu przy lewym. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg Wiedz, na którym rzędzie jesteś. Prawe, potem lewe, potem prawe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg Nie mieszaj ich w jednym rzędzie. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg Jeden pasek. Przerób do krawędzi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg Zmień kolor przy krawędzi. Zawiąż tam nową włóczkę. Nie zmieniaj w środku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg Przerób jeden pasek nowego koloru. Potem przestań. Jeden pasek, nie wiele. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg Coś poszło nie tak. Patrz tylko na ostatni rząd. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg Zdejmij drut z ostatniego rzędu, oczko po oczku, z powrotem do rzędu, który był dobry. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg Nie pruj roboty. Przerób ten rząd jeszcze raz. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg Policz oczka na początku rzędu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg Policz je na końcu rzędu. Liczby się zgadzają. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg Jeśli się nie zgadzają, ostatni rząd zgubił albo zyskał jedno oczko. Popraw tylko ten rząd. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg Przerób prostokąt. Dłuższy niż szeroki. Ściereczka, opaska, zakładka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg Policz oba końce, żeby były takie same. Zamknij oczka, żeby krawędź się nie rozchodziła. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg Możesz go użyć. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg Dwie krawędzie, które mają się spotkać. Trzymaj je razem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg Połącz je. Igła do wełny przez obie krawędzie, oczko po oczku. Albo przerób je razem, jeśli nadal są na drutach. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg Połączenie jest gotowe, gdy dwie krawędzie są jedną. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg Jedna skończona rzecz. Kwadrat, prostokąt albo połączony kawałek. Nie nowy projekt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg Daj jej nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Druty'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg Możesz zacząć inny kawałek jutro, bez tego, by ci mówiono, co robić. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg Nabierz oczka, które masz policzone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg Przerób pierwsze rzędy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg Potem stop. Nie pruj roboty. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg Kwadrat, który leży płasko. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg Oczka prawe i lewe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg Potem stop. Nie pruj roboty. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg Jeden pasek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg Zmień kolor przy krawędzi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg Potem stop. Nie pruj roboty. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg Gruba włóczka, którą już masz. Duże szydełko. Nie kupuj zestawu na tę klasę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg Trzymaj włóczkę w jednej ręce. Trzymaj szydełko w drugiej. Zrób jedną pętlę. Pętla siedzi na szydełku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg To jest początek. Potem przestań. Nie rób jeszcze łańcuszka. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg Narzuć włóczkę na szydełko. Przeciągnij nową pętlę przez pętlę, która już tam jest. To jeden łańcuszek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg Zrób następny łańcuszek tak samo. Trzymaj je na tyle luźno, żeby je widzieć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg Przestań, kiedy masz łańcuszek, który możesz policzyć. Jeszcze nie wracaj w niego. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg Policz łańcuszki przed rzędem. Dotknij każdego. Nie licz pętli, która nadal jest na szydełku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg Zapisz liczbę. Znak na papierze wystarczy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg Jeśli zgubisz liczbę, policz jeszcze raz. Nie pruj łańcuszka. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg Włóż szydełko w następny łańcuszek. Owiń włóczkę. Przeciągnij pętlę. Owiń włóczkę jeszcze raz. Przeciągnij przez obie pętle na szydełku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg Jedno oczko w każdym łańcuszku. Nie pomijaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg Gdy rząd jest skończony, przestań. Nie odwracaj jeszcze. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg Skończ rząd. Jedno oczko w każdym łańcuszku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg Połóż rząd na stole. Powinien leżeć płasko. Jeśli się zwija w ciasny sznur, oczka były za ciasne. Patrz tylko na ten rząd. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg Kiedy leży płasko, przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg Odwróć robotę. Szydełko zostaje w ostatniej pętli. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg Zrób jeden łańcuszek. Ten łańcuszek to łańcuszek zwrotny. To nie jest oczko, które liczysz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg Idź z powrotem. Jedno oczko w każde oczko właśnie zrobionego rzędu. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg Dwa rzędy. Odwróć na końcu każdego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg Trzymaj krawędzie równo. To samo oczko na początku i na końcu rzędu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg Jeśli jedna krawędź ściąga do środka, pominąłeś oczko. Popraw tylko ostatni rząd. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg Rób dalej, aż kawałek będzie tak wysoki, jak szeroki. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg Policz oczka. Ta sama liczba w każdym rzędzie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg Połóż go. Kwadrat. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg Jeden pasek. Przerób do końca rzędu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg Przywiąż następny kolor przy krawędzi. Nie zmieniaj w środku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg Przerób jeden rząd nowego koloru. Potem przestań. Jeden pasek, nie wiele. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg Utnij włóczkę. Zostaw koniec, który możesz trzymać. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg Przeciągnij koniec przez ostatnią pętlę. Dociągnij go. Pętla się zamyka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg Robota jest zdjęta z szydełka. Potem przestań. Nie zaczynaj nowego kawałka. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg Zrób drugi kwadrat tak samo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg Policz oba. Ta sama liczba oczek. Ta sama liczba rzędów. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg Dwa kwadraty tej samej wielkości. Potem przestań. Nie łącz ich jeszcze. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg Jedna rzecz, której możesz użyć. Kwadrat albo dwa kwadraty położone razem jako ściereczka. Nie nowy projekt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg Daj jej nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Szydełko'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg Możesz zacząć inny kawałek jutro, bez tego, by ci mówiono, co robić. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg Tępa igła. Gruba nić, którą już masz. Nie kupuj zestawu na tę klasę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg Trzymaj igłę w jednej ręce. Nawlecz igłę. Zawiąż węzeł na końcu nici. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg Węzeł jest na końcu. Potem przestań. Nie szyj jeszcze. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg Jeden kawałek tkaniny. Wepchnij igłę od tyłu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg Przeciągnij nić do końca, aż węzeł ją zatrzyma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg Igła jest z przodu. Potem przestań. Nie rób jeszcze drugiej dziury. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg Jeden ścieg. Zejdź z powrotem kawałek od miejsca, skąd wyszła igła. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg Przeciągnij nić na wskroś. Do środka, potem na zewnątrz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg Ścieg leży płasko. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg Prosta linia. Zrób następny ścieg tej samej wielkości co pierwszy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg Trzymaj ściegi na jednej linii. Nie zbaczaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg Ściegi są tej samej wielkości. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg Ścieg przed igłą. Do środka i na zewnątrz wzdłuż linii. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg Równe odstępy. Ścieg i przerwa są mniej więcej takie same. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg Nie ciągnij tak mocno, żeby tkanina się marszczyła. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg Dojdź do rogu tkaniny. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg Skręć. Następny ścieg opuszcza róg i idzie wzdłuż następnego boku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg Linia zostaje równa. Nie marszcz rogu. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg Dwa kawałki tkaniny. Połóż jedną krawędź na drugiej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg Zszyj je wzdłuż tej jednej krawędzi. Igła przechodzi przez oba kawałki. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg Tylko jedna krawędź. Potem przestań. Nie zszywaj jeszcze innych stron. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg Kwadrat. Zacznij od jednego rogu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg Ten sam ścieg dookoła. Skręć każdy róg tak samo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg Gdy wrócisz tam, gdzie zacząłeś, przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg Łata. Mały kawałek tkaniny na większym kawałku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg Przyszyj ją. Igła przechodzi przez łatę i tkaninę pod nią. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg Krawędzie zostają na dole. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg Zawiąż koniec. Zrób mały węzeł przy tkaninie, żeby ostatni ścieg nie mógł się wyciągnąć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg Utnij nić krótko. Zostaw tylko mały koniec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg Igła jest wolna. Potem przestań. Nie zaczynaj nowego szwu. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg Zrób drugi kwadrat tak samo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg Policz ściegi. Dwa kwadraty tej samej wielkości. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie zszywaj ich jeszcze razem. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg Jedna rzecz, której możesz użyć. Kwadrat, łata albo dwa kwadraty położone razem jako ściereczka. Nie nowy projekt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg Daj jej nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Szycie'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg Możesz zacząć inny kawałek jutro, bez tego, by ci mówiono, co robić. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg Umyj ręce. Mydło, potem woda, potem osusz je. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg Opróżnij blat. Na zewnątrz zostaje tylko to, czego ten talerz potrzebuje. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie włączaj jeszcze ciepła. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg Wszystko jest na zewnątrz przed ciepłem. Jedzenie, patelnia, talerz, łyżka, sól. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg Przeczytaj, co zrobisz. Nie musisz szukać narzędzia, gdy patelnia jest gorąca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. Palnik wciąż jest wyłączony. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg Patelnia jest gorąca. Dodaj trochę tłuszczu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg Tłuszcz rzednie i błyszczy. Szepcze. Nie dymi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, ciepło jest za wysokie. Zdejmij patelnię z ognia. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg Jedzenie wchodzi jedną warstwą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg Kawałki się nie piętrzą. Pełna patelnia paruje. Nie brązowieje. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie odwracaj jeszcze. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg Zostaw. Skórka potrzebuje czasu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg Nie szturchaj. Nie odchodź od gorącej patelni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie odwracaj jeszcze. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg Odwróć raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg Strona, która była na dole, jest brązowa. Jeśli nadal jest blada, potrzebowała więcej czasu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie odwracaj dalej. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg Spróbuj. Potem sól. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg Posól jedzenie, nie powietrze. Trochę wystarczy, aż znów spróbujesz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie potrząsaj dalej solą. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg Ciepło wyłączone. Patelnia kończy środek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg Środek ścina się od ciepła, które już jest na patelni. Nie podkręcasz palnika z powrotem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg Daj odpocząć. Nie tnij jeszcze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg Kilka cichych minut. Środek dochodzi, kiedy to leży. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg Soki zostają na talerzu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg Nałóż je łyżką na jedzenie. Nie wylewaj ich do zlewu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg Patelnia stygnie, potem ją myjesz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg Gorąca patelnia w zimnej wodzie może się wypaczyć. Poczekaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg Jeden talerz. Nie nowe danie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg Daj mu nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Gotowanie'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg Możesz ugotować kolejny talerz jutro, bez tego, by ci mówiono, co robić. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg Czarny pieprz na końcu, jeśli garnek będzie wrzeć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg Z solą, nie zamiast niej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg Kmin rzymski, rozgrzany, potem kolendra. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg Fasola, ryż albo jagnięcina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg Ziarno kolendry, rozgniecione. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg Nie praż go do koloru kawy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg Papryka rozgrzewa się szybko i przypala się szybciej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg Czosnek potem, albo czosnek się przypali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg Wędzona papryka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg Dym to przyprawa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg Pieprz kajeński na końcu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg Mniej niż innej przyprawy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg Jeśli pali, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg Płatki chili na tłuszczu, potem z ognia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg Czosnek może do nich dołączyć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg Jeśli pali, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg Chili w proszku to już kmin rzymski, czosnek i chili. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg Spróbuj, zanim dodasz więcej kminu rzymskiego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg Cynamon w tłuszczu ze szczyptą soli. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg Owoce, dynia albo trochę w mięsie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg Imbir, świeży albo suszony, z czosnkiem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg Suszony jest ostrzejszy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg Kurkuma barwi i gorzknieje, jeśli smaży się za długo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg Czarny pieprz pomaga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg Czosnek w proszku przypala się na suchej patelni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg Wrzuć go w tłuszcz, a potem jedzenie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg Cebula w proszku to nie smażona cebula. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg Użyj jej do bazy, potem posól danie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg Oregano wcześnie do sosu pomidorowego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg Suszone jest mocniejsze niż świeża szczypta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg Bazylia na końcu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg Żar ją wygania. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg Tymianek wcześnie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg Potrzebuje czasu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg Rozmaryn. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg Posiekaj go. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg Liść laurowy w płynie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg Jeden. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg Wyjmij. Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg Gałka muszkatołowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg Jedna wiórka na śmietanę, szpinak albo ziemniak. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg Goździk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg Jeden albo dwa wbite w cebulę, albo szczypta mielonego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg Ziele angielskie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg Na tym koniec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg Kardamon, strąki pęknięte, albo szczypta mielonego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg Ryż, kawa albo owoce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg Ziarno gorczycy na gorącym tłuszczu, aż pierwsze strzelą, potem jedzenie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg Kurkuma może potem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg Ziarno kopru włoskiego, rozgniecione. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg Pomidor albo wieprzowina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg Koperek na końcu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg Cytryna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg Kminek, rozgnieciony, z czosnkiem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg Kapusta, wieprzowina albo żyto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg Ziarno selera. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg Szczypta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg Sezam podprażony, aż pachnie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg Sól. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg Mak się nie rozgrzewa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg Masło i cytryna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg Szafran. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg Nitki, nie proszek z taniego słoika. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg Jeden anyż gwiaździsty w duszeniu albo bulionie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg Imbir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg Wyjmij. Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg Sumak z ognia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg On jest kwasem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg Kozieradka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg Szczypta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg Czarnuszka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg Nie przypal jej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg Mięta na końcu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg Cytryna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg Szałwia smażona kilka sekund na maśle, potem na dynię albo wieprzowinę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg Pieprz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg Estragon na końcu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg Cytryna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg Majeranek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg Użyj go tam, gdzie oregano by krzyczało. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg Natka pietruszki na końcu z cytryną. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg Jest świeża, nie przyprawa, którą rozgrzewasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg Świeża kolendra na końcu z limonką. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg Jeśli smakuje mydłem, to zioło, nie kucharz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg Trawa cytrynowa, obita, do zupy, potem wyjmij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg Imbir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg Wyjmij. Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg Anyż. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg Szczypta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg Kwiat muszkatołowy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg Szczypta do sosu śmietanowego albo ziemniaka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg Jałowiec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg Rozgnieć trzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg Jeśli pali, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg Pieprz syczuański podprażony, aż pachnie, potem rozgnieciony. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg Imbir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg Jeśli pali, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg Pieprz Aleppo z ognia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg Łagodny. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg Chipotle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg Dym plus ostrość. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg Jeśli pali, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg Curry to mieszanka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg Rozgrzej je, potem jedzenie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg Garam masala to mieszanka na koniec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg Garnek może już mieć kmin rzymski i kolendrę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg Pięć przypraw to mieszanka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg Szczypta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg Jeśli dymi, stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg Zmierz dwa razy. Zaznacz raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg Jeśli dwa pomiary się nie zgadzają, zmierz jeszcze raz. Nie zaznaczaj domysłu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie tnij jeszcze. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg Prowadź linię w kąt prosty w poprzek deski. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg Kątownik leży ciasno przy krawędzi. Linia idzie przez lico i w dół krawędzi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. Jeszcze nie tnij. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg Zaciśnij robotę. Twoja ręka to nie ścisk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg Jeśli deska może się przesunąć, cięcie zjedzie. Dociągnij ścisk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie uruchamiaj piły, dopóki drewno nie stoi. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg Tnij po stronie odpadu linii. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg Linia ołówka zostaje na kawałku, który zostawiasz. Zęby piły biorą odpad. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie tnij linii. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg Niech piła robi robotę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg Lekkie pchnięcie. Jeśli musisz się na nią opierać, piła jest tępa albo kąt jest zły. Przestań i ustaw od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg Podtrzymaj odcięty kawałek, żeby ostatnie włókno się nie wyrwało. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg Ręka albo druga podpora trzyma odpad. Nie daj mu spaść. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg Sprawdź cięcie kątownikiem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg Kątownik leży na licu i na końcu cięcia. Światło pod kątownikiem znaczy, że cięcie nie jest pod kątem prostym. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie szlifuj błędu, zanim go nie zobaczysz. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg Szlifuj do linii. Nie poza nią. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg Szlifuj wzdłuż słojów. Jeśli szlifujesz poza linię, kawałek jest krótki. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg Zetrzyj pył. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg Dwa lica się stykają. Światło nie idzie przez złącze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg Trzymaj je razem i patrz wzdłuż szwu. Światło znaczy szczelinę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie klej szczeliny. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg Klej, potem ścisk. Wyciska się cienka nitka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg Za dużo kleju nie robi mocniejszego złącza. Zetrzyj nitkę. Nie głodź złącza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg Wiąże. Potem zeszlifuj złącze równo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg Nie szlifuj mokrego kleju. Czekaj, aż złącze będzie twarde. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg Jeden kawałek. Nie nowy projekt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg Daj mu nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Drewno'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg Jutro możesz zacząć inny kawałek, bez tego, by ci mówiono, co robić. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg Wybierz roślinę do światła, które naprawdę masz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg Roślina słoneczna w ciemnym pokoju nie urośnie tylko dlatego, że tego życzysz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie sadź jeszcze. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg Ziemia odprowadza wodę. Doniczka potrzebuje dziury. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg Jeśli woda stoi w doniczce, korzenie gniją. Sprawdź dziurę, zanim ją napełnisz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg Sadź na głębokość z opakowania. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg Jeśli nie ma opakowania, małe nasiono dostaje płytką warstwę. Duże nasiono idzie głębiej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg Dociśnij ziemię. Bez kieszeni powietrza pod nasionem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg Dociśnij lekko. Zbyt twarda ziemia nie wpuszcza wody i powietrza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg Podlej raz, głęboko. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg Podlewaj, aż woda wyjdzie z dziury. Potem czekaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg Niech wierzch wyschnie, zanim podlejesz znowu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg Włóż palec. Jeśli wierzch jest jeszcze wilgotny, zostaw. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg Siewka chce światła bardziej niż wody. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg Blada, wyciągnięta siewka prosi o światło. Przenieś ją. Nie utop jej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg Przerzedź do odstępu z opakowania. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg Najsilniejsza siewka zostaje. Dodatkowe wychodzą. Ściśnięte rośliny zostają małe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg Dokarmiaj dopiero po liściach właściwych. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg Za dużo je pali. Trochę, potem przestań. Pierwsze dwa liście nie są liśćmi właściwymi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg Zdejmij szkodniki ręką, zanim czymkolwiek pryskasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg Jeden robak to nie powód do butelki. Zdejmij go. Spójrz jutro jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg Zbieraj, gdy jest gotowe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg Za długie czekanie robi je twarde. Roślina zostawiona za długo zużywa się na nasiona. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg Jeden zbiór. Nie nowy ogród. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg Daj mu nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Uprawa'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg Możesz zasadzić kolejną doniczkę jutro, bez tego, by ci mówiono, co robić. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg Okno. To ucięty koniec, nie nasiono. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg Użyj świeżego szczypiorku z korzeniami, nie wyschniętego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg Okno, potem słońce. Kiełek to pewny wynik. Strąki potrzebują dużo światła. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg Użyj całej suchej fasoli: czerwonej, czarnej, pinto albo suszonej szparagowej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg Okno. Liście to prawdopodobny plon. Gruba główka czosnku nie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg Jeden twardy ząbek. Zostaw skórkę. Czubek do góry, płaski koniec korzenia do dołu, na głębokość około dwóch centymetrów. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg Okno. Kilka małych liści, nie druga główka ze sklepu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg Użyj świeżej podstawy, nie brązowej i śliskiej. Zostaw około trzech centymetrów serca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg Okno. Ta sama metoda co przy sałacie rzymskiej, i wolniej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg Świeża podstawa, wysoka na około trzy centymetry, na płytkim talerzu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg Ciepłe okno. Dostajesz roślinę, którą możesz ciąć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg Bazylia chce ciepłego pokoju. Rozsyp małe nasiona na wilgotnej ziemi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg Ciepłe okno. Owoc chce prawdziwego słońca i większej doniczki. Liście nigdy nie są jedzeniem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg Użyj w pełni dojrzałego pomidora. Wrzuć nasiona i galaretkę do kubka z odrobiną wody. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg Ciepłe okno. Papryka chce więcej ciepła niż pomidory, i więcej czasu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg Weź nasiona z dojrzałej papryki. Możesz pominąć fermentację. Wysusz je. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg Głęboka doniczka. Roślina jest prawdopodobna. Worek ziemniaków nie, chyba że doniczka jest głęboka i czekasz miesiące. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg Wiele ziemniaków ze sklepu jest traktowanych, żeby nie kiełkowały. Jeśli przez trzy tygodnie nic się nie dzieje, dlatego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg Drzewo w domu. Owoc jest niepewny, po latach, i może być kwaśny albo inny. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg Posadź świeże nasiono z cytryny albo pomarańczy. Nasiono, które wyschło na blacie, często zawodzi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg Drzewo w domu. Owoc w domu jest rzadki, trwa latami i nie będzie taki jak ten, który kupiłeś. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg Umyj pestkę. Szerszy, bardziej płaski koniec to dół. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg Siewka, nie miska wiśni. Zimne miejsce na dworze jest tam, gdzie wiśnia owocuje, po latach, i często potrzebuje drugiego drzewa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg Wyszoruj pestkę, aż nie zostanie miąższu. Zostawiony miąższ pleśnieje. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg Okno. Zieleń, nie druga marchewka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg Odetnij liście ze świeżej marchewki. Zostaw około jednego centymetra pomarańczowego wierzchu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg Okno. Liście, nie drugi burak. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg Odetnij zieleń. Zostaw około jednego centymetra buraka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg Okno. To ucięty koniec, nie nasiono. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg Użyj świeżego pora, który wciąż ma podstawę, nie wyschniętego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg Okno. Kilka małych liści, nie druga główka ze sklepu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg Użyj świeżej podstawy, nie brązowej i śliskiej. Zostaw około trzech centymetrów serca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg Okno. Luźne liście, nie druga ścisła główka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg Świeża podstawa, wysoka na około trzy centymetry, na płytkim talerzu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg Okno. Pierzaste liście, nie druga bulwa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg Użyj podstawy bulwy kopru włoskiego. Same ucięte łodygi robią mało. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg Ciepłe okno. Kępa jest plonem. Nie garść łodyg w tym miesiącu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg Użyj łodygi, która wciąż ma twardą bladą podstawę. Suchy patyk nie puści korzenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg Roślina w domu. Owoc w domu jest rzadki, i trwa latami, jeśli przyjdzie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg Wykręć koronę ze świeżego ananasa. Odetnij wszelki miąższ owocu z podstawy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg Słoneczna doniczka. Korzeń jest plonem, jeśli zostaje chłodno i każda roślina ma miejsce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg Doniczka głęboka jak twoja dłoń, z otworem. Wilgotna ziemia, nie kałuża. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg Jasna doniczka. Liście, nie ścisła główka ze sklepu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg Nasiono jest małe. Rozsyp je na wilgotnej ziemi. Przyciśnij, albo przykryj pyłem ziemi. Zakopane głęboko, zawodzi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg Chłodna doniczka. Liście, nie letni plon na gorącym parapecie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg Siej na głębokość około jednego centymetra, w doniczce z otworem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg Jasna doniczka. Liście są plonem. Ciepło je kończy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg Nasiono jest okrągłe. Siej na głębokość około jednego centymetra, w doniczce, którą zostawisz. Nie lubi przenosin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg Doniczka z otworem. Kępa, którą możesz ciąć latami. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg Nasiono jest wolne. Trzymaj ziemię wilgotną. Kiełek często za dziesięć do dwudziestu dni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg Jasna doniczka. Łodyga, nie nasiono. Nasiono często daje słabą roślinę, która nie jest miętą, którą poczułeś. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg Utnij świeżą łodygę. Oderwij dolne liście. Suchy patyk nie puści korzenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg Słoneczna doniczka. Strąki są plonem. Kiełek w słoiku to inna lekcja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg Użyj całej suchej fasoli krzaczastej. Nie fasola tyczna, chyba że dasz jej wysoki patyk. Nie groch połówki. Nie fasola z puszki. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg Chłodna doniczka. Strąki, jeśli pogoda zostaje chłodna. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg Użyj całych nasion grochu, nie grochu połówki. Groch połówki jest martwy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg Na dworze, albo doniczka na co najmniej dwadzieścia centymetrów głębokości. Korzeń jest plonem. To nie jest główka marchewki na talerzu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg Luźna ziemia, bez kamieni i twardych grud. One rozwidlają korzeń. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg Na dworze, albo doniczka na co najmniej dwadzieścia centymetrów głębokości. Korzeń, i liście. To nie jest główka buraka na talerzu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg Każda kulka nasion może zrobić kilka kiełków. Siej na głębokość około dwóch centymetrów. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg Na dworze, albo duża doniczka z otworem. Liście, na długo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg Siej na głębokość około jednego centymetra. Kiełek często za pięć do dziesięciu dni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg Na dworze. Dymka jest łatwiejsza niż nasiono. Nasiono potrzebuje miesięcy, zanim będzie cebulą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg Posadź dymkę czubkiem do góry, końcem korzenia do dołu, około dziesięciu centymetrów od siebie. Czubek tylko wystaje. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg Duża doniczka albo grunt, z czymś do wspinania. Nie parapet. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg Siej na głębokość około dwóch centymetrów, dopiero gdy ziemia jest ciepła. Zimna mokra ziemia gnoi nasiono. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg Grunt, albo bardzo duża doniczka. Jedna roślina robi się ogromna. Dwie to dużo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg Siej na głębokość około dwóch centymetrów, dopiero gdy ziemia jest ciepła. Zimna mokra ziemia gnoi nasiono. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg Na dworze, w ciepłej ziemi. Nie doniczka, i nie jedna roślina. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg Posadź blok, co najmniej cztery rośliny w każdą stronę. Pyłek spada z wiechy na górze na wąsy kolb. Jeden rząd albo jedna roślina często robi puste kolby. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg Roślina albo rozłóg. Nasiono jest wolne, i większość roślin z nasion nie daje owocu w pierwszym roku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg Słoneczny grunt, albo doniczka z otworem. Nie ciemne okno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg Na dworze, w pełnym słońcu. Kwiat, i nasiona, jeśli lato jest dość długie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg Siej na głębokość około dwóch centymetrów, dopiero gdy ziemia jest ciepła. Kiełek często za siedem do czternastu dni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg Słońce i ciepła ziemia. Kończą się w jednym lecie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg Ledwo przykryj nasiono. Zimna mokra ziemia je gnoi, albo nasiono tylko leży. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg Słońce. Kończą się w jednym lecie i kwitną aż do mrozu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg Uboga ziemia robi więcej kwiatów. Żyzna ziemia robi dużo liści i mało kwiatów. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg Aksamitka ogrodowa. Nie nagietek. To następna lekcja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg Słońce. Ledwo przykryj nasiono, dopiero gdy ziemia jest ciepła. Kiełek często za pięć do dziesięciu dni. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg Nagietek. Nie aksamitka ogrodowa z lekcji przed tą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg Kwiat chłodnego sezonu. Ciepło może go zatrzymać. Chłodne lato jest w sam raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg Duże nasiono, na głębokość około dwóch centymetrów, w ciepłej ziemi. Doniczka albo grunt. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg Płożą się. Uboga ziemia robi więcej kwiatów. Żyzna ziemia robi liście. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg Nie groch, który jesz. To inna roślina i inna lekcja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg Lubią chłodną pogodę. Ciepło zatrzymuje kwiaty. Chłodne lato może im pasować. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg Korzeń, nie nasiono. Oczka to różowe pąki na korzeniu. Wskazują do góry. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg Posadź tak, żeby nie więcej niż około pięciu centymetrów ziemi przykrywało oczka. Głębiej niż tyle, może robić liście i nigdy nie kwitnąć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg Zdecyduj, co jest na zdjęciu, zanim podniesiesz aparat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg Jeśli nie umiesz powiedzieć tego jedną krótką linijką, nie jesteś gotów fotografować. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie rób jeszcze zdjęcia. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg Rusz stopami, zanim dotkniesz ustawienia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg Krok w lewo zmienia zdjęcie bardziej niż przycisk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg Podejdź bliżej. Większość zdjęć ma za dużo wokół tematu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg Jeśli możesz nazwać trzy dodatkowe rzeczy w kadrze, zrób krok bliżej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg Horyzont jest w poziomie, chyba że ma nie być. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg Przechylony stół wygląda jak błąd. Przechyl telefon, aż linia będzie płaska. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg Ustaw ostrość na część, która się liczy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg Stuknij tę część. Jeśli tło jest ostre, a rzecz nieostra, stuknąłeś złe miejsce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg Jeden mocny kształt. Nie pięć rzeczy, które walczą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg Jeśli musisz wyjaśnić, o którą rzecz chodzi na zdjęciu, zdjęcie nie jest skończone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg Czekaj na moment. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg Zdjęcie zrobione, bo byłeś niecierpliwy, jest tym, które usuwasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg Osoba, która się nie zgodziła, nie jest na zdjęciu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg Zapytaj najpierw. Skinienie głową się liczy. Milczenie nie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg Naświetl pod rzecz, po którą przyszedłeś. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg Odpuść tło. Jasne okno za rzeczą robi z rzeczy cień. Odwróć się. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg Trzy zdjęcia tej samej rzeczy. Zostaw jedno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg Dwie pozostałe idą. Więcej zdjęć nie robi lepszego. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg Przytnij tylko to, co walczy z tematem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg Przycięcie nie jest sposobem, żeby wymyślić bliższe zdjęcie, którego nie zrobiłeś. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg Jedno zdjęcie. Nie cała rolka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg Daj mu nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Aparat'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg Możesz zrobić kolejne zdjęcie jutro, bez tego, by ci mówiono, co robić. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg Wybierz instrument, na którym naprawdę będziesz ćwiczyć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg Fortepian, którego nie dosięgasz, nie jest instrumentem. Ręce, bęben, gitara, którą już masz, wszystko się liczy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie graj jeszcze piosenki. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg Ciało jest luźne przed nutą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg Jeśli barki są przy uszach, nuta będzie napięta. Opuść je. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg Jedna nuta, czysto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg Czysta nuta to taka, której słyszysz początek i koniec. Zbędny hałas nie jest jej częścią. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg Równy puls, który możesz stukać. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg Jeśli stuknięcia przyspieszają, nie masz jeszcze pulsu. Zwolnij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg Ta sama fraza, cicho, potem pełno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg Pełno to nie tak głośno, jak pokój zniesie. Jeśli uszy bolą, to za dużo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg Pauzę się gra. Nie wypełniaj jej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg Cisza to uderzenie, które liczysz. Jeśli grasz przez nią, pominąłeś ją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg Pięć dźwięków, które znajdziesz znowu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg Zagraj je. Odwróć wzrok. Znajdź te same pięć. Jeśli nie możesz, jeszcze ich nie masz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg Cztery takty. Zatrzymaj się na kresce taktu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg Nie dodawaj piątego. Zatrzymanie jest częścią frazy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg Wolno, aż będzie czysto. Szybkość przychodzi potem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg Szybka, niechlujna fraza to nie ćwiczenie. To nawyk, który będziesz musiał odkręcić. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg Nagraj jedno ujęcie. Posłuchaj raz. Popraw jedną rzecz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg Nie słuchaj pięć razy i nie poprawiaj pięciu rzeczy. Jedna rzecz, potem zagraj to znowu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg Dwadzieścia minut. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg Bola ręka nie jest dowodem, że pracowałeś. To powód, żeby przestać. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg Jedna fraza, którą możesz zagrać jutro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg Daj jej nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Muzyka'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć te nuty znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg Ciało jest luźne przed dźwiękiem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg Jeśli barki są przy uszach, nuta będzie napięta. Opuść je. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. Nie śpiewaj jeszcze piosenki. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg Oddech zaczyna nutę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg Najpierw weź powietrze. Jeśli zaczniesz dźwięk, a potem szukasz powietrza, nuta drży. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg Jedna samogłoska, w centrum. Bez pchania z gardła. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg Jeśli gardło się zaciska, pchasz. Łagodniej, i samogłoska zostaje w środku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg Znajdź nutę, potem ją trzymaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg Trzymana nuta, która się ślizga, nie jest jeszcze znaleziona. Znajdź ją znowu, potem ją trzymaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg Słowo słychać za pierwszym razem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg Jeśli słuchacz musi spytać, co zaśpiewałeś, słowo nie było dokończone. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg Ta sama linia, cicho, potem pełno. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg Pełno to nie tak głośno, jak pokój zniesie. Jeśli poczujesz zawroty, trzymałeś powietrze za długo. Przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg Pauza to cisza. Nie wypełniaj jej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg Oddychaj w pauzie. Jeśli śpiewasz przez nią, pomijasz ją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg Wysoka nuta jest przygotowana, nie chwytana. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg Jeśli sięgasz i gardło chwyta, nie byłeś gotowy. Wejdź z nuty przed nią. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg Nagraj jedną zwrotkę. Posłuchaj raz. Popraw jedną rzecz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg Nie słuchaj pięć razy i nie poprawiaj pięciu rzeczy. Jedna rzecz, potem zaśpiewaj ją jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg Dwadzieścia minut. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg Ból gardła nie jest dowodem, że pracowałeś. To powód, żeby przestać. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg Śpiewaj słowa tak, jak je masz na myśli. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg Jeśli słowa są tylko dźwiękami, jeszcze ich nie zaśpiewałeś. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg Jedna zwrotka, którą możesz zaśpiewać jutro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg Daj jej nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Śpiew'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć tę zwrotkę znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg Jedna prawdziwa rzecz. Nie kostium piosenki, którą lubisz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg Jeśli linia mogłaby być dowolną piosenką w radiu, to kostium. Zacznij od tego, co naprawdę widziałeś. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg Tytuł to obietnica piosenki. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg Napisz go u góry. Jeśli zwrotki nie dotrzymują tej obietnicy, tytuł jest kłamstwem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg Refren mówi tę obietnicę w jednej albo dwóch liniach. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg Dwie linie to granica. Refren, który potrzebuje akapitu, jest zwrotką. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg Mrucz melodię. Jeśli nie masz zapisu, napisz rytm zwykłymi słowami. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg Długa, krótka, krótka wystarczy. Rysunek nut, których nie umiesz czytać, nie pomaga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg Zwrotka pierwsza to scena. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg Kto tam jest i co możesz zobaczyć. Nie tłumacz jeszcze uczucia. Scena to robi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg Refren wraca bez zmian. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg Jeśli przepiszesz go za drugim razem, nie masz refrenu. Masz dwie zwrotki. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg Zwrotka druga podnosi koszt albo zwrot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg Coś jest trudniejsze, albo ktoś zmienia zdanie. Jeśli nic się nie zmieniło, to znów zwrotka pierwsza. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg Bridge jest opcjonalny. Jedna linia, której refren nie powiedział. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg Jeśli go nie potrzebujesz, nie pisz go. Bridge to nie trzecia zwrotka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg Gatunek to bit i słowa, nie kostium. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg Postukaj bit, który masz na myśli. Jeśli słowa działają tylko w głosie kogoś innego, jeszcze nie są twoje. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg Bez pożyczonego hooka. Jeśli słyszysz inną piosenkę, zacznij linię od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg Hook, który pamiętasz z radia, nie jest twój. Napisz następną linię ze swojego tytułu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg Nagraj refren. Posłuchaj raz. Popraw jedno słowo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg Nie słuchaj pięć razy i nie poprawiaj pięciu słów. Jedno słowo, i na dziś koniec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg Jedna piosenka, którą możesz zaśpiewać jutro. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg Daj jej nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Pisanie piosenek'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć ten refren znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg Papier albo tablet, który już masz. Nie potrzebujesz specjalnego programu. Napisz jedną osobę. Imię wystarczy. Tylko jedna osoba. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg W następnej linijce napisz, czego ta osoba chce. Jedno pragnienie. Nie lista. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg W następnej linijce napisz jedną rzecz, która stoi na drodze. Osobę, fakt albo granicę. Potem przestań. To nie jest cała historia. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg Zostaw trzy linijki z klasy 1 na stole. Otwórz nową stronę. Nie zaczynaj od 'to jest historia o'. Zacznij, gdy osoba już jest w miejscu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg Napisz, co robi teraz. Jedną czynność, którą widać. Ręka na drzwiach, krok, odstawiona filiżanka. Zostań w tej chwili. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg Przeczytaj. Jeśli zdanie opowiada całe życie albo morał, skreśl je. Początek to tylko ta chwila. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg Przeczytaj początek z klasy 2. To jedna chwila. Nie zaczynaj nowej sceny. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg Zanim ta chwila się skończy, połóż pragnienie na stronie. Nie pisz 'ona chciała'. Pokaż je. Ręka próbuje drzwi. Oczy zostają przy telefonie, którego nie bierze. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg Czytaj do ostatniej linijki. Jeśli czytelnik wciąż nie wie, czego osoba chce, dodaj jedną czynność, która to pokazuje. Potem przestań. Nie zaczynaj środka. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg Wróć do sceny. Pragnienie już jest. Przeszkoda jest tylko jednego rodzaju: osoba, fakt albo granica. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg Napisz ją w scenie. Osoba mówi nie. Fakt: autobus odjechał. Granica: jest jedna moneta. Nie pisz 'był problem'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg Przeczytaj. Jeśli przeszkoda mogłaby być więcej niż jednego rodzaju, zostaw jedną i skreśl resztę. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg To jest środek. Napisz pierwszą próbę. Nie udaje się z jednego powodu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg Napisz drugą próbę. Nie udaje się z innego powodu. Nie powtarzaj pierwszej porażki. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg Przeczytaj obie próby. Jeśli nie udają się z tego samego powodu, zmień drugą. Potem przestań. Nie pisz końca. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg Przeczytaj dwie próby. Obie się nie udały. Nie dodawaj ratunku przez szczęście. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg Napisz zwrot jako wybór. Osoba bierze jedną z dwóch rzeczy, które naprawdę może zrobić. Wie, ile to kosztuje. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg Przeczytaj. Jeśli wyjściem jest szczęście, obcy albo znaleziony klucz, skreśl to. Napisz wybór. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg Napisz koniec w kilku linijkach. Albo dostają to, czego chcą, albo strona pokazuje, ile to kosztowało. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg Nie dodawaj nowego pragnienia. Użyj pragnienia z pierwszej sceny. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg Przeczytaj pragnienie i koniec razem. Jeśli koniec zapomina pragnienie, popraw koniec. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg Przeczytaj scenę do ostatniej linijki. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg Ostatnia linijka musi coś zmienić. Fakt, wybór albo to, co ktoś wie. Jeśli nic się nie zmieniło, napisz zmianę. Rozdział wcześniej się nie kończy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg Jeśli zaczęła się nowa scena, skreśl ją. Zakończ na zmianie. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg Znajdź jedno uczucie albo fakt, który miałeś wyjaśnić. 'Była zła.' 'On jej nie ufał.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg Włóż to w to, co ktoś mówi, albo w to, czego nie mówi. Nie pisz ogłoszenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg Przeczytaj. Jeśli narrator wciąż to ogłasza, skreśl to zdanie. Rozmowa to niesie. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg Przeczytaj scenę. Zaznacz zdanie, które wyjaśnia to, co czytelnik już zobaczył. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg Skreśl je. Zostaw działanie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg Przeczytaj scenę jeszcze raz. Jeśli inne zdanie tylko wyjaśnia, skreśl i je. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg Przeczytaj pierwszą stronę na głos. Tylko pierwszą stronę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg Zaznacz pierwsze miejsce, gdzie zgubiłeś osobę, pragnienie albo miejsce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg Popraw to miejsce. Jedna naprawa. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg Przeczytaj tekst od pierwszej linijki do ostatniej. Ma osobę, pragnienie, przeszkodę, dwie próby, wybór i koniec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg Daj mu nazwę. Nazwa to nie 'Historia'. Wskazuje ten tekst. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg Tekst można dać czytelnikowi. Nie potrzebujesz tej strony otwartej, żeby wiedzieć, czym jest. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg Papier, który już masz. Napisz jedną rzecz, którą możesz zrobić. Nie sklep. Nie lista. Jedna rzecz. Bochenek, naprawa, rysunek, słoik zupy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg To jest dla jednej osoby, nie dla wszystkich. W następnej linijce napisz dla kogo. Imię wystarczy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg Przeczytaj dwie linijki. Możesz to skończyć. Jeśli nie, skreśl i napisz mniejszą rzecz. Potem przestań. Nie pisz ceny. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg Popatrz na tę jedną rzecz z ostatniej klasy. Jest dla jednej osoby. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg Napisz imię tej osoby w następnej linijce. Prawdziwa osoba, z którą możesz rozmawiać. Nie wszyscy. Nie klienci. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg Przeczytaj imię. Jeśli nie potrafisz wyobrazić sobie twarzy, skreśl i napisz jedną osobę, której twarz potrafisz. Potem przestań. Nie pisz ceny. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg Osoba, którą nazwałeś. Napisz, czego potrzebuje, a czego nie ma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg To musi pasować do rzeczy, którą możesz zrobić. Nie nowa firma. Jedna potrzeba. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg Przeczytaj potrzebę i rzecz razem. Jeśli nie pasują, zmień potrzebę albo rzecz. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg Zrób pierwsze. Użyj tego, co już masz. Nie otwieraj sklepu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg Skończ to. Nie plan dziesięciu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg Postaw je na stole. To jest pierwsze. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg Zanieś pierwszą do osoby, którą nazwałeś. Albo ustal czas, kiedy może ją potrzymać. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg Włóż ją w ręce. Nie tłumacz całego planu. Niech ją potrzyma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg Zostań, kiedy patrzy. Potem przestań. Nie proś o pieniądze. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg Gdy weźmie to w ręce, napisz słowa, które powiedział. Jego słowa, nie twoje. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg Jeśli nic nie powiedział, napisz, co zrobił. Odłożył to. Uśmiechnął się. Zadał jedno pytanie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg Przeczytaj, co napisałeś. To jego reakcja, nie twoja nadzieja. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg Przeczytaj, co powiedzieli. Znajdź jedną rzecz, o którą prosili. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg Zmień tę jedną rzecz na tym, co zrobiłeś. Nie pięć rzeczy. Jedną. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg Zmiana jest zrobiona. Potem przestań. Nie zaczynaj od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg Na własnym papierze napisz, co cię kosztowało zrobienie tej rzeczy. Czas. Materiały, które już miałeś. Rzecz, którą zużyłeś. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg To jest dla ciebie. To nie jest cena dla nich. Nie pisz ceny sprzedaży. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg Przeczytaj. Wiesz, co cię to kosztowało. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg Popatrz, co cię to kosztowało. Zdecyduj cenę, którą możesz powiedzieć na głos tej jednej osobie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg Powiedz ją tej osobie, albo poćwicz mówienie jej pokojowi. Na głos. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg Nie wpisuj ceny na tej stronie. Nie wpisuj jej w notatce tutaj. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg Napisz, jak to od ciebie dostają. Podajesz im to do ręki. Oni to odbierają. Zostawiasz to pod ich drzwiami. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg Jeden sposób. Nie sklep. Nie płatność na tej stronie. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg Przeczytaj. Ktoś mógłby iść tym sposobem. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg Powiedz osobie, dla której to jest. Jedno zdanie. Rzecz, i że jest dla tej osoby. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg Powiedz to, albo napisz tam, gdzie to zobaczy. Nie plakat dla wszystkich. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg Jedno zdanie. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg Przeczytaj to, co masz. Jedna rzecz. Jedna osoba. Jedna potrzeba. Jedna zrobiona rzecz. Jeden sposób, w jaki ją dostają. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg Daj ofercie nazwę. Nazwa to nie "Business". Wskazuje tę ofertę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg Możesz to wręczyć kupującemu bez tej strony otwartej. Potem przestań. Nie wpisuj ceny. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg Zagraj jeden biały klawisz i daj mu wybrzmieć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg Jeśli go trzymasz, nie dajesz mu wybrzmieć. Unieś palec i posłuchaj końca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg Trzymaj cztery równe uderzenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg Jeśli uderzenia przyspieszają, nie masz jeszcze pulsu. Zwolnij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg Zagraj ten sam klawisz głośno, potem cicho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg Cicho to wciąż ten sam klawisz. Jeśli uszy bolą, to za dużo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg Zagraj wyższy klawisz, potem niższy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg Nazwij, który jest wyższy. Zagraj je znowu, nie szukając długo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg Zostaw pauzę, którą możesz policzyć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg Cisza to uderzenie. Jeśli grasz przez nią, pominąłeś ją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg Powtórz ten sam krótki wzór trzy razy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg Jeśli trzeci raz rośnie, nie powtórzyłeś go. Zagraj pierwszy jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg Użyj jednej ręki i daj drugiej odpocząć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg Ręka, która odpoczywa, nie unosi się. Jest nieruchoma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg Zagraj wolno, potem trochę szybciej, nie pośpieszając pauzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg Pauza zostaje tej samej długości. Szybkość nie zjada ciszy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg Niech ktoś inny liczy do czterech, gdy grasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg Jeśli wyprzedzasz ich liczenie, jeszcze nie jesteś z nimi. Zacznij od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg Zatrzymaj się na ostatnim uderzeniu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg Jeśli dodasz jeszcze jedno, nie zatrzymałeś się. Unieś obie ręce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg Zagraj raz od początku, potem się zatrzymaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg Jedno ujęcie. Nie łataj środka. Jeśli się rozpadnie, następna próba zaczyna się od początku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg Zagraj jeden krótki wzór i daj mu nazwę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg Nazwa to nie 'Pianino'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć te klawisze znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg Zagraj jeden cichy oddech i daj mu wybrzmieć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg Jeśli dźwięk nigdy się nie kończy, wciąż dmuchasz. Zatrzymaj powietrze i słuchaj. Przestań, jeśli masz zawroty albo bolą wargi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg Trzymaj cztery równe uderzenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg Jeśli uderzenia przyspieszają, nie masz jeszcze pulsu. Zwolnij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg Zagraj tę samą nutę głośno, potem cicho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg Cicho to wciąż ta sama nuta. Jeśli uszy bolą, to za dużo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg Zagraj wyższą nutę, potem niższą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg Nazwij, która jest wyższa. Zagraj je znowu, nie szukając długo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg Zostaw pauzę, którą możesz policzyć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg Cisza to uderzenie. Jeśli grasz przez nią, pominąłeś ją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg Powtórz ten sam krótki wzór trzy razy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg Jeśli trzeci raz rośnie, nie powtórzyłeś go. Zagraj pierwszy jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg Użyj jednej ręki i daj drugiej odpocząć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg Ręka, która odpoczywa, nie unosi się. Jest nieruchoma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg Zagraj wolno, potem trochę szybciej, nie pośpieszając pauzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg Pauza zostaje tej samej długości. Szybkość nie zjada ciszy. Przestań, jeśli poczujesz zawroty. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg Niech ktoś inny liczy do czterech, gdy grasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg Jeśli wyprzedzasz ich liczenie, jeszcze nie jesteś z nimi. Zacznij od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg Zatrzymaj się na ostatnim uderzeniu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg Jeśli dodasz jeszcze jedno, nie zatrzymałeś się. Wyjmij klarnet z ust. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg Zagraj raz od początku, potem się zatrzymaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg Jedno ujęcie. Nie łataj środka. Jeśli się rozpadnie, następna próba zaczyna się od początku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg Zagraj jeden krótki wzór i daj mu nazwę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg Nazwa to nie 'Klarnet'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć te nuty znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg Zabrzęcz wargami raz i daj mu wybrzmieć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg Jeśli buczenie nigdy się nie kończy, wciąż dmuchasz. Zatrzymaj powietrze i słuchaj. Przestań, jeśli bolą wargi albo masz zawroty. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg Trzymaj cztery równe uderzenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg Jeśli uderzenia przyspieszają, nie masz jeszcze pulsu. Zwolnij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg Zagraj tę samą nutę głośno, potem cicho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg Cicho to wciąż ta sama nuta. Jeśli uszy bolą, to za dużo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg Zagraj wyższą nutę, potem niższą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg Nazwij, która jest wyższa. Zagraj je znowu, nie szukając długo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg Zostaw pauzę, którą możesz policzyć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg Cisza to uderzenie. Jeśli grasz przez nią, pominąłeś ją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg Powtórz ten sam krótki wzór trzy razy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg Jeśli trzeci raz rośnie, nie powtórzyłeś go. Zagraj pierwszy jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg Użyj jednej ręki i daj drugiej odpocząć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg Ręka, która odpoczywa, nie unosi się. Jest nieruchoma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg Zagraj wolno, potem trochę szybciej, nie pośpieszając pauzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg Pauza zostaje tej samej długości. Szybkość nie zjada ciszy. Przestań, jeśli poczujesz zawroty. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg Niech ktoś inny liczy do czterech, gdy grasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg Jeśli wyprzedzasz ich liczenie, jeszcze nie jesteś z nimi. Zacznij od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg Zatrzymaj się na ostatnim uderzeniu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg Jeśli dodasz jeszcze jedno, nie zatrzymałeś się. Wyjmij trąbkę z ust. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg Zagraj raz od początku, potem się zatrzymaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg Jedno ujęcie. Nie łataj środka. Jeśli się rozpadnie, następna próba zaczyna się od początku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg Zagraj jeden krótki wzór i daj mu nazwę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg Nazwa to nie 'Trąbka'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć te nuty znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg Szarpnij jedną strunę i daj jej wybrzmieć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg Unieś palec. Posłuchaj końca. Jeśli ją trzymasz, nie dajesz jej wybrzmieć. Bez smyczka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg Trzymaj cztery równe uderzenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg Jeśli uderzenia przyspieszają, nie masz jeszcze pulsu. Zwolnij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg Zagraj tę samą strunę głośno, potem cicho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg Cicho to wciąż ta sama struna. Jeśli uszy bolą, to za dużo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg Zagraj wyższą strunę, potem niższą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg Nazwij, która jest wyższa. Zagraj je znowu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg Zostaw pauzę, którą możesz policzyć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg Cisza to uderzenie. Jeśli grasz przez nią, pominąłeś ją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg Powtórz ten sam krótki wzór trzy razy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg Jeśli trzeci raz rośnie, nie powtórzyłeś go. Zagraj pierwszy jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg Użyj jednej ręki i daj drugiej odpocząć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg Ręka, która odpoczywa, nie unosi się. Jest nieruchoma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg Zagraj wolno, potem trochę szybciej, nie pośpieszając pauzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg Pauza zostaje tej samej długości. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg Niech ktoś inny liczy do czterech, gdy grasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg Jeśli wyprzedzasz ich liczenie, zacznij od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg Zatrzymaj się na ostatnim uderzeniu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg Jeśli dodasz jeszcze jedno, nie zatrzymałeś się. Unieś obie ręce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg Zagraj raz od początku, potem się zatrzymaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg Jedno ujęcie. Nie łataj środka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg Zagraj jeden krótki wzór i daj mu nazwę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg Nazwa to nie 'Wiolonczela'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć te struny znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg Uderz raz i daj mu wybrzmieć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg Unieś rękę. Słuchaj do końca. Stop, jeśli boli ręka. Nie uderzaj blisko ucha. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg Trzymaj cztery równe uderzenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg Jeśli uderzenia przyspieszają, nie masz jeszcze pulsu. Zwolnij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg Uderz w to samo miejsce głośno, potem cicho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg Cicho to wciąż to samo miejsce. Jeśli uszy bolą, to za dużo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg Uderz wyżej, potem niżej. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg Nazwij, który jest wyższy. Uderz je znowu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg Zostaw pauzę, którą możesz policzyć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg Cisza to uderzenie. Jeśli uderzasz przez nią, pominąłeś ją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg Powtórz ten sam krótki wzór trzy razy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg Jeśli trzeci raz rośnie, zagraj pierwszy jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg Użyj jednej ręki i daj drugiej odpocząć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg Ręka, która odpoczywa, nie unosi się. Jest nieruchoma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg Zagraj wolno, potem trochę szybciej, nie pośpieszając pauzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg Pauza zostaje tej samej długości. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg Niech ktoś inny liczy do czterech, gdy grasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg Jeśli wyprzedzasz ich liczenie, zacznij od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg Zatrzymaj się na ostatnim uderzeniu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg Jeśli dodasz jeszcze jedno, nie zatrzymałeś się. Unieś obie ręce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg Zagraj raz od początku, potem się zatrzymaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg Jedno ujęcie. Nie łataj środka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg Zagraj jeden krótki wzór i daj mu nazwę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg Nazwa to nie 'Perkusja'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć ten wzór znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg Szarpnij jedną cichą strunę i daj jej wybrzmieć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg Jeśli ją trzymasz, nie dajesz jej wybrzmieć. Unieś palec i słuchaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg Trzymaj cztery równe uderzenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg Jeśli uderzenia przyspieszają, nie masz jeszcze pulsu. Zwolnij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg Zagraj tę samą strunę głośno, potem cicho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg Cicho to wciąż ta sama struna. Jeśli uszy bolą, to za dużo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg Zagraj wyższą strunę, potem niższą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg Nazwij, która jest wyższa. Zagraj je znowu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg Zostaw pauzę, którą możesz policzyć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg Cisza to uderzenie. Jeśli grasz przez nią, pominąłeś ją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg Powtórz ten sam krótki wzór trzy razy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg Jeśli trzeci raz rośnie, zagraj pierwszy jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg Użyj jednej ręki i daj drugiej odpocząć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg Ręka, która odpoczywa, jest nieruchoma. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg Zagraj wolno, potem trochę szybciej, nie pośpieszając pauzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg Pauza zostaje tej samej długości. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg Niech ktoś inny liczy do czterech, gdy grasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg Jeśli wyprzedzasz ich liczenie, zacznij od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg Zatrzymaj się na ostatnim uderzeniu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg Jeśli dodasz jeszcze jedno, nie zatrzymałeś się. Unieś obie ręce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg Zagraj raz od początku, potem się zatrzymaj. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg Jedno ujęcie. Nie łataj środka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg Zagraj jeden krótki wzór i daj mu nazwę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg Nazwa to nie 'Ukulele'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć te struny znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg Szarpnij jedną pustą strunę i daj jej wybrzmieć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg Jeśli ją trzymasz, nie dajesz jej wybrzmieć. Unieś palec i słuchaj. Stop, jeśli boli palec. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg Trzymaj cztery równe uderzenia. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg Jeśli uderzenia przyspieszają, nie masz jeszcze pulsu. Zwolnij. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg Zagraj tę samą strunę głośno, potem cicho. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg Cicho to wciąż ta sama struna. Jeśli uszy bolą, to za dużo. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg Zagraj wyższą strunę, potem niższą. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg Nazwij, która jest wyższa. Zagraj je znowu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg Zostaw pauzę, którą możesz policzyć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg Cisza to uderzenie. Jeśli grasz przez nią, pominąłeś ją. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg Powtórz ten sam krótki wzór trzy razy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg Jeśli trzeci raz rośnie, zagraj pierwszy jeszcze raz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg Nazwij instrument. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg To gitara. Wzór dostaje inną nazwę. To nie piosenka, którą już znasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg Potem stop. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg Użyj jednej ręki i daj drugiej odpocząć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg Ręka, która odpoczywa, jest nieruchoma. Kostka też może odpocząć. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg Zagraj wolno, potem trochę szybciej, nie pośpieszając pauzy. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg Pauza zostaje tej samej długości. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg Niech ktoś inny liczy do czterech, gdy grasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg Jeśli wyprzedzasz ich liczenie, zacznij od nowa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg Zatrzymaj się na ostatnim uderzeniu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg Jeśli dodasz jeszcze jedno, nie zatrzymałeś się. Unieś obie ręce. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/pl/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg Zagraj jeden krótki wzór i daj mu nazwę. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg Nazwa to nie 'Gitara'. To nie piosenka, którą już znasz. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg Możesz znaleźć te struny znowu, bez tego, by ci mówiono. Potem przestań. https://mylearntomake.com/zh https://mylearntomake.com/zh/how https://mylearntomake.com/zh/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/zh/contact https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg 纸和铅笔就够。已有的平板或一套画具也算。这节课不要买套装。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg 选一件你看得见的东西，放在面前。整件画大，让它占满大半张纸。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg 这不是练习线。先看东西，再画。整件都在纸上就停。这是一幅画的开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg 用第1课画过的同一件东西。铺一张新纸。把东西放在能看见整个外面的地方。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg 从外沿的一处起笔。铅笔只沿这条边走。不要画里面，不要画把手的洞，也不要在中间画一条线。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg 看东西要比看手多。线回到起点就停。轮廓如果开着，把它合上。里面不是这节课。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg 上一课的同一件东西。一张新纸。再轻轻画出外面，好把部分放进去。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg 看那件东西。加上使它成为这件东西的部分。把手、开口、接缝、盖子。画你看得见的部分。不要编一个。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg 从桌子对面看。如果别人说不出这是什么，补上缺的那一部分。然后停。不要涂阴影。不要加第二件东西。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg 看你在哪里。找一个圆、一个盒子和一个三角形。一个盘子，一本书，一个墙角。先不要画整个东西。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg 在一页上，把三个形状画大。画形状，不画那个物体。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg 以后的画是用这些块搭起来的。如果缺一个形状，把它画上。然后停。不要涂阴影。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg 一个光源。一盏灯，或一扇窗。把别的关掉，或坐下，让只有一个光照在东西上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg 画那件东西。受光的一边把纸留白。白纸就是光。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg 加一个影子，在背着光的一边。不要给整页上阴影。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg 把一个圆东西和一个盒子放在你能看见的地方。一个杯子和一本书就行。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg 画那个圆东西。画盒子，让三面露出来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg 盒子每一面用不同的灰色。一面更暗，一面更浅，一面几乎留白。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg 摆两件东西，让近的挡住远的东西的一部分。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg 先画近的东西。在它挡住远的东西的地方，那条线停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg 挡住的部分不画。如果线穿过挡住的地方，擦掉那一段。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg 一个穿着衣服的人，或一只你看得见的宠物。他们保持不动。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg 在任何脸、毛或布的图案之前，标多高相对多宽。两个轻轻的记号。比较它们。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg 在这些记号里面画。不要每一根毛都画上。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg 同一个人或同一只宠物。做一件事。伸手、迈一步、转一下头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg 给它一分钟。动作发生的时候把动作画下来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg 抓住动作，然后停。不要把每一根手指或每一根头发都画完。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg 一张你能看见的脸。给头画一个椭圆。先不要画别的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg 给眼睛画一条线，在椭圆往下到一半的地方。然后一个鼻子。然后一张嘴。保持这个顺序。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg 在头发接管之前停。只有四步：椭圆、眼睛、鼻子、嘴。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg 坐在你所在的墙角。看地板。地板的线从你这里往远处去。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg 画那些地板的线，让它们走向一个点。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg 门是一个立在那个空间里的盒子。把门画成一个盒子。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg 做一幅你想让另一个人看见的画。用一件东西、它的部分和它的形状。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg 在它上面放一个名字。名字不是“画”。它指向这张画。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg 明天你应该能开始另一幅画，不用别人告诉你做什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg 纸和一支铅笔就够。平板也算。不要为这一课买一套工具。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg 去一个能看见一整栋房子的地方。一所房子、一家店、一间棚。这不是第11课。这不是一张房子的画，除非你去不了一栋房子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg 一条你能看见的街、小路，或路。路是第一个形状，越走越远就越小。这一张纸的课就是这个。不要从招牌或车开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg 第一张。路，旁边一栋房子或一棵树，天是你留空的纸。停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg 一棵你能看见的树。先画树干。它是一个往上变窄的盒子。叶子是一块，不是一堆记号。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg 第一张。树干和一个叶子形状。停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg 第10课教的是一张脸的顺序。这一课是头作为一块。雕刻的人在刻任何一张脸之前，就是这样看一个头。你不是在抄一座雕像，也不是在抄一个有名的人。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg 一个你能看见的人。没人能坐的时候，用一个你认识的人的照片。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg 第二个人。不要再用第一个头。按同样的顺序画同样的三张纸。如果你跳过球，从眼睛开始，就停下来，第一张重新开始。只留下第三张纸。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg 就这样做。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg 第三个人。同一张单子。球、下巴、脖子。然后一半的线。然后一道光和一个影子。头发盖过来之前停。三个画完的头，就是练习。后面的课是一张编出来的脸，再画，直到它还是那张脸。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg 就这样做。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg 编一张脸。它明天还要能再画出来，所以记号要少。先画球和下巴。然后一半的线。然后一个不改的特征：鼻子、下巴，或两眼之间的空。头发是一个形状。在纸的背面写三个词，说出那些记号。你会用到。留下这张纸。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg 就这样做。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg 新纸，先凭记忆。然后核对你留下的那张纸。同一个球、同一个下巴、同一个记号。眼睛差一点可以。下巴不同，就是一个新人，这一课还没做完。把下巴再画一次。留下对得上的那张纸。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg 就这样做。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg 同一张编出来的脸，转一点点。头转了，搭法不变。球、下巴、那个记号，然后一半的线上的部分。把这第三张纸和前两张留在一起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg 然后把旧的单子用在这一页没有点名的东西上。一只你能看见的手、一把椅子，或一只动物。第一张，大形状，高对着宽。第二张，让它成为那样东西的部分。第三张，白纸是光，一面更暗，一个影子。给它一个名字。那一张是你的。这一课不告诉你画什么。如果你不打开这一页也能画那三张纸，这一步就做完了。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg 干净的水。用宽笔把纸弄湿。只要一种颜色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg 在整页上涂一遍。笔只动一次。不要擦洗。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg 让它干。这是涂一遍。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg 把杯子放在能看见外面的地方。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg 只涂它的外缘。不要填里面。不要涂桌子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg 边合上了，就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg 两种颜色。把它们放在湿纸上，让它们相碰。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg 让水来混合。不要把它们擦在一起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg 它们碰到了，就停。不要加第三种颜色。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg 在房间里找三个形状。一个圆，一个盒子，一个三角形。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg 涂三个平的形状。各一种颜色。还没有细节。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg 三个形状。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg 一处光。看哪里亮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg 把那一块留成没涂的纸。白纸就是光。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg 在背着光的地方涂一个影子。不要盖住那片白。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg 把一个圆的东西和一个盒子放在你能看见的地方。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg 用两种不同的灰色涂它们。圆的是一种灰。盒子是另一种。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg 不要再加第三种灰。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg 摆两个东西，让一个在前面。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg 涂前面的。不要涂后面那个的隐藏部分。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg 前面挡住后面的地方，停住这个颜色。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg 看一样东西。说出你看见的颜色，不是你料想的颜色。柠檬在影子里可以是灰色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg 在一张备用纸上调那个颜色。拿它和那东西比。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg 对不上，再调。对上了，就停。不要画整幅画。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg 一个人或一只宠物。他们保持不动。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg 只涂大形状。头、身体、腿。不是每一根毛。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg 三个或四个形状。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg 一张你能看见的脸。只涂三个明度。亮、中、暗。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg 亮仍是更浅的纸。中间是涂一遍。暗是眉毛下、鼻子下或下巴下的影子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg 在头发占上风之前停。三个明度。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg 坐在一个墙角。一处光。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg 涂两面墙。受光的那面墙留得更亮。另一面墙更暗。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg 一处光。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg 看一个真的苹果。先看大光。留下那道光。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg 然后涂小形状。一个影子。不是每一个小点。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg 给它起名。这是练习，不是拿去卖的复制品。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg 纸和能洗掉的颜料就够。平板也算。不要为这个买一套。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg 你能看见的一只碗。这不是课 2。课 2 是杯子的边。这是碗里面的颜色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg 你能看见的一扇窗。这不是课 11。课 11 是两面墙。这是玻璃里的光。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg 玻璃留成白纸。不要把天空画成第二幅画。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg 你能看见的一棵植物。先画盆。它是一个盒子。调你看见的颜色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg 叶子是一团颜色，不是一堆笔道。那一团涂一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg 这不是课 12。课 12 是一个苹果，然后是它的影子，你给它起了名。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg 这张纸只有平的颜色。一个苹果。涂一遍。你看见的颜色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg 新的一张纸。同一个苹果。再从你现在看见的调，不是从上一张纸，也不是从你预料的红。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg 形状上差一点点没关系。换了一种水果，这一课就没做完。再画同一个苹果。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg 新的一张纸。同一个苹果。光碰到的地方，纸留白。一个影子。白不是一个以后再填的洞。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg 三张纸，一个苹果。平平地涂一遍。你看见的颜色。然后是光和一个影子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg 编一幅画。它不是拿去卖的复制，也不是一幅名画。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg 涂一遍。前面一样东西。藏起来的部分不涂。光用白纸。一个影子。给它起名。留下这张纸。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg 拿一块大约橙子那么大的泥。如果散开，手指蘸水，揉到能捏在一起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg 在两掌之间按，再转着搓。一圈的力要一样。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg 圆了、表面没有裂缝就停。裂缝是太干。弄湿手指，把那一处再搓一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg 把球放在桌上。用手掌按中心，不要按边。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg 转一点再按。中间和边应当一样厚。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg 拿起来。如果有一处透光，就是太薄。重新团成球再按。大约一指厚。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg 一只手托住球。拇指按进中心，直到另一面能感觉到，但不要按穿。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg 用拇指和手指捏壁。每捏一下，转一点。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg 口沿一圈应当一样高。如果一边低，就把高的那边再捏一点。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg 手指张开在桌上搓，不只用手掌。从中间往外。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg 泥条从头到尾应当一样粗，大约像铅笔。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg 把泥条围在平的底上。相接的地方按下去。两端斜着切，再按在一起。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg 把泥放在两根一样厚的棍子中间。在棍子上擀，泥片就不会比棍子更薄。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg 把泥片揭起来。如果粘住，用刀掀起一角，不要用指甲。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg 用直的一刀切出形状。剩下的泥团成球，免得干了。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg 用手指夹着摸壁。厚的地方摸着重。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg 只捏厚的地方。不要捏薄的地方，会破。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg 壁一圈应当一样，大约像两枚硬币叠起来那么厚。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg 用叉子把两面划粗糙。光滑的泥粘不住光滑的泥。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg 在划过的两面涂泥浆：一点泥加水，像奶油。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg 按在一起，按几秒。用湿手指把接缝抹平，直到看不见缝。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg 搓一条短泥条，比铅笔细。弯成和罐底一样大的圈。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg 在罐底和圈上划一划、涂上泥浆。把圈按上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg 放下去。应当放平，不晃。如果晃，就把圈高的一边按下去。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg 搓一条大约一指粗、一手长的泥条。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg 在侧面上下两处划一划、涂上泥浆。把两头按上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg 把应当离开罐身，让一根手指能穿过。如果下垂，就是太湿。等一会儿再试。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg 把罐放在架子上，不要晒太阳，也不要靠近暖气。太阳和热会让它裂。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg 松松地盖一块干布，免得口沿比底干得快。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg 放到发白、变硬。这是风干泥。不要放进烤箱。不要用它喝水。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg 开始之前先比两块泥。如果一个球更大，两个罐就不会一样。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg 第二个照着第一个做。每做一步就并排放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg 口沿应当一样高。口应当看起来一样大。如果一个更宽，就把它捏得高一点、窄一点。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg 只选一件事：放铅笔，或放一件干的东西。风干泥不装食物，也不装水。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg 铅笔杯要平底，壁要比铅笔尖更高。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg 干了、发白以后，放进铅笔。给它起名。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg 风干黏土就够。不要买窑，也不要烤。橘子那么大的一块，就是一个杯子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg 用拇指把泥球捏开，壁升高时转动它。或者搓出一样粗的泥条，叠起来，每一条都压在下面那条上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg 口沿一圈一样高。如果加底足，两面都划痕，沾湿，再压紧。不要只是粘上去。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg 把杯子放在桌上。它放平，不晃。如果晃，压底足，直到不晃。慢慢在空气里干，不要晒太阳。给它取名。这一个留下。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg 一个盘子。这不是课 2，也不是课 5。课 2 是一张薄饼。课 5 是一块你能切的泥板。这是一个可以放杯子的盘子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg 一块泥板。厚度均匀。只有你能保住那个厚度，才做一圈矮的口沿。如果加上口沿，刻划、涂泥浆、压。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg 然后停。不要烤。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg 一个碗。壁保持均匀。口沿一整圈一样高。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg 一个足，让它坐平，不摇晃。如果接上那个足，刻划、涂泥浆、压。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg 然后停。不要烤。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg 这不是课 3。课 3 是一个手捏罐，口沿才是那一课。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg 这个是你捏的杯子。一个球。越捏壁越薄，并且保持均匀。口沿一整圈一样高。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg 然后停。不要烤。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg 一件新的。一样厚的泥条，叠上并压。和捏的杯子同样大小。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg 大小不同，就是这一课还没做完。再做这个杯子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg 然后停。不要烤。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg 从厚度均匀的泥板切出的一件新的。和其他两个同样大小。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg 每个接缝都刻划、涂泥浆、压。口沿一整圈一样高。它坐平。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg 然后停。不要烤。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg 想一件。它不是复制，也不是课 12 那个起了名的罐。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg 均匀的壁。如果接上一部分，刻划、涂泥浆、压。需要的话做一个足，让它坐稳，不摇晃。慢慢晾干。只风干。给它起名。留着这个。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg 然后停。不要烤。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg 你已有的线。两根针，或者一根手指，如果你只有这个。这节课不要买套装。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg 按你数过的针数起针。做一个圈，放到针上，再用同样的方法做下一个。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg 数过的针都在针上就停。先不要织一行。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg 织最初的几行。把针穿进一个圈，绕上线，拉出一个新圈。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg 一次一针。不要掉一针。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg 这一行织完，把织物转过来。然后停。不要开始新的颜色。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg 数棒针上的每一针。摸每一针。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg 数每一行。纸上一个记号就够了。一行一个记号。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg 如果数错了，停下来看。不要把织物扯开。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg 收针。织两针。把第一针套过第二针，并从针上取下。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg 再织一针。再把第一针套过去。一直做到头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg 边不应当张开。如果一拉就张开，只重做这一条边。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg 织到这一片的高度和宽度一样。数一数，才知道。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg 把它放在桌子上。一个平放的方块。如果卷边，看最后几行，不要看整片。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg 平放了，就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg 一行下针。下一行是上针。上针时线在前面。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg 知道你在哪一行。下针，然后上针，然后下针。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg 不要在同一行里混着织。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg 一条条纹。织到边上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg 在边上换颜色。把新线在那里系上。不要在中间换。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg 用新颜色织一条条纹。然后停。一条条纹，不是很多。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg 出错了。只看最后一行。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg 把针从最后一行里一针一针退出，退回到原来对的那一行。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg 不要把织物扯开。把那一行再织一遍。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg 在一行的开头数针目。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg 在这一行的结尾再数。两个数一样。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg 如果不一样，最后一行少了一针或者多了一针。只修那一行。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg 织一个长方形。长大于宽。一块布，一条带子，一个书签。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg 数两端，让它们一样。收针，让边不张开。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg 你可以用它。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg 两条该会合的边。把它们握在一起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg 把它们接上。一根毛线缝针穿过两条边，一次一针。如果还在棒针上，就把它们织在一起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg 两条边成为一条，接合就完成了。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg 一个完成的东西。方块、长方形，或接好的那一块。不是新的项目。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“编织”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg 明天你可以开始另一块，不用别人告诉你做什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg 按你数过的针数起针。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg 织最初的几行。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg 然后停。不要把织物拉开。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg 一个平放的方块。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg 下针和上针。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg 然后停。不要把织物拉开。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg 一条条纹。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg 在边上换颜色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg 然后停。不要把织物拉开。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg 你已有的粗线。大钩针。这节课不要买套装。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg 一只手拿线。另一只手拿钩针。做一个圈。圈停在钩针上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg 这就是开始。然后停。先不要做链。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg 把线绕上钩针。把一个新圈从已经在那儿的圈里拉出来。这是一针链。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg 下一针链也这样做。留得松，松到看得见。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg 有一条能数的链就停。先不要回头织进去。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg 在行之前数链。摸每一条。不要数还在钩针上的那个圈。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg 写下数字。纸上一个记号就够了。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg 如果数丢了，再数一遍。不要把链扯开。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg 把钩针穿进下一条链。绕上线。拉出一个圈。再绕一次线。从钩针上的两个圈里拉过。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg 每条链里一针。不要跳过。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg 这一行做完，停。先不要转。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg 完成这一行。每条链里一针。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg 把这一行放在桌子上。它应该平放。如果卷成一根紧绳子，针太紧了。只看这一行。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg 平放了，就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg 把活儿转过来。钩针留在最后一个圈里。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg 做一针链。这一针链是转身链。它不是你要数的一针。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg 回去。刚做的那一行，每一针里做一针。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg 两行。每一行末尾转过来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg 边保持齐。行的开头和结尾是同一针。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg 如果一边往里收，你跳过了一针。只修最后一行。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg 继续，直到这块跟宽一样高。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg 数针。每一行数目相同。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg 把它放下。一个方块。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg 一条条纹。做到这一行的末尾。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg 在边上系上下一个颜色。不要在中间换。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg 用新颜色做一行。然后停。一条条纹，不是很多。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg 剪断线。留一段你能握住的线头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg 把线头从最后一个圈里拉穿过去。拉到贴住。圈闭上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg 活儿离开了钩针。然后停。不要开始一件新的。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg 用同样的方法做第二个方块。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg 两个都数一数。针数相同。行数相同。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg 两个同样大的方块。然后停。先不要接在一起。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg 一件能用的东西。方块，或者两个方块叠在一起当一块布。不是新的项目。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“钩针”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg 明天你可以开始另一块，不用别人告诉你做什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg 钝针。你已有的粗线。这节课不要买套装。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg 一只手拿针。把线穿上。在线的末端打一个结。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg 结在末端。然后停。先不要缝。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg 一块布。从后面把针推过去。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg 把线拉到底，直到结把它停住。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg 针在正面。然后停。先不要扎第二个洞。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg 一针。从出来的地方隔一小段再扎下去。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg 把线拉过去。进，然后出。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg 这一针躺平。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg 一条直线。下一针和第一针一样大。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg 针脚留在一条线上。不要走偏。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg 针脚一样大。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg 平针。沿着线进出。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg 间距一样。针脚和空隙差不多一样。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg 不要拉得太紧，布会皱。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg 走到布的角。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg 转。下一针离开角，沿着下一条边走。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg 线保持齐。不要把角挤成一堆。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg 两块布。把一条边叠在另一条边上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg 就沿那一条边缝它们。针穿过两块布。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg 只一条边。然后停。其他边先不要缝。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg 一个方块。从一个角开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg 整圈同一针。每个角同样转。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg 回到开始的地方，就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg 一块补丁。一小块布在更大的一块布上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg 把它缝上。针穿过补丁和下面的布。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg 边留在下面。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg 系住线头。在布上打一个小结，这样最后一针拉不出来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg 把线剪短。只留一点点线头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg 针空出来了。然后停。不要开始一条新的缝。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg 用同样的方法做第二个方块。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg 数一数针脚。两个同样大的方块。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg 然后停。先不要把它们缝在一起。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg 一件能用的东西。方块、补丁，或者两个方块叠在一起当一块布。不是新的项目。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“缝纫”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg 明天你可以开始另一块，不用别人告诉你做什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg 洗手。肥皂，然后水，然后擦干。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg 清空台面。只有这盘需要的东西留在外面。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg 然后停。先不要把火打开。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg 加热之前，所有东西都拿出来了。食物、平底锅、盘子、勺子、盐。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg 读你要做的事。锅热了以后，你不该再去找工具。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg 然后停。炉头还是关着的。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg 锅是热的。加一点油脂。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg 油脂变薄，发亮。它轻声响。它不冒烟。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg 如果它冒烟，火太大了。把锅拿离火。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg 食物一层进去。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg 块不堆起来。挤满的锅会冒蒸汽。它不变褐。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg 然后停。先不要翻。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg 让它待着。外皮需要时间。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg 不要戳它。不要离开热锅。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg 然后停。先不要翻。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg 翻一次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg 刚才在下面的那一面是褐色的。如果还是浅的，它需要更多时间。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg 然后停。不要一直翻。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg 尝。然后加盐。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg 盐撒在食物上，不撒在空气里。再尝之前，一点就够。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg 然后停。不要一直晃盐。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg 关火。锅把中间做完。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg 中间靠锅里已有的热凝固。你不再把火开大。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg 让它休息。先不要切它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg 安静几分钟。它放着的时候，中间做完。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg 汁留在盘子上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg 用勺子把汁浇在食物上。不要把它们倒进水槽。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg 锅凉了，然后你洗它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg 热锅放进冷水里会变形。等。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg 一只盘子。不是一道新菜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“做饭”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg 明天你可以再做一盘，不用别人告诉你做什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg 如果锅还要煮开，黑胡椒最后放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg 和盐一起用，不是代替盐。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg 孜然先爆香，然后放芫荽籽。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg 豆子、米饭或羊肉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg 芫荽籽，压碎。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg 不要烤到像咖啡的颜色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg 红椒粉出香快，焦得更快。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg 蒜在后面放，不然蒜会焦。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg 烟熏红椒粉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg 烟就是这味香料。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg 卡宴辣椒最后放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg 比别的香料少。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg 烧嘴就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg 红椒碎放进油里，然后离火。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg 蒜可以跟着放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg 烧嘴就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg 辣椒粉里已经有孜然、蒜和辣椒。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg 再加孜然之前先尝。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg 肉桂放进油里，配一小撮盐。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg 水果、南瓜，或肉里少放一点。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg 姜，新鲜或干的，配蒜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg 干的更辣。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg 姜黄会染色，炒太久会发苦。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg 黑胡椒有帮助。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg 蒜粉在干锅里会焦。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg 先放进油，再放食物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg 洋葱粉不是炸过的洋葱。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg 用它做底味，然后给菜加盐。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg 牛至早点放进番茄酱。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg 干的比新鲜的一小撮更强。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg 罗勒最后放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg 热会把它赶跑。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg 百里香早点放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg 它需要时间。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg 迷迭香。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg 切碎。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg 月桂叶放进液体里。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg 一片。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg 拿出来。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg 肉豆蔻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg 在奶油、菠菜或土豆上刮一下。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg 丁香。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg 一两颗插在洋葱上，或磨碎一小撮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg 多香果。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg 到这里停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg 小豆蔻，荚剥开，或磨一小撮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg 米饭、咖啡或水果。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg 芥菜籽放进热油，第一颗爆开就放食物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg 姜黄可以随后放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg 茴香，压碎。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg 番茄或猪肉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg 莳萝最后放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg 柠檬。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg 葛缕子，压碎，配蒜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg 卷心菜、猪肉或黑麦。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg 芹菜籽。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg 一小撮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg 芝麻烤到出香味。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg 盐。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg 罂粟籽不用爆香。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg 黄油和柠檬。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg 藏红花。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg 用丝，不用便宜罐子里的粉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg 焖菜或高汤里放一颗八角。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg 姜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg 拿出来。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg 漆树粉离火再放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg 它就是酸。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg 葫芦巴。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg 一小撮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg 黑种草。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg 不要烧焦。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg 薄荷最后放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg 柠檬。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg 鼠尾草在黄油里炸几秒，再放到南瓜或猪肉上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg 黑胡椒。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg 龙蒿最后放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg 柠檬。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg 马郁兰。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg 用在牛至会太冲的地方。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg 欧芹最后配柠檬放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg 它是新鲜的，不是用来爆香的香料。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg 香菜最后配青柠放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg 如果像肥皂，是这味草，不是做菜的人。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg 香茅拍破，放进汤里，再拿出来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg 姜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg 拿出来。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg 茴芹籽。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg 一小撮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg 肉豆蔻衣。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg 奶油酱或土豆里放一小撮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg 杜松子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg 压碎三颗。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg 烧嘴就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg 花椒烤到出香味，再压碎。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg 姜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg 烧嘴就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg 阿勒颇辣椒离火再放。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg 温和。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg 烟熏辣椒。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg 烟加上辣。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg 烧嘴就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg 咖喱粉是混合的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg 先爆香，再放食物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg 加拉姆马萨拉是留到最后的混合香料。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg 锅里可以已经有孜然和芫荽籽。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg 五香粉是混合的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg 一小撮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg 冒烟就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg 量两次。标一次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg 如果两次量的不一样，再量。不要标一个猜测。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg 然后停。先不要切。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg 把线画成直角横过木板。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg 直角尺紧贴着边。线横过正面，再顺着边往下。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg 然后停。先不要切。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg 夹住工件。你的手不是夹具。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg 如果板会移动，切口会跑偏。把夹具拧紧。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg 然后停。木头不动之前，不要开动锯子。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg 在线的废料一侧切。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg 铅笔线留在你要留下的那一块上。锯齿带走废料。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg 然后停。不要把线切掉。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg 让锯自己干活。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg 轻轻一推。如果你必须靠上去，锯就钝了，或者角度不对。停下，重新放好。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg 托住切下来的那块，这样最后的纤维不会撕裂。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg 一只手，或者第二个支撑，托住废料。不要让它掉下去。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg 对照直角尺检查切口。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg 直角尺贴在面上，也贴在切口端。尺下有光，就是切口不是直角。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg 然后停。看见这个错之前，不要把它磨掉。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg 磨到线。不要超过它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg 顺着木纹磨。如果磨过了线，这块就短了。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg 擦掉灰。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg 两个面相接。没有光透过接缝。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg 把它们合在一起，顺着缝看。光就是缝隙。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg 然后停。不要给缝隙上胶。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg 先涂胶，再夹紧。一条细胶珠挤出来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg 胶太多不会让接缝更牢。擦掉胶珠。不要让接缝缺胶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg 它固化。然后把接缝磨齐平。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg 不要磨湿胶。等到接缝变硬。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg 一块。不是一个新项目。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“木头”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg 明天你可以再开始一块，不用别人告诉你做什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg 按你实际有的光选植物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg 喜阳的植物在暗房间里，不会因为你希望它长就长。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg 然后停。先不要种。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg 土能排水。盆要有一个洞。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg 如果水留在盆里，根会烂。装土之前先看洞。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg 按袋子上的深度种。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg 如果没有袋子，小种子盖浅一点。大种子更深。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg 把土压实。种子下面不要有空气口袋。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg 轻轻压。压得太实，水和空气进不去。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg 浇一次，浇透。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg 浇到水从洞里出来。然后等。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg 再浇之前，让上面先干。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg 把一根手指伸进去。如果上面还是湿的，就不要动它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg 幼苗要光，比要水多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg 又白又细长的幼苗在要光。挪动它。不要把它淹死。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg 间苗到袋子上的间距。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg 最壮的苗留下。多余的拔出来。挤在一起的苗一直小。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg 真叶出来后才施肥。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg 太多会烧伤它们。少一点，然后停。头两片叶子不是真叶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg 喷任何东西之前，先用手把害虫拿掉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg 一只虫子不是拿瓶子的理由。把它拿掉。明天再看。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg 可以收了就摘。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg 等太久会变硬。放太久的植物把力气花在结种子上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg 一次收获。不是一座新花园。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“种植”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg 明天你可以再种一个盆，不用别人告诉你做什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg 一扇窗。这是切下来的一端，不是种子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg 用带根的新鲜小葱，不要用干枯的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg 先放窗边，再给太阳。发芽是稳妥的结果。豆荚需要很多光。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg 用一整粒干豆：红芸豆、黑豆、花芸豆，或晒干的豆角。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg 一扇窗。很可能得到的是叶子，不是肥大的蒜头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg 一瓣硬蒜。皮留着。尖朝上，平的根部朝下，大约2厘米深。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg 一扇窗。几片小叶子，不是超市里的第二棵完整生菜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg 用新鲜的底部，不要褐色发黏的。心部留下大约3厘米。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg 一扇窗。方法和罗马生菜一样，只是更慢。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg 新鲜的底部，大约3厘米高，放在浅盘里。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg 一扇暖和的窗。你能得到一株可以剪的植物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg 罗勒要暖和的房间。把小种子撒在湿土上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg 一扇暖和的窗。果实要真正的太阳和更大的盆。叶子永远不是食物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg 用完全熟的番茄。把种子和黏胶挖进杯子，加一点点水。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg 一扇暖和的窗。甜椒比番茄要更多热量，也要更多时间。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg 从熟甜椒里取种子。发酵这一步可以不做。晾干。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg 一个深盆。长出植株是可能的。一袋土豆则不然，除非盆很深，而且你等几个月。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg 很多超市土豆被处理过，为了不发芽。3周什么都没有，就是这个原因。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg 一棵家里的树。结果只是也许，要好几年以后，而且可能又酸又不一样。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg 种一粒新鲜的柠檬或橙子种子。在台面上晾干的种子常常失败。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg 一棵家里的树。室内可能永远不结果，要好几年，也不会和你买的那颗一样。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg 把核洗干净。更宽、更平的一头是底部。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg 一株苗，不是一碗樱桃。樱桃树在室外寒冷的地方结果，要好几年以后，而且常常需要第二棵树。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg 把核搓到没有果肉。留下的果肉会发霉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg 一扇窗。绿叶，不是第二根胡萝卜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg 从新鲜的胡萝卜上切掉叶子。留下大约1厘米的橙色顶部。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg 一扇窗。叶子，不是第二颗甜菜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg 把绿叶切掉。留下大约1厘米的甜菜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg 一扇窗。这是切下来的一端，不是种子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg 用底部还在的新鲜韭葱，不要用干枯的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg 一扇窗。几片小叶子，不是超市里的第二棵完整小白菜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg 用新鲜的底部，不要褐色发黏的。心部留下大约3厘米。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg 一扇窗。松散的叶子，不是第二个包紧的菜头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg 新鲜的底部，大约3厘米高，放在浅盘里。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg 一扇窗。羽叶，不是第二个球茎。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg 用茴香球茎的底部。只剩切下的茎，几乎不长。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg 一扇暖和的窗。收成是一丛。这个月不是一把茎。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg 用一根基部还硬、颜色还浅的茎。干棍子不会生根。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg 一棵家里的植物。室内结果很少见，就算来，也要好几年。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg 从新鲜的菠萝上拧下冠。把底部的果肉都切掉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg 一个向阳的盆。如果一直凉快，而且每株都有地方，根就是收成。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg 盆大约一只手那么深，要有洞。湿土，不要一汪水。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg 一个明亮的盆。叶子，不是超市里包紧的菜头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg 种子很小。撒在湿土上。按一按，或者盖一层薄土。埋得深就会失败。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg 一个凉快的盆。叶子，不是热窗台上的夏天收成。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg 种大约1厘米深，盆要有洞。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg 一个明亮的盆。叶子是收成。热会结束它们。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg 种子是圆的。种大约1厘米深，种在你要留的盆里。它不喜欢被挪走。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg 盆要有洞。一丛可以切很多年。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg 种子很慢。土保持湿。发芽常常要10到20天。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg 一个明亮的盆。用茎，不用种子。种子常常长成一株弱的，不是你闻过的那种薄荷。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg 剪一根新鲜的茎。扯掉下面的叶子。干棍子不会生根。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg 一个向阳的盆。豆荚是收成。罐子里的芽是另一课。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg 用一整粒矮生干豆。不要用蔓生的，除非你给它一根高棍子。不是劈开的豌豆。不是罐头豆。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg 一个凉快的盆。如果天气一直凉快，才有豆荚。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg 用整粒豌豆种子，不要用劈开的豌豆。劈开的豌豆已经死了。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg 室外，或者至少20厘米深的盆。根才是收成。这不是盘子里的胡萝卜头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg 松土，不要有石头，也不要有硬土块。那些会让根分叉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg 室外，或者至少20厘米深的盆。根，还有叶子。这不是盘子里的甜菜头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg 每一粒种子球能出好几棵芽。大约2厘米深种下。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg 室外，或者一个有洞的大盆。叶子，能收很久。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg 大约1厘米深种下。发芽常常要5到10天。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg 室外。种球比种子容易。种子要几个月才成为葱头。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg 种球尖朝上，根的一头朝下，大约相隔10厘米。尖刚刚露出来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg 大盆或者地里，给它一个能爬的东西。不是窗台。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg 土暖和以后，大约2厘米深种下。又冷又湿的土会把种子泡烂。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg 地里，或者很大的盆。一棵会长得很大。两棵就很多了。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg 土暖和以后，大约2厘米深种下。又冷又湿的土会把种子泡烂。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg 室外，暖和的土里。不是盆，也不是一株。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg 种成一块，至少每个方向四株。花粉从顶上的雄穗落到穗的须上。一行，或者一株，常常结出空穗。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg 一棵苗，或者一根走茎。种子很慢，种子长出来的大多数第一年不结果。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg 向阳的地，或者有洞的盆。不是昏暗的窗。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg 室外，充足的太阳。一朵花，夏天够长的话还有种子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg 土暖和以后，大约2厘米深种下。发芽常常要7到14天。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg 太阳，还有暖和的土。它们一个夏天就结束。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg 只盖一点点。又冷又湿的土会把种子泡烂，或者种子就干坐着。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg 太阳。它们一个夏天就结束，而且一直开到霜。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg 瘦土花更多。肥土长很多叶子，花很少。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg 花园万寿菊。不是金盏花。那是下一课。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg 太阳。土暖和以后，只盖一点点。发芽常常要5到10天。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg 金盏花。不是上一课的花园万寿菊。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg 凉快季节的花。热会让它停住。凉快的夏天是合适的地方。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg 一粒大种子，暖和的土里大约2厘米深。盆，或者地里。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg 它们会铺开。瘦土花更多。肥土长叶子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg 不是你吃的豌豆。那是另一种植物，也是另一课。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg 它们喜欢凉快的天气。热会让花停住。凉快的夏天可以适合它们。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg 一条根，不是种子。芽眼是根上的粉红芽。它们朝上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg 种下去，盖住芽眼的土不超过大约5厘米。比这更深，可能长叶子，永远不开花。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg 举起相机之前，先决定照片拍的是什么。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg 如果不能用一句短话讲出来，就还没准备好拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg 然后停。先不要拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg 碰设置之前，先动脚。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg 向左一步比一个按钮更能改变画面。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg 再靠近。大多数照片，主体周围太多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg 如果画面里能说出三样多余的东西，再往前一步。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg 地平线要平，除非你故意不平。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg 歪的桌子看起来像错了。把手机转到线平。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg 对焦在要紧的部分。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg 点那个部分。如果背景清楚，东西发虚，你点错了地方。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg 一个强的形状。不是五样东西在抢。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg 如果得解释照片是哪一样东西，照片还没完成。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg 等那一刻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg 因为不耐烦而拍的那张，就是你要删掉的那张。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg 没同意的人，不在照片里。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg 先问。点头算。沉默不算。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg 按你来拍的东西曝光。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg 背景随它去。东西后面的亮窗把东西变成影子。转过身。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg 同一东西拍三张。留一张。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg 另外两张走。更多照片不会让一张更好。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg 只裁掉跟主体抢的部分。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg 裁切不是用来发明一张你没拍过的更近的照片。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg 一张照片。不是一整卷。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“拍照”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg 明天你可以再拍一张，不用别人告诉你做什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg 选你真正会练的乐器。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg 够不到的钢琴不是那件乐器。手、一面鼓、你已经有的吉他，都算。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg 然后停。先不要奏一首歌。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg 出音之前，身体先轻松。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg 如果肩膀耸到耳朵旁边，音会紧。放下它们。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg 一个音，干净。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg 干净的音是你能听见开始和停止的音。多余的杂音不是它的一部分。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg 一个你能敲的稳定拍子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg 如果敲得越来越快，你还没有拍子。慢下来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg 同一乐句，先轻，再饱满。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg 饱满不是房间能承受的那么响。耳朵疼，就是太多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg 休止也要奏。不要填上它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg 静是你要数的一拍。如果奏过去，你就跳过了它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg 五个你能再找到的音。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg 弹它们。把目光移开。找到同样的五个。找不到，就还没有。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg 四小节。停在小节线上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg 不要加第五个。停是乐句的一部分。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg 慢到干净为止。速度在那之后。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg 又快又乱的乐句不是练习。那是以后必须改掉的习惯。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg 录一次。听一遍。改一件事。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg 不要听五遍，不要改五件事。一件事，然后再奏一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg 二十分钟。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg 手疼不是你做过的证明。它是你停的理由。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg 一句明天能奏的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“音乐”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到这些音，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg 出声之前，身体先轻松。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg 如果肩膀耸到耳朵旁边，音会紧。放下它们。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg 然后停。先不要唱一首歌。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg 这个音从气开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg 先取气。如果先出声再找气，这个音会抖。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg 一个元音，居中。不要从喉咙推。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg 嗓子发紧，就是在推。再轻一点，元音留在中间。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg 找到音，再保持。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg 保持的音滑开了，就还没找到。再找一次，然后保持。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg 这个词第一遍就听得见。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg 如果听的人必须问你唱了什么，这个词没有唱完。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg 同一行，先轻，再饱满。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg 饱满不是房间能承受的那么响。觉得晕，就是气憋太久了。停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg 休止是静。不要填上它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg 在休止里呼吸。唱过去，就是跳过了它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg 高音是准备好的，不是抓来的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg 如果够上去，喉咙抓住了，你还没准备好。从前一个音走进去。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg 录一节。听一遍。改一件事。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg 不要听五遍、改五件事。一件事，然后再唱一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg 二十分钟。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg 嗓子疼不是你做过的证明。它是你停的理由。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg 唱这些词，像你就是这个意思。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg 如果词只是声音，你还没有把它们唱出来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg 一节明天能唱的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“唱歌”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到这一节，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg 一件真的事。不是你喜欢的歌的装扮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg 如果这一行可以是电台上的任何一首歌，那就是装扮。从你实际看见的开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg 歌名是这首歌的承诺。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg 写在最上面。如果主歌不守这个承诺，歌名就是谎言。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg 副歌用一行或两行说出这个承诺。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg 两行是上限。需要一段话的副歌是主歌。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg 把旋律哼出来。没有谱，就用平常的话写节奏。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg 长、短、短就够。读不懂的音符图没有用。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg 第一段主歌是场景。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg 谁在那里，以及能看见什么。先不要解释感觉。场景会做这件事。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg 副歌原样回来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg 如果第二次改写，你就没有副歌。你有两段主歌。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg 第二段主歌抬高代价，或写出转折。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg 有的事更难了，或者有人改了主意。如果什么都没变，那还是第一段主歌。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg 桥段可有可无。副歌没有说的一行。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg 不需要，就不要写。桥段不是第三段主歌。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg 曲风是拍子和词，不是装扮。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg 敲你要的拍子。这些词如果只在别人的声音里才行，还不是你的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg 不借钩子。听见另一首歌，这一行重来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg 从收音机记住的钩子不是你的。从你的歌名写下下一行。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg 录下副歌。听一遍。改一个词。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg 不要听五遍，也不要改五个词。一个词，今天就到这里。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg 明天还能唱的一首歌。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“写歌”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到副歌，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg 纸，或者你已有的平板。不需要特别的软件。写一个人。一个名字就够。只写一个人。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg 下一行写这个人想要什么。一个愿望。不要列一串。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg 下一行写一件挡在路上的事。一个人、一件事实，或者一个限制。然后停。这不是整篇故事。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg 把第1课的三行留在桌上。打开新的一页。不要用“这是一个关于……的故事”开头。从人已经在一个地方开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg 写他现在做什么。一个看得见的动作。手放在门上，走一步，放下杯子。停在这一刻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg 读一遍。如果一句讲了整个人生，或者讲了道理，划掉它。开头只是这一刻。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg 读第2课的开头。那是一个时刻。不要开始新的一场。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg 在这个时刻结束之前，把愿望放到纸上。不要写“她想要”。把它做出来。一只手试门。眼睛停在没有拿起的电话上。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg 读到最后一行。如果读者还不知道这个人想要什么，加一个动作把它显出来。然后停。不要开始中间。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg 回到这场。愿望已经在纸上。障碍只是一种：一个人、一件事实，或者一个限制。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg 把它写进这场。一个人说不。一件事实：公共汽车已经走了。一个限制：只有一枚硬币。不要写“有一个问题”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg 读一遍。如果障碍可以是不止一种，留下一种，划掉其余。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg 这是中间。写第一次尝试。它因为一个原因失败。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg 写第二次尝试。它因为另一个原因失败。不要重复第一次的失败。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg 两处都读。如果失败的原因相同，改掉第二次。然后停。不要写结尾。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg 读两次尝试。两次都失败了。不要加一个靠运气的解救。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg 把转折写成一个选择。这个人在两件真正能做的事里选一件。他们知道代价。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg 读一遍。如果出路是运气、一个陌生人，或一把捡到的钥匙，划掉它。写出选择。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg 用几行写结尾。要么他们得到愿望，要么纸上写出代价。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg 不要加一个新愿望。用第一场里的那个愿望。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg 把愿望和结尾一起读。如果结尾忘了愿望，改结尾。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg 把这场读到最后一行。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg 最后一行必须改变一点东西。一件事实、一个选择，或者某人知道的事。如果什么都没变，写出变化。在那之前这一章没有结束。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg 如果新的一场已经开始，把它划回去。停在变化上。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg 找出一个你正要解释的感觉或事实。“她生气了。”“他不信任她。” https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg 把它放进某个人说的话里，或者放进他们没说的话里。不要写那句宣布。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg 读一遍。如果叙述者还在宣布它，划掉那句。谈话托着它。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg 读这场。标出一句，它解释的是读者已经看见的事。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg 划掉它。留下动作。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg 再读一遍这场。如果另一句只是解释，也划掉。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg 大声读第一页。只读第一页。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg 标出你第一次失去这个人、愿望或地方的地方。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg 改那一处。只修一处。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg 从第一行读到最后一行。它有一个人、一个愿望、一个障碍、两次尝试、一个选择，和一个结尾。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg 给它一个名字。名字不是“故事”。它指向这一篇。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg 这一篇可以交给一个读者。你不需要打开这一页才知道它是什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg 用你已有的纸。写一件你能做的东西。不是一家店。不是一张清单。一件。一条面包，一次修理，一幅画，一罐汤。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg 它是给一个人的，不是给所有人。下一行写给谁。一个名字就够。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg 读这两行。你能做完这件东西。如果不能，划掉，写一件更小的。然后停。不要写价格。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg 看上一课的那一件东西。它是给一个人的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg 在下一行写下那个人的名字。一个你能说话的真人。不是所有人。不是顾客。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg 读这个名字。如果你想不出那张脸，划掉，写一个你想得出脸的人。然后停。不要写价格。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg 你写过名字的那个人。写下他们需要、却没有的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg 必须和你能做的那件东西对得上。不是新的生意。一个需要。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg 把需要和那件东西一起读。如果对不上，改需要，或改那件东西。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg 做第一个。用你已经有的。不要开一家店。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg 做完这一个。不是十个的计划。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg 把它放在桌上。这是第一个。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg 把第一件带到你写下名字的那个人那里。或者定一个他们能拿着它的时间。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg 放到他们手里。不要解释整个计划。让他们拿着它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg 他们看的时候留着。然后停。不要向他们要钱。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg 等那个人拿着它之后，写下说的话。是那个人的话，不是你的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg 如果什么都没说，写下做了什么。放下了。笑了。问了一个问题。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg 读你写下的。这是那个人的反应，不是你的希望。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg 读他们说的。找出一样他们要求的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg 在你做的那件东西上改那一样。不是五样。一样。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg 这一改做完了。然后停。不要从头再做。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg 在你自己的纸上，写下做这个花了你什么。时间。你已经有的材料。用完的东西。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg 这是给你自己的。这不是给他们的价钱。不要写售价。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg 读一遍。你知道这个花了你什么。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg 看它花了你什么。决定一个价钱，你可以大声说给那一个人。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg 说给那个人，或者练习说给房间。大声。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg 不要在这一页上打价钱。不要在这里的笔记里打。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg 写下他们怎么从你这里拿到。你交到他们手里。他们来取。你放在他们门口。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg 一种办法。不是一家店。不是在这个网站上付款。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg 读一遍。一个人可以照这个办法做。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg 告诉要给的那个人。一句话。那样东西，并且是给他们的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg 说出来，或写在他们会看见的地方。不是给所有人的海报。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg 一句话。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg 读你已有的。一件东西。一个人。一个需要。一件做好的东西。他们拿到它的一种方式。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg 给这个提议起名。名字不是"Business"。它指向这个提议。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg 这一页不用开着，你也可以把它交给买家。然后停。不要打价格。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg 奏一个白键，让它停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg 如果按住，就没有让它停。抬起手指，听它结束。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg 保持四个均匀的拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg 如果拍越来越快，你还没有拍子。慢下来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg 奏同一个键，先响，再轻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg 轻仍是同一个键。耳朵疼，就是太多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg 先奏一个更高的键，再奏一个更低的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg 说出哪个更高。再弹一次，不要找很久。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg 留一个能数的休止。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg 静是一拍。如果奏过去，你就跳过了它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg 同一个短句，重复三次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg 如果第三次变大了，你没有重复它。再奏第一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg 用一只手，另一只停着。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg 停着的那只手不悬着。它是静的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg 先慢，再快一点，休止不要赶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg 休止还是一样长。速度不吃掉静。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg 你奏的时候，让别人来数四。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg 如果你快过他们的数，你还没有和他们在一起。再开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg 停在最后一拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg 如果再加一个，你就没有停。双手抬起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg 从头奏一遍，然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg 一条。不要补中间。如果断了，下一次从开头开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg 奏一个短句，给它一个名字。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg 名字不是“钢琴”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到这些键，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg 轻轻吹一口气，让它停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg 如果声音一直不停，你还在吹。停下气，听。头晕，或者嘴唇疼，就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg 保持四个均匀的拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg 如果拍越来越快，你还没有拍子。慢下来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg 奏同一个音，先响，再轻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg 轻仍是同一个音。耳朵疼，就是太多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg 先奏一个更高的音，再奏一个更低的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg 说出哪个更高。再奏一次，不要找很久。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg 留一个能数的休止。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg 静是一拍。如果奏过去，你就跳过了它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg 同一个短句，重复三次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg 如果第三次变大了，你没有重复它。再奏第一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg 用一只手，另一只停着。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg 停着的那只手不悬着。它是静的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg 先慢，再快一点，休止不要赶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg 休止还是一样长。速度不吃掉静。觉得晕就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg 你奏的时候，让别人来数四。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg 如果你快过他们的数，你还没有和他们在一起。再开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg 停在最后一拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg 如果再加一个，你就没有停。把单簧管从嘴里拿开。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg 从头奏一遍，然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg 一条。不要补中间。如果断了，下一次从开头开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg 奏一个短句，给它一个名字。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg 名字不是“单簧管”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到这些音，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg 嘴唇嗡一下，让它停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg 如果嗡鸣一直不停，你还在吹。停下气，听。嘴唇疼，或者头晕，就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg 保持四个均匀的拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg 如果拍越来越快，你还没有拍子。慢下来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg 同一个音，先响，再轻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg 轻仍是同一个音。耳朵疼，就是太多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg 先奏一个更高的音，再奏一个更低的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg 说出哪个更高。再奏一次，不要找很久。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg 留一个能数的休止。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg 静是一拍。如果奏过去，你就跳过了它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg 同一个短句，重复三次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg 如果第三次变大了，你没有重复它。再奏第一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg 用一只手，另一只停着。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg 停着的那只手不悬着。它是静的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg 先慢，再快一点，休止不要赶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg 休止还是一样长。速度不吃掉静。觉得晕就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg 你奏的时候，让别人来数四。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg 如果你快过他们的数，你还没有和他们在一起。再开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg 停在最后一拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg 如果再加一个，你就没有停。把小号从嘴里拿开。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg 从头奏一遍，然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg 一条。不要补中间。如果断了，下一次从开头开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg 奏一个短句，给它起名。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg 名字不是“小号”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到这些音，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg 拨一根弦，让它停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg 抬起手指。听它结束。如果按住，就没有让它停。不用弓。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg 保持四个均匀的拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg 如果拍越来越快，你还没有拍子。慢下来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg 同一根弦，先响，再轻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg 轻仍是同一根弦。耳朵疼，就是太多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg 先奏一根更高的弦，再奏一根更低的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg 说出哪个更高。再奏一次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg 留一个能数的休止。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg 静是一拍。如果奏过去，你就跳过了它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg 同一个短句，重复三次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg 如果第三次变大了，你没有重复它。再奏第一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg 用一只手，另一只停着。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg 停着的那只手不悬着。它是静的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg 先慢，再快一点，休止不要赶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg 休止还是一样长。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg 你奏的时候，让别人来数四。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg 如果你快过他们的数，再开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg 停在最后一拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg 如果再加一个，你就没有停。双手抬起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg 从头奏一遍，然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg 一条。不要补中间。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg 奏一个短句，给它起名。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg 名字不是“大提琴”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到这些弦，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg 敲一下，让它停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg 抬起手。听到结束。手疼就停。别敲到耳朵旁边。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg 保持四个均匀的拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg 如果拍越来越快，你还没有拍子。慢下来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg 同一个地方，先响，再轻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg 轻仍是同一个地方。耳朵疼，就是太多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg 先敲高，再敲低。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg 说出哪个更高。再敲一次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg 留一个能数的休止。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg 静是一拍。如果敲过去，你就跳过了它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg 同一个短句，重复三次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg 如果第三次变大了，再奏第一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg 用一只手，另一只停着。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg 停着的那只手不悬着。它是静的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg 先慢，再快一点，休止不要赶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg 休止还是一样长。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg 你奏的时候，让别人来数四。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg 如果你快过他们的数，再开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg 停在最后一拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg 如果再加一个，你就没有停。两只手都抬起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg 从头奏一遍，然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg 一条。不要补中间。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg 奏一个短句，给它起名。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg 名字不是“鼓”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到这个短句，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg 轻拨一根弦，让它停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg 如果按着不放，就没有让它停。抬起手指，听。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg 保持四个均匀的拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg 如果拍越来越快，你还没有拍子。慢下来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg 同一根弦，先响，再轻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg 轻仍是同一根弦。耳朵疼，就是太多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg 先奏一根更高的弦，再奏一根更低的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg 说出哪个更高。再奏一次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg 留一个能数的休止。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg 静是一拍。如果奏过去，你就跳过了它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg 同一个短句，重复三次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg 如果第三次变大了，再奏第一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg 用一只手，另一只停着。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg 停着的那只手是静的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg 先慢，再快一点，休止不要赶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg 休止还是一样长。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg 你奏的时候，让别人来数四。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg 如果你快过他们的数，再开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg 停在最后一拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg 如果再加一个，你就没有停。双手抬起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg 从头奏一遍，然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg 一条。不要补中间。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg 奏一个短句，给它起名。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg 名字不是“尤克里里”。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到这些弦，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg 拨一根空弦，让它停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg 如果按着不放，就没有让它停。抬起手指，听。 手指疼就停。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg 保持四个均匀的拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg 如果拍越来越快，你还没有拍子。慢下来。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg 同一根弦，先响，再轻。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg 轻仍是同一根弦。耳朵疼，就是太多。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg 先奏一根更高的弦，再奏一根更低的。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg 说出哪个更高。再奏一次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg 留一个能数的休止。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg 静是一拍。如果奏过去，你就跳过了它。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg 同一个短句，重复三次。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg 如果第三次变大了，再奏第一遍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg 说出乐器的名字。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg 这是吉他。那一小段另有名字。不是你已经会的歌。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg 用一只手，另一只停着。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg 停着的那只手是静的。 拨片也可以歇着。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg 先慢，再快一点，休止不要赶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg 休止还是一样长。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg 你奏的时候，让别人来数四。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg 如果你快过他们的数，再开始。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg 停在最后一拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg 如果再加一个，你就没有停。双手抬起。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg 然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/zh/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg 奏一个短句，给它起名。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg 名字不是“吉他”。 不是你已经会的歌。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg 你可以再找到这些弦，不用别人告诉你。然后停。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja https://mylearntomake.com/ja/how https://mylearntomake.com/ja/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/ja/contact https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg 紙とえんぴつで足りる。もう持っているタブレットやセットでもいい。このクラスのためにセットは買わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg 見えるものを一つ選び、前に置く。全体を大きく描き、紙のほとんどを埋める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg これは練習の線ではない。ものを見てから描く。全体が紙に載ったら止める。絵の始まりである。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg クラス1で描いた同じものを使う。新しい紙を置く。外側全体が見える所に物を置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg 外の縁の一か所から始める。鉛筆はその縁だけを進む。中、持ち手の穴、真ん中を横切る線は描かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg 手より、そのものを見る。線が始めた場所に戻ったら止める。輪郭が開いていたら閉じる。中はこのクラスではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg 前のクラスと同じもの。新しい紙。部分を入れられるように、外側を軽くもう一度描く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg ものを見る。それをそのものにする部分を足す。取っ手、口、縫い目、ふた。見える部分を描く。作り出さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg テーブルの向こうから見る。何か分からなければ、足りない一つの部分を足す。それから止める。影はつけない。二つ目は足さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg 今いる場所を見る。円を一つ、箱を一つ、三角形を一つ見つける。皿、本、角。まだもの全体は描かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg 一枚の紙に、三つの形を大きく描く。形を描く。ものは描かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg あとの絵は、この部品から組み立てる。形が一つ足りなければ、それを描く。それから止める。影はつけない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg 光源は一つ。ランプか、窓一つ。ほかは消す。または、ものに光が一つだけ当たるように座る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg ものを描く。光の当たる側は紙を白く残す。白い紙が光だ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg 光と反対の側に影を一つ足す。ページ全体には影をつけない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg 見えるところに丸いものを一つ、箱を一つ置く。コップと本でよい。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg 丸いものを描く。箱は三つの面が見えるように描く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg 箱の面をそれぞれ違う灰色にする。一つは暗く、一つは薄く、一つはほとんど白のまま。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg 二つのものを、手前のものが奥のものの一部を隠すように置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg 手前のものから描く。手前のものが奥のものを隠すところで、その線を止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg 隠れている部分は省く。隠しているものの中まで描いていたら、その一区切りを消す。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg 服を着た人か、見えるペット。じっとしている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg 顔や毛や布の柄を足す前に、高さを幅に対して印をつける。薄い印を二つ。比べる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg その印の中を描く。毛を一本ずつ足さない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg 同じ人か同じペット。一つのことをする。手を伸ばすこと、一歩、頭を向けること。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg 一分だけ。動きが起きているあいだに、その動きを描く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg 動きをつかんで止める。指も髪も、一本ずつ描き終えない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg 見える顔。頭の楕円を描く。ほかはまだ描かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg 目の線を、楕円の上から半分に描く。それから鼻。それから口。その順を守る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg 髪が勝つ前にやめる。四つの段階だけ。楕円、目、鼻、口。それからやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg 今いる角に座る。床を見る。床の線は自分から遠ざかる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg その床の線を、一つの点へ向かうように描く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg ドアは、その空間に立つ箱。ドアを箱として描く。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg 別の人に見てほしい絵を一つ作る。一つのもの、その部分、その形を使う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『絵』ではない。この絵を指す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg 何をするか言われなくても、明日、もう一つの絵を始められる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg 紙と鉛筆で足りる。タブレットもよい。このためにセットは買わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg 建物が一つ、全部見えるところへ行く。家、店、小屋。これはクラス11ではない。建物へ行けないとき以外、建物の絵ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg 見える道、小道、または道路を一つ。道が最初の形で、遠くへ行くほど小さくなる。この紙の練習はそれだけ。看板や車から始めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg 一枚目。道、そばに建物一つまたは木一つ、空は空のまま残す紙。止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg 見える木を一つ。先に幹。上へ行くほど細くなる箱。葉は一つの塊。印の山ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg 一枚目。幹と、葉の形一つ。止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg クラス10は顔の順番を教えた。この練習は、塊としての頭。彫刻家は、顔を削る前に頭をこう見る。像は写さない。有名な人も写さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg 見える人。だれも座れないときは、知っている人の写真。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg 二人め。最初の頭は使わない。同じ三枚を、同じ順でやる。玉を飛ばして目から始めたら、止まって一枚目からやり直す。残すのは三枚目だけ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg そうする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg 三人め。同じリスト。玉、あご、首。それから半分の線。それから光一つと影一つ。髪が全部を取る前で止まる。頭が三つできたら、それが練習。次の練習は、作った顔を一つ、まだその顔のまま描き直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg そうする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg 顔を一つ作る。明日もう一度描けるように、印は少なく。先に玉とあご。それから半分の線。それから変わらない特徴を一つ。鼻、あご、または目と目のあいだ。髪は一つの形。その印の名前を、紙の裏に三語書く。あとで要る。紙を残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg そうする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg 新しい紙。先に記憶から。それから残した紙を見る。同じ玉、同じあご、同じ一つの印。目の小さいずれはよい。あごが違うなら、新しい人で、この練習は終わっていない。あごをもう一度描く。合う紙を残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg そうする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg 同じ作った顔を、少し向ける。頭が向いても、組み立ては変わらない。玉、あご、一つの印、それから半分の線の上の部分。この三枚目を、前の二枚と一緒に残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg それから、このページが名前をつけなかったものに、前のリストを使う。見える手、いす、または動物。一枚目、大きい形と高さ対幅。二枚目、そのものにする部分。三枚目、光は白い紙、一つの面を暗く、影を一つ。名前をつける。それは自分のもの。題はページが言わない。このページを開かずに三枚できたら、この段は終わり。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg きれいな水。広い筆で紙をぬらす。一色だけ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg ページいっぱいに一度ぬる。筆は一度だけ動かす。こすらない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg 乾くまで待つ。これが一度ぬる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg 外側が見える所にコップを置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg 外側の縁だけをぬる。中はぬりつぶさない。机はぬらない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg 縁が閉じたら、止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg 二色。ぬれた紙の上で触れるように置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg 混ぜるのは水に任せる。一緒にこすらない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg 出会ったら、止める。三色目は足さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg 部屋で三つの形を見つける。円、箱、三角形。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg 平たい形を三つぬる。それぞれ一色。細部はまだない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg 三つの形。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg 光は一つ。明るいところを見る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg その場所は、ぬらない紙のまま残す。白い紙が光だ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg 光から離れたところに影を一つぬる。その白を塗って隠さない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg 丸いものと箱を、見えるところに置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg 違う灰色二つでぬる。丸いものは一つの灰色。箱はもう一つの灰色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg 三つ目の灰色は足さない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg 二つのものを、一つが前になるように置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg 前のものをぬる。後ろのものの隠れている部分はぬらない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg 前のものが後ろのものを隠すところで、その色を止める。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg 一つのものを見る。予想の色じゃない。見える色の名を言う。レモンは影で灰色になることがある。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg その色を余った紙の上で混ぜる。ものと比べる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg 合わなければ、もう一度混ぜる。合ったら止める。絵全体は塗らない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg 人かペット。じっとしている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg 大きい形だけをぬる。頭、体、足。毛は一本ずつじゃない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg 三つ、または四つの形。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg 見える顔。三つの調子だけをぬる。明るい、中、暗い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg 明るさは、より薄い紙のまま。中は一度ぬる。暗いところは、眉の下、鼻の下、またはあごの下の影。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg 髪が勝つ前にやめる。三つの調子。それからやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg 角に座る。明かり一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg 二つの壁をぬる。光の当たる壁は明るいまま残す。もう一方の壁は暗い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg 明かり一つ。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg 本物のりんごを一つ見る。大きい光を先に見る。その光は残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg それから小さい形をぬる。影は一つ。点の一つ一つではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg 名前をつける。練習だ。売るための写しじゃない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg 紙と、水で落ちる絵の具で足りる。タブレットもよい。道具は買わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg 見える鉢を一つ。これはクラス2ではない。クラス2はコップの縁だった。これは鉢の中の色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg 見える窓を一つ。これはクラス11ではない。クラス11は二つの壁だった。これはガラスの中の光。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg ガラスは白い紙のまま。空を第二の絵にしない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg 見える植物を一つ。先に鉢。一つの箱。見える色を混ぜる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg 葉は色の一つの塊。印の山ではない。その塊を一度ぬる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg これはクラス12ではない。クラス12はりんごと、その後の影で、名をつけた。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg この紙は平らな色だけ。りんごと一つ。一度ぬる。見える色。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg 新しい紙。同じりんご。今見えるものから、もう一度混ぜる。前の紙からではない。思っていた赤からではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg 形の小さなずれはよい。別の果物なら、この練習はできていない。同じりんごをもう一度塗る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg 新しい紙。同じりんご。光の当たるところは紙を白のまま。影を一つ。白は、あとで埋める穴ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg 三枚、一つのりんご。平らに一度ぬる。見える色。それから光と影を一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg 絵を一つ、つくる。売るための写しではない。有名な絵でもない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg 一度ぬる。前に一つ。隠れた部分は塗らない。光は白い紙。影を一つ。名をつける。この紙を残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg みかんくらいの大きさをもらう。崩れるなら指を水につけ、まとまるまでこねる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg 手のひらで押し、円にころがす。一周、同じ力。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg 丸く、表面にひびがないところで止める。ひびは乾きすぎ。指をぬらし、その場所をもう一度ころがす。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg 玉を机に置く。真ん中を手のひらで押す。縁は押さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg 少し回して、もう一度押す。真ん中と縁は同じ厚さにする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg 持ち上げる。一箇所光が通るなら薄すぎる。玉に戻して、もう一度押す。指一本くらいの厚さ。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg 片手で玉を持つ。親指を真ん中に入れ、反対側に感じるまで。突き抜けない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg 親指と指で壁をつまむ。つまむたびに少し回す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg ふちは一周同じ高さにする。低い側があるなら、高い側を少し多くつまむ。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg 手のひらだけでなく、指を開いて机の上でころがす。真ん中から外へ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg ひもは端から端まで同じ太さ。鉛筆くらい。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg 平らな底の上に輪にする。接するところを押す。端は斜めに切り、押しつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg 同じ厚さの二本の棒の間にねんどを置く。棒の上をころがし、板が棒より薄くならないようにする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg 板をはがす。ついたら、爪ではなくナイフで角を持ち上げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg まっすぐ切って形を取る。余りは玉にして、乾かさない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg 指の間で壁を感じる。厚いところは重く感じる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg 厚いところだけつまむ。薄いところはつまむと破れる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg 壁は一周同じにする。コインを二枚重ねたくらいの厚さ。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg 両面をフォークで、ざらざらになるまで引っかく。つるつる同士はつかない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg 引っかいた両面に泥漿を塗る。ねんどに水を足し、クリームのようにする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg 押しつけ、数秒持つ。ぬれた指で継ぎ目をならし、見えなくする。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg 鉛筆より細い短いひもをころがす。底の大きさの輪に曲げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg 器の底と輪を引っかき、泥漿を塗る。輪を押す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg 置く。平らに立ち、ぐらつかない。ぐらつくなら、輪の高い側を押す。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg 指の太さ、手の長さのひもをころがす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg 横の上下二箇所を引っかき、泥漿を塗る。両端を押す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg 持ち手は器から離れ、指が通る。たるむならぬれすぎ。少し待って、もう一度。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg 棚に置く。日なたと暖房から離す。日と熱はひびを作る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg 乾いた布をゆるくかける。ふちが底より先に乾かないようにする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg 白く硬くなるまで置く。これは自然乾燥のねんど。オーブンに入れない。飲まない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg 始める前に二つを比べる。一方の玉が大きいと、器は揃わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg 二つ目は一つ目と同じに作る。各段階のあと、横に並べる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg ふちは同じ高さ。口は同じ大きさに見える。広い方は、少し高く、少し狭くつまむ。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg 仕事を一つ選ぶ。鉛筆を入れる、または乾いた物を入れる。食べ物と飲み物には使わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg 鉛筆入れは平らな底と、鉛筆の先より高い壁がいる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg 乾いて白くなったら、鉛筆を入れる。名前をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg 空気で乾くねんどで足りる。窯は買わない。焼かない。みかんほどのかたまりがカップ一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg 親指で玉を開き、かべが上がるあいだ回す。または同じ太さのひもを作り、積み、それぞれを下のひもに押す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg ふちは一周同じ高さ。足をつけるなら、両方の面をひっかき、湿らせ、押す。くっつけるだけではいけない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg カップを机に置く。平らに立ち、ぐらつかない。ぐらつくなら、止まるまで足を押す。日を避け、空気でゆっくり乾かす。名まえをつける。残すのはこれ。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg 皿一つ。これはクラス2ではなく、クラス5でもない。クラス2はパンケーキ。クラス5は切れる板。これはカップを置ける皿。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg 板一つ。厚さはそろっている。その厚さを保てるときだけ、低い縁。縁を足すなら、傷をつけて、どべをつけて、押す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg それから止まる。焼かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg ボウル一つ。壁はそろったまま。縁の高さは、一周ずっと同じ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg 平らに座って、ぐらつかない足。その足をつなぐなら、傷をつけて、どべをつけて、押す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg それから止まる。焼かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg これはクラス3ではない。クラス3はつまみの器で、縁がレッスンだった。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg これはつまむカップ。玉一つ。つまむほど壁は薄くなり、そろったまま。縁の高さは、一周ずっと同じ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg それから止まる。焼かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg 新しい一つ。同じ厚さのひもを積み、押す。つまんだカップと同じ大きさ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg 大きさが違うなら、このレッスンはできていない。カップをもう一度作る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg それから止まる。焼かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg 厚さのそろった板から切った新しい一つ。ほかの二つと同じ大きさ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg どのつなぎも、傷をつけて、どべをつけて、押す。縁の高さは、一周ずっと同じ。平らに座る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg それから止まる。焼かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg 一つ考える。写しではなく、クラス12の名前をつけた器でもない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg そろった壁。部分をつなぐなら、傷をつけて、どべをつけて、押す。必要なら足をつけ、座ってぐらつかないようにする。ゆっくり乾かす。自然乾燥だけ。名前をつける。これを残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg それから止まる。焼かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg もう持っている糸。針二本、持っているのが指なら指一本。このクラスのためにセットは買わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg 数えた目で作り目をする。輪を作り、針にのせ、次も同じやり方で作る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg 数えた目が針にのったら止める。まだ一段は編まない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg 最初の段を編む。針を輪に通し、糸を巻き、新しい輪を引き出す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg 一目ずつ。目を一つ落とさない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg 段が終わったら、編地を返す。それから止める。新しい色は始めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg 針の上の目を一つずつ数える。一つずつ触る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg 段を一つずつ数える。紙の印で足りる。一段に印一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg 数が違うなら、止まって見る。編地を引っ張ってほどかない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg 伏せ目をする。二目編む。一つ目を二つ目にかぶせて、針から外す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg もう一目編む。また一つ目をその上にかぶせる。最後まで続ける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg へりは広がらない。引っ張ると開くなら、このへりだけやり直す。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg 編地の高さと幅が同じになるまで編む。数えて知る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg 机に置く。平らに寝ている四角。丸まるなら、最後の段を見る。編地全体ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg 平らに寝たら、止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg 一段は表編み。次の段は裏編み。裏編みは糸が手前。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg 今どの段か分かる。表編み、それから裏編み、それから表編み。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg 一段の中で混ぜない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg しま一つ。へりまで編む。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg へりで色を変える。新しい糸をそこで結ぶ。真ん中では変えない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg 新しい色でしまを一つ編む。それから止める。しま一つ。多くない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg 何かがおかしくなった。最後の段だけ見る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg 最後の段から針を一目ずつ抜いて、正しかった段まで戻る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg 編地を引っ張ってほどかない。その段をもう一度編む。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg 段の始めに目を数える。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg 段の終わりに目を数える。数が合う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg 合わなければ、最後の段が一つ減ったか一つ増えた。その段だけ直す。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg 長方形を編む。幅より長い。布巾、ひも、しおり。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg 両端を数えて、同じにする。へりが広がらないように伏せ目をする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg それを使える。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg 合うべき二つのへり。一緒に持つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg それらをつなぐ。とじ針を両方のへりに、一目ずつ。まだ編み針にあるなら、一緒に編む。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg 二つのへりが一つになったら、つなぎは終わり。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg できたもの一つ。四角、長方形、またはつないだもの。新しい作品ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『編み物』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg 何をするか言われなくても、明日、もう一つのものを始められる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg 数えた目で作り目をする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg 最初の段を編む。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg それから止まる。作品をほどかない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg 平らに寝ている四角。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg 表編みと裏編み。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg それから止まる。作品をほどかない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg しま一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg へりで色を変える。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg それから止まる。作品をほどかない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg もう持っている太い糸。大きなかぎ針。このクラスのためにセットは買わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg 片手に糸を持つ。もう一方の手にかぎ針を持つ。輪を一つ作る。輪はかぎ針にかかっている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg それが始まりだ。それから止める。まだ鎖は作らない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg 糸をかぎ針にかける。すでにそこにある輪から、新しい輪を引き抜く。それが鎖一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg 次の鎖も同じように作る。見えるくらい、ゆるくしておく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg 数えられる鎖ができたら止める。まだ戻って編まない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg 段を始める前に、鎖を数える。一つずつ触る。まだかぎ針にかかっている輪は数えない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg 数を書く。紙の印で足りる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg 数を見失ったら、もう一度数える。鎖を引っ張ってほどかない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg かぎ針を次の鎖に入れる。糸を巻く。輪を引き出す。もう一度糸を巻く。かぎ針の二つの輪を通して引く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg どの鎖にも、編み目を一つ入れる。飛ばさない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg 段が終わったら、止める。まだ返さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg 段を終わらせる。どの鎖にも、編み目を一つ入れる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg 段を机に置く。平らに寝ているはず。きつい縄のように丸まるなら、編み目がきつすぎた。この段だけを見る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg 平らに寝たら、止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg 編み地を返す。かぎ針は最後の輪に入ったまま。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg 鎖を一つ作る。その鎖は立ち上がりの鎖。数える編み目ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg 戻る。今作った段の編み目一つずつに、編み目を一つ。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg 二段。一段の終わりごとに編み地を返す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg 端をそろえたままにする。段の始めと終わりは同じ編み目。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg 片方の端が内側へすぼむなら、編み目を飛ばした。最後の一段だけ直す。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg 高さが幅と同じになるまで続ける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg 編み目を数える。どの段も数は同じ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg 平らに置く。四角。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg しま一つ。段の終わりまで編む。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg へりで次の色を結び足す。真ん中では変えない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg 新しい色で一段編む。それから止める。しま一つ。多くない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg 糸を切る。持てる長さの端を残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg 端を最後の輪に通して引く。ぴったり引く。輪が閉じる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg 編み地はかぎ針から外れている。それから止める。新しいものは始めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg 同じやり方で二つ目の四角を作る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg 両方を数える。編み目の数は同じ。段の数は同じ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg 同じ大きさの四角が二つ。それから止める。まだつながない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg 使えるものが一つ。四角、または二つの四角を合わせて布巾にしたもの。新しい作品ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『かぎ針』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg 何をするか言われなくても、明日、もう一つのものを始められる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg 先の丸い針。もう持っている太い糸。このクラスのためにセットは買わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg 片手に針を持つ。針に糸を通す。糸の端に結び目を作る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg 結び目は端にある。それから止める。まだ縫わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg 布は一枚。裏から針を押し通す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg 糸を最後まで引き出す。結び目がそれを止めるまで。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg 針は表にある。それから止める。まだ二つ目の穴は開けない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg 縫い目一つ。出てきたところから少し離れて、また下へ入れる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg 糸を引き通す。入れて、それから出す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg 縫い目は平らに寝ている。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg まっすぐな線。次の縫い目を最初と同じ大きさにする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg 縫い目を一本の線の上に置く。それない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg 縫い目は同じ大きさ。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg なみ縫い。線に沿って入れて、出す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg 間隔は同じ。縫い目とすき間はだいたい同じ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg 布がしわになるほど強く引かない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg 布の角まで来る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg 曲がる。次の縫い目は角を離れ、次の辺に沿って進む。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg 線はそろったまま。角を寄せ集めない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg 布が二枚。一つのへりを、もう一つのへりに重ねる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg その一つのへりに沿って、それらを縫う。針は両方の布を通る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg へりは一つだけ。それから止める。ほかの側はまだ縫わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg 四角。一つの角から始める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg 一周ずっと、同じ縫い目。どの角も同じように曲がる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg 始めたところに戻ったら、止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg 当て布。小さい布を、大きい布の上に。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg 上へ縫いつける。針は当て布と、その下の布を通る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg へりは下に付いたまま。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg 端を結ぶ。布に小さな結び目を作り、最後の縫い目が抜けないようにする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg 糸を短く切る。端は少しだけ残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg 針は自由だ。それから止める。新しい縫い合わせは始めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg 同じやり方で二つ目の四角を作る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg 縫い目を数える。同じ大きさの四角が二つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg それから止める。まだ縫い合わせない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg 使えるものが一つ。四角、当て布、または二つの四角を合わせて布巾にしたもの。新しい作品ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『ぬい』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg 何をするか言われなくても、明日、もう一つのものを始められる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg 手を洗う。石けん、それから水、それから手をふく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg 台の上を空ける。この皿に要るものだけが、外に残る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg それから止める。まだ火はつけない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg 火の前に、全部出してある。食べ物、フライパン、皿、スプーン、塩。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg これからすることを読む。フライパンが熱くなってから、道具を探さなくていい。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg それから止める。火はまだ消えている。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg フライパンは熱い。脂を少し足す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg 脂は薄くなって、光る。ささやいている。煙は出ない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg 煙が出たら、火が強すぎる。フライパンを火から下ろす。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg 食べ物は、一層で入る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg 切れは積み重ならない。混んだフライパンは蒸す。茶色にならない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg それから止める。まだ返さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg そのままにしておく。焼き目には時間が必要だ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg つつがない。熱いフライパンから離れない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg それから止める。まだ返さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg 一回返す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg 下にあった面は、茶色になっている。まだ色が薄いなら、もっと時間が必要だった。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg それから止める。何度も返さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg 味わう。それから塩。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg 塩は食べ物へ。空気へは振らない。もう一度味わうまで、少しで足りる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg それから止める。塩を振り続けない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg 火を消す。真ん中は、フライパンが仕上げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg 真ん中は、フライパンに残っている熱で固まる。火を再び強くしない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg 休ませておく。まだ切らない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg 静かな数分。置いておくあいだに、真ん中が仕上がる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg 汁は皿に残る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg スプーンで食べ物にかける。流しに流さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg フライパンが冷えてから、洗う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg 熱いフライパンを冷たい水に入れると、ゆがむ。待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg 皿一つ。新しい一品ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『料理』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg 何をするか言われなくても、明日、もう一皿作れる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg 鍋が煮立つなら、黒こしょうは最後。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg 塩と一緒に。塩の代わりじゃない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg クミンを油で開いて、それからコリアンダー。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg 豆、ご飯、またはラム。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg コリアンダーの種、砕く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg コーヒーの色まで煎らない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg パプリカは早く開いて、もっと早く焦げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg にんにくは後。でないと焦げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg スモークパプリカ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg 煙がそのスパイス。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg カイエンは最後。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg ほかのスパイスより少なく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg ひりひりしたら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg 唐辛子フレークを油に入れて、火から外す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg にんにくも一緒でいい。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg ひりひりしたら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg チリパウダーは、すでにクミン、にんにく、唐辛子。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg クミンを足す前に、味を見る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg シナモンを油に、塩を一つまみ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg 果物、かぼちゃ、または肉に少し。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg しょうがは生でも乾燥でも、にんにくと。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg 乾燥はもっと辛い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg ウコンは色がつき、長く炒めると苦くなる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg 黒こしょうが助ける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg にんにくパウダーは、空の鍋で焦げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg 油に入れて、それから食べ物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg 玉ねぎパウダーは、炒めた玉ねぎじゃない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg 土台に使う。それから料理に塩。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg オレガノは、トマトソースの早いところに。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg 乾燥は、生の一つまみより強い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg バジルは最後に。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg 熱で香りが飛ぶ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg タイムは早く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg 時間がいる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg ローズマリー。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg 刻む。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg ローリエを液体に。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg 一枚。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg 取り出して、止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg ナツメグ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg クリーム、ほうれんそう、またはじゃがいもに一削り。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg クローブ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg 一つか二つを玉ねぎに刺す。または粉を一つまみ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg オールスパイス。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg そこで止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg カルダモン、さやを割るか、粉を一つまみ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg ご飯、コーヒー、または果物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg からしの種を熱い油で、最初の一つがはじけたら食べ物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg ウコンが続いていい。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg フェンネルの種、砕く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg トマトか豚肉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg ディルは最後に。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg レモン。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg キャラウェイ、砕いて、にんにくと。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg キャベツ、豚肉、またはライ麦。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg セロリの種。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg 一つまみ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg ごまは、香りが出るまで煎る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg 塩。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg ケシの実は、油で開かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg バターとレモン。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg サフラン。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg 糸。安い瓶の粉じゃない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg 煮込みかだしに、スターアニスを一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg しょうが。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg 取り出して、止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg スマックは火から外す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg それが酸味。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg フェヌグリーク。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg 一つまみ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg ニゲラ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg 焦がさない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg ミントは最後に。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg レモン。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg セージをバターで数秒炒めて、かぼちゃか豚肉へ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg こしょう。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg タラゴンは最後に。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg レモン。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg マジョラム。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg オレガノが叫ぶところで使う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg パセリは最後に、レモンと。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg 生の香り。油で開くスパイスじゃない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg パクチーは最後に、ライムと。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg せっけん味なら、草のせい。作る人のせいじゃない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg レモングラスをたたいてスープに入れて、出す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg しょうが。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg 取り出して、止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg アニス。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg 一つまみ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg メース。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg クリームソースかじゃがいもに、一つまみ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg ジュニパー。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg 三つ砕く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg ひりひりしたら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg 四川花椒は香りが出るまで煎って、砕く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg しょうが。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg ひりひりしたら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg アレッポペッパーは火から外す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg 穏やか。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg チポトレ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg 煙と辛さ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg ひりひりしたら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg カレー粉は混ぜたもの。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg 油で開いて、それから食べ物。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg ガラムマサラは、最後の混ぜたもの。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg 鍋には、すでにクミンとコリアンダーがあることもある。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg 五香粉は混ぜたもの。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg 一つまみ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg 煙が出たら止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg 二回測る。一回印をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg 二回の測りが合わなければ、もう一度測る。当てずっぽうに印をつけない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg それから止める。まだ切らない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg 板を横切る線を、直角に引く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg 直角定規は端にぴったり当たる。線は面を横切り、端を下りる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg それから止める。まだ切らない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg 材をクランプで固定する。手はクランプではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg 板がずれれば、切り口はそれる。クランプを締める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg それから止める。木が止まっているまで、のこぎりは始めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg 線の捨て側を切る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg 鉛筆の線は、残すほうの木に残る。のこぎりの歯が、捨てるほうを取る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg それから止める。線を切って消さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg のこぎりに、切る仕事をさせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg 軽い押し。寄りかからないと進まないなら、のこぎりが鈍いか、角度が違う。止めて、置き直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg 最後の繊維が裂けないように、切れ端を支える。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg 手か、二つ目の支えが、端材を持つ。落とさない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg 切り口を、直角定規に当てて確かめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg 直角定規は、面と切った端に乗る。定規の下に光があるなら、切り口は直角ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg それから止める。見るまでは、そのずれをやすって消さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg 線までやすりする。線を越えない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg 木目に沿ってやする。線を越えてやすると、一枚は短くなる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg 粉をふく。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg 二つの面が合う。継ぎ目から光は通らない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg 二つを合わせて、合わせ目に沿って見る。光は隙間だ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg それから止める。隙間にのりをつけない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg のりをつけてから、クランプで締める。細い筋がはみ出す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg のりを多くしても、継ぎ目は強くならない。筋をふく。継ぎ目をのり不足にしない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg のりが固まる。それから、継ぎ目を面一にやすりする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg ぬれたのりはやすらない。継ぎ目が硬くなるまで待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg 一枚。新しい仕事ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg 名前を一つ与える。名前は『木』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg 何をするか言われなくても、明日、もう一枚を始められる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg 実際にある光に合う植物を選ぶ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg 日なたの植物は、暗い部屋では、望んだからといって育たない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg それから止める。まだ植えない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg 土は水が抜ける。鉢には穴がいる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg 水が鉢にたまると、根が腐る。土を入れる前に穴を確かめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg 袋に書いてある深さに植える。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg 袋がなければ、小さい種は浅く覆う。大きい種はもっと深く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg 土を押さえて締める。種の下に空気のすきまを残さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg そっと押す。固く詰めすぎると、水と空気が入らない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg 一回、深く水をやる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg 水が穴から出るまで水をやる。それから待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg 次に水をやる前に、表面を乾かせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg 指を一本さす。上がまだ湿っていたら、そのままにする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg 芽には、水より光がいる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg 色が薄く、ひょろひょろした芽は光を求めている。移す。溺れさせない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg 袋に書いてある間隔まで間引く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg いちばん強い芽を残す。余分な芽は抜く。混んだ植物は小さいまま。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg 本葉が出てからだけ肥料をやる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg 多すぎると焦げる。少しだけ、それから止める。最初の二枚の葉は本葉ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg 何かを吹きかける前に、害虫は手で取る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg 虫一匹は、瓶の理由にならない。手で取る。明日また見る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg できあがったら摘む。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg 待ちすぎると硬くなる。長く置きすぎた植物は、力を種に使い切る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg 収穫を一つ。新しい庭ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『庭』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg 何をするか言われなくても、明日、もう一つの鉢を植えられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg 窓。これは切り口であって、種ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg 根のついた新しい青ねぎを使う。乾いたものは使わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg 窓、それから日なた。確実なのは芽。さやには光がたくさんいる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg 乾燥豆をまるごと使う。赤いんげん、黒豆、うずら豆、または干したいんげん。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg 窓。取れそうなのは葉。にんにくの太い頭ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg かたい一かけ。皮は残す。先を上、平らな根の端を下、およそ2センチの深さ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg 窓。小さい葉が少し。店の二つ目の株ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg 新しい根元を使う。茶色くぬるぬるしたものは使わない。芯をおよそ3センチ残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg 窓。ロメインと同じやり方で、もっと遅い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg 新しい根元。高さおよそ3センチ。浅い皿に。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg 暖かい窓。切って使える株ができる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg バジルは暖かい部屋がいる。小さい種を湿った土にばらまく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg 暖かい窓。実には本物の日なたと、もっと大きい鉢がいる。葉は決して食べものではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg 完熟のトマトを使う。種と周りのねばねばを、水を少したらしたコップへ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg 暖かい窓。ピーマンはトマトより熱がいる。時間もいる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg 熟したピーマンから種を取る。発酵は省いてよい。乾かす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg 深い鉢。株はできそう。じゃがいもの袋は、鉢が深くて何か月も待たない限り、できない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg 店のじゃがいもの多くは、芽が出ないように処理してある。3週間何も起きないなら、それが理由。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg 家の木。実はたぶん、何年もあと。酸っぱいか、違うかもしれない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg レモンかオレンジの新しい種をまく。台の上で乾いた種は、しばしば失敗する。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg 家の木。室内では実がならないことが多く、何年もかかり、買ったものと同じにはならない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg 種を洗う。広くて平らな端が下。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg 苗であって、さくらんぼのボウルではない。実がなるのは寒い屋外で、何年もあと。しばしば二本目の木がいる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg 種を、果肉が残らないまでこする。残った果肉はカビる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg 窓。緑であって、二つ目のニンジンではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg 新しいニンジンの葉を切る。オレンジの頭をおよそ1センチ残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg 窓。葉であって、二つ目のビーツではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg 緑を切る。ビーツをおよそ1センチ残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg 窓。これは切り口であって、種ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg 根元のついた新しいリークを使う。乾いたものは使わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg 窓。小さい葉が少し。店の二つ目の株ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg 新しい根元を使う。茶色くぬるぬるしたものは使わない。芯をおよそ3センチ残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg 窓。ゆるい葉。二つ目の締まった玉ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg 新しい根元。高さおよそ3センチ。浅い皿に。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg 窓。羽葉。二つ目の球ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg フェンネルの球の根元を使う。切った茎だけでは、ほとんど育たない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg 暖かい窓。収穫は株。今月は茎をひと握りにはできない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg まだ硬く、色の薄い基部のついた茎を使う。乾いた棒は根を出さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg 家の植物。室内の実はまれで、来ても何年もかかる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg 新しいパイナップルから冠をねじって外す。基部の果肉は全部切る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg 日なたの鉢。涼しさが続いて、株ごとに場所があれば、根が収穫。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg 手の深さの鉢。穴がある。湿った土。水たまりではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg 明るい鉢。葉。店の締まった玉ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg 種は小さい。湿った土にばらまく。押さえる。または土をほこりのようにかける。深く埋めると失敗する。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg 涼しい鉢。葉。熱い窓辺の夏の収穫ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg およそ1センチの深さにまく。穴のある鉢で。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg 明るい鉢。葉が収穫。暑さはそれを終わらせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg 種は丸い。およそ1センチの深さに、残す鉢にまく。植え替えを嫌う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg 穴のある鉢。何年も切れる株。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg 種は遅い。土は湿らせておく。芽は10日から20日が多い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg 明るい鉢。茎であって、種ではない。種はしばしば弱い株になり、嗅いだミントではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg 新しい茎を切る。下の葉をむしる。乾いた棒は根を出さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg 日なたの鉢。さやが収穫。瓶の中の芽は別の課。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg つるなしの乾燥豆をまるごと使う。つるありは、高い棒を与えない限り使わない。割ったえんどうではない。缶の豆ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg 涼しい鉢。涼しさが続けば、さや。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg エンドウの種はまるごと使う。割ったえんどうは使わない。割ったえんどうは死んでいる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg 屋外、または少なくとも20センチの深さの鉢。根が収穫。これは皿のニンジンの頭ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg ゆるい土。石も、硬い土の塊もない。それらは根を二股にする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg 屋外、または少なくとも20センチの深さの鉢。根と、葉。これは皿のビーツの頭ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg 種の玉一つから、芽がいくつか出ることがある。およそ2センチの深さにまく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg 屋外、または穴のある大きい鉢。葉を、長いあいだ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg およそ1センチの深さにまく。芽は5日から10日が多い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg 屋外。小球は種よりやさしい。種は球になるまで何か月もいる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg 小球は先を上、根の端を下、およそ10センチ間隔。先はちょうど出る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg 大きい鉢か地面。登るものも。窓辺ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg 土が暖かくなってから、およそ2センチの深さにまく。冷たく湿った土は種を腐らせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg 地面、またはとても大きい鉢。一株はとても大きくなる。二株は多い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg 土が暖かくなってから、およそ2センチの深さにまく。冷たく湿った土は種を腐らせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg 屋外、暖かい土。鉢ではない。一株でもない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg 塊に植える。少なくとも縦横に四株ずつ。花粉は上の雄穂から、実の絹糸に落ちる。一列、または一株は、しばしば空っぽの実を作る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg 株、またはランナー。種は遅い。種から育てた株のほとんどは、初年に実をつけない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg 日なたの地面、または穴のある鉢。暗い窓ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg 屋外、十分な日なた。花、そして夏が長ければ種。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg 土が暖かくなってから、およそ2センチの深さにまく。芽は7日から14日が多い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg 日なた、暖かい土。一つの夏で終わる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg 種はほんの少しだけ覆う。冷たく湿った土は種を腐らせる。または種はただ置いてあるだけ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg 日なた。一つの夏で終わり、霜まで花が咲く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg 痩せた土は花が多い。肥えた土は葉が多く、花は少ない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg 庭のマリーゴールド。カレンデュラではない。それは次の課。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg 日なた。土が暖かくなってから、種はほんの少しだけ覆う。芽は5日から10日が多い。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg カレンデュラ。前の課の庭のマリーゴールドではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg 涼しい季節の花。暑さはそれを止めることがある。涼しい夏は、向いた場所。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg 大きい種。暖かい土に、およそ2センチの深さ。鉢か地面。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg 這う。痩せた土は花が多い。肥えた土は葉。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg 食べるエンドウではない。それは別の植物で、別の課。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg 涼しい天気が好き。暑さは花を止める。涼しい夏は、それらに向くことがある。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg 根であって、種ではない。目は根の上のピンクの芽。上を向く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg 目を覆う土は、およそ5センチを超えない。それより深いと、葉は出ても決して花が咲かないことがある。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg カメラを上げる前に、何の写真か決める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg 短い一行で言えないなら、まだ撮る準備ができていない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg それから止める。まだ撮らない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg 設定に触る前に、足を動かす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg 左へ一歩は、ボタンより写真を変える。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg 近づく。たいていの写真は主題のまわりが多すぎる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg 枠の中に余分なものが三つ言えるなら、一歩近づく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg 水平線は水平にする。水平にしたくないとき以外。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg 傾いたテーブルは間違いに見える。線が平らになるまで、電話を傾ける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg 大事な部分にピントを合わせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg その部分をタップする。背景がはっきりして、ものがぼやけていたら、違う場所をタップした。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg 強い形を一つ。五つのものが争わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg どのものか説明しなければいけないなら、写真はまだ終わっていない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg その瞬間を待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg 待てずに撮った写真が、消す一枚だ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg 同意していない人は、写真に入れない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg 先に聞く。うなずきははい。沈黙ははいではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg 撮りに来たものに露出を合わせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg 背景は捨てる。ものの後ろの明るい窓は、ものを影にする。向きを変える。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg 同じものを三枚。一枚残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg 残り二枚は捨てる。もっと撮っても、よい一枚にはならない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg 主題と争うものだけ切り取る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg 切り取りは、撮っていないもっと近い写真を作り出す方法ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg 写真を一枚。一本のロールではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『写真』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg 何をするか言われなくても、明日、もう一枚撮れる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg 実際に練習する楽器を選ぶ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg 手が届かないピアノは、その楽器ではない。手、太鼓、もう持っているギター、どれも数に入る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg それから止める。まだ歌は演奏しない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg 音を出す前に、体を楽にしておく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg 肩が耳まで上がっていたら、音はきつくなる。下ろす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg 音を一つ、きれいに。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg きれいな音は、始まりと終わりが聞こえる音。余計な雑音はその一部ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg 手で叩ける、安定した拍。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg 叩きが速くなるなら、まだ拍はない。遅くする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg 同じフレーズを、小さく、それからいっぱいに。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg いっぱいは、部屋が耐えられるほど大きくすることではない。耳が痛ければ、強すぎる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg 休符も演奏する。そこを埋めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg 沈黙は数える拍。そこを鳴らして通ると、飛ばしたことになる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg また見つけられる五つの音。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg 鳴らす。目をそらす。同じ五つを見つける。見つけられないなら、まだ持っていない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg 小節を四つ。小節線のところでやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg 五つ目は足さない。止まりはフレーズの一部。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg きれいになるまでゆっくりやる。速さはそのあと。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg 速くて雑なフレーズは練習ではない。あとでほどかなければならない癖だ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg テイクを一つ録音する。一回聴く。一つ直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg 五回聴いて五つ直さない。一つ直して、もう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg 二十分。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg 痛い手は、働いた証拠ではない。止める理由だ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg 明日も弾けるフレーズを一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『音楽』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、それらの音をまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg 声を出す前に、体を楽にしておく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg 肩が耳まで上がっていたら、音はきつくなる。下ろす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg それから止める。まだ歌は歌わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg 息が音を始める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg 先に息を取る。音を出してから息を探すと、音が揺れる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg 母音を一つ、中心に置く。のどから押さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg のどが締まったら、押している。もっと柔らかく、母音は真ん中のまま。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg 音を見つけて、それから伸ばす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg 伸ばした音が滑るなら、まだ見つかっていない。もう一度見つけて、それから伸ばす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg ことばは一回目で聞こえる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg 聞いた人が、何を歌ったのか聞かなければならないなら、ことばは終わっていなかった。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg 同じ一行を、小さく、それからいっぱいに。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg いっぱいは、部屋が耐えられるほどの大きさではない。くらくらしたら、息を長く止めすぎた。止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg 休符は沈黙。そこを埋めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg 休符で息をする。そこを歌って通したら、休符を飛ばした。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg 高い音は準備して出す。つかんで出さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg 届かせて、のどがつかんだら、まだ準備ができていなかった。前の音から入る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg 節を一つ録音する。一回聴く。一つ直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg 五回聴いて五つ直さない。一つ直して、それからもう一度歌う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg 二十分。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg 痛いのどは、働いた証拠ではない。止める理由だ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg ことばを、意味を込めて歌う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg ことばがただの音なら、まだ歌っていない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg 明日も歌える節を一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『歌』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、その節をまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg 本当のことを一つ。好きな歌の仮装じゃない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg その一行がラジオのどの歌でもあり得るなら、それは仮装だ。実際に見たことから始める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg 題は、その歌の約束。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg いちばん上に書く。節がその約束を守らないなら、題はうそ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg サビは、その約束を一行か二行で言う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg 二行が限度。段落が必要なサビは、節だ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg メロディをハミングする。楽譜がなければ、リズムをふつうのことばで書く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg 長い、短い、短い、で足りる。読めない音符の絵は役に立たない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg 節の一は、場面。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg 誰がいて、何が見えるか。気持ちはまだ説明しない。場面がそれをやる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg サビは、変えずに戻る。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg 二度目に書き直すなら、サビはない。節が二つある。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg 節の二は、代価を上げる。または転じる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg 何かが、もっと難しくなる。または、誰かが心を変える。何も変わっていなければ、それはまた節の一。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg ブリッジはなくてもいい。サビが言わなかった一行。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg 要らなければ、書かない。ブリッジは三番目の節ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg ジャンルは拍とことば。仮装じゃない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg 言いたい拍を叩く。ことばがほかの人の声でしか成り立たないなら、まだ自分のものではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg 借りたフックはない。ほかの歌が聞こえたら、その行をやり直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg ラジオで覚えているフックは、自分のものではない。題から、次の行を書く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg サビを録音する。一回聴く。ことばを一つ直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg 五回聴いて五つ直すことはしない。一つ直したら、今日は終わり。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg 明日も歌える歌を一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『作詞』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、サビをまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg 紙か、もう持っているタブレット。特別なソフトは要らない。一人を書く。名前で足りる。一人だけ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg 次の行に、その人が欲しいものを書く。一つ。一覧にしない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg 次の行に、邪魔になるものを一つ書く。人、事実、または限界。それから止める。これは話の全部ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg クラス1の三行は机に残す。新しいページを開く。「これは〜の話です」で始めない。人がすでに場所にいるところから始める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg 今何をしているかを書く。見える動作を一つ。ドアに手を置く、一歩踏む、カップを置く。その瞬間にとどまる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg 読む。一文が一生を語る、または教訓を語るなら、線を引いて消す。書き出しはこの瞬間だけ。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg クラス2の書き出しを読む。それは一つの瞬間。新しい場面を始めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg その瞬間が終わる前に、欲しいものをページに置く。「欲しかった」と書かない。見せる。手がドアを試す。目は取らない電話に留まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg 最後の行まで読む。読んだ人がまだ何を欲しいか分からなければ、それを見せる動作を一つ足す。それから止める。真ん中は始めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg 場面に戻る。欲しいものはすでにある。障害は一種類だけ。人、事実、または限界。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg それを場面に書く。人がいやと言う。事実：バスは行った。限界：硬貨が一枚。『問題があった』とは書かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg 読む。障害が二種類以上になりそうなら、一つ残して他を消す。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg ここは真ん中。最初の試しを書く。一つの理由で失敗する。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg 二度目の試しを書く。別の理由で失敗する。最初の失敗を繰り返さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg 両方読む。同じ理由で失敗するなら、二度目を変える。それから止める。終わりは書かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg 二つの試しを読む。どちらも失敗した。幸運な助けを足さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg 転機を選択として書く。人は、本当にできる二つのうち一つを選ぶ。何が代価か知っている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg 読む。抜け道が幸運、見知らぬ人、拾った鍵なら、消す。選択を書く。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg 終わりを数行で書く。欲しいものを得るか、ページが代価を見せるか。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg 新しい欲しいものを足さない。最初の場面の欲しいものを使う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg 欲しいものと終わりを一緒に読む。終わりが欲しいものを忘れていたら、終わりを直す。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg 場面を最後の行まで読む。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg 最後の行は何かを変えなければならない。事実、選択、または誰かが知っていること。何も変わっていなければ、変化を書く。それまで章は終わっていない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg 新しい場面が始まっていたら、戻して切る。変化で終える。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg 説明しそうだった気持ちか事実を一つ見つける。「彼女は怒っていた。」「彼は彼女を信じなかった。」 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg それを、誰かが言うことに置く。または言わないことに置く。説明の文は書かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg 読む。語り手がまだ告げているなら、その文を切る。会話がそれを持つ。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg 場面を読む。読んだ人がすでに見たことを説明する文に印をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg その文を消す。動作は残す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg 場面をもう一度読む。説明しかしない文がまだあれば、それも切る。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg 最初のページを声に出して読む。最初のページだけ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg 人、欲しいもの、または場所を最初に失ったところに印をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg その場所を直す。修理は一つ。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg 最初の行から最後の行まで読む。人、欲しいもの、障害、二つの試し、選択、終わりがある。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg 名前をつける。名前は『話』ではない。この作品を指す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg 作品は読者に渡せる。このページを開いていなくても、何かが分かる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg もう持っている紙。作れるものを一つ書く。店ではない。一覧ではない。一つ。パン、修理、絵、スープの瓶。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg 一人のためであり、みんなのためではない。次の行に、だれのためかを書く。名前で足りる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg 二行を読む。これを仕上げられる。できなければ、消して、より小さいものを書く。それから止める。値段は書かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg 前のクラスの一つのものを見る。それは一人のためだ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg 次の行にその人の名前を書く。話せる本物の人。みんなではない。客ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg 名前を読む。顔が思い浮かばなければ、消して、顔が思い浮かぶ一人を書く。それから止める。値段は書かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg 名前を書いた人。持っていなくて必要なものを書く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg 自分が作れるものと合わなければならない。新しい商売ではない。必要は一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg 必要とものを一緒に読む。合わなければ、必要かものを変える。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg 最初の一つを作る。もう持っているものを使う。店は開かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg これを仕上げる。十の計画ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg それを机に置く。これが最初の一つ。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg 最初の一つを、名前を書いた人のもとへ持っていく。または、その人が持てる時を決める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg その人の手に置く。計画の全部は説明しない。持たせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg 見ているあいだ、そばにいる。それから止める。お金は求めない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg それを持ったあと、言った言葉を書く。その人の言葉であり、自分の言葉ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg 何も言わなかったら、したことを書く。置いた。笑った。質問を一つした。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg 書いたものを読む。それはその人の反応であり、自分の希望ではない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg 言ったことを読む。頼まれたものを一つ見つける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg 作ったものに、その一つを変える。五つではない。一つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg 変更は終わった。それから止める。最初からやり直さない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg 自分の紙に、これを作るのにかかったものを書く。時間。もう持っていた材料。使い切ったもの。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg これは自分のため。相手への値段ではない。売る値段は書かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg 読む。これが自分にかかったものだと分かる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg 自分にかかったものを見る。その一人に、声に出して言える値段を決める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg その人に言う。あるいは、部屋に言う練習をする。声に出して。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg このページに値段は打たない。ここのメモにも打たない。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg 相手が自分から受け取る方法を書く。相手の手に渡す。相手が取りに来る。相手の戸口に置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg 一つの方法。店ではない。このサイトでの支払いではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg 読む。人がその方法に従える。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg 渡す相手に言う。文を一つ。そのもの、そしてその人のためだということ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg 言うか、その人が見る場所に書く。みんなへのポスターではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg 文を一つ。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg 今あるものを読む。一つのもの。一人。一つの必要。作ったもの一つ。受け取る一つの方法。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg 申し出に名前をつける。名前は"Business"ではない。この申し出を指す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg このページを開かずに、買い手に渡せる。それから止める。値段は打たない。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg 白い鍵盤を一つ弾いて、止まるまで待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg 押したままだと、止まるまで待っていない。指を上げて、終わりまで聴く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg そろった拍を四つ保つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg 拍が速くなるなら、まだ拍はない。遅くする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg 同じ鍵盤を、大きく、それから小さく弾く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg 小さくても同じ鍵盤のまま。耳が痛ければ、強すぎる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg 高い鍵盤を一つ、それから低い鍵盤を一つ弾く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg どちらが高いか言う。長く探さずに、もう一度弾く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg 数えられる休符を置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg 沈黙は一拍。そこを鳴らして通ると、飛ばしたことになる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg 同じ短いパターンを三回くり返す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg 三回目が大きくなったら、くり返していない。最初のをもう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg 片手を使い、もう片方は休ませる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg 休む手は浮かない。止まっている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg 休符を急がず、ゆっくり鳴らして、それから少し速く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg 休符は同じ長さのまま。速さは沈黙を食べない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg 弾いているあいだ、別の人に四つ数えさせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg 相手の数えを追い越すなら、まだ一緒ではない。やり直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg 最後の拍でやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg もう一つ足したら、止まっていない。両手を上げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg 最初から一回鳴らして、それからやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg ワンテイク。途中を継がない。崩れたら、次の試しは最初から始まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg 短いパターンを一つ鳴らして、それに名前をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg 名前は『ピアノ』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、それらの鍵盤をまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg やわらかい息を一つ吹いて、止まるまで待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg 音が終わらないなら、まだ吹いている。息を止めて、聞く。くらくらする、または唇が痛いなら、止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg そろった拍を四つ保つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg 拍が速くなるなら、まだ拍はない。遅くする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg 同じ音を、大きく、それから小さく鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg 小さくても同じ音のまま。耳が痛ければ、強すぎる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg 高い音を一つ、それから低い音を一つ鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg どちらが高いか言う。長く探さずに、もう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg 数えられる休符を置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg 沈黙は一拍。そこを鳴らして通ると、飛ばしたことになる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg 同じ短いパターンを三回くり返す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg 三回目が大きくなったら、くり返していない。最初のをもう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg 片手を使い、もう片方は休ませる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg 休む手は浮かない。止まっている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg 休符を急がず、ゆっくり鳴らして、それから少し速く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg 休符は同じ長さのまま。速さは沈黙を食べない。くらくらしたら、止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg 弾いているあいだ、別の人に四つ数えさせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg 相手の数えを追い越すなら、まだ一緒ではない。やり直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg 最後の拍でやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg もう一つ足したら、止まっていない。クラリネットを口から外す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg 最初から一回鳴らして、それからやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg ワンテイク。途中を継がない。崩れたら、次の試しは最初から始まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg 短いパターンを一つ鳴らして、それに名前をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg 名前は『クラリネット』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、それらの音をまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg 唇を一回ふるわせて、止まるまで待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg バズが終わらないなら、まだ吹いている。息を止めて、聞く。唇が痛い、またはくらくらするなら、止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg そろった拍を四つ保つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg 拍が速くなるなら、まだ拍はない。遅くする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg 同じ音を、大きく、それから小さく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg 小さくても同じ音のまま。耳が痛ければ、強すぎる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg 高い音を一つ、それから低い音を一つ鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg どちらが高いか言う。長く探さずに、もう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg 数えられる休符を置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg 沈黙は一拍。そこを鳴らして通ると、飛ばしたことになる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg 同じ短いパターンを三回くり返す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg 三回目が大きくなったら、くり返していない。最初のをもう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg 片手を使い、もう片方は休ませる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg 休む手は浮かない。止まっている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg 休符を急がず、ゆっくり鳴らして、それから少し速く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg 休符は同じ長さのまま。速さは沈黙を食べない。くらくらしたら、止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg 弾いているあいだ、別の人に四つ数えさせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg 相手の数えを追い越すなら、まだ一緒ではない。やり直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg 最後の拍でやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg もう一つ足したら、止まっていない。トランペットを口から外す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg 最初から一回鳴らして、それからやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg ワンテイク。途中を継がない。崩れたら、次の試しは最初から始まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg 短いパターンを一つ鳴らして、それに名前をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg 名前は『トランペット』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、それらの音をまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg 弦を一本はじいて、止まるまで待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg 指を上げる。終わりまで聴く。持ったままだと、止まるまで待っていない。弓は使わない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg そろった拍を四つ保つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg 拍が速くなるなら、まだ拍はない。遅くする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg 同じ弦を、大きく、それから小さく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg 小さくても同じ弦のまま。耳が痛ければ、強すぎる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg 高い弦を一本、それから低い弦を一本鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg どちらが高いか言う。もう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg 数えられる休符を置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg 沈黙は一拍。そこを鳴らして通ると、飛ばしたことになる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg 同じ短いパターンを三回くり返す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg 三回目が大きくなったら、くり返していない。最初のをもう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg 片手を使い、もう片方は休ませる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg 休む手は浮かない。止まっている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg 休符を急がず、ゆっくり鳴らして、それから少し速く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg 休符は同じ長さのまま。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg 弾いているあいだ、別の人に四つ数えさせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg 相手の数えを追い越すなら、やり直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg 最後の拍でやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg もう一つ足したら、止まっていない。両手を上げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg 最初から一回鳴らして、それからやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg ワンテイク。途中を継がない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg 短いパターンを一つ鳴らして、それに名前をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg 名前は『チェロ』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、それらの弦をまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg 一回たたいて、止まるまで待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg 手を上げる。終わりまで聞く。手が痛ければ止まる。耳のそばは叩かない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg そろった拍を四つ保つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg 拍が速くなるなら、まだ拍はない。遅くする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg 同じ場所を、大きく、それから小さく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg 小さくても同じ場所のまま。耳が痛ければ、強すぎる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg 高いところをたたいて、それから低いところをたたく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg どちらが高いか言う。もう一度たたく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg 数えられる休符を置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg 沈黙は一拍。そこをたたいて通ると、飛ばしたことになる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg 同じ短いパターンを三回くり返す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg 三回目が大きくなったら、最初のをもう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg 片手を使い、もう片方は休ませる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg 休む手は浮かない。止まっている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg 休符を急がず、ゆっくり鳴らして、それから少し速く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg 休符は同じ長さのまま。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg 弾いているあいだ、別の人に四つ数えさせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg 相手の数えを追い越すなら、やり直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg 最後の拍でやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg もう一つ足したら、止まっていない。両手を上げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg 最初から一回鳴らして、それからやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg ワンテイク。途中を継がない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg 短いパターンを一つ鳴らして、それに名前をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg 名前は『ドラム』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、そのパターンをまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg やわらかい弦を一本はじいて、止まるまで待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg 押さえたままだと、止まるまで待っていない。指を上げて、聴く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg そろった拍を四つ保つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg 拍が速くなるなら、まだ拍はない。遅くする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg 同じ弦を、大きく、それから小さく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg 小さくても同じ弦のまま。耳が痛ければ、強すぎる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg 高い弦を一本、それから低い弦を一本鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg どちらが高いか言う。もう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg 数えられる休符を置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg 沈黙は一拍。そこを鳴らして通ると、飛ばしたことになる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg 同じ短いパターンを三回くり返す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg 三回目が大きくなったら、最初のをもう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg 片手を使い、もう片方は休ませる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg 休む手は止まっている。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg 休符を急がず、ゆっくり鳴らして、それから少し速く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg 休符は同じ長さのまま。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg 弾いているあいだ、別の人に四つ数えさせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg 相手の数えを追い越すなら、やり直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg 最後の拍でやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg もう一つ足したら、止まっていない。両手を上げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg 最初から一回鳴らして、それからやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg ワンテイク。途中を継がない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg 短いパターンを一つ鳴らして、それに名前をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg 名前は『ウクレレ』ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、それらの弦をまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg 開放弦を一本はじいて、止まるまで待つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg 押さえたままだと、止まるまで待っていない。指を上げて、聴く。 指が痛ければ止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg そろった拍を四つ保つ。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg 拍が速くなるなら、まだ拍はない。遅くする。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg 同じ弦を、大きく、それから小さく。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg 小さくても同じ弦のまま。耳が痛ければ、強すぎる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg 高い弦を一本、それから低い弦を一本鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg どちらが高いか言う。もう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg 数えられる休符を置く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg 沈黙は一拍。そこを鳴らして通ると、飛ばしたことになる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg 同じ短いパターンを三回くり返す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg 三回目が大きくなったら、最初のをもう一度鳴らす。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg 楽器の名前を言う。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg これはギター。短い旋律には別の名前。知っている歌ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg それから止まる。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg 片手を使い、もう片方は休ませる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg 休む手は止まっている。 ピックも休んでいい。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg 休符を急がず、ゆっくり鳴らして、それから少し速く。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg 休符は同じ長さのまま。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg 弾いているあいだ、別の人に四つ数えさせる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg 相手の数えを追い越すなら、やり直す。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg 最後の拍でやめる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg もう一つ足したら、止まっていない。両手を上げる。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ja/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg 短いパターンを一つ鳴らして、それに名前をつける。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg 名前は『ギター』ではない。 知っている歌ではない。 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg 言われなくても、それらの弦をまた見つけられる。それから止める。 https://mylearntomake.com/ko https://mylearntomake.com/ko/how https://mylearntomake.com/ko/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/ko/contact https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg 종이와 연필이면 충분하다. 이미 있는 태블릿이나 세트도 된다. 이 수업 때문에 세트를 사지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg 보이는 것 하나를 골라 앞에 둔다. 전체를 크게 그려 종이의 대부분을 채운다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg 이것은 연습 선이 아니다. 물건을 본 다음 그린다. 전체가 종이에 있으면 멈춘다. 그림의 시작이다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg 클래스 1에서 그린 같은 것을 쓴다. 새 종이를 놓는다. 바깥 전체가 보이는 곳에 물건을 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg 바깥 가장자리의 한곳에서 시작한다. 연필은 그 가장자리만 따라간다. 안, 손잡이 구멍, 가운데를 가로지르는 선은 그리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg 손보다 그 물건을 본다. 선이 시작한 곳에 닿으면 멈춘다. 윤곽이 열려 있으면 닫는다. 안은 이 수업이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg 지난 수업과 같은 것. 새 종이. 부분을 넣을 수 있게 바깥을 가볍게 다시 그린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg 물건을 본다. 그것을 그 물건으로 만드는 부분을 더한다. 손잡이, 입구, 이음, 뚜껑. 보이는 부분을 그린다. 만들지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg 탁자 건너편에서 본다. 무엇인지 알 수 없으면 빠진 부분 하나를 더한다. 그리고 멈춘다. 그림자를 칠하지 않는다. 두 번째 물건은 넣지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg 지금 있는 곳을 본다. 원 하나, 상자 하나, 삼각형 하나를 찾는다. 접시, 책, 구석. 아직 전체를 그리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg 종이 한 장에 세 모양을 크게 그린다. 모양을 그린다. 물건을 그리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg 나중 그림은 이 조각들로 만들어진다. 모양이 하나 없으면 그것을 그린다. 그리고 멈춘다. 그림자를 칠하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg 광원은 하나. 램프나 창 하나. 나머지는 끄거나, 물건에 빛이 하나만 닿도록 앉는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg 물건을 그린다. 빛이 닿는 쪽은 종이를 하얗게 둔다. 흰 종이가 빛이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg 빛에서 먼 쪽에 그림자를 하나 넣는다. 페이지 전체에 그림자를 칠하지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg 보이는 곳에 둥근 것 하나와 상자 하나를 놓는다. 컵과 책이면 된다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg 둥근 것을 그린다. 상자는 면이 셋 보이도록 그린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg 상자 면을 각각 다른 회색으로 한다. 하나는 더 어둡게, 하나는 더 밝게, 하나는 거의 하얗게 둔다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg 가까운 것이 먼 것의 일부를 가리도록 물건 두 개를 놓는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg 가까운 것부터 그린다. 가까운 것이 먼 것을 가리는 곳에서 그 선을 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg 숨은 부분은 빼 둔다. 가리는 곳을 뚫고 그렸으면 그 조각을 지운다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg 옷을 입은 사람이나 보이는 반려동물. 가만히 있는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg 얼굴, 털, 천의 무늬보다 먼저 높이 대 너비를 표시한다. 옅은 표시 두 개. 비교한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg 그 표시 안을 그린다. 털을 한 올씩 넣지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg 같은 사람이나 같은 반려동물. 한 가지를 한다. 손 뻗기, 한 걸음, 고개 돌리기. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg 1분만 한다. 동작이 일어나는 동안 그 동작을 그린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg 동작을 잡고 멈춘다. 손가락도 머리카락도 하나하나 끝내지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg 보이는 얼굴. 머리를 위한 타원을 그린다. 아직 다른 것은 그리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg 눈을 위한 선을 타원의 위에서 절반에 그린다. 그다음 코. 그다음 입. 그 순서를 지킨다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg 머리카락이 이기기 전에 멈춘다. 네 단계만. 타원, 눈, 코, 입. 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg 지금 있는 구석에 앉는다. 바닥을 본다. 바닥의 선은 앉은 자리에서 멀어진다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg 그 바닥 선이 한 점으로 가도록 그린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg 문은 그 공간에 서 있는 상자다. 문을 상자로 그린다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg 또 다른 사람이 보았으면 하는 그림 하나를 만든다. 물건 하나, 그 부분, 그 모양을 사용한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '그림'이 아니다. 이 그림을 가리킨다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg 무엇을 할지 누가 말해 주지 않아도, 내일 다른 그림을 시작할 수 있어야 한다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg 종이와 연필이면 된다. 태블릿도 된다. 이것을 위해 세트를 사지 마라. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg 건물 하나가 통째로 보이는 곳으로 가라. 집, 가게, 헛간. 이것은 클래스 11이 아니다. 건물로 갈 수 없을 때만, 건물의 그림이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg 보이는 길, 오솔길, 또는 도로 하나. 길이 첫 모양이고, 멀어질수록 작아진다. 이 종이의 연습은 그것 전부다. 간판이나 차부터 시작하지 마라. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg 종이 하나. 길, 옆에 건물 하나 또는 나무 하나, 하늘은 비워 두는 종이. 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg 보이는 나무 하나. 먼저 줄기. 위로 갈수록 좁아지는 상자. 잎은 하나의 덩어리. 표시의 무더기가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg 종이 하나. 줄기와 잎 모양 하나. 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg 클래스 10은 얼굴의 순서를 가르쳤다. 이 연습은 덩어리로서의 머리. 조각가는 얼굴을 깎기 전에 머리를 이렇게 본다. 조각을 베끼지 않는다. 유명한 사람도 베끼지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg 보이는 사람. 아무도 앉을 수 없으면 아는 사람의 사진. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg 두 번째 사람. 첫 머리는 다시 쓰지 마라. 같은 종이 세 장을 같은 순서로 하라. 공을 건너뛰고 눈부터 시작하면, 멈추고 종이 하나를 다시 시작하라. 세 번째 종이만 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg 그렇게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg 세 번째 사람. 같은 목록. 공, 턱, 목. 그다음 절반의 선. 그다음 빛 하나와 그림자 하나. 머리털이 전부를 차지하기 전에 멈춘다. 끝난 머리 셋이 연습이다. 다음 연습은 만든 얼굴 하나를, 아직 그 얼굴일 때까지 다시 그린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg 그렇게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg 얼굴 하나를 만든다. 내일 다시 그릴 수 있어야 하니, 표시는 적게 고른다. 먼저 공과 턱. 그다음 절반의 선. 그다음 바뀌지 않는 특징 하나. 코, 턱, 또는 눈 사이. 머리털은 하나의 모양. 그 표시의 이름을 종이 뒤에 세 단어로 쓴다. 나중에 필요하다. 종이를 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg 그렇게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg 새 종이, 먼저 기억으로. 그다음 남겨 둔 종이를 본다. 같은 공, 같은 턱, 같은 표시 하나. 눈의 작은 어긋남은 된다. 턱이 다르면 새 사람이고, 이 연습은 끝나지 않았다. 턱을 다시 그린다. 맞는 종이를 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg 그렇게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg 같은 만든 얼굴을 조금 돌린다. 머리가 돌아도 짜임은 바뀌지 않는다. 공, 턱, 표시 하나, 그다음 절반의 선 위의 부분. 이 세 번째 종이를 앞의 두 장과 함께 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg 그다음, 이 페이지가 이름을 붙이지 않은 것에 예전 목록을 쓴다. 보이는 손, 의자, 또는 동물. 종이 하나, 큰 모양과 높이 대 너비. 종이 둘, 그 물건이 되게 하는 부분. 종이 셋, 빛은 하얀 종이, 더 어두운 면 하나, 그림자 하나. 이름을 붙인다. 그것은 네 것이다. 주제는 연습이 말하지 않는다. 이 페이지를 열지 않고 세 장을 할 수 있으면, 이 단계는 끝이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg 깨끗한 물. 넓은 붓으로 종이를 적신다. 한 색만. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg 종이 한 장에 한 번 칠한다. 붓은 한 번만 움직인다. 문지르지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg 마르게 둔다. 이것이 한 번 칠하는 것이다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg 바깥이 보이는 곳에 컵을 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg 바깥 테두리만 칠한다. 안을 채우지 않는다. 탁자는 칠하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg 테두리가 닫히면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg 두 색. 젖은 종이 위에서 닿도록 놓는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg 섞기는 물에 맡긴다. 둘을 함께 문지르지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg 만났으면 멈춘다. 세 번째 색은 더하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg 방에서 모양 셋을 찾는다. 원, 상자, 삼각형. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg 납작한 모양 셋을 칠한다. 각각 한 색. 세부는 아직 없다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg 모양 셋. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg 빛은 하나. 밝은 곳을 본다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg 그 자리는 칠하지 않은 종이로 남긴다. 흰 종이가 빛이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg 빛에서 먼 곳에 그림자를 하나 칠한다. 그 흰색을 덮지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg 둥근 것과 상자를 보이는 곳에 놓는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg 서로 다른 회색 둘로 칠한다. 둥근 것은 한 회색. 상자는 다른 회색. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg 세 번째 회색은 더하지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg 하나가 앞에 있도록 것 두 개를 놓는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg 앞의 것을 칠한다. 뒤의 것의 가려진 부분은 칠하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg 앞의 것이 뒤의 것을 가리는 곳에서 그 색을 멈춘다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg 한 물건을 본다. 예상하는 색이 아니라, 보이는 색의 이름을 말한다. 레몬은 그림자에서 회색일 수 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg 그 색을 여분 종이 위에 섞는다. 물건과 비교한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg 맞지 않으면 다시 섞는다. 맞으면 멈춘다. 그림 전체를 칠하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg 사람이나 애완동물. 가만히 있는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg 큰 모양만 칠한다. 머리, 몸, 다리. 털을 한 올씩은 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg 모양 셋이나 넷. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg 보이는 얼굴. 밝기 세 단계만 칠한다. 밝음, 중간, 어둠. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg 밝은 곳은 더 밝은 종이로 남긴다. 중간은 한 번 칠한다. 어두운 곳은 눈썹 아래, 코 아래, 또는 턱 아래의 그림자다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg 머리카락이 다 차지하기 전에 멈춘다. 밝기 세 단계. 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg 구석에 앉는다. 불빛 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg 벽 둘을 칠한다. 빛이 닿은 벽은 더 밝게 남긴다. 다른 벽은 더 어둡다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg 불빛 하나. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg 진짜 사과 하나를 본다. 큰 빛을 먼저 본다. 그 빛은 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg 그다음 작은 모양을 칠한다. 그림자 하나. 점 하나하나까지는 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 연습이다. 팔려고 베낀 것이 아니다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg 종이와 물에 지워지는 물감이면 된다. 태블릿도 된다. 세트를 사지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg 보이는 그릇 하나. 이것은 클래스 2가 아니다. 클래스 2는 컵의 가장자리였다. 이것은 그릇 안의 색. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg 보이는 창 하나. 이것은 클래스 11이 아니다. 클래스 11은 벽 두 개였다. 이것은 유리 안의 빛. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg 유리는 흰 종이로 둔다. 하늘을 두 번째 그림으로 칠하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg 보이는 식물 하나. 화분 먼저. 하나의 상자. 보이는 색을 섞는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg 잎은 색의 하나의 덩어리. 자국의 더미가 아니다. 그 덩어리를 한 번 칠한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg 이것은 클래스 12가 아니다. 클래스 12는 사과 하나, 그다음 그림자였고, 이름을 붙였다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg 이 종이는 평평한 색만. 사과 하나. 한 번 칠한다. 보이는 색. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg 새 종이. 같은 사과. 지금 보이는 것에서 다시 섞는다. 앞 종이에서가 아니고, 기대했던 빨강에서가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg 모양의 작은 어긋남은 괜찮다. 다른 과일이면 이 연습은 되지 않았다. 같은 사과를 다시 칠한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg 새 종이. 같은 사과. 빛이 닿는 곳은 종이를 흰 채로. 그림자 하나. 흰 곳은 나중에 채우는 구멍이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg 종이 세 장, 사과 하나. 평평하게 한 번. 보이는 색. 그다음 빛과 그림자 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg 그림 하나를 만든다. 팔 복사도 아니고, 유명한 그림도 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg 한 번 칠한다. 앞에 하나. 가려진 부분은 칠하지 않는다. 빛은 흰 종이. 그림자 하나. 이름을 붙인다. 이 종이를 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg 오렌지만한 덩이를 집는다. 부서지면 손가락을 물에 적셔 뭉칠 때까지 빚는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg 손바닥 사이에서 누른 다음 둥글게 굴린다. 한 바퀴 힘은 같다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg 둥글고 표면에 금이 없으면 멈춘다. 금은 너무 마르다는 뜻이다. 손가락을 적셔 그곳을 다시 굴린다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg 공을 책상에 놓는다. 가운데를 손바닥으로 누른다. 가장자리는 누르지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg 조금 돌리고 다시 누른다. 가운데와 가장자리는 같은 두께여야 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg 들어 본다. 한곳이 비치면 너무 얇다. 다시 공으로 만들어 누른다. 손가락만큼 두껍다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg 한 손으로 공을 잡는다. 엄지를 가운데로, 반대편이 느껴질 때까지. 뚫지는 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg 엄지와 손가락으로 벽을 집는다. 집을 때마다 조금 돌린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg 테두리는 한 바퀴 같은 높이여야 한다. 한쪽이 낮으면 높은 쪽을 조금 더 집는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg 손바닥만이 아니라 손가락을 벌려 책상 위에서 굴린다. 가운데에서 밖으로. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg 줄은 끝에서 끝까지 같은 굵기여야 한다. 연필쯤. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg 평평한 바닥에 고리로 놓는다. 만나는 곳을 누른다. 끝은 비스듬히 잘라 붙인다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg 같은 두께의 막대 두 개 사이에 흙을 놓는다. 막대 위로 밀어 판이 막대보다 얇아지지 않게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg 판을 뗀다. 붙으면 손톱이 아니라 칼로 모서리를 든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg 곧게 잘라 모양을 낸다. 나머지는 공으로 두어 마르지 않게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg 손가락 사이로 벽을 느낀다. 두꺼운 곳은 무겁게 느껴진다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg 두꺼운 곳만 집는다. 얇은 곳은 집으면 찢어진다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg 벽은 한 바퀴 같아야 한다. 동전 두 개를 겹친 만큼. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg 양면을 포크로 거칠어질 때까지 긁는다. 매끈한 흙은 매끈한 흙에 붙지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg 긁은 양면에 흙물을 바른다. 흙에 물을 넣어 크림처럼. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg 눌러 몇 초 잡는다. 젖은 손가락으로 이음을 고르면 솔기가 보이지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg 연필보다 가는 짧은 줄을 굴린다. 바닥만한 고리로 굽힌다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg 그릇 바닥과 고리를 긁고 흙물을 바른다. 고리를 누른다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg 내려놓는다. 평평하게 서고 흔들리지 않아야 한다. 흔들리면 고리의 높은 쪽을 누른다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg 손가락만큼 굵고 손만큼 긴 줄을 굴린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg 옆의 위아래 두 곳을 긁고 흙물을 바른다. 두 끝을 누른다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg 손잡이는 그릇에서 떨어져 손가락이 들어가야 한다. 처지면 너무 젖었다. 잠시 기다렸다가 다시 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg 선반에 둔다. 해와 난로에서 멀리. 해와 열은 금을 만든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg 마른 천을 느슨하게 덮어 테두리가 바닥보다 빨리 마르지 않게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg 희고 단단해질 때까지 둔다. 이것은 바람에 마르는 흙이다. 오븐에 넣지 않는다. 마시지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg 시작하기 전에 두 덩이를 비교한다. 한 공이 더 크면 그릇이 맞지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg 두 번째는 첫 번째처럼 만든다. 단계마다 나란히 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg 테두리는 같은 높이여야 한다. 입은 같은 크기로 보여야 한다. 더 넓으면 조금 더 높고 좁게 집는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg 일을 하나 고른다. 연필을 담거나, 마른 것을 담는다. 음식과 물에는 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg 연필컵은 평평한 바닥과 연필 끝보다 높은 벽이 필요하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg 마르고 희어지면 연필을 넣는다. 이름을 붙인다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg 공기에서 마르는 찰흙이면 충분하다. 가마를 사지 않고, 굽지도 않는다. 오렌지만 한 덩이가 컵 하나다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg 엄지로 공을 벌리고, 벽이 올라오는 동안 돌린다. 또는 같은 굵기의 코일을 말아 쌓고, 각각을 아래 코일에 누른다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg 테두리는 한 바퀴 같은 높이. 발을 붙이면 양쪽을 긁고, 적시고, 누른다. 그냥 붙이지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg 컵을 탁자에 놓는다. 평평하게 서고 흔들리지 않는다. 흔들리면 멈출 때까지 발을 누른다. 햇볕을 피해 공기에서 천천히 말린다. 이름을 붙인다. 남기는 것은 이것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg 접시 하나. 이것은 클래스 2가 아니고, 클래스 5도 아니다. 클래스 2는 팬케이크였다. 클래스 5는 자를 수 있는 판이었다. 이것은 컵을 올려놓을 수 있는 접시. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg 판 하나. 두께가 고르다. 그 두께를 지킬 수 있을 때만 낮은 테두리. 테두리를 더하면, 금을 긋고, 흙물을 바르고, 누른다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. 굽지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg 볼 하나. 벽은 고르게 남는다. 테두리 높이는 한 바퀴 내내 같다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg 평평하게 앉고 기우뚱하지 않는 발. 그 발을 붙이면, 금을 긋고, 흙물을 바르고, 누른다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. 굽지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg 이것은 클래스 3이 아니다. 클래스 3은 꼬집어 만든 그릇이었고, 테두리가 공과였다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg 이것은 네가 꼬집는 컵. 공 하나. 꼬집을수록 벽이 얇아지고, 고르게 남는다. 테두리 높이는 한 바퀴 내내 같다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. 굽지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg 새 하나. 두께가 같은 코일을 쌓고 누른다. 꼬집어 만든 컵과 같은 크기. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg 크기가 다르면 이 공과는 되지 않았다. 컵을 다시 만든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. 굽지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg 두께가 고른 판에서 자른 새 하나. 다른 둘과 같은 크기. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg 이음마다 금을 긋고, 흙물을 바르고, 누른다. 테두리 높이는 한 바퀴 내내 같다. 평평하게 앉는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. 굽지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg 하나를 만든다. 복사가 아니고, 클래스 12의 이름을 붙인 그릇도 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg 고른 벽. 부분을 붙이면, 금을 긋고, 흙물을 바르고, 누른다. 필요하면 발을 달아, 앉고 기우뚱하지 않게 한다. 천천히 말린다. 공기에서만 말린다. 이름을 붙인다. 이것을 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. 굽지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg 이미 있는 실. 바늘 두 개, 있는 것이 손가락이면 손가락 하나. 이 수업 때문에 세트를 사지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg 센 코 수만큼 코를 잡는다. 고리를 만들어 바늘에 올리고, 다음도 같은 방법으로 만든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg 센 코가 바늘에 있으면 멈춘다. 아직 한 단은 뜨지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg 처음 단들을 뜬다. 바늘을 고리에 넣고, 실을 감고, 새 고리를 빼낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg 한 코씩. 코를 하나 빠뜨리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg 단이 끝나면, 뜬 것을 뒤집는다. 그리고 멈춘다. 새 색은 시작하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg 바늘 위의 코를 모두 센다. 하나씩 만진다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg 단을 모두 센다. 종이에 표시 하나면 충분하다. 한 단에 표시 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg 수가 틀리면, 멈추고 본다. 뜬 것을 당겨 풀지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg 코를 막는다. 두 코를 뜬다. 첫 코를 둘째 코 위로 넘겨 바늘에서 뺀다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg 한 코를 더 뜬다. 다시 첫 코를 그 위로 넘긴다. 끝까지 계속한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg 가장자리는 벌어지지 않아야 한다. 당기면 벌어지면, 이 가장자리만 다시 한다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg 뜬 것의 높이와 너비가 같아질 때까지 뜬다. 세어 안다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg 탁자 위에 놓는다. 평평하게 놓인 네모. 말리면, 마지막 단을 본다. 전체가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg 평평하게 놓이면, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg 한 단은 겉뜨기. 다음 단은 안뜨기. 안뜨기는 실이 앞에 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg 지금 어느 단인지 안다. 겉뜨기, 그다음 안뜨기, 그다음 겉뜨기. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg 한 단에서 섞지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg 줄무늬 하나. 가장자리까지 뜬다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg 가장자리에서 색을 바꾼다. 새 실을 거기에 묶는다. 가운데에서 바꾸지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg 새 색으로 줄무늬 하나를 뜬다. 그리고 멈춘다. 줄무늬 하나, 여럿이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg 뭔가 잘못되었다. 마지막 단만 본다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg 마지막 단에서 바늘을 한 코씩 빼, 맞았던 단까지 돌아간다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg 뜬 것을 당겨 풀지 않는다. 그 단을 다시 뜬다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg 단의 처음에 코를 센다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg 단의 끝에 코를 센다. 수가 같다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg 같지 않으면, 마지막 단에서 하나가 빠지거나 늘었다. 그 단만 고친다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg 직사각형을 뜬다. 폭보다 길다. 천, 끈, 책갈피. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg 양쪽 끝을 세어 같게 한다. 가장자리가 벌어지지 않게 코를 막는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg 그것을 쓸 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg 만나야 할 가장자리 둘. 함께 잡는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg 그것들을 잇는다. 돗바늘로 양쪽 가장자리를, 한 코씩. 아직 뜨개바늘에 있으면 함께 뜬다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg 두 가장자리가 하나가 되면 이음은 끝이다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg 끝낸 것 하나. 네모, 직사각형, 또는 이은 조각. 새 작품이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '뜨개질'이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg 무엇을 할지 누가 말해 주지 않아도, 내일 다른 조각을 시작할 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg 센 코 수만큼 코를 잡는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg 처음 단들을 뜬다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. 작품을 풀지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg 바닥에 평평하게 놓이는 네모. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg 겉뜨기와 안뜨기. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. 작품을 풀지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg 줄무늬 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg 가장자리에서 색을 바꾼다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. 작품을 풀지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg 이미 있는 굵은 실. 큰 코바늘. 이 수업 때문에 세트를 사지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg 한 손에 실을 잡는다. 다른 손에 코바늘을 잡는다. 고리 하나를 만든다. 고리는 코바늘에 걸려 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg 그것이 시작이다. 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 사슬은 만들지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg 실을 코바늘에 감는다. 이미 있는 고리를 통과해 새 고리를 빼낸다. 그것이 사슬 하나다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg 다음 사슬도 같은 방법으로 만든다. 보일 만큼 느슨하게 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg 셀 수 있는 사슬이 되면 멈춘다. 아직 되돌아가 뜨지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg 단을 시작하기 전에 사슬을 센다. 하나씩 만진다. 아직 코바늘에 걸려 있는 고리는 세지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg 수를 적는다. 종이에 표시 하나면 충분하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg 수를 놓치면, 다시 센다. 사슬을 당겨 풀지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg 코바늘을 다음 사슬에 넣는다. 실을 감는다. 고리를 빼낸다. 실을 한 번 더 감는다. 코바늘 위의 두 고리를 통과해 뺀다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg 사슬마다 코를 하나 넣는다. 건너뛰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg 단이 끝나면, 멈춘다. 아직 뒤집지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg 단을 끝낸다. 사슬마다 코를 하나 넣는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg 단을 탁자 위에 놓는다. 평평하게 놓여야 한다. 팽팽한 밧줄처럼 말리면, 코가 너무 조였다. 이 단만 본다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg 평평하게 놓이면, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg 작품을 뒤집는다. 코바늘은 마지막 고리에 그대로 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg 사슬을 하나 만든다. 그 사슬은 돌아서는 사슬이다. 세는 코가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg 돌아간다. 방금 뜬 단의 코마다 코를 하나 넣는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg 두 단. 각 단의 끝에서 뒤집는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg 가장자리를 고르게 둔다. 단의 시작과 끝은 같은 코. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg 한쪽 가장자리가 안으로 당기면, 코를 건너뛰었다. 마지막 단만 고친다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg 높이가 너비와 같아질 때까지 계속한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg 코를 센다. 단마다 같은 수. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg 내려놓는다. 네모. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg 줄무늬 하나. 단의 끝까지 뜬다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg 가장자리에서 다음 색을 묶어 잇는다. 가운데에서 바꾸지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg 새 색으로 한 단을 뜬다. 그리고 멈춘다. 줄무늬 하나, 여럿이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg 실을 자른다. 잡을 수 있는 끝을 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg 끝을 마지막 고리에 통과시켜 당긴다. 알맞게 당긴다. 고리가 닫힌다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg 작품이 코바늘에서 빠져 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. 새 것은 시작하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg 같은 방법으로 두 번째 네모를 만든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg 둘 다 센다. 코 수는 같다. 단 수는 같다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg 같은 크기의 네모 둘. 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 잇지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg 쓸 수 있는 것 하나. 네모, 또는 네모 둘을 겹쳐 천으로 놓은 것. 새 작품이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '코바늘'이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg 무엇을 할지 누가 말해 주지 않아도, 내일 다른 조각을 시작할 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg 끝이 뭉툭한 바늘. 이미 있는 굵은 실. 이 수업 때문에 세트를 사지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg 한 손에 바늘을 잡는다. 바늘에 실을 꿴다. 실 끝에 매듭을 묶는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg 매듭은 끝에 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 꿰매지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg 천 한 장. 바늘을 뒤에서 밀어 통과시킨다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg 실을 끝까지 당긴다. 매듭이 그것을 멈출 때까지. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg 바늘은 앞에 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 두 번째 구멍은 내지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg 한 땀. 나온 자리에서 조금 떨어진 곳으로 다시 내려간다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg 실을 끌어 통과시킨다. 넣었다가, 뺀다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg 땀은 평평하게 눕는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg 곧은 선. 다음 땀을 첫 땀과 같은 크기로 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg 땀을 한 줄 위에 둔다. 벗어나지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg 땀은 같은 크기다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg 홈질. 선을 따라 넣었다 뺀다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg 간격은 같다. 땀과 틈이 거의 같다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg 천이 주름질 만큼 세게 당기지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg 천의 모서리에 다다른다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg 돈다. 다음 땀은 모서리를 떠나 다음 변을 따라 간다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg 선은 고르게 유지된다. 모서리를 뭉치지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg 천 두 장. 한 가장자리를 다른 가장자리 위에 포갠다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg 그 한 가장자리를 따라 꿰맨다. 바늘이 두 장을 모두 통과한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg 가장자리는 하나만. 그리고 멈춘다. 다른 쪽은 아직 꿰매지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg 네모. 한 모서리에서 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg 둘레 내내 같은 땀. 모서리마다 같은 방식으로 돈다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg 시작한 곳으로 돌아오면, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg 덧천. 작은 천 조각을 더 큰 천 위에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg 위에 꿰매 붙인다. 바늘이 덧천과 그 아래 천을 통과한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg 가장자리는 아래에 붙어 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg 끝을 묶는다. 천에 작은 매듭을 만들어, 마지막 땀이 빠져나오지 않게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg 실을 짧게 자른다. 끝은 조금만 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg 바늘이 풀려 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. 새 솔기는 시작하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg 같은 방법으로 두 번째 네모를 만든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg 땀을 센다. 같은 크기의 네모 둘. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 함께 꿰매지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg 쓸 수 있는 것 하나. 네모, 덧천, 또는 네모 둘을 겹쳐 천으로 놓은 것. 새 작품이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '바느질'이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg 무엇을 할지 누가 말해 주지 않아도, 내일 다른 조각을 시작할 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg 손을 씻는다. 비누, 그다음 물, 그다음 손을 닦는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg 조리대 위를 비운다. 이 접시에 필요한 것만 밖에 남는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 불을 켜지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg 불을 쓰기 전에, 모든 것이 나와 있다. 음식, 팬, 접시, 숟가락, 소금. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg 할 일을 읽는다. 팬이 뜨거워지면 도구를 찾지 않아도 된다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 버너는 아직 꺼져 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg 팬은 뜨겁다. 기름을 조금 넣는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg 기름은 얇아지고 빛난다. 속삭이듯 지글거린다. 연기는 나지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg 연기가 나면, 불이 너무 세다. 팬을 불에서 내린다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg 음식은 한 층으로 들어간다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg 조각은 쌓이지 않는다. 붐비는 팬은 찐다. 갈색이 되지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직은 뒤집지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg 그대로 둔다. 겉면이 잡히려면 시간이 필요하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg 찌르지 않는다. 뜨거운 팬에서 자리를 떠나지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직은 뒤집지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg 한 번 뒤집는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg 아래에 있던 면은 갈색이다. 아직 옅으면, 시간이 더 필요했다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 계속 뒤집지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg 맛본다. 그다음 소금. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg 소금은 음식에 친다. 공기에 치지 않는다. 다시 맛볼 때까지는 조금이면 된다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 소금을 계속 흔들지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg 불을 끈다. 가운데는 팬이 마저 익힌다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg 가운데는 팬에 이미 있는 열로 굳는다. 불을 다시 올리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg 잠시 쉬게 둔다. 아직은 자르지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg 조용한 몇 분. 놓아 두는 동안 가운데가 익는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg 육즙은 접시에 남는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg 숟가락으로 음식 위에 끼얹는다. 개수대에 붓지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg 팬이 식으면, 그다음 씻는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg 뜨거운 팬을 찬물에 넣으면 휠 수 있다. 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg 접시 하나. 새 음식이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '요리'가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg 무엇을 할지 누가 말해 주지 않아도, 내일 다른 접시를 만들 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg 끓일 거면 후추는 마지막에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg 소금과 함께. 소금 대신은 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg 쿠민을 기름에 향 내고, 그다음 코리앤더. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg 콩, 밥, 또는 양고기. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg 코리앤더 씨를 부순다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg 커피색이 될 때까지 볶지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg 파프리카는 빨리 향이 나고, 더 빨리 탄다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg 마늘은 그다음. 아니면 마늘이 탄다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg 훈제 파프리카. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg 연기가 그 향신료다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg 카이엔은 마지막에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg 다른 향신료보다 적게. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg 입이 아프면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg 기름에 고춧가루 플레이크를 넣고, 불에서 내린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg 마늘이 같이 가도 된다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg 입이 아프면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg 칠리 가루에는 이미 쿠민, 마늘, 고추가 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg 쿠민을 더 넣기 전에 맛을 본다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg 기름에 계피와 소금 한 꼬집. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg 과일, 호박, 또는 고기에 조금. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg 생강은 생것이나 마른 것, 마늘과. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg 마른 것이 더 맵다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg 강황은 색이 배고, 오래 볶으면 써진다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg 후추가 돕는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg 마늘 가루는 빈 팬에서 탄다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg 기름에 넣고, 그다음 음식을 넣는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg 양파 가루는 볶은 양파가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg 밑맛에 쓰고, 그다음 음식에 소금을 친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg 오레가노는 토마토소스에 일찍 넣는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg 말린 것이 생것 한 꼬집보다 세다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg 바질은 마지막에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg 열이 향을 날린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg 타임은 일찍. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg 시간이 필요하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg 로즈메리. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg 썬다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg 월계수 잎은 액체에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg 건져 내고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg 육두구. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg 크림, 시금치, 또는 감자 위에 한 번 긁는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg 정향. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg 양파에 하나나 둘을 꽂거나, 간 것 한 꼬집. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg 올스파이스. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg 거기서 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg 카다멈, 꼬투리를 깨거나 간 것 한 꼬집. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg 밥, 커피, 또는 과일. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg 뜨거운 기름에 겨자씨가 처음 튈 때까지, 그다음 음식. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg 강황이 뒤를 잇는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg 회향을 부순다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg 토마토나 돼지고기. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg 딜은 마지막에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg 레몬. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg 캐러웨이를 부숴 마늘과. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg 양배추, 돼지고기, 또는 호밀. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg 셀러리씨. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg 한 꼬집. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg 참깨는 냄새가 날 때까지 볶는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg 소금. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg 양귀비씨는 기름에 향을 내지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg 버터와 레몬. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg 사프란. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg 실이다. 싼 병의 가루가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg 조림이나 육수에 팔각 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg 생강. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg 건져 내고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg 수막은 불에서 내린 다음. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg 그것이 신맛이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg 호로파. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg 한 꼬집. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg 니겔라. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg 태우지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg 민트는 마지막에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg 레몬. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg 세이지를 버터에 몇 초 지지고, 호박이나 돼지고기 위에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg 후추. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg 타라곤은 마지막에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg 레몬. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg 마조람. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg 오레가노가 소리 지를 자리에 쓴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg 파슬리는 마지막에 레몬과. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg 신선하다. 기름에 향을 내는 향신료가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg 고수는 마지막에 라임과. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg 비누 맛이면 허브 때문이다. 만든 사람 때문이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg 레몬그라스를 두들겨 국에 넣었다가 꺼낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg 생강. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg 건져 내고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg 아니스. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg 한 꼬집. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg 메이스. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg 크림소스나 감자에 한 꼬집. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg 주니퍼. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg 셋을 부순다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg 입이 아프면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg 쓰촨 후추는 냄새가 날 때까지 볶고 부순다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg 생강. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg 입이 아프면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg 알레포는 불에서 내린 다음. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg 순하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg 치포틀레. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg 연기와 매운맛. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg 입이 아프면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg 카레 가루는 섞은 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg 향을 낸 다음 음식. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg 가람 마살라는 마지막을 위한 섞은 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg 냄비에 이미 쿠민과 코리앤더가 있어도 된다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg 오향분은 섞은 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg 한 꼬집. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg 연기 나면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg 치수를 두 번 잰다. 표시는 한 번만 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg 두 치수가 같지 않으면 다시 잰다. 짐작으로 표시하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 자르지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg 판을 가로지르도록 선을 직각으로 긋는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg 직각자는 가장자리에 꼭 붙는다. 선은 면을 가로지르고 가장자리를 내려간다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 자르지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg 작업하는 나무를 클램프로 고정한다. 손은 클램프가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg 판이 밀리면 톱질이 빗나간다. 클램프를 더 조인다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 나무가 멈추기 전에는 톱을 시작하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg 선의 버리는 쪽을 자른다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg 연필선은 남기는 조각에 남는다. 톱니가 버리는 쪽을 가져간다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 선을 잘라 없애지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg 자르는 일은 톱이 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg 가볍게 민다. 몸을 실어야 한다면, 톱이 무디거나 각도가 잘못되었다. 멈추고 다시 놓는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg 마지막 섬유가 찢어지지 않게, 잘려 나가는 조각을 받친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg 손이나 두 번째 받침대가 버리는 조각을 잡는다. 떨어지게 두지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg 자른 면을 직각자에 대어 확인한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg 직각자는 면과 자른 끝에 놓인다. 직각자 아래에 빛이 있으면, 자른 면은 직각이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 그것을 보기 전에는 잘못을 사포질해서 없애지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg 선까지 사포질한다. 선 너머로는 가지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg 결을 따라 사포질한다. 선을 넘어 사포질하면, 조각이 짧아진다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg 가루를 닦는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg 두 면이 맞닿는다. 이음새로는 빛이 통과하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg 서로 맞대어 잡고, 이음선을 따라 본다. 빛은 틈이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 틈에 접착제를 바르지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg 접착제를 먼저 바르고, 그다음 클램프로 조인다. 가는 접착제 줄이 삐져나온다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg 접착제를 많이 바른다고 이음이 더 강해지지 않는다. 삐져나온 줄을 닦는다. 이음을 접착제 없이 두지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg 접착제가 굳는다. 그다음 이음새를 같은 높이로 사포질한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg 젖은 접착제는 사포질하지 않는다. 이음새가 단단해질 때까지 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg 한 조각. 새 일이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg 이름을 준다. 이름은 '나무'가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg 무엇을 할지 누가 말해 주지 않아도, 내일 다른 조각을 시작할 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg 실제로 있는 빛에 맞는 식물을 고른다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg 해를 좋아하는 식물은 어두운 방에서, 바란다고 해서 자라지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 심지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg 흙은 물이 빠진다. 화분에는 구멍이 있어야 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg 물이 화분에 고이면, 뿌리가 썩는다. 흙을 넣기 전에 구멍을 확인한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg 봉지에 적힌 깊이대로 심는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg 봉지가 없으면, 작은 씨는 얕게 덮는다. 큰 씨는 더 깊게 들어간다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg 흙을 눌러 다진다. 씨 아래에 공기 주머니를 남기지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg 부드럽게 누른다. 너무 단단히 다지면 물과 공기가 들어오지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg 한 번, 깊게 물을 준다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg 물이 구멍으로 나올 때까지 물을 준다. 그다음 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg 다시 물을 주기 전에, 위가 마르게 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg 손가락을 넣어 본다. 위가 아직 축축하면, 그대로 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg 싹은 물보다 빛을 더 원한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg 하얗고 길게 늘어진 싹은 빛을 달라고 한다. 옮긴다. 물에 빠뜨리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg 봉지에 적힌 간격으로 솎아 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg 가장 튼튼한 싹만 남긴다. 나머지 싹은 뽑는다. 빽빽한 식물은 작게 남는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg 진짜 잎이 난 뒤에만 거름을 준다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg 너무 많으면 탄다. 조금만, 그리고 멈춘다. 처음 두 잎은 진짜 잎이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg 무엇을 뿌리기 전에, 벌레는 손으로 떼어 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg 벌레 한 마리는 병을 쓸 이유가 아니다. 손으로 떼어 낸다. 내일 다시 본다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg 준비가 되면 딴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg 너무 오래 기다리면 질겨진다. 너무 오래 둔 식물은 힘을 씨에 다 쓴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg 수확 하나. 새 정원이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '정원'이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg 무엇을 할지 누가 말해 주지 않아도, 내일 다른 화분을 심을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg 창. 이것은 자른 끝이지, 씨가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg 뿌리 있는 신선한 파를 쓴다. 마른 것은 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg 창, 그다음 햇볕. 확실한 결과는 싹이다. 꼬투리는 빛이 많이 필요하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg 마른 콩을 통째로 쓴다. 붉은 강낭콩, 검은콩, 얼룩콩, 또는 말린 꼬투리콩. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg 창. 될 만한 것은 잎이다. 굵은 마늘 통은 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg 단단한 한 쪽. 껍질은 둔다. 끝은 위, 납작한 뿌리 끝은 아래, 약 2센티미터 깊이. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg 창. 작은 잎 몇 장이지, 가게의 두 번째 통째 포기가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg 신선한 밑동을 쓴다. 갈색으로 끈적한 것은 쓰지 않는다. 심을 약 3센티미터 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg 창. 로메인과 같은 방법이고, 더 느리다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg 신선한 밑동, 높이 약 3센티미터, 얕은 접시에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg 따뜻한 창. 잘라 쓸 수 있는 식물이 된다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg 바질은 따뜻한 방을 원한다. 작은 씨를 축축한 흙 위에 흩뿌린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg 따뜻한 창. 열매는 진짜 햇볕과 더 큰 화분을 원한다. 잎은 결코 음식이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg 완전히 익은 토마토를 쓴다. 씨와 끈적한 것을 물을 조금 넣은 컵에 떠 넣는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg 따뜻한 창. 피망은 토마토보다 열이 더 필요하고, 시간도 더 필요하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg 익은 피망에서 씨를 꺼낸다. 발효는 건너뛰어도 된다. 말린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg 깊은 화분. 식물은 될 만하다. 감자 한 자루는, 화분이 깊고 몇 달을 기다리지 않으면, 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg 가게 감자의 많은 것은 싹이 나지 않도록 처리되어 있다. 3주에 아무 일도 없으면, 그 때문이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg 집 안의 나무. 열매는 어쩌면, 몇 년 뒤에, 시거나 다를 수 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg 레몬이나 오렌지의 신선한 씨를 심는다. 조리대에서 마른 씨는 흔히 실패한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg 집 안의 나무. 실내에서는 열매가 영원히 없을 수 있고, 몇 년이 걸리며, 산 것과 같지 않다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg 씨를 씻는다. 더 넓고 납작한 끝이 아래다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg 묘목이지, 체리 한 그릇이 아니다. 체리나무는 추운 바깥에서, 몇 년 뒤에 열매를 맺고, 흔히 두 번째 나무가 필요하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg 씨가 과육이 남지 않을 때까지 문지른다. 남은 과육은 곰팡이 난다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg 창. 초록이지, 두 번째 당근이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg 신선한 당근에서 잎을 자른다. 주황 윗부분을 약 1센티미터 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg 창. 잎이지, 두 번째 비트가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg 초록을 자른다. 비트를 약 1센티미터 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg 창. 이것은 자른 끝이지, 씨가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg 밑동이 아직 있는 신선한 리크를 쓴다. 마른 것은 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg 창. 작은 잎 몇 장이지, 가게의 두 번째 통째 포기가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg 신선한 밑동을 쓴다. 갈색으로 끈적한 것은 쓰지 않는다. 심을 약 3센티미터 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg 창. 느슨한 잎이지, 두 번째 단단한 포기가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg 신선한 밑동, 높이 약 3센티미터, 얕은 접시에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg 창. 깃잎이지, 두 번째 구근이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg 회향 구근의 밑동을 쓴다. 자른 줄기만으로는 거의 안 된다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg 따뜻한 창. 수확은 포기. 이번 달에 줄기 한 줌은 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg 밑동이 아직 단단하고 옅은 줄기를 쓴다. 마른 막대기는 뿌리를 내리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg 집 안의 식물. 실내 열매는 드물고, 와도 몇 년이 걸린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg 신선한 파인애플에서 관부를 비틀어 뗀다. 밑에 붙은 과육은 모두 잘라 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg 햇볕 드는 화분. 서늘함이 이어지고 포기마다 자리가 있으면, 뿌리가 수확이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg 손만큼 깊은 화분, 구멍이 있는 것. 축축한 흙. 물웅덩이는 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg 밝은 화분. 잎이지, 가게의 단단한 포기가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg 씨는 작다. 축축한 흙 위에 흩뿌린다. 눌러 주거나, 흙을 먼지처럼 덮는다. 깊게 묻으면 실패한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg 서늘한 화분. 잎이지, 뜨거운 창턱의 여름 수확이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg 약 1센티미터 깊이로 심는다. 구멍 있는 화분에. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg 밝은 화분. 잎이 수확이다. 더위는 그것들을 끝낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg 씨는 둥글다. 약 1센티미터 깊이로, 남길 화분에 뿌린다. 옮기는 것을 싫어한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg 구멍 있는 화분. 몇 년을 자를 수 있는 포기. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg 씨는 느리다. 흙을 축축하게 둔다. 싹은 흔히 10일에서 20일. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg 밝은 화분. 줄기지, 씨가 아니다. 씨는 흔히 약한 식물로 자라고, 냄새 맡았던 민트가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg 신선한 줄기를 자른다. 아래 잎을 뜯는다. 마른 막대기는 뿌리를 내리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg 햇볕 드는 화분. 꼬투리가 수확이다. 병 속의 싹은 다른 수업이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg 왜성 마른 콩을 통째로 쓴다. 덩굴콩은 높은 막대기를 주지 않으면 쓰지 않는다. 쪼갠 완두는 아니다. 통조림 콩은 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg 서늘한 화분. 날씨가 서늘하면, 꼬투리. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg 완두 씨를 통째로 쓴다. 쪼갠 완두는 쓰지 않는다. 쪼갠 완두는 죽어 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg 바깥, 또는 적어도 20센티미터 깊이의 화분. 뿌리가 작물이다. 이것은 접시의 당근 윗부분이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg 부드러운 흙, 돌이나 단단한 흙덩이 없이. 그것들이 뿌리를 갈라지게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg 바깥, 또는 적어도 20센티미터 깊이의 화분. 뿌리, 그리고 잎. 이것은 접시의 비트 윗부분이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg 씨 공 하나가 싹을 여러 개 만들 수 있다. 약 2센티미터 깊이로 뿌린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg 바깥, 또는 구멍 있는 큰 화분. 잎, 오래. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg 약 1센티미터 깊이로 뿌린다. 싹은 흔히 5일에서 10일. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg 바깥. 종구가 씨보다 쉽다. 씨는 알뿌리가 되기까지 몇 달이 필요하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg 종구를 끝은 위로, 뿌리 끝은 아래로, 약 10센티미터 간격으로 심는다. 끝은 겨우 나온다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg 큰 화분이나 땅, 타고 오를 것과 함께. 창턱은 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg 흙이 따뜻해진 뒤에 약 2센티미터 깊이로 뿌린다. 차갑고 젖은 흙은 씨를 썩게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg 땅, 또는 아주 큰 화분. 한 포기는 아주 커진다. 두 포기는 많다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg 흙이 따뜻해진 뒤에 약 2센티미터 깊이로 뿌린다. 차갑고 젖은 흙은 씨를 썩게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg 바깥, 따뜻한 흙에. 화분도 아니고, 한 포기도 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg 덩어리로 심는다. 적어도 가로세로 네 포기씩. 꽃가루는 위의 수꽃에서 이삭의 수염으로 떨어진다. 한 줄, 또는 한 포기는 흔히 빈 이삭을 만든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg 포기, 또는 런너. 씨는 느리다. 씨로 기른 대부분은 첫해에 열매가 없다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg 햇볕 드는 땅, 또는 구멍 있는 화분. 어두운 창은 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg 바깥, 충분한 햇볕. 꽃, 그리고 여름이 충분히 길면 씨. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg 흙이 따뜻해진 뒤에 약 2센티미터 깊이로 뿌린다. 싹은 흔히 7일에서 14일. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg 햇볕, 그리고 따뜻한 흙. 한 여름에 끝난다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg 씨를 겨우 덮는다. 차갑고 젖은 흙은 씨를 썩게 하거나, 씨는 그냥 앉아 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg 햇볕. 한 여름에 끝나고, 서리까지 꽃이 핀다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg 척박한 흙은 꽃을 더 만든다. 기름진 흙은 잎을 많이 만들고 꽃은 적다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg 정원의 메리골드. 금잔화가 아니다. 그것이 다음 수업이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg 햇볕. 흙이 따뜻해진 뒤에 씨를 겨우 덮는다. 싹은 흔히 5일에서 10일. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg 금잔화. 앞 수업의 정원 메리골드가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg 서늘한 철의 꽃. 더위는 그것을 멈출 수 있다. 서늘한 여름은 괜찮은 자리다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg 큰 씨, 따뜻한 흙에 약 2센티미터 깊이. 화분이나 땅. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg 그것들은 기듯이 퍼진다. 척박한 흙은 꽃을 더 만든다. 기름진 흙은 잎을 만든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg 먹는 완두가 아니다. 그것은 다른 식물이고, 다른 수업이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg 서늘한 날씨를 좋아한다. 더위는 꽃을 멈춘다. 서늘한 여름은 그것들에게 맞을 수 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg 뿌리이지, 씨가 아니다. 눈은 뿌리 위의 분홍 싹이다. 위를 향한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg 눈을 덮는 흙이 약 5센티미터를 넘지 않게 둔다. 그보다 깊으면 잎은 나고 꽃은 영원히 안 필 수 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg 카메라를 올리기 전에, 무엇의 사진인지 정한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg 짧은 한 줄로 말할 수 없으면, 아직 찍을 준비가 안 된 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 찍지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg 설정을 만지기 전에, 발을 옮긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg 왼쪽으로 한 걸음이 버튼보다 사진을 더 바꾼다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg 더 가까이 간다. 대부분 사진은 주제 주위에 쓸데없는 것이 많다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg 틀 안에 필요 없는 것 세 가지를 말할 수 있으면, 한 걸음 더 다가간다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg 수평선은 수평으로 둔다. 일부러 기울이려는 때가 아니면. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg 기운 탁자는 실수처럼 보인다. 선이 평평해질 때까지 전화를 기울인다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg 중요한 부분에 초점을 맞춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg 그 부분을 누른다. 배경이 선명하고 그것이 흐리면, 잘못된 곳을 누른 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg 강한 형태 하나. 다섯이 서로 싸우게 두지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg 어떤 것인지 설명해야 한다면, 사진은 아직 끝나지 않았다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg 찍을 순간이 올 때까지 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg 참지 못하고 찍은 사진이, 지우는 사진이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg 동의하지 않은 사람은 사진에 넣지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg 먼저 묻는다. 끄덕임은 예다. 침묵은 예가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg 찍으러 온 것에 노출을 맞춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg 배경은 버린다. 것 뒤의 밝은 창은 그것을 그림자로 만든다. 돌아선다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg 같은 것을 세 장. 한 장만 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg 나머지 두 장은 버린다. 더 찍어도 더 나은 한 장이 되지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg 주제와 싸우는 것만 잘라 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg 자르기는, 찍지 않은 더 가까운 사진을 만들어 내는 방법이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg 사진 한 장. 한 롤이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '사진'이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg 무엇을 할지 누가 말해 주지 않아도, 내일 다른 사진을 찍을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg 실제로 연습할 악기를 고른다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg 손이 닿지 않는 피아노는 그 악기가 아니다. 손, 북, 이미 가진 기타, 모두 악기로 본다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 노래는 연주하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg 음을 내기 전에, 몸을 편하게 해 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg 어깨가 귀 옆에 올라가 있으면, 음이 조인다. 내린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg 음 하나, 깨끗하게. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg 깨끗한 음은 시작과 끝이 들리는 음이다. 쓸데없는 소리는 그 일부가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg 손으로 일정하게 두드릴 수 있는 박. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg 두드림이 빨라지면, 아직 박이 아니다. 느리게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg 같은 구절을 작게 낸 다음, 가득 차게 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg 가득 참은 방이 견딜 만큼 크게 하는 것이 아니다. 귀가 아프면, 너무하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg 쉼도 연주한다. 그 자리를 채우지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg 조용함은 세는 박이다. 그 자리를 연주해 지나가면, 쉼을 건너뛴 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg 다시 찾을 수 있는 다섯 음. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg 친다. 시선을 돌린다. 같은 다섯을 찾는다. 못 찾으면 아직 가진 것이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg 네 마디. 마디선에서 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg 다섯째는 더하지 않는다. 멈춤은 구절의 일부다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg 깨끗해질 때까지 느리게 한다. 속도는 그 뒤에 올린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg 빠르고 지저분한 구절은 연습이 아니다. 나중에 되돌려야 할 습관이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg 녹음을 한 번 한다. 한 번 듣는다. 한 가지를 고친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg 다섯 번 듣고 다섯 가지를 고치지 않는다. 한 가지를 고친 다음, 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg 스무 분. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg 아픈 손은 일했다는 증거가 아니다. 멈추는 이유다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg 내일도 그대로 낼 수 있는 구절 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '음악'이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 음들을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg 소리를 내기 전에, 몸을 편하게 해 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg 어깨가 귀 옆에 올라가 있으면, 음이 조인다. 내린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. 아직 노래는 부르지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg 숨이 음을 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg 숨을 먼저 취한다. 소리를 시작한 뒤에 숨을 찾으면, 음이 흔들린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg 모음 하나를 가운데 모아 낸다. 목으로 밀어 올리지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg 목이 조이면, 밀고 있는 것이다. 더 부드럽게, 모음은 가운데에 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg 음을 먼저 찾고, 찾은 뒤에 그 음을 유지한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg 유지한 음이 미끄러지면, 아직 찾은 것이 아니다. 다시 찾고, 그다음 유지한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg 그 말은 처음 부를 때 바로 들린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg 듣는 사람이 무엇을 불렀는지 물어야 하면, 그 말은 끝나지 않았다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg 같은 한 줄, 작게, 그다음 가득. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg 가득한 것은 방이 견딜 만큼 큰 소리가 아니다. 어지러우면, 숨을 너무 오래 참은 것이다. 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg 쉼은 침묵이다. 그 침묵을 소리로 채우지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg 쉼에서 숨을 쉰다. 그 쉼을 노래로 지나면, 쉼을 건너뛴 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg 높은 음은 미리 준비한 뒤에 낸다. 갑자기 붙잡아 내지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg 높이 닿으려다 목이 붙잡으면, 아직 준비되지 않은 것이다. 앞의 음에서 그 음으로 들어간다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg 한 절을 녹음한다. 한 번 듣는다. 한 가지만 고친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg 다섯 번 듣고 다섯 가지를 고치지 않는다. 한 가지, 그다음 다시 노래한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg 스무 분. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg 아픈 목은 일했다는 증거가 아니다. 멈추는 이유다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg 말을 뜻한 그대로 노래한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg 말이 소리만일 뿐이면, 아직 노래한 것이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg 내일도 부를 수 있는 한 절. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '노래'가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 절을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg 참인 것 하나. 좋아하는 노래의 분장이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg 그 줄이 라디오의 어느 노래든 될 수 있으면, 그것은 분장이다. 실제로 본 것에서 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg 제목은 그 노래의 약속이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg 맨 위에 적는다. 절이 그 약속을 지키지 않으면, 제목은 거짓말이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg 후렴은 그 약속을 한 줄이나 두 줄로 말한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg 두 줄이 한도다. 문단이 필요한 후렴은 절이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg 멜로디를 흥얼거린다. 악보가 없으면 박자를 쉬운 말로 적는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg 긴, 짧은, 짧은이면 된다. 읽을 수 없는 음표 그림은 도움이 되지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg 첫 절은 장면이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg 누가 있는지, 무엇이 보이는지. 느낌은 아직 설명하지 않는다. 장면이 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg 후렴은 바꾸지 않고 돌아온다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg 두 번째에 다시 쓰면, 후렴이 아니다. 절이 둘이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg 둘째 절은 대가를 올리거나, 전환을 만든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg 무언가가 더 어려워지거나, 누군가 마음을 바꾼다. 바뀐 것이 없으면, 그것은 다시 첫 절이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg 브리지는 없어도 된다. 후렴이 말하지 않은 한 줄. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg 필요 없으면 쓰지 않는다. 브리지는 세 번째 절이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg 장르는 박자와 말이다. 분장이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg 뜻하는 박자를 친다. 그 말이 남의 목소리에서만 되면, 아직 내 것이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg 빌린 훅은 없다. 다른 노래가 들리면 그 줄을 다시 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg 라디오에서 기억하는 훅은 내 것이 아니다. 제목에서 다음 줄을 쓴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg 후렴을 녹음한다. 한 번 듣는다. 낱말 하나를 고친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg 다섯 번 들으며 낱말 다섯 개를 고치지 않는다. 낱말 하나, 그러면 오늘은 끝이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg 내일도 부를 수 있는 노래 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '작사'가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 후렴을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg 종이, 또는 이미 있는 태블릿. 특별한 프로그램은 필요 없다. 한 사람을 쓴다. 이름이면 충분하다. 한 사람만. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg 다음 줄에 그 사람이 원하는 것을 쓴다. 하나. 목록이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg 다음 줄에 가로막는 것 하나를 쓴다. 사람, 사실, 또는 한계. 그리고 멈춘다. 이것은 이야기 전체가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg 클래스 1의 세 줄은 탁자에 둔다. 새 페이지를 연다. '이것은 ~에 대한 이야기다'로 시작하지 않는다. 사람이 이미 어떤 장소에 있는 데서 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg 지금 무엇을 하는지 쓴다. 보이는 행동 하나. 문에 손을 대는 것, 한 걸음, 컵을 내려놓는 것. 그 순간에 머문다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg 읽는다. 한 문장이 평생을 말하거나 교훈을 말하면 줄을 그어 지운다. 시작은 이 순간뿐이다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg 클래스 2의 시작을 읽는다. 그것은 한 순간이다. 새 장면을 시작하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg 그 순간이 끝나기 전에 원하는 것을 페이지에 둔다. '그녀는 원했다'라고 쓰지 않는다. 보여 준다. 손이 문을 밀어 본다. 눈은 집어 들지 않은 전화에 머문다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg 마지막 줄까지 읽는다. 읽는 사람이 아직 무엇을 원하는지 모르면, 그것을 보이는 행동 하나를 더한다. 그리고 멈춘다. 중간은 시작하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg 장면으로 돌아간다. 원하는 것은 이미 있다. 장애는 한 종류뿐이다. 사람, 사실, 또는 한계. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg 그것을 장면에 쓴다. 사람이 아니라고 한다. 사실: 버스는 떠났다. 한계: 동전이 하나다. '문제가 있었다'라고 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg 읽는다. 장애가 두 종류 이상이 될 수 있으면 하나만 남기고 나머지는 지운다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg 여기는 중간이다. 첫 시도를 쓴다. 한 가지 이유로 실패한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg 두 번째 시도를 쓴다. 다른 이유로 실패한다. 첫 실패를 되풀이하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg 둘 다 읽는다. 같은 이유로 실패하면 두 번째를 바꾼다. 그리고 멈춘다. 끝은 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg 두 시도를 읽는다. 둘 다 실패했다. 운으로 구하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg 전환을 선택으로 쓴다. 사람은 정말로 할 수 있는 둘 중 하나를 고른다. 값이 무엇인지 안다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg 읽는다. 빠져나가는 길이 운, 낯선 사람, 또는 주운 열쇠면 지운다. 선택을 쓴다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg 끝을 몇 줄로 쓴다. 원하는 것을 얻거나, 페이지가 값을 보여 준다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg 새 원하는 것을 더하지 않는다. 첫 장면의 원하는 것을 쓴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg 원하는 것과 끝을 함께 읽는다. 끝이 원하는 것을 잊었으면 끝을 고친다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg 장면을 마지막 줄까지 읽는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg 마지막 줄은 무언가를 바꿔야 한다. 사실, 선택, 또는 누군가 아는 것. 아무것도 바뀌지 않았으면 변화를 쓴다. 그전까지 장은 끝나지 않았다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg 새 장면이 시작됐으면 지워서 되돌린다. 변화에서 끝낸다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg 설명하려던 감정이나 사실 하나를 찾는다. '그녀는 화가 났다.' '그는 그녀를 믿지 않았다.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg 그것을 누군가 말하는 말에 넣거나, 말하지 않는 것에 넣는다. 알리는 문장은 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg 읽는다. 서술자가 아직도 알리면 그 문장을 지운다. 말이 그것을 지닌다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg 장면을 읽는다. 읽는 사람이 이미 본 것을 설명하는 문장에 표시한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg 그 문장을 지운다. 행동은 남긴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg 장면을 다시 읽는다. 설명만 하는 문장이 또 있으면 그것도 지운다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg 첫 페이지를 소리 내어 읽는다. 첫 페이지만. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg 사람, 원하는 것, 또는 장소를 처음 잃은 곳에 표시한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg 그곳을 고친다. 수리는 하나. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg 첫 줄부터 마지막 줄까지 읽는다. 사람, 원하는 것, 장애, 두 번의 시도, 선택, 끝이 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 '이야기'가 아니다. 이 글을 가리킨다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg 이 글은 읽는 사람에게 건넬 수 있다. 이 페이지를 열어 두지 않아도 무엇인지 안다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg 이미 있는 종이. 만들 수 있는 것 하나를 쓴다. 가게가 아니다. 목록이 아니다. 하나. 빵 하나, 수리 하나, 그림 하나, 수프 한 병. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg 한 사람을 위한 것이다. 모두를 위한 것이 아니다. 다음 줄에 누구인지 쓴다. 이름이면 충분하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg 두 줄을 읽는다. 이것을 끝낼 수 있다. 못 하면 지우고 더 작은 것을 쓴다. 그리고 멈춘다. 가격은 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg 지난 수업의 그 하나를 본다. 그것은 한 사람을 위한 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg 다음 줄에 그 사람의 이름을 쓴다. 말할 수 있는 실제 사람. 모두가 아니다. 손님이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg 이름을 읽는다. 얼굴이 떠오르지 않으면 지우고, 얼굴이 떠오르는 한 사람을 쓴다. 그리고 멈춘다. 가격은 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg 이름을 적은 사람. 필요하지만 없는 것을 쓴다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg 네가 만들 수 있는 것과 맞아야 한다. 새 사업이 아니다. 필요는 하나다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg 필요와 물건을 함께 읽는다. 맞지 않으면 필요를 바꾸거나 물건을 바꾼다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg 첫 번째를 만든다. 이미 있는 것을 쓴다. 가게를 열지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg 이것을 끝낸다. 열 개의 계획이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg 그것을 탁자에 놓는다. 이것이 첫 번째다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg 첫 것을 이름을 적은 사람에게 가져간다. 또는 그 사람이 쥘 수 있는 때를 정한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg 그 손에 넣는다. 계획 전체를 설명하지 않는다. 쥐게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg 보는 동안 옆에 있는다. 그리고 멈춘다. 돈을 달라 하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg 그 사람이 그것을 든 뒤에, 말한 말을 쓴다. 그 사람의 말이다. 네 말이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg 아무 말도 하지 않았으면, 한 일을 쓴다. 내려놓았다. 웃었다. 질문을 하나 했다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg 쓴 것을 읽는다. 그것은 그 사람의 반응이다. 네 희망이 아니다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg 말한 것을 읽는다. 부탁한 것 하나를 찾는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg 만든 것에서 그 하나만 바꾼다. 다섯이 아니다. 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg 그 변경은 끝났다. 그리고 멈춘다. 처음부터 다시 하지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg 네 종이에, 이것을 만드는 데 든 것을 쓴다. 시간. 이미 있던 재료. 다 써 버린 것. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg 이것은 너를 위한 것이다. 그들에게 줄 값이 아니다. 파는 값은 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg 읽는다. 이것이 나에게 든 것을 안다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg 나에게 든 것을 본다. 그 한 사람에게 소리 내어 말할 수 있는 값을 정한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg 그 사람에게 말한다. 또는 방에 말하는 연습을 한다. 소리 내어. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg 이 페이지에 값은 치지 않는다. 여기 메모에도 치지 않는다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg 상대가 나에게서 어떻게 받는지 적는다. 손에 건넨다. 상대가 가지러 온다. 상대의 문 앞에 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg 한 방법. 가게가 아니다. 이 사이트에서의 결제가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg 읽는다. 사람이 그 방법을 따를 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg 받을 사람에게 말한다. 문장 하나. 그 물건, 그리고 그 사람을 위한 것. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg 말로 하거나, 그 사람이 볼 곳에 쓴다. 모두를 위한 포스터가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg 문장 하나. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg 있는 것을 읽는다. 것 하나. 사람 하나. 필요한 것 하나. 만든 것 하나. 받는 방법 하나. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg 제안에 이름을 붙인다. 이름은 "Business"가 아니다. 이 제안을 가리킨다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg 이 페이지를 열지 않고 사는 사람에게 건넬 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. 가격은 치지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg 흰 건반 하나를 치고 멈출 때까지 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg 누르고 있으면, 멈출 때까지 기다린 것이 아니다. 손가락을 들고 끝까지 듣는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg 고른 박 넷을 유지한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg 박이 빨라지면, 아직 박이 아니다. 느리게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg 같은 건반을 크게, 그다음 작게 친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg 작게 내도 같은 건반이다. 귀가 아프면, 너무하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg 더 높은 건반을 치고, 그다음 더 낮은 건반을 친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg 어느 쪽이 더 높은지 말한다. 오래 찾지 말고 다시 친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg 셀 수 있는 쉼을 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg 조용함은 한 박이다. 그 자리를 연주해 지나가면, 쉼을 건너뛴 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg 같은 짧은 패턴을 세 번 반복한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg 세 번째가 커지면, 반복한 것이 아니다. 첫 것을 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg 한 손을 쓰고, 다른 손은 쉬게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg 쉬는 손은 떠 있지 않다. 가만히 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg 쉼을 서두르지 않고, 천천히 낸 다음 조금 빠르게 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg 쉼은 같은 길이로 남는다. 속도는 조용함을 먹지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg 내는 동안, 다른 사람이 넷을 세게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg 그들의 셈을 앞질러 빨라지면, 아직 함께가 아니다. 다시 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg 마지막 박에서 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg 하나 더 넣으면, 멈춘 것이 아니다. 두 손을 든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg 처음부터 한 번 낸 다음, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg 원테이크. 중간을 잇지 않는다. 무너지면, 다음 시도는 처음부터 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg 짧은 패턴 하나를 내고, 그 패턴에 이름을 붙인다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg 이름은 '피아노'가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 건반들을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg 부드러운 숨 하나를 불고 멈출 때까지 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg 소리가 끝나지 않으면, 아직 불고 있는 것이다. 숨을 멈추고 듣는다. 어지럽거나 입술이 아프면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg 고른 박 넷을 유지한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg 박이 빨라지면, 아직 박이 아니다. 느리게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg 같은 음을 크게, 그다음 작게 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg 작게 내도 같은 음이다. 귀가 아프면, 너무하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg 더 높은 음을 내고, 그다음 더 낮은 음을 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg 어느 쪽이 더 높은지 말한다. 오래 찾지 말고 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg 셀 수 있는 쉼을 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg 조용함은 한 박이다. 그 자리를 연주해 지나가면, 쉼을 건너뛴 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg 같은 짧은 패턴을 세 번 반복한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg 세 번째가 커지면, 반복한 것이 아니다. 첫 것을 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg 한 손을 쓰고, 다른 손은 쉬게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg 쉬는 손은 떠 있지 않다. 가만히 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg 쉼을 서두르지 않고, 천천히 낸 다음 조금 빠르게 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg 쉼은 같은 길이로 남는다. 속도는 조용함을 먹지 않는다. 어지러우면, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg 내는 동안, 다른 사람이 넷을 세게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg 그들의 셈을 앞질러 빨라지면, 아직 함께가 아니다. 다시 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg 마지막 박에서 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg 하나 더 넣으면, 멈춘 것이 아니다. 클라리넷을 입에서 뺀다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg 처음부터 한 번 낸 다음, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg 원테이크. 중간을 잇지 않는다. 무너지면, 다음 시도는 처음부터 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg 짧은 패턴 하나를 내고, 그 패턴에 이름을 붙인다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg 이름은 '클라리넷'이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 음들을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg 입술을 한 번 떨게 하고 멈출 때까지 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg 윙 소리가 끝나지 않으면, 아직 불고 있는 것이다. 숨을 멈추고 듣는다. 입술이 아프거나 어지러우면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg 고른 박 넷을 유지한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg 박이 빨라지면, 아직 박이 아니다. 느리게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg 같은 음을 크게, 그다음 작게. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg 작게 내도 같은 음이다. 귀가 아프면, 너무하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg 더 높은 음을 내고, 그다음 더 낮은 음을 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg 어느 쪽이 더 높은지 말한다. 오래 찾지 말고 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg 셀 수 있는 쉼을 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg 조용함은 한 박이다. 그 자리를 연주해 지나가면, 쉼을 건너뛴 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg 같은 짧은 패턴을 세 번 반복한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg 세 번째가 커지면, 반복한 것이 아니다. 첫 것을 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg 한 손을 쓰고, 다른 손은 쉬게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg 쉬는 손은 떠 있지 않다. 가만히 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg 쉼을 서두르지 않고, 천천히 낸 다음 조금 빠르게 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg 쉼은 같은 길이로 남는다. 속도는 조용함을 먹지 않는다. 어지러우면, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg 내는 동안, 다른 사람이 넷을 세게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg 그들의 셈을 앞질러 빨라지면, 아직 함께가 아니다. 다시 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg 마지막 박에서 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg 하나 더 넣으면, 멈춘 것이 아니다. 트럼펫을 입에서 뺀다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg 처음부터 한 번 낸 다음, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg 원테이크. 중간을 잇지 않는다. 무너지면, 다음 시도는 처음부터 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg 짧은 패턴 하나를 내고, 그 패턴에 이름을 붙인다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg 이름은 '트럼펫'이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 음들을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg 줄 하나를 튕기고 멈출 때까지 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg 손가락을 든다. 끝까지 듣는다. 잡고 있으면, 멈출 때까지 기다린 것이 아니다. 활은 쓰지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg 고른 박 넷을 유지한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg 박이 빨라지면, 아직 박이 아니다. 느리게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg 같은 줄을 크게, 그다음 작게. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg 작게 내도 같은 줄이다. 귀가 아프면, 너무하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg 더 높은 줄을 내고, 그다음 더 낮은 줄을 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg 어느 쪽이 더 높은지 말한다. 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg 셀 수 있는 쉼을 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg 조용함은 한 박이다. 그 자리를 연주해 지나가면, 쉼을 건너뛴 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg 같은 짧은 패턴을 세 번 반복한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg 세 번째가 커지면, 반복한 것이 아니다. 첫 것을 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg 한 손을 쓰고, 다른 손은 쉬게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg 쉬는 손은 떠 있지 않다. 가만히 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg 쉼을 서두르지 않고, 천천히 낸 다음 조금 빠르게 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg 쉼은 같은 길이로 남는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg 내는 동안, 다른 사람이 넷을 세게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg 그들의 셈을 앞질러 빨라지면, 다시 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg 마지막 박에서 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg 하나 더 넣으면, 멈춘 것이 아니다. 두 손을 든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg 처음부터 한 번 낸 다음, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg 원테이크. 중간을 잇지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg 짧은 패턴 하나를 내고, 그 패턴에 이름을 붙인다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg 이름은 '첼로'가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 줄들을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg 한 번 치고 멈출 때까지 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg 손을 든다. 끝까지 듣는다. 손이 아프면 멈춘다. 귀 가까이 치지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg 고른 박 넷을 유지한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg 박이 빨라지면, 아직 박이 아니다. 느리게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg 같은 자리를 크게, 그다음 작게. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg 작게 쳐도 같은 자리다. 귀가 아프면, 너무하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg 더 높은 곳을 치고, 그다음 더 낮은 곳을 친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg 어느 쪽이 더 높은지 말한다. 다시 친다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg 셀 수 있는 쉼을 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg 조용함은 한 박이다. 그 자리를 쳐 지나가면, 쉼을 건너뛴 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg 같은 짧은 패턴을 세 번 반복한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg 세 번째가 커지면, 첫 것을 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg 한 손을 쓰고, 다른 손은 쉬게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg 쉬는 손은 떠 있지 않다. 가만히 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg 쉼을 서두르지 않고, 천천히 낸 다음 조금 빠르게 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg 쉼은 같은 길이로 남는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg 내는 동안, 다른 사람이 넷을 세게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg 그들의 셈을 앞질러 빨라지면, 다시 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg 마지막 박에서 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg 하나 더 넣으면, 멈춘 것이 아니다. 두 손을 든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg 처음부터 한 번 낸 다음, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg 원테이크. 중간을 잇지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg 짧은 패턴 하나를 내고, 그 패턴에 이름을 붙인다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg 이름은 '드럼'이 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 패턴을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg 부드러운 줄 하나를 튕기고 멈출 때까지 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg 누르고 있으면, 멈출 때까지 기다린 것이 아니다. 손가락을 들고 듣는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg 고른 박 넷을 유지한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg 박이 빨라지면, 아직 박이 아니다. 느리게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg 같은 줄을 크게, 그다음 작게. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg 작게 내도 같은 줄이다. 귀가 아프면, 너무하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg 더 높은 줄을 내고, 그다음 더 낮은 줄을 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg 어느 쪽이 더 높은지 말한다. 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg 셀 수 있는 쉼을 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg 조용함은 한 박이다. 그 자리를 연주해 지나가면, 쉼을 건너뛴 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg 같은 짧은 패턴을 세 번 반복한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg 세 번째가 커지면, 첫 것을 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg 한 손을 쓰고, 다른 손은 쉬게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg 쉬는 손은 가만히 있다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg 쉼을 서두르지 않고, 천천히 낸 다음 조금 빠르게 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg 쉼은 같은 길이로 남는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg 내는 동안, 다른 사람이 넷을 세게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg 그들의 셈을 앞질러 빨라지면, 다시 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg 마지막 박에서 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg 하나 더 넣으면, 멈춘 것이 아니다. 두 손을 든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg 처음부터 한 번 낸 다음, 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg 원테이크. 중간을 잇지 않는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg 짧은 패턴 하나를 내고, 그 패턴에 이름을 붙인다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg 이름은 '우쿨렐레'가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 줄들을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg 열린 줄 하나를 튕기고 멈출 때까지 기다린다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg 누르고 있으면, 멈출 때까지 기다린 것이 아니다. 손가락을 들고 듣는다. 손가락이 아프면 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg 고른 박 넷을 유지한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg 박이 빨라지면, 아직 박이 아니다. 느리게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg 같은 줄을 크게, 그다음 작게. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg 작게 내도 같은 줄이다. 귀가 아프면, 너무하다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg 더 높은 줄을 내고, 그다음 더 낮은 줄을 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg 어느 쪽이 더 높은지 말한다. 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg 셀 수 있는 쉼을 둔다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg 조용함은 한 박이다. 그 자리를 연주해 지나가면, 쉼을 건너뛴 것이다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg 같은 짧은 패턴을 세 번 반복한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg 세 번째가 커지면, 첫 것을 다시 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg 악기의 이름을 말한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg 이것은 기타다. 짧은 패턴은 다른 이름이다. 이미 아는 노래가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg 그다음 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg 한 손을 쓰고, 다른 손은 쉬게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg 쉬는 손은 가만히 있다. 피크도 쉬어도 된다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg 쉼을 서두르지 않고, 천천히 낸 다음 조금 빠르게 낸다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg 쉼은 같은 길이로 남는다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg 내는 동안, 다른 사람이 넷을 세게 한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg 그들의 셈을 앞질러 빨라지면, 다시 시작한다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg 마지막 박에서 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg 하나 더 넣으면, 멈춘 것이 아니다. 두 손을 든다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/ko/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg 짧은 패턴 하나를 내고, 그 패턴에 이름을 붙인다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg 이름은 '기타'가 아니다. 이미 아는 노래가 아니다. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg 누가 말해 주지 않아도 그 줄들을 다시 찾을 수 있다. 그리고 멈춘다. https://mylearntomake.com/hi https://mylearntomake.com/hi/how https://mylearntomake.com/hi/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/hi/contact https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg कागज़ और पेंसिल काफ़ी हैं। जो टैबलेट या सेट पहले से है, वह भी चलता है। इस कक्षा के लिए किट मत खरीदो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg जो चीज़ दिखे उसे चुनो और सामने रखो। पूरी चीज़ बड़ी बनाओ, ताकि पन्ने का ज़्यादातर हिस्सा भर जाए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg यह अभ्यास की रेखा नहीं है। चीज़ को देखो, फिर बनाओ। पूरी चीज़ पन्ने पर आ जाए तो रुक जाओ। यह एक चित्र की शुरुआत है। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg कक्षा 1 में जो चीज़ बनाई, वही लो। नया पन्ना रखो। चीज़ को वहाँ रखो जहाँ उसका पूरा बाहर दिखे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg बाहरी किनारे की एक जगह से शुरू करो। पेंसिल सिर्फ़ उसी किनारे पर चले। अंदर, हत्थे का छेद, या बीच में कोई रेखा मत बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg हाथ से ज़्यादा चीज़ देखो। रेखा जहाँ शुरू की थी वहाँ मिले तो रुक जाओ। रूपरेखा खुली हो तो बंद करो। अंदर इस कक्षा का हिस्सा नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg पिछली कक्षा की वही चीज़। नई शीट। बाहर फिर हल्के से बनाओ, ताकि हिस्से डाल सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg चीज़ देखो। वे हिस्से जोड़ो जो इसे वह चीज़ बनाते हैं। हत्था, खुलाव, सीवन, ढक्कन। जो हिस्सा दिखे उसे बनाओ। एक मत गढ़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg मेज़ के पार से देखो। अगर कोई न बता सके यह क्या है, जो हिस्सा नहीं है उसे जोड़ो। फिर रुक जाओ। छाया मत करो। दूसरी चीज़ मत जोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg जहाँ हो, वहाँ देखो। एक वृत्त, एक डिब्बा और एक त्रिकोण ढूँढो। एक थाली, एक किताब, एक कोना। अभी पूरी चीज़ मत बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg एक पन्ने पर तीन आकृतियाँ बड़ी बनाओ। आकृति बनाओ, वस्तु नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg बाद के चित्र इन्हीं टुकड़ों से बनते हैं। अगर एक आकृति नहीं है, उसे बनाओ। फिर रुक जाओ। छाया मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg एक ही प्रकाश। एक लैंप या एक खिड़की। बाकी बंद कर दो, या ऐसे बैठो कि चीज़ पर सिर्फ़ एक रोशनी पड़े। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg चीज़ बनाओ। उजाली तरफ कागज़ सफेद छोड़ो। सफेद कागज़ ही रोशनी है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg एक छाया जोड़ो, रोशनी से दूर वाली तरफ। पूरे पन्ने पर छाया मत करो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg एक गोल चीज़ और एक डिब्बा वहाँ रखो जहाँ वे दिखें। एक कप और एक किताब चलेंगे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg गोल चीज़ बनाओ। डिब्बा ऐसे बनाओ कि तीन पहलू दिखें। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg डिब्बे के हर पहलू को अलग स्लेटी बनाओ। एक गहरा, एक हल्का, एक लगभग सफ़ेद छोड़ दो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg दो चीज़ें ऐसे रखो कि पास वाली दूर वाली का कुछ हिस्सा ढक दे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg पहले पास वाली चीज़ बनाओ। जहाँ वह दूर वाली चीज़ को ढकती है, वहाँ वह रेखा रोक दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg छिपा हुआ हिस्सा बाहर छोड़ दो। अगर रेखा ढकने वाले के आर-पार चली गई हो, तो वह टुकड़ा मिटा दो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg कपड़े पहने एक व्यक्ति या एक पालतू जानवर जिसे तुम देख सको। वे स्थिर रहते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg चेहरा, रोम या कपड़े का नमूना बनाने से पहले, ऊँचाई को चौड़ाई के मुकाबले निशान लगाओ। दो हल्के निशान। उनकी तुलना करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg उन निशानों के अंदर बनाओ। हर बाल मत जोड़ो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg वही व्यक्ति या वही पालतू। एक काम करता है। हाथ बढ़ाना, एक कदम, सिर मोड़ना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg इसे एक मिनट दो। हरकत होते हुए उसे बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg हरकत पकड़ो और रुक जाओ। हर उंगली या हर बाल पूरा मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg एक चेहरा जो दिखे। सिर के लिए एक अंडाकार बनाओ। अभी और कुछ नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg आँखों की एक रेखा बनाओ, अंडाकार के आधे नीचे। फिर एक नाक। फिर एक मुँह। यही क्रम रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg बाल हावी होने से पहले रुक जाओ। सिर्फ़ चार कदम: अंडाकार, आँखें, नाक, मुँह। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg जिस कोने में तुम हो, उसमें बैठो। फ़र्श देखो। फ़र्श की रेखाएँ तुमसे दूर जाती हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg फ़र्श की उन रेखाओं को बनाओ, ताकि वे एक बिंदु तक जाएँ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg दरवाज़ा उस जगह में खड़ा एक डिब्बा है। दरवाज़े को एक डिब्बे की तरह बनाओ। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg एक चित्र बनाओ, जिसे तुम चाहते हो कि दूसरा व्यक्ति देखे। एक चीज़, उसके हिस्से और उसकी आकृतियाँ इस्तेमाल करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg इस पर नाम रखो। नाम 'चित्र' नहीं है। वह इस चित्र की ओर इशारा करता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg तुम्हें कल एक और चित्र शुरू कर पाना चाहिए, किसी के बताए बिना कि क्या करना है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg कागज़ और एक पेंसिल काफ़ी हैं। एक टैबलेट चलेगा। इसके लिए कोई किट मत खरीदो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg वहाँ जाओ जहाँ एक पूरी इमारत दिखे। एक घर, एक दुकान, एक शेड। यह कक्षा 11 नहीं है। यह किसी इमारत की तस्वीर नहीं है, जब तक तुम किसी इमारत तक न जा सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg एक सड़क, रास्ता, या मार्ग जो दिखे। सड़क पहला आकार है, और दूर जाते छोटी होती है। इस पन्ने का पूरा पाठ यही है। किसी तख्ते या गाड़ी से शुरू मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg पन्ना एक। सड़क, बगल में एक इमारत या एक पेड़, और आसमान वह कागज़ जो खाली छोड़ो। रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg एक पेड़ जो दिखे। पहले तना। यह एक डिब्बा है जो ऊपर जाते सँकरा होता है। पत्ते एक पिंड हैं, निशानों का ढेर नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg पन्ना एक। तना और पत्तों का एक आकार। रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg कक्षा 10 ने चेहरे का क्रम सिखाया। यह पाठ सिर है, एक पिंड की तरह। एक मूर्तिकार किसी चेहरे को काटने से पहले सिर को ऐसे देखता है। तुम कोई मूर्ति नहीं उतार रहे, और कोई मशहूर व्यक्ति नहीं उतार रहे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg कोई जिसे तुम देख सको, या किसी जाने हुए की तस्वीर अगर कोई बैठ न सके। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg दूसरा व्यक्ति। पहला सिर फिर मत इस्तेमाल करो। वही तीन पन्ने उसी क्रम में चलाओ। अगर गेंद छोड़कर आँखों से शुरू करो, रुककर पन्ना एक फिर शुरू करो। सिर्फ़ तीसरा पन्ना रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg वही करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg तीसरा व्यक्ति। वही सूची। गेंद, जबड़ा, गरदन। फिर आधी रेखाएँ। फिर एक रोशनी और एक छाया। बाल सब ले लें, उससे पहले रुकना। तीन पूरे सिर ही अभ्यास हैं। अगले पाठ एक बनाया चेहरा हैं, तब तक फिर बनाया जब तक वही चेहरा रहे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg वही करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg एक चेहरा गढ़ो। कल फिर बनना चाहिए, इसलिए निशान कम चुनो। पहले गेंद और जबड़ा। फिर आधी रेखाएँ। फिर एक लक्षण जो न बदले: नाक, जबड़ा, या आँखों के बीच की जगह। बाल एक आकार हैं। पन्ने के पीछे तीन शब्द लिखो जो उन निशानों का नाम हों। उनकी ज़रूरत पड़ेगी। पन्ना रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg वही करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg नया पन्ना, पहले याद से। फिर वह पन्ना देखो जो रखा था। वही गेंद, वही जबड़ा, वही एक निशान। आँख पर छोटी चूक चलेगी। अलग जबड़े का मतलब नया व्यक्ति है, और यह पाठ पूरा नहीं। जबड़ा फिर बनाओ। जो पन्ना मेल खाए उसे रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg वही करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg वही बनाया चेहरा, थोड़ा मुड़ा। सिर मुड़ा, इसलिए बनावट नहीं बदलती। गेंद, जबड़ा, वह निशान, फिर आधी रेखाओं पर लक्षण। यह तीसरा पन्ना बाकी दो के साथ रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg फिर पुरानी सूची किसी ऐसी चीज़ पर चलाओ जिसका नाम इस पन्ने ने नहीं लिया। एक हाथ, एक कुर्सी, या एक जानवर जो दिखे। पन्ना एक, बड़े आकार और ऊँचा चौड़ाई के सामने। पन्ना दो, वे हिस्से जो उसे वही चीज़ बनाते हैं। पन्ना तीन, रोशनी के लिए सफ़ेद कागज़, एक गहरा पक्ष, एक छाया। नाम दो। वह तुम्हारा है। पाठ नहीं बताता कौन सा विषय। अगर यह पन्ना खोले बिना वे तीन पन्ने कर सको, यह क़दम पूरा है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg साफ़ पानी। चौड़े ब्रश से कागज़ गीला करो। सिर्फ़ एक रंग। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg पन्ने पर एक धुलाई बिछाओ। ब्रश एक बार चलाओ। मत रगड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg सूखने दो। यह एक धुलाई है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg प्याले को वहाँ रखो जहाँ बाहर दिखे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg सिर्फ़ उसका बाहरी किनारा रंगो। अंदर मत भरो। मेज़ मत रंगो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg किनारा बंद हो जाए तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg दो रंग। उन्हें गीले कागज़ पर ऐसे रखो कि वे छूएँ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg पानी को मिलाने दो। उन्हें साथ मत रगड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg जब वे मिल जाएँ, रुक जाओ। तीसरा रंग मत जोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg कमरे में तीन आकृतियाँ ढूँढो। एक वृत्त, एक डिब्बा, एक त्रिकोण। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg तीन चपटी आकृतियाँ रंगो। हर एक का एक रंग। अभी कोई बारीकी नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg तीन आकृतियाँ। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg एक रोशनी। देखो कहाँ उजाला है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg उस जगह को कोरा कागज़ छोड़ो। सफेद कागज़ ही रोशनी है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg एक छाया रंगो, रोशनी से दूर। सफेद को मत ढको। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg एक गोल चीज़ और एक डिब्बा वहाँ रखो जहाँ तुम उन्हें देख सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg उन्हें दो अलग स्लेटी में रंगो। गोल वाली एक स्लेटी। डिब्बा दूसरी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg तीसरी स्लेटी मत जोड़ो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg दो चीज़ें ऐसे रखो कि एक आगे हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg आगे वाली को रंगो। पीछे वाली का छिपा हुआ हिस्सा मत रंगो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg जहाँ आगे वाली पीछे वाली को ढकती है, वहाँ वह रंग रोक दो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg एक चीज़ देखो। जो रंग दिखे, उसका नाम लो, जिसकी उम्मीद हो वह नहीं। नींबू छाया में स्लेटी हो सकता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg उस रंग को एक अलग कागज़ पर मिलाओ। चीज़ से मिलाकर देखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg अगर मेल न खाए, फिर मिलाओ। जब मेल खाए, रुक जाओ। पूरी तस्वीर मत रंगो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg एक व्यक्ति या एक पालतू जानवर। वे स्थिर रहते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg सिर्फ़ बड़ी आकृतियाँ रंगो। सिर, शरीर, पैर। हर बाल नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg तीन या चार आकृतियाँ। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg एक चेहरा जो दिखे। सिर्फ़ तीन मान रंगो। हल्का, बीच, गहरा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg हल्का हल्के कागज़ पर रहता है। बीच एक धुलाई है। गहरा भौंह के नीचे, नाक के नीचे, या ठोड़ी के नीचे की छाया है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg बाल हावी होने से पहले रुक जाओ। तीन मान। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg एक कोने में बैठो। एक रोशनी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg दो दीवारें रंगो। जिस दीवार पर रोशनी है, उसे हल्का छोड़ो। दूसरी दीवार गहरी है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg एक रोशनी। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg एक असली सेब देखो। पहले बड़ी रोशनी देखो। उस रोशनी को छोड़ दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg फिर छोटी आकृतियाँ रंगो। एक छाया। हर कण नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg इसे नाम दो। यह अभ्यास है, बेचने की नकल नहीं। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg कागज़ और धुलने वाला रंग काफ़ी हैं। टैबलेट गिना जाता है। सेट मत खरीदो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg एक कटोरा जो तुम देख सको। यह कक्षा 2 नहीं है। कक्षा 2 प्याले का किनारा थी। यह कटोरे के अंदर का रंग है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg एक खिड़की जो तुम देख सको। यह कक्षा 11 नहीं है। कक्षा 11 दो दीवारें थीं। यह काँच में रोशनी है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg काँच को सफ़ेद कागज़ छोड़ो। आकाश को दूसरा चित्र मत बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg एक पौधा जो तुम देख सको। पहले गमला। वह एक डिब्बा है। जो रंग दिखे उसे मिलाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg पत्तियाँ रंग का एक ढेर हैं, निशानों का ढेर नहीं। उस ढेर के लिए एक धुलाई। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg यह कक्षा 12 नहीं है। कक्षा 12 एक सेब थी और फिर उसकी छाया, और तुमने उसे नाम दिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg यह पन्ना केवल सपाट रंग है। एक सेब। एक धुलाई। जो रंग दिखे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg नया पन्ना। वही सेब। अब जो दिखे उससे फिर मिलाओ, पिछले पन्ने से नहीं और उस लाल से नहीं जिसकी तुमने उम्मीद की थी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg आकृति में थोड़ी चूक ठीक है। दूसरा फल मतलब यह पाठ पूरा नहीं। वही सेब फिर रंगो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg नया पन्ना। वही सेब। जहाँ रोशनी पड़े, कागज़ सफ़ेद छोड़ो। एक छाया। सफ़ेद कोई छेद नहीं जिसे तुम बाद में भरो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg तीन पन्ने, एक सेब। सपाट धुलाई। जो रंग दिखे। फिर रोशनी और एक छाया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg एक चित्र बनाओ। वह बेचने की नकल नहीं, और कोई प्रसिद्ध चित्र नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg एक धुलाई। आगे एक चीज़। छिपा हिस्सा बिना रंग छोड़ो। रोशनी के लिए सफ़ेद कागज़। एक छाया। नाम दो। यह पन्ना रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg संतरे जितना टुकड़ा लो। टूटे तो उंगलियाँ पानी में डुबोकर तब तक गूँधो जब तक जुड़ जाए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg हथेलियों के बीच दबाओ, फिर घेरे में गोल करो। चारों ओर एक जैसा दबाव। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg गोल हो और सतह पर दरार न हो, तब रुको। दरार का मतलब सूखा है। उंगलियाँ भिगोकर उस जगह फिर गोल करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg गेंद मेज़ पर रखो। बीच को हथेली से दबाओ, किनारा नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg थोड़ा घुमाओ और फिर दबाओ। बीच और किनारा एक मोटाई के होने चाहिए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg उठाओ। अगर एक जगह रोशनी दिखे तो बहुत पतला है। फिर गेंद बनाकर दबाओ। उंगली जितना मोटा। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg एक हाथ में गेंद रखो। अंगूठा बीच में तब तक दबाओ जब तक दूसरी ओर महसूस हो, पार नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg अंगूठे और उंगली के बीच दीवार की चुटकी लो। हर चुटकी के बाद थोड़ा घुमाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg किनारा चारों ओर एक ऊँचाई का होना चाहिए। एक ओर नीचा हो तो ऊँची ओर थोड़ा और चुटकी लो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg सिर्फ हथेलियाँ नहीं, उंगलियाँ फैलाकर मेज़ पर बेलो। बीच से बाहर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg रोल एक सिरे से दूसरे तक एक मोटाई का हो, पेंसिल जैसा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg चपटे आधार पर घेरा रखो। जहाँ मिलें, दबाओ। सिरे तिरछे काटकर जोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg मिट्टी दो एक जैसी मोटी लकड़ियों के बीच रखो। लकड़ियों पर बेलो ताकि परत उनसे पतली न हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg परत उठाओ। चिपके तो नाखून नहीं, चाकू से कोना उठाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg सीधा काटकर आकार लो। बची मिट्टी गेंद में रखो ताकि सूखे नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg उंगलियों के बीच दीवार महसूस करो। मोटी जगह भारी लगती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg सिर्फ मोटी जगह चुटकी लो। पतली जगह न चुटकी लो, फट जाएगी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg दीवार चारों ओर एक जैसी हो, लगभग दो सिक्के एक पर एक। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg काँटे से दोनों तरफ तब तक खुरचो जब तक खुरदुरी लगें। चिकनी मिट्टी चिकनी मिट्टी से नहीं चिपकती। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg खुरची जगहों पर घोल लगाओ: थोड़ी मिट्टी और पानी, मलाई जैसा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg दबाकर कुछ सेकंड रखो। गीली उंगली से जोड़ तब तक चिकना करो जब तक सीवन न दिखे। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg पेंसिल से पतला छोटा रोल बेलो। तलवे जितना छल्ला मोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg बर्तन के तले और छल्ले पर खुरचो और घोल लगाओ। छल्ला दबाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg रखो। चपटा बैठे और हिले नहीं। हिले तो छल्ले की ऊँची ओर दबाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg उंगली जितना मोटा और हाथ जितना लंबा रोल बेलो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg बगल में ऊपर-नीचे दो जगह खुरचो और घोल लगाओ। दोनों सिरे दबाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg हत्था बर्तन से अलग रहे ताकि उंगली जाए। झुके तो बहुत गीला है। थोड़ा रुककर फिर कोशिश करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg बर्तन शेल्फ पर रखो, धूप और हीटर से दूर। धूप और गर्मी दरार डालती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg सूखा कपड़ा ढीला रखो ताकि किनारा तले से जल्दी न सूखे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg पीला और कड़ा होने तक छोड़ो। यह हवा में सूखने वाली मिट्टी है। ओवन में न रखो। इसमें से न पियो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg शुरू करने से पहले दो टुकड़े देखो। एक गेंद बड़ी हो तो बर्तन नहीं मिलेंगे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg दूसरा पहले जैसा बनाओ। हर कदम के बाद पास-पास रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg किनारे एक ऊँचाई के हों। मुँह एक आकार के लगें। एक चौड़ा हो तो उसे थोड़ा ऊँचा और सँकरा चुटकी लो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg एक काम चुनो: पेंसिल रखना, या कोई सूखी चीज़। इस मिट्टी से खाना और पानी नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg पेंसिल के कप को चपटा तल और पेंसिल की नोक से ऊँची दीवारें चाहिए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg सूखकर पीला हो तो पेंसिल रखो। नाम दो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg हवा में सूखने वाली मिट्टी काफ़ी है। भट्ठा मत खरीदो, और इसे मत पकाओ। संतरे जितना गोला एक कप है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg अँगूठे से गेंद खोलो और दीवारें उठें तो घुमाओ। या एक ही मोटाई की बेलनें बनाओ, जमाओ, और हर एक को नीचे वाली पर दबाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg किनारा चारों ओर एक ही ऊँचाई का हो। पैर जोड़ो तो दोनों सतहें खरोंचो, गीली करो, और दबाओ। बस चिपका मत दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg कप मेज़ पर रखो। यह समतल बैठे और हिले नहीं। हिले तो पैर दबाओ जब तक रुक न जाए। धीरे हवा में सुखाओ, धूप से दूर। नाम दो। यही वह है जिसे रखोगे। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg एक थाली। यह कक्षा 2 नहीं है, और कक्षा 5 भी नहीं। कक्षा 2 एक पैनकेक थी। कक्षा 5 एक पटिया थी जिसे तुम काट सको। यह एक थाली है जिस पर तुम कप रख सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg एक पटिया। समान मोटाई। नीचा किनारा सिर्फ़ तब जब तुम वह मोटाई रख सको। किनारा जोड़ो तो खरोंचो, घोल लगाओ, और दबाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। सेंको मत। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg एक कटोरा। दीवारें समान रहती हैं। किनारा चारों ओर एक ही ऊँचाई का है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg एक पाँव, ताकि यह सपाट बैठे और हिले नहीं। उस पाँव को जोड़ो तो खरोंचो, घोल लगाओ, और दबाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। सेंको मत। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg यह कक्षा 3 नहीं है। कक्षा 3 एक चुटकी-बर्तन थी, और किनारा ही पाठ था। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg यह एक कप है जिसे तुम चुटकी से बनाते हो। एक गोला। जैसे चुटकी लो, दीवारें पतली होती हैं, और समान रहती हैं। किनारा चारों ओर एक ही ऊँचाई का है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। सेंको मत। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg एक नई चीज़। एक ही मोटाई की कुंडलियाँ, जमाई और दबाई। चुटकी वाले कप जितना ही बड़ा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg अलग आकार का मतलब यह पाठ पूरा नहीं। कप फिर बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। सेंको मत। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg समान मोटाई की पटिया से कटी एक नई चीज़। बाकी दो जितना ही बड़ा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg हर जोड़ पर खरोंचो, घोल लगाओ, और दबाओ। किनारा चारों ओर एक ही ऊँचाई का है। यह सपाट बैठती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। सेंको मत। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg एक चीज़ सोचो। यह नकल नहीं, और कक्षा 12 का नाम दिया बर्तन नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg समान दीवारें। कोई भाग जोड़ो तो खरोंचो, घोल लगाओ, और दबाओ। ज़रूरत हो तो एक पाँव, ताकि यह बैठे और हिले नहीं। इसे धीरे सुखाओ। सिर्फ़ हवा में सुखाओ। इसे नाम दो। इसे रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। सेंको मत। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg सूत जो पहले से है। दो सुइयाँ, या एक उँगली अगर वही है जो पास है। इस कक्षा के लिए किट मत खरीदो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg गिने हुए टाँके चढ़ाओ। एक फंदा बनाओ, उसे सुई पर रखो, और अगला उसी तरह बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg जब गिने हुए टाँके सुई पर हों, रुक जाओ। अभी एक पंक्ति मत बुनो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg पहली पंक्तियाँ बुनो। सुई को एक फंदे में डालो, सूत लपेटो, और एक नया फंदा खींचो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg एक बार में एक टाँका। एक मत गिराओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg जब पंक्ति पूरी हो, काम को पलटो। फिर रुक जाओ। नया रंग शुरू मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg सुई पर हर टाँका गिनो। हर एक को छुओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg हर पंक्ति गिनो। कागज़ पर एक निशान काफ़ी है। हर पंक्ति पर एक निशान। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg अगर गिनती गलत है, रुक जाओ और देखो। काम को अलग मत खींचो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg टाँके बंद करो। दो टाँके बुनो। पहले को दूसरे के ऊपर उठाकर सुई से उतारो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg एक और बुनो। पहले को फिर उसके ऊपर उठाओ। अंत तक करते जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg किनारा न फैले। अगर खींचने पर खुल जाए, सिर्फ़ इस किनारे को फिर से करो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg टुकड़े को तब तक बुनो जब तक वह उतना ऊँचा न हो जितना चौड़ा है। जानने के लिए गिनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg इसे मेज़ पर रखो। एक वर्ग, जो सपाट पड़ा रहे। अगर यह मुड़ता है, आख़िरी पंक्तियाँ देखो, पूरा टुकड़ा नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg जब यह सपाट पड़ा रहे, रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg एक पंक्ति सीधी। अगली पंक्ति उल्टी है। उल्टी में सूत सामने है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg जानो कि तुम किस पंक्ति पर हो। सीधी, फिर उल्टी, फिर सीधी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg एक पंक्ति में इन्हें मत मिलाओ। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg एक धारी। किनारे तक बुनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg किनारे पर रंग बदलो। नया सूत वहीं बाँधो। बीच में मत बदलो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg नए रंग की एक धारी बुनो। फिर रुक जाओ। एक धारी, कई नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg कुछ गलत हो गया। सिर्फ़ आख़िरी पंक्ति देखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg आख़िरी पंक्ति से सुई निकालो, एक-एक टाँका करके, उस पंक्ति तक जो सही थी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg काम को अलग मत खींचो। उस पंक्ति को फिर से बुनो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg पंक्ति की शुरुआत में टाँके गिनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg पंक्ति के अंत में उन्हें गिनो। गिनती मिलती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg अगर नहीं मिलती, आख़िरी पंक्ति में एक कम या एक ज़्यादा हो गया। सिर्फ़ उस पंक्ति को ठीक करो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg एक आयत बुनो। चौड़ाई से लंबा। एक कपड़ा, एक पट्टी, पुस्तक का चिह्न। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg दोनों सिरे गिनो, ताकि वे बराबर हों। ऐसे टाँके बंद करो कि किनारा न फैले। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg तुम इसका उपयोग कर सकते हो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg दो किनारे जो मिलने चाहिए। उन्हें साथ पकड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg उन्हें जोड़ो। ऊन की सुई दोनों किनारों से, एक-एक टाँका। या अगर वे अभी सुइयों पर हैं, तो साथ बुनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg जब दो किनारे एक हों, जोड़ हो गया। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg एक तैयार चीज़। वर्ग, आयत, या जोड़ा हुआ टुकड़ा। नया काम नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg इसे नाम दो। नाम 'बुनाई' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg तुम कल एक और टुकड़ा शुरू कर सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना कि क्या करना है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg गिने हुए टाँके चढ़ाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg पहली पंक्तियाँ बुनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। काम को खींचकर अलग मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg एक वर्ग, जो सपाट पड़ा रहे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg सीधी और उल्टी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। काम को खींचकर अलग मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg एक धारी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg किनारे पर रंग बदलो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। काम को खींचकर अलग मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg मोटा सूत जो पहले से है। एक बड़ा क्रोशिया। इस कक्षा के लिए किट मत खरीदो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg एक हाथ में सूत पकड़ो। दूसरे हाथ में क्रोशिया पकड़ो। एक फंदा बनाओ। फंदा क्रोशिया पर बैठा है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg यही शुरुआत है। फिर रुक जाओ। अभी जंजीर मत बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg सूत क्रोशिया के ऊपर डालो। जो फंदा पहले से वहाँ है, उसमें से एक नया फंदा खींचो। यही एक जंजीर है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg अगली जंजीर भी ऐसे ही बनाओ। उन्हें इतना ढीला रखो कि दिखें। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg जब एक जंजीर हो जिसे तुम गिन सकते हो, रुक जाओ। अभी उसमें वापस काम मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg पंक्ति से पहले जंजीरें गिनो। हर एक को छुओ। जो फंदा अभी क्रोशिया पर है, उसे मत गिनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg संख्या लिखो। कागज़ पर एक निशान काफ़ी है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg अगर गिनती खो जाए, फिर से गिनो। जंजीर को अलग मत खींचो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg क्रोशिया अगली जंजीर में डालो। सूत लपेटो। एक फंदा खींचो। फिर सूत लपेटो। क्रोशिया के दोनों फंदों से खींचो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg हर जंजीर में एक टाँका। मत छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg जब पंक्ति पूरी हो, रुक जाओ। अभी मत पलटो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg पंक्ति खत्म करो। हर जंजीर में एक टाँका। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg पंक्ति को मेज़ पर रखो। यह सपाट पड़ी रहनी चाहिए। अगर यह तंग रस्सी की तरह मुड़ जाए, टाँके बहुत कसे थे। सिर्फ़ इस पंक्ति को देखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg जब यह सपाट पड़ी रहे, रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg काम को पलटो। क्रोशिया आख़िरी फंदे में ही रहता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg एक जंजीर बनाओ। वह जंजीर पलटने की जंजीर है। वह टाँका नहीं है जिसे तुम गिनते हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg वापस जाओ। जो पंक्ति अभी बनाई, उसके हर टाँके में एक टाँका। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg दो पंक्तियाँ। हर एक के अंत पर पलटो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg किनारे बराबर रखो। पंक्ति की शुरुआत और अंत पर वही टाँका। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg अगर एक किनारा अंदर खिंच जाए, एक टाँका छूट गया। सिर्फ़ आख़िरी पंक्ति को ठीक करो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg जब तक टुकड़ा उतना ऊँचा न हो जितना चौड़ा, करते रहो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg टाँके गिनो। हर पंक्ति में वही संख्या। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg नीचे रखो। एक वर्ग। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg एक धारी। पंक्ति के अंत तक काम करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg किनारे पर अगला रंग बाँधो। बीच में मत बदलो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg नए रंग की एक पंक्ति काम करो। फिर रुक जाओ। एक धारी, कई नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg सूत काटो। एक सिरा छोड़ो जिसे तुम पकड़ सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg सिरा आख़िरी फंदे से खींचो। इसे ठीक से खींचो। फंदा बंद हो जाता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg काम क्रोशिया से उतर गया है। फिर रुक जाओ। नया टुकड़ा शुरू मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg उसी तरह दूसरा वर्ग बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg दोनों गिनो। टाँकों की वही संख्या। पंक्तियों की वही संख्या। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg एक ही आकार के दो वर्ग। फिर रुक जाओ। अभी उन्हें मत जोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg एक चीज़ जिसे तुम इस्तेमाल कर सकते हो। वर्ग, या दो वर्ग एक साथ रखकर एक कपड़ा। नया काम नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg इसे नाम दो। नाम 'क्रोशिया' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg तुम कल एक और टुकड़ा शुरू कर सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना कि क्या करना है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg एक भोथरी सुई। मोटा धागा जो पहले से है। इस कक्षा के लिए किट मत खरीदो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg एक हाथ में सुई पकड़ो। सुई में धागा डालो। धागे के सिरे पर गाँठ बाँधो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg गाँठ सिरे पर है। फिर रुक जाओ। अभी सिलाई मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg कपड़े का एक टुकड़ा। सुई को पीछे से आरपार धकेलो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg धागे को अंत तक खींचो, जब तक गाँठ उसे न रोक दे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg सुई सामने है। फिर रुक जाओ। अभी दूसरा छेद मत बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg एक टाँका। जहाँ से ऊपर आए, वहाँ से थोड़ी दूर फिर नीचे जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg धागे को आरपार खींचो। अंदर, फिर बाहर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg टाँका सपाट पड़ा है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg एक सीधी रेखा। अगला टाँका पहले जितना ही बड़ा बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg टाँकों को एक रेखा पर रखो। इधर-उधर मत जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg टाँके एक ही आकार के हैं। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg एक सादा टाँका। रेखा के साथ-साथ अंदर और बाहर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg बराबर फासले। टाँका और खाली जगह लगभग एक जैसे हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg इतना ज़ोर से मत खींचो कि कपड़े पर सिलवटें पड़ जाएँ। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg कपड़े के कोने तक आओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg मुड़ो। अगला टाँका कोने से निकलकर अगली भुजा के साथ जाता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg रेखा बराबर रहती है। कोना मत सिकोड़ो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg कपड़े के दो टुकड़े। एक किनारा दूसरे पर रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg उन्हें उसी एक किनारे के साथ-साथ सिलो। सुई दोनों टुकड़ों से गुज़रती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg सिर्फ़ एक किनारा। फिर रुक जाओ। बाकी तरफ़ें अभी मत सिलो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg एक वर्ग। एक कोने से शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg चारों ओर वही टाँका। हर कोना एक ही तरह मुड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg जहाँ से शुरू किया, वहाँ लौटकर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg एक पैबंद। बड़े टुकड़े पर कपड़े का एक छोटा टुकड़ा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg इसे ऊपर सिलो। सुई पैबंद और उसके नीचे के कपड़े से होकर जाती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg किनारे नीचे रहते हैं। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg सिरा बाँधो। कपड़े पर एक छोटी गाँठ बनाओ, ताकि आख़िरी टाँका बाहर न खिंच सके। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg धागा छोटा काटो। सिर्फ़ थोड़ा सा सिरा छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg सुई आज़ाद है। फिर रुक जाओ। नई सीवन शुरू मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg उसी तरह दूसरा वर्ग बनाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg टाँके गिनो। एक ही आकार के दो वर्ग। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी उन्हें एक साथ मत सिलो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg एक चीज़ जिसे तुम इस्तेमाल कर सकते हो। वर्ग, पैबंद, या दो वर्ग एक साथ रखकर एक कपड़ा। नया काम नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg इसे नाम दो। नाम 'सिलाई' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg तुम कल एक और टुकड़ा शुरू कर सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना कि क्या करना है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg हाथ धोओ। साबुन, फिर पानी, फिर उन्हें सुखाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg काउंटर खाली करो। बाहर सिर्फ वही रहता है जिसकी इस प्लेट को ज़रूरत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी आँच मत जलाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg आँच से पहले सब बाहर है। खाना, कड़ाही, थाली, चम्मच, नमक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg पढ़ो कि तुम क्या करोगे। कड़ाही गर्म होने के बाद तुम्हें औज़ार नहीं ढूँढना चाहिए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। बर्नर अभी भी बंद है। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg कड़ाही गर्म है। थोड़ी चर्बी डालो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg चर्बी पतली पड़ती है और चमकती है। यह फुसफुसाता है। यह धुआँ नहीं छोड़ता। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg अगर यह धुआँ छोड़े, आँच बहुत तेज़ है। कड़ाही आँच से हटा दो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg खाना एक परत में जाता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg टुकड़े ढेर नहीं होते। भरी कड़ाही भाप बनाती है। वह भूरी नहीं होती। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी मत पलटो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg इसे छोड़ दो। पपड़ी को समय चाहिए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg इसे मत चुभो। गर्म कड़ाही से दूर मत जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी इसे मत पलटो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg इसे एक बार पलटो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg जो तरफ़ नीचे थी वह भूरी है। अगर वह अभी भी फीकी है, इसे और समय चाहिए था। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। इसे बार-बार मत पलटो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg चखो। फिर नमक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg नमक खाने पर डालो, हवा में नहीं। फिर से चखने तक थोड़ा काफी है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। नमक हिलाते मत रहो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg आँच बंद। कड़ाही बीच को पूरा करती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg बीच कड़ाही में जो गर्मी पहले से है, उससे जमता है। तुम बर्नर फिर से नहीं बढ़ाते। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg इसे आराम करने दो। अभी इसे मत काटो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg कुछ शांत मिनट। जब यह बैठा रहता है, बीच पूरा होता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg रस थाली पर रहते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg उन्हें चम्मच से खाने पर डालो। सिंक में मत उड़ेलो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg कड़ाही ठंडी होती है, फिर तुम इसे धोते हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg ठंडे पानी में गर्म कड़ाही मुड़ सकती है। रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg एक थाली। नया पकवान नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg इसे नाम दो। नाम 'खाना बनाना' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg तुम कल एक और थाली पका सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना कि क्या करना है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg अगर बर्तन उबलेगा तो काली मिर्च अंत में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg नमक के साथ, उसकी जगह नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg जीरा, खिलाया, फिर धनिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg फलियाँ, चावल, या मेमना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg धनिया का बीज, कुचला। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg इसे कॉफ़ी के रंग तक मत भूनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg पप्रिका जल्दी खिलती है और उससे जल्दी जलती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg लहसुन बाद में, वरना लहसुन जलता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg धुएँ वाली पप्रिका। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg धुआँ ही मसाला है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg केयेन अंत में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg दूसरे मसाले से कम। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg जले तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg लाल मिर्च के टुकड़े चर्बी में, फिर आँच से बाहर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg लहसुन उनके साथ आ सकता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg जले तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg मिर्च पाउडर पहले से जीरा, लहसुन, और मिर्च है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg और जीरा डालने से पहले चखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg दालचीनी चर्बी में नमक की एक चुटकी के साथ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg फल, कद्दू, या मांस में थोड़ा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg अदरक, ताज़ा या सूखा, लहसुन के साथ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg सूखा ज़्यादा तेज़ है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg हल्दी दाग लगाती है और बहुत देर तले तो कड़वी हो जाती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg काली मिर्च मदद करती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg लहसुन पाउडर सूखी कड़ाही में जलता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg इसे चर्बी में डालो, फिर खाना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg प्याज़ पाउडर तला प्याज़ नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg इसे आधार के लिए लो, फिर पकवान पर नमक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg ओरेगैनो टमाटर सॉस में जल्दी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg सूखा ताज़ी चुटकी से ज़्यादा तेज़ है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg तुलसी अंत में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg गरमी इसे उड़ा देती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg थाइम जल्दी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg इसे समय चाहिए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg रोज़मेरी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg इसे काटो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg तेज पत्ता तरल में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg एक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg निकालो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg जायफल। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg मलाई, पालक, या आलू पर एक खुरचन। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg लौंग। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg एक या दो प्याज़ में गड़ी, या पिसी एक चुटकी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg ऑलस्पाइस। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg वहीं रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg इलायची, फली फोड़ी, या पिसी एक चुटकी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg चावल, कॉफ़ी, या फल। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg सरसों के दाने गरम चर्बी में जब तक पहला फूटे, फिर खाना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg हल्दी पीछे आ सकती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg सौंफ, कुचली। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg टमाटर या सूअर का मांस। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg सोआ अंत में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg नींबू। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg कारवे, कुचला, लहसुन के साथ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg पत्तागोभी, सूअर का मांस, या राई। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg सेलरी के बीज। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg एक चुटकी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg तिल भूनो जब तक खुशबू आए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg नमक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg खसखस नहीं खिलता। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg मक्खन और नींबू। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg केसर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg तार, सस्ती शीशी का पाउडर नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg धीमी पकाई या शोरबे में एक चक्रफूल। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg अदरक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg निकालो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg सुमाक आँच से हटाकर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg यही खट्टा है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg मेथी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg एक चुटकी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg कलौंजी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg इसे मत जलाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg पुदीना अंत में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg नींबू। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg सेज मक्खन में कुछ सेकंड तली, फिर कद्दू या सूअर के मांस पर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg काली मिर्च। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg तारगोन अंत में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg नींबू। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg मार्जोरम। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg जहाँ ओरेगैनो चिल्लाए वहाँ इसे लो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg अजमोद अंत में नींबू के साथ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg यह ताज़ा है, खिलाने वाला मसाला नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg हरा धनिया अंत में नीबू के साथ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg अगर साबुन जैसा लगे, तो यह जड़ी है, रसोइया नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg लेमनग्रास, मसला हुआ, सूप में, फिर बाहर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg अदरक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg निकालो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg सौंफ का बीज। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg एक चुटकी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg जावित्री। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg मलाई सॉस या आलू में एक चुटकी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg जुनिपर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg तीन कुचलो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg जले तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg सिचुआन मिर्च भूनो जब तक खुशबू आए, फिर कुचलो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg अदरक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg जले तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg अलेप्पो मिर्च आँच से हटाकर। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg हल्की। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg चिपोटले। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg धुआँ और तीखापन। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg जले तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg करी पाउडर एक मिश्रण है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg इसे खिलाओ, फिर खाना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg गरम मसाला अंत के लिए एक मिश्रण है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg बर्तन में पहले से जीरा और धनिया हो सकते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg पंच मसाला एक मिश्रण है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg एक चुटकी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg धुआँ हो तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg दो बार नापो। एक बार निशान लगाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg अगर दोनों नाप मेल नहीं खाते, फिर नापो। अंदाज़े का निशान मत लगाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी मत काटो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg तख्ते के आर-पार रेखा समकोण खींचो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg समकोण किनारे से कसकर सटा रहता है। रेखा सतह के आर-पार जाती है और किनारे से नीचे जाती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी मत काटो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg काम पर शिकंजा लगाओ। तुम्हारा हाथ शिकंजा नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg अगर तख्ता सरक सकता है, कट भटक जाएगा। शिकंजा कस दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। लकड़ी स्थिर होने तक आरा शुरू मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg रेखा की बेकार तरफ काटो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg पेंसिल की रेखा उस टुकड़े पर रहती है, जिसे तुम रख रहे हो। आरे के दाँत बेकार हिस्सा ले जाते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। रेखा को काटकर मत हटाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg आरा को काम करने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg हल्का धक्का। अगर तुम्हें उस पर झुकना पड़े, तो आरा भोथरा है या कोण गलत है। रुक जाओ और फिर से रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg कटा टुकड़ा थामो, ताकि आखिरी रेशा न फटे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg एक हाथ या दूसरा सहारा बेकार टुकड़े को थामता है। गिरने मत दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg कट को समकोण से जाँचो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg समकोण सतह पर और कटे सिरे पर बैठता है। समकोण के नीचे रोशनी का मतलब है, कट समकोण नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। गलती को देखे बिना मत रेतो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg रेखा तक रेतो। उससे आगे नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg रेशे के साथ रेतो। अगर रेखा से आगे रेतो, टुकड़ा छोटा हो जाता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg धूल पोंछो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg दो सतहें मिलती हैं। जोड़ से रोशनी नहीं जाती। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg उन्हें साथ पकड़ो और सीवन के साथ देखो। रोशनी का मतलब फाँक है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। फाँक पर गोंद मत लगाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg गोंद, फिर शिकंजा। एक पतली लकीर निकलती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg बहुत गोंद जोड़ को ज़्यादा मज़बूत नहीं करता। लकीर पोंछो। जोड़ को सूखा मत छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg यह जम जाता है। फिर जोड़ को बराबर रेतो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg गीले गोंद को मत रेतो। जब तक जोड़ सख्त न हो, रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg एक टुकड़ा। नया काम नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg इसे एक नाम दो। नाम 'लकड़ी' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg तुम कल एक और टुकड़ा शुरू कर सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना कि क्या करना है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg जो रोशनी सच में है, उसके लिए पौधा चुनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg धूप वाला पौधा अँधेरे कमरे में सिर्फ़ चाहने से नहीं उगेगा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी मत बोओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg मिट्टी पानी छोड़ती है। गमले को एक छेद चाहिए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg अगर पानी गमले में रुका रहे, जड़ें सड़ जाती हैं। भरने से पहले छेद देखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg पैकेट की गहराई पर बोओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg अगर पैकेट नहीं है, छोटे बीज पर पतली परत आती है। बड़ा बीज और गहरा जाता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg मिट्टी दबाओ। बीज के नीचे हवा की जेब नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg हल्के से दबाओ। बहुत सख्त मिट्टी पानी और हवा को बाहर रखती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg एक बार पानी दो, गहरा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg पानी छेद से निकलने तक दो। फिर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg फिर पानी से पहले ऊपर सूखने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg एक उँगली डालो। अगर ऊपर अभी भी नम है, उसे छोड़ दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg अंकुर को पानी से ज़्यादा रोशनी चाहिए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg एक फीका, खिंचा अंकुर रोशनी माँग रहा है। उसे सरकाओ। उसे मत डुबाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg पैकेट की दूरी तक छांटो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg सबसे मज़बूत अंकुर रहता है। बाकी बाहर आते हैं। भीड़ वाले पौधे छोटे रहते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg असली पत्तों के बाद ही खाद। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg ज़्यादा उन्हें जलाता है। थोड़ा, फिर रुक जाओ। पहले दो पत्ते असली पत्ते नहीं हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg कुछ छिड़कने से पहले कीट हाथ से हटाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg एक कीड़ा बोतल की वजह नहीं। उसे हटा दो। कल फिर देखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg तैयार हो, तब तोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg बहुत इंतज़ार इसे सख्त करता है। बहुत देर छोड़ा पौधा अपने आप को बीज पर खर्च कर देता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg एक फसल। नया बगीचा नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg इसे नाम दो। नाम 'उगाना' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg तुम कल एक और गमला लगा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना कि क्या करना है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg एक खिड़की। यह कटा सिरा है, बीज नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg ताज़ा हरा प्याज़ लो, जड़ों वाला, सूखा हुआ नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg एक खिड़की, फिर धूप। अंकुर पक्का नतीजा है। फलियों को बहुत रोशनी चाहिए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg पूरी सूखी फली लो: राजमा, काली, धब्बेदार, या सूखी हरी फली। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg एक खिड़की। फसल शायद पत्तियाँ हैं। मोटी लहसुन की गाँठ नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg एक कड़ी कली। छिलका रहने दो। नोक ऊपर, जड़ वाला चपटा सिरा नीचे, लगभग दो सेंटीमीटर गहरा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg एक खिड़की। कुछ छोटी पत्तियाँ, दुकान की दूसरी गड्डी नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg ताज़ा निचला हिस्सा लो, भूरा और चिपचिपा नहीं। दिल के लगभग तीन सेंटीमीटर छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg एक खिड़की। रोमेन जैसा तरीका, और धीमा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg ताज़ा निचला हिस्सा, लगभग तीन सेंटीमीटर ऊँचा, एक उथली थाली में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg एक गर्म खिड़की। एक पौधा मिलता है, जिसे काट सकते हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg तुलसी को गर्म कमरा चाहिए। छोटे बीज नम मिट्टी पर बिखेरो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg एक गर्म खिड़की। फल को असली धूप और बड़ा गमला चाहिए। पत्तियाँ कभी खाना नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg पूरा पका टमाटर लो। बीज और जेली एक कप में थोड़े पानी के साथ डालो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg एक गर्म खिड़की। शिमला मिर्च को टमाटर से ज़्यादा गर्मी चाहिए, और ज़्यादा समय। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg पकी शिमला मिर्च से बीज लो। किण्वन छोड़ सकते हो। उन्हें सुखाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg एक गहरा गमला। पौधा संभव है। आलू का बोरा नहीं, जब तक गमला गहरा न हो और तुम महीने न रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg कई बड़ी दुकान के आलू ऐसे बनाए गए हैं कि न फूटें। तीन हफ़्ते में कुछ न हो, तो यही वजह है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg घर का एक पेड़। फल एक शायद है, सालों बाद, और खट्टा या अलग हो सकता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg नींबू या संतरे का ताज़ा बीज बोओ। मेज़ पर सूख गया बीज अक्सर असफल होता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg घर का एक पेड़। अंदर फल दुर्लभ है, साल लगते हैं, और वह वैसा नहीं होगा जो तुमने खरीदा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg गुठली धोओ। चौड़ा, ज़्यादा चपटा सिरा नीचे है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg एक पौधा, चेरी का कटोरा नहीं। ठंडी जगह बाहर चेरी का पेड़ फल देता है, सालों बाद, और अक्सर उसे दूसरा पेड़ चाहिए। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg गुठली रगड़ो जब तक गूदा न बचे। बचा गूदा फफूँदी बनता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg एक खिड़की। हरे पत्ते, दूसरी गाजर नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg ताज़ी गाजर से पत्तियाँ काटो। नारंगी सिरे का लगभग एक सेंटीमीटर रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg एक खिड़की। पत्तियाँ, दूसरा चुकंदर नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg हरे पत्ते काटो। चुकंदर का लगभग एक सेंटीमीटर रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg एक खिड़की। यह कटा सिरा है, बीज नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg ताज़ा लीक लो, निचला हिस्सा लगा हो, सूखी हुई नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg एक खिड़की। कुछ छोटी पत्तियाँ, दुकान की दूसरी गड्डी नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg ताज़ा निचला हिस्सा लो, भूरा और चिपचिपा नहीं। दिल के लगभग तीन सेंटीमीटर छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg एक खिड़की। ढीली पत्तियाँ, दूसरी कसी गड्डी नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg ताज़ा निचला हिस्सा, लगभग तीन सेंटीमीटर ऊँचा, एक उथली थाली में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg एक खिड़की। पंखदार पत्तियाँ, दूसरी गाँठ नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg सौंफ की गाँठ का निचला हिस्सा लो। कटी डंडियाँ अकेली कम करती हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg एक गर्म खिड़की। फसल एक झुंड है। इस महीने मुट्ठी भर डंठल नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg ऐसा डंठल लो जिसका कड़ा फीका निचला हिस्सा अभी लगा हो। सूखी लकड़ी जड़ नहीं पकड़ेगी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg घर का पौधा। अंदर फल दुर्लभ है, और अगर आए तो साल लगते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg ताज़े अनानास का मुकुट मरोड़कर उतारो। निचले हिस्से से फल का गूदा काटो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg एक धूप वाला गमला। जड़ ही फसल है, अगर ठंडा रहे और हर पौधे को जगह हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg हाथ जितना गहरा गमला, छेद वाला। नम मिट्टी, पोखर नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg एक रोशन गमला। पत्तियाँ, दुकान की कसी गड्डी नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg बीज छोटा है। उसे नम मिट्टी पर बिखेरो। उसे दबाओ, या मिट्टी की हल्की धूल से ढको। गहरे दबे तो असफल। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg एक ठंडा गमला। पत्तियाँ, गर्म देहली पर गर्मी की फसल नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg लगभग एक सेंटीमीटर गहरा बोओ, छेद वाले गमले में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg एक रोशन गमला। पत्तियाँ ही फसल हैं। गर्मी उन्हें खत्म करती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg बीज गोल है। लगभग एक सेंटीमीटर गहरा बोओ, उसी गमले में जिसे तुम रखोगे। उसे जगह बदलना अच्छा नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg छेद वाला गमला। एक झुंड, जिसे सालों काट सकते हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg बीज धीमा है। मिट्टी नम रखो। अंकुर अक्सर दस से बीस दिन। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg एक रोशन गमला। एक डंठल, बीज नहीं। बीज अक्सर एक कमज़ोर पौधा उगाता है, जो वह पुदीना नहीं जिसे तुमने सूँघा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg एक ताज़ा डंठल काटो। नीचे की पत्तियाँ खींचकर उतारो। सूखी लकड़ी जड़ नहीं पकड़ेगी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg एक धूप वाला गमला। फलियाँ ही फसल हैं। बर्तन में अंकुर दूसरा पाठ है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg पूरी सूखी झाड़ीदार फली लो। बेल वाली फली नहीं, जब तक तुम ऊँची छड़ी न दो। टूटी मटर नहीं। डिब्बे की फली नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg एक ठंडा गमला। फलियाँ, अगर मौसम ठंडा रहे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg पूरे मटर के बीज लो, टूटी मटर नहीं। टूटी मटर मरी हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg बाहर, या कम से कम बीस सेंटीमीटर गहरा गमला। जड़ ही फसल है। यह थाली में गाजर का सिरा नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg ढीली मिट्टी, पत्थर या कड़े ढेले नहीं। वे जड़ को फाँक देते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg बाहर, या कम से कम बीस सेंटीमीटर गहरा गमला। एक जड़, और पत्तियाँ। यह थाली में चुकंदर का सिरा नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg हर बीज की गोली कई अंकुर बना सकती है। लगभग दो सेंटीमीटर गहरा बोओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg बाहर, या छेद वाला बड़ा गमला। पत्तियाँ, लंबे समय तक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg लगभग एक सेंटीमीटर गहरा बोओ। अंकुर अक्सर पाँच से दस दिन में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg बाहर। सेट बीज से आसान है। बीज को गाँठ बनने में महीने लगते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg सेट नोक ऊपर, जड़ वाला सिरा नीचे, लगभग दस सेंटीमीटर के फ़ासले पर लगाओ। नोक बस दिखती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg एक बड़ा गमला या ज़मीन, चढ़ने को कुछ के साथ। खिड़की की देहली नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg मिट्टी गर्म होने के बाद लगभग दो सेंटीमीटर गहरा बोओ। ठंडी गीली मिट्टी बीज सड़ाती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg ज़मीन, या बहुत बड़ा गमला। एक पौधा बहुत बड़ा हो जाता है। दो बहुत ज़्यादा हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg मिट्टी गर्म होने के बाद लगभग दो सेंटीमीटर गहरा बोओ। ठंडी गीली मिट्टी बीज सड़ाती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg बाहर, गर्म मिट्टी में। गमला नहीं, और एक पौधा नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg एक चौक लगाओ, हर ओर कम से कम चार पौधे। पराग ऊपर की मंजरी से भुट्टों के रेशों पर गिरता है। एक कतार, या एक पौधा, अक्सर खाली भुट्टे बनाता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg एक पौधा या एक रनर। बीज धीमा है, और ज़्यादातर बीज से उगे पौधे पहले साल फल नहीं देते। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg धूप वाली ज़मीन, या छेद वाला गमला। अँधेरी खिड़की नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg बाहर, पूरी धूप में। एक फूल, और बीज अगर गर्मी काफ़ी लंबी हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg मिट्टी गर्म होने के बाद लगभग दो सेंटीमीटर गहरा बोओ। अंकुर अक्सर सात से चौदह दिन में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg धूप, और गर्म मिट्टी। वे एक गर्मी में खत्म हो जाते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg बीज को बस थोड़ा ढको। ठंडी गीली मिट्टी उसे सड़ाती है, या बीज बस बैठा रहता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg धूप। वे एक गर्मी में खत्म होते हैं, और पाले तक फूल देते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg कमज़ोर मिट्टी ज़्यादा फूल बनाती है। उपजाऊ मिट्टी बहुत सारी पत्तियाँ बनाती है और कम फूल। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg बगीचे का गेंदा। कैलेंडुला नहीं। वह अगला पाठ है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg धूप। मिट्टी गर्म होने के बाद बीज को बस थोड़ा ढको। अंकुर अक्सर पाँच से दस दिन में। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg पॉट मैरीगोल्ड। पिछले पाठ का बगीचे का गेंदा नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg ठंडे मौसम का फूल। गर्मी इसे रोक सकती है। ठंडी गर्मी ठीक जगह है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg एक बड़ा बीज, गर्म मिट्टी में लगभग दो सेंटीमीटर गहरा। एक गमला या ज़मीन। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg वे फैलते हैं। कमज़ोर मिट्टी ज़्यादा फूल बनाती है। उपजाऊ मिट्टी पत्तियाँ बनाती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg वह मटर नहीं, जो तुम खाते हो। वह दूसरा पौधा है, और दूसरा पाठ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg इन्हें ठंडा मौसम अच्छा लगता है। गर्मी फूल रोकती है। ठंडी गर्मी इनके लिए ठीक हो सकती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg एक जड़, बीज नहीं। आँखें जड़ पर गुलाबी कलियाँ हैं। वे ऊपर की तरफ़ हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg इसे ऐसे लगाओ कि आँखों पर लगभग पाँच सेंटीमीटर से ज़्यादा मिट्टी न हो। उससे ज़्यादा गहरा, तो पत्तियाँ आ सकती हैं और फूल कभी नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg कैमरा उठाने से पहले तय करो, तस्वीर किसकी है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg अगर एक छोटी लाइन में नहीं कह सकते, तो अभी लेने को तैयार नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी तस्वीर मत लो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg सेटिंग छूने से पहले पैर हिलाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg बाईं ओर एक कदम, एक बटन से ज़्यादा तस्वीर बदलता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg पास जाओ। अधिकतर तस्वीरों में विषय के आसपास बहुत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg अगर फ़्रेम में तीन अतिरिक्त चीज़ें नाम ले सको, एक क़दम और पास लो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg क्षितिज समतल है, जब तक तुम न चाहो कि वह न हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg झुकी मेज़ गलती जैसी लगती है। रेखा सपाट होने तक फ़ोन झुकाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg जो हिस्सा मायने रखता है, उस पर फ़ोकस करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg उस हिस्से पर टैप करो। अगर पीछे साफ़ है और चीज़ धुंधली है, तो तुमने गलत जगह टैप की। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg एक मज़बूत आकार। पाँच चीज़ें लड़ती नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg अगर समझाना पड़े कि तस्वीर किस चीज़ की है, तस्वीर पूरी नहीं हुई। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg पल का इंतज़ार करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg जो तस्वीर इसलिए ली कि तुम अधीर थे, वही तुम मिटाते हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg जिसने सहमति नहीं दी, वह तस्वीर में नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg पहले पूछो। सिर हिलाकर हाँ गिना जाता है। चुप रहना नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg जिस चीज़ के लिए आए, उसके लिए प्रकाश दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg पीछे को जाने दो। चीज़ के पीछे चमकती खिड़की चीज़ को छाया बना देती है। मुड़ जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg एक ही चीज़ की तीन तस्वीरें। एक रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg बाकी दो जाती हैं। ज़्यादा तस्वीरें एक बेहतर नहीं बनातीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg केवल उसे काटो, जो विषय से लड़ता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg काटना, एक करीब की तस्वीर गढ़ने का तरीका नहीं है, जो तुमने ली नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg एक तस्वीर। उनका रोल नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg इसे नाम दो। नाम 'कैमरा' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg तुम कल एक और तस्वीर ले सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना कि क्या करना है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg वह वाद्य चुनो, जिसका सच में अभ्यास करोगे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg वह पियानो, जिस तक तुम पहुँच नहीं सकते, वह वाद्य नहीं है। हाथ, एक ढोल, एक गिटार जो पहले से है, सब गिनती में हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी गाना मत बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg सुर से पहले शरीर आसान है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg अगर कंधे कानों तक ऊपर हों, सुर तंग रहेगा। उन्हें नीचे करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg एक सुर, साफ़। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg साफ़ सुर वह है जिसका शुरू और रुकना सुनाई दे। अतिरिक्त शोर उसका हिस्सा नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg एक स्थिर ताल, जिसे थपथपा सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg अगर थपथपाहट तेज़ हो जाए, तो अभी ताल नहीं है। धीमा करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg वही वाक्यांश, हल्का, फिर पूरा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg पूरा उतना ज़ोर नहीं जितना कमरा ले ले। कान दुखें, तो बहुत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg विराम बजाया जाता है। उसे मत भरो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg ख़ामोशी एक ताल है जिसे गिनते हो। अगर उस पर बजा दिया, तो उसे छोड़ दिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg पाँच सुर जिन्हें तुम फिर पा सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg बजाओ। नज़र हटाओ। वही पाँच ढूँढो। न मिलें, तो अभी तुम्हारे नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg चार खंड। खंड रेखा पर रुक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg पाँचवाँ मत जोड़ो। रुकना वाक्यांश का हिस्सा है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg साफ़ होने तक धीमा। तेज़ बाद में आता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg तेज़ गड़बड़ वाक्यांश अभ्यास नहीं। यह आदत है, जिसे उलटना पड़ेगा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg एक टेक रिकॉर्ड करो। एक बार सुनो। एक चीज़ ठीक करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg पाँच बार सुनकर पाँच चीज़ें मत ठीक करो। एक चीज़, फिर दोबारा बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg बीस मिनट। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg दुखता हाथ इस बात का सबूत नहीं कि तुमने काम किया। यही रुकने की वजह है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg एक वाक्यांश, जिसे कल बजा सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg इसे नाम दो। नाम 'संगीत' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg तुम उन सुरों को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg आवाज़ से पहले शरीर आसान है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg अगर कंधे कानों तक ऊपर हों, सुर तंग रहेगा। उन्हें नीचे करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। अभी गाना मत गाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg साँस सुर शुरू करती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg पहले हवा लो। अगर आवाज़ शुरू करो और फिर हवा ढूँढो, तो सुर काँपता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg एक स्वर, केंद्र में। गले से धक्का नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg गला कसे, तो धक्का दे रहे हो। और नरम, और स्वर बीच में रहे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg सुर पाओ, फिर उसे थामो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg थामा सुर जो फिसले, अभी नहीं मिला। फिर से पाओ, फिर थामो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg शब्द पहली कोशिश पर सुनाई देता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg अगर सुनने वाले को पूछना पड़े कि तुमने क्या गाया, शब्द पूरा नहीं हुआ था। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg वही पंक्ति, हल्की, फिर पूरी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg पूरी उतना ज़ोर नहीं जितना कमरा सह ले। चक्कर आए, तो हवा बहुत देर रोकी। रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg विराम ख़ामोशी है। उसे मत भरो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg विराम में साँस लो। अगर उसमें गाओ, तो वह छूट गया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg ऊँचा सुर तैयार है, झपटा नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg अगर पहुँचो और गला झपटे, तैयार नहीं थे। पहले वाले सुर से उसमें कदम रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg एक पद रिकॉर्ड करो। एक बार सुनो। एक चीज़ ठीक करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg पाँच बार सुनकर पाँच चीज़ें मत ठीक करो। एक चीज़, फिर उसे फिर से गाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg बीस मिनट। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg दुखता गला इस बात का सबूत नहीं कि तुमने काम किया। यही रुकने की वजह है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg शब्द ऐसे गाओ, जैसे तुम्हारा मतलब वही हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg अगर शब्द सिर्फ़ आवाज़ हैं, तो तुमने उन्हें अभी गाया नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg एक पद, जिसे कल गा सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg इसे नाम दो। नाम 'गाना' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg तुम उस पद को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg एक सच्ची बात। पसंद के गीत का भेष नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg अगर यह पंक्ति रेडियो के किसी भी गीत की हो सकती है, तो वह भेष है। जो सच में देखा, वहीं से शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg शीर्षक गीत का वादा है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg ऊपर लिखो। अगर पद वह वादा नहीं निभाते, तो शीर्षक झूठ है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg कोरस वह वादा एक या दो पंक्तियों में कहता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg दो पंक्तियाँ सीमा हैं। जिस कोरस को अनुच्छेद चाहिए, वह पद है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg धुन गुनगुनाओ। लिपि न हो, तो ताल सादे शब्दों में लिखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg लंबा, छोटा, छोटा काफी है। जो नोट पढ़ नहीं सकते, उनका चित्र मदद नहीं करता। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg पहला पद दृश्य है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg कौन है वहाँ, और क्या दिखता है। एहसास अभी मत समझाओ। दृश्य वह करता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg कोरस बिना बदले लौटता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg अगर दूसरी बार फिर लिखो, तो कोरस नहीं। दो पद हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg दूसरा पद कीमत बढ़ाता है, या मोड़। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg कुछ और कठिन है, या कोई मन बदलता है। अगर कुछ नहीं बदला, तो वह फिर पहला पद है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg पुल वैकल्पिक है। एक पंक्ति, जो कोरस ने नहीं कही। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg ज़रूरत न हो, तो मत लिखो। पुल तीसरा पद नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg शैली ताल और शब्द है, भेष नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg जो ताल तुम्हारे मतलब की है, उसे थपथपाओ। अगर शब्द सिर्फ़ किसी और की आवाज़ में चलते हैं, तो वे अभी तुम्हारे नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg उधार की पकड़ नहीं। दूसरा गीत सुनाई दे, तो पंक्ति फिर शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg रेडियो से याद की पकड़ तुम्हारी नहीं। अपने शीर्षक से अगली पंक्ति लिखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg कोरस रिकॉर्ड करो। एक बार सुनो। एक शब्द ठीक करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg पाँच बार सुनकर पाँच शब्द मत ठीक करो। एक शब्द, फिर आज के लिए हो गया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg एक गीत, जिसे कल गा सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg इसे नाम दो। नाम 'गीत लिखना' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg तुम उस कोरस को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg कागज़, या जो टैबलेट पहले से है। कोई खास कार्यक्रम नहीं चाहिए। एक व्यक्ति लिखो। एक नाम काफ़ी है। केवल एक व्यक्ति। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg अगली पंक्ति में लिखो, वह व्यक्ति क्या चाहता है। एक चाह। सूची नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg अगली पंक्ति में एक चीज़ लिखो जो रास्ते में है। एक व्यक्ति, एक तथ्य, या एक सीमा। फिर रुक जाओ। यह पूरी कहानी नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg कक्षा 1 की तीन पंक्तियाँ मेज़ पर छोड़ो। नया पन्ना खोलो। 'यह एक कहानी है' से शुरू मत करो। वहाँ से शुरू करो जहाँ व्यक्ति पहले से एक जगह पर है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg लिखो, वह अभी क्या करता है। एक काम जो दिखे। दरवाज़े पर हाथ, एक क़दम, रखा हुआ कप। उसी क्षण में रहो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg पढ़ो। अगर एक वाक्य सारी ज़िंदगी बताए, या सीख बताए, उसे काट दो। शुरुआत केवल यही क्षण है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg कक्षा 2 की शुरुआत पढ़ो। वह एक क्षण है। नया दृश्य शुरू मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg उस क्षण के खत्म होने से पहले चाह को पन्ने पर रखो। 'वह चाहती थी' मत लिखो। दिखाओ। एक हाथ दरवाज़ा आज़माता है। आँखें उस फ़ोन पर रहती हैं जिसे नहीं उठाया जाता। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg अंतिम पंक्ति तक पढ़ो। अगर पढ़ने वाले को अभी भी नहीं पता व्यक्ति क्या चाहता है, एक काम जोड़ो जो उसे दिखाए। फिर रुक जाओ। बीच शुरू मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg दृश्य पर वापस जाओ। चाह पहले से है। बाधा केवल एक तरह की है: एक व्यक्ति, एक तथ्य, या एक सीमा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg इसे दृश्य में लिखो। एक व्यक्ति ना कहता है। एक तथ्य: बस जा चुकी है। एक सीमा: एक सिक्का है। 'एक समस्या थी' मत लिखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg पढ़ो। अगर बाधा एक से ज़्यादा तरह की हो सकती है, एक रखो और बाक़ी काट दो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg यह बीच है। पहली कोशिश लिखो। वह एक कारण से असफल होती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg दूसरी कोशिश लिखो। वह दूसरे कारण से असफल होती है। पहली असफलता दोहराओ मत। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg दोनों पढ़ो। अगर एक ही कारण से असफल हों, दूसरी बदलो। फिर रुक जाओ। अंत मत लिखो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg दोनों कोशिशें पढ़ो। दोनों असफल हुईं। किस्मत से बचाव मत जोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg मोड़ को एक चुनाव की तरह लिखो। व्यक्ति दो कामों में से एक चुनता है जो वह सच में कर सकता है। उसे कीमत पता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg पढ़ो। अगर रास्ता किस्मत, कोई अजनबी, या मिली हुई चाबी है, उसे काट दो। चुनाव लिखो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg अंत कुछ पंक्तियों में लिखो। या तो उन्हें चाह मिलती है, या पन्ना दिखाता है कि कीमत क्या थी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg नई चाह मत जोड़ो। पहली दृश्य की चाह इस्तेमाल करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg चाह और अंत साथ पढ़ो। अगर अंत चाह भूल जाए, अंत ठीक करो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg दृश्य को अंतिम पंक्ति तक पढ़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg अंतिम पंक्ति को कुछ बदलना होगा। एक तथ्य, एक चुनाव, या जो कोई जानता है। अगर कुछ नहीं बदला, परिवर्तन लिखो। उससे पहले अध्याय खत्म नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg अगर नया दृश्य शुरू हो गया है, उसे काटकर वापस लाओ। परिवर्तन पर समाप्त करो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg एक भावना या तथ्य ढूँढो जिसे तुम समझाने वाले थे। 'वह गुस्से में थी।' 'वह उस पर भरोसा नहीं करता था।' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg इसे किसी के कहने में रखो, या उसके न कहने में। घोषणा मत लिखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg पढ़ो। अगर कथावाचक अभी भी घोषित करता है, वह वाक्य काट दो। बात उसे थामे है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg दृश्य पढ़ो। एक वाक्य चिह्नित करो जो वह समझाता है जो पढ़ने वाले ने पहले ही देखा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg उसे काट दो। काम रहने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg दृश्य फिर पढ़ो। अगर कोई और वाक्य केवल समझाता है, उसे भी काट दो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg पहला पन्ना ज़ोर से पढ़ो। केवल पहला पन्ना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg पहली जगह चिह्नित करो जहाँ व्यक्ति, चाह, या जगह खोई। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg उस जगह को ठीक करो। एक मरम्मत। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg रचना पहली पंक्ति से अंतिम तक पढ़ो। उसमें एक व्यक्ति, एक चाह, एक बाधा, दो कोशिशें, एक चुनाव, और एक अंत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg इसे एक नाम दो। नाम 'कहानी' नहीं है। वह इस रचना की ओर इशारा करता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg यह रचना एक पाठक को दी जा सकती है। यह जानने के लिए यह पन्ना खुला नहीं चाहिए कि यह क्या है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg कागज़ जो पहले से है। एक चीज़ लिखो जिसे तुम बना सको। दुकान नहीं। सूची नहीं। एक चीज़। एक रोटी, एक मरम्मत, एक चित्र, सूप का एक मर्तबान। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg यह एक व्यक्ति के लिए है, सबके लिए नहीं। अगली पंक्ति में लिखो किसके लिए। एक नाम काफ़ी है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg दोनों पंक्तियाँ पढ़ो। तुम इसे पूरा कर सकते हो। अगर नहीं, काट दो और छोटी चीज़ लिखो। फिर रुक जाओ। कीमत मत लिखो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg पिछली कक्षा की वह एक चीज़ देखो। वह एक व्यक्ति के लिए है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg अगली पंक्ति में उस व्यक्ति का नाम लिखो। एक असली व्यक्ति जिससे तुम बात कर सको। सब नहीं। ग्राहक नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg नाम पढ़ो। अगर उसका चेहरा मन में न आए, काट दो और एक ऐसा व्यक्ति लिखो जिसका चेहरा आए। फिर रुक जाओ। कीमत मत लिखो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg जिस व्यक्ति का नाम तुमने लिखा। लिखो, उन्हें क्या चाहिए जो उनके पास नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg यह उस चीज़ से मेल खाना चाहिए जिसे तुम बना सकते हो। नया कारोबार नहीं। एक ज़रूरत। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg ज़रूरत और चीज़ को साथ पढ़ो। अगर मेल न हो, ज़रूरत बदलो या चीज़ बदलो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg पहला बनाओ। जो पहले से है, वही इस्तेमाल करो। दुकान मत खोलो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg इसे पूरा करो। दस की योजना नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg इसे मेज़ पर रखो। यह पहला है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg पहली चीज़ उस व्यक्ति के पास ले जाओ जिसका नाम तुमने लिखा। या एक समय रखो जब वे उसे पकड़ सकें। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg उसे उनके हाथों में दो। पूरी योजना मत समझाओ। उन्हें पकड़ने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg जब वे देखें, पास रहो। फिर रुक जाओ। पैसे मत माँगो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg जब वे इसे थाम लें, उनके कहे शब्द लिखो। उनके शब्द, तुम्हारे नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg अगर उन्होंने कुछ नहीं कहा, जो उन्होंने किया वह लिखो। उन्होंने इसे नीचे रख दिया। वे मुस्कुराए। उन्होंने एक सवाल पूछा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg जो तुमने लिखा, उसे पढ़ो। यह उनकी प्रतिक्रिया है, तुम्हारी उम्मीद नहीं। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg पढ़ो, उन्होंने क्या कहा। एक चीज़ ढूँढो जो उन्होंने माँगी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg उस बनी चीज़ पर वही एक चीज़ बदलो। पाँच चीज़ें नहीं। एक। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg बदलाव हो गया। फिर रुक जाओ। शुरू से मत करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg अपने कागज़ पर लिखो, यह बनाने में तुम पर क्या खर्च हुआ। समय। सामग्री जो पहले से थी। एक चीज़ जो तुमने खत्म कर दी। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg यह तुम्हारे लिए है। यह उनके लिए कीमत नहीं। बेचने की कीमत मत लिखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg पढ़ो। तुम जानते हो, यह तुम पर क्या खर्च हुआ। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg देखो, तुम्हें क्या कीमत पड़ी। एक कीमत तय करो, जो तुम उस एक व्यक्ति को ज़ोर से कह सको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg उस व्यक्ति को कहो, या कमरे को कहने का अभ्यास करो। ज़ोर से। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg इस पन्ने पर कीमत मत टाइप करो। यहाँ नोट में मत टाइप करो। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg लिखो, वे इसे तुमसे कैसे पाते हैं। तुम उनके हाथ में देते हो। वे आकर ले जाते हैं। तुम उनके दरवाज़े पर छोड़ देते हो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg एक तरीका। दुकान नहीं। इस साइट पर भुगतान नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg पढ़ो। एक व्यक्ति उस तरीके पर चल सकता है। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg जिस व्यक्ति के लिए है, उसे बताओ। एक वाक्य। वह चीज़, और कि यह उनके लिए है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg कह दो, या वहाँ लिखो जहाँ वे देखेंगे। सबके लिए पोस्टर नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg एक वाक्य। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg जो तुम्हारे पास है, पढ़ो। एक चीज़। एक व्यक्ति। एक ज़रूरत। एक बनी चीज़। एक तरीका जिससे वे इसे पाते हैं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg पेशकश को नाम दो। नाम "Business" नहीं है। यह इस पेशकश की ओर इशारा करता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg यह पन्ना खुला रखे बिना तुम इसे खरीदार को दे सकते हो। फिर रुक जाओ। कीमत मत टाइप करो। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg एक सफेद कुंजी बजाओ और उसे रुकने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg अगर दबाए रखते हो, तो उसे रुकने नहीं देते। उंगली उठाओ और अंत तक सुनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg चार समान ताल बनाए रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg अगर ताल तेज़ हो जाए, तो अभी ताल नहीं है। धीमा करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg वही कुंजी ज़ोर से बजाओ, फिर धीमे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg धीमा अब भी वही कुंजी है। कान दुखें, तो बहुत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg एक ऊँची कुंजी बजाओ, फिर एक नीची। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg कहो कौन सी ऊँची है। उन्हें फिर बजाओ, देर तक ढूँढे बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg एक गिन सकने वाला विराम छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg ख़ामोशी एक ताल है। अगर उस पर बजा दिया, तो उसे छोड़ दिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg वही छोटा नमूना तीन बार दोहराओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg अगर तीसरी बार बढ़ जाए, तो तुमने इसे दोहराया नहीं। पहला फिर से बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg एक हाथ इस्तेमाल करो और दूसरे को आराम करने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg आराम करता हाथ हवा में नहीं है। वह स्थिर है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg इसे धीरे बजाओ, फिर थोड़ा तेज़, विराम को जल्दी किए बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg विराम उतनी ही लंबाई का रहता है। गति ख़ामोशी को नहीं खाती। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg जब तुम बजाओ, किसी और को चार गिनने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg अगर उनकी गिनती से आगे निकल जाओ, तो अभी उनके साथ नहीं। फिर शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg आखिरी ताल पर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg अगर एक और जोड़ दिया, तो तुम रुके नहीं। दोनों हाथ उठाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg इसे एक बार शुरुआत से बजाओ, फिर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg एक टेक। बीच को मत जोड़ो। अगर टूट जाए, तो अगली कोशिश शुरुआत से शुरू होती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg एक छोटा नमूना बजाओ और इसे एक नाम दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg नाम 'पियानो' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg तुम उन कुंजियों को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg एक कोमल साँस बजाओ और उसे रुकने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg अगर आवाज़ कभी खत्म न हो, तो तुम अभी भी फूँक रहे हो। हवा रोक दो और सुनो। चक्कर आए या होंठ दुखें, तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg चार समान ताल बनाए रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg अगर ताल तेज़ हो जाए, तो अभी ताल नहीं है। धीमा करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg वही स्वर ज़ोर से बजाओ, फिर धीमे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg धीमा अब भी वही स्वर है। कान दुखें, तो बहुत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg एक ऊँचा स्वर बजाओ, फिर एक नीचा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg कहो कौन सा ऊँचा है। उन्हें फिर बजाओ, देर तक ढूँढे बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg एक गिन सकने वाला विराम छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg ख़ामोशी एक ताल है। अगर उस पर बजा दिया, तो उसे छोड़ दिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg वही छोटा नमूना तीन बार दोहराओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg अगर तीसरी बार बढ़ जाए, तो तुमने इसे दोहराया नहीं। पहला फिर से बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg एक हाथ इस्तेमाल करो और दूसरे को आराम करने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg आराम करता हाथ हवा में नहीं है। वह स्थिर है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg इसे धीरे बजाओ, फिर थोड़ा तेज़, विराम को जल्दी किए बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg विराम उतनी ही लंबाई का रहता है। गति ख़ामोशी को नहीं खाती। चक्कर आए, तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg जब तुम बजाओ, किसी और को चार गिनने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg अगर उनकी गिनती से आगे निकल जाओ, तो अभी उनके साथ नहीं। फिर शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg आखिरी ताल पर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg अगर एक और जोड़ दिया, तो तुम रुके नहीं। क्लैरिनेट मुँह से निकालो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg इसे एक बार शुरुआत से बजाओ, फिर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg एक टेक। बीच को मत जोड़ो। अगर टूट जाए, तो अगली कोशिश शुरुआत से शुरू होती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg एक छोटा नमूना बजाओ और इसे एक नाम दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg नाम 'क्लैरिनेट' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg तुम उन सुरों को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg होंठ एक बार भनभनाओ और उसे रुकने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg अगर भनभनाहट कभी खत्म न हो, तो तुम अभी भी फूँक रहे हो। हवा रोक दो और सुनो। होंठ दुखें या चक्कर आए, तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg चार समान ताल बनाए रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg अगर ताल तेज़ हो जाए, तो अभी ताल नहीं है। धीमा करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg वही स्वर ज़ोर से बजाओ, फिर धीमे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg धीमा अब भी वही स्वर है। कान दुखें, तो बहुत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg एक ऊँचा स्वर बजाओ, फिर एक नीचा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg कहो कौन सा ऊँचा है। उन्हें फिर बजाओ, देर तक ढूँढे बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg एक गिन सकने वाला विराम छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg ख़ामोशी एक ताल है। अगर उस पर बजा दिया, तो उसे छोड़ दिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg वही छोटा नमूना तीन बार दोहराओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg अगर तीसरी बार बढ़ जाए, तो तुमने इसे दोहराया नहीं। पहला फिर से बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg एक हाथ इस्तेमाल करो और दूसरे को आराम करने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg आराम करता हाथ हवा में नहीं है। वह स्थिर है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg इसे धीरे बजाओ, फिर थोड़ा तेज़, विराम को जल्दी किए बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg विराम उतनी ही लंबाई का रहता है। गति ख़ामोशी को नहीं खाती। चक्कर आए, तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg जब तुम बजाओ, किसी और को चार गिनने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg अगर उनकी गिनती से आगे निकल जाओ, तो अभी उनके साथ नहीं। फिर शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg आखिरी ताल पर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg अगर एक और जोड़ दिया, तो तुम रुके नहीं। ट्रंपेट मुँह से निकालो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg इसे एक बार शुरुआत से बजाओ, फिर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg एक टेक। बीच को मत जोड़ो। अगर टूट जाए, तो अगली कोशिश शुरुआत से शुरू होती है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg एक छोटा नमूना बजाओ और इसे एक नाम दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg नाम 'ट्रंपेट' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg तुम उन सुरों को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg एक तार छेड़ो और उसे रुकने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg उंगली उठाओ। अंत तक सुनो। अगर पकड़े रखो, तो उसे रुकने नहीं देते। धनुष नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg चार समान ताल बनाए रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg अगर ताल तेज़ हो जाए, तो अभी ताल नहीं है। धीमा करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg वही तार ज़ोर से बजाओ, फिर धीमे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg धीमा अब भी वही तार है। कान दुखें, तो बहुत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg एक ऊँचा तार बजाओ, फिर एक नीचा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg कहो कौन सा ऊँचा है। उन्हें फिर बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg एक गिन सकने वाला विराम छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg ख़ामोशी एक ताल है। अगर उस पर बजा दिया, तो उसे छोड़ दिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg वही छोटा नमूना तीन बार दोहराओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg अगर तीसरी बार बढ़ जाए, तो तुमने इसे दोहराया नहीं। पहला फिर से बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg एक हाथ इस्तेमाल करो और दूसरे को आराम करने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg आराम करता हाथ हवा में नहीं है। वह स्थिर है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg इसे धीरे बजाओ, फिर थोड़ा तेज़, विराम को जल्दी किए बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg विराम उतनी ही लंबाई का रहता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg जब तुम बजाओ, किसी और को चार गिनने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg अगर उनकी गिनती से आगे निकल जाओ, तो फिर शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg आखिरी ताल पर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg अगर एक और जोड़ दिया, तो तुम रुके नहीं। दोनों हाथ उठाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg इसे एक बार शुरुआत से बजाओ, फिर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg एक टेक। बीच को मत जोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg एक छोटा नमूना बजाओ और इसे एक नाम दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg नाम 'चेलो' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg तुम उन तारों को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg एक बार मारो और उसे रुकने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg हाथ उठाओ। अंत तक सुनो। हाथ दुखे तो रुक जाओ। कान के पास मत मारो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg चार समान ताल बनाए रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg अगर ताल तेज़ हो जाए, तो अभी ताल नहीं है। धीमा करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg वही जगह ज़ोर से मारो, फिर धीमे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg धीमा अब भी वही जगह है। कान दुखें, तो बहुत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg ऊँचा मारो, फिर नीचा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg कहो कौन सा ऊँचा है। उन्हें फिर मारो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg एक गिन सकने वाला विराम छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg ख़ामोशी एक ताल है। अगर उस पर मार दिया, तो उसे छोड़ दिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg वही छोटा नमूना तीन बार दोहराओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg अगर तीसरी बार बढ़ जाए, तो पहला फिर से बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg एक हाथ इस्तेमाल करो और दूसरे को आराम करने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg आराम करता हाथ हवा में नहीं है। वह स्थिर है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg इसे धीरे बजाओ, फिर थोड़ा तेज़, विराम को जल्दी किए बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg विराम उतनी ही लंबाई का रहता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg जब तुम बजाओ, किसी और को चार गिनने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg अगर उनकी गिनती से आगे निकल जाओ, तो फिर शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg आखिरी ताल पर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg अगर एक और जोड़ दिया, तो तुम रुके नहीं। दोनों हाथ उठाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg इसे एक बार शुरुआत से बजाओ, फिर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg एक टेक। बीच को मत जोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg एक छोटा नमूना बजाओ और इसे एक नाम दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg नाम 'ड्रम' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg तुम उस नमूने को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg एक कोमल तार छेड़ो और उसे रुकने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg अगर दबाए रखते हो, तो उसे रुकने नहीं देते। उंगली उठाओ और सुनो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg चार समान ताल बनाए रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg अगर ताल तेज़ हो जाए, तो अभी ताल नहीं है। धीमा करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg वही तार ज़ोर से बजाओ, फिर धीमे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg धीमा अब भी वही तार है। कान दुखें, तो बहुत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg एक ऊँचा तार बजाओ, फिर एक नीचा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg कहो कौन सा ऊँचा है। उन्हें फिर बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg एक गिन सकने वाला विराम छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg ख़ामोशी एक ताल है। अगर उस पर बजा दिया, तो उसे छोड़ दिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg वही छोटा नमूना तीन बार दोहराओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg अगर तीसरी बार बढ़ जाए, पहला फिर से बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg एक हाथ इस्तेमाल करो और दूसरे को आराम करने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg आराम करता हाथ स्थिर है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg इसे धीरे बजाओ, फिर थोड़ा तेज़, विराम को जल्दी किए बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg विराम उतनी ही लंबाई का रहता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg जब तुम बजाओ, किसी और को चार गिनने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg अगर उनकी गिनती से आगे निकल जाओ, फिर शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg आखिरी ताल पर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg अगर एक और जोड़ दिया, तो तुम रुके नहीं। दोनों हाथ उठाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg इसे एक बार शुरुआत से बजाओ, फिर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg एक टेक। बीच को मत जोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg एक छोटा नमूना बजाओ और इसे एक नाम दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg नाम 'यूकुलेले' नहीं है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg तुम उन तारों को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg एक खुला तार छेड़ो और उसे रुकने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg अगर दबाए रखते हो, तो उसे रुकने नहीं देते। उंगली उठाओ और सुनो। उंगली दुखे तो रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg चार समान ताल बनाए रखो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg अगर ताल तेज़ हो जाए, तो अभी ताल नहीं है। धीमा करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg वही तार ज़ोर से बजाओ, फिर धीमे। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg धीमा अब भी वही तार है। कान दुखें, तो बहुत है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg एक ऊँचा तार बजाओ, फिर एक नीचा। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg कहो कौन सा ऊँचा है। उन्हें फिर बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg एक गिन सकने वाला विराम छोड़ो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg ख़ामोशी एक ताल है। अगर उस पर बजा दिया, तो उसे छोड़ दिया। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg वही छोटा नमूना तीन बार दोहराओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg अगर तीसरी बार बढ़ जाए, पहला फिर से बजाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg बाजे का नाम लो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg यह गिटार है। धुन का नाम दूसरा है। कोई जानी-पहचानी गाना नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg एक हाथ इस्तेमाल करो और दूसरे को आराम करने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg आराम करता हाथ स्थिर है। पिक भी आराम कर सकता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg इसे धीरे बजाओ, फिर थोड़ा तेज़, विराम को जल्दी किए बिना। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg विराम उतनी ही लंबाई का रहता है। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg जब तुम बजाओ, किसी और को चार गिनने दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg अगर उनकी गिनती से आगे निकल जाओ, फिर शुरू करो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg आखिरी ताल पर रुको। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg अगर एक और जोड़ दिया, तो तुम रुके नहीं। दोनों हाथ उठाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/hi/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg एक छोटा नमूना बजाओ और इसे एक नाम दो। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg नाम 'गिटार' नहीं है। कोई जानी-पहचानी गाना नहीं। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg तुम उन तारों को फिर पा सकते हो, किसी के बताए बिना। फिर रुक जाओ। https://mylearntomake.com/bn https://mylearntomake.com/bn/how https://mylearntomake.com/bn/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/bn/contact https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg কাগজ আর পেন্সিলই যথেষ্ট। আগে থেকে থাকা ট্যাবলেট বা সেটও চলবে। এই ক্লাসের জন্য কিট কিনো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg যা দেখা যায়, একটা বেছে সামনে রাখো। পুরোটা বড় করে আঁকো, যাতে পাতার বেশিরভাগ ভরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg এটা অনুশীলনের রেখা নয়। জিনিস দেখে তারপর আঁকো। পুরোটা পাতায় এলে থামো। এটা একটা ছবির শুরু। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg ক্লাস ১-এ যে জিনিস এঁকেছিলে, সেটাই নাও। নতুন কাগজ রাখো। যেখানে পুরো বাইরে দেখা যায়, সেখানে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg বাইরের কিনারার এক জায়গা থেকে শুরু করো। পেন্সিল শুধু সেই কিনারা ধরে চলুক। ভেতর, হাতলের ফুটো, বা মাঝখানে রেখা আঁকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg হাতের চেয়ে জিনিস দেখো। রেখা যেখানে শুরু, সেখানে মিললে থামো। রূপরেখা খোলা থাকলে বন্ধ করো। ভেতর এই ক্লাস নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg আগের ক্লাসের একই জিনিস। নতুন কাগজ। অংশ বসাতে পারো এমন করে বাইরে আবার হালকা আঁকো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg জিনিস দেখো। যে অংশ একে সেই জিনিস করে তা যোগ করো। হাতল, মুখ, সেলাই, ঢাকনা। যে অংশ দেখো তা আঁকো। বানিয়ে নিও না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg টেবিলের ওপর থেকে দেখো। কেউ যদি বলতে না পারে এটা কী, যে অংশ নেই তা যোগ করো। তারপর থামো। ছায়া কোরো না। দ্বিতীয় জিনিস যোগ কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg যেখানে আছ, সেখানে দেখো। একটা বৃত্ত, একটা বাক্স, আর একটা ত্রিভুজ খুঁজো। একটা থালা, একটা বই, একটা কোণ। এখনো পুরো জিনিস আঁকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg এক পাতায় তিনটা আকৃতি আঁকো, বড় করে। আকৃতি আঁকো, জিনিস নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg পরের ছবি এই টুকরো দিয়ে গড়া। একটা আকৃতি না থাকলে আঁকো। তারপর থামো। ছায়া কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg একটা আলোর উৎস। একটা বাতি বা একটা জানালা। বাকি বন্ধ করো, অথবা এমন করে বোসো যে জিনিসে শুধু একটা আলো পড়ে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg জিনিস আঁকো। আলো পড়া দিকে কাগজ সাদা রাখো। সাদা কাগজই আলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg একটা ছায়া যোগ করো, আলো থেকে দূরের দিকে। পুরো পাতায় ছায়া কোরো না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg একটা গোল জিনিস আর একটা বাক্স এমন জায়গায় রাখো যেখানে দেখা যায়। একটা কাপ আর একটা বই চলবে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg গোল জিনিস আঁকো। বাক্স এমন করে আঁকো যে তিনটা দিক দেখা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg বাক্সের প্রতিটা দিক আলাদা ধূসর করো। একটা গাঢ়, একটা হালকা, একটা প্রায় সাদা রেখে দাও। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg দুটো জিনিস এমন রাখো যেন কাছেরটা দূরেরটার এক অংশ ঢাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg আগে কাছের জিনিস আঁকো। যেখানে সে দূরের জিনিসকে ঢাকে, সেখানে সেই রেখা থামাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg লুকানো অংশ বাদ রাখো। ঢাকার ভিতর দিয়ে আঁকা হয়ে থাকলে সেই টুকরো মুছে দাও। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg কাপড় পরা একজন মানুষ বা একটা পোষা প্রাণী যা তুমি দেখতে পাও। তারা স্থির থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg মুখ, পশম বা কাপড়ের নকশা আঁকার আগে, কত লম্বা তার বিপরীতে কত চওড়া তা দাগ দাও। দুটো হালকা দাগ। তাদের তুলনা করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg সেই দাগের ভিতরে আঁকো। প্রতিটা লোম যোগ কোরো না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg একই মানুষ বা একই পোষা প্রাণী। একটা কাজ করে। হাত বাড়ানো, এক পা, মাথা ঘোরানো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg এক মিনিট দাও। কাজ হতে হতে সেই নড়াচড়া আঁকো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg নড়াচড়া ধরো, তারপর থামো। প্রতিটা আঙুল বা প্রতিটা চুল শেষ কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg যে মুখ দেখতে পাও। মাথার জন্য একটা ডিমের মতো আঁকো। এখন আর কিছু নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg চোখের একটা রেখা আঁকো, সেই আকৃতির অর্ধেক নিচে। তারপর একটা নাক। তারপর একটা মুখ। সেই ক্রম রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg চুল ছাপিয়ে ওঠার আগে থামো। শুধু চার ধাপ: ডিমের মতো, চোখ, নাক, মুখ। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg যে কোণে আছ, সেখানে বোসো। মেঝে দেখো। মেঝের রেখা তোমার কাছ থেকে দূরে যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg সেই মেঝের রেখা আঁকো, যাতে সেগুলো এক বিন্দুতে যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg দরজা সেই জায়গায় দাঁড়ানো একটা বাক্স। দরজাকে একটা বাক্স হিসেবে আঁকো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg একটা ছবি বানাও, যা তুমি চাও আরেকজন দেখুক। একটা জিনিস, তার অংশ, আর তার আকৃতি ব্যবহার করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg এর ওপর নাম দাও। নাম 'ছবি' নয়। এটা এই আঁকাকে দেখায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg কাল কী করতে হবে কেউ না বললেও আরেকটা আঁকা শুরু করতে পারা উচিত। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg কাগজ আর একটা পেন্সিল যথেষ্ট। একটা ট্যাবলেট চলবে। এর জন্য কোনো কিট কিনবে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg যেখানে একটা পুরো বাড়ি দেখা যায়, সেখানে যাও। একটা ঘর, একটা দোকান, একটা চালা। এটা ক্লাস 11 নয়। এটা কোনো বাড়ির ছবি নয়, যতক্ষণ না একটা বাড়িতে যেতে পারো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg একটা রাস্তা, পথ, বা সড়ক যা দেখা যায়। রাস্তা প্রথম আকার, আর দূরে গেলে ছোট হয়। এই পাতার পুরো পাঠ এটাই। কোনো সাইন বা গাড়ি দিয়ে শুরু করো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg পাতা এক। রাস্তা, পাশে একটা বাড়ি বা একটা গাছ, আর আকাশ সেই কাগজ যা খালি রাখো। থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg একটা গাছ যা দেখা যায়। আগে কাণ্ড। এ একটা বাক্স যা উপরে গেলে সরু হয়। পাতা একটা ভর, দাগের স্তূপ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg পাতা এক। কাণ্ড আর পাতার একটা আকার। থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg ক্লাস 10 মুখের ক্রম শিখিয়েছে। এই পাঠ মাথা, একটা ভর হিসেবে। একজন ভাস্কর কোনো মুখ কাটার আগে মাথাকে এভাবে দেখে। তুমি কোনো মূর্তি নকল করছ না, আর কোনো বিখ্যাত মানুষ নকল করছ না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg যাকে দেখতে পাও, অথবা চেনা কারও ছবি যদি কেউ বসতে না পারে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg দ্বিতীয় মানুষ। প্রথম মাথা আবার ব্যবহার করো না। একই তিন পাতা একই ক্রমে চালাও। বল বাদ দিয়ে চোখ দিয়ে শুরু করলে, থেমে পাতা এক আবার শুরু করো। শুধু তৃতীয় পাতা রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg তাই করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg তৃতীয় মানুষ। একই তালিকা। বল, চোয়াল, ঘাড়। তারপর অর্ধেক রেখা। তারপর একটা আলো আর একটা ছায়া। চুল সব নেওয়ার আগে থামো। তিনটা শেষ মাথাই অনুশীলন। পরের পাঠ একটা বানানো মুখ, যতক্ষণ সেই মুখ থাকে ততক্ষণ আবার আঁকা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg তাই করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg একটা মুখ বানাও। কাল আবার আঁকা যাবে, তাই চিহ্ন কম বেছে নাও। আগে বল আর চোয়াল। তারপর অর্ধেক রেখা। তারপর একটা লক্ষণ যা বদলায় না: নাক, চোয়াল, অথবা চোখের মাঝের ফাঁক। চুল একটা আকার। পাতার পেছনে তিনটা শব্দ লেখো যা সেই চিহ্নের নাম। লাগবে। পাতা রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg তাই করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg নতুন পাতা, আগে স্মৃতি থেকে। তারপর যে পাতা রেখেছিলে তা দেখো। একই বল, একই চোয়াল, একই একটা চিহ্ন। চোখে ছোট ভুল চলবে। অন্য চোয়াল মানে নতুন মানুষ, আর এই পাঠ শেষ নয়। চোয়াল আবার আঁকো। যে পাতা মেলে, সেটা রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg তাই করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg একই বানানো মুখ, একটু ঘোরানো। মাথা ঘুরেছে বলে গঠন বদলায় না। বল, চোয়াল, সেই চিহ্ন, তারপর অর্ধেক রেখায় অংশ। এই তৃতীয় পাতা বাকি দুইয়ের সঙ্গে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg তারপর পুরোনো তালিকা এমন কিছুতে চালাও যার নাম এই পাতা দেয়নি। একটা হাত, একটা চেয়ার, বা একটা জানোয়ার যা দেখা যায়। পাতা এক, বড় আকার আর লম্বা চওড়ার বিপরীতে। পাতা দুই, যে অংশ একে সেই জিনিস করে। পাতা তিন, আলোর জন্য সাদা কাগজ, একটা গাঢ় পাশ, একটা ছায়া। নাম দাও। সেটা তোমার। পাঠ বলে না কোন বিষয়। এই পাতা না খুলে সেই তিন পাতা করতে পারলে, এই ধাপ শেষ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg পরিষ্কার জল। চওড়া তুলি দিয়ে কাগজ ভেজাও। শুধু একটা রং। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg পাতা জুড়ে একটা ধোয়া বসাও। তুলি একবার নাড়াও। ঘষো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg শুকাতে দাও। এটা একটা ধোয়া। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg কাপটা এমন জায়গায় রাখো যেখানে বাইরে দেখা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg শুধু তার বাইরের ধার রং করো। ভেতর ভরো না। টেবিল রং কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg ধার বন্ধ হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg দুটো রং। ভেজা কাগজে এমন করে রাখো যেন তারা ছোঁয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg জলকে মেশাতে দাও। একসাথে ঘষো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg তারা মিললে থামো। তৃতীয় রং যোগ কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg ঘরে তিনটা আকৃতি খুঁজো। একটা বৃত্ত, একটা বাক্স, একটা ত্রিভুজ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg তিনটা চ্যাপ্টা আকৃতি রং করো। প্রত্যেকটার একটা রং। এখনো খুঁটিনাটি নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg তিনটা আকৃতি। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg একটা আলো। দেখো কোথায় উজ্জ্বল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg সেই জায়গা খালি কাগজ রাখো। সাদা কাগজই আলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg একটা ছায়া রং করো, আলো থেকে দূরে। সাদাটাকে ঢাকো না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg একটা গোল জিনিস আর একটা বাক্স সেখানে রাখো, যেখানে তুমি দেখতে পাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg দুটো আলাদা ধূসরে সেগুলো রং করো। গোলটা একটা ধূসর। বাক্সটা আরেকটা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg তৃতীয় ধূসর যোগ কোরো না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg দুটো জিনিস এমন রাখো যেন একটা সামনে থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg সামনেরটা রং করো। পেছনেরটার লুকানো অংশ রং কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg সামনেরটা যেখানে পেছনেরটাকে ঢাকে, সেখানে সেই রং থামাও। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg একটা জিনিস দেখো। যে রং দেখো তার নাম বলো, যে রং আশা করো তা নয়। একটা লেবু ছায়ায় ধূসর হতে পারে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg সেই রং এক টুকরো আলাদা কাগজে মেশাও। জিনিসের সঙ্গে মিলাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg না মিললে আবার মেশাও। মিলে গেলে থামো। পুরো ছবি রং কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg একজন মানুষ বা একটা পোষা প্রাণী। তারা স্থির থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg শুধু বড় আকৃতি রং করো। মাথা, শরীর, পা। প্রতিটা চুল নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg তিন বা চারটা আকৃতি। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg যে মুখ দেখতে পাও। শুধু তিন রকম আলো-আঁধার রং করো। হালকা, মাঝারি, গাঢ়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg হালকা হালকা কাগজ থাকে। মাঝারি একটা ধোয়া। গাঢ় হলো ভুরুর নিচে, নাকের নিচে, বা চিবুকের নিচের ছায়া। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg চুল ছাপিয়ে ওঠার আগে থামো। তিন রকম আলো-আঁধার। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg একটা কোণে বোসো। একটা আলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg দুটো দেয়াল রং করো। আলো পড়া দেয়াল হালকা রাখো। অন্য দেয়াল গাঢ়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg একটা আলো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg একটা আসল আপেল দেখো। আগে বড় আলোটা দেখো। সেই আলো রেখে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg তারপর ছোট আকৃতি রং করো। একটা ছায়া। প্রতিটা দানা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg নাম দাও। এটা চর্চা, বিক্রির নকল নয়। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg কাগজ আর ধোয়া যায় এমন রং যথেষ্ট। ট্যাবলেট গোনা হয়। সেট কিনো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg একটা বাটি যা তুমি দেখতে পাও। এটা ক্লাস 2 নয়। ক্লাস 2 ছিল একটা কাপের কিনারা। এটা বাটির ভেতরের রং। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg একটা জানালা যা তুমি দেখতে পাও। এটা ক্লাস 11 নয়। ক্লাস 11 ছিল দুটো দেয়াল। এটা কাচের ভেতরের আলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg কাচকে সাদা কাগজ রাখো। আকাশকে দ্বিতীয় ছবি কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg একটা গাছ যা তুমি দেখতে পাও। আগে টব। সেটা একটা বাক্স। যে রং দেখো তা মেশাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg পাতা রঙের একটা ভর, দাগের স্তূপ নয়। সেই ভরের জন্য একটা ধোয়া। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg এটা ক্লাস 12 নয়। ক্লাস 12 ছিল একটা আপেল, তারপর তার ছায়া, আর তুমি নাম দিয়েছিলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg এই পাতা শুধু সমতল রং। একটা আপেল। একটা ধোয়া। যে রং দেখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg নতুন পাতা। একই আপেল। এখন যা দেখো তা থেকে আবার মেশাও, আগের পাতা থেকে নয়, আর যে লাল আশা করেছিলে তা থেকে নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg আকারে একটু ভুল হলে চলে। অন্য ফল মানে এই পাঠ শেষ হয়নি। একই আপেল আবার রং করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg নতুন পাতা। একই আপেল। আলো যেখানে পড়ে, কাগজ সাদা রাখো। একটা ছায়া। সাদা কোনো গর্ত নয় যা পরে ভরাট করবে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg তিনটে পাতা, একটা আপেল। সমতল ধোয়া। যে রং দেখো। তারপর আলো আর একটা ছায়া। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg একটা ছবি বানাও। সেটা বিক্রির কপি নয়, আর কোনো বিখ্যাত ছবি নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg একটা ধোয়া। সামনে একটা জিনিস। লুকানো অংশ রং না করে রাখো। আলোর জন্য সাদা কাগজ। একটা ছায়া। নাম দাও। এই পাতা রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg কমলার মতো এক টুকরো নাও। ভেঙে গেলে আঙুল পানিতে ডুবিয়ে ততক্ষণ মাখো যতক্ষণ ধরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg তালুর মাঝে চাপো, তারপর গোল করে ঘোরাও। চারদিকে এক চাপ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg গোল আর ফাটলহীন হলে থামো। ফাটল মানে শুকনো। আঙুল ভিজিয়ে সেই জায়গা আবার ঘোরাও। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg বল টেবিলে রাখো। মাঝখান তালু দিয়ে চাপো, কিনারা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg একটু ঘোরাও, আবার চাপো। মাঝ আর কিনারা এক মোটা হওয়া উচিত। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg তোলো। এক জায়গায় আলো গেলে খুব পাতলা। আবার বল করে চাপো। আঙুলের মতো মোটা। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg এক হাতে বল ধরো। বুড়ো আঙুল মাঝে ঢোকাও যতক্ষণ অন্য দিকে অনুভব হয়, ফুটো নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg বুড়ো আঙুল আর আঙুলের মাঝে দেয়ালে চিমটি। প্রতি চিমটির পর একটু ঘোরাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg কিনারা চারদিকে এক উচ্চতা হওয়া উচিত। এক দিক নিচু হলে উঁচু দিকে একটু বেশি চিমটি। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg শুধু তালু নয়, আঙুল ছড়িয়ে টেবিলে বানাও। মাঝ থেকে বাইরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg রোল এক মাথা থেকে অন্য মাথা এক মোটা, পেন্সিলের মতো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg চ্যাপটা তলার ওপর গোল করে রাখো। যেখানে মেশে, চাপো। মাথা তির্যক কেটে জোড়ো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg মাটি এক মোটার দুই কাঠির মাঝে রাখো। কাঠির ওপর বেলো যাতে পাত কাঠির চেয়ে পাতলা না হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg পাত তোলো। আটকালে নখ নয়, ছুরি দিয়ে কোনা তোলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg সোজা কেটে আকার নাও। বাদবাকি বল করে রাখো, যাতে শুকায় না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg আঙুলের মাঝে দেয়াল অনুভব করো। মোটা জায়গা ভারী লাগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg শুধু মোটা জায়গায় চিমটি। পাতলা জায়গায় চিমটি দিও না, ছিঁড়ে যাবে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg দেয়াল চারদিকে এক হওয়া উচিত, প্রায় দুই কয়েন একের ওপর এক। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg কাঁটাচামচ দিয়ে দুই দিক খসখসে না হওয়া পর্যন্ত আঁচড়। মসৃণ মাটি মসৃণ মাটিতে আটকে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg আঁচড়ানো দুই দিকে গোলা মাখো: একটু মাটি আর পানি, ক্রিমের মতো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg চেপে কয়েক সেকেন্ড ধরো। ভেজা আঙুলে জোড়া মসৃণ করো যতক্ষণ সেলাই না দেখা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg পেন্সিলের চেয়ে সরু ছোট রোল বানাও। তলার মাপের আংটি বাঁকাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg পাত্রের তলা আর আংটিতে আঁচড় আর গোলা দাও। আংটি চাপো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg নামাও। চ্যাপটা বসা উচিত, দোলা উচিত নয়। দোলালে আংটির উঁচু দিক চাপো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg আঙুলের মতো মোটা, হাতের মতো লম্বা রোল বানাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg পাশে ওপর-নিচে দুই জায়গায় আঁচড় আর গোলা দাও। দুই মাথা চাপো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg হাতল পাত্র থেকে আলাদা থাকবে যাতে আঙুল ঢোকে। ঝুলে গেলে বেশি ভেজা। একটু অপেক্ষা করে আবার চেষ্টা করো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg পাত্র তাকে রাখো, রোদ আর হিটার থেকে দূরে। রোদ আর তাপ ফাটায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg শুকনো কাপড় ঢিলে করে দাও, যাতে কিনারা তলার আগে না শুকায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg ফ্যাকাশে আর শক্ত হওয়া পর্যন্ত রাখো। এ মাটি বাতাসে শুকায়। ওভেনে দিও না। এতে পান করো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg শুরুর আগে দুই টুকরো দেখো। এক বল বড় হলে পাত্র মিলবে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg দ্বিতীয়টা প্রথমটির মতো বানাও। প্রতি ধাপের পর পাশাপাশি রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg কিনারা এক উচ্চতা হওয়া উচিত। মুখ এক মাপের দেখা উচিত। একটা চওড়া হলে একটু উঁচু আর সরু করে চিমটি দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg এক কাজ বাছো: পেন্সিল রাখা, বা একটা শুকনো জিনিস। এ মাটি খাবার আর পানির জন্য নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg পেন্সিলের কাপে চ্যাপটা তলা আর পেন্সিলের ডগা থেকে উঁচু দেয়াল লাগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg শুকিয়ে ফ্যাকাশে হলে পেন্সিল রাখো। নাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg বাতাসে শোকানো মাটিই যথেষ্ট। ভাটা কিনো না, আর এটা সেঁকো না। কমলার মতো এক ডেলা একটা কাপ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg বুড়ো আঙুল দিয়ে বল খোলো, দেয়াল উঠলে ঘোরাও। অথবা একই মোটা দড়ি বানাও, সাজাও, আর প্রতিটাকে নিচেরটার উপর চাপ দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg কিনারা চারদিকে একই উঁচু। পা লাগালে দুই তল আঁচড়াও, ভেজাও, চেপে ধরো। শুধু আটকে দিয়ো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg কাপ টেবিলে রাখো। সমতল বসে, দোলে না। দোলালে পা চাপ দাও যতক্ষণ না থামে। ধীরে বাতাসে শুকাও, রোদ থেকে দূরে। নাম দাও। এটাই রাখবে। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg একটা থালা। এটা ক্লাস 2 নয়, ক্লাস 5-ও নয়। ক্লাস 2 ছিল একটা পিঠা। ক্লাস 5 ছিল একটা পাত যা কাটতে পারো। এটা এমন থালা যার উপর একটা কাপ বসাতে পারো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg একটা পাত। সমান মোটা। নিচু কিনারা শুধু তখন, যখন সেই মোটা রাখতে পারো। কিনারা যোগ করলে খাঁজ কাটো, কাদা-জল লাগাও, আর চাপ দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। সেকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg একটা বাটি। দেয়াল সমান থাকে। কিনারা চারদিকে একই উঁচু। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg একটা পা, যাতে চ্যাপ্টা বসে আর দোলে না। সেই পা জোড়ালে খাঁজ কাটো, কাদা-জল লাগাও, আর চাপ দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। সেকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg এটা ক্লাস 3 নয়। ক্লাস 3 ছিল একটা চিমটি-হাঁড়ি, আর কিনারাই পাঠ ছিল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg এটা একটা কাপ যা তুমি চিমটি দাও। একটা বল। চিমটি করতে দেয়াল পাতলা হয়, আর সমান থাকে। কিনারা চারদিকে একই উঁচু। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। সেকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg একটা নতুন জিনিস। একই মোটার কুণ্ডলী, সাজানো আর চাপা। চিমটির কাপের সমান আকার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg অন্য আকার মানে এই পাঠ হয়নি। কাপ আবার বানাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। সেকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg সমান মোটার পাত থেকে কাটা একটা নতুন জিনিস। বাকি দুটোর সমান আকার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg প্রতিটা জোড়ায় খাঁজ কাটো, কাদা-জল লাগাও, আর চাপ দাও। কিনারা চারদিকে একই উঁচু। এটা চ্যাপ্টা বসে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। সেকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg একটা জিনিস ভেবে বানাও। এটা নকল নয়, আর ক্লাস 12-এর নাম দেওয়া হাঁড়িও নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg সমান দেয়াল। কোনো অংশ জোড়ালে খাঁজ কাটো, কাদা-জল লাগাও, আর চাপ দাও। দরকার হলে একটা পা, যাতে বসে আর দোলে না। আস্তে শুকাও। শুধু হাওয়ায় শুকাও। নাম দাও। এটা রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। সেকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg যে সুতো আগে থেকে আছে। দুই সুই, অথবা এক আঙুল, যদি সেটাই থাকে। এই ক্লাসের জন্য কিট কিনো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg যে ফাঁস গুনেছ, সেগুলো তোলো। একটা ফাঁস বানাও, সুইয়ে রাখো, আর পরেরটা একইভাবে বানাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg গোনা ফাঁস সুইয়ে উঠলে থামো। এখনো এক সারি বুনো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg প্রথম সারিগুলো বোনো। সূঁচ একটা ফাঁসের ভেতর দাও, সুতো জড়াও, আর একটা নতুন ফাঁস টেনে আনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg একবারে একটা ফাঁস। একটাও ফেলো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg সারি শেষ হলে, কাজটা উলটে দাও। তারপর থামো। নতুন রং শুরু কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg শলাকায় প্রতিটা ফাঁস গোনো। প্রতিটাকে ছোঁও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg প্রতিটা সারি গোনো। কাগজে একটা দাগই যথেষ্ট। প্রতি সারিতে একটা দাগ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg গোনা ভুল হলে, থামো আর দেখো। কাজটা টেনে ছাড়িও না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg ফাঁস বন্ধ করো। দুই ফাঁস বোনো। প্রথমটা দ্বিতীয়টার উপর তুলে সূঁচ থেকে নামাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg আর একটা বোনো। প্রথমটা আবার তার উপর তোলো। শেষ পর্যন্ত চালিয়ে যাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg ধার ছড়াবে না। টানলে যদি খুলে যায়, শুধু এই ধারটা আবার করো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg টুকরো ততক্ষণ বোনো, যতক্ষণ না উচ্চতা আর প্রস্থ সমান হয়। জানতে গোনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg এটা টেবিলে রাখো। একটা চৌকো, যা চ্যাপ্টা শোয়। কুঁকড়ে গেলে শেষ সারিগুলো দেখো, পুরো টুকরো নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg চ্যাপ্টা শুলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg এক সারি সোজা। পরের সারি উলটো। উলটো ফাঁসে সুতো সামনে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg কোন সারিতে আছ, জানো। সোজা, তারপর উলটো, তারপর সোজা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg এক সারিতে দুটো মিশিয়ো না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg একটা ডোরা। ধার পর্যন্ত বোনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg ধারে রং বদলাও। নতুন সুতো সেখানে বাঁধো। মাঝখানে বদলাও না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg নতুন রঙের একটা ডোরা বোনো। তারপর থামো। একটা ডোরা, অনেক না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg কিছু ভুল হয়েছে। শুধু শেষ সারিটা দেখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg শেষ সারি থেকে সুই বের করো, একবারে একটা ফাঁস, যে সারিটা ঠিক ছিল সেখানে ফিরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg কাজটা টেনে ছাড়িও না। সেই সারিটা আবার বুনো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg সারির শুরুতে ফাঁস গোনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg সারির শেষে আবার গোনো। গোনা মিলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg না মিললে, শেষ সারিতে একটা কম বা একটা বেশি হয়েছে। শুধু সেই সারিটা ঠিক করো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg একটা লম্বা চৌকো বোনো। চওড়া থেকে লম্বা। একটা কাপড়, একটা ফিতা, একটা পাতা-চিহ্ন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg দুই মাথা গোনো, যাতে দুটো মিলে। ধার না ছড়ায় এমন করে ফাঁস বন্ধ করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg তুমি এটা ব্যবহার করতে পারো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg দুই ধার, যেগুলো মিলতে হবে। সেগুলো একসাথে ধরো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg জোড়াও। উলের সুই দুই ধার দিয়ে, এক ফাঁস করে। অথবা এখনো বুননের কাঁটায় থাকলে একসাথে বোনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg দুই ধার এক হলে জোড়া শেষ। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg একটা তৈরি জিনিস। চৌকো, লম্বা চৌকো, বা জোড়া টুকরো। নতুন কাজ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'বুনন' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg কাল কী করতে হবে কেউ না বললেও আরেকটা টুকরো শুরু করতে পারো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg যে ফাঁস গুনেছ, সেগুলো তোলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg প্রথম সারিগুলো বোনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। কাজ টেনে আলাদা করো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg একটা চৌকো, যা চ্যাপ্টা শোয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg সোজা ফাঁস আর উলটো ফাঁস। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। কাজ টেনে আলাদা করো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg একটা ডোরা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg ধারে রং বদলাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। কাজ টেনে আলাদা করো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg মোটা সুতা যা আগে থেকে আছে। একটা বড় কুশিকাটা। এই ক্লাসের জন্য কিট কিনো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg এক হাতে সুতা ধরো। অন্য হাতে কুশিকাটা ধরো। একটা ফাঁস বানাও। ফাঁস কুশিকাটায় বসে আছে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg এটাই শুরু। তারপর থামো। এখনো চেইন বানাও না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg সুতা কুশিকাটার উপর দাও। যে ফাঁসটা আগে থেকে আছে, তার ভিতর দিয়ে একটা নতুন ফাঁস টেনে আনো। এটাই একটা চেইন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg পরের চেইনও একইভাবে বানাও। দেখা যায় এমন ঢিলে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg যখন একটা চেইন হয় যা তুমি গুনতে পারো, থামো। এখনো ভিতরে ফিরে কাজ কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg সারির আগে চেইনগুলো গোনো। প্রতিটাকে ছোঁও। যে ফাঁস এখনও কুশিকাটায় আছে, সেটা গোনো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg সংখ্যাটা লেখো। কাগজে একটা দাগই যথেষ্ট। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg গোনা হারিয়ে গেলে, আবার গোনো। চেইনটা টেনে ছাড়িও না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg কুশিকাটা পরের চেইনে ঢোকাও। সুতা জড়াও। একটা ফাঁস টেনে আনো। আবার সুতা জড়াও। কুশিকাটার দুই ফাঁস দিয়ে টানো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg প্রতি চেইনে একটা সেলাই। বাদ দিও না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg সারি শেষ হলে, থামো। এখনো উল্টো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg সারি শেষ করো। প্রতি চেইনে একটা সেলাই। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg সারিটা টেবিলে রাখো। এটা চ্যাপ্টা শোওয়া উচিত। শক্ত দড়ির মতো কুঁকড়ে গেলে, সেলাইগুলো খুব শক্ত ছিল। শুধু এই সারিটা দেখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg চ্যাপ্টা শুলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg কাজটা উল্টো। কুশিকাটা শেষ ফাঁসেই থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg একটা চেইন করো। সেই চেইন ঘোরার চেইন। সেটা সেলাই নয়, যা তুমি গোনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg ফিরে যাও। এইমাত্র যে সারি বানিয়েছ, তার প্রতি সেলাইয়ে একটা সেলাই। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg দুই সারি। প্রতিটার শেষে উল্টো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg কিনারা সমান রাখো। সারির শুরুতে আর শেষে একই সেলাই। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg একটা কিনারা ভিতরে টানলে, একটা সেলাই বাদ পড়েছে। শুধু শেষ সারিটা ঠিক করো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg যতক্ষণ না এটা যত চওড়া তত উঁচু হয়, চালিয়ে যাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg সেলাই গোনো। প্রতি সারিতে একই সংখ্যা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg নিচে রাখো। একটা চৌকো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg একটা ডোরা। সারির শেষ পর্যন্ত কাজ করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg ধারে পরের রং বেঁধে লাগাও। মাঝখানে বদলাও না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg নতুন রঙের একটা সারি কাজ করো। তারপর থামো। একটা ডোরা, অনেক না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg সুতা কাটো। একটা শেষ রাখো যা তুমি ধরতে পারো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg শেষটা শেষ ফাঁসের ভিতর দিয়ে টানো। আঁট করে টানো। ফাঁস বন্ধ হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg কাজ কুশিকাটা থেকে নেমে গেছে। তারপর থামো। নতুন টুকরো শুরু কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg একইভাবে দ্বিতীয় চৌকো বানাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg দুটোই গোনো। সেলাইয়ের সংখ্যা একই। সারির সংখ্যা একই। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg একই মাপের দুই চৌকো। তারপর থামো। এখনো জোড়াও না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg একটা জিনিস যা তুমি ব্যবহার করতে পারো। চৌকো, বা দুই চৌকো একসঙ্গে রেখে একটা কাপড়। নতুন কাজ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'কুশিকাটা' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg কাল কী করতে হবে কেউ না বললেও আরেকটা টুকরো শুরু করতে পারো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg একটা ভোঁতা সূচ। মোটা সুতা যা আগে থেকে আছে। এই ক্লাসের জন্য কিট কিনো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg এক হাতে সূচ ধরো। সূচে সুতা পরো। সুতার শেষে একটা গিঁট বাঁধো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg গিঁট শেষে আছে। তারপর থামো। এখনো সেলাই কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg কাপড়ের এক টুকরো। সূচ পেছন থেকে ভিতর দিয়ে ঠেলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg সুতা পুরোটা টেনে নাও, যতক্ষণ না গিঁট সেটাকে আটকায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg সূচ সামনে আছে। তারপর থামো। এখনো দ্বিতীয় ফুটো কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg একটা সেলাই। যেখান থেকে উঠে এসেছ, সেখান থেকে একটু দূরে আবার নিচে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg সুতা টেনে পার করো। ভিতরে, তারপর বাইরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg সেলাই চ্যাপটা পড়ে আছে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg একটা সোজা রেখা। পরের সেলাইটা প্রথমটার মতোই বড় করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg সেলাইগুলো এক রেখায় রাখো। এদিক-ওদিক যেয়ো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg সেলাইগুলো একই মাপের। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg একটা রান সেলাই। রেখা বরাবর ভিতরে আর বাইরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg সমান ফাঁক। সেলাই আর ফাঁক প্রায় একই। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg এত জোরে টেনো না যে কাপড় কুঁচকে যায়। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg কাপড়ের কোনায় এসো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg মোড় নাও। পরের সেলাই কোনা ছেড়ে পরের ধার ধরে যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg রেখা সমান থাকে। কোনা কুঁচকোয়ো না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg কাপড়ের দুই টুকরো। এক কিনারা অন্য কিনারার উপর রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg তাদের সেই এক কিনারা বরাবর সেলাই করো। সূচ দুই টুকরোর ভিতর দিয়ে যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg শুধু এক কিনারা। তারপর থামো। অন্য পাশগুলো এখনো সেলাই কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg একটা চৌকো। এক কোনা থেকে শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg চারদিকে একই সেলাই। প্রতিটা কোনা একই ভাবে মোড় নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg যেখান থেকে শুরু করেছিলে, সেখানে ফিরে এলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg একটা তালি। বড় টুকরোর উপর কাপড়ের একটা ছোট টুকরো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg উপরে সেলাই করো। সূচ তালি আর তার নিচের কাপড়ের ভিতর দিয়ে যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg কিনারা নিচে থাকে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg শেষ বাঁধো। কাপড়ের গায়ে একটা ছোট গিঁট দাও, যাতে শেষ সেলাই টেনে বের না হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg সুতা ছোট করে কাটো। শুধু একটু শেষ রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg সূচ মুক্ত। তারপর থামো। নতুন সেলাই শুরু কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg একইভাবে দ্বিতীয় চৌকো বানাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg সেলাই গোনো। একই মাপের দুই চৌকো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনো তাদের একসাথে সেলাই কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg একটা জিনিস যা তুমি ব্যবহার করতে পারো। চৌকো, তালি, বা দুই চৌকো একসঙ্গে রেখে একটা কাপড়। নতুন কাজ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'সেলাই' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg কাল কী করতে হবে কেউ না বললেও আরেকটা টুকরো শুরু করতে পারো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg হাত ধোও। সাবান, তারপর পানি, তারপর হাত মুছে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg কাউন্টার খালি করো। বাইরে থাকে শুধু যা এই প্লেটের দরকার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনো আঁচ জ্বালিয়ো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg আঁচের আগে সব বাইরে আছে। খাবার, প্যান, থালা, চামচ, নুন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg যা করবে তা পড়ো। প্যান গরম হয়ে গেলে আর কোনো সরঞ্জাম খুঁজতে হবে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। চুলার মুখ এখনও বন্ধ। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg প্যান গরম। একটু চর্বি দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg চর্বি পাতলা হয় আর চকচক করে। এটা ফিসফিস করে। এটা ধোঁয়া ছাড়ে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg যদি এটা ধোঁয়া ছাড়ে, আঁচ অনেক বেশি। প্যান আঁচ থেকে নামিয়ে নাও। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg খাবার এক স্তরে যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg টুকরোগুলো স্তূপ হয় না। ভরা প্যান ভাপ ছাড়ে। সেটা বাদামি হয় না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনও উল্টো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg ছেড়ে দাও। খোসা হতে সময় লাগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg খোঁচাও না। গরম প্যান থেকে দূরে যেও না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনও উল্টে দিও না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg একবার উল্টে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg যে দিকটা নিচে ছিল সেটা বাদামি। যদি এখনও ফ্যাকাশে থাকে, আরও সময় লাগত। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। বারবার উল্টে যেও না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg চেখে দেখো। তারপর নুন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg নুন খাবারে দাও, বাতাসে নয়। আবার চেখার আগে একটুই যথেষ্ট। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। নুন ঝাঁকাতে থাকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg আঁচ বন্ধ। প্যান মাঝখান শেষ করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg মাঝখান জমে প্যানে আগে থেকে থাকা তাপে। তুমি বার্নার আবার বাড়াও না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg জিরোতে দাও। এখনও কেটো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg কয়েকটা শান্ত মিনিট। বসে থাকতে থাকতে মাঝখান শেষ হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg রস থালায় থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg চামচ দিয়ে সেগুলো খাবারের উপর দাও। সিঙ্কে ঢেলো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg প্যান ঠান্ডা হয়, তারপর তুমি এটা ধোও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg ঠান্ডা জলে গরম প্যান বেঁকে যেতে পারে। অপেক্ষা করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg একটা থালা। নতুন পদ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'রান্না' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg কাল কী করতে হবে কেউ না বললেও আরেকটা থালা রান্না করতে পারো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg হাঁড়ি ফুটলে কালো গোলমরিচ শেষে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg নুনের সঙ্গে, তার বদলে নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg জিরা তেলে ফুটিয়ে, তারপর ধনে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg শিম, ভাত, বা ভেড়া। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg ধনের দানা, থেঁতো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg কফির রং পর্যন্ত সেঁকো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg প্যাপরিকা তাড়াতাড়ি ফোটে, আরও তাড়াতাড়ি পোড়ে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg রসুন পরে, নইলে রসুন পোড়ে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg ধোঁয়া প্যাপরিকা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg ধোঁয়াই মশলা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg লাল লঙ্কা শেষে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg অন্য মশলার চেয়ে কম। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg জ্বাল হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg লাল মরিচের গুঁড়ো তেলে, তারপর আঁচ থেকে নামাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg রসুন তাদের সঙ্গে আসতে পারে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg জ্বাল হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg মরিচের গুঁড়োতে আগেই জিরা, রসুন, আর লঙ্কা আছে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg আর জিরা দেওয়ার আগে চেখে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg দারচিনি তেলে, এক চিমটি নুনের সঙ্গে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg ফল, কুমড়ো, বা মাংসে একটু। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg আদা, তাজা বা শুকনো, রসুনের সঙ্গে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg শুকনো বেশি ঝাল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg হলুদ দাগ লাগায়, বেশিক্ষণ ভাজলে তেতো হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg কালো গোলমরিচ সাহায্য করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg রসুনের গুঁড়ো শুকনো কড়াইতে পোড়ে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg তেলে দাও, তারপর খাবার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg পেঁয়াজের গুঁড়ো ভাজা পেঁয়াজ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg গোড়ায় দাও, তারপর পদে নুন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg অরেগানো টমেটো সসে আগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg শুকনো, তাজা এক চিমটির চেয়ে জোরালো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg তুলসী শেষে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg গরম স্বাদ উড়িয়ে দেয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg থাইম আগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg সময় লাগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg রোজমেরি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg কেটে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg তেজপাতা তরলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg একটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg তুলে নাও। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg জায়ফল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg মালাই, পালং শাক, বা আলুর উপর এক ঘষা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg লবঙ্গ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg একটি বা দুটি পেঁয়াজে গাঁথা, বা গুঁড়ো এক চিমটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg অলস্পাইস। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg এখানেই থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg এলাচ, খোসা ফাটানো, বা গুঁড়ো এক চিমটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg ভাত, কফি, বা ফল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg সরিষা গরম তেলে, প্রথম ফাটলেই খাবার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg হলুদ পরে আসতে পারে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg মৌরি, থেঁতো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg টমেটো বা শুয়োর। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg সোয়া শেষে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg লেবু। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg কারোয়া, থেঁতো, রসুনের সঙ্গে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg বাঁধাকপি, শুয়োর, বা রাই রুটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg সেলারি বীজ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg এক চিমটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg তিল সেঁকো যতক্ষণ গন্ধ ওঠে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg নুন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg পোস্ত ফোটে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg মাখন আর লেবু। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg জাফরান। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg সুতা, সস্তা কৌটোর গুঁড়ো নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg ধীরে রান্না বা ক্বাথে একটি চক্রফুল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg আদা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg তুলে নাও। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg সুমাক আঁচ থেকে নামিয়ে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg এটাই টক। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg মেথি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg এক চিমটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg কালোজিরা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg পোড়ো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg পুদিনা শেষে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg লেবু। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg সেজ মাখনে অল্পক্ষণ ভাজো, তারপর কুমড়ো বা শুয়োরের উপর। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg কালো গোলমরিচ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg ট্যারাগন শেষে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg লেবু। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg মার্জোরাম। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg যেখানে অরেগানো চেঁচাবে, সেখানে এটা দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg পার্সলে শেষে লেবুর সঙ্গে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg এটা তাজা, ফোটানোর মশলা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg ধনেপাতা শেষে কাগজি লেবুর সঙ্গে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg সাবান লাগলে সেটা পাতা, রাঁধুনি নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg লেমনগ্রাস, থেঁতো, স্যুপে, তারপর বের। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg আদা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg তুলে নাও। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg আনিস। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg এক চিমটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg জয়ত্রী। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg মালাই সসে বা আলুতে এক চিমটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg জুনিপার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg তিনটি থেঁতো করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg জ্বাল হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg সিচুয়ান মরিচ সেঁকো যতক্ষণ গন্ধ ওঠে, তারপর থেঁতো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg আদা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg জ্বাল হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg আলেপ্পো মরিচ আঁচ থেকে নামিয়ে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg মৃদু। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg চিপটলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg ধোঁয়া আর ঝাল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg জ্বাল হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg কারি গুঁড়ো এক মিশ্রণ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg ফুটিয়ে নাও, তারপর খাবার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg গরম মসলা শেষের মিশ্রণ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg হাঁড়িতে আগেই জিরা আর ধনে থাকতে পারে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg পাঁচ মশলা এক মিশ্রণ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg এক চিমটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg ধোঁয়া হলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg দুবার মাপো। একবার দাগ দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg দুই মাপ যদি না মেলে, আবার মাপো। অনুমানে দাগ দিয়ো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনো কেটো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg তক্তার আড়াআড়ি সমকোণে রেখা টানো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg সমকোণ ধারের সঙ্গে শক্ত করে বসে। রেখা তলের আড়াআড়ি যায়, আর ধার বেয়ে নামে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনো কাটো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg কাজটা শিকলজায় আটকাও। তোমার হাত শিকলজা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg তক্তা যদি সরে, কাটা বেঁকে যাবে। শিকলজা শক্ত করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। কাঠ স্থির না হওয়া পর্যন্ত করাত চালু কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg রেখার বাড়তি দিকে কাটো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg পেন্সিলের রেখা সেই টুকরোয় থাকে, যা তুমি রাখছ। করাতের দাঁত বাড়তি অংশ নেয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। রেখা কেটে ফেলো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg করাতকে কাজ করতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg হালকা ঠেলা। যদি হেলান দিতে হয়, করাত ভোঁতা, না হয় কোণ ভুল। থামো, আবার বসাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg কাটা টুকরো ধরো, যাতে শেষ আঁশ না ছিঁড়ে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg একটা হাত বা দ্বিতীয় ঠেস বাড়তি টুকরো ধরে। পড়তে দিয়ো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg কাটা সমকোণ দিয়ে দেখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg সমকোণ তলের ওপর আর কাটা প্রান্তে বসে। সমকোণের নিচে আলো মানে, কাটা সমকোণ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। ভুলটা দেখার আগে ঘষে মুছে ফেলো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg রেখা পর্যন্ত ঘষো। তার পরে নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg আঁশের সঙ্গে ঘষো। রেখার পরে ঘষলে, টুকরোটা ছোট হয়ে যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg ধুলো মুছো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg দুই তল মিলে। জোড়া দিয়ে আলো যায় না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg একসাথে ধরে সীম বরাবর দেখো। আলো মানে ফাঁক। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। ফাঁকে আঠা দিও না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg আঠা, তারপর শিকলজা। এক সরু রেখা বের হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg অনেক আঠা জোড়াকে আরও মজবুত করে না। রেখা মুছো। জোড়াকে আঠাশূন্য করো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg এটা জমে। তারপর জোড়া সমান ঘষো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg ভেজা আঠা ঘষো না। জোড়া শক্ত না হওয়া পর্যন্ত অপেক্ষা করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg এক টুকরো। নতুন কাজ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'কাঠ' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg কাল কী করতে হবে কেউ না বললেও তুমি আরেক টুকরো শুরু করতে পারো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg যে আলো সত্যি আছে, তার জন্য গাছ বেছে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg রোদের গাছ অন্ধকার ঘরে, চাইলেই বাড়বে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনো বুনো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg মাটি জল ছাড়ে। টবে একটা ফুটো লাগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg জল টবে বসে থাকলে শিকড় পচে। ভরার আগে ফুটো দেখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg প্যাকেটের গভীরতায় বুনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg প্যাকেট না থাকলে, ছোট বীজ পাতলা আবরণ পায়। বড় বীজ আরও গভীরে যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg মাটি চেপে দাও। বীজের নিচে বাতাসের ফাঁক নেই। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg আস্তে চাপ দাও। খুব শক্ত চাপ জল আর বাতাসকে বাইরে রাখে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg একবার জল দাও, গভীর। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg জল ফুটো দিয়ে বের হওয়া পর্যন্ত দাও। তারপর অপেক্ষা করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg আবার জলের আগে ওপর শুকাতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg একটা আঙুল ঢোকাও। ওপর এখনো ভেজা থাকলে, ছেড়ে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg চারা জলের চেয়ে আলো চায় বেশি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg একটা ফ্যাকাশে, টানা চারা আলো চাইছে। এটাকে সরাও। এটাকে ডুবিয়ো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg প্যাকেটের ফাঁক পর্যন্ত পাতলা করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg সবচেয়ে শক্ত চারা থাকে। বাকি বের হয়। ঘেঁষা গাছ ছোট থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg আসল পাতার পর তবেই সার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg বেশি দিলে পোড়ে। একটু, তারপর থামো। প্রথম দুটো পাতা আসল পাতা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg কিছু ছড়ানোর আগে পোকা হাত দিয়ে তোলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg একটা পোকা বোতলের কারণ নয়। হাত দিয়ে তোলো। কাল আবার দেখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg তৈরি হলে তোলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg বেশি অপেক্ষা একে শক্ত করে। বেশি দিন ফেলে রাখা গাছ নিজেকে বীজে খরচ করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg এক ফসল। নতুন বাগান নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'চাষ' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg কাল কী করতে হবে কেউ না বললেও আরেকটা টব লাগাতে পারো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg একটা জানালা। এটা কাটা আগা, বীজ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg শিকড়সহ তাজা পেঁয়াজকলি নাও, শুকনোটা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg একটা জানালা, তারপর রোদ। অঙ্কুরই নিশ্চিত ফল। শুঁটিতে অনেক আলো লাগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg আস্ত শুকনো শিম নাও: লাল, কালো, দাগি, বা শুকনো বরবটি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg একটা জানালা। ফসল সম্ভবত পাতা। মোটা রসুনের মাথা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg একটা শক্ত কোয়া। খোসা রাখো। আগা ওপরে, শিকড়ের চ্যাপটা মাথা নিচে, প্রায় দুই সেন্টিমিটার গভীরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg একটা জানালা। কয়েকটা ছোট পাতা, দোকানের দ্বিতীয় মাথা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg তাজা গোড়া নাও, বাদামি আর পিচ্ছিল নয়। মাঝের অংশের প্রায় তিন সেন্টিমিটার রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg একটা জানালা। রোমেনের মতোই উপায়, আর ধীর। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg তাজা গোড়া, প্রায় তিন সেন্টিমিটার উঁচু, একটা অগভীর থালায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg একটা উষ্ণ জানালা। একটা গাছ পাও, যেটা কাটতে পারো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg তুলসী উষ্ণ ঘর চায়। ছোট বীজ ভেজা মাটিতে ছড়াও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg একটা উষ্ণ জানালা। ফল চায় সত্যিকারের রোদ আর বড় টব। পাতা কখনো খাবার নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg পুরো পাকা টমেটো নাও। বীজ আর জেলি এক কাপে একটু জল দিয়ে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg একটা উষ্ণ জানালা। ক্যাপসিকাম টমেটোর চেয়ে বেশি তাপ চায়, আর বেশি সময়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg পাকা ক্যাপসিকাম থেকে বীজ নাও। গাঁজন বাদ দিতে পারো। শুকিয়ে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg একটা গভীর টব। একটা গাছ সম্ভব। এক বস্তা আলু নয়, যদি না টব গভীর হয় আর তুমি মাস না অপেক্ষা করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg অনেক দোকানের আলু এমন করা যে অঙ্কুর হয় না। তিন সপ্তাহে কিছু না হলে সেটাই কারণ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg ঘরের একটা গাছ। ফল একটা হয়তো, বছর পরে, আর টক বা আলাদা হতে পারে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg লেবু বা কমলার তাজা বীজ বোনো। টেবিলে শুকিয়ে যাওয়া বীজ প্রায়ই ব্যর্থ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg ঘরের একটা গাছ। ঘরে ফল বিরল, বছর লাগে, আর কেনারটার মতো হবে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg আঁটি ধুয়ে নাও। চওড়া, বেশি চ্যাপটা মাথা নিচ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg একটা চারা, এক বাটি চেরি নয়। ঠান্ডা জায়গায় বাইরে চেরি গাছ ফল দেয়, বছর পরে, আর প্রায়ই দ্বিতীয় গাছ লাগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg আঁটি ঘষো যতক্ষণ না শাঁস থাকে। বাকি শাঁস ছাঁচ ধরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg একটা জানালা। সবুজ, দ্বিতীয় গাজর নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg তাজা গাজর থেকে পাতা কেটে নাও। কমলা মাথার প্রায় এক সেন্টিমিটার রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg একটা জানালা। পাতা, দ্বিতীয় বিট নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg সবুজ কেটে নাও। বিটের প্রায় এক সেন্টিমিটার রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg একটা জানালা। এটা কাটা আগা, বীজ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg তাজা লিক নাও, গোড়া লাগানো, শুকনোটা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg একটা জানালা। কয়েকটা ছোট পাতা, দোকানের দ্বিতীয় মাথা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg তাজা গোড়া নাও, বাদামি আর পিচ্ছিল নয়। মাঝের অংশের প্রায় তিন সেন্টিমিটার রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg একটা জানালা। ঢিলে পাতা, দ্বিতীয় আঁটসাঁট মাথা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg তাজা গোড়া, প্রায় তিন সেন্টিমিটার উঁচু, একটা অগভীর থালায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg একটা জানালা। পালকের পাতা, দ্বিতীয় কন্দ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg মৌরির কন্দের গোড়া নাও। কাটা কাণ্ড একা তেমন কিছু করে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg একটা উষ্ণ জানালা। ফসল এক ঝাড়। এ মাসে মুঠো কাণ্ড নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg এমন কাণ্ড নাও যার শক্ত ফ্যাকাশে গোড়া এখনো আছে। শুকনো কাঠি শিকড় ধরবে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg ঘরের একটা গাছ। ঘরে ফল বিরল, আর এলে বছর লাগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg তাজা আনারসের মুকুট মোচড় দিয়ে খোলো। গোড়া থেকে ফলের শাঁস কেটে ফেলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg একটা রোদের টব। শিকড়ই ফসল, ঠান্ডা থাকলে আর প্রতিটা গাছের জায়গা থাকলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg হাতের সমান গভীর টব, ছিদ্রসহ। ভেজা মাটি, ডোবা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg একটা উজ্জ্বল টব। পাতা, দোকানের আঁটসাঁট মাথা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg বীজ ছোট। ভেজা মাটিতে ছড়াও। চেপে দাও, বা মাটির হালকা ধুলো দিয়ে ঢাকো। গভীরে পোঁতা হলে ব্যর্থ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg একটা ঠান্ডা টব। পাতা, গরম ধারে গ্রীষ্মের ফসল নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg প্রায় এক সেন্টিমিটার গভীরে বোনো, ছিদ্রওয়ালা টবে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg একটা উজ্জ্বল টব। পাতাই ফসল। তাপ ওদের শেষ করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg বীজ গোল। প্রায় এক সেন্টিমিটার গভীরে বোনো, যে টব তুমি রাখবে। সে জায়গা বদল পছন্দ করে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg ছিদ্রওয়ালা টব। এক ঝাড়, বছরের পর বছর কাটতে পারো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg বীজ ধীর। মাটি ভেজা রাখো। অঙ্কুর প্রায়ই দশ থেকে বিশ দিন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg একটা উজ্জ্বল টব। একটা কাণ্ড, বীজ নয়। বীজ প্রায়ই একটা দুর্বল গাছ গজায়, যে পুদিনা তুমি শুঁকেছ সেটা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg একটা তাজা কাণ্ড কাটো। নিচের পাতা টেনে নাও। শুকনো কাঠি শিকড় ধরবে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg একটা রোদের টব। শুঁটিই ফসল। বোয়ামে অঙ্কুর আলাদা পাঠ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg একটা আস্ত শুকনো ঝোপ শিম নাও। লতা শিম নয়, যদি না উঁচু কাঠি দাও। ভাঙা মটর নয়। কৌটোর শিম নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg একটা ঠান্ডা টব। শুঁটি, আবহাওয়া ঠান্ডা থাকলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg আস্ত মটরের বীজ নাও, ভাঙা মটর নয়। ভাঙা মটর মরা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg বাইরে, বা অন্তত বিশ সেন্টিমিটার গভীর একটা টব। শিকড়ই ফসল। এটা থালায় গাজরের মাথা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg আলগা মাটি, পাথর বা শক্ত ঢেলা নেই। সেগুলো শিকড়কে ফাঁক করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg বাইরে, বা অন্তত বিশ সেন্টিমিটার গভীর একটা টব। একটা শিকড়, আর পাতা। এটা থালায় বিটের মাথা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg প্রতিটা বীজের বল কয়েকটা অঙ্কুর বানাতে পারে। প্রায় দুই সেন্টিমিটার গভীরে বোনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg বাইরে, বা ছিদ্রওয়ালা একটা বড় টব। পাতা, অনেক দিন ধরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg প্রায় এক সেন্টিমিটার গভীরে বোনো। অঙ্কুর প্রায়ই পাঁচ থেকে দশ দিন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg বাইরে। সেট বীজের চেয়ে সহজ। বীজকে কন্দ হতে মাস লাগে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg সেট আগা ওপরে, শিকড়ের মাথা নিচে, প্রায় দশ সেন্টিমিটার ফাঁকে লাগাও। আগা সবে দেখা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg একটা বড় টব বা জমি, চড়ার একটা কিছুসহ। জানালার ধার নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg মাটি উষ্ণ হওয়ার পর প্রায় দুই সেন্টিমিটার গভীরে বোনো। ঠান্ডা ভিজে মাটি বীজ পচায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg জমি, বা খুব বড় একটা টব। একটা গাছ বিশাল হয়। দুই অনেক। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg মাটি উষ্ণ হওয়ার পর প্রায় দুই সেন্টিমিটার গভীরে বোনো। ঠান্ডা ভিজে মাটি বীজ পচায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg বাইরে, উষ্ণ মাটিতে। টব নয়, আর একটা গাছ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg একটা চৌকো লাগাও, প্রতি দিকে অন্তত চারটা গাছ। পরাগ ওপরের মঞ্জরি থেকে মোচার রেশমে পড়ে। এক সারি, বা একটা গাছ, প্রায়ই খালি মোচা বানায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg একটা গাছ বা একটা রানার। বীজ ধীর, আর বেশিরভাগ বীজ থেকে গজানো গাছ প্রথম বছর ফল দেয় না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg রোদের জমি, বা ছিদ্রওয়ালা টব। অন্ধকার জানালা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg বাইরে, পুরো রোদে। একটা ফুল, আর বীজ যদি গ্রীষ্ম যথেষ্ট দীর্ঘ হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg মাটি উষ্ণ হওয়ার পর প্রায় দুই সেন্টিমিটার গভীরে বোনো। অঙ্কুর প্রায়ই সাত থেকে চোদ্দ দিন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg রোদ, আর উষ্ণ মাটি। ওরা এক গ্রীষ্মে শেষ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg বীজ সবে ঢাকো। ঠান্ডা ভিজে মাটি একে পচায়, বা বীজ বসে থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg রোদ। ওরা এক গ্রীষ্মে শেষ, আর হিম পর্যন্ত ফোটে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg দুর্বল মাটি বেশি ফুল বানায়। উর্বর মাটি অনেক পাতা বানায় আর অল্প ফুল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg বাগানের গাঁদা। ক্যালেন্ডুলা নয়। সেটা পরের পাঠ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg রোদ। মাটি উষ্ণ হওয়ার পর বীজ সবে ঢাকো। অঙ্কুর প্রায়ই পাঁচ থেকে দশ দিন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg পট ম্যারিগোল্ড। আগের পাঠের বাগানের গাঁদা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg ঠান্ডা ঋতুর ফুল। তাপ একে থামাতে পারে। একটা ঠান্ডা গ্রীষ্ম ঠিক জায়গা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg একটা বড় বীজ, উষ্ণ মাটিতে প্রায় দুই সেন্টিমিটার গভীরে। একটা টব বা জমি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg ওরা ছড়িয়ে পড়ে। দুর্বল মাটি বেশি ফুল বানায়। উর্বর মাটি পাতা বানায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg যে মটর তুমি খাও, সেটা নয়। সে আলাদা গাছ, আর আলাদা পাঠ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg ওরা ঠান্ডা আবহাওয়া পছন্দ করে। তাপ ফুল থামায়। একটা ঠান্ডা গ্রীষ্ম ওদের মানাতে পারে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg একটা শিকড়, বীজ নয়। চোখ শিকড়ের ওপর গোলাপি কুঁড়ি। ওরা ওপরের দিকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg এমন বসাও যে চোখের ওপর প্রায় পাঁচ সেন্টিমিটারের বেশি মাটি না পড়ে। তার চেয়ে গভীর হলে পাতা গজাতে পারে, ফুল কখনো নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg ক্যামেরা তোলার আগে ঠিক করো, ছবিটা কিসের। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg একটা ছোট লাইনে বলতে না পারলে, এখনো তোলার জন্য তৈরি নও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনো ছবি তোলো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg সেটিং ছোঁয়ার আগে পা নাড়াও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg বাঁয়ে এক পা, একটা বোতামের চেয়ে ছবি বেশি বদলায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg কাছে যাও। বেশিরভাগ ছবিতে বিষয়ের চারপাশে অনেক বাড়তি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg ফ্রেমে তিনটা বাড়তি জিনিসের নাম বলতে পারলে, এক কদম আর কাছে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg দিগন্ত সমান, যদি না তুমি চাও যে না হোক। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg হেলানো টেবিল ভুলের মতো দেখায়। রেখা সমতল না হওয়া পর্যন্ত ফোনটা হেলাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg যে অংশ দরকার, সেখানে ফোকাস করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg সেই অংশে টোকা দাও। পেছনটা স্পষ্ট আর জিনিসটা ঝাপসা হলে, তুমি ভুল জায়গায় টোকা দিয়েছ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg একটা জোরালো আকার। পাঁচটা জিনিস লড়ছে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg যদি ব্যাখ্যা করতে হয় ছবিটা কোন জিনিসের, ছবিটা শেষ হয়নি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg মুহূর্তের জন্য অপেক্ষা করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg যে ছবি অধৈর্য হয়ে তুলেছ, সেটাই তুমি মুছো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg যে রাজি হয়নি, সে ছবিতে নেই। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg আগে জিজ্ঞেস করো। মাথা নাড়ালে গোনা হয়। চুপ থাকলে হয় না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg যার জন্য এসেছ, তার জন্য আলো ঠিক করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg পেছনটা ছেড়ে দাও। জিনিসের পেছনে উজ্জ্বল জানালা জিনিসটাকে ছায়া করে। ঘুরে যাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg একই জিনিসের তিনটা ছবি। একটা রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg বাকি দুটো যায়। আরও ছবি একটা ভালো করে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg শুধু সেটা কাটো, যা বিষয়ের সঙ্গে লড়ে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg কাটা, এমন কাছের ছবি বানিয়ে নেওয়ার উপায় নয়, যা তুমি তোলোনি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg একটা ছবি। এক রোল নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'ক্যামেরা' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg কাল কী করতে হবে কেউ না বললেও আরেকটা ছবি তুলতে পারো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg যে বাদ্যযন্ত্র আসলে অনুশীলন করবে, সেটা বেছে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg যে পিয়ানোতে হাত পৌঁছায় না, সেটা সেই বাদ্যযন্ত্র নয়। হাত, একটা ঢোল, যে গিটার আগে থেকেই আছে, সব গোনা হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনো গান বাজিয়ো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg সুরের আগে শরীর আরামে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg কাঁধ কানের কাছে উঠলে, সুর টানটান হবে। নামাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg একটা সুর, পরিষ্কার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg পরিষ্কার সুর সেটা, যার শুরু আর থামা তুমি শুনতে পাও। বাড়তি আওয়াজ তার অংশ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg একটা স্থির তাল, যা টোকা দিতে পারো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg টোকা যদি দ্রুত হয়ে যায়, এখনো তাল হয়নি। ধীরে করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg একই বাক্যাংশ, আস্তে, তারপর পুরো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg পুরো মানে ঘর যত নেবে তত জোরে নয়। কান ব্যথা করলে, এটা বেশি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg বিরতিও বাজানো হয়। ভরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg নীরবতা একটা তাল, যা গুনতে হয়। তার উপর বাজালে, সেটা এড়িয়ে গেলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg পাঁচটি সুর যা আবার পাবে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg বাজাও। চোখ সরাও। সেই একই পাঁচটি খুঁজো। না পেলে এখনো তোমার নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg চার খণ্ড। খণ্ডরেখায় থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg পঞ্চম যোগ করো না। থামা বাক্যাংশের অংশ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg পরিষ্কার না হওয়া পর্যন্ত ধীরে। দ্রুত পরে আসে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg দ্রুত এলোমেলো বাক্যাংশ অনুশীলন নয়। এটা এক অভ্যাস, যা পরে খুলতে হবে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg এক টেক রেকর্ড করো। একবার শোনো। একটা জিনিস ঠিক করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg পাঁচবার শুনে পাঁচটা জিনিস ঠিক কোরো না। একটা জিনিস, তারপর আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg ২০ মিনিট। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg ব্যথা করা হাত প্রমাণ নয় যে তুমি কাজ করেছ। এটাই থামার কারণ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg এক বাক্যাংশ, যা কাল বাজাতে পারবে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'সঙ্গীত' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই সুরগুলো আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg শব্দের আগে শরীর আরামে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg কাঁধ কানের কাছে উঠলে, সুর টানটান হবে। নামাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। এখনো গান গাইও না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg নিশ্বাস সুর শুরু করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg আগে বাতাস নাও। যদি আগে শব্দ শুরু করো আর পরে বাতাস খোঁজো, সুর কাঁপে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg একটা স্বর, মাঝে। গলা থেকে ঠেলা নেই। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg গলা শক্ত হলে ঠেলছ। আরও নরম, আর স্বর মাঝে থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg সুর খুঁজে নাও, তারপর ধরে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg ধরা সুর যদি পিছলে যায়, এখনো পাওয়া হয়নি। আবার খুঁজে নাও, তারপর ধরে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg প্রথম চেষ্টায় শব্দ শোনা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg শুনে যদি জিজ্ঞেস করতে হয় তুমি কী গেয়েছ, শব্দ শেষ হয়নি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg একই লাইন, আস্তে, তারপর পুরো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg পুরো তত জোরে নয়, যত ঘর নিতে পারে। মাথা ঘোরালে, নিশ্বাস অনেকক্ষণ ধরে রেখেছ। থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg বিরতি নীরবতা। ভরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg বিরতিতে নিশ্বাস নাও। তার ভিতর দিয়ে গাইলে, সেটা বাদ দিলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg উঁচু সুর তৈরি, ছিনিয়ে নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg যদি পৌঁছাও আর গলা ছিনিয়ে নেয়, তৈরি ছিলে না। আগের সুর থেকে তাতে ঢোকো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg একটা কলি রেকর্ড করো। একবার শোনো। একটা জিনিস ঠিক করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg পাঁচবার শুনে পাঁচটা জিনিস ঠিক করো না। একটা জিনিস, তারপর আবার গাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg ২০ মিনিট। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg ব্যথা করা গলা প্রমাণ নয় যে তুমি কাজ করেছ। এটাই থামার কারণ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg শব্দগুলো এমন গাও, যেন তুমি তাই বলতে চাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg শব্দগুলো যদি শুধু আওয়াজ হয়, তুমি এখনো গাওনি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg একটা কলি, যা কাল গাইতে পারবে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'গান' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই কলি আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg একটা সত্যি কথা। পছন্দের গানের সাজ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg লাইনটা রেডিওর যেকোনো গান হতে পারে, তাহলে সেটা সাজ। যা সত্যি দেখেছ, সেখান থেকে শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg শিরোনাম গানের প্রতিশ্রুতি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg ওপরে লেখো। কলি যদি সেই প্রতিশ্রুতি না রাখে, শিরোনাম মিথ্যা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg কোরাস সেই প্রতিশ্রুতি বলে, এক বা দুই লাইনে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg দুই লাইন সীমা। যে কোরাসের একটা অনুচ্ছেদ লাগে, সেটা কলি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg সুর গুনগুন করো। স্বরলিপি না থাকলে, তাল সাদা কথায় লেখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg লম্বা, ছোট, ছোট যথেষ্ট। যে নোট পড়তে পারো না, তার ছবি সাহায্য করে না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg প্রথম কলি দৃশ্য। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg কে আছে, আর কী দেখা যায়। অনুভূতি এখন বুঝিয়ো না। দৃশ্য সেটা করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg কোরাস না বদলে ফেরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg দ্বিতীয়বার আবার লিখলে, কোরাস থাকে না। দুটো কলি হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg দ্বিতীয় কলি দাম বাড়ায়, অথবা মোড়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg কিছু আরও কঠিন, অথবা কেউ মত বদলায়। কিছু না বদলালে, সেটা আবার প্রথম কলি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg সেতু ঐচ্ছিক। এক লাইন, যা কোরাস বলেনি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg দরকার না থাকলে, লিখো না। সেতু তৃতীয় কলি নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg ধরন তাল আর কথা, সাজ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg যে তাল তুমি বলতে চাও, সেটা ঠোকো। শব্দ যদি শুধু অন্যের গলায় চলে, সেগুলো এখনো তোমার নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg ধার করা আঁকশি নেই। অন্য গান শুনলে, লাইন আবার শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg রেডিও থেকে মনে রাখা আঁকশি তোমার নয়। নিজের শিরোনাম থেকে পরের লাইন লেখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg কোরাস রেকর্ড করো। একবার শোনো। একটা শব্দ ঠিক করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg পাঁচবার শুনে পাঁচটা শব্দ ঠিক কোরো না। একটা শব্দ, তারপর আজকের জন্য শেষ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg একটা গান, যা কাল গাইতে পারবে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'গান লেখা' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই কোরাস আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg কাগজ, অথবা যে ট্যাবলেট আগে থেকে আছে। আলাদা কোনো প্রোগ্রাম লাগে না। একজন মানুষ লেখো। একটা নামই যথেষ্ট। শুধু একজন। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg পরের লাইনে লেখো, সে কী চায়। একটা চাওয়া। তালিকা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg পরের লাইনে একটা জিনিস লেখো যা পথে আছে। একজন মানুষ, একটা ঘটনা, অথবা একটা সীমা। তারপর থামো। এটা পুরো গল্প নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg ক্লাস ১-এর তিন লাইন টেবিলে রাখো। নতুন পাতা খোলো। 'এটা একটা গল্প' দিয়ে শুরু কোরো না। যেখানে মানুষ আগে থেকে এক জায়গায় আছে, সেখান থেকে শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg লেখো, সে এখন কী করছে। একটা কাজ যা দেখা যায়। দরজায় হাত, এক পা, রাখা কাপ। সেই মুহূর্তে থাকো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg পড়ো। একটা বাক্য যদি পুরো জীবন বলে, বা শিক্ষা বলে, কেটে দাও। শুরু শুধু এই মুহূর্ত। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg ক্লাস ২-এর শুরু পড়ো। সেটা একটা মুহূর্ত। নতুন দৃশ্য শুরু কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg সেই মুহূর্ত শেষ হওয়ার আগে চাওয়াটা পাতায় রাখো। 'সে চেয়েছিল' লিখো না। দেখাও। একটা হাত দরজা চেষ্টা করে। চোখ সেই ফোনে থাকে যা তোলা হয় না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg শেষ লাইন পর্যন্ত পড়ো। পাঠক যদি এখনও না জানে মানুষ কী চায়, একটা কাজ যোগ করো যা তা দেখায়। তারপর থামো। মাঝ শুরু কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg দৃশ্যে ফিরে যাও। চাওয়া আগে থেকে আছে। বাধা শুধু এক রকম: একজন মানুষ, একটা ঘটনা, অথবা একটা সীমা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg সেটা দৃশ্যে লেখো। একজন মানুষ না বলে। একটা ঘটনা: বাস চলে গেছে। একটা সীমা: একটা মুদ্রা আছে। 'একটা সমস্যা ছিল' লিখো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg পড়ো। বাধা যদি একের বেশি রকম হতে পারে, একটা রাখো, বাকি কেটে দাও। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg এটা মাঝ। প্রথম চেষ্টা লেখো। একটা কারণে ব্যর্থ হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg দ্বিতীয় চেষ্টা লেখো। অন্য কারণে ব্যর্থ হয়। প্রথম ব্যর্থতা আবার লিখো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg দুটোই পড়ো। একই কারণে ব্যর্থ হলে দ্বিতীয়টা বদলাও। তারপর থামো। শেষ লিখো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg দুই চেষ্টা পড়ো। দুটোই ব্যর্থ। ভাগ্যের উদ্ধার যোগ কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg বাঁককে একটা বেছে নেওয়া হিসেবে লেখো। মানুষ দুই কাজের একটা নেয় যা সত্যিই করতে পারে। দাম জানে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg পড়ো। বেরোনোর পথ যদি ভাগ্য, একজন অচেনা, বা পাওয়া চাবি হয়, কেটে দাও। বেছে নেওয়া লেখো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg শেষ কয়েক লাইনে লেখো। হয় তারা চাওয়া পায়, নয়তো পাতা দাম দেখায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg নতুন চাওয়া যোগ কোরো না। প্রথম দৃশ্যের চাওয়া ব্যবহার করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg চাওয়া আর শেষ একসঙ্গে পড়ো। শেষ যদি চাওয়া ভুলে যায়, শেষ ঠিক করো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg দৃশ্য শেষ লাইন পর্যন্ত পড়ো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg শেষ লাইন কিছু বদলাবে। একটা ঘটনা, একটা বেছে নেওয়া, অথবা কেউ যা জানে। কিছু না বদলালে বদল লেখো। তার আগে অধ্যায় শেষ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg নতুন দৃশ্য শুরু হলে কেটে ফেরত আনো। বদলের উপর শেষ করো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg একটা অনুভূতি বা ঘটনা খুঁজো যা তুমি ব্যাখ্যা করতে যাচ্ছিলে। 'সে রেগে ছিল।' 'সে তাকে বিশ্বাস করত না।' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg সেটা কারও বলার মধ্যে রাখো, অথবা না বলার মধ্যে। ঘোষণা লিখো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg পড়ো। বর্ণনাকারী যদি এখনও ঘোষণা করে, সেই বাক্য কেটে দাও। কথা সেটা ধরে রাখে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg দৃশ্য পড়ো। একটা বাক্য দাগ দাও যা ব্যাখ্যা করে যা পাঠক আগেই দেখেছে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg সেটা কেটে দাও। কাজ রেখে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg দৃশ্য আবার পড়ো। অন্য বাক্য যদি শুধু ব্যাখ্যা করে, সেটাও কাটো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg প্রথম পাতা জোরে পড়ো। শুধু প্রথম পাতা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg প্রথম যেখানে মানুষ, চাওয়া, বা জায়গা হারিয়েছ, দাগ দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg সেই জায়গা ঠিক করো। একটা মেরামত। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg লেখা প্রথম লাইন থেকে শেষ লাইন পর্যন্ত পড়ো। একজন মানুষ, একটা চাওয়া, একটা বাধা, দুই চেষ্টা, একটা বেছে নেওয়া, আর একটা শেষ আছে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg একটা নাম দাও। নাম 'গল্প' নয়। এটা এই লেখাকে দেখায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg এই লেখা একজন পাঠককে দেওয়া যায়। এটা কী, জানতে এই পাতা খোলা লাগে না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg যে কাগজ আগে থেকে আছে। একটা জিনিস লেখো যা তুমি বানাতে পারো। দোকান নয়। তালিকা নয়। একটা। একটা রুটি, একটা মেরামত, একটা ছবি, এক বয়াম স্যুপ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg এটা একজন মানুষের জন্য, সবার জন্য নয়। পরের লাইনে লেখো কার জন্য। একটা নামই যথেষ্ট। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg দুই লাইন পড়ো। তুমি এটা শেষ করতে পারো। না পারলে কেটে দাও আর ছোট জিনিস লেখো। তারপর থামো। দাম লিখো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg আগের ক্লাসের সেই একটা জিনিস দেখো। এটা একজন মানুষের জন্য। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg পরের লাইনে সেই মানুষের নাম লেখো। একজন আসল মানুষ যার সঙ্গে তুমি কথা বলতে পারো। সবাই নয়। গ্রাহক নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg নাম পড়ো। মুখ মনে না আসলে কেটে দাও আর একজন মানুষ লেখো যার মুখ আসে। তারপর থামো। দাম লিখো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg যে মানুষটির নাম তুমি লিখেছ। লেখো, তার কী দরকার যা তার নেই। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg এটা সেই জিনিসের সঙ্গে মিলতে হবে যা তুমি বানাতে পারো। নতুন ব্যবসা নয়। একটা দরকার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg দরকার আর জিনিস একসঙ্গে পড়ো। না মিললে দরকার বদলাও বা জিনিস বদলাও। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg প্রথমটা বানাও। যা আগে থেকে আছে তাই ব্যবহার করো। দোকান খোলো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg এটা শেষ করো। দশটার পরিকল্পনা নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg এটা টেবিলে রাখো। এটাই প্রথমটা। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg প্রথমটা সেই মানুষের কাছে নিয়ে যাও যার নাম তুমি লিখেছ। অথবা একটা সময় ঠিক করো যখন সে ধরতে পারে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg তার হাতে দাও। পুরো পরিকল্পনা বোঝাও না। ধরতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg যখন দেখে, পাশে থাকো। তারপর থামো। টাকা চেয়ো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg সে এটা হাতে নেওয়ার পরে, যে কথা বলল তা লেখো। তার কথা, তোমার নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg যদি কিছু না বলে, সে যা করল তা লেখো। সে এটা নামিয়ে রাখল। সে হাসল। সে একটা প্রশ্ন করল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg যা লিখেছ তা পড়ো। এটা তার প্রতিক্রিয়া, তোমার আশা নয়। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg পড়ো, তারা কী বলেছিল। একটা জিনিস খুঁজো যা তারা চেয়েছিল। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg সেই বানানো জিনিসে সেই একটা বদলাও। পাঁচটা নয়। একটা। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg বদল হয়ে গেছে। তারপর থামো। আবার শুরু থেকে কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg নিজের কাগজে লেখো, এটা বানাতে তোমার কী খরচ হলো। সময়। উপকরণ যা আগে থেকে ছিল। একটা জিনিস যা তুমি শেষ করে ফেলেছ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg এটা তোমার জন্য। এটা তাদের জন্য দাম নয়। বিক্রির দাম লিখো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg পড়ো। তুমি জানো, এটা তোমার কী খরচ হলো। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg দেখো, তোমার কী খরচ হলো। একটা দাম ঠিক করো, যা তুমি সেই একজনকে জোরে বলতে পারো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg সেই মানুষকে বলো, অথবা ঘরকে বলা অনুশীলন করো। জোরে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg এই পাতায় দাম টাইপ করো না। এখানে নোটে টাইপ করো না। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg লেখো, তারা তোমার কাছ থেকে কীভাবে পায়। তুমি তাদের হাতে দাও। তারা এসে নেয়। তুমি তাদের দরজায় রেখে যাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg একটা উপায়। দোকান নয়। এই সাইটে পরিশোধ নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg পড়ো। একজন সেই উপায় ধরে যেতে পারে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg যার জন্য, তাকে বলো। এক বাক্য। জিনিসটা, আর এটা তাদের জন্য। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg বলো, অথবা যেখানে তারা দেখবে সেখানে লেখো। সবার জন্য পোস্টার নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg এক বাক্য। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg যা আছে, পড়ো। একটা জিনিস। একজন। একটা দরকার। একটা বানানো জিনিস। তারা যেভাবে পায়, সেই একটা পথ। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg প্রস্তাবের নাম দাও। নাম "Business" নয়। এটা এই প্রস্তাবকে দেখায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg এই পাতা খোলা না রেখেই তুমি এটা একজন ক্রেতার হাতে দিতে পারো। তারপর থামো। দাম টাইপ কোরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg একটি সাদা চাবি বাজাও, আর থামতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg চেপে রাখলে, থামতে দাওনি। আঙুল তোলো, আর শেষ পর্যন্ত শোনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg চার সমান তাল ধরে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg তাল যদি দ্রুত হয়ে যায়, এখনো তাল হয়নি। ধীরে করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg একই চাবি জোরে বাজাও, তারপর আস্তে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg আস্তে এখনও একই চাবি। কান ব্যথা করলে, এটা বেশি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg একটি উঁচু চাবি বাজাও, তারপর একটি নিচু চাবি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg বলো কোনটা উঁচু। আবার বাজাও, অনেকক্ষণ না খুঁজে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg একটি বিরতি রাখো যা গোনা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg নীরবতা একটা তাল। তার উপর বাজালে, সেটা এড়িয়ে গেলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg একই ছোট ধাঁচ তিনবার আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg তৃতীয়বার যদি বড় হয়, তুমি সেটা আবার বাজাওনি। প্রথমটা আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg একটি হাত ব্যবহার করো, আর অন্য হাতকে বিশ্রাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg যে হাত বিশ্রাম নিচ্ছে, সেটা ভাসছে না। সেটা স্থির। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg এটা ধীরে বাজাও, তারপর একটু দ্রুত, বিরতি তাড়াহুড়ো না করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg বিরতি একই দৈর্ঘ্যে থাকে। গতি নীরবতাকে খায় না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg তুমি যখন বাজাও, অন্য কাউকে চার গুনতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg তাদের গোনার চেয়ে এগিয়ে গেলে, এখনো তাদের সঙ্গে নও। আবার শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg শেষ তালে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg আর একটা যোগ করলে, তুমি থামোনি। দুই হাত তোলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg শুরু থেকে একবার বাজাও, তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg এক টেক। মাঝখান জোড়া দিও না। ভেঙে গেলে, পরের চেষ্টা শুরু থেকে শুরু হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg একটি ছোট ধাঁচ বাজাও, আর তাকে একটি নাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg নাম 'পিয়ানো' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই চাবিগুলো আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg ক্লারিনেটে একটি নরম নিশ্বাস বাজাও, আর থামতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg যদি শব্দ কখনো না থামে, তুমি এখনো ফুঁ দিচ্ছ। বাতাস থামাও, আর শোনো। মাথা ঘুরলে, বা ঠোঁট ব্যথা করলে, থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg চার সমান তাল ধরে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg তাল যদি দ্রুত হয়ে যায়, এখনো তাল হয়নি। ধীরে করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg একই স্বর জোরে বাজাও, তারপর আস্তে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg আস্তে এখনও একই স্বর। কান ব্যথা করলে, এটা বেশি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg একটি উঁচু স্বর বাজাও, তারপর একটি নিচু স্বর। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg বলো কোনটা উঁচু। আবার বাজাও, অনেকক্ষণ না খুঁজে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg একটি বিরতি রাখো যা গোনা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg নীরবতা একটা তাল। তার উপর বাজালে, সেটা এড়িয়ে গেলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg একই ছোট ধাঁচ তিনবার আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg তৃতীয়বার যদি বড় হয়, তুমি সেটা আবার বাজাওনি। প্রথমটা আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg একটি হাত ব্যবহার করো, আর অন্য হাতকে বিশ্রাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg যে হাত বিশ্রাম নিচ্ছে, সেটা ভাসছে না। সেটা স্থির। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg এটা ধীরে বাজাও, তারপর একটু দ্রুত, বিরতি তাড়াহুড়ো না করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg বিরতি একই দৈর্ঘ্যে থাকে। গতি নীরবতাকে খায় না। মাথা ঘোরালে, থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg তুমি যখন বাজাও, অন্য কাউকে চার গুনতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg তাদের গোনার চেয়ে এগিয়ে গেলে, এখনো তাদের সঙ্গে নও। আবার শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg শেষ তালে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg আর একটা যোগ করলে, তুমি থামোনি। ক্লারিনেট মুখ থেকে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg শুরু থেকে একবার বাজাও, তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg এক টেক। মাঝখান জোড়া দিও না। ভেঙে গেলে, পরের চেষ্টা শুরু থেকে শুরু হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg একটি ছোট ধাঁচ বাজাও, আর তাকে একটি নাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg নাম 'ক্লারিনেট' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই সুরগুলো আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg ট্রাম্পেটে ঠোঁট একবার ভনভন করো, আর থামতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg যদি গুঞ্জন কখনো না থামে, তুমি এখনো ফুঁ দিচ্ছ। বাতাস থামাও, আর শোনো। ঠোঁট ব্যথা করলে, বা মাথা ঘুরলে, থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg চার সমান তাল ধরে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg তাল যদি দ্রুত হয়ে যায়, এখনো তাল হয়নি। ধীরে করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg ট্রাম্পেটের একই স্বর জোরে বাজাও, তারপর আস্তে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg আস্তে এখনও একই স্বর। কান ব্যথা করলে, এটা বেশি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg ট্রাম্পেটের একটি উঁচু স্বর বাজাও, তারপর একটি নিচু স্বর। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg বলো কোনটা উঁচু। আবার বাজাও, অনেকক্ষণ না খুঁজে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg একটি বিরতি রাখো যা গোনা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg নীরবতা একটা তাল। তার উপর বাজালে, সেটা এড়িয়ে গেলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg একই ছোট ধাঁচ তিনবার আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg তৃতীয়বার যদি বড় হয়, তুমি সেটা আবার বাজাওনি। প্রথমটা আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg একটি হাত ব্যবহার করো, আর অন্য হাতকে বিশ্রাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg যে হাত বিশ্রাম নিচ্ছে, সেটা ভাসছে না। সেটা স্থির। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg এটা ধীরে বাজাও, তারপর একটু দ্রুত, বিরতি তাড়াহুড়ো না করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg বিরতি একই দৈর্ঘ্যে থাকে। গতি নীরবতাকে খায় না। মাথা ঘোরালে, থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg তুমি যখন বাজাও, অন্য কাউকে চার গুনতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg তাদের গোনার চেয়ে এগিয়ে গেলে, এখনো তাদের সঙ্গে নও। আবার শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg শেষ তালে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg আর একটা যোগ করলে, তুমি থামোনি। ট্রাম্পেট মুখ থেকে নাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg শুরু থেকে একবার বাজাও, তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg এক টেক। মাঝখান জোড়া দিও না। ভেঙে গেলে, পরের চেষ্টা শুরু থেকে শুরু হয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg একটি ছোট ধাঁচ বাজাও, আর তাকে একটি নাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg নাম 'ট্রাম্পেট' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই সুরগুলো আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg চেলোর একটি তার টানো, আর থামতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg আঙুল তোলো। শেষ পর্যন্ত শোনো। ধরে রাখলে, থামতে দাওনি। ছড় নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg চার সমান তাল ধরে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg তাল যদি দ্রুত হয়ে যায়, এখনো তাল হয়নি। ধীরে করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg চেলোর একই তার জোরে বাজাও, তারপর আস্তে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg আস্তে এখনও একই তার। কান ব্যথা করলে, এটা বেশি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg চেলোর একটি উঁচু তার বাজাও, তারপর একটি নিচু তার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg বলো কোনটা উঁচু। আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg একটি বিরতি রাখো যা গোনা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg নীরবতা একটা তাল। তার উপর বাজালে, সেটা এড়িয়ে গেলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg একই ছোট ধাঁচ তিনবার আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg তৃতীয়বার যদি বড় হয়, তুমি সেটা আবার বাজাওনি। প্রথমটা আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg একটি হাত ব্যবহার করো, আর অন্য হাতকে বিশ্রাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg যে হাত বিশ্রাম নিচ্ছে, সেটা ভাসছে না। সেটা স্থির। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg এটা ধীরে বাজাও, তারপর একটু দ্রুত, বিরতি তাড়াহুড়ো না করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg বিরতি একই দৈর্ঘ্যে থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg তুমি যখন বাজাও, অন্য কাউকে চার গুনতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg তাদের গোনার চেয়ে এগিয়ে গেলে, আবার শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg শেষ তালে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg আর একটা যোগ করলে, তুমি থামোনি। দুই হাত তোলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg শুরু থেকে একবার বাজাও, তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg এক টেক। মাঝখান জোড়া দিও না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg একটি ছোট ধাঁচ বাজাও, আর তাকে একটি নাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg নাম 'চেলো' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই তারগুলো আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg ড্রামে একবার মারো, আর থামতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg হাত তোলো। শেষ পর্যন্ত শোনো। হাত ব্যথা করলে থামো। কানের কাছে মেরো না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg চার সমান তাল ধরে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg তাল যদি দ্রুত হয়ে যায়, এখনো তাল হয়নি। ধীরে করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg ড্রামের একই জায়গায় জোরে মারো, তারপর আস্তে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg আস্তে এখনও একই জায়গা। কান ব্যথা করলে, এটা বেশি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg ড্রামে উঁচুতে মারো, তারপর নিচুতে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg বলো কোনটা উঁচু। আবার মারো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg একটি বিরতি রাখো যা গোনা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg নীরবতা একটা তাল। তার উপর মারলে, সেটা এড়িয়ে গেলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg একই ছোট ধাঁচ তিনবার আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg তৃতীয়বার যদি বড় হয়, প্রথমটা আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg একটি হাত ব্যবহার করো, আর অন্য হাতকে বিশ্রাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg যে হাত বিশ্রাম নিচ্ছে, সেটা ভাসছে না। সেটা স্থির। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg এটা ধীরে বাজাও, তারপর একটু দ্রুত, বিরতি তাড়াহুড়ো না করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg বিরতি একই দৈর্ঘ্যে থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg তুমি যখন বাজাও, অন্য কাউকে চার গুনতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg তাদের গোনার চেয়ে এগিয়ে গেলে, আবার শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg শেষ তালে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg আর একটা যোগ করলে, তুমি থামোনি। দুই হাত তোলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg শুরু থেকে একবার বাজাও, তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg এক টেক। মাঝখান জোড়া দিও না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg একটি ছোট ধাঁচ বাজাও, আর তাকে একটি নাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg নাম 'ড্রাম' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই ধাঁচটা আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg ইউকুলেলে একটি নরম তার টানো, আর থামতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg চেপে রাখলে, থামতে দাওনি। আঙুল তোলো, আর শোনো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg চার সমান তাল ধরে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg তাল যদি দ্রুত হয়ে যায়, এখনো তাল হয়নি। ধীরে করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg ইউকুলেলে একই তার জোরে বাজাও, তারপর আস্তে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg আস্তে এখনো একই তার। কান ব্যথা করলে, অনেক বেশি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg ইউকুলেলে একটি উঁচু তার বাজাও, তারপর একটি নিচু তার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg বলো কোনটা উঁচু। আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg একটি বিরতি রাখো যা গোনা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg নীরবতা একটা তাল। তার উপর বাজালে, সেটা এড়িয়ে গেলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg একই ছোট ধাঁচ তিনবার আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg তৃতীয়বার যদি বড় হয়, প্রথমটা আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg একটি হাত ব্যবহার করো, আর অন্য হাতকে বিশ্রাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg যে হাত বিশ্রাম নিচ্ছে, সেটা স্থির। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg এটা ধীরে বাজাও, তারপর একটু দ্রুত, বিরতি তাড়াহুড়ো না করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg বিরতি একই দৈর্ঘ্যে থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg তুমি যখন বাজাও, অন্য কাউকে চার গুনতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg তাদের গোনার চেয়ে এগিয়ে গেলে, আবার শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg শেষ তালে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg আর একটা যোগ করলে, তুমি থামোনি। দুই হাত তোলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg শুরু থেকে একবার বাজাও, তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg এক টেক। মাঝখান জোড়া দিও না। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg একটি ছোট ধাঁচ বাজাও, আর তাকে একটি নাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg নাম 'ইউকুলেলে' নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই তারগুলো আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg একটি খোলা তার টানো, আর থামতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg চেপে রাখলে, থামতে দাওনি। আঙুল তোলো, আর শোনো। আঙুল ব্যথা করলে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg চার সমান তাল ধরে রাখো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg তাল যদি দ্রুত হয়ে যায়, এখনো তাল হয়নি। ধীরে করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg একই তার জোরে বাজাও, তারপর আস্তে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg আস্তে এখনো একই তার। কান ব্যথা করলে, অনেক বেশি। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg একটি উঁচু তার বাজাও, তারপর একটি নিচু তার। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg বলো কোনটা উঁচু। আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg একটি বিরতি রাখো যা গোনা যায়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg নীরবতা একটা তাল। তার উপর বাজালে, সেটা এড়িয়ে গেলে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg একই ছোট ধাঁচ তিনবার আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg তৃতীয়বার যদি বড় হয়, প্রথমটা আবার বাজাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg বাদ্যের নাম বলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg এটা গিটার। ছোট আঙ্গিকের নাম আলাদা। চেনা গান নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg একটি হাত ব্যবহার করো, আর অন্য হাতকে বিশ্রাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg যে হাত বিশ্রাম নিচ্ছে, সেটা স্থির। পিকও থামতে পারে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg এটা ধীরে বাজাও, তারপর একটু দ্রুত, বিরতি তাড়াহুড়ো না করে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg বিরতি একই দৈর্ঘ্যে থাকে। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg তুমি যখন বাজাও, অন্য কাউকে চার গুনতে দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg তাদের গোনার চেয়ে এগিয়ে গেলে, আবার শুরু করো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg শেষ তালে থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg আর একটা যোগ করলে, তুমি থামোনি। দুই হাত তোলো। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/bn/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg একটি ছোট ধাঁচ বাজাও, আর তাকে একটি নাম দাও। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg নাম 'গিটার' নয়। চেনা গান নয়। https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg কেউ না বললেও সেই তারগুলো আবার খুঁজে পাবে। তারপর থামো। https://mylearntomake.com/id https://mylearntomake.com/id/how https://mylearntomake.com/id/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/id/contact https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg Kertas dan pensil cukup. Tablet atau set yang sudah ada juga boleh. Jangan membeli paket untuk kelas ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg Pilih satu benda yang bisa dilihat dan letakkan di depan. Gambar seluruhnya, besar, sampai memenuhi hampir seluruh halaman. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg Ini bukan garis latihan. Lihat bendanya, lalu gambar. Berhenti saat seluruh benda ada di halaman. Ini awal sebuah gambar. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg Pakai benda yang sama seperti di kelas 1. Letakkan kertas baru. Taruh benda di tempat seluruh bagian luarnya terlihat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg Mulai di satu tempat pada tepi luar. Gerakkan pensil hanya di tepi itu. Jangan gambar bagian dalam, lubang gagang, atau garis di tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg Lihat bendanya lebih daripada tangan. Saat garis bertemu tempat mulai, berhenti. Jika garis luar masih terbuka, tutup. Bagian dalam bukan kelas ini. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg Benda yang sama dari kelas lalu. Kertas baru. Gambar bagian luar lagi, ringan, supaya bagian bisa dimasukkan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg Lihat bendanya. Tambahkan bagian yang membuatnya benda itu. Gagang, lubang, jahitan, tutup. Gambar bagian yang kamu lihat. Jangan mengarang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg Lihat dari seberang meja. Jika seseorang tidak bisa bilang apa itu, tambahkan satu bagian yang hilang. Lalu berhenti. Jangan beri bayangan. Jangan tambah benda kedua. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg Lihat di mana kamu berada. Cari satu lingkaran, satu kotak, dan satu segitiga. Piring, buku, sudut. Jangan gambar seluruhnya dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg Di satu halaman, gambar ketiga bentuk itu, besar. Gambar bentuknya, bukan bendanya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg Gambar berikutnya disusun dari potongan ini. Jika satu bentuk belum ada, gambar. Lalu berhenti. Jangan beri bayangan. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg Satu sumber cahaya. Lampu atau satu jendela. Matikan yang lain, atau duduk supaya hanya satu cahaya mengenai benda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg Gambar bendanya. Biarkan kertas putih di sisi yang kena cahaya. Kertas putih itu adalah cahaya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg Tambahkan satu bayangan, di sisi yang jauh dari cahaya. Jangan arsir seluruh halaman. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg Letakkan satu benda bulat dan satu kotak di tempat kamu bisa melihatnya. Cangkir dan buku sudah cukup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg Gambar benda bulat itu. Gambar kotaknya supaya tiga sisi terlihat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg Buat setiap sisi kotak abu-abu yang berbeda. Satu lebih gelap, satu lebih terang, satu dibiarkan hampir putih. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg Letakkan dua benda supaya yang dekat menutupi sebagian dari yang jauh. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg Gambar benda yang dekat lebih dulu. Di tempat ia menutupi benda yang jauh, hentikan garis itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg Jangan masukkan bagian yang tersembunyi. Jika garis menembus yang menutupi, hapus potongan itu. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg Seseorang yang berpakaian atau hewan peliharaan yang bisa kamu lihat. Mereka diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg Sebelum wajah, bulu, atau pola kain, tandai seberapa tinggi terhadap seberapa lebar. Dua tanda ringan. Bandingkan keduanya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg Gambar di dalam tanda itu. Jangan tambahkan setiap helai rambut. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg Orang yang sama atau hewan peliharaan yang sama. Melakukan satu hal. Mengulurkan tangan, satu langkah, menoleh. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg Beri satu menit. Gambar aksinya selagi itu terjadi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg Tangkap aksinya dan berhenti. Jangan selesaikan setiap jari atau setiap helai rambut. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg Wajah yang bisa kamu lihat. Gambar oval untuk kepala. Belum ada yang lain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg Gambar garis untuk mata, setengah ke bawah pada oval. Lalu hidung. Lalu mulut. Tetap pada urutan itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg Berhenti sebelum rambut mengambil alih. Empat langkah saja: oval, mata, hidung, mulut. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg Duduk di sudut tempat kamu berada. Lihat lantai. Garis lantai menjauh dari kamu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg Gambar garis lantai itu supaya menuju satu titik. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg Pintu adalah kotak yang berdiri di ruang itu. Gambar pintu sebagai kotak. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg Buat satu gambar yang kamu ingin seorang lain lihat. Gunakan satu benda, bagian-bagiannya, dan bentuk-bentuknya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg Beri nama padanya. Namanya bukan 'Gambar'. Nama itu menunjuk gambar ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg Kamu harus bisa mulai gambar lain besok tanpa disuruh apa yang harus dilakukan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg Kertas dan pensil cukup. Tablet dihitung. Jangan beli satu set untuk ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg Pergi ke tempat kamu bisa melihat satu bangunan utuh. Rumah, toko, gudang. Ini bukan kelas 11. Ini bukan gambar bangunan, kecuali kamu tidak bisa pergi ke satu bangunan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg Satu jalan, jalur, atau raya yang bisa kamu lihat. Jalan adalah bentuk pertama, dan mengecil saat menjauh. Itulah seluruh pelajaran lembar ini. Jangan mulai dari papan atau mobil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg Lembar satu. Jalan, satu bangunan atau satu pohon di samping, dan langit sebagai kertas yang kamu biarkan kosong. Berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg Satu pohon yang bisa kamu lihat. Batang dulu. Itu kotak yang menyempit ke atas. Daun adalah satu massa, bukan tumpukan tanda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg Lembar satu. Batang dan satu bentuk daun. Berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg Kelas 10 mengajarkan urutan sebuah wajah. Pelajaran ini adalah kepala sebagai massa. Seorang pemahat melihat kepala begini sebelum wajah dipahat. Kamu tidak menyalin patung, dan kamu tidak menyalin orang terkenal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg Seseorang yang bisa kamu lihat, atau foto orang yang kamu kenal jika tidak ada yang bisa duduk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg Orang kedua. Jangan pakai lagi kepala pertama. Jalankan tiga lembar yang sama dengan urutan yang sama. Jika kamu melewatkan bola dan mulai dari mata, berhenti dan mulai lembar satu lagi. Simpan hanya lembar ketiga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg Lakukan itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg Orang ketiga. Daftar yang sama. Bola, rahang, leher. Lalu garis setengah jalan. Lalu satu cahaya dan satu bayangan. Berhenti sebelum rambut mengambil alih. Tiga kepala yang selesai adalah latihannya. Pelajaran berikutnya adalah satu wajah buatan, digambar lagi sampai tetap wajah itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg Lakukan itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg Buat satu wajah. Besok harus bisa digambar lagi, jadi pilih sedikit tanda. Bola dan rahang dulu. Lalu garis setengah jalan. Lalu satu ciri yang tidak berubah: hidung, rahang, atau jarak antara mata. Rambut adalah satu bentuk. Tulis tiga kata di balik lembar yang menamai tanda itu. Kamu akan memerlukannya. Simpan lembarnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg Lakukan itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg Lembar baru, dari ingatan dulu. Lalu periksa lembar yang kamu simpan. Bola yang sama, rahang yang sama, satu tanda yang sama. Salah kecil pada mata boleh. Rahang yang berbeda berarti orang baru, dan pelajaran ini belum selesai. Gambar rahang lagi. Simpan lembar yang cocok. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg Lakukan itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg Wajah buatan yang sama, diputar sedikit. Susunannya tidak berubah karena kepala berputar. Bola, rahang, tanda itu, lalu bagian pada garis setengah jalan. Simpan lembar ketiga ini bersama dua yang lain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg Lalu jalankan daftar lama pada sesuatu yang halaman ini tidak sebut. Satu tangan, satu kursi, atau satu hewan yang bisa kamu lihat. Lembar satu, bentuk besar dan tinggi dibanding lebar. Lembar dua, bagian yang membuatnya benda itu. Lembar tiga, kertas putih untuk cahaya, satu sisi lebih gelap, satu bayangan. Beri nama. Yang itu milikmu. Pelajaran tidak memberitahu subjek mana. Jika kamu bisa membuat tiga lembar itu tanpa halaman ini terbuka, langkah ini selesai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg Air bersih. Basahi kertas dengan kuas lebar. Satu warna saja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg Bentangkan satu sapuan di halaman. Gerakkan kuas sekali. Jangan digosok. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg Biarkan kering. Ini satu sapuan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg Letakkan cangkir di tempat bagian luarnya terlihat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg Cat hanya tepi luarnya. Jangan isi bagian dalam. Jangan cat meja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg Saat tepi tertutup, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg Dua warna. Letakkan supaya mereka saling menyentuh di kertas basah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg Biarkan air yang mencampur. Jangan gosok keduanya bersama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg Ketika mereka sudah bertemu, berhenti. Jangan tambah warna ketiga. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg Cari tiga bentuk di ruangan. Lingkaran, kotak, dan segitiga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg Cat tiga bentuk datar. Satu warna untuk masing-masing. Belum ada detail. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg Tiga bentuk. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg Satu cahaya. Lihat di mana terang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg Biarkan tempat itu sebagai kertas kosong. Kertas putih itu adalah cahaya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg Cat satu bayangan, jauh dari cahaya. Jangan tutup yang putih. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg Letakkan benda bulat dan kotak di tempat kamu bisa melihatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg Cat mereka dalam dua abu-abu yang berbeda. Yang bulat satu abu-abu. Kotaknya abu-abu yang lain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg Jangan tambah abu-abu ketiga. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg Letakkan dua benda supaya satu di depan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg Cat yang di depan. Jangan cat bagian tersembunyi dari yang di belakang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg Di tempat yang di depan menutupi yang di belakang, hentikan warna itu. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg Lihat satu benda. Sebut warna yang kamu lihat, bukan warna yang kamu harapkan. Sebuah lemon bisa abu-abu di bayangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg Campur warna itu di selembar kertas sisa. Bandingkan dengan bendanya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg Jika tidak cocok, campur lagi. Ketika cocok, berhenti. Jangan cat seluruh gambar. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg Orang atau hewan peliharaan. Mereka diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg Cat hanya bentuk besar. Kepala, badan, kaki. Bukan setiap helai rambut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg Tiga atau empat bentuk. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg Wajah yang bisa kamu lihat. Cat hanya tiga nilai. Terang, tengah, gelap. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg Terang tetap kertas yang lebih terang. Tengah adalah satu sapuan. Gelap adalah bayangan di bawah alis, hidung, atau dagu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg Berhenti sebelum rambut mengambil alih. Tiga nilai. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg Duduk di sebuah sudut. Satu cahaya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg Cat dua dinding. Biarkan dinding yang kena cahaya lebih terang. Dinding yang lain lebih gelap. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg Satu cahaya. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg Lihat satu apel sungguhan. Lihat cahaya besar dulu. Biarkan cahaya itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg Lalu cat bentuk-bentuk kecil. Satu bayangan. Bukan setiap bintik. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg Beri nama. Ini latihan, bukan salinan untuk dijual. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg Kertas dan cat yang bisa dicuci cukup. Tablet dihitung. Jangan beli satu set. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg Satu mangkuk yang bisa kamu lihat. Ini bukan kelas 2. Kelas 2 adalah tepi sebuah cangkir. Ini warna di dalam sebuah mangkuk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg Satu jendela yang bisa kamu lihat. Ini bukan kelas 11. Kelas 11 adalah dua dinding. Ini cahaya di dalam kaca. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg Biarkan kaca sebagai kertas putih. Jangan cat langit menjadi gambar kedua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg Satu tanaman yang bisa kamu lihat. Pot dulu. Itu satu kotak. Campur warna yang kamu lihat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg Daun satu gumpalan warna, bukan tumpukan tanda. Satu sapuan untuk gumpalan itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg Ini bukan kelas 12. Kelas 12 adalah satu apel lalu bayangannya, dan kamu memberinya nama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg Lembar ini hanya warna rata. Satu apel. Satu sapuan. Warna yang kamu lihat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg Lembar baru. Apel yang sama. Campur lagi dari yang kamu lihat sekarang, bukan dari lembar terakhir dan bukan dari merah yang kamu harapkan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg Selisih kecil pada bentuk tidak apa-apa. Buah yang berbeda berarti pelajaran ini belum selesai. Cat apel yang sama lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg Lembar baru. Apel yang sama. Biarkan kertas putih di tempat cahaya mengenai. Satu bayangan. Putih itu bukan lubang yang kamu isi nanti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg Tiga lembar, satu apel. Sapuan rata. Warna yang kamu lihat. Lalu cahaya dan satu bayangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg Buat satu gambar. Itu bukan salinan untuk dijual, dan itu bukan lukisan terkenal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg Satu sapuan. Satu benda di depan. Biarkan bagian yang tersembunyi tidak dicat. Kertas putih untuk cahaya. Satu bayangan. Beri nama. Simpan lembar ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg Ambil sepotong sebesar jeruk. Kalau hancur, celupkan jari ke air dan uleni sampai menyatu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg Tekan di antara telapak, lalu gulingkan melingkar. Tekanan yang sama keliling. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg Berhenti saat bulat dan permukaannya tidak retak. Retak berarti terlalu kering. Basahi jari dan gulingkan tempat itu lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg Letakkan bola di meja. Tekan tengah dengan telapak, bukan tepi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg Putar sedikit dan tekan lagi. Tengah dan tepi harus sama tebal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg Angkat. Kalau cahaya tembus di satu tempat, terlalu tipis. Jadikan bola lagi dan tekan lagi. Setebal jari. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg Pegang bola di satu tangan. Dorong ibu jari ke tengah sampai terasa di sisi lain, jangan sampai tembus. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg Cubit dinding di antara ibu jari dan jari. Putar sedikit setelah tiap cubitan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg Bibirnya harus sama tinggi keliling. Kalau satu sisi rendah, cubit sisi yang tinggi sedikit lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg Gulingkan di meja dengan jari terbuka, bukan hanya telapak. Dari tengah ke luar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg Lilitan harus sama tebal dari ujung ke ujung, seperti pensil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg Letakkan lilitan melingkar di dasar rata. Tekan di tempat mereka bertemu. Potong ujung miring dan satukan. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg Letakkan tanah liat di antara dua batang yang sama tebal. Giling di atas batang supaya lempeng tidak lebih tipis dari batang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg Angkat lempeng. Kalau lengket, angkat sudut dengan pisau, bukan kuku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg Potong bentuk dengan potongan lurus. Sisa dijadikan bola supaya tidak kering. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg Raba dinding di antara jari. Tempat yang tebal terasa berat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg Cubit hanya tempat yang tebal. Jangan cubit yang tipis, nanti sobek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg Dinding harus terasa sama keliling, kira-kira setebal dua koin bertumpuk. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg Gores dua sisi dengan garpu sampai kasar. Tanah liat licin tidak menempel pada yang licin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg Oles dua sisi yang digores dengan slip: sedikit tanah liat dan air, seperti krim. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg Tekan dan tahan beberapa detik. Ratakan sambungan dengan jari basah sampai jahitannya tidak kelihatan. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg Gulingkan lilitan pendek, lebih tipis dari pensil. Tekuk jadi cincin sebesar dasar pot. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg Gores dan oles slip di dasar pot dan di cincin. Tekan cincin. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg Letakkan pot. Harus duduk rata dan tidak goyang. Kalau goyang, tekan sisi cincin yang tinggi. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg Gulingkan lilitan setebal jari dan sepanjang tangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg Gores dan oles slip di dua tempat di samping, satu di atas yang lain. Tekan tiap ujung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg Gagang harus menjauh dari pot supaya satu jari muat. Kalau melorot, terlalu basah. Tunggu sebentar dan coba lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg Letakkan pot di rak, jauh dari matahari dan pemanas. Matahari dan panas membuatnya retak. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg Taruh kain kering, longgar, di atasnya supaya bibir tidak kering lebih cepat dari dasar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg Biarkan sampai pucat dan keras. Ini tanah liat yang kering di udara. Jangan masuk oven. Jangan diminum. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg Bandingkan dua potong sebelum mulai. Kalau satu bola lebih besar, potnya tidak akan sama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg Buat pot kedua seperti yang pertama. Letakkan berdampingan setelah tiap langkah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg Bibirnya harus sama tinggi. Mulutnya harus tampak sama besar. Kalau satu lebih lebar, cubit sedikit lebih tinggi dan lebih sempit. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg Pilih satu kerja: menaruh pensil, atau menaruh benda kering. Jangan pakai tanah liat ini untuk makanan atau minuman. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg Cangkir pensil perlu dasar rata dan dinding lebih tinggi dari ujung pensil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg Saat kering dan pucat, masukkan pensil. Beri nama. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg Tanah liat yang kering di udara cukup. Jangan beli tungku, dan jangan panggang ini. Gumpalan sebesar jeruk adalah satu cangkir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg Buka bola dengan ibu jari dan putar saat dinding naik. Atau buat pilinan yang sama tebal, tumpuk, dan tekan masing-masing ke yang di bawahnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg Bibir sama tinggi keliling. Jika menambah kaki, gores kedua sisi, basahi, dan tekan. Jangan hanya menempelkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg Letakkan cangkir di meja. Ia duduk rata dan tidak goyang. Jika goyang, tekan kaki sampai berhenti. Keringkan perlahan di udara, di luar matahari. Beri nama. Yang ini yang disimpan. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg Satu piring. Ini bukan kelas 2, dan bukan kelas 5. Kelas 2 adalah sebuah panekuk. Kelas 5 adalah lempengan yang bisa kamu potong. Ini piring yang bisa kamu taruh cangkir di atasnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg Satu lempengan. Ketebalan rata. Bibir rendah hanya jika kamu bisa menjaga ketebalan itu. Jika kamu menambah bibir, gores, oles slip, dan tekan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan dipanggang. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg Satu mangkuk. Dinding tetap rata. Bibirnya sama tinggi di sekelilingnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg Sebuah kaki, supaya duduk rata dan tidak goyang. Gores, oles slip, dan tekan jika kamu sambung kaki itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan dipanggang. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg Ini bukan kelas 3. Kelas 3 adalah sebuah pot cubitan, dan bibirnya adalah pelajarannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg Ini cangkir yang kamu cubit. Satu bola. Dindingnya menipis saat kamu mencubit, dan tetap rata. Bibirnya sama tinggi di sekelilingnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan dipanggang. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg Satu benda baru. Pilin dengan ketebalan yang sama, ditumpuk dan ditekan. Ukuran yang sama dengan cangkir cubitan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg Ukuran yang berbeda berarti pelajaran ini belum selesai. Buat cangkir itu lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan dipanggang. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg Satu benda baru, dipotong dari lempengan yang ketebalannya rata. Ukuran yang sama dengan dua yang lain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg Gores, oles slip, dan tekan setiap sambungan. Bibirnya sama tinggi di sekelilingnya. Dia duduk rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan dipanggang. https://mylearntomake.com/id/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg Buat satu benda. Ini bukan salinan, dan bukan pot yang diberi nama dari kelas 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg Dinding yang rata. Jika kamu sambung satu bagian, gores, oles slip, dan tekan. Sebuah kaki jika perlu, supaya duduk dan tidak goyang. Keringkan perlahan. Hanya kering angin. Beri nama. Simpan yang ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan dipanggang. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg Benang yang sudah ada. Dua jarum, atau satu jari jika itu yang ada. Jangan membeli paket untuk kelas ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg Tusuk awal sesuai tusukan yang kamu hitung. Buat satu simpul, taruh pada jarum, dan buat yang berikutnya dengan cara yang sama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg Berhenti ketika tusukan yang dihitung sudah pada jarum. Jangan merajut satu baris dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg Rajut baris-baris pertama. Masukkan jarum ke satu simpul, lilitkan benang, dan tarik simpul baru. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg Satu tusukan setiap kali. Jangan jatuhkan satu pun. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg Ketika baris selesai, balik pekerjaan. Lalu berhenti. Jangan mulai warna baru. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg Hitung setiap tusukan pada jarum. Sentuh masing-masing. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg Hitung setiap baris. Satu tanda di kertas cukup. Satu tanda tiap baris. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg Jika hitungannya salah, berhenti dan lihat. Jangan tarik pekerjaan sampai terlepas. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg Tutup tusukan. Rajut dua tusukan. Angkat yang pertama melewati yang kedua dan lepas dari jarum. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg Rajut satu lagi. Angkat lagi yang pertama melewatinya. Teruskan sampai ujung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg Tepi tidak boleh melebar. Jika tertarik sampai terbuka, ulang hanya tepi ini. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg Rajut sampai potongan itu tingginya sama dengan lebarnya. Hitung untuk tahu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg Letakkan di meja. Persegi yang terbaring rata. Jika menggulung, lihat baris-baris terakhir, bukan seluruh potongan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg Ketika terbaring rata, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg Satu baris rajut kanan. Baris berikutnya rajut kiri. Benang di depan untuk rajut kiri. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg Tahu baris mana yang sedang kamu kerjakan. Kanan, lalu kiri, lalu kanan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg Jangan campur keduanya dalam satu baris. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg Satu belang. Rajut sampai ke tepi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg Ganti warna di tepi. Ikat benang baru di situ. Jangan ganti di tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg Rajut satu belang warna baru. Lalu berhenti. Satu belang, bukan banyak. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg Ada yang salah. Lihat hanya baris terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg Keluarkan jarum dari baris terakhir, satu tusukan setiap kali, kembali ke baris yang benar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg Jangan tarik pekerjaan sampai terlepas. Rajut baris itu lagi. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg Hitung tusukan di awal baris. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg Hitung lagi di akhir baris. Angkanya sama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg Jika tidak sama, baris terakhir kehilangan atau mendapat satu. Perbaiki hanya baris itu. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg Rajut sebuah persegi panjang. Lebih panjang daripada lebar. Kain, tali, pembatas buku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg Hitung kedua ujung supaya sama. Tutup tusukan supaya tepi tidak melebar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg Kamu bisa memakainya. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg Dua tepi yang harus bertemu. Pegang mereka bersama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg Gabungkan mereka. Jarum wol menembus kedua tepi, satu tusukan setiap kali. Atau rajut bersama jika masih di jarum rajut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg Sambungan selesai ketika dua tepi menjadi satu. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg Satu benda yang sudah jadi. Persegi, persegi panjang, atau potongan yang digabung. Bukan proyek baru. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Merajut'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa mulai potongan lain besok tanpa disuruh apa yang harus dilakukan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg Tusuk awal sesuai tusukan yang kamu hitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg Rajut baris-baris pertama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan tarik pekerjaan sampai terlepas. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg Persegi yang terbaring rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg Rajut kanan dan rajut kiri. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan tarik pekerjaan sampai terlepas. https://mylearntomake.com/id/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg Satu belang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg Ganti warna di tepi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan tarik pekerjaan sampai terlepas. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg Benang tebal yang sudah ada. Hakpen besar. Jangan membeli paket untuk kelas ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg Pegang benang di satu tangan. Pegang hakpen di tangan yang lain. Buat satu lubang. Lubang duduk di hakpen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg Itu permulaannya. Lalu berhenti. Jangan buat rantai dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg Lilitkan benang pada hakpen. Tarik lubang baru melalui lubang yang sudah ada di sana. Itu satu rantai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg Buat rantai berikutnya dengan cara yang sama. Biarkan cukup longgar supaya terlihat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg Berhenti ketika kamu punya rantai yang bisa kamu hitung. Jangan kembali ke dalamnya dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg Hitung rantai-rantai sebelum baris. Sentuh masing-masing. Jangan hitung lubang yang masih di hakpen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg Tulis angkanya. Satu tanda di kertas cukup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg Jika hitungan hilang, hitung lagi. Jangan tarik rantai sampai terlepas. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg Masukkan hakpen ke rantai berikutnya. Lilitkan benang. Tarik satu lubang. Lilitkan benang lagi. Tarik melalui kedua lubang pada hakpen. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg Satu tusuk di setiap rantai. Jangan lewati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg Ketika baris selesai, berhenti. Jangan balik dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg Selesaikan barisnya. Satu tusuk di setiap rantai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg Letakkan baris di meja. Seharusnya terbaring rata. Jika menggulung menjadi tali yang kencang, tusukannya terlalu kencang. Lihat baris ini saja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg Ketika terbaring rata, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg Balik pekerjaan. Hakpen tetap di lubang terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg Buat satu rantai. Rantai itu adalah rantai balik. Itu bukan tusuk yang kamu hitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg Kembali. Satu tusuk di setiap tusuk pada baris yang baru kamu buat. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg Dua baris. Balik di ujung masing-masing. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg Jaga tepi-tepi tetap rata. Tusuk yang sama di awal dan di akhir baris. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg Jika satu tepi tertarik ke dalam, kamu melewatkan satu tusuk. Perbaiki hanya baris terakhir. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg Terus sampai potongannya setinggi lebarnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg Hitung tusukannya. Jumlah yang sama setiap baris. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg Letakkan. Persegi. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg Satu belang. Kerjakan sampai ujung baris. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg Ikatkan warna berikutnya di tepi. Jangan ganti di tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg Kerjakan satu baris warna baru. Lalu berhenti. Satu belang, bukan banyak. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg Potong benang. Sisakan ujung yang bisa kamu pegang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg Tarik ujungnya menembus lubang terakhir. Tarik sampai pas. Lubang itu tertutup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg Pekerjaan sudah lepas dari hakpen. Lalu berhenti. Jangan mulai benda baru. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg Buat persegi kedua dengan cara yang sama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg Hitung keduanya. Jumlah tusuk yang sama. Jumlah baris yang sama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg Dua persegi ukuran yang sama. Lalu berhenti. Jangan gabungkan mereka dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg Satu benda yang bisa kamu pakai. Persegi, atau dua persegi yang diletakkan bersama sebagai kain. Bukan proyek baru. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Mengait'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa mulai potongan lain besok tanpa disuruh apa yang harus dilakukan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg Jarum tumpul. Benang tebal yang sudah ada. Jangan membeli paket untuk kelas ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg Pegang jarum di satu tangan. Masukkan benang ke jarum. Ikat simpul di ujung benang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg Simpul ada di ujung. Lalu berhenti. Jangan jahit dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg Satu potong kain. Dorong jarum menembus dari belakang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg Tarik benang sampai habis, sampai simpul menghentikannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg Jarum ada di depan. Lalu berhenti. Jangan buat lubang kedua dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg Satu jahitan. Turun lagi sedikit dari tempat kamu naik. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg Tarik benang sampai tembus. Masuk, lalu keluar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg Jahitan terletak rata. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg Garis lurus. Buat jahitan berikutnya sama besar dengan yang pertama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg Jaga jahitan pada satu garis. Jangan menyimpang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg Jahitan-jahitan ukurannya sama. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg Tusuk jelujur. Masuk dan keluar sepanjang garis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg Jarak rata. Jahitan dan celahnya kira-kira sama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg Jangan tarik terlalu keras sampai kain mengerut. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg Datang ke sudut kain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg Belok. Jahitan berikutnya meninggalkan sudut dan berjalan di sepanjang sisi berikutnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg Garis tetap rata. Jangan kerutkan sudutnya. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg Dua potong kain. Letakkan satu tepi di atas yang lain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg Jahit keduanya sepanjang tepi yang satu itu. Jarum menembus kedua potong. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg Hanya satu tepi. Lalu berhenti. Jangan jahit sisi-sisi yang lain dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg Persegi. Mulai dari satu sudut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg Jahitan yang sama sekelilingnya. Belok setiap sudut dengan cara yang sama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg Ketika kembali ke tempat mulai, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg Tambalan. Sepotong kain kecil di atas potongan yang lebih besar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg Jahitkan. Jarum menembus tambalan dan kain di bawahnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg Tepi-tepi tetap di bawah. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg Ikat ujungnya. Buat simpul kecil menempel pada kain, supaya jahitan terakhir tidak bisa tertarik keluar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg Potong benang pendek. Sisakan hanya sedikit ujung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg Jarumnya bebas. Lalu berhenti. Jangan mulai jahitan baru. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg Buat persegi kedua dengan cara yang sama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg Hitung jahitannya. Dua persegi ukuran yang sama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan jahit mereka bersama dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg Satu benda yang bisa kamu pakai. Persegi, tambalan, atau dua persegi yang diletakkan bersama sebagai kain. Bukan proyek baru. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Menjahit'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa mulai potongan lain besok tanpa disuruh apa yang harus dilakukan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg Cuci tanganmu. Sabun, lalu air, lalu keringkan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg Kosongkan meja dapur. Yang tetap di luar hanya yang dibutuhkan piring ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan nyalakan panas dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg Semua sudah di luar sebelum panas. Makanan, wajan, piring, sendok, garam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg Baca apa yang akan kamu lakukan. Kamu tidak perlu mencari alat begitu wajan sudah panas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Mata kompor masih mati. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg Wajan itu panas. Tambahkan sedikit lemak. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg Lemak menipis dan berkilau. Ia berbisik. Ia tidak berasap. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg Jika ia berasap, panasnya terlalu tinggi. Angkat wajan dari api. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg Makanan masuk dalam satu lapisan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg Potongan tidak menumpuk. Wajan yang sesak mengukus. Ia tidak menjadi cokelat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan balik dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg Biarkan. Kerak butuh waktu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg Jangan menusuknya. Jangan menjauh dari wajan yang panas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan balikkan dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg Balikkan sekali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg Sisi yang tadinya di bawah berwarna cokelat. Jika masih pucat, ia butuh lebih banyak waktu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan terus membaliknya. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg Cicipi. Lalu garam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg Garami makanannya, bukan udaranya. Sedikit cukup sampai kamu cicipi lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan terus menggoyang garamnya. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg Panas mati. Wajan menyelesaikan bagian tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg Bagian tengah mengeras dari panas yang sudah ada di wajan. Kamu tidak menaikkan kembali mata kompor. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg Biarkan istirahat. Jangan potong dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg Beberapa menit yang tenang. Bagian tengah selesai saat ia diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg Sari tetap di piring. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg Sendokkan di atas makanan. Jangan tuang ke wastafel. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg Wajan mendingin, lalu kamu mencucinya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg Wajan panas di air dingin bisa melengkung. Tunggu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg Satu piring. Bukan hidangan baru. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Memasak'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa memasak piring lain besok tanpa disuruh apa yang harus dilakukan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg Lada hitam di akhir jika panci akan mendidih. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg Dengan garam, bukan sebagai gantinya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg Jinten, ditumis, lalu ketumbar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg Kacang, nasi, atau domba. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg Biji ketumbar, diremuk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg Jangan sangrai sampai sewarna kopi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg Paprika cepat mekar dan lebih cepat gosong. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg Bawang putih sesudahnya, atau bawang putihnya gosong. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg Paprika asap. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg Asapnya adalah rempahnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg Cabai rawit terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg Lebih sedikit dari rempah lain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg Jika panas di mulut, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg Serpih cabai dalam lemak, lalu di luar api. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg Bawang putih boleh ikut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg Jika panas di mulut, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg Bubuk cabai sudah berisi jinten, bawang putih, dan cabai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg Cicipi sebelum menambah jinten lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg Kayu manis dalam lemak dengan sejumput garam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg Buah, labu, atau sedikit di daging. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg Jahe, segar atau kering, dengan bawang putih. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg Yang kering lebih pedas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg Kunyit menodai dan menjadi pahit jika digoreng terlalu lama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg Lada hitam membantu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg Bawang putih bubuk gosong dalam wajan kering. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg Masukkan ke lemak, lalu ke makanan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg Bawang bombay bubuk bukan bawang bombay goreng. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg Pakai untuk dasar, lalu garami hidangannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg Oregano di awal saus tomat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg Yang kering lebih kuat daripada sejumput segar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg Kemangi di akhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg Panas mengusirnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg Timi di awal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg Perlu waktu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg Rosemary. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg Cincang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg Daun salam dalam cairan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg Satu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg Angkat. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg Pala. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg Satu kerokan di atas krim, bayam, atau kentang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg Cengkeh. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg Satu atau dua ditusukkan ke bawang bombay, atau sejumput yang dihaluskan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg Allspice. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg Berhenti di situ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg Kapulaga, polong dipecahkan, atau sejumput yang dihaluskan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg Nasi, kopi, atau buah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg Biji sesawi dalam lemak panas sampai yang pertama meletup, lalu makanannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg Kunyit boleh menyusul. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg Adas, diremuk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg Tomat atau babi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg Adas sowa di akhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg Lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg Jinten, diremuk, dengan bawang putih. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg Kubis, babi, atau gandum hitam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg Biji seledri. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg Sejumput. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg Wijen disangrai sampai berbau. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg Garam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg Biji poppy tidak mekar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg Mentega dan lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg Safron. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg Helai, bukan bubuk dari stoples murah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg Satu bunga lawang dalam rebusan pelan atau kaldu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg Jahe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg Angkat. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg Sumak di luar api. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg Ini yang asam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg Kelabat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg Sejumput. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg Jinten hitam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg Jangan sampai gosong. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg Daun mint di akhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg Lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg Sage digoreng beberapa detik dalam mentega, lalu ke atas labu atau babi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg Lada hitam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg Tarragon di akhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg Lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg Marjoram. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg Pakai di tempat oregano akan berteriak. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg Peterseli di akhir dengan lemon. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg Ini segar, bukan rempah yang ditumis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg Daun ketumbar di akhir dengan jeruk nipis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg Jika rasanya seperti sabun, itu daunnya, bukan juru masaknya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg Serai, digepuk, dalam sup, lalu keluar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg Jahe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg Angkat. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg Adas manis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg Sejumput. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg Bunga pala. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg Sejumput dalam saus krim atau kentang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg Juniper. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg Remukkan tiga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg Jika panas di mulut, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg Merica Sichuan disangrai sampai berbau, lalu diremuk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg Jahe. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg Jika panas di mulut, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg Merica Aleppo di luar api. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg Ringan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg Chipotle. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg Asap ditambah pedas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg Jika panas di mulut, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg Bubuk kari adalah campuran. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg Tumis dulu, lalu makanannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg Garam masala adalah campuran untuk di akhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg Panci bisa sudah berisi jinten dan ketumbar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg Rempah lima adalah campuran. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg Sejumput. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg Jika berasap, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg Ukur dua kali. Tandai sekali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg Jika dua ukuran tidak sama, ukur lagi. Jangan tandai tebakan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan potong dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg Buat garis siku melintang papan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg Siku menempel rapat pada tepi. Garisnya menyeberangi muka dan turun di tepi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan potong dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg Jepit benda kerjanya. Tanganmu bukan penjepit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg Jika papan bisa bergeser, potongan menyimpang. Kencangkan penjepit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan mulai gergaji sampai kayu diam. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg Potong di sisi buangan garis. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg Garis pensil tetap di potongan yang kamu simpan. Gigi gergaji mengambil buangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan hilangkan garisnya. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg Biarkan gergaji bekerja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg Dorongan ringan. Jika kamu harus menumpu padanya, gergajinya tumpul atau sudutnya salah. Berhenti dan atur lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg Tahan sisa potongan agar serat terakhir tidak sobek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg Tangan atau penopang kedua menahan buangan. Jangan biarkan jatuh. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg Cek potongan dengan siku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg Siku duduk di muka dan di ujung potongan. Cahaya di bawah siku berarti potongan itu belum siku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan ampelas kesalahannya sampai kamu melihatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg Ampelas sampai garis. Jangan melewatinya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg Ampelas searah serat. Jika kamu mengampelas melewati garis, potongannya menjadi pendek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg Lap debunya. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg Dua permukaan bertemu. Tidak ada cahaya lewat sambungan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg Pegang keduanya menempel dan lihat sepanjang sambungan. Cahaya berarti celah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan lem celah. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg Lem, lalu jepit. Garis tipis terperas keluar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg Lem terlalu banyak tidak membuat sambungan lebih kuat. Lap garisnya. Jangan biarkan sambungan kekurangan lem. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg Ini mengeras. Lalu ampelas sambungan sampai rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg Jangan ampelas lem yang basah. Tunggu sampai sambungannya keras. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg Satu potong. Bukan proyek baru. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg Beri sebuah nama. Namanya bukan 'Kayu'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa mulai potong lain besok tanpa disuruh apa yang harus dilakukan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg Pilih tanaman untuk cahaya yang benar-benar ada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg Tanaman matahari di kamar gelap tidak tumbuh hanya karena kamu menginginkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan tanam dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg Tanahnya mengalirkan air. Pot perlu lubang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg Jika air menggenang di pot, akarnya membusuk. Periksa lubang sebelum mengisinya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg Tanam sedalam yang di bungkus. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg Jika tidak ada bungkus, biji kecil dapat penutup dangkal. Biji besar masuk lebih dalam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg Padatkan tanahnya. Tidak ada kantong udara di bawah biji. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg Tekan pelan. Tanah yang terlalu padat menahan air dan udara di luar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg Siram sekali, dalam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg Siram sampai air keluar dari lubang. Lalu tunggu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg Biarkan atasnya kering sebelum disiram lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg Masukkan satu jari. Jika atasnya masih lembap, biarkan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg Bibit lebih butuh cahaya daripada air. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg Bibit yang pucat dan memanjang minta cahaya. Pindahkan. Jangan ditenggelamkan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg Jarangkan sesuai jarak di bungkus. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg Bibit terkuat yang tinggal. Yang lain dicabut. Tanaman yang rapat tetap kecil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg Pupuk hanya setelah daun sejati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg Terlalu banyak membakarnya. Sedikit, lalu berhenti. Dua daun pertama bukan daun sejati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg Ambil hama dengan tangan sebelum menyemprot apa pun. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg Satu serangga bukan alasan untuk botol. Ambil. Lihat lagi besok. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg Petik saat siap. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg Menunggu terlalu lama membuatnya keras. Tanaman yang dibiarkan terlalu lama menghabiskan dirinya untuk biji. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg Satu panen. Bukan kebun baru. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Menanam'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menanam pot lain besok tanpa disuruh apa yang harus dilakukan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Ini ujung potongan, bukan biji. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg Pakai daun bawang segar yang berakar, bukan yang kering. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg Sebuah jendela, lalu matahari. Tunas adalah hasil yang pasti. Polong butuh banyak cahaya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg Pakai kacang kering utuh: merah, hitam, berbintik, atau buncis kering. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Hasil yang mungkin adalah daun. Bukan kepala bawang putih yang gemuk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg Satu siung keras. Biarkan kulitnya. Ujung ke atas, sisi akar yang datar ke bawah, kira-kira dua sentimeter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Beberapa daun kecil, bukan kepala kedua dari toko. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg Pakai pangkal yang segar, bukan yang cokelat dan berlendir. Sisakan kira-kira tiga sentimeter bagian tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Cara yang sama dengan selada romaine, dan lebih lambat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg Pangkal segar, tinggi kira-kira tiga sentimeter, dalam piring dangkal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg Jendela yang hangat. Kamu dapat tanaman yang bisa dipotong. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg Kemangi mau ruangan hangat. Tabur biji kecil di tanah lembap. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg Jendela yang hangat. Buah mau matahari sungguhan dan pot yang lebih besar. Daun tidak pernah makanan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg Pakai tomat yang benar-benar matang. Taruh biji dan lendir di cangkir dengan sedikit air. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg Jendela yang hangat. Paprika mau lebih banyak panas daripada tomat, dan lebih banyak waktu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg Ambil biji dari paprika matang. Fermentasi boleh dilewati. Keringkan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg Pot yang dalam. Tanaman mungkin. Sebungkus kentang tidak, kecuali potnya dalam dan kamu menunggu berbulan-bulan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg Banyak kentang toko diolah supaya tidak bertunas. Jika dalam tiga minggu tidak ada apa-apa, itulah sebabnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg Pohon rumah. Buah adalah mungkin, setelah bertahun-tahun, dan bisa asam atau berbeda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg Tanam biji segar dari lemon atau jeruk. Biji yang kering di meja sering gagal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg Pohon rumah. Buah di dalam rumah jarang, butuh bertahun-tahun, dan tidak akan sama dengan yang kamu beli. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg Cuci bijinya. Ujung yang lebih lebar dan lebih datar adalah bawah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg Sebuah bibit, bukan semangkuk ceri. Pohon ceri berbuah di luar di tempat dingin, setelah bertahun-tahun, dan sering butuh pohon kedua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg Gosok bijinya sampai tidak ada daging. Daging yang tersisa berjamur. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Hijau, bukan wortel kedua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg Potong daun dari wortel segar. Sisakan kira-kira satu sentimeter pucuk oranye. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Daun, bukan bit kedua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg Potong hijaunya. Sisakan kira-kira satu sentimeter bitnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Ini ujung potongan, bukan biji. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg Pakai daun bawang prei segar yang pangkalnya masih ada, bukan yang kering. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Beberapa daun kecil, bukan kepala kedua dari toko. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg Pakai pangkal yang segar, bukan yang cokelat dan berlendir. Sisakan kira-kira tiga sentimeter bagian tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Daun longgar, bukan kepala kedua yang padat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg Pangkal segar, tinggi kira-kira tiga sentimeter, dalam piring dangkal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg Sebuah jendela. Daun menyirip, bukan umbi kedua. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg Pakai pangkal umbi adas. Batang yang dipotong saja tidak berbuat banyak. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg Jendela yang hangat. Rumpun adalah panennya. Bukan segenggam batang bulan ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg Pakai batang yang masih punya pangkal pucat yang keras. Tongkat kering tidak akan berakar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg Tanaman rumah. Buah di dalam rumah jarang, dan butuh bertahun-tahun jika datang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg Putar mahkota dari nanas segar sampai lepas. Potong daging buah apa pun dari pangkal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg Pot yang kena matahari. Akar adalah panennya, jika tetap sejuk dan tiap tanaman punya ruang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg Pot sedalam tanganmu, yang berlubang. Tanah lembap, bukan genangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg Pot yang terang. Daun, bukan kepala toko yang padat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg Bijinya kecil. Tabur di tanah lembap. Tekan, atau tutup dengan debu tanah. Terkubur dalam, gagal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg Pot yang sejuk. Daun, bukan panen musim panas di ambang yang panas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg Tabur kira-kira satu sentimeter, dalam pot yang berlubang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg Pot yang terang. Daun adalah panennya. Panas mengakhirinya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg Bijinya bulat. Tabur kira-kira satu sentimeter, di pot yang akan kamu simpan. Ia tidak suka dipindah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg Pot yang berlubang. Rumpun yang bisa kamu potong bertahun-tahun. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg Biji lambat. Jaga tanah lembap. Tunas sering sepuluh sampai dua puluh hari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg Pot yang terang. Sebuah batang, bukan biji. Biji sering menumbuhkan tanaman lemah yang bukan mint yang kamu cium. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg Potong batang segar. Cabut daun bawah. Tongkat kering tidak akan berakar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg Pot yang kena matahari. Polong adalah panennya. Tunas dalam stoples adalah pelajaran yang berbeda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg Pakai kacang buncis kering utuh jenis semak. Bukan yang rambat, kecuali kamu memberinya tongkat yang tinggi. Bukan kacang polong belah. Bukan kacang kaleng. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg Pot yang sejuk. Polong, jika cuaca tetap sejuk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg Pakai biji kacang polong utuh, bukan kacang polong belah. Kacang polong belah sudah mati. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg Di luar, atau pot sedikitnya dua puluh sentimeter dalamnya. Akar adalah panennya. Ini bukan pucuk wortel di piring. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg Tanah gembur, tanpa batu atau gumpalan keras. Itu membuat akar bercabang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg Di luar, atau pot sedikitnya dua puluh sentimeter dalamnya. Sebuah akar, dan daun. Ini bukan pucuk bit di piring. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg Setiap bola biji bisa membuat beberapa tunas. Tabur kira-kira dua sentimeter. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg Di luar, atau pot besar yang berlubang. Daun, untuk waktu yang lama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg Tabur kira-kira satu sentimeter. Tunas sering lima sampai sepuluh hari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg Di luar. Bibit umbi lebih mudah daripada biji. Biji butuh berbulan-bulan sebelum menjadi umbi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg Tanam bibit umbi ujung ke atas, ujung akar ke bawah, kira-kira sepuluh sentimeter antar mereka. Ujungnya hanya tampak. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg Pot besar atau tanah, dengan sesuatu untuk dipanjat. Bukan ambang jendela. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg Tabur kira-kira dua sentimeter setelah tanah hangat. Tanah dingin yang basah membusukkan biji. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg Tanah, atau pot yang sangat besar. Satu tanaman menjadi sangat besar. Dua itu banyak. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg Tabur kira-kira dua sentimeter setelah tanah hangat. Tanah dingin yang basah membusukkan biji. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg Di luar, di tanah hangat. Bukan pot, dan bukan satu tanaman. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg Tanam satu blok, sedikitnya empat tanaman ke tiap arah. Serbuk sari jatuh dari malai di atas ke rambut tongkol. Satu baris, atau satu tanaman, sering membuat tongkol kosong. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg Tanaman atau sulur. Biji lambat, dan kebanyakan tanaman dari biji tidak memberi buah di tahun pertama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg Tanah yang kena matahari, atau pot yang berlubang. Bukan jendela yang gelap. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg Di luar, di matahari penuh. Sebuah bunga, dan biji jika musim panas cukup panjang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg Tabur kira-kira dua sentimeter setelah tanah hangat. Tunas sering tujuh sampai empat belas hari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg Matahari, dan tanah hangat. Mereka selesai dalam satu musim panas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg Tutup bijinya tipis saja. Tanah dingin yang basah membusukkannya, atau bijinya hanya diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg Matahari. Mereka selesai dalam satu musim panas, dan berbunga sampai embun beku. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg Tanah miskin membuat lebih banyak bunga. Tanah kaya membuat banyak daun dan sedikit bunga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg Marigold kebun. Bukan kalendula. Itu pelajaran berikut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg Matahari. Tutup bijinya tipis saja setelah tanah hangat. Tunas sering lima sampai sepuluh hari. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg Kalendula. Bukan marigold kebun di pelajaran sebelum ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg Bunga musim sejuk. Panas bisa menghentikannya. Musim panas yang sejuk adalah tempat yang wajar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg Biji yang besar, kira-kira dua sentimeter, di tanah hangat. Pot atau tanah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg Mereka menjalar. Tanah miskin membuat lebih banyak bunga. Tanah kaya membuat daun. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg Bukan kacang polong yang kamu makan. Itu tanaman yang berbeda, dan pelajaran yang berbeda. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg Mereka suka cuaca sejuk. Panas menghentikan bunga. Musim panas yang sejuk bisa cocok untuk mereka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg Sebuah akar, bukan biji. Matanya adalah kuncup merah muda pada akar. Arahnya ke atas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg Taruh supaya tidak lebih dari kira-kira lima sentimeter tanah menutup mata. Lebih dalam dari itu, bisa tumbuh daun dan tidak pernah berbunga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg Putuskan foto itu tentang apa sebelum kamera diangkat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg Jika tidak bisa mengatakannya dalam satu baris pendek, kamu belum siap memotret. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan ambil foto dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg Pindahkan kaki sebelum menyentuh pengaturan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg Satu langkah ke kiri mengubah foto lebih dari sebuah tombol. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg Mendekat. Kebanyakan foto terlalu banyak di sekitar subjek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg Kalau kamu bisa sebut tiga benda ekstra di bingkai, maju satu langkah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg Cakrawala rata, kecuali memang kamu mau tidak rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg Meja miring terlihat seperti kesalahan. Miringkan ponsel sampai garisnya datar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg Fokus pada bagian yang penting. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg Ketuk bagian itu. Jika latarnya tajam dan bendanya buram, kamu mengetuk tempat yang salah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg Satu bentuk yang kuat. Bukan lima benda yang berebut. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg Jika harus menjelaskan foto itu tentang benda yang mana, foto itu belum selesai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg Tunggu saatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg Foto yang diambil karena kamu tidak sabar adalah yang kamu hapus. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg Orang yang tidak setuju tidak ada di foto. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg Tanya dulu. Anggukan dihitung. Diam tidak. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg Ekspos untuk benda yang kamu tuju. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg Biarkan latarnya lepas. Jendela terang di belakang benda membuat benda itu jadi bayangan. Berbalik. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg Tiga foto benda yang sama. Simpan satu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg Dua yang lain pergi. Lebih banyak foto tidak membuat satu yang lebih baik. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg Pangkas hanya yang mengganggu subjek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg Pangkasan bukan cara untuk mengarang foto yang lebih dekat, yang tidak kamu ambil. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg Satu foto. Bukan satu rol. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Kamera'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa mengambil foto lain besok tanpa disuruh apa yang harus dilakukan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg Pilih alat yang benar-benar akan kamu latih. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg Piano yang tidak bisa kamu jangkau bukan alatnya. Tangan, drum, gitar yang sudah kamu punya, semuanya dihitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan mainkan lagu dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg Tubuh nyaman sebelum nada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg Jika bahu naik sampai telinga, nadanya akan tegang. Turunkan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg Satu nada, bersih. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg Nada yang bersih adalah nada yang awal dan akhirnya terdengar. Bunyi lain bukan bagiannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg Denyut tetap yang bisa kamu ketuk. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg Jika ketukan makin cepat, kamu belum punya denyut. Pelankan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg Frasa yang sama, pelan, lalu penuh. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg Penuh bukan sekeras yang sanggup ruangan. Jika telinga sakit, itu terlalu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg Diam juga dimainkan. Jangan diisi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg Diam itu ketukan yang kamu hitung. Kalau kamu main menembusnya, kamu melewatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg Lima nada yang bisa kamu temukan lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg Mainkan. Alihkan pandangan. Temukan lima yang sama. Kalau tidak bisa, kamu belum memilikinya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg Empat birama. Berhenti di garis birama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg Jangan tambah yang kelima. Berhenti itu bagian dari frasa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg Pelan sampai bersih. Cepat datang kemudian. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg Frasa cepat yang berantakan bukan latihan. Itu kebiasaan yang harus kamu urai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg Rekam satu kali. Dengar sekali. Perbaiki satu hal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg Jangan dengar lima kali dan jangan perbaiki lima hal. Satu hal, lalu mainkan lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg Dua puluh menit. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg Tangan yang sakit bukan bukti kamu sudah bekerja. Itu alasan kamu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg Satu frasa yang bisa kamu mainkan besok. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Musik'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan nada-nada itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg Tubuh nyaman sebelum bunyi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg Jika bahu naik sampai telinga, nadanya akan tegang. Turunkan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. Jangan nyanyikan lagu dulu. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg Napas memulai nada. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg Ambil udara dulu. Jika kamu mulai bunyinya lalu cari udara, nadanya bergetar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg Satu vokal, di tengah. Tidak didorong dari tenggorokan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg Jika tenggorokan kencang, kamu mendorong. Lebih lembut, dan vokal tetap di tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg Cari nadanya, lalu tahan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg Nada yang ditahan lalu meluncur belum ditemukan. Cari lagi, lalu tahan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg Katanya terdengar pada coba pertama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg Jika pendengar harus bertanya apa yang kamu nyanyikan, katanya belum selesai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg Baris yang sama, pelan, lalu penuh. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg Penuh bukan sekeras yang ruangan sanggup. Jika pusing, kamu menahan udara terlalu lama. Berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg Diam adalah hening. Jangan diisi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg Bernapas di dalam diam. Jika kamu menyanyi melewatinya, kamu melewatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg Nada tinggi disiapkan, tidak disambar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg Jika kamu meraih dan tenggorokan menyambar, kamu belum siap. Masuk dari nada sebelumnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg Rekam satu bait. Dengar sekali. Perbaiki satu hal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg Jangan dengar lima kali dan perbaiki lima hal. Satu hal, lalu nyanyikan lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg Dua puluh menit. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg Tenggorokan yang sakit bukan bukti kamu sudah bekerja. Itu alasan kamu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg Nyanyikan kata-katanya dengan sungguh. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg Jika kata-kata hanya bunyi, kamu belum menyanyikannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg Satu bait yang bisa kamu nyanyi besok. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Menyanyi'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan bait itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg Satu hal yang jujur. Bukan kostum lagu yang kamu suka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg Jika baris itu bisa jadi lagu apa pun di radio, itu kostum. Mulai dari yang benar-benar kamu lihat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg Judul adalah janji lagunya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg Tulis di atas. Jika baitnya tidak menepati janji itu, judulnya dusta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg Reff mengatakan janji itu dalam satu atau dua baris. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg Dua baris adalah batasnya. Reff yang butuh paragraf adalah bait. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg Dengungkan melodinya. Jika tidak ada not, tulis iramanya dengan kata biasa. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg Panjang, pendek, pendek cukup. Gambar not yang tidak bisa kamu baca tidak membantu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg Bait satu adalah adegannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg Siapa yang ada, dan apa yang bisa kamu lihat. Jangan jelaskan perasaannya dulu. Adegan yang melakukan itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg Reff kembali tanpa berubah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg Jika kamu menulis ulang kali kedua, kamu tidak punya reff. Kamu punya dua bait. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg Bait dua menaikkan taruhannya, atau belokannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg Sesuatu lebih sulit, atau seseorang berubah pikiran. Jika tidak ada yang berubah, itu lagi bait satu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg Jembatan boleh tidak ada. Satu baris yang tidak dikatakan reff. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg Jika tidak perlu, jangan tulis. Jembatan bukan bait ketiga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg Genre adalah ketukan dan kata, bukan kostum. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg Ketuk ketukan yang kamu maksud. Jika kata-kata hanya jalan di suara orang lain, kata itu belum milikmu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg Tidak ada kait pinjaman. Jika terdengar lagu lain, mulai lagi barisnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg Kait yang kamu ingat dari radio bukan milikmu. Tulis baris berikutnya dari judulmu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg Rekam reffnya. Dengar sekali. Perbaiki satu kata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg Jangan dengar lima kali dan jangan perbaiki lima kata. Satu kata, lalu untuk hari ini selesai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg Satu lagu yang bisa kamu nyanyi besok. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Menulis lagu'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan reff itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg Kertas, atau tablet yang sudah ada. Tidak perlu program khusus. Tulis satu orang. Sebuah nama cukup. Satu orang saja. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg Di baris berikutnya, tulis apa yang orang itu inginkan. Satu keinginan. Bukan daftar. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg Di baris berikutnya, tulis satu hal yang menghalangi. Seseorang, sebuah fakta, atau sebuah batas. Lalu berhenti. Ini bukan seluruh cerita. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg Biarkan tiga baris dari kelas 1 di meja. Buka halaman baru. Jangan mulai dengan 'ini cerita tentang'. Mulai saat orang itu sudah di suatu tempat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg Tulis apa yang ia lakukan sekarang. Satu tindakan yang bisa dilihat. Tangan di pintu, satu langkah, cangkir yang diletakkan. Tinggal di saat itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg Baca. Jika satu kalimat menceritakan seluruh hidup, atau pelajaran, coret. Pembuka hanya saat ini. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg Baca pembuka dari kelas 2. Itu satu saat. Jangan mulai adegan baru. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg Sebelum saat itu selesai, taruh keinginan di halaman. Jangan tulis 'ia ingin'. Tunjukkan. Tangan mencoba pintu. Mata tinggal di telepon yang tidak diangkat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg Baca sampai baris terakhir. Jika pembaca masih tidak tahu apa yang diinginkan orang itu, tambah satu tindakan yang menunjukkannya. Lalu berhenti. Jangan mulai bagian tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg Kembali ke adegan. Keinginan sudah ada. Hambatan hanya satu macam: seseorang, sebuah fakta, atau sebuah batas. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg Tulis itu di adegan. Seseorang berkata tidak. Fakta: bus sudah pergi. Batas: ada satu koin. Jangan tulis 'ada masalah'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg Baca. Jika hambatan bisa lebih dari satu macam, simpan satu dan coret yang lain. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg Ini bagian tengah. Tulis percobaan pertama. Gagal karena satu alasan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg Tulis percobaan kedua. Gagal karena alasan yang berbeda. Jangan ulangi kegagalan pertama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg Baca keduanya. Jika gagal karena alasan yang sama, ubah yang kedua. Lalu berhenti. Jangan tulis akhir. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg Baca dua percobaan. Keduanya gagal. Jangan tambahkan penyelamatan karena keberuntungan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg Tulis belokan sebagai pilihan. Orang itu memilih satu dari dua hal yang benar-benar bisa dilakukan. Ia tahu harganya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg Baca. Jika jalan keluar adalah keberuntungan, orang asing, atau kunci yang ditemukan, coret. Tulis pilihannya. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg Tulis akhir dalam beberapa baris. Atau mereka mendapat yang diinginkan, atau halaman menunjukkan harganya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg Jangan tambah keinginan baru. Pakai keinginan dari adegan pertama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg Baca keinginan dan akhir bersama. Jika akhir lupa keinginannya, perbaiki akhir. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg Baca adegan sampai baris terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg Baris terakhir harus mengubah sesuatu. Fakta, pilihan, atau apa yang seseorang tahu. Jika tidak ada yang berubah, tulis perubahannya. Bab belum selesai sebelum itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg Jika adegan baru sudah mulai, coret kembali. Akhiri pada perubahan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg Cari satu perasaan atau fakta yang akan kamu jelaskan. 'Ia marah.' 'Ia tidak memercayainya.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg Taruh itu di apa yang seseorang katakan, atau di apa yang tidak dikatakan. Jangan tulis pengumumannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg Baca. Jika narator masih mengumumkannya, coret kalimat itu. Ucapan yang menahannya. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg Baca adegan. Tandai kalimat yang menjelaskan apa yang pembaca sudah lihat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg Coret. Biarkan tindakannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg Baca adegan lagi. Jika kalimat lain hanya menjelaskan, coret juga. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg Bacakan halaman pertama dengan suara. Hanya halaman pertama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg Tandai tempat pertama kamu kehilangan orangnya, keinginannya, atau tempatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg Perbaiki tempat itu. Satu perbaikan. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg Baca tulisan dari baris pertama sampai terakhir. Ada seseorang, satu keinginan, satu hambatan, dua percobaan, satu pilihan, dan satu akhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg Beri nama. Namanya bukan 'Cerita'. Nama itu menunjuk tulisan ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg Tulisan ini bisa diberikan kepada pembaca. Kamu tidak perlu halaman ini terbuka untuk tahu apa itu. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg Kertas yang sudah ada. Tulis satu benda yang bisa kamu buat. Bukan toko. Bukan daftar. Satu benda. Roti, perbaikan, gambar, stoples sup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg Untuk satu orang, bukan untuk semua orang. Di baris berikutnya, tulis untuk siapa. Sebuah nama cukup. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg Baca dua baris itu. Kamu bisa menyelesaikan benda ini. Jika tidak, coret dan tulis benda yang lebih kecil. Lalu berhenti. Jangan tulis harga. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg Lihat satu benda dari kelas lalu. Itu untuk satu orang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg Tulis nama orang itu di baris berikutnya. Orang sungguhan yang bisa kamu ajak bicara. Bukan semua orang. Bukan pelanggan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg Baca namanya. Jika kamu tidak bisa membayangkan wajahnya, coret dan tulis satu orang yang bisa kamu bayangkan. Lalu berhenti. Jangan tulis harga. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg Orang yang namanya kamu tulis. Tulis apa yang dia butuhkan dan tidak dia punya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg Itu harus cocok dengan benda yang bisa kamu buat. Bukan usaha baru. Satu kebutuhan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg Baca kebutuhan dan benda itu bersama. Jika tidak cocok, ubah kebutuhan atau bendanya. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg Buat yang pertama. Pakai yang sudah ada. Jangan buka toko. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg Selesaikan yang ini. Bukan rencana sepuluh. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg Letakkan di meja. Ini yang pertama. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg Bawa yang pertama kepada orang yang kamu namai. Atau tentukan waktu mereka bisa memegangnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg Taruh di tangan mereka. Jangan jelaskan seluruh rencana. Biarkan mereka memegangnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg Tetap di situ sementara mereka melihat. Lalu berhenti. Jangan minta uang. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg Setelah mereka memegangnya, tulis kata yang mereka ucapkan. Kata mereka, bukan katamu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg Jika mereka tidak berkata apa-apa, tulis apa yang mereka lakukan. Mereka meletakkannya. Mereka tersenyum. Mereka mengajukan satu pertanyaan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg Baca yang kamu tulis. Itu reaksi mereka, bukan harapanmu. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg Baca yang mereka katakan. Temukan satu hal yang mereka minta. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg Ubah hal yang satu itu pada benda yang kamu buat. Bukan lima hal. Satu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg Perubahannya selesai. Lalu berhenti. Jangan mulai dari awal. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg Di kertasmu sendiri, tulis yang kamu keluarkan untuk membuat ini. Waktu. Bahan yang sudah kamu punya. Sesuatu yang habis kamu pakai. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg Ini untuk kamu. Ini bukan harga untuk mereka. Jangan tulis harga jual. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg Baca. Kamu tahu yang kamu keluarkan untuk ini. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg Lihat yang kamu keluarkan. Putuskan satu harga yang bisa kamu ucapkan dengan suara kepada orang itu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg Katakan kepada orang itu, atau latih mengatakannya kepada ruangan. Dengan suara. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg Jangan ketik harga di halaman ini. Jangan ketik di catatan di sini. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg Tulis bagaimana mereka mendapatkannya darimu. Kamu berikan ke tangan mereka. Mereka mengambilnya. Kamu tinggalkan di pintu mereka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg Satu cara. Bukan toko. Bukan pembayaran di situs ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg Baca. Seseorang bisa mengikuti cara itu. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg Beritahu orang yang dituju. Satu kalimat. Bendanya, dan bahwa itu untuk mereka. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg Ucapkan, atau tulis di tempat yang akan mereka lihat. Bukan poster untuk semua orang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg Satu kalimat. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg Baca yang kamu punya. Satu benda. Satu orang. Satu kebutuhan. Satu benda yang dibuat. Satu cara mereka mendapatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg Beri nama tawaran itu. Namanya bukan "Business". Nama itu menunjuk tawaran ini. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menyerahkannya ke pembeli tanpa halaman ini terbuka. Lalu berhenti. Jangan ketik harga. https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg Mainkan satu tuts putih dan biarkan berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg Kalau kamu menahannya, kamu tidak membiarkannya berhenti. Angkat jari dan dengarkan sampai akhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg Pertahankan empat ketukan yang rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg Jika ketukan makin cepat, kamu belum punya denyut. Pelankan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg Mainkan tuts yang sama dengan keras, lalu pelan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg Pelan tetap tuts yang sama. Jika telinga sakit, itu terlalu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg Mainkan satu tuts yang lebih tinggi, lalu satu yang lebih rendah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg Sebut mana yang lebih tinggi. Mainkan lagi tanpa mencari lama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg Sisakan satu istirahat yang bisa kamu hitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg Diam itu satu ketukan. Kalau kamu main menembusnya, kamu melewatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg Ulangi pola pendek yang sama tiga kali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg Jika kali ketiga membesar, kamu tidak mengulanginya. Mainkan yang pertama lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg Gunakan satu tangan dan biarkan yang lain beristirahat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg Tangan yang beristirahat tidak melayang. Ia diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg Mainkan lambat, lalu sedikit lebih cepat, tanpa memburu-buru istirahatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg Istirahatnya tetap sama panjang. Kecepatan tidak memakan diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg Biarkan orang lain menghitung empat saat kamu bermain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg Jika kamu melaju melewati hitungan mereka, kamu belum bersama mereka. Mulai lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg Berhenti di ketukan terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg Kalau kamu tambah satu lagi, kamu tidak berhenti. Angkat kedua tangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg Mainkan sekali dari awal, lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg Satu take. Jangan tambal bagian tengah. Jika putus, percobaan berikutnya dimulai dari awal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg Mainkan satu pola pendek dan berikan sebuah nama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg Namanya bukan 'Piano'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan tuts-tuts itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg Mainkan satu napas lembut dan biarkan berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg Jika suaranya tidak pernah habis, kamu masih meniup. Hentikan udara dan dengarkan. Berhenti jika pusing atau bibir sakit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg Pertahankan empat ketukan yang rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg Jika ketukan makin cepat, kamu belum punya denyut. Pelankan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg Mainkan nada yang sama dengan keras, lalu pelan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg Pelan tetap nada yang sama. Jika telinga sakit, itu terlalu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg Mainkan satu nada yang lebih tinggi, lalu satu yang lebih rendah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg Sebut mana yang lebih tinggi. Mainkan lagi tanpa mencari lama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg Sisakan satu istirahat yang bisa kamu hitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg Diam itu satu ketukan. Kalau kamu main menembusnya, kamu melewatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg Ulangi pola pendek yang sama tiga kali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg Jika kali ketiga membesar, kamu tidak mengulanginya. Mainkan yang pertama lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg Gunakan satu tangan dan biarkan yang lain beristirahat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg Tangan yang beristirahat tidak melayang. Ia diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg Mainkan lambat, lalu sedikit lebih cepat, tanpa memburu-buru istirahatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg Istirahatnya tetap sama panjang. Kecepatan tidak memakan diam. Jika pusing, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg Biarkan orang lain menghitung empat saat kamu bermain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg Jika kamu melaju melewati hitungan mereka, kamu belum bersama mereka. Mulai lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg Berhenti di ketukan terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg Kalau kamu tambah satu lagi, kamu tidak berhenti. Ambil klarinet dari mulutmu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg Mainkan sekali dari awal, lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg Satu take. Jangan tambal bagian tengah. Jika putus, percobaan berikutnya dimulai dari awal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg Mainkan satu pola pendek dan berikan sebuah nama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg Namanya bukan 'Klarinet'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan nada-nada itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg Dengungkan bibir sekali dan biarkan berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg Jika dengungannya tidak pernah habis, kamu masih meniup. Hentikan udara dan dengarkan. Berhenti jika bibir sakit atau kamu merasa pusing. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg Pertahankan empat ketukan yang rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg Jika ketukan makin cepat, kamu belum punya denyut. Pelankan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg Mainkan nada yang sama dengan keras, lalu pelan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg Pelan tetap nada yang sama. Jika telinga sakit, itu terlalu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg Mainkan satu nada yang lebih tinggi, lalu satu yang lebih rendah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg Sebut mana yang lebih tinggi. Mainkan lagi tanpa mencari lama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg Sisakan satu istirahat yang bisa kamu hitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg Diam itu satu ketukan. Kalau kamu main menembusnya, kamu melewatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg Ulangi pola pendek yang sama tiga kali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg Jika kali ketiga membesar, kamu tidak mengulanginya. Mainkan yang pertama lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg Gunakan satu tangan dan biarkan yang lain beristirahat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg Tangan yang beristirahat tidak melayang. Ia diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg Mainkan lambat, lalu sedikit lebih cepat, tanpa memburu-buru istirahatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg Istirahatnya tetap sama panjang. Kecepatan tidak memakan diam. Jika pusing, berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg Biarkan orang lain menghitung empat saat kamu bermain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg Jika kamu melaju melewati hitungan mereka, kamu belum bersama mereka. Mulai lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg Berhenti di ketukan terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg Kalau kamu tambah satu lagi, kamu tidak berhenti. Ambil trompet dari mulutmu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg Mainkan sekali dari awal, lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg Satu take. Jangan tambal bagian tengah. Jika putus, percobaan berikutnya dimulai dari awal. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg Mainkan satu pola pendek dan berikan sebuah nama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg Namanya bukan 'Trompet'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan nada-nada itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg Petik satu senar dan biarkan berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg Angkat jari. Dengarkan sampai akhir. Kalau kamu menahannya, kamu tidak membiarkannya berhenti. Tanpa penggesek. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg Pertahankan empat ketukan yang rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg Jika ketukan makin cepat, kamu belum punya denyut. Pelankan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg Mainkan senar yang sama dengan keras, lalu pelan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg Pelan tetap senar yang sama. Jika telinga sakit, itu terlalu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg Mainkan satu senar yang lebih tinggi, lalu satu yang lebih rendah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg Sebut mana yang lebih tinggi. Mainkan lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg Sisakan satu istirahat yang bisa kamu hitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg Diam itu satu ketukan. Kalau kamu main menembusnya, kamu melewatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg Ulangi pola pendek yang sama tiga kali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg Jika kali ketiga membesar, kamu tidak mengulanginya. Mainkan yang pertama lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg Gunakan satu tangan dan biarkan yang lain beristirahat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg Tangan yang beristirahat tidak melayang. Ia diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg Mainkan lambat, lalu sedikit lebih cepat, tanpa memburu-buru istirahatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg Istirahatnya tetap sama panjang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg Biarkan orang lain menghitung empat saat kamu bermain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg Jika kamu melaju melewati hitungan mereka, mulai lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg Berhenti di ketukan terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg Kalau kamu tambah satu lagi, kamu tidak berhenti. Angkat kedua tangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg Mainkan sekali dari awal, lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg Satu take. Jangan tambal bagian tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg Mainkan satu pola pendek dan berikan sebuah nama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg Namanya bukan 'Cello'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan senar-senar itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg Pukul sekali dan biarkan berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg Angkat tangan. Dengarkan sampai habis. Berhenti jika tangan sakit. Jangan pukul dekat telinga. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg Pertahankan empat ketukan yang rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg Jika ketukan makin cepat, kamu belum punya denyut. Pelankan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg Pukul tempat yang sama dengan keras, lalu pelan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg Pelan tetap tempat yang sama. Jika telinga sakit, itu terlalu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg Pukul lebih tinggi, lalu lebih rendah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg Sebut mana yang lebih tinggi. Pukul lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg Sisakan satu istirahat yang bisa kamu hitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg Diam itu satu ketukan. Kalau kamu pukul menembusnya, kamu melewatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg Ulangi pola pendek yang sama tiga kali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg Jika kali ketiga membesar, mainkan yang pertama lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg Gunakan satu tangan dan biarkan yang lain beristirahat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg Tangan yang beristirahat tidak melayang. Ia diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg Mainkan lambat, lalu sedikit lebih cepat, tanpa memburu-buru istirahatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg Istirahatnya tetap sama panjang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg Biarkan orang lain menghitung empat saat kamu bermain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg Jika kamu melaju melewati hitungan mereka, mulai lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg Berhenti di ketukan terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg Kalau kamu tambah satu lagi, kamu tidak berhenti. Angkat kedua tangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg Mainkan sekali dari awal, lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg Satu take. Jangan tambal bagian tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg Mainkan satu pola pendek dan berikan sebuah nama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg Namanya bukan 'Drum'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan pola itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg Petik satu senar lembut dan biarkan berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg Kalau kamu menahannya, kamu tidak membiarkannya berhenti. Angkat jari dan dengarkan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg Pertahankan empat ketukan yang rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg Jika ketukan makin cepat, kamu belum punya denyut. Pelankan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg Mainkan senar yang sama dengan keras, lalu pelan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg Pelan tetap senar yang sama. Jika telinga sakit, itu terlalu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg Mainkan satu senar yang lebih tinggi, lalu satu yang lebih rendah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg Sebut mana yang lebih tinggi. Mainkan lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg Sisakan satu istirahat yang bisa kamu hitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg Diam itu satu ketukan. Kalau kamu main menembusnya, kamu melewatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg Ulangi pola pendek yang sama tiga kali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg Jika kali ketiga membesar, mainkan yang pertama lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg Gunakan satu tangan dan biarkan yang lain beristirahat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg Tangan yang beristirahat diam. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg Mainkan lambat, lalu sedikit lebih cepat, tanpa memburu-buru istirahatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg Istirahatnya tetap sama panjang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg Biarkan orang lain menghitung empat saat kamu bermain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg Jika kamu melaju melewati hitungan mereka, mulai lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg Berhenti di ketukan terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg Kalau kamu tambah satu lagi, kamu tidak berhenti. Angkat kedua tangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg Mainkan sekali dari awal, lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg Satu take. Jangan tambal bagian tengah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg Mainkan satu pola pendek dan berikan sebuah nama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg Namanya bukan 'Ukulele'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan senar-senar itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg Petik satu senar terbuka dan biarkan berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg Kalau kamu menahannya, kamu tidak membiarkannya berhenti. Angkat jari dan dengarkan. Berhenti jika jari sakit. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg Pertahankan empat ketukan yang rata. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg Jika ketukan makin cepat, kamu belum punya denyut. Pelankan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg Mainkan senar yang sama dengan keras, lalu pelan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg Pelan tetap senar yang sama. Jika telinga sakit, itu terlalu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg Mainkan satu senar yang lebih tinggi, lalu satu yang lebih rendah. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg Sebut mana yang lebih tinggi. Mainkan lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg Sisakan satu istirahat yang bisa kamu hitung. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg Diam itu satu ketukan. Kalau kamu main menembusnya, kamu melewatkannya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg Ulangi pola pendek yang sama tiga kali. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg Jika kali ketiga membesar, mainkan yang pertama lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg Sebut nama alatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg Ini gitar. Polanya dapat nama lain. Bukan lagu yang sudah kamu tahu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg Gunakan satu tangan dan biarkan yang lain beristirahat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg Tangan yang beristirahat diam. Pick juga boleh istirahat. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg Mainkan lambat, lalu sedikit lebih cepat, tanpa memburu-buru istirahatnya. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg Istirahatnya tetap sama panjang. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg Biarkan orang lain menghitung empat saat kamu bermain. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg Jika kamu melaju melewati hitungan mereka, mulai lagi. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg Berhenti di ketukan terakhir. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg Kalau kamu tambah satu lagi, kamu tidak berhenti. Angkat kedua tangan. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/id/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg Mainkan satu pola pendek dan berikan sebuah nama. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg Namanya bukan 'Gitar'. Bukan lagu yang sudah kamu tahu. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg Kamu bisa menemukan senar-senar itu lagi tanpa disuruh. Lalu berhenti. https://mylearntomake.com/ar https://mylearntomake.com/ar/how https://mylearntomake.com/ar/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/ar/contact https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg ورقة وقلم رصاص يكفيان. جهاز لوحي أو عدة تملكها تُحسب. لا تشترِ علبة لهذا الصف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg اختر شيئًا تراه وضعه أمامك. ارسم كله، كبيرًا، حتى يملأ معظم الصفحة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg هذا ليس خط تدريب. انظر إلى الشيء ثم ارسم. قف عندما يكون الشيء كله على الصفحة. هذه بداية صورة. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg استخدم الشيء نفسه الذي رسمته في الصف 1. ضع ورقة جديدة. ضع الشيء حيث ترى خارجه كله. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg ابدأ من مكان على الحافة الخارجية. حرّك القلم على تلك الحافة فقط. لا ترسم الداخل، ولا ثقب المقبض، ولا خطًا في الوسط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg انظر إلى الشيء أكثر من يدك. عندما يلتقي الخط بمكان البداية، قف. إذا كان المحيط مفتوحًا، أغلقه. الداخل ليس هذا الصف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg الشيء نفسه من الصف السابق. ورقة جديدة. ارسم الخارج مرة أخرى، بخفة، حتى تضع الأجزاء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg انظر إلى الشيء. أضف الأجزاء التي تجعله ذلك الشيء. مقبض، فتحة، درزة، غطاء. ارسم الجزء الذي تراه. لا تخترع واحدًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg انظر من الجانب الآخر للطاولة. إذا لم يستطع شخص أن يقول ما هو، أضف الجزء الناقص. ثم قف. لا تظلل. لا تضف شيئًا ثانيًا. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg انظر أين أنت. اعثر على دائرة واحدة وصندوق واحد ومثلث واحد. طبق، كتاب، ركن. لا ترسم الشيء كله بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg على صفحة واحدة، ارسم الأشكال الثلاثة، كبيرة. ارسم الشكل، لا الشيء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg هذه القطع التي تُبنى منها الصور اللاحقة. إذا نقص شكل، ارسمه. ثم قف. لا تظلل. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg مصدر ضوء واحد. مصباح أو نافذة واحدة. أطفئ الباقي، أو اجلس بحيث يصل إلى الشيء ضوء واحد فقط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg ارسم الشيء. اترك الورق أبيض في الجهة المضاءة. الورق الأبيض هو الضوء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg أضف ظلًا واحدًا، في الجهة البعيدة عن الضوء. لا تظلل الصفحة كلها. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg ضع شيئًا مستديرًا واحدًا وصندوقًا واحدًا حيث تراهما. كوب وكتاب يكفيان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg ارسم الشيء المستدير. ارسم الصندوق حتى تظهر ثلاثة جوانب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg اجعل كل جانب من الصندوق رماديًا مختلفًا. واحد أغمق، وواحد أفتح، وواحد يبقى أبيض تقريبًا. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg ضع شيئين بحيث القريب يغطي جزءًا من البعيد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg ارسم الشيء القريب أولًا. حيث يغطي القريب الشيء البعيد، أوقف ذلك الخط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg اترك الجزء المخفي خارج الرسم. إذا مر الخط عبر ما يغطي، امسح تلك القطعة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg شخص يلبس ثيابًا أو حيوان أليف تستطيع أن تراه. يبقى ساكنًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg قبل أي وجه أو فرو أو نقش القماش، ضع علامة لطول مقابل العرض. علامتان خفيفتان. قارنهما. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg ارسم داخل تلك العلامات. لا تضف كل شعرة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg الشخص نفسه أو الحيوان الأليف نفسه. يفعل شيئًا واحدًا. مدّ اليد، خطوة، إدارة الرأس. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg أعطه دقيقة. ارسم الحركة بينما تحدث. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg التقط الحركة وقف. لا تكمل كل إصبع أو كل شعرة. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg وجه تراه. ارسم بيضاويًا للرأس. لا شيء آخر الآن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg ارسم خطًا للعينين، في منتصف البيضاوي نزولًا. ثم أنف. ثم فم. حافظ على هذا الترتيب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg قف قبل أن يطغى الشعر. أربع خطوات فقط: بيضاوي، عينان، أنف، فم. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg اجلس في الركن الذي أنت فيه. انظر إلى الأرض. خطوط الأرض تبتعد عنك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg ارسم تلك الخطوط من الأرض حتى تذهب إلى نقطة واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg الباب صندوق واقف في ذلك الحيز. ارسم الباب كصندوق. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg اصنع صورة واحدة تريد أن يراها شخص آخر. استخدم شيئًا واحدًا، وأجزاءه، وأشكاله. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg ضع اسمًا عليها. الاسم ليس 'صورة'. يشير إلى هذا الرسم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg ينبغي أن تستطيع بدء رسم آخر غدًا دون أن يُقال لك ماذا تفعل. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg الورق وقلم الرصاص يكفيان. الجهاز اللوحي يُحسب. لا تشترِ عدة لهذا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg اذهب حيث ترى مبنى كاملًا واحدًا. بيت، دكّان، كوخ. هذا ليس الصف 11. هذه ليست صورة مبنى، إلا إذا لم تستطع الذهاب إلى واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg شارع واحد، أو طريق، أو درب تستطيع أن تراه. الطريق هو الشكل الأول، ويصغر كلما ابتعد. ذلك درس هذه الورقة كله. لا تبدأ بلافتة أو سيارة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg ورقة واحد. طريق، مبنى واحد أو شجرة واحدة بجانبه، والسماء كالورق الذي تتركه فارغًا. قف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg شجرة واحدة تراها. الجذع أولًا. هو صندوق يضيق كلما صعد. الأوراق كتلة واحدة، ليست كومة علامات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg ورقة واحد. جذع وشكل أوراق واحد. قف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg الصف 10 علّم ترتيب وجه. هذا الدرس هو الرأس ككتلة. النحّات ينظر إلى رأس هكذا قبل أن يُقطع أي وجه. أنت لا تنسخ تمثالًا، وأنت لا تنسخ شخصًا مشهورًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg شخص تستطيع أن تراه، أو صورة لشخص تعرفه إذا لم يستطع أحد الجلوس. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg شخص ثان. لا تعد استخدام الرأس الأول. أجرِ الأوراق الثلاث نفسها بالترتيب نفسه. إذا تجاوزت الكرة وبدأت بالعينين، قف وابدأ الورقة واحد من جديد. أبقِ الورقة الثالثة فقط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg افعل ذلك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg شخص ثالث. القائمة نفسها. كرة، فك، عنق. ثم خطوط المنتصف. ثم ضوء واحد وظل واحد. قف قبل أن يأخذ الشعر كل شيء. ثلاثة رؤوس منتهية هي التمرين. الدروس التالية وجه مخترع واحد، يُرسم مرة أخرى حتى يبقى ذلك الوجه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg افعل ذلك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg اخترع وجهًا واحدًا. يجب أن يُرسم غدًا مرة أخرى، فاختر علامات قليلة. الكرة والفك أولًا. ثم خطوط المنتصف. ثم سمة واحدة لا تتغير: الأنف، أو الفك، أو الفراغ بين العينين. الشعر شكل واحد. اكتب ثلاث كلمات على ظهر الورقة تسمّي تلك العلامات. ستحتاجها. أبقِ الورقة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg افعل ذلك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg ورقة جديدة، من الذاكرة أولًا. ثم راجع الورقة التي أبقيتها. الكرة نفسها، والفك نفسه، والعلامة الواحدة نفسها. خطأ صغير في العين حسن. فك مختلف يعني أنه شخص جديد، وهذا الدرس لم يتم. ارسم الفك مرة أخرى. أبقِ الورقة التي تطابق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg افعل ذلك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg الوجه المخترع نفسه، مدار قليلًا. البناء لا يتغير لأن الرأس دار. كرة، فك، العلامة الواحدة، ثم السمات على خطوط المنتصف. أبقِ هذه الورقة الثالثة مع الاثنتين الأخريين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg ثم أجرِ القائمة القديمة على شيء لم تسمّه هذه الصفحة. يد، أو كرسي، أو حيوان تستطيع أن تراه. ورقة واحد، أشكال كبيرة وطويل مقابل عريض. ورقة اثنان، الأجزاء التي تجعله ذلك الشيء. ورقة ثلاثة، ورق أبيض للضوء، جانب أغمق واحد، ظل واحد. سمّه. ذلك لك. الدرس لا يقول لك أي موضوع. إذا استطعت عمل تلك الأوراق الثلاث بلا هذه الصفحة مفتوحة، فهذه الخطوة تمت. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg ماء نظيف. بلّل الورق بفرشاة عريضة. لون واحد فقط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg ضع غسلة واحدة عبر الصفحة. حرّك الفرشاة مرة واحدة. لا تفرك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg دعه يجف. هذه غسلة واحدة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg ضع كوبًا حيث ترى الخارج. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg لوّن حافته الخارجية فقط. لا تملأ الداخل. لا تلوّن الطاولة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg عندما تُغلق الحافة، قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg لونان. ضعهما بحيث يتلامسان على الورق المبلل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg دع الماء يقوم بالخلط. لا تفركهما معًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg عندما يلتقيان، قف. لا تضف لونًا ثالثًا. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg اعثر على ثلاثة أشكال في الغرفة. دائرة، وصندوق، ومثلث. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg لوّن ثلاثة أشكال مسطحة. لون واحد لكل واحد. لا تفصيل بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg ثلاثة أشكال. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg ضوء واحد. انظر أين هو مضيء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg اترك تلك البقعة ورقًا عاريًا. الورق الأبيض هو الضوء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg لوّن ظلًا واحدًا، بعيدًا عن الضوء. لا تغطِّ الأبيض. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg ضع شيئاً مستديراً وصندوقاً حيث تراهما. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg لوّنهما برماديين مختلفين. المستدير رمادي واحد. الصندوق رمادي آخر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg لا تضف رمادياً ثالثاً. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg ضع شيئين بحيث واحد في الأمام. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg لوّن الأمامي. لا تلوّن الجزء المخفي من الخلفي. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg حيث يغطي الأمامي الخلفي، أوقف ذلك اللون. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg انظر إلى شيء واحد. سمِّ اللون الذي تراه، لا اللون الذي تتوقعه. يمكن أن تكون الليمونة رمادية في الظل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg اخلط ذلك اللون على قطعة ورق زائدة. قارنه بالشيء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg إذا لم يطابق، اخلط مرة أخرى. عندما يطابق، قف. لا تلوّن الصورة كلها. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg شخص أو حيوان أليف. يبقون ساكنين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg لوّن الأشكال الكبيرة فقط. الرأس، والجسم، والساقان. ليس كل شعرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg ثلاثة أشكال أو أربعة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg وجه تراه. لوّن ثلاث قيم فقط. فاتح، وسط، داكن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg الفاتح يبقى الورق الأفتح. الوسط غسلة واحدة. الداكن هو الظل تحت الحاجب، أو الأنف، أو الذقن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg قف قبل أن يطغى الشعر. ثلاث قيم. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg اجلس في ركن. ضوء واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg لوّن جدارين. اترك الجدار المضاء أفتح. الجدار الآخر أغمق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg ضوء واحد. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg انظر إلى تفاحة حقيقية واحدة. انظر الضوء الكبير أولًا. اترك ذلك الضوء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg ثم لوّن الأشكال الصغيرة. ظل واحد. ليس كل نقطة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg سمّها. هذا تمرين، لا نسخة للبيع. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg الورق والطلاء الذي يُغسل يكفيان. الجهاز اللوحي يُحسب. لا تشترِ علبة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg وعاء واحد تستطيع أن تراه. هذا ليس الصف 2. الصف 2 كان حافة كوب. هذا لون داخل وعاء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg نافذة واحدة تستطيع أن تراها. هذا ليس الصف 11. الصف 11 كان جدارين. هذا الضوء في الزجاج. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg اترك الزجاج ورقًا أبيض. لا ترسم السماء صورة ثانية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg نبتة واحدة تستطيع أن تراها. الأصيص أولًا. هو صندوق واحد. اخلط اللون الذي تراه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg الأوراق كتلة واحدة من اللون، ليست كومة من العلامات. غسلة واحدة لتلك الكتلة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg هذا ليس الصف 12. الصف 12 كان تفاحة واحدة ثم ظلها، وسمّيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg هذه الورقة هي اللون المسطح فقط. تفاحة واحدة. غسلة واحدة. اللون الذي تراه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg ورقة جديدة. التفاحة نفسها. اخلط مرة أخرى مما تراه الآن، لا من الورقة السابقة ولا من الأحمر الذي توقعته. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg خطأ صغير في الشكل لا بأس به. فاكهة مختلفة تعني أن هذا الدرس لم يتم. ارسم التفاحة نفسها مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg ورقة جديدة. التفاحة نفسها. اترك الورق أبيض حيث يضرب الضوء. ظل واحد. الأبيض ليس ثقبًا تملأه لاحقًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg ثلاث ورقات، تفاحة واحدة. غسلة مسطحة. اللون الذي تراه. ثم الضوء وظل واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg اخترع صورة واحدة. ليست نسخة للبيع، وليست لوحة مشهورة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg غسلة واحدة. شيء واحد في الأمام. اترك الجزء المخفي بلا طلاء. ورق أبيض للضوء. ظل واحد. سمّها. أبقِ هذه الورقة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg خذ قطعة بحجم برتقالة. إن تفتتت، اغمس أصابعك في الماء واعجن حتى تتماسك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg اضغطها بين الكفين، ثم دحرجها في دائرة. الضغط نفسه من كل الجهات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg قف حين تصير مستديرة وبلا شقوق. الشق يعني أنها جافة. بلّل أصابعك ودحرج ذلك المكان مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg ضع الكرة على الطاولة. اضغط الوسط بالكف، لا الحافة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg أدرها قليلًا واضغط مرة أخرى. الوسط والحافة يكونان بالسمك نفسه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg ارفعها. إن مرّ الضوء من مكان، فهي رقيقة جدًا. أعدها كرة واضغط مرة أخرى. بسمك إصبع. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg أمسك الكرة بيد. ادفع الإبهام في الوسط حتى تحسه من الجهة الأخرى، من غير أن يخرج. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg اقرص الجدار بين الإبهام والإصبع. أدر قليلًا بعد كل قرصة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg الحافة تكون بالارتفاع نفسه من كل الجهات. إن انخفض جانب، اقرص الجانب العالي قليلًا أكثر. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg دحرج على الطاولة بأصابع مفتوحة، لا بالكف فقط. من الوسط إلى الخارج. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg الحبل يكون بالسمك نفسه من طرف إلى طرف، مثل قلم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg ضع الحبل حلقة على قاعدة مسطحة. اضغط حيث يلتقيان. اقطع الطرفين بزاوية واضغطهما معًا. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg ضع الصلصال بين عودين بالسمك نفسه. افرد فوق العودين كي لا تصير اللوحة أرق منهما. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg انزع اللوحة. إن التصقت، ارفع زاوية بسكين، لا بالظفر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg اقطع الشكل بقطع مستقيم. أبقِ البقايا كرة كي لا تجف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg تحسس الجدار بين الأصابع. المكان السميك يحس ثقيلًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg اقرص المكان السميك فقط. لا تقرص الرقيق وإلا تمزق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg الجدار يكون واحدًا من كل الجهات، نحو سماكة قطعتين نقد واحدة فوق الأخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg اخدش الوجهين بشوكة حتى يصيرا خشنين. الصلصال الأملس لا يلصق بالأملس. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg ادهن الوجهين المخدوشين بطينة: قليل من الصلصال مع ماء، مثل القشدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg اضغط وأمسك ثواني. ملّس الوصل بإصبع مبلل حتى لا ترى الدرز. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg دحرج حبلًا قصيرًا، أرق من قلم. اطوِه حلقة بحجم قاعدة القدر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg اخدش وادهن الطينة على قاعدة القدر وعلى الحلقة. اضغط الحلقة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg ضع القدر. يجلس مسطحًا ولا يتأرجح. إن تأرجح، اضغط الجانب العالي من الحلقة. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg دحرج حبلًا بسمك الإصبع وبطول اليد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg اخدش وادهن الطينة في مكانين على الجانب، واحد فوق الآخر. اضغط كل طرف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg المقبض يبتعد عن القدر ليمر إصبع. إن تدلّى فهو رطب جدًا. انتظر قليلًا وجرب مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg ضع القدر على رف، بعيدًا عن الشمس وعن المدفأة. الشمس والحر يشقانه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg ضع قماشًا جافًا من غير شد، كي لا تجف الحافة أسرع من القاعدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg اتركه حتى يصير شاحبًا وقاسيًا. هذا صلصال يجف في الهواء. لا تضعه في الفرن. لا تشرب منه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg قارن قطعتين قبل أن تبدأ. إن كانت كرة أكبر، لن يتطابق القدران. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg اصنع الثاني مثل الأول. ضعهما جنبًا إلى جنب بعد كل خطوة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg الحواف تكون بالارتفاع نفسه. الفتحتان تبدوان بالحجم نفسه. إن كانت واحدة أوسع، اقرصها أعلى قليلًا وأضيق. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg اختر عملًا واحدًا: حفظ الأقلام، أو حفظ شيء جاف. لا تستعمل هذا الصلصال للطعام أو الشراب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg كوب الأقلام يحتاج قاعدة مسطحة وجدرانًا أعلى من رأس القلم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg حين يجف ويصير شاحبًا، ضع الأقلام. سمّه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg الصلصال الذي يجف في الهواء يكفي. لا تشترِ فرنًا، ولا تخبز هذا. قطعة بحجم برتقالة هي كوب واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg افتح الكرة بالإبهام وأدرها بينما ترتفع الجدران. أو اصنع حبالاً بالسماكة نفسها، كدّسها، واضغط كل واحد على الذي تحته. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg الحافة بنفس الارتفاع من كل الجهات. إذا أضفت قدمًا، اخدش الوجهين، بلّلهما، واضغط. لا تلصقه فقط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg ضع الكوب على الطاولة. يجلس مسطحًا ولا يتأرجح. إذا تأرجح، اضغط القدم حتى يتوقف. جففه ببطء في الهواء، بعيدًا عن الشمس. سمّه. هذا الذي تبقيه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg طبق واحد. هذا ليس الصف 2، وليس الصف 5. الصف 2 كان فطيرة. الصف 5 كان لوحًا تستطيع قطعه. هذا طبق تستطيع أن تضع عليه كوبًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg لوح واحد. سماكة مستوية. حافة منخفضة فقط إذا استطعت أن تبقي تلك السماكة. إذا أضفت الحافة، احز، وبطّن، واضغط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تخبزه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg سلطانية واحدة. الجدران تبقى مستوية. الحافة بالارتفاع نفسه على طول المحيط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg قدم، كي تجلس مسطحة ولا تتأرجح. احز، وبطّن، واضغط إذا وصلت تلك القدم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تخبزه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg هذا ليس الصف 3. الصف 3 كان قدرًا مقروصًا، والحافة كانت الدرس. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg هذا كوب تقرصه. كرة واحدة. الجدران ترق وأنت تقرص، وتبقى مستوية. الحافة بالارتفاع نفسه على طول المحيط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تخبزه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg قطعة جديدة. لفات بالسماكة نفسها، مكدسة ومضغوطة. الحجم نفسه للكوب المقروص. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg حجم مختلف يعني أن هذا الدرس لم يتم. اصنع الكوب مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تخبزه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg قطعة جديدة، مقطوعة من لوح بسماكة مستوية. الحجم نفسه للاثنتين الأخريين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg احز، وبطّن، واضغط كل وصلة. الحافة بالارتفاع نفسه على طول المحيط. تجلس مسطحة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تخبزه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg اخترع قطعة واحدة. ليست نسخة، وليست القدر المسمّى من الصف 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg جدران مستوية. إذا وصلت جزءًا، احز، وبطّن، واضغط. قدم إن احتاجت واحدة، كي تجلس ولا تتأرجح. جففها ببطء. التجفيف بالهواء فقط. سمّها. أبقِ هذه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تخبزه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg غزل لديك من قبل. إبرتان، أو إصبع واحدة إذا كان هذا ما لديك. لا تشترِ علبة لهذا الصف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg ركّب الغرز التي عددتها. اصنع حلقة، ضعها على الإبرة، واصنع التالية بالطريقة نفسها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg قف عندما تكون الغرز المعدودة على الإبرة. لا تحبك صفًا بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg احبك الصفوف الأولى. أدخل الإبرة في حلقة، ولفّ الغزل، واسحب حلقة جديدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg غرزة واحدة في كل مرة. لا تُسقط واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg عندما ينتهي الصف، اقلب العمل. ثم قف. لا تبدأ لونًا جديدًا. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg عدّ كل غرزة على الإبرة. المس كل واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg عدّ كل صف. علامة على الورق تكفي. علامة لكل صف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg إذا كان العد خاطئًا، قف وانظر. لا تسحب العمل فيتفرق. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg أقفل الغرز. احبك غرزتين. ارفع الأولى فوق الثانية وأخرجها من الإبرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg احبك واحدة أخرى. ارفع الأولى فوقها مرة ثانية. واصل حتى النهاية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg يجب ألا تتسع الحافة. إذا انسحبت وانفتحت، أعد فقط هذه الحافة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg احبك حتى يصبح ارتفاع القطعة مثل عرضها. عدّ لتعرف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg ضعها على الطاولة. مربع يرقد مسطحًا. إذا التوت، انظر إلى الصفوف الأخيرة، لا القطعة كلها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg عندما يرقد مسطحًا، قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg صف عدل. الصف التالي مقلوب. الغزل أمامك للمقلوب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg اعرف أي صف أنت عليه. عدل، ثم مقلوب، ثم عدل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg لا تخلطهما في صف واحد. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg شريط واحد. احبك حتى الحافة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg غيّر اللون عند الحافة. اربط الغزل الجديد هناك. لا تغيّر في الوسط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg احبك شريطًا واحدًا من اللون الجديد. ثم قف. شريط واحد، ليس كثيرًا. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg حدث خطأ. انظر إلى الصف الأخير فقط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg أخرج الإبرة من الصف الأخير، غرزة بعد غرزة، حتى تعود إلى الصف الذي كان صحيحًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg لا تسحب العمل فيتفرق. احبك ذلك الصف مرة أخرى. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg عدّ الغرز في بداية الصف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg عدّها في نهاية الصف. العددان يتطابقان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg إن لم يتطابقا، الصف الأخير نقص غرزة أو زاد غرزة. أصلح ذلك الصف فقط. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg احبك مستطيلًا. أطول من عرضه. قماش، حزام، فاصل كتاب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg عدّ الطرفين حتى يتساويا. أقفل الغرز كي لا تتسع الحافة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg يمكنك استخدامه. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg حافتان يجب أن تلتقيا. أمسكهما معًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg صلهما. إبرة صوف عبر الحافتين، غرزة في كل مرة. أو احبكهما معًا إذا كانتا ما زالتا على الإبر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg يتم الوصل عندما تصير الحافتان واحدة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg شيء واحد منتهٍ. المربع، أو المستطيل، أو القطعة الموصولة. ليس مشروعًا جديدًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg أعطه اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'حياكة'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تبدأ قطعة أخرى غدًا دون أن يُقال لك ماذا تفعل. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg ركّب الغرز التي عددتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg احبك الصفوف الأولى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تفك العمل. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg مربع يرقد مسطحًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg عدل ومقلوب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تفك العمل. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg شريط واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg غيّر اللون عند الحافة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تفك العمل. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg خيط سميك لديك من قبل. سنارة كبيرة. لا تشترِ علبة لهذا الصف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg أمسك الخيط في يد. أمسك السنارة في اليد الأخرى. اصنع حلقة واحدة. الحلقة جالسة على السنارة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg هذه هي البداية. ثم قف. لا تصنع سلسلة بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg لف الخيط على السنارة. اسحب حلقة جديدة عبر الحلقة الموجودة. تلك سلسلة واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg اصنع السلسلة التالية بالطريقة نفسها. أبق السلاسل رخوة بما يكفي لترى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg قف عندما تكون لديك سلسلة يمكنك عدها. لا ترجع للعمل داخلها بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg عد السلاسل قبل الصف. المس كل واحدة. لا تعدّ الحلقة التي ما زالت على السنارة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg اكتب العدد. علامة على الورق تكفي. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg إذا ضاع العد، عدّ مرة أخرى. لا تسحب السلسلة فتتفرق. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg أدخل السنارة في السلسلة التالية. لفّ الخيط. اسحب حلقة. لفّ الخيط مرة أخرى. اسحب عبر الحلقتين على السنارة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg غرزة واحدة في كل سلسلة. لا تتخطى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg عندما ينتهي الصف، قف. لا تقلب بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg أكمل الصف. غرزة واحدة في كل سلسلة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg ضع الصف على الطاولة. يجب أن يرقد مسطحًا. إذا التف إلى حبل مشدود، كانت الغرز ضيقة جدًا. انظر إلى هذا الصف فقط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg عندما يرقد مسطحًا، قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg اقلب العمل. تبقى السنارة في الحلقة الأخيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg اصنع سلسلة واحدة. تلك السلسلة هي سلسلة الدوران. ليست غرزة تعدّها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg ارجع. غرزة واحدة في كل غرزة من الصف الذي صنعته للتو. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg صفان. اقلب في نهاية كل واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg أبق الحواف مستوية. الغرزة نفسها في بداية الصف ونهايته. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg إذا انسحبت حافة إلى الداخل، فقد تخطيت غرزة. أصلح الصف الأخير فقط. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg واصل حتى تصبح القطعة بارتفاع عرضها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg عد الغرز. العدد نفسه في كل صف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg ضعها. مربع. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg شريط واحد. اعمل حتى نهاية الصف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg اربط اللون التالي عند الحافة. لا تغيّر في الوسط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg اعمل صفًا واحدًا من اللون الجديد. ثم قف. شريط واحد، ليس كثيرًا. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg قص الخيط. اترك طرفا يمكنك أن تمسكه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg اسحب الطرف عبر الحلقة الأخيرة. شدّه حتى يلتصق. الحلقة تُغلق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg العمل خارج السنارة. ثم قف. لا تبدأ قطعة جديدة. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg اصنع مربعًا ثانيًا بالطريقة نفسها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg عدّ الاثنين. عدد الغرز نفسه. عدد الصفوف نفسه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg مربعان بالحجم نفسه. ثم قف. لا تصلهما بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg شيء واحد يمكنك استعماله. المربع، أو المربعان الموضوعان معًا كقماش. ليس مشروعًا جديدًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg أعطه اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'كروشيه'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تبدأ قطعة أخرى غدًا دون أن يُقال لك ماذا تفعل. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg إبرة غير حادة. خيط سميك لديك من قبل. لا تشترِ علبة لهذا الصف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg أمسك الإبرة في يد واحدة. أدخل الخيط في الإبرة. اربط عقدة في طرف الخيط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg العقدة في الطرف. ثم قف. لا تخيط بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg قطعة واحدة من القماش. ادفع الإبرة عبر القماش من الخلف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg اسحب الخيط حتى النهاية، حتى توقفه العقدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg الإبرة في الأمام. ثم قف. لا تصنع ثقبا ثانيا بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg غرزة واحدة. انزل مرة أخرى مسافة قصيرة من حيث خرجت. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg اسحب الخيط حتى يمر. داخل، ثم خارج. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg الغرزة ترقد مسطحة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg خط مستقيم. اجعل الغرزة التالية بنفس حجم الأولى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg أبق الغرز على خط واحد. لا تنحرف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg الغرز متساوية الحجم. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg غرزة السراجة. داخل وخارج على طول الخط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg مسافات متساوية. الغرزة والفراغ تقريباً متساويان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg لا تسحب بقوة حتى يتجعد القماش. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg تعال إلى زاوية القماش. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg در. الغرزة التالية تغادر الزاوية وتمضي على طول الضلع التالي. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg الخط يبقى مستويا. لا تكوّم الزاوية. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg قطعتان من القماش. ضع حافة فوق الأخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg خيطهما على طول تلك الحافة الواحدة. الإبرة تمر عبر القطعتين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg حافة واحدة فقط. ثم قف. لا تخيط الجوانب الأخرى بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg مربع. ابدأ من زاوية واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg الغرزة نفسها على طول المحيط. در كل زاوية بالطريقة نفسها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg عندما تعود إلى حيث بدأت، قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg رقعة. قطعة قماش صغيرة على قطعة أكبر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg خيطها عليها. تمر الإبرة عبر الرقعة والقماش تحتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg الحواف تبقى في الأسفل. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg اربط الطرف. اصنع عقدة صغيرة على القماش حتى لا تخرج الغرزة الأخيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg قص الخيط قصيرا. اترك فقط طرفا صغيرا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg الإبرة حرة. ثم قف. لا تبدأ درزة جديدة. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg اصنع مربعًا ثانيًا بالطريقة نفسها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg عدّ الغرز. مربعان بالحجم نفسه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تخيطهما معًا بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg شيء واحد يمكنك استعماله. المربع، الرقعة، أو المربعان الموضوعان معًا كقماش. ليس مشروعًا جديدًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg أعطه اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'خياطة'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تبدأ قطعة أخرى غدًا دون أن يُقال لك ماذا تفعل. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg اغسل يديك. صابون، ثم ماء، ثم جففها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg أفرغ المنضدة. يبقى في الخارج فقط ما يحتاجه هذا الطبق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تشغل الحرارة بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg كل شيء خارج قبل الحرارة. طعام، مقلاة، طبق، ملعقة، ملح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg اقرأ ما ستفعله. لا تحتاج أن تبحث عن أداة حين تسخن المقلاة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg ثم قف. الموقد ما زال مطفأ. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg المقلاة ساخنة. أضف قليلا من الدهن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg الدهن يرق ويلمع. تهمس. لا تدخن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg إذا دخنت، الحرارة عالية جدا. ارفع المقلاة عن النار. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg يدخل الطعام في طبقة واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg القطع لا تتراكم. مقلاة مزدحمة تبخر. لا تصبح بنية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تقلبه بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg اتركه. القشرة تحتاج وقتا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg لا تنخسه. لا تبتعد عن مقلاة ساخنة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تقلبه بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg اقلبه مرة واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg الجهة التي كانت تحت بنية. إذا كانت ما زالت شاحبة، فقد احتاجت وقتا أطول. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تواصل تقليبه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg ذق. ثم الملح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg ملح الطعام، لا الهواء. قليل يكفي حتى تذوق مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تواصل هز الملح. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg الحرارة مطفأة. المقلاة تكمل الوسط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg يتماسك الوسط من الحرارة التي في المقلاة أصلا. أنت لا ترفع الموقد من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg دعه يرتاح. لا تقطعه بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg دقائق هادئة قليلة. يكتمل الوسط وهو جالس. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg العصارة تبقى على الطبق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg اغرفها بالملعقة فوق الطعام. لا تصبها في الحوض. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg تبرد المقلاة، ثم تغسلها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg مقلاة ساخنة في ماء بارد قد تتشوه. انتظر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg طبق واحد. ليست أكلة جديدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg أعطه اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'طبخ'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تطبخ طبقًا آخر غدًا دون أن يُقال لك ماذا تفعل. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg فلفل أسود في الآخر إذا كان القدر سيغلي. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg مع الملح، لا بدلًا منه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg كمون مشيّح ثم كزبرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg فاصولياء أو أرز أو لحم ضأن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg بذور كزبرة مجروشة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg لا تحمّصها حتى لون القهوة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg الفلفل الأحمر يتشيّح سريعًا ويحترق أسرع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg الثوم بعده، أو يحترق الثوم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg فلفل أحمر مدخن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg الدخان هو التابل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg فلفل حار أخيرًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg أقل من التابل الآخر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg إذا لذع، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg رقائق فلفل أحمر في الدهن ثم بعيدًا عن النار. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg الثوم يمكن أن يلحقها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg إذا لذع، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg مسحوق الفلفل أصلًا كمون وثوم وفليفلة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg ذق قبل أن تزيد الكمون. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg قرفة في الدهن مع رشة ملح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg فاكهة أو قرع أو قليل في اللحم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg زنجبيل، طازج أو مجفف، مع ثوم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg المجفف أحر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg الكركم يصبغ ويصير مرًا إذا طال قليه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg الفلفل الأسود يساعد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg مسحوق الثوم يحترق في مقلاة جافة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg ضعه في الدهن ثم الطعام. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg مسحوق البصل ليس بصلًا مقليًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg استعمله للقاعدة ثم ملّح الطبق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg مردقوش باكرًا في صلصة طماطم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg المجفف أقوى من رشة طازجة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg ريحان في الآخر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg الحرارة تطرده. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg زعتر باكرًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg يحتاج وقتًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg إكليل الجبل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg قطّعه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg ورق غار في السائل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg أخرجه. ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg جوزة الطيب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg كشطة واحدة فوق الكريمة أو السبانخ أو البطاطا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg قرنفل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg واحد أو اثنان مغروزان في بصلة، أو رشة مطحونة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg بهار حلو. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg قف هناك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg هيل، قرون مشقوقة، أو رشة مطحونة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg أرز أو قهوة أو فاكهة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg بذور خردل في دهن حار حتى تفرقع الأولى ثم الطعام. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg الكركم يمكن أن يتبع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg بذور شمر مجروشة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg طماطم أو لحم خنزير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg شبت في الآخر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg ليمون. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg كراوية مجروشة مع ثوم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg ملفوف أو لحم خنزير أو شيلم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg بذور كرفس. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg رشة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg سمسم محمص حتى تفوح رائحته. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg ملح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg بذور الخشخاش لا تتشيّح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg زبدة وليمون. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg زعفران. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg خيوط لا مسحوق من مرطبان رخيص. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg يانسون نجمي واحد في طبخ بطيء أو مرق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg زنجبيل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg أخرجه. ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg سماق بعيدًا عن النار. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg هو الحامض. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg حلبة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg رشة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg حبة البركة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg لا تحرقها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg نعناع في الآخر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg ليمون. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg مريمية مقلية ثوان قليلة في الزبدة ثم على القرع أو لحم الخنزير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg فلفل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg طرخون في الآخر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg ليمون. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg مرزنجوش. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg استعمله حيث يصرخ المردقوش. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg بقدونس في الآخر مع ليمون. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg هو طازج، لا تابل تشيّحه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg كزبرة خضراء في الآخر مع ليمون أخضر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg إذا طعمها صابون فهي العشبة لا الطباخ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg حشيشة الليمون مرضوضة في الشوربة ثم خارجة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg زنجبيل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg أخرجه. ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg يانسون. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg رشة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg بسباسة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg رشة في صلصة كريمة أو بطاطا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg عرعر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg اسحق ثلاثة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg إذا لذع، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg فلفل صيني محمص حتى تفوح رائحته ثم مجروش. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg زنجبيل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg إذا لذع، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg فلفل حلبي بعيدًا عن النار. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg خفيف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg فلفل مدخن حار. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg دخان مع حرارة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg إذا لذع، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg مسحوق الكاري مزيج. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg شيّحه ثم الطعام. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg جارام ماسالا مزيج للآخر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg قد يكون في القدر أصلًا كمون وكزبرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg بهارات خمسة مزيج. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg رشة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg إذا دخّن، توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg قس مرتين. علّم مرة واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg إذا لم يتطابق القياسان، قس مرة أخرى. لا تعلّم تخميناً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تقطع بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg اجعل الخط قائماً عبر اللوح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg الزاوية القائمة تلتصق بإحكام بالحافة. الخط يعبر الوجه وينزل على الحافة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تقطع بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg ثبّت العمل بالملزمة. يدك ليست الملزمة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg إذا تحرك اللوح، يزيغ القطع. شدّ الملزمة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تبدأ المنشار حتى يسكن الخشب. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg اقطع على جانب الفضلة من الخط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg خط القلم يبقى على القطعة التي تبقيها. أسنان المنشار تأخذ الفضلة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تقطع الخط. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg دع المنشار يقوم بالعمل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg دفعة خفيفة. إذا اضطررت أن تتكئ عليه، فالمنشار كليل أو الزاوية خطأ. قف وأعد الوضع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg اسند الفضلة كي لا يتمزق الليف الأخير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg يد أو سند ثانٍ يمسك الفضلة. لا تدعها تسقط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg افحص القطع بالزاوية القائمة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg الزاوية القائمة تجلس على الوجه وعلى طرف القطع. الضوء تحت الزاوية القائمة يعني أن القطع ليس قائماً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg ثم توقف. لا تصنفر الخطأ حتى تراه. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg صنفر إلى الخط. لا بعده. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg صنفر مع الألياف. إذا صنفت بعد الخط، القطعة قصيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg امسح الغبار. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg وجهان يلتقيان. لا ضوء عبر الوصلة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg أمسكهما معاً وانظر على طول الدرز. الضوء يعني فجوة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تلصق فجوة. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg الغراء، ثم الملزمة. خيط رفيع يخرج. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg الغراء الكثير لا يجعل الوصلة أقوى. امسح الخيط. لا تُجوّع الوصلة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg يتصلب. ثم صنفر الوصلة مستوية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg لا تصنفر الغراء المبلل. انتظر حتى تصبح الوصلة صلبة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg قطعة واحدة. ليس مشروعًا جديدًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg أعطها اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'خشب'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg يمكنك بدء قطعة أخرى غدًا دون أن يُقال لك ماذا تفعل. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg اختر النبات للضوء الذي عندك فعلاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg نبات الشمس في غرفة مظلمة لن ينمو لمجرد أنك تتمناه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تزرع بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg التربة تصرف الماء. الأصيص يحتاج ثقباً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg إذا بقي الماء في الأصيص، تتعفن الجذور. افحص الثقب قبل أن تملأه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg ازرع على عمق الظرف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg إن لم يكن هناك ظرف، البذرة الصغيرة تأخذ غطاءً سطحياً. البذرة الكبيرة تذهب أعمق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg اكبس التربة. لا جيب هواء تحت البذرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg اضغط بلطف. الضغط الشديد يُبقي الماء والهواء خارجاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg اسقِ مرة، بعمق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg اسقِ حتى يخرج الماء من الثقب. ثم انتظر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg دع السطح يجف قبل أن تسقي مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg أدخل إصبعاً. إذا كان السطح ما زال رطباً، اتركه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg الشتلة تريد الضوء أكثر من الماء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg شتلة شاحبة ممدودة تطلب الضوء. انقلها. لا تغرقها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg خفّ إلى تباعد الظرف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg الشتلة الأقوى تبقى. الزوائد تخرج. النباتات المزدحمة تبقى صغيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg سمّد فقط بعد الأوراق الحقيقية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg الكثير يحرقها. قليل، ثم قف. الورقتان الأوليان ليستا الأوراق الحقيقية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg أزل الآفات باليد قبل أي رش. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg حشرة واحدة ليست سبباً لزجاجة. أزلها. انظر غداً مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg اقطفه حين يجهز. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg طول الانتظار يجعله قاسياً. نبات يُترك طويلاً ينفق نفسه على البذور. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg حصاد واحد. ليست حديقة جديدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg أعطه اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'زراعة'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تزرع أصيصًا آخر غدًا دون أن يُقال لك ماذا تفعل. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg نافذة. هذا طرف مقطوع، ليس بذرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg استعمل بصلاً أخضر طازجاً له جذور، لا واحداً جافاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg نافذة، ثم شمس. البرعم هو النتيجة الأكيدة. القرون تريد ضوءاً كثيراً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg استعمل حبة فاصولياء جافة كاملة: حمراء، أو سوداء، أو مبرقشة، أو فاصولياء خضراء مجففة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg نافذة. المحصول المرجّح أوراق. ليست رأساً سميناً من الثوم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg فص صلب واحد. اترك القشرة. الرأس إلى فوق، طرف الجذر المسطح إلى تحت، بعمق نحو سنتيمترين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg نافذة. بضع أوراق صغيرة، ليست رأساً ثانياً من الدكان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg استعمل قاعدة طازجة، لا بنية لزجة. اترك نحو ثلاثة سنتيمترات من القلب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg نافذة. الطريقة نفسها للخس الروماني، وأبطأ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg قاعدة طازجة، بارتفاع نحو ثلاثة سنتيمترات، في طبق قليل العمق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg نافذة دافئة. تحصل على نبتة تستطيع قطعها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg الريحان يريد غرفة دافئة. انثر البذور الصغيرة على تربة رطبة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg نافذة دافئة. الثمرة تريد شمساً حقيقية وأصيصاً أكبر. الأوراق ليست طعاماً أبداً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg استعمل طماطم ناضجة تماماً. ضع البذور والهلام في كأس مع رشة ماء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg نافذة دافئة. الفلفل يريد حرارة أكثر من الطماطم، ووقتاً أكثر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg خذ بذوراً من فلفل ناضج. تستطيع تخطي التخمير. جففها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg أصيص عميق. نبتة مرجّحة. كيس بطاطا ليس كذلك، إلا إذا كان الأصيص عميقاً وانتظرت أشهراً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg كثير من بطاطا الدكان الكبير معالَجة كي لا تنبت. إن لم يحدث شيء في ثلاثة أسابيع، فهذا السبب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg شجرة بيت. الثمر احتمال، بعد سنوات، وقد يكون حامضاً أو مختلفاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg ازرع بذرة طازجة من ليمون أو برتقال. بذرة جفت على الطاولة تفشل غالباً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg شجرة بيت. الثمر في الداخل نادر، ويأخذ سنوات، ولن يطابق الذي اشتريته. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg اغسل النواة. الطرف الأعرض والأكثر تسطحاً هو الأسفل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg شتلة، ليست زبدية كرز. شجرة الكرز تثمر في الخارج في مكان بارد، بعد سنوات، وغالباً تحتاج شجرة ثانية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg افرك النواة حتى لا يبقى لب. اللب الباقي يتعفّن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg نافذة. أوراق خضراء، لا جزرة ثانية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg اقطع الأوراق عن جزرة طازجة. أبقِ نحو سنتيمتر من الرأس البرتقالي. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg نافذة. أوراق، لا شمندرة ثانية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg اقطع الأوراق الخضراء. أبقِ نحو سنتيمتر من الشمندر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg نافذة. هذا طرف مقطوع، ليس بذرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg استعمل كراثاً طازجاً قاعدته ما زالت، لا واحداً جافاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg نافذة. بضع أوراق صغيرة، ليست رأساً ثانياً من الدكان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg استعمل قاعدة طازجة، لا بنية لزجة. اترك نحو ثلاثة سنتيمترات من القلب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg نافذة. أوراق سائبة، لا رأس ثانٍ مكتنز. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg قاعدة طازجة، بارتفاع نحو ثلاثة سنتيمترات، في طبق قليل العمق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg نافذة. أوراق ريشية، لا بصلة ثانية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg استعمل قاعدة بصلة الشمرة. السوق المقطوعة وحدها لا تفعل الكثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg نافذة دافئة. المحصول خصلة. ليست حفنة سيقان هذا الشهر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg استعمل ساقاً ما زالت لها قاعدة صلبة شاحبة. العود الجاف لن يجذر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg نبتة بيت. الثمر في الداخل نادر، ويأخذ سنوات إن جاء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg افتل التاج عن أناناس طازج. اقطع أي لحم ثمر عن القاعدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg أصيص مشمس. الجذر هو المحصول، إن بقي بارداً وكان لكل نبتة مكان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg أصيص بعمق يدك، فيه ثقب. تربة رطبة، ليست بركة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg أصيص ساطع. أوراق، لا رأس مكتنز من الدكان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg البذرة صغيرة. انثرها على تربة رطبة. اضغطها، أو غطها بغبار من التربة. المدفونة عميقاً تفشل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg أصيص بارد. أوراق، لا محصول صيف على حافة حارة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg ازرع بعمق نحو سنتيمتر واحد، في أصيص فيه ثقب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg أصيص ساطع. الأوراق هي المحصول. الحرارة تنهيها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg البذرة مدوّرة. ازرع بعمق نحو سنتيمتر واحد، في الأصيص الذي ستبقيه. لا تحب النقل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg أصيص فيه ثقب. خصلة تستطيع قطعها لسنوات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg البذرة بطيئة. أبقِ التربة رطبة. البرعم غالباً في عشرة إلى عشرين يوماً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg أصيص ساطع. ساق، لا بذرة. البذرة غالباً تنبت نبتة ضعيفة ليست النعناع الذي شممته. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg اقطع ساقاً طازجة. انزع الأوراق السفلى. العود الجاف لن يجذر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg أصيص مشمس. القرون هي المحصول. برعم في مرطبان درس آخر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg استعمل حبة فاصولياء جافة قصيرة كاملة. ليست متسلقة إلا إذا أعطيتها عصاً طويلة. ليست بازلاء مشقوقة. ليست فاصولياء معلّبة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg أصيص بارد. قرون، إن بقي الجو بارداً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg استعمل بذور بازلاء كاملة، لا بازلاء مشقوقة. البازلاء المشقوقة ميتة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg في الخارج، أو أصيص بعمق عشرين سنتيمتراً على الأقل. الجذر هو المحصول. هذه ليست رأس الجزر في طبق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg تربة رخوة، بلا حجارة أو كتل صلبة. تلك تشق الجذر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg في الخارج، أو أصيص بعمق عشرين سنتيمتراً على الأقل. جذر، وأوراق. هذه ليست رأس الشمندر في طبق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg كل كرة بذر يمكن أن تصنع عدة براعم. ازرع بعمق نحو سنتيمترين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg في الخارج، أو أصيص كبير فيه ثقب. أوراق، لوقت طويل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg ازرع بعمق نحو سنتيمتر واحد. البرعم غالباً في خمسة إلى عشرة أيام. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg في الخارج. البصيلة أسهل من البذرة. البذرة تحتاج أشهراً قبل أن تصير بصلة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg ازرع البصيلة الرأس إلى فوق، طرف الجذر إلى تحت، بنحو عشرة سنتيمترات بين الواحدة والأخرى. الرأس تظهر بالكاد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg أصيص كبير أو الأرض، مع شيء تتسلّق عليه. ليست حافة نافذة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg ازرع بعمق نحو سنتيمترين بعد أن تدفأ التربة. التربة الباردة المبللة تعفّن البذرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg الأرض، أو أصيص كبير جداً. نبتة واحدة تصير ضخمة. اثنتان كثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg ازرع بعمق نحو سنتيمترين بعد أن تدفأ التربة. التربة الباردة المبللة تعفّن البذرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg في الخارج، في تربة دافئة. ليس أصيصاً، ولا نبتة واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg ازرع كتلة، أربع نباتات على الأقل في كل اتجاه. اللقاح يسقط من النورة في الأعلى على حرير الأكواز. صف واحد، أو نبتة واحدة، غالباً يصنع أكوازاً فارغة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg نبتة أو مدّاد. البذرة بطيئة، وأكثر النباتات من البذرة لا تعطي ثمراً في السنة الأولى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg أرض مشمسة، أو أصيص فيه ثقب. ليست نافذة مظلمة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg في الخارج، في شمس كاملة. زهرة، وبذور إن كان الصيف طويلاً بما يكفي. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg ازرع بعمق نحو سنتيمترين بعد أن تدفأ التربة. البرعم غالباً في سبعة إلى أربعة عشر يوماً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg شمس، وتربة دافئة. تنتهي في صيف واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg غطّ البذرة بالكاد. التربة الباردة المبللة تعفّنها، أو البذرة تبقى ساكنة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg شمس. تنتهي في صيف واحد، وتزهر حتى الصقيع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg التربة الفقيرة تصنع أزهاراً أكثر. التربة الغنية تصنع أوراقاً كثيرة وأزهاراً قليلة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg قطيفة الحديقة. ليست آذريون. ذلك هو الدرس التالي. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg شمس. غطّ البذرة بالكاد بعد أن تدفأ التربة. البرعم غالباً في خمسة إلى عشرة أيام. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg آذريون. ليست قطيفة الحديقة في الدرس الذي قبل هذا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg زهرة موسم بارد. الحرارة يمكن أن توقفها. صيف بارد مكان مقبول. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg بذرة كبيرة، بعمق نحو سنتيمترين، في تربة دافئة. أصيص أو الأرض. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg تتمدد. التربة الفقيرة تصنع أزهاراً أكثر. التربة الغنية تصنع أوراقاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg ليست البازلاء التي تأكلها. تلك نبتة أخرى، ودرس آخر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg تحب الجو البارد. الحرارة توقف الأزهار. صيف بارد يمكن أن يناسبها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg جذر، لا بذرة. العيون براعم وردية على الجذر. تشير إلى فوق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg ضعها بحيث لا يغطي العيون أكثر من نحو خمسة سنتيمترات من التربة. أعمق من ذلك، قد تنبت أوراقاً ولا تزهر أبداً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg قرّر موضوع الصورة قبل أن ترفع الكاميرا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg إن لم تستطع قوله في سطر قصير واحد، فلست جاهزاً للتصوير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تلتقط الصورة بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg حرّك قدميك قبل أن تلمس إعداداً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg خطوة إلى اليسار تغيّر الصورة أكثر من زر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg اقترب. معظم الصور فيها كثير حول الموضوع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg إن استطعت أن تسمي ثلاثة أشياء زائدة في الإطار، خذ خطوة أقرب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg الأفق مستوٍ، إلا إن أردته غير مستوٍ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg الطاولة المائلة تبدو كخطأ. أمِل الهاتف حتى يصير الخط مستوياً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg ركّز على الجزء المهم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg انقر ذلك الجزء. إذا كانت الخلفية حادة والشيء ضبابياً، فقد نقرت المكان الخطأ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg شكل قوي واحد. ليس خمسة أشياء تتنازع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg إذا كان عليك أن تشرح عن أي شيء الصورة، فالصورة لم تنتهِ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg انتظر اللحظة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg الصورة التي التقطتها لأنك كنت غير صبور هي التي تحذفها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg شخص لم يوافق ليس في الصورة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg اسأل أولاً. إيماءة بالرأس تُحسب. الصمت لا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg عرّض للشيء الذي جئت من أجله. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg دع الخلفية تذهب. نافذة ساطعة خلف الشيء تجعل الشيء ظلاً. استدر. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg ثلاث صور للشيء نفسه. أبقِ واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg الاثنتان الأخريان تذهبان. المزيد من الصور لا يصنع صورة أفضل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg قص فقط ما ينازع الموضوع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg القص ليس طريقة لاختراع صورة أقرب لم تلتقطها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg صورة واحدة. ليست لفّة منها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg أعطها اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'كاميرا'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تلتقط صورة أخرى غدًا دون أن يُقال لك ماذا تفعل. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg اختر الآلة التي ستتدرب عليها فعلاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg بيانو لا تصل إليه ليس الآلة. اليدان، طبل، غيتار تملكه من قبل، كلها تُحسب. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تعزف أغنية بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg الجسم مرتاح قبل النغمة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg إذا ارتفع الكتفان إلى الأذنين، تكون النغمة مشدودة. أنزلهما. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg نغمة واحدة، نظيفة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg النغمة النظيفة هي التي تسمع بدايتها ونهايتها. الضجيج الزائد ليس جزءاً منها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg نبض ثابت تستطيع نقره. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg إذا تسارعت النقرات، فليس عندك نبض بعد. أبطئ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg العبارة نفسها، هادئة، ثم كاملة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg الكامل ليس بعلو ما تتحمله الغرفة. إن آلمت الأذنان، فهذا كثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg السكتة تُعزف. لا تملأها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg الصمت ضربة تعدّها. إن عزفت خلالها، فقد تخطيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg خمس نغمات تستطيع أن تجدها مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg اعزفها. انظر بعيدًا. جد الخمس نفسها. إن لم تستطع، فهي ليست لك بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg أربع مازورات. توقف عند خط المازورة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg لا تضف خامسة. الوقف جزء من العبارة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg أبطئ حتى يصفو. السرعة تأتي بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg عبارة سريعة مشوّشة ليست تدريباً. إنها عادة ستضطر إلى فكّها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg سجّل لقطة واحدة. استمع مرة. أصلح شيئاً واحداً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg لا تستمع خمس مرات ولا تصلح خمسة أشياء. شيء واحد، ثم اعزفها مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg عشرون دقيقة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg اليد المؤلمة ليست دليلاً على أنك عملت. هي سبب أن تقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg عبارة واحدة تستطيع عزفها غداً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg أعطها اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'موسيقى'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد تلك النغمات ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg الجسم مرتاح قبل الصوت. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg إذا ارتفع الكتفان إلى الأذنين، تكون النغمة مشدودة. أنزلهما. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg ثم قف. لا تغنّ أغنية بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg النفس يبدأ النغمة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg خذ الهواء أولاً. إذا بدأت الصوت ثم بحثت عن الهواء، ترتجف النغمة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg حرف مد واحد، في الوسط. بلا دفع من الحلق. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg إن ضاق الحلق، فأنت تدفع. أنعم، ويبقى حرف المد في الوسط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg جد النغمة، ثم أبقها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg نغمة ممسوكة تنزلق لم توجد بعد. جدها مرة أخرى، ثم أبقها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg الكلمة تُسمع من المحاولة الأولى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg إذا اضطر السامع أن يسأل ماذا غنيت، فالكلمة لم تكتمل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg السطر نفسه، هادئ، ثم كامل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg الكامل ليس بعلو ما تتحمله الغرفة. إن شعرت بالدوار، فقد حبست الهواء طويلاً. قف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg السكتة صمت. لا تملأها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg تنفّس في السكتة. إن غنيت خلالها، فقد تخطيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg النغمة العالية مهيأة، ليست مخطوفة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg إن امتددت والحلق يخطف، لم تكن جاهزاً. ادخل إليها من النغمة التي قبلها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg سجّل مقطعاً واحداً. استمع مرة. أصلح شيئاً واحداً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg لا تستمع خمس مرات وتصلح خمسة أشياء. شيء واحد، ثم غنّه مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg عشرون دقيقة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg الحلق المؤلم ليس دليلاً على أنك عملت. هو سبب أن تقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg غنّ الكلمات كأنك تقصدها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg إن كانت الكلمات مجرد أصوات، فلم تغنّها بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg مقطع واحد تستطيع غناءه غداً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg أعطه اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'غناء'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد ذلك المقطع ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg شيء واحد صادق. ليس زي أغنية تحبها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg إن كان السطر يمكن أن يكون أي أغنية في الراديو، فهو زي. ابدأ مما رأيته فعلاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg العنوان وعد الأغنية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg اكتبه في الأعلى. إن لم تفِ المقاطع بذلك الوعد، فالعنوان كذبة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg اللازمة تقول ذلك الوعد في سطر أو سطرين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg سطران هما الحد. اللازمة التي تحتاج فقرة هي مقطع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg همهم اللحن. إن لم يكن عندك تدوين، اكتب الإيقاع بكلمات بسيطة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg طويل، قصير، قصير يكفي. رسم نوتات لا تستطيع قراءتها لا يساعد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg المقطع الأول هو المشهد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg من هناك، وماذا ترى. لا تشرح الشعور بعد. المشهد يفعل ذلك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg اللازمة تعود بلا تغيير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg إن أعدت كتابته المرة الثانية، فليس عندك لازمة. عندك مقطعان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg المقطع الثاني يرفع الكلفة، أو المنعطف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg شيء أصعب، أو أحد يغيّر رأيه. إن لم يتغيّر شيء، فهو المقطع الأول من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg الجسر اختياري. سطر واحد لم تقله اللازمة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg إن لم تحتجه، لا تكتبه. الجسر ليس مقطعاً ثالثاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg النوع هو النبض والكلمات، ليس زياً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg انقر النبض الذي تقصده. إن كانت الكلمات تعمل فقط بصوت غيرك، فهي ليست لك بعد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg لا خطاف مستعار. إن سمعت أغنية أخرى، ابدأ السطر من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg خطاف تتذكره من المذياع ليس لك. اكتب السطر التالي من عنوانك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg سجّل اللازمة. استمع مرة. أصلح كلمة واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg لا تستمع خمس مرات ولا تصلح خمس كلمات. كلمة واحدة، ثم انتهى اليوم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg أغنية واحدة تستطيع غناءها غداً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg أعطها اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'كتابة أغنية'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد تلك اللازمة ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg ورقة، أو جهاز لوحي لديك من قبل. لا تحتاج برنامجًا خاصًا. اكتب شخصًا واحدًا. اسم يكفي. شخص واحد فقط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg في السطر التالي اكتب ما يريده ذلك الشخص. رغبة واحدة. ليست قائمة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg في السطر التالي اكتب شيئًا واحدًا يقف في الطريق. شخصًا، أو حقيقة، أو حدًا. ثم قف. هذه ليست القصة كلها. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg اترك سطور الصف 1 الثلاثة على الطاولة. افتح صفحة جديدة. لا تبدأ بـ 'هذه قصة عن'. ابدأ والشخص موجود في مكان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg اكتب ما يفعله الآن. فعلًا واحدًا يمكن رؤيته. يد على باب، خطوة، كوب يُوضع. ابقَ في هذه اللحظة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg اقرأ. إذا حكت جملة الحياة كلها، أو العبرة، اشطبها. الافتتاح هو هذه اللحظة فقط. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg اقرأ افتتاح الصف 2. إنه لحظة. لا تبدأ مشهدًا جديدًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg قبل أن تنتهي تلك اللحظة، ضع الرغبة على الصفحة. لا تكتب 'كانت تريد'. أظهرها. يد تجرب الباب. العينان تبقيان على هاتف لا يُرفع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg اقرأ حتى السطر الأخير. إذا كان القارئ ما زال لا يعرف ماذا يريد الشخص، أضف فعلًا واحدًا يُظهره. ثم قف. لا تبدأ الوسط. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg ارجع إلى المشهد. الرغبة موجودة. العائق من نوع واحد فقط: شخص، أو حقيقة، أو حد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg اكتبه في المشهد. شخص يقول لا. حقيقة: الحافلة ذهبت. حد: هناك قطعة واحدة. لا تكتب 'كانت هناك مشكلة'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg اقرأ. إذا أمكن أن يكون العائق أكثر من نوع، أبقِ واحدًا واحذف الباقي. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg هذا هو الوسط. اكتب المحاولة الأولى. تفشل لسبب واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg اكتب محاولة ثانية. تفشل لسبب مختلف. لا تكرر الفشل الأول. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg اقرأ المحاولتين. إذا فشلتا للسبب نفسه، غيّر الثانية. ثم قف. لا تكتب النهاية. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg اقرأ المحاولتين. كلتاهما فشلت. لا تضف إنقاذًا بالحظ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg اكتب المنعطف كاختيار. الشخص يختار واحدًا من شيئين يستطيع فعلهما فعلًا. يعرف الكلفة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg اقرأ. إذا كان المخرج حظًا، أو غريبًا، أو مفتاحًا وُجد، اشطبه. اكتب الاختيار. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg اكتب النهاية في بضعة سطور. إما أن يحصلوا على الرغبة، أو تُظهر الصفحة الكلفة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg لا تضف رغبة جديدة. استخدم رغبة المشهد الأول. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg اقرأ الرغبة والنهاية معًا. إذا نسيت النهاية الرغبة، أصلح النهاية. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg اقرأ المشهد حتى السطر الأخير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg يجب أن يغيّر السطر الأخير شيئًا. حقيقة، أو اختيارًا، أو ما يعرفه شخص. إذا لم يتغير شيء، اكتب التغيير. الفصل لا ينتهي قبل ذلك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg إذا بدأ مشهد جديد، اقطعه. أنهِ عند التغيير. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg جد شعورًا أو حقيقة كنت ستشرحها. 'كانت غاضبة.' 'هو لم يثق بها.' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg ضعها في ما يقوله شخص، أو في ما لا يقوله. لا تكتب الإعلان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg اقرأ. إذا كان الراوي ما زال يعلنه، اقطع تلك الجملة. الكلام يحمله. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg اقرأ المشهد. علّم جملة تشرح ما رآه القارئ من قبل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg اشطبها. اترك الفعل. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg اقرأ المشهد مرة أخرى. إذا كانت جملة أخرى تشرح فقط، اقطعها أيضًا. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg اقرأ الصفحة الأولى بصوت عال. الصفحة الأولى فقط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg علّم أول مكان فقدت فيه الشخص، أو الرغبة، أو المكان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg أصلح ذلك المكان. إصلاح واحد. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg اقرأ النص من السطر الأول إلى الأخير. فيه شخص، ورغبة، وعائق، ومحاولتان، واختيار، ونهاية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg أعطه اسمًا. الاسم ليس 'قصة'. يشير إلى هذا النص. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg يمكن تسليم النص إلى قارئ. لا تحتاج هذه الصفحة مفتوحة لتعرف ما هو. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg ورقة لديك من قبل. اكتب شيئًا واحدًا تستطيع صنعه. ليس متجرًا. ليست قائمة. شيء واحد. رغيف، إصلاح، رسم، برطمان حساء. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg هو لشخص واحد، لا للجميع. في السطر التالي اكتب لمن. اسم يكفي. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg اقرأ السطرين. تستطيع إنهاء هذا الشيء. إذا لم تستطع، اشطبه واكتب شيئًا أصغر. ثم قف. لا تكتب سعرًا. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg انظر إلى الشيء الواحد من الصف السابق. هو لشخص واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg اكتب اسم ذلك الشخص في السطر التالي. شخص حقيقي تستطيع أن تكلمه. ليس الجميع. ليس زبائن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg اقرأ الاسم. إذا لم تستطع أن تتخيل وجهه، اشطبه واكتب شخصًا تستطيع أن تتخيله. ثم قف. لا تكتب سعرًا. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg الشخص الذي كتبت اسمه. اكتب ما يحتاجه ولا يملكه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg يجب أن يطابق الشيء الذي تستطيع صنعه. ليس تجارة جديدة. حاجة واحدة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg اقرأ الحاجة والشيء معًا. إذا لم يتطابقا، غيّر الحاجة أو الشيء. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg اصنع الأول. استخدم ما لديك من قبل. لا تفتح متجرًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg أنهِ هذا. ليس خطة لعشرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg ضعه على الطاولة. هذا هو الأول. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg خذ الأول إلى الشخص الذي سمّيته. أو عيّن وقتًا يستطيع فيه أن يمسكه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg ضعه في يديه. لا تشرح الخطة كلها. دعه يمسكه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg ابق بينما ينظر. ثم قف. لا تطلب مالًا. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg بعد أن يمسكه، اكتب الكلمات التي قالها. كلماته، لا كلماتك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg إذا لم يقل شيئًا، اكتب ما فعله. وضعه. ابتسم. سأل سؤالًا واحدًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg اقرأ ما كتبته. هذا رد فعله، لا ما تأمله. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg اقرأ ما قالوا. اعثر على شيء واحد طلبوه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg غيّر ذلك الشيء الواحد على ما صنعته. ليس خمسة أشياء. واحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg التغيير تم. ثم قف. لا تبدأ من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg على ورقتك الخاصة، اكتب ما كلفك صنع هذا. وقت. مواد كانت لديك من قبل. شيء استعملته كله. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg هذا لك. ليس سعرًا لهم. لا تكتب سعر بيع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg اقرأه. تعرف ما كلفك هذا. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg انظر ما كلفك. قرر سعراً تستطيع أن تقوله بصوت عالٍ لذلك الشخص الواحد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg قله لذلك الشخص، أو تدرب على قوله للغرفة. بصوت عالٍ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg لا تُدخل السعر على هذه الصفحة. لا تُدخله في ملاحظة هنا. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg اكتب كيف يحصلون عليه منك. تضعه في أيديهم. يأتون ليأخذوه. تتركه عند بابهم. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg طريقة واحدة. ليس متجرًا. ليس دفعاً على هذا الموقع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg اقرأ. شخص يستطيع أن يتبع تلك الطريقة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg أخبر الشخص الذي له. جملة واحدة. الشيء، وأنه له. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg قله، أو اكتبه حيث سيراه. ليس ملصقاً للجميع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg جملة واحدة. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg اقرأ ما لديك. شيء واحد. شخص واحد. حاجة واحدة. شيء مصنوع واحد. طريقة واحدة يحصلون بها عليه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg أعط العرض اسماً. الاسم ليس "Business". يشير إلى هذا العرض. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg تستطيع تسليمه لمشترٍ دون أن تكون هذه الصفحة مفتوحة. ثم قف. لا تكتب سعراً. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg اعزف مفتاحًا أبيض واحدًا واتركه يتوقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg إذا أبقيته، لم تدعه يتوقف. ارفع الإصبع واستمع إلى النهاية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg حافظ على أربع نبضات متساوية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg إذا تسارعت النبضات، فليس عندك نبض بعد. أبطئ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg اعزف المفتاح نفسه عاليًا، ثم هادئًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg الهادئ ما زال المفتاح نفسه. إن آلمت الأذنان، فهذا كثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg اعزف مفتاحًا أعلى، ثم واحدًا أدنى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg سمِّ أيهما أعلى. اعزفها مرة أخرى من غير أن تبحث طويلاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg اترك سكتة يمكنك عدها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg الصمت نبضة. إن عزفت خلالها، فقد تخطيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg كرر النمط القصير نفسه ثلاث مرات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg إن كبرت المرة الثالثة، فلم تكرره. اعزف الأول مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg استخدم يدًا واحدةً واترك الأخرى ترتاح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg اليد التي ترتاح ليست معلقة. إنها ساكنة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg اعزفه بطيئًا، ثم أسرع قليلًا، دون استعجال السكتة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg تبقى السكتة بالطول نفسه. السرعة لا تأكل الصمت. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg دع شخصًا آخر يعد أربعة بينما تعزف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg إذا سبقت عدهم، فلست معهم بعد. ابدأ من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg توقف عند النبضة الأخيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg إذا أضفت واحدة أخرى، فلم تتوقف. ارفع اليدين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg اعزفه مرة واحدة من البداية، ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg لقطة واحدة. لا ترقّع الوسط. إن انقطع، المحاولة التالية تبدأ من البداية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg اعزف نمطًا قصيرًا واحدًا وأعطه اسمًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg الاسم ليس 'بيانو'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد تلك المفاتيح ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg اعزف نفسًا ناعمًا واحدًا واتركه يتوقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg إن لم ينتهِ الصوت أبدًا، فأنت ما زلت تنفخ. أوقف الهواء واستمع. قف إن شعرت بالدوار أو آلمَتك الشفتان. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg حافظ على أربع نبضات متساوية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg إذا تسارعت النبضات، فليس عندك نبض بعد. أبطئ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg اعزف النغمة نفسها عاليًا، ثم هادئًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg الهادئ ما زال النغمة نفسها. إن آلمت الأذنان، فهذا كثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg اعزف نغمةً أعلى، ثم واحدةً أدنى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg سمِّ أيهما أعلى. اعزفهما مرة أخرى من غير أن تبحث طويلاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg اترك سكتة يمكنك عدها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg الصمت نبضة. إن عزفت خلالها، فقد تخطيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg كرر النمط القصير نفسه ثلاث مرات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg إن كبرت المرة الثالثة، فلم تكرره. اعزف الأول مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg استخدم يدًا واحدةً واترك الأخرى ترتاح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg اليد التي ترتاح ليست معلقة. إنها ساكنة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg اعزفه بطيئًا، ثم أسرع قليلًا، دون استعجال السكتة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg تبقى السكتة بالطول نفسه. السرعة لا تأكل الصمت. إن شعرت بالدوار، قف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg دع شخصًا آخر يعد أربعة بينما تعزف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg إذا سبقت عدهم، فلست معهم بعد. ابدأ من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg توقف عند النبضة الأخيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg إذا أضفت واحدة أخرى، فلم تتوقف. خذ الكلارينيت من فمك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg اعزفه مرة واحدة من البداية، ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg لقطة واحدة. لا ترقّع الوسط. إن انقطع، المحاولة التالية تبدأ من البداية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg اعزف نمطًا قصيرًا واحدًا وأعطه اسمًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg الاسم ليس 'كلارينيت'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد تلك النغمات ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg أطن الشفتين مرة واحدة واتركه يتوقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg إن لم ينتهِ الأزيز أبدًا، فأنت ما زلت تنفخ. أوقف الهواء واستمع. قف إن آلمَتك الشفتان أو شعرت بالدوار. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg حافظ على أربع نبضات متساوية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg إذا تسارعت النبضات، فليس عندك نبض بعد. أبطئ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg اعزف النغمة نفسها عاليًا، ثم هادئًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg الهادئ ما زال النغمة نفسها. إن آلمت الأذنان، فهذا كثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg اعزف نغمةً أعلى، ثم واحدةً أدنى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg سمِّ أيهما أعلى. اعزفهما مرة أخرى من غير أن تبحث طويلاً. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg اترك سكتة يمكنك عدها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg الصمت نبضة. إن عزفت خلالها، فقد تخطيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg كرر النمط القصير نفسه ثلاث مرات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg إن كبرت المرة الثالثة، فلم تكرره. اعزف الأول مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg استخدم يدًا واحدةً واترك الأخرى ترتاح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg اليد التي ترتاح ليست معلقة. إنها ساكنة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg اعزفه بطيئًا، ثم أسرع قليلًا، دون استعجال السكتة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg تبقى السكتة بالطول نفسه. السرعة لا تأكل الصمت. إن شعرت بالدوار، قف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg دع شخصًا آخر يعد أربعة بينما تعزف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg إذا سبقت عدهم، فلست معهم بعد. ابدأ من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg توقف عند النبضة الأخيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg إذا أضفت واحدة أخرى، فلم تتوقف. خذ البوق من فمك. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg اعزفه مرة واحدة من البداية، ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg لقطة واحدة. لا ترقّع الوسط. إن انقطع، المحاولة التالية تبدأ من البداية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg اعزف نمطًا قصيرًا واحدًا وأعطه اسمًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg الاسم ليس 'بوق'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد تلك النغمات ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg انقر وترًا واحدًا واتركه يتوقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg ارفع الإصبع. استمع إلى النهاية. إذا أبقيته، لم تدعه يتوقف. بلا قوس. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg حافظ على أربع نبضات متساوية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg إذا تسارعت النبضات، فليس عندك نبض بعد. أبطئ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg اعزف الوتر نفسه عاليًا، ثم هادئًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg الهادئ ما زال الوتر نفسه. إن آلمت الأذنان، فهذا كثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg اعزف وترًا أعلى، ثم واحدًا أدنى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg سمِّ أيهما أعلى. اعزفها مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg اترك سكتة يمكنك عدها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg الصمت نبضة. إن عزفت خلالها، فقد تخطيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg كرر النمط القصير نفسه ثلاث مرات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg إن كبرت المرة الثالثة، فلم تكرره. اعزف الأول مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg استخدم يدًا واحدةً واترك الأخرى ترتاح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg اليد التي ترتاح ليست معلقة. إنها ساكنة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg اعزفه بطيئًا، ثم أسرع قليلًا، دون استعجال السكتة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg تبقى السكتة بالطول نفسه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg دع شخصًا آخر يعد أربعة بينما تعزف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg إذا سبقت عدهم، ابدأ من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg توقف عند النبضة الأخيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg إذا أضفت واحدة أخرى، فلم تتوقف. ارفع اليدين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg اعزفه مرة واحدة من البداية، ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg لقطة واحدة. لا ترقّع الوسط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg اعزف نمطًا قصيرًا واحدًا وأعطه اسمًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg الاسم ليس 'تشيلو'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد تلك الأوتار ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg اضرب مرة واحدة واتركه يتوقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg ارفع اليد. استمع حتى النهاية. توقف إذا آلت اليد. لا تضرب قرب أذن. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg حافظ على أربع نبضات متساوية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg إذا تسارعت النبضات، فليس عندك نبض بعد. أبطئ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg اضرب المكان نفسه عاليًا، ثم هادئًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg الهادئ ما زال المكان نفسه. إن آلمت الأذنان، فهذا كثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg اضرب أعلى، ثم أدنى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg سمِّ أيهما أعلى. اضربهما مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg اترك سكتة يمكنك عدها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg الصمت نبضة. إن ضربت خلالها، فقد تخطيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg كرر النمط القصير نفسه ثلاث مرات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg إن كبرت المرة الثالثة، اعزف الأول مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg استخدم يدًا واحدةً واترك الأخرى ترتاح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg اليد التي ترتاح ليست معلقة. إنها ساكنة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg اعزفه بطيئًا، ثم أسرع قليلًا، دون استعجال السكتة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg تبقى السكتة بالطول نفسه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg دع شخصًا آخر يعد أربعة بينما تعزف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg إذا سبقت عدهم، ابدأ من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg توقف عند النبضة الأخيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg إذا أضفت واحدة أخرى، فلم تتوقف. ارفع اليدين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg اعزفه مرة واحدة من البداية، ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg لقطة واحدة. لا ترقّع الوسط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg اعزف نمطًا قصيرًا واحدًا وأعطه اسمًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg الاسم ليس 'طبول'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد ذلك النمط ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg انقر وترًا ناعمًا واحدًا واتركه يتوقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg إذا أبقيته، لم تدعه يتوقف. ارفع الإصبع واستمع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg حافظ على أربع نبضات متساوية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg إذا تسارعت النبضات، فليس عندك نبض بعد. أبطئ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg اعزف الوتر نفسه عاليًا، ثم هادئًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg الهادئ ما زال الوتر نفسه. إن آلمَت الآذان، فهو كثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg اعزف وترًا أعلى، ثم واحدًا أدنى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg سمِّ أيهما أعلى. اعزفها مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg اترك سكتة يمكنك عدها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg الصمت نبضة. إن عزفت خلالها، فقد تخطيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg كرر النمط القصير نفسه ثلاث مرات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg إن كبرت المرة الثالثة، اعزف الأول مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg استخدم يدًا واحدةً واترك الأخرى ترتاح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg اليد التي ترتاح ساكنة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg اعزفه بطيئًا، ثم أسرع قليلًا، دون استعجال السكتة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg تبقى السكتة بالطول نفسه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg دع شخصًا آخر يعد أربعة بينما تعزف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg إذا سبقت عدهم، ابدأ من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg توقف عند النبضة الأخيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg إذا أضفت واحدة أخرى، فلم تتوقف. ارفع اليدين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg اعزفه مرة واحدة من البداية، ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg لقطة واحدة. لا ترقّع الوسط. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg اعزف نمطًا قصيرًا واحدًا وأعطه اسمًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg الاسم ليس 'يوكيليلي'. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد تلك الأوتار ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg انقر وترًا مطلقًا واحدًا واتركه يتوقف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg إذا أبقيته، لم تدعه يتوقف. ارفع الإصبع واستمع. توقف إذا آلم إصبع. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg حافظ على أربع نبضات متساوية. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg إذا تسارعت النبضات، فليس عندك نبض بعد. أبطئ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg اعزف الوتر نفسه عاليًا، ثم هادئًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg الهادئ ما زال الوتر نفسه. إن آلمَت الآذان، فهو كثير. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg اعزف وترًا أعلى، ثم واحدًا أدنى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg سمِّ أيهما أعلى. اعزفها مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg اترك سكتة يمكنك عدها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg الصمت نبضة. إن عزفت خلالها، فقد تخطيتها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg كرر النمط القصير نفسه ثلاث مرات. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg إن كبرت المرة الثالثة، اعزف الأول مرة أخرى. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg سمّ الآلة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg إنها غيتار. للنمط اسم آخر. ليست أغنية تعرفها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg ثم توقف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg استخدم يدًا واحدةً واترك الأخرى ترتاح. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg اليد التي ترتاح ساكنة. يمكن للريشة أن ترتاح أيضًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg اعزفه بطيئًا، ثم أسرع قليلًا، دون استعجال السكتة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg تبقى السكتة بالطول نفسه. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg دع شخصًا آخر يعد أربعة بينما تعزف. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg إذا سبقت عدهم، ابدأ من جديد. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg توقف عند النبضة الأخيرة. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg إذا أضفت واحدة أخرى، فلم تتوقف. ارفع اليدين. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ar/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg اعزف نمطًا قصيرًا واحدًا وأعطه اسمًا. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg الاسم ليس 'غيتار'. ليست أغنية تعرفها. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg يمكنك أن تجد تلك الأوتار ثانية دون أن يُقال لك. ثم قف. https://mylearntomake.com/ur https://mylearntomake.com/ur/how https://mylearntomake.com/ur/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/ur/contact https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg کاغذ اور پنسل کافی ہیں۔ جو ٹیبلٹ یا سیٹ پہلے سے ہے، وہ بھی چلتا ہے۔ اس کلاس کے لیے کٹ مت خریدو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg جو چیز نظر آئے اسے چنو اور سامنے رکھو۔ پوری چیز بڑی بناؤ، تاکہ صفحے کا زیادہ حصہ بھر جائے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg یہ مشق کی لکیر نہیں۔ چیز دیکھو، پھر بناؤ۔ پوری چیز صفحے پر آ جائے تو رکو۔ یہ ایک تصویر کی شروعات ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg کلاس 1 میں جو چیز بنائی، وہی لو۔ نیا صفحہ رکھو۔ چیز کو وہاں رکھو جہاں اس کا پورا باہر نظر آئے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg بیرونی کنارے کی ایک جگہ سے شروع کرو۔ پنسل صرف اسی کنارے پر چلے۔ اندر، ہتھے کا سوراخ، یا بیچ میں لکیر مت بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg ہاتھ سے زیادہ چیز دیکھو۔ لکیر جہاں شروع کی تھی وہاں ملے تو رکو۔ خاکہ کھلا ہو تو بند کرو۔ اندر اس کلاس کا حصہ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg پچھلی کلاس کی وہی چیز۔ نئی شیٹ۔ باہر پھر ہلکے سے بناؤ، تاکہ حصے ڈال سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg چیز دیکھو۔ وہ حصے جوڑو جو اسے وہ چیز بناتے ہیں۔ ہتھا، کھلاؤ، سیون، ڈھکن۔ جو حصہ نظر آئے اسے بناؤ۔ ایک مت گڑھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg میز کے پار سے دیکھو۔ اگر کوئی نہ بتا سکے یہ کیا ہے، جو حصہ نہیں اسے جوڑو۔ پھر رکو۔ سایہ مت کرو۔ دوسری چیز مت جوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg جہاں ہو، وہاں دیکھو۔ ایک دائرہ، ایک ڈبہ، اور ایک مثلث ڈھونڈو۔ ایک پلیٹ، ایک کتاب، ایک کونا۔ ابھی پوری چیز مت بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg ایک صفحے پر تین شکلیں بڑی بناؤ۔ شکل بناؤ، چیز نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg بعد کی تصویریں انہی ٹکڑوں سے بنتی ہیں۔ اگر ایک شکل نہیں ہے، اسے بناؤ۔ پھر رکو۔ سایہ مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg ایک ہی روشنی۔ ایک لیمپ یا ایک کھڑکی۔ باقی بند کر دو، یا ایسے بیٹھو کہ چیز پر صرف ایک روشنی پڑے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg چیز بناؤ۔ روشن طرف کاغذ سفید چھوڑو۔ سفید کاغذ ہی روشنی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg ایک سایہ جوڑو، روشنی سے دور والی طرف۔ پورے صفحے پر سایہ مت کرو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg ایک گول چیز اور ایک ڈبہ وہاں رکھو جہاں وہ نظر آئیں۔ ایک کپ اور ایک کتاب چل جائیں گے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg گول چیز بناؤ۔ ڈبہ ایسے بناؤ کہ تین پہلو نظر آئیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg ڈبے کے ہر پہلو کو الگ سرمئی بناؤ۔ ایک گہرا، ایک ہلکا، ایک تقریباً سفید چھوڑ دو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg دو چیزیں ایسے رکھو کہ قریب والی دور والی کا کچھ حصہ ڈھانپ دے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg پہلے قریب والی چیز بناؤ۔ جہاں وہ دور والی چیز کو ڈھانپتی ہے، وہاں وہ لکیر روک دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg چھپا ہوا حصہ باہر چھوڑ دو۔ اگر لکیر ڈھانپنے والی کے آر پار چلی گئی ہو، تو وہ ٹکڑا مٹا دو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg کپڑے پہنے ایک شخص یا پالتو جانور جسے تم دیکھ سکو۔ وہ ساکن رہتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg چہرے، فر یا کپڑے کے نقش سے پہلے اونچائی کو چوڑائی کے مقابل نشان لگاؤ۔ دو ہلکے نشان۔ ان کا موازنہ کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg ان نشانوں کے اندر بناؤ۔ ہر بال مت جوڑو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg وہی شخص یا وہی پالتو جانور۔ ایک کام کرتا ہے۔ ہاتھ بڑھانا، ایک قدم، سر موڑنا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg اسے ایک منٹ دو۔ حرکت ہوتے ہوئے اسے بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg حرکت پکڑو اور رکو۔ ہر انگلی یا ہر بال مکمل مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg ایک چہرہ جو تم دیکھ سکو۔ سر کے لیے ایک بیضوی بناؤ۔ ابھی اور کچھ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg آنکھوں کے لیے ایک لکیر بناؤ، بیضوی کے آدھے نیچے۔ پھر ایک ناک۔ پھر ایک منہ۔ یہی ترتیب رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg بال چھا جانے سے پہلے رک جاؤ۔ صرف چار قدم: بیضوی، آنکھیں، ناک، منہ۔ پھر رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg جس کونے میں تم ہو، اس میں بیٹھو۔ فرش دیکھو۔ فرش کی لکیریں تم سے دور جاتی ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg فرش کی ان لکیروں کو بناؤ تاکہ وہ ایک نقطے تک جائیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg دروازہ اس جگہ میں کھڑا ایک ڈبہ ہے۔ دروازے کو ایک ڈبے کی طرح بناؤ۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg ایک تصویر بناؤ جسے تم چاہتے ہو کہ کوئی دوسرا شخص دیکھے۔ ایک چیز، اس کے حصے، اور اس کی شکلیں استعمال کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg اس پر نام رکھو۔ نام 'تصویر' نہیں۔ وہ اس تصویر کی طرف اشارہ کرتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg تمہیں کل ایک اور تصویر شروع کر پانا چاہیے، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے کیا کرنا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg کاغذ اور ایک پنسل کافی ہیں۔ ایک ٹیبلٹ چلے گا۔ اس کے لیے کوئی کٹ مت خریدو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg وہاں جاؤ جہاں ایک پوری عمارت نظر آئے۔ ایک گھر، ایک دکان، ایک چھپر۔ یہ کلاس 11 نہیں ہے۔ یہ کسی عمارت کی تصویر نہیں ہے، جب تک تم کسی عمارت تک نہ جا سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg ایک سڑک، راسته، یا راستہ جو دکھے۔ سڑک پہلی شکل ہے، اور دور جاتے چھوٹی ہوتی ہے۔ اس ورق کا پورا سبق یہی ہے۔ کسی تختی یا گاڑی سے شروع مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg ورق ایک۔ سڑک، ساتھ ایک عمارت یا ایک درخت، اور آسمان وہ کاغذ جو خالی چھوڑو۔ رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg ایک درخت جو دکھے۔ پہلے تنا۔ یہ ایک ڈبہ ہے جو اوپر جاتے تنگ ہوتا ہے۔ پتّے ایک ڈھیر ہیں، نشانوں کا انبار نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg ورق ایک۔ تنا اور پتّوں کی ایک شکل۔ رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg کلاس 10 نے چہرے کا ترتیب سکھایا۔ یہ سبق سر ہے، ایک ڈھیر کی طرح۔ ایک مجسمہ ساز کسی چہرے کو کاٹنے سے پہلے سر کو ایسے دیکھتا ہے۔ تم کوئی مورتی نہیں اتار رہے، اور کوئی مشہور شخص نہیں اتار رہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg کوئی جسے تم دیکھ سکو، یا کسی جانے ہوئے کی تصویر اگر کوئی بیٹھ نہ سکے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg دوسرا شخص۔ پہلا سر پھر مت استعمال کرو۔ وہی تین ورق اسی ترتیب میں چلائو۔ اگر گیند چھوڑ کر آنکھوں سے شروع کرو، رک کر ورق ایک پھر شروع کرو۔ صرف تیسرا ورق رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg یہی کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg تیسرا شخص۔ وہی فہرست۔ گیند، جبڑا، گردن۔ پھر آدھی لائنیں۔ پھر ایک روشنی اور ایک سایہ۔ بال سب لے لیں، اس سے پہلے رکنا۔ تین پورے سر ہی مشق ہیں۔ اگلے سبق ایک بنایا چہرہ ہیں، تب تک پھر بنایا جب تک وہی چہرہ رہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg یہی کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg ایک چہرہ گھڑو۔ کل پھر بننا چاہیے، اس لیے نشان کم چنو۔ پہلے گیند اور جبڑا۔ پھر آدھی لائنیں۔ پھر ایک نشان جو نہ بدلے: ناک، جبڑا، یا آنکھوں کے بیچ کی جگہ۔ بال ایک شکل ہیں۔ ورق کے پیچھے تین لفظ لکھو جو ان نشانوں کا نام ہوں۔ ان کی ضرورت پڑے گی۔ ورق رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg یہی کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg نیا ورق، پہلے یاد سے۔ پھر وہ ورق دیکھو جو رکھا تھا۔ وہی گیند، وہی جبڑا، وہی ایک نشان۔ آنکھ پر چھوٹی چوک چلے گی۔ الگ جبڑے کا مطلب نیا شخص ہے، اور یہ سبق پورا نہیں۔ جبڑا پھر بناؤ۔ جو ورق میل کھائے اسے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg یہی کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg وہی بنایا چہرہ، تھوڑا مڑا۔ سر مڑا، اس لیے بناوٹ نہیں بدلتی۔ گیند، جبڑا، وہ نشان، پھر آدھی لائنوں پر نشانات۔ یہ تیسرا ورق باقی دو کے ساتھ رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg پھر پرانی فہرست کسی ایسی چیز پر چلائو جس کا نام اس ورق نے نہیں لیا۔ ایک ہاتھ، ایک کرسی، یا ایک جانور جو دکھے۔ ورق ایک، بڑی شکلیں اور اونچا چوڑائی کے سامنے۔ ورق دو، وہ حصے جو اسے وہی چیز بناتے ہیں۔ ورق تین، روشنی کے لیے سفید کاغذ، ایک گہرا رخ، ایک سایہ۔ نام دو۔ وہ تمہارا ہے۔ سبق نہیں بتاتا کون سا موضوع۔ اگر یہ ورق کھولے بغیر وہ تین ورق کر سکو، یہ قدم پورا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg صاف پانی۔ چوڑے برش سے کاغذ گیلا کرو۔ صرف ایک رنگ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg صفحے پر ایک دھلائی بچھائو۔ برش ایک بار چلاؤ۔ مت رگڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg خشک ہونے دو۔ یہ ایک دھلائی ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg کپ کو وہاں رکھو جہاں باہر نظر آئے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg صرف اس کا باہری کنارہ رنگو۔ اندر مت بھرو۔ میز مت رنگو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg کنارہ بند ہو جائے تو رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg دو رنگ۔ انہیں گیلے کاغذ پر ایسے رکھو کہ وہ چھوئیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg پانی کو ملانے دو۔ انہیں ساتھ مت رگڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg جب وہ مل جائیں، رکو۔ تیسرا رنگ مت جوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg کمرے میں تین شکلیں ڈھونڈو۔ ایک دائرہ، ایک ڈبہ، ایک مثلث۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg تین چپٹی شکلیں رنگو۔ ہر ایک کا ایک رنگ۔ ابھی کوئی باریکی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg تین شکلیں۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg ایک روشنی۔ دیکھو کہاں اجالا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg اس جگہ کو کورا کاغذ چھوڑو۔ سفید کاغذ ہی روشنی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg ایک سایہ رنگو، روشنی سے دور۔ سفید کو مت ڈھانپو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg ایک گول چیز اور ایک ڈبہ وہاں رکھو جہاں تم انہیں دیکھ سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg انہیں دو الگ سرمئی میں رنگو۔ گول والی ایک سرمئی ہے۔ ڈبہ دوسری ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg تیسری سرمئی مت جوڑو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg دو چیزیں ایسے رکھو کہ ایک آگے ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg آگے والی کو رنگو۔ پیچھے والی کا چھپا ہوا حصہ مت رنگو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg جہاں آگے والی پیچھے والی کو ڈھانپتی ہے، وہاں وہ رنگ روک دو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg ایک چیز دیکھو۔ جو رنگ تم دیکھو اس کا نام لو، جس رنگ کی تم توقع کرو وہ نہیں۔ ایک لیموں سایے میں سرمئی ہو سکتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg وہ رنگ ایک الگ کاغذ پر ملاؤ۔ چیز سے ملا کر دیکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg اگر نہ ملے، پھر ملاؤ۔ جب مل جائے، رکو۔ پوری تصویر مت رنگو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg ایک انسان یا ایک پالتو جانور۔ وہ ساکن رہتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg صرف بڑی شکلیں رنگو۔ سر، جسم، ٹانگیں۔ ہر بال نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg تین یا چار شکلیں۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg ایک چہرہ جو تم دیکھ سکو۔ صرف تین درجے رنگو۔ ہلکا، درمیان، گہرا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg ہلکا ہلکے کاغذ پر رہتا ہے۔ درمیان ایک دھلائی ہے۔ گہرا بھوں کے نیچے، ناک کے نیچے، یا ٹھوڑی کے نیچے کا سایہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg بال چھا جانے سے پہلے رک جاؤ۔ تین درجے۔ پھر رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg ایک کونے میں بیٹھو۔ ایک روشنی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg دو دیواریں رنگو۔ جس دیوار پر روشنی ہے، اسے ہلکا چھوڑو۔ دوسری دیوار گہری ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg ایک روشنی۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg ایک اصلی سیب دیکھو۔ پہلے بڑی روشنی دیکھو۔ وہ روشنی چھوڑ دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg پھر چھوٹی شکلیں رنگو۔ ایک سایہ۔ ہر ذرہ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg اسے نام دو۔ یہ مشق ہے، بیچنے کی نقل نہیں۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg کاغذ اور دھلنے والا رنگ کافی ہیں۔ ٹیبلیٹ گنا جاتا ہے۔ سیٹ مت خریدو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg ایک پیالہ جو تم دیکھ سکو۔ یہ کلاس 2 نہیں۔ کلاس 2 پیالے کا کنارہ تھی۔ یہ پیالے کے اندر کا رنگ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی جو تم دیکھ سکو۔ یہ کلاس 11 نہیں۔ کلاس 11 دو دیواریں تھیں۔ یہ شیشے میں روشنی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg شیشے کو سفید کاغذ چھوڑو۔ آسمان کو دوسری تصویر مت بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg ایک پودا جو تم دیکھ سکو۔ پہلے گملا۔ وہ ایک ڈبہ ہے۔ جو رنگ نظر آئے اسے ملاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg پتے رنگ کا ایک ڈھیر ہیں، نشانوں کا ڈھیر نہیں۔ اس ڈھیر کے لیے ایک دھلائی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg یہ کلاس 12 نہیں۔ کلاس 12 ایک سیب تھی اور پھر اس کا سایہ، اور تم نے اسے نام دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg یہ ورق صرف ہموار رنگ ہے۔ ایک سیب۔ ایک دھلائی۔ جو رنگ نظر آئے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg نیا ورق۔ وہی سیب۔ اب جو نظر آئے اس سے پھر ملاؤ، پچھلے ورق سے نہیں اور اس سرخ سے نہیں جس کی تم نے امید کی تھی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg شکل میں تھوڑی چوک ٹھیک ہے۔ دوسرا پھل مطلب یہ سبق پورا نہیں۔ وہی سیب پھر رنگو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg نیا ورق۔ وہی سیب۔ جہاں روشنی پڑے، کاغذ سفید چھوڑو۔ ایک سایہ۔ سفید کوئی سوراخ نہیں جسے تم بعد میں بھرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg تین ورق، ایک سیب۔ ہموار دھلائی۔ جو رنگ نظر آئے۔ پھر روشنی اور ایک سایہ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg ایک تصویر بناؤ۔ وہ بیچنے کی نقل نہیں، اور کوئی مشہور تصویر نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg ایک دھلائی۔ آگے ایک چیز۔ چھپا حصہ بغیر رنگ چھوڑو۔ روشنی کے لیے سفید کاغذ۔ ایک سایہ۔ نام دو۔ یہ ورق رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg نارنگی جتنا ٹکڑا لو۔ ٹوٹے تو انگلیاں پانی میں ڈبو کر تب تک گوندھو جب تک جڑ جائے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg ہتھیلیوں کے بیچ دباؤ، پھر گول گھماؤ۔ چاروں طرف ایک جیسا دباؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg گول ہو اور سطح پر دراڑ نہ ہو، تب رکو۔ دراڑ کا مطلب سوکھا ہے۔ انگلیاں بھگو کر اس جگہ پھر گول کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg گیند میز پر رکھو۔ بیچ ہتھیلی سے دباؤ، کنارہ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg تھوڑا گھماؤ اور پھر دباؤ۔ بیچ اور کنارہ ایک موٹائی کے ہونے چاہییں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg اٹھاؤ۔ اگر ایک جگہ روشنی دکھے تو بہت پتلا ہے۔ پھر گیند بنا کر دباؤ۔ انگلی جتنا موٹا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg ایک ہاتھ میں گیند رکھو۔ انگوٹھا بیچ میں تب تک دباؤ جب تک دوسری طرف محسوس ہو، پار نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg انگوٹھے اور انگلی کے بیچ دیوار کی چٹکی لو۔ ہر چٹکی کے بعد تھوڑا گھماؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg کنارہ چاروں طرف ایک اونچائی کا ہونا چاہیے۔ ایک طرف نیچا ہو تو اونچی طرف تھوڑی اور چٹکی لو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg صرف ہتھیلیاں نہیں، انگلیاں پھیلا کر میز پر بیلو۔ بیچ سے باہر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg رول ایک سرے سے دوسرے تک ایک موٹائی کا ہو، پنسل جیسا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg چپٹے تلے پر دائرہ رکھو۔ جہاں ملیں، دباؤ۔ سرے ترچھے کاٹ کر جوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg مٹی دو ایک جیسی موٹی لکڑیوں کے بیچ رکھو۔ لکڑیوں پر بیلو تاکہ تہ ان سے پتلی نہ ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg تہ اٹھاؤ۔ چپکے تو ناخن نہیں، چاقو سے کونا اٹھاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg سیدھا کاٹ کر شکل لو۔ بچی مٹی گیند میں رکھو تاکہ سوکھے نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg انگلیوں کے بیچ دیوار محسوس کرو۔ موٹی جگہ بھاری لگتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg صرف موٹی جگہ چٹکی لو۔ پتلی جگہ نہ چٹکی لو، پھٹ جائے گی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg دیوار چاروں طرف ایک جیسی ہو، تقریباً دو سکے ایک پر ایک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg کانٹے سے دونوں طرف تب تک کھرچو جب تک کھردری لگیں۔ ہموار مٹی ہموار مٹی سے نہیں چپکتی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg کھرچی جگہوں پر گارا لگاؤ: تھوڑی مٹی اور پانی، ملائی جیسا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg دبا کر چند سیکنڈ رکھو۔ گیلی انگلی سے جوڑ تب تک ہموار کرو جب تک سیون نہ دکھے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg پنسل سے پتلا چھوٹا رول بیلو۔ تلے جتنا حلقہ موڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg برتن کے تلے اور حلقے پر کھرچو اور گارا لگاؤ۔ حلقہ دباؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg رکھو۔ چپٹا بیٹھے اور ہلے نہیں۔ ہلے تو حلقے کی اونچی طرف دباؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg انگلی جتنا موٹا اور ہاتھ جتنا لمبا رول بیلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg بغل میں اوپر نیچے دو جگہ کھرچو اور گارا لگاؤ۔ دونوں سرے دباؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg ہتھا برتن سے الگ رہے تاکہ انگلی جائے۔ جھکے تو بہت گیلا ہے۔ تھوڑا رک کر پھر کوشش کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg برتن شیلف پر رکھو، دھوپ اور ہیٹر سے دور۔ دھوپ اور گرمی دراڑ ڈالتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg خشک کپڑا ڈھیلا رکھو تاکہ کنارہ تلے سے جلد نہ سوکھے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg پھیکا اور سخت ہونے تک چھوڑو۔ یہ ہوا میں سوکھنے والی مٹی ہے۔ اوون میں نہ رکھو۔ اس میں سے نہ پیو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg شروع کرنے سے پہلے دو ٹکڑے دیکھو۔ ایک گیند بڑی ہو تو برتن نہیں ملیں گے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg دوسرا پہلے جیسا بناؤ۔ ہر قدم کے بعد پاس پاس رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg کنارے ایک اونچائی کے ہوں۔ منہ ایک ناپ کے لگیں۔ ایک چوڑا ہو تو اسے تھوڑا اونچا اور تنگ چٹکی لو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg ایک کام چنو: پنسل رکھنا، یا کوئی سوکھی چیز۔ اس مٹی سے کھانا اور پانی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg پنسل کے کپ کو چپٹا تلہ اور پنسل کی نوک سے اونچی دیواریں چاہیے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg سوکھ کر پھیکا ہو تو پنسل رکھو۔ نام دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg ہوا میں سوکھنے والی مٹی کافی ہے۔ بھٹّا مت خریدو، اور اسے مت پکاؤ۔ نارنگی جتنا ڈلا ایک کپ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg انگوٹھے سے گیند کھولو اور دیواریں اٹھیں تو گھماؤ۔ یا ایک ہی موٹائی کی رولیں بناؤ، جماؤ، اور ہر ایک کو نیچے والی پر دباؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg کنارا چاروں طرف ایک ہی اونچائی کا ہو۔ پاؤں جوڑو تو دونوں سطحیں کھرچو، گیلی کرو، اور دباؤ۔ بس چپکا مت دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg کپ میز پر رکھو۔ یہ ہموار بیٹھے اور ہلے نہیں۔ ہلے تو پاؤں دباؤ جب تک رک نہ جائے۔ آہستہ ہوا میں سوکھاؤ، دھوپ سے دور۔ نام دو۔ یہی وہ ہے جسے رکھوگے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg ایک تھالی۔ یہ کلاس 2 نہیں ہے، اور کلاس 5 بھی نہیں۔ کلاس 2 ایک پین کیک تھی۔ کلاس 5 ایک تختی تھی جسے تم کاٹ سکو۔ یہ ایک تھالی ہے جس پر تم کپ رکھ سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg ایک تختی۔ برابر موٹائی۔ نیچا کنارہ صرف تب جب تم وہ موٹائی رکھ سکو۔ کنارہ جوڑو تو کھرچو، گارا لگاؤ، اور دباؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ اسے نہ پکاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg ایک پیالہ۔ دیواریں برابر رہتی ہیں۔ کنارہ چاروں طرف ایک ہی اونچائی کا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg ایک پاؤں تاکہ یہ ہموار بیٹھے اور نہ ڈولے۔ اس پاؤں کو جوڑو تو کھرچو، گارا لگاؤ، اور دباؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ اسے نہ پکاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg یہ کلاس 3 نہیں ہے۔ کلاس 3 ایک چٹکی والا برتن تھی، اور کنارہ ہی سبق تھا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg یہ ایک کپ ہے جسے تم چٹکی سے بناتے ہو۔ ایک گولہ۔ جیسے تم چٹکی لو، دیواریں پتلی ہوتی ہیں، اور برابر رہتی ہیں۔ کنارہ چاروں طرف ایک ہی اونچائی کا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ اسے نہ پکاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg ایک نئی چیز۔ ایک ہی موٹائی کی کنڈلیاں، جمائی اور دبائی۔ چٹکی والے کپ جتنا ہی بڑا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg الگ ناپ کا مطلب یہ سبق پورا نہیں۔ کپ پھر بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ اسے نہ پکاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg برابر موٹائی کی تختی سے کٹی ایک نئی چیز۔ باقی دو جتنا ہی بڑا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg ہر جوڑ پر کھرچو، گارا لگاؤ، اور دباؤ۔ کنارہ چاروں طرف ایک ہی اونچائی کا ہے۔ یہ ہموار بیٹھتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ اسے نہ پکاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg ایک چیز سوچو۔ یہ نقل نہیں، اور کلاس 12 کا نام دیا برتن نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg برابر دیواریں۔ کوئی حصہ جوڑو تو کھرچو، گارا لگاؤ، اور دباؤ۔ ضرورت ہو تو ایک پاؤں، تاکہ یہ بیٹھے اور نہ ڈولے۔ اسے آہستہ سوکھاؤ۔ صرف ہوا میں سوکھاؤ۔ اسے نام دو۔ اسے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ اسے نہ پکاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg سوت جو پہلے سے ہے۔ دو سوئیاں، یا ایک انگلی اگر وہی ہے جو پاس ہے۔ اس کلاس کے لیے کٹ مت خریدو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg گنے ہوئے ٹانکے چڑھاؤ۔ ایک حلقہ بناؤ، اسے سوئی پر رکھو، اور اگلا اسی طرح بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg جب گنے ہوئے ٹانکے سوئی پر ہوں، رکو۔ ابھی ایک قطار مت بُنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg پہلی قطاریں بُنو۔ سوئی ایک حلقے میں ڈالو، سوت لپیٹو، اور ایک نیا حلقہ کھینچو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg ایک وقت میں ایک ٹانکا۔ ایک مت گراؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg جب قطار پوری ہو، کام کو پلٹاؤ۔ پھر رکو۔ نیا رنگ شروع مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg سوئی پر ہر ٹانکا گنو۔ ہر ایک کو چھوؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg ہر قطار گنو۔ کاغذ پر ایک نشان کافی ہے۔ ہر قطار پر ایک نشان۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg اگر گنتی غلط ہے، رکو اور دیکھو۔ کام کو الگ مت کھینچو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg ٹانکے بند کرو۔ دو ٹانکے بُنو۔ پہلے کو دوسرے کے اوپر اٹھا کر سوئی سے اتارو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg ایک اور بُنو۔ پہلے کو پھر اس کے اوپر اٹھاؤ۔ آخر تک جاری رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg کنارہ نہ پھیلے۔ اگر کھینچنے پر کھل جائے، صرف یہ کنارہ دوبارہ کرو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg ٹکڑے کو اس وقت تک بُنو جب تک اونچائی چوڑائی کے برابر نہ ہو۔ جاننے کے لیے گنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg اسے میز پر رکھو۔ ایک مربع جو سیدھا پڑا رہے۔ اگر لپٹے، آخری قطاریں دیکھو، پورا ٹکڑا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg جب یہ سیدھا پڑا رہے، رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg ایک قطار سیدھی۔ اگلی قطار الٹی ہے۔ الٹی میں سوت سامنے ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg جانو کہ تم کس قطار پر ہو۔ سیدھی، پھر الٹی، پھر سیدھی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg ایک قطار میں انہیں مت ملاؤ۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg ایک دھاری۔ کنارے تک بُنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg کنارے پر رنگ بدلو۔ نیا سوت وہیں باندھو۔ بیچ میں مت بدلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg نئے رنگ کی ایک دھاری بُنو۔ پھر رکو۔ ایک دھاری، بہت نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg کچھ غلط ہو گیا۔ صرف آخری قطار دیکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg آخری قطار سے سوئی نکالو، ایک ایک ٹانکا کر کے، اس قطار تک جو درست تھی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg کام کو الگ مت کھینچو۔ اس قطار کو دوبارہ بُنو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg قطار کے شروع میں ٹانکے گنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg قطار کے آخر میں انہیں گنو۔ گنتی ملتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg اگر نہ ملے، آخری قطار میں ایک کم یا ایک زیادہ ہو گیا۔ صرف اسی قطار کو ٹھیک کرو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg ایک مستطیل بُنو۔ چوڑائی سے لمبا۔ ایک کپڑا، ایک پٹی، کتاب کا نشان۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg دونوں سرے گنو، تاکہ وہ ایک جیسے ہوں۔ ٹانکے اس طرح بند کرو کہ کنارہ نہ پھیلے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg تم اسے استعمال کر سکتے ہو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg دو کنارے جو ملنے چاہییں۔ انہیں ساتھ پکڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg انہیں جوڑو۔ اون کی سوئی دونوں کناروں سے، ایک ایک ٹانکا۔ یا اگر وہ اب بھی سوئیوں پر ہیں تو ساتھ بُنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg جب دو کنارے ایک ہو جائیں، جوڑ ہو گیا۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg ایک تیار چیز۔ مربع، مستطیل، یا جوڑا ہوا ٹکڑا۔ نیا کام نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg اسے نام دو۔ نام 'بُننا' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg تم کل ایک اور ٹکڑا شروع کر سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے کیا کرنا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg گنے ہوئے ٹانکے چڑھاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg پہلی قطاریں بُنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ کام کو کھینچ کر الگ نہ کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg ایک مربع جو سیدھا پڑا رہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg سیدھی اور الٹی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ کام کو کھینچ کر الگ نہ کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg ایک دھاری۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg کنارے پر رنگ بدلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ کام کو کھینچ کر الگ نہ کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg موٹا سوت جو پہلے سے ہے۔ ایک بڑی کروشیا سوئی۔ اس کلاس کے لیے کٹ مت خریدو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg ایک ہاتھ میں سوت پکڑو۔ دوسرے ہاتھ میں کروشیا سوئی پکڑو۔ ایک پھندا بناؤ۔ پھندا کروشیا سوئی پر بیٹھا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg یہی شروعات ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ ابھی زنجیر مت بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg سوت کروشیا سوئی کے اوپر ڈالو۔ جو پھندا پہلے سے وہاں ہے، اس میں سے ایک نیا پھندا کھینچو۔ یہی ایک زنجیر ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg اگلی زنجیر بھی اسی طرح بناؤ۔ انہیں اتنا ڈھیلا رکھو کہ نظر آئیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg جب ایک زنجیر ہو جسے تم گن سکتے ہو، رکو۔ ابھی اس میں واپس کام مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg قطار سے پہلے زنجیریں گنو۔ ہر ایک کو چھوؤ۔ جو پھندا اب بھی کروشیا سوئی پر ہے، اسے مت گنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg عدد لکھو۔ کاغذ پر ایک نشان کافی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg اگر گنتی کھو جائے، دوبارہ گنو۔ زنجیر کو الگ مت کھینچو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg کروشیا سوئی اگلی زنجیر میں ڈالو۔ سوت لپیٹو۔ ایک پھندا کھینچو۔ پھر سوت لپیٹو۔ کروشیا سوئی کے دونوں پھندوں سے کھینچو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg ہر زنجیر میں ایک ٹانکا۔ مت چھوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg جب قطار پوری ہو، رکو۔ ابھی مت پلٹو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg قطار ختم کرو۔ ہر زنجیر میں ایک ٹانکا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg قطار کو میز پر رکھو۔ اسے چپٹی پڑی رہنی چاہیے۔ اگر یہ سخت رسی بن کر لپٹ جائے، ٹانکے بہت سخت تھے۔ صرف اس قطار کو دیکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg جب یہ چپٹی پڑی رہے، رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg کام کو پلٹاؤ۔ کروشیا سوئی آخری پھندے میں ہی رہتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg ایک زنجیر بناؤ۔ وہ زنجیر پلٹنے کی زنجیر ہے۔ وہ ٹانکا نہیں ہے جسے تم گنتے ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg واپس جاؤ۔ جو قطار ابھی بنائی، اس کے ہر ٹانکے میں ایک ٹانکا۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg دو قطاریں۔ ہر ایک کے آخر پر پلٹو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg کنارے برابر رکھو۔ قطار کے شروع اور آخر میں وہی ٹانکا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg اگر ایک کنارہ اندر کھنچ جائے، ایک ٹانکا چھوٹ گیا۔ صرف آخری قطار ٹھیک کرو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg جب تک ٹکڑا اتنا اونچا نہ ہو جتنا چوڑا، کرتے رہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg ٹانکے گنو۔ ہر قطار میں وہی تعداد۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg نیچے رکھو۔ ایک چوکور۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg ایک دھاری۔ قطار کے آخر تک کام کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg کنارے پر اگلا رنگ باندھو۔ بیچ میں مت بدلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg نئے رنگ کی ایک قطار کام کرو۔ پھر رکو۔ ایک دھاری، بہت نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg سوت کاٹو۔ ایک سرا چھوڑو جسے تم پکڑ سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg سرا آخری پھندے سے کھینچو۔ اسے ٹھیک سے کھینچو۔ پھندا بند ہو جاتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg کام کروشیا سوئی سے اتر گیا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ نیا ٹکڑا شروع مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg اسی طرح دوسرا چوکور بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg دونوں گنو۔ ٹانکوں کی ایک ہی تعداد۔ قطاروں کی ایک ہی تعداد۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg ایک ہی ناپ کے دو چوکور۔ پھر رکو۔ ابھی انہیں مت جوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg ایک چیز جسے تم استعمال کر سکتے ہو۔ چوکور، یا دو چوکور اکٹھے رکھ کر ایک کپڑا۔ نیا کام نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg اسے نام دو۔ نام 'کروشیہ' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg تم کل ایک اور ٹکڑا شروع کر سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے کیا کرنا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg ایک کند سوئی۔ موٹا دھاگا جو پہلے سے ہے۔ اس کلاس کے لیے کٹ مت خریدو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg ایک ہاتھ میں سوئی پکڑو۔ سوئی میں دھاگا ڈالو۔ دھاگے کے سرے پر گانٹھ باندھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg گانٹھ سرے پر ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ ابھی سلائی مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg کپڑے کا ایک ٹکڑا۔ سوئی کو پیچھے سے آرپار دھکیلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg دھاگے کو آخر تک کھینچو، جب تک گانٹھ اسے روک نہ دے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg سوئی سامنے ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ ابھی دوسرا سوراخ مت بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg ایک ٹانکا۔ جہاں سے اوپر آئے، وہاں سے تھوڑی دور پھر نیچے جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg دھاگے کو آرپار کھینچو۔ اندر، پھر باہر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg ٹانکا چپٹا پڑا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg ایک سیدھی لکیر۔ اگلا ٹانکا پہلے جتنا ہی بڑا بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg ٹانکوں کو ایک لکیر پر رکھو۔ ادھر ادھر مت جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg ٹانکے ایک ہی ناپ کے ہیں۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg ایک سادہ سلائی۔ لکیر کے ساتھ اندر اور باہر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg برابر فاصلے۔ ٹانکا اور خالی جگہ تقریباً ایک جیسے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg اتنا زور سے مت کھینچو کہ کپڑے پر سلوٹیں پڑ جائیں۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg کپڑے کے کونے تک آؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg مڑو۔ اگلا ٹانکا کونے سے نکل کر اگلی طرف کے ساتھ جاتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg لکیر برابر رہتی ہے۔ کونا مت سکیڑو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg کپڑے کے دو ٹکڑے۔ ایک کنارہ دوسرے پر رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg انہیں اسی ایک کنارے کے ساتھ ساتھ سلو۔ سوئی دونوں ٹکڑوں سے گزرتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg صرف ایک کنارہ۔ پھر رکو۔ دوسری طرفیں ابھی مت سلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg ایک چوکور۔ ایک کونے سے شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg چاروں طرف ایک ہی ٹانکا۔ ہر کونا ایک ہی طرح مڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg جہاں سے شروع کیا تھا، وہاں واپس آ کر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg ایک پیوند۔ بڑے ٹکڑے پر کپڑے کا ایک چھوٹا ٹکڑا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg اسے اوپر سلو۔ سوئی پیوند اور اس کے نیچے کے کپڑے سے گزرتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg کنارے نیچے رہتے ہیں۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg سرا باندھو۔ کپڑے پر ایک چھوٹی گرہ بناؤ، تاکہ آخری ٹانکا کھنچ کر نہ نکلے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg دھاگا چھوٹا کاٹو۔ صرف تھوڑا سا سرا چھوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg سوئی آزاد ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ نئی سیون شروع مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg اسی طرح دوسرا چوکور بناؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg ٹانکے گنو۔ ایک ہی ناپ کے دو چوکور۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی انہیں ایک ساتھ مت سلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg ایک چیز جسے تم استعمال کر سکتے ہو۔ چوکور، پیوند، یا دو چوکور اکٹھے رکھ کر ایک کپڑا۔ نیا کام نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg اسے نام دو۔ نام 'سلائی' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg تم کل ایک اور ٹکڑا شروع کر سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے کیا کرنا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg اپنے ہاتھ دھوؤ۔ صابن، پھر پانی، پھر انہیں خشک کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg میز خالی کرو۔ باہر صرف وہ رہتا ہے جس کی اس پلیٹ کو ضرورت ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی آنچ مت جلاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg آنچ سے پہلے سب باہر ہے۔ کھانا، کڑاہی، تھالی، چمچ، نمک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg جو کرو گے وہ پڑھو۔ کڑاہی گرم ہونے کے بعد تمہیں اوزار نہیں ڈھونڈنا چاہیے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ چولہے کی آنکھ اب بھی بند ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg کڑاہی گرم ہے۔ تھوڑی چربی ڈالو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg چربی پتلی ہوتی ہے اور چمکتی ہے۔ یہ سرگوشی کرتا ہے۔ یہ دھواں نہیں چھوڑتا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg اگر یہ دھواں چھوڑے، آنچ بہت تیز ہے۔ کڑاہی آنچ سے ہٹا دو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg کھانا ایک تہہ میں جاتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg ٹکڑے ڈھیر نہیں ہوتے۔ بھری کڑاہی بھاپ بناتی ہے۔ وہ بھوری نہیں ہوتی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی مت پلٹاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg اسے چھوڑ دو۔ خستہ پرت کو وقت چاہیے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg اسے مت چبھو۔ گرم کڑاہی سے دور مت جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی اسے مت پلٹاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg اسے ایک بار پلٹاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg جو طرف نیچے تھی وہ بھوری ہے۔ اگر وہ اب بھی پھیکی ہے، اسے مزید وقت چاہیے تھا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ اسے بار بار مت پلٹاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg چکھو۔ پھر نمک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg نمک کھانے پر ڈالو، ہوا میں نہیں۔ دوبارہ چکھنے تک تھوڑا کافی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ نمک ہلاتے مت رہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg آنچ بند۔ کڑاہی بیچ کو پورا کرتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg بیچ کڑاہی میں پہلے سے موجود گرمی سے جمتا ہے۔ تم چولہے کی آنکھ دوبارہ نہیں بڑھاتے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg اسے آرام کرنے دو۔ ابھی اسے مت کاٹو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg چند خاموش منٹ۔ جب یہ بیٹھا رہے، بیچ پورا ہوتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg رس تھالی پر رہتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg چمچ سے اسے کھانے پر ڈالو۔ دھونے کے حوض میں مت انڈیلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg کڑاہی ٹھنڈی ہوتی ہے، پھر تم اسے دھوتے ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg ٹھنڈے پانی میں گرم کڑاہی مڑ سکتی ہے۔ انتظار کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg ایک تھالی۔ نیا پکوان نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg اسے نام دو۔ نام 'کھانا پکانا' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg تم کل ایک اور تھالی پکا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے کیا کرنا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg ہانڈی ابلے تو کالی مرچ آخر میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg نمک کے ساتھ، اس کی جگہ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg زیرہ، گرم کیا ہوا، پھر دھنیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg پھلیاں، چاول، یا میمنا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg دھنیا کے بیج، کچلے ہوئے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg اسے کافی کے رنگ تک مت بھونو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg پاپریکا جلدی گرم ہوتی ہے اور اس سے جلدی جل جاتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg لہسن بعد میں، ورنہ لہسن جل جاتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg دھونی پاپریکا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg دھواں ہی مصالحہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg کیین آخر میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg دوسرے مصالحے سے کم۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg جلائے تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg کٹی لال مرچ چکنائی میں، پھر آنچ سے باہر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg لہسن ان کے ساتھ آ سکتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg جلائے تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg مرچ پاؤڈر پہلے سے زیرہ، لہسن، اور مرچ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg مزید زیرہ ڈالنے سے پہلے چکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg چکنائی میں دار چینی، نمک کی ایک چٹکی کے ساتھ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg پھل، کدو، یا گوشت میں تھوڑا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg ادرک، تازہ یا سوکھی، لہسن کے ساتھ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg سوکھی زیادہ تیز ہوتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg ہلدی داغ لگاتی ہے اور بہت دیر تلے تو کڑوی ہو جاتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg کالی مرچ مدد کرتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg لہسن پاؤڈر سوکھی کڑاہی میں جل جاتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg اسے چکنائی میں ڈالو، پھر کھانا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg پیاز پاؤڈر تلی ہوئی پیاز نہیں ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg اسے بنیاد کے لیے لو، پھر کھانے پر نمک ڈالو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg ٹماٹر ساس میں اوریگانو شروع میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg سوکھا تازہ ایک چٹکی سے زیادہ تیز ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg آخر میں تلسی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg گرمی اسے اڑا دیتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg تھائم شروع میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg اسے وقت چاہیے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg روزمیری۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg اسے کترو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg تیز پات مائع میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg ایک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg نکالو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg جائفل۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg ملائی، پالک، یا آلو پر ایک کھرچ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg لونگ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg ایک یا دو پیاز میں گڑے ہوئے، یا پیسی ہوئی ایک چٹکی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg آل اسپائس۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg وہیں رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg الائچی، چٹکائے دانے، یا پیسی ہوئی ایک چٹکی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg چاول، کافی، یا پھل۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg رائی گرم چکنائی میں جب تک پہلی پھٹے، پھر کھانا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg ہلدی پیچھے آ سکتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg سونف، کچلی ہوئی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg ٹماٹر یا سور کا گوشت۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg آخر میں شبت۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg لیموں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg شاہ زیرہ، کچلا ہوا، لہسن کے ساتھ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg بند گوبھی، سور کا گوشت، یا جاودار۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg سلری کے بیج۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg ایک چٹکی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg تل بھونو جب تک خوشبو آئے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg نمک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg خشخاش گرم نہیں کیا جاتا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg مکھن اور لیموں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg زعفران۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg تارے، سستی شیشی کا پاؤڈر نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg دھیمی پکائی یا شوربے میں ایک بادیاں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg ادرک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg نکالو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg سماک آنچ سے ہٹا کر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg یہی کھٹا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg میتھی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg ایک چٹکی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg کلونجی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg اسے مت جلاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg آخر میں پودینہ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg لیموں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg سیج مکھن میں چند سیکنڈ تلی، پھر کدو یا سور کے گوشت پر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg کالی مرچ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg آخر میں تاراگن۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg لیموں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg مارجورم۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg جہاں اوریگانو چلائے وہاں اسے لو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg آخر میں اجوائن لیموں کے ساتھ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg یہ تازہ ہے، وہ مصالحہ نہیں جسے تم گرم کرتے ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg آخر میں ہرا دھنیا لیمو کے ساتھ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg اگر صابن جیسا لگے، تو یہ جڑی بوٹی ہے، باورچی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg لیمون گراس، کچلا ہوا، شوربے میں، پھر باہر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg ادرک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg نکالو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg انیس۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg ایک چٹکی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg جاویتری۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg ملائی ساس یا آلو میں ایک چٹکی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg جونیپر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg تین کچلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg جلائے تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg سچوان مرچ بھونو جب تک خوشبو آئے، پھر کچلو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg ادرک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg جلائے تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg حلبی مرچ آنچ سے ہٹا کر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg ہلکی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg چپوٹلے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg دھواں اور تیزی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg جلائے تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg کری پاؤڈر ایک مرکب ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg اسے گرم کرو، پھر کھانا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg گرم مصالحہ آخر کے لیے ایک مرکب ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg ہانڈی میں پہلے سے زیرہ اور دھنیا ہو سکتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg پانچ مصالحہ ایک مرکب ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg ایک چٹکی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg دھواں ہو تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg دو بار ناپو۔ ایک بار نشان لگاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg اگر دونوں ناپ نہ ملیں، پھر ناپو۔ اندازے کا نشان مت لگاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی مت کاٹو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg تختے کے آر پار قائمہ لکیر کھینچو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg گونیہ کنارے سے چپک کر بیٹھتا ہے۔ لکیر سطح کے آر پار جاتی ہے اور کنارے سے نیچے اترتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی مت کاٹو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg کام پر شکنجہ لگاؤ۔ تمہارا ہاتھ شکنجہ نہیں ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg اگر تختہ سرک سکتا ہے تو کٹ بھٹک جائے گا۔ شکنجہ کس دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ لکڑی ٹھہرنے تک آرا شروع مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg لکیر کی بیکار طرف کاٹو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg پنسل کی لکیر اس ٹکڑے پر رہتی ہے جسے تم رکھ رہے ہو۔ آرے کے دانت بیکار حصہ لے جاتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ لکیر کو کاٹ کر مت ہٹاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg آرے کو کام کرنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg ہلکا دھکا۔ اگر تمہیں اس پر جھکنا پڑے، تو آرا کند ہے یا زاویہ غلط ہے۔ رکو اور پھر سے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg کٹے ٹکڑے کو تھامو، تاکہ آخری ریشہ نہ پھٹے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg ایک ہاتھ یا دوسرا سہارا بیکار ٹکڑے کو تھامے رکھتا ہے۔ گرنے مت دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg کٹ کو گونیے سے جانچو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg گونیا سطح پر اور کٹے سرے پر بیٹھتا ہے۔ گونیے کے نیچے روشنی کا مطلب ہے کہ کٹ قائمہ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ غلطی کو دیکھے بغیر مت رگڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg لکیر تک رگڑو۔ اس سے آگے نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg ریشے کے ساتھ رگڑو۔ اگر لکیر سے آگے رگڑو، ٹکڑا چھوٹا ہو جاتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg گرد پونچھو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg دو سطحیں ملتی ہیں۔ جوڑ سے روشنی نہیں جاتی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg انہیں ساتھ پکڑو اور سیون کے ساتھ دیکھو۔ روشنی کا مطلب دراڑ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ دراڑ پر گوند مت لگاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg گوند، پھر شکنجہ۔ ایک پتلی لکیر نچڑتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg زیادہ گوند جوڑ کو زیادہ مضبوط نہیں بناتا۔ لکیر پونچھو۔ جوڑ کو گوند سے خالی مت چھوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg یہ جم جاتا ہے۔ پھر جوڑ کو برابر رگڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg گیلی گوند مت رگڑو۔ جب تک جوڑ سخت نہ ہو، رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg ایک ٹکڑا۔ نیا کام نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg اسے ایک نام دو۔ نام 'لکڑی' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg تم کل ایک اور ٹکڑا شروع کر سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے کیا کرنا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg جو روشنی واقعی ہے، اس کے لیے پودا چنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg دھوپ والا پودا اندھیرے کمرے میں صرف چاہنے سے نہیں اُگے گا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی مت بوؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg مٹی سے پانی نکل جاتا ہے۔ گملے کو ایک سوراخ چاہیے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg اگر پانی گملے میں بیٹھا رہے، جڑیں سڑ جاتی ہیں۔ بھرنے سے پہلے سوراخ دیکھ لو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg پیکٹ کی گہرائی پر بوؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg اگر پیکٹ نہیں ہے، چھوٹے بیج پر پتلی تہہ آتی ہے۔ بڑا بیج اور گہرا جاتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg مٹی دباؤ۔ بیج کے نیچے ہوا کی جیب نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg آہستہ دباؤ۔ سخت دبانے سے پانی اور ہوا باہر رہتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg ایک بار پانی دو، گہرا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg سوراخ سے پانی نکلنے تک دو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg پھر رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg پھر پانی سے پہلے اوپر سوکھنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg ایک انگلی اندر ڈالو۔ اگر اوپر اب بھی نم ہے، اسے چھوڑ دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg انکر کو پانی سے زیادہ روشنی چاہیے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg ایک پھیکا، کھنچا انکر روشنی مانگ رہا ہے۔ اسے سرکاؤ۔ اسے مت ڈوباؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg پیکٹ کے فاصلے تک چھانٹو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg سب سے مضبوط انکر رہتا ہے۔ باقی باہر آتے ہیں۔ گنجان پودے چھوٹے رہتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg اصلی پتوں کے بعد ہی کھاد دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg زیادہ انہیں جلا دیتا ہے۔ تھوڑا، پھر رکو۔ پہلے دو پتے اصلی پتے نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg کچھ بھی چھڑکنے سے پہلے کیڑے ہاتھ سے ہٹاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg ایک کیڑا بوتل کی وجہ نہیں۔ اسے ہٹاؤ۔ کل پھر دیکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg تیار ہو، تب توڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg بہت انتظار اسے سخت کرتا ہے۔ بہت دیر چھوڑا پودا اپنے آپ کو بیج پر خرچ کر دیتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg ایک فصل۔ نیا باغ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg اسے نام دو۔ نام 'اگانا' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg تم کل ایک اور گملہ لگا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے کیا کرنا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ یہ کٹا سرا ہے، بیج نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg تازہ ہرا پیاز لو، جڑوں والا، سوکھا ہوا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی، پھر دھوپ۔ انکر پکا نتیجہ ہے۔ پھلیوں کو بہت روشنی چاہیے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg پوری خشک پھلی لو: راجما، کالی، دھبے دار، یا خشک ہری پھلی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ فصل شاید پتے ہیں۔ موٹی لہسن کی گانٹھ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg ایک سخت کلی۔ چھلکا رہنے دو۔ نوک اوپر، جڑ والا چپٹا سرا نیچے، تقریباً دو سینٹی میٹر گہرا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ کچھ چھوٹے پتے، دکان کی دوسری گڈی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg تازہ نچلا حصہ لو، بھورا اور چپچپا نہیں۔ گود کے تقریباً تین سینٹی میٹر چھوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ رومین جیسا طریقہ، اور دھیما۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg تازہ نچلا حصہ، تقریباً تین سینٹی میٹر اونچا، ایک اتھلی طشتری میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg ایک گرم کھڑکی۔ ایک پودا ملتا ہے، جسے کاٹ سکتے ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg تلسی کو گرم کمرہ چاہیے۔ چھوٹے بیج نم مٹی پر بکھیرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg ایک گرم کھڑکی۔ پھل کو اصلی دھوپ اور بڑا گملہ چاہیے۔ پتے کبھی کھانا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg پورا پکا ٹماٹر لو۔ بیج اور جیلی ایک کپ میں تھوڑے پانی کے ساتھ ڈالو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg ایک گرم کھڑکی۔ شملہ مرچ کو ٹماٹر سے زیادہ گرمی چاہیے، اور زیادہ وقت۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg پکی شملہ مرچ سے بیج لو۔ تخمیر چھوڑ سکتے ہو۔ انہیں سکھاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg ایک گہرا گملہ۔ پودا ممکن ہے۔ آلو کا بورا نہیں، جب تک گملہ گہرا نہ ہو اور تم مہینے نہ رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg کئی بڑی دکان کے آلو ایسے بنائے گئے ہیں کہ نہ پھوٹیں۔ تین ہفتے میں کچھ نہ ہو، تو یہی وجہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg گھر کا ایک درخت۔ پھل ایک شاید ہے، سالوں بعد، اور کھٹا یا الگ ہو سکتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg لیمو یا سنگترے کا تازہ بیج بوؤ۔ میز پر سوکھ گیا بیج اکثر ناکام ہوتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg گھر کا ایک درخت۔ اندر پھل نادر ہے، سال لگتے ہیں، اور وہ ویسا نہیں ہوگا جو تم نے خریدا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg گٹھلی دھوؤ۔ چوڑا، زیادہ چپٹا سرا نیچے ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg ایک پودا، چیری کا پیالہ نہیں۔ ٹھنڈی جگہ باہر چیری کا درخت پھل دیتا ہے، سالوں بعد، اور اکثر اسے دوسرا درخت چاہیے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg گٹھلی رگڑو جب تک گودا نہ بچے۔ بچا گودا پھپھوندی بنتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ ہرے پتے، دوسری گاجر نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg تازی گاجر سے پتے کاٹو۔ نارنجی سرے کا تقریباً ایک سینٹی میٹر رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ پتے، دوسرا چقندر نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg ہرے پتے کاٹو۔ چقندر کا تقریباً ایک سینٹی میٹر رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ یہ کٹا سرا ہے، بیج نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg تازہ لیک لو، نچلا حصہ لگا ہو، سوکھی ہوئی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ کچھ چھوٹے پتے، دکان کی دوسری گڈی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg تازہ نچلا حصہ لو، بھورا اور چپچپا نہیں۔ گود کے تقریباً تین سینٹی میٹر چھوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ ڈھیلے پتے، دوسری کس ہوئی گڈی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg تازہ نچلا حصہ، تقریباً تین سینٹی میٹر اونچا، ایک اتھلی طشتری میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg ایک کھڑکی۔ پنکھ دار پتے، دوسری گانٹھ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg سونف کی گانٹھ کا نچلا حصہ لو۔ کٹی ڈنڈیاں اکیلی کم کرتی ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg ایک گرم کھڑکی۔ فصل ایک جھنڈ ہے۔ اس مہینے مٹھی بھر تنے نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg ایسا تنا لو جس کا سخت پھیکا نچلا حصہ اب بھی لگا ہو۔ سوکھی لکڑی جڑ نہیں پکڑے گی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg گھر کا پودا۔ اندر پھل نادر ہے، اور اگر آئے تو سال لگتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg تازے انناس کا تاج مروڑ کر اتارو۔ نچلے حصے سے پھل کا گودا کاٹو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg ایک دھوپ والا گملہ۔ جڑ ہی فصل ہے، اگر ٹھنڈا رہے اور ہر پودے کو جگہ ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg ہاتھ جتنا گہرا گملہ، سوراخ والا۔ نم مٹی، جوہڑ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg ایک روشن گملہ۔ پتے، دکان کی کس ہوئی گڈی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg بیج چھوٹا ہے۔ اسے نم مٹی پر بکھیرو۔ اسے دباؤ، یا مٹی کی ہلکی دھول سے ڈھانپو۔ گہرے دبے تو ناکام۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg ایک ٹھنڈا گملہ۔ پتے، گرم چوکھٹ پر گرمی کی فصل نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg تقریباً ایک سینٹی میٹر گہرا بوؤ، سوراخ والے گملے میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg ایک روشن گملہ۔ پتے ہی فصل ہیں۔ گرمی انہیں ختم کرتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg بیج گول ہے۔ تقریباً ایک سینٹی میٹر گہرا بوؤ، اسی گملے میں جسے تم رکھو گے۔ اسے جگہ بدلنا اچھا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg سوراخ والا گملہ۔ ایک جھنڈ، جسے سالوں کاٹ سکتے ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg بیج دھیما ہے۔ مٹی نم رکھو۔ انکر اکثر دس سے بیس دن۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg ایک روشن گملہ۔ ایک تنا، بیج نہیں۔ بیج اکثر ایک کمزور پودا اگاتا ہے، جو وہ پودینہ نہیں جسے تم نے سونگھا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg ایک تازہ تنا کاٹو۔ نیچے کے پتے کھینچ کر اتارو۔ سوکھی لکڑی جڑ نہیں پکڑے گی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg ایک دھوپ والا گملہ۔ پھلیاں ہی فصل ہیں۔ برتن میں انکر دوسرا سبق ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg پوری خشک جھاڑی والی پھلی لو۔ بیل والی پھلی نہیں، جب تک تم اونچی چھڑی نہ دو۔ ٹوٹی مٹر نہیں۔ ڈبے کی پھلی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg ایک ٹھنڈا گملہ۔ پھلیاں، اگر موسم ٹھنڈا رہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg پورے مٹر کے بیج لو، ٹوٹی مٹر نہیں۔ ٹوٹی مٹر مری ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg باہر، یا کم سے کم بیس سینٹی میٹر گہرا گملہ۔ جڑ ہی فصل ہے۔ یہ طشتری میں گاجر کا سرا نہیں ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg ڈھیلی مٹی، پتھر یا کڑے ڈھیلے نہیں۔ وہ جڑ کو کانٹا دے دیتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg باہر، یا کم سے کم بیس سینٹی میٹر گہرا گملہ۔ ایک جڑ، اور پتے۔ یہ طشتری میں چقندر کا سرا نہیں ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg ہر بیج کی گولی کئی انکر بنا سکتی ہے۔ تقریباً دو سینٹی میٹر گہرا بوؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg باہر، یا سوراخ والا بڑا گملہ۔ پتے، لمبے وقت تک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg تقریباً ایک سینٹی میٹر گہرا بوؤ۔ انکر اکثر پانچ سے دس دن میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg باہر۔ سیٹ بیج سے آسان ہے۔ بیج کو گانٹھ بننے میں مہینے لگتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg سیٹ نوک اوپر، جڑ والا سرا نیچے، تقریباً دس سینٹی میٹر کے فاصلے پر لگاؤ۔ نوک بس دکھتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg ایک بڑا گملہ یا زمین، چڑھنے کو کچھ کے ساتھ۔ کھڑکی کی چوکھٹ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg مٹی گرم ہونے کے بعد تقریباً دو سینٹی میٹر گہرا بوؤ۔ ٹھنڈی گیلی مٹی بیج سڑاتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg زمین، یا بہت بڑا گملہ۔ ایک پودا بہت بڑا ہو جاتا ہے۔ دو بہت زیادہ ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg مٹی گرم ہونے کے بعد تقریباً دو سینٹی میٹر گہرا بوؤ۔ ٹھنڈی گیلی مٹی بیج سڑاتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg باہر، گرم مٹی میں۔ گملہ نہیں، اور ایک پودا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg ایک چوک لگاؤ، ہر طرف کم سے کم چار پودے۔ زرِ گل اوپر کی منجری سے بھٹوں کے ریشوں پر گرتا ہے۔ ایک قطار، یا ایک پودا، اکثر خالی بھٹے بناتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg ایک پودا یا ایک رنر۔ بیج دھیما ہے، اور زیادہ تر بیج سے اگے پودے پہلے سال پھل نہیں دیتے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg دھوپ والی زمین، یا سوراخ والا گملہ۔ اندھیری کھڑکی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg باہر، پوری دھوپ میں۔ ایک پھول، اور بیج اگر گرمی کافی لمبی ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg مٹی گرم ہونے کے بعد تقریباً دو سینٹی میٹر گہرا بوؤ۔ انکر اکثر سات سے چودہ دن میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg دھوپ، اور گرم مٹی۔ وہ ایک گرمی میں ختم ہو جاتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg بیج کو بس تھوڑا ڈھانپو۔ ٹھنڈی گیلی مٹی اسے سڑاتی ہے، یا بیج بس بیٹھا رہتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg دھوپ۔ وہ ایک گرمی میں ختم ہوتے ہیں، اور پالے تک پھول دیتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg کمزور مٹی زیادہ پھول بناتی ہے۔ زرخیز مٹی بہت سارے پتے بناتی ہے اور کم پھول۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg باغ کا گیندا۔ کیلنڈولا نہیں۔ وہ اگلا سبق ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg دھوپ۔ مٹی گرم ہونے کے بعد بیج کو بس تھوڑا ڈھانپو۔ انکر اکثر پانچ سے دس دن میں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg پاٹ میریگولڈ۔ پچھلے سبق کا باغ کا گیندا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg ٹھنڈے موسم کا پھول۔ گرمی اسے روک سکتی ہے۔ ٹھنڈی گرمی ٹھیک جگہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg ایک بڑا بیج، گرم مٹی میں تقریباً دو سینٹی میٹر گہرا۔ ایک گملہ یا زمین۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg وہ پھیلتے ہیں۔ کمزور مٹی زیادہ پھول بناتی ہے۔ زرخیز مٹی پتے بناتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg وہ مٹر نہیں، جو تم کھاتے ہو۔ وہ دوسرا پودا ہے، اور دوسرا سبق۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg انہیں ٹھنڈا موسم اچھا لگتا ہے۔ گرمی پھول روکتی ہے۔ ٹھنڈی گرمی ان کے لیے ٹھیک ہو سکتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg ایک جڑ، بیج نہیں۔ آنکھیں جڑ پر گلابی کلیاں ہیں۔ وہ اوپر کی طرف ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg اسے ایسے لگاؤ کہ آنکھوں پر تقریباً پانچ سینٹی میٹر سے زیادہ مٹی نہ ہو۔ اس سے زیادہ گہرا، تو پتے آ سکتے ہیں اور پھول کبھی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg کیمرہ اٹھانے سے پہلے طے کرو، تصویر کس چیز کی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg اگر ایک چھوٹی لائن میں نہیں کہہ سکتے، تو ابھی تصویر لینے کو تیار نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی تصویر مت لو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg ترتیب چھونے سے پہلے پاؤں ہلاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg بائیں ایک قدم، بٹن سے زیادہ تصویر بدلتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg پاس جاؤ۔ زیادہ تر تصویروں میں موضوع کے آس پاس بہت کچھ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg اگر کادر میں تین اضافی چیزوں کا نام لے سکو، ایک قدم اور پاس لو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg افق سیدھا ہے، جب تک تم نہ چاہو کہ وہ نہ ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg جھکی ہوئی میز غلطی جیسی لگتی ہے۔ لکیر ہموار ہونے تک فون جھکاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg جو حصہ اہم ہے، اس پر فوکس کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg اس حصے پر انگلی سے چھوؤ۔ اگر پچھلا حصہ صاف ہے اور چیز دھندلی ہے، تو تم نے غلط جگہ چھوئی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg ایک مضبوط شکل۔ پانچ چیزیں لڑتی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg اگر سمجھانا پڑے کہ تصویر کس چیز کی ہے، تصویر پوری نہیں ہوئی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg لمحے کا انتظار کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg جو تصویر اس لیے لی کہ تم بے صبر تھے، وہی تم مٹاتے ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg جس نے رضامندی نہیں دی، وہ تصویر میں نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg پہلے پوچھو۔ سر ہلانا شمار ہوتا ہے۔ خاموشی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg جس چیز کے لیے آئے، اس کے لیے روشنی دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg پیچھے کو جانے دو۔ چیز کے پیچھے چمکتی کھڑکی چیز کو سایہ بنا دیتی ہے۔ مڑ جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg ایک ہی چیز کی تین تصویریں۔ ایک رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg باقی دو جاتی ہیں۔ زیادہ تصویریں ایک بہتر نہیں بناتیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg صرف اسے کاٹو، جو موضوع سے لڑتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg کاٹنا، ایک قریب کی تصویر گڑھنے کا طریقہ نہیں، جو تم نے لی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg ایک تصویر۔ ان کا رول نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg اسے نام دو۔ نام 'کیمرہ' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg تم کل ایک اور تصویر لے سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے کیا کرنا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg وہ ساز چنو، جس کی واقعی مشق کرو گے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg وہ پیانو جس تک تم نہیں پہنچ سکتے، وہ ساز نہیں۔ ہاتھ، ایک ڈھول، ایک گٹار جو پہلے سے ہے، سب گنتی میں ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی گانا مت بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg سُر سے پہلے جسم آرام سے ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg اگر کندھے کانوں تک اوپر ہوں، سُر تنگ رہے گا۔ انہیں نیچے کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg ایک سُر، صاف۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg صاف سُر وہ ہے جس کا شروع اور رُکنا سنائی دے۔ اضافی شور اس کا حصہ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg ایک ٹھہری دھڑکن، جسے تھپتھپا سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg اگر تھپکیاں تیز ہو جائیں، تو ابھی دھڑکن نہیں۔ دھیما کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg وہی فقرہ، ہلکا، پھر پورا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg پورا اتنا زور نہیں جتنا کمرہ سہہ لے۔ کان دکھیں، تو یہ زیادہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg وقفہ بجایا جاتا ہے۔ اسے مت بھرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg خاموشی ایک تال ہے جسے گنتے ہو۔ اگر اس پر بجا دیا، تو اسے چھوڑ دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg پانچ سر جنہیں تو پھر پا سکے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg بجا۔ نظر ہٹا۔ وہی پانچ ڈھونڈ۔ نہ ملیں تو ابھی تیرے نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg چار میزان۔ میزان کی لکیر پر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg پانچواں مت جوڑو۔ رکنا فقرے کا حصہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg صاف ہونے تک دھیما بجاؤ۔ رفتار بعد میں آتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg تیز گڑبڑ فقرہ مشق نہیں ہے۔ یہ عادت ہے، جسے بعد میں الٹنا پڑے گا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg ایک ریکارڈنگ کرو۔ ایک بار سنو۔ ایک چیز ٹھیک کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg پانچ بار سن کر پانچ چیزیں مت ٹھیک کرو۔ ایک چیز، پھر دوبارہ بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg بیس منٹ۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg دکھتا ہاتھ اس بات کا ثبوت نہیں کہ کام ہوا۔ یہی رکنے کی وجہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg ایک فقرہ، جسے کل بجا سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg اسے نام دو۔ نام 'موسیقی' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg تم وہ سُر پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg آواز سے پہلے جسم آرام سے ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg اگر کندھے کانوں تک اوپر ہوں، سُر تنگ رہے گا۔ انہیں نیچے کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ ابھی گانا مت گاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg سانس سر شروع کرتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg پہلے ہوا لو۔ اگر آواز شروع کرو اور پھر ہوا ڈھونڈو، تو سر کانپتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg ایک حرفِ علت، بیچ میں۔ گلے سے دھکا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg اگر گلا کسے، تو دھکا دے رہے ہو۔ زیادہ نرم، اور حرفِ علت بیچ میں رہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg سر پاؤ، پھر اسے تھامو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg تھاما ہوا سر جو سرکے، وہ ابھی نہیں ملا۔ پھر سے پاؤ، پھر تھامو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg لفظ پہلی کوشش پر سنائی دیتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg اگر سننے والے کو پوچھنا پڑے کہ تم نے کیا گایا، لفظ ختم نہیں ہوا تھا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg وہی سطر، آہستہ، پھر پوری۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg پوری اتنا زور نہیں جتنا کمرہ لے سکے۔ چکر آئے تو ہوا بہت دیر روکی۔ رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg وقفہ خاموشی ہے۔ اسے مت بھرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg وقفے میں سانس لو۔ اگر اس میں گاؤ، تو اسے چھوڑ دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg اونچا سر تیار ہے، جھپٹا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg اگر پہنچو اور گلا جھپٹے، تیار نہیں تھے۔ پہلے والے سر سے اس میں قدم رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg ایک بند محفوظ کرو۔ ایک بار سنو۔ ایک چیز ٹھیک کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg پانچ بار سن کر پانچ چیزیں مت ٹھیک کرو۔ ایک چیز، پھر اسے دوبارہ گاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg بیس منٹ۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg دکھتا گلا اس بات کا ثبوت نہیں کہ کام ہوا۔ یہی رکنے کی وجہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg لفظ ایسے گاؤ، جیسے تمہارا مطلب وہی ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg اگر الفاظ صرف آواز ہیں، تو تم نے انہیں ابھی گایا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg ایک بند، جسے تم کل گا سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg اسے نام دو۔ نام 'گانا' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg تم وہ بند پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg ایک سچی بات۔ پسند کے گانے کا بھیس نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg اگر یہ سطر ریڈیو کے کسی بھی گانے کی ہو سکتی ہے، تو وہ بھیس ہے۔ جو واقعی دیکھا، وہیں سے شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg عنوان گانے کا وعدہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg اوپر لکھو۔ اگر بند وہ وعدہ نہ نبھائیں، تو عنوان جھوٹ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg لوٹتا حصہ وہ وعدہ ایک یا دو سطروں میں کہتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg دو سطریں حد ہیں۔ جس لوٹتے حصے کو پیراگراف چاہیے، وہ بند ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg دھن گنگناؤ۔ اگر سر کی لکھائی نہ ہو، تو تال سادھے لفظوں میں لکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg لمبا، چھوٹا، چھوٹا کافی ہے۔ نوٹوں کی وہ تصویر، جو پڑھ نہیں سکتے، مدد نہیں کرتی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg پہلا بند منظر ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg کون ہے وہاں، اور کیا نظر آتا ہے۔ احساس ابھی مت سمجھاؤ۔ منظر وہ کرتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg لوٹتا حصہ بغیر بدلے واپس آتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg اگر دوسری بار دوبارہ لکھو، تو لوٹتا حصہ نہیں۔ دو بند ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg دوسرا بند قیمت بڑھاتا ہے، یا موڑ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg کچھ اور مشکل ہے، یا کوئی اپنا ارادہ بدلتا ہے۔ اگر کچھ نہیں بدلا، تو وہ پھر پہلا بند ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg درمیانی حصہ لازمی نہیں۔ ایک سطر، جو لوٹتے حصے نے نہیں کہی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg ضرورت نہ ہو، تو مت لکھو۔ درمیانی حصہ تیسرا بند نہیں ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg انداز تال اور لفظ ہے، بھیس نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg جو تال تمہارے مطلب کی ہے، اسے تھپتھپاؤ۔ اگر لفظ صرف کسی اور کی آواز میں چلیں، تو وہ ابھی تمہارے نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg ادھار کی پکڑ نہیں۔ اگر دوسرا گانا سنائی دے، تو سطر پھر شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg ریڈیو سے یاد کی ہوئی پکڑ تمہاری نہیں۔ اپنے عنوان سے اگلی سطر لکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg لوٹتا حصہ محفوظ کرو۔ ایک بار سنو۔ ایک لفظ ٹھیک کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg پانچ بار سن کر پانچ لفظ مت ٹھیک کرو۔ ایک لفظ، پھر آج کے لیے ہو گیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg ایک گانا، جسے تم کل گا سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg اسے نام دو۔ نام 'گانا لکھنا' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg تم وہ لوٹتا حصہ پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg کاغذ، یا جو ٹیبلٹ پہلے سے ہے۔ کوئی خاص پروگرام نہیں چاہیے۔ ایک شخص لکھو۔ ایک نام کافی ہے۔ صرف ایک شخص۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg اگلی سطر میں لکھو، وہ شخص کیا چاہتا ہے۔ ایک خواہش۔ فہرست نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg اگلی سطر میں ایک چیز لکھو جو راہ میں ہے۔ ایک شخص، ایک حقیقت، یا ایک حد۔ پھر رکو۔ یہ پوری کہانی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg کلاس 1 کی تین سطریں میز پر چھوڑو۔ نیا صفحہ کھولو۔ 'یہ ایک کہانی ہے' سے شروع مت کرو۔ وہاں سے شروع کرو جہاں شخص پہلے سے ایک جگہ پر ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg لکھو، وہ اب کیا کرتا ہے۔ ایک کام جو نظر آئے۔ دروازے پر ہاتھ، ایک قدم، رکھا ہوا کپ۔ اسی لمحے میں رہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg پڑھو۔ اگر ایک جملہ ساری زندگی بتائے، یا سبق بتائے، اسے کاٹ دو۔ شروعات صرف یہی لمحہ ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg کلاس 2 کی شروعات پڑھو۔ وہ ایک لمحہ ہے۔ نیا منظر شروع مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg اس لمحے کے ختم ہونے سے پہلے خواہش کو صفحے پر رکھو۔ 'وہ چاہتی تھی' مت لکھو۔ دکھاؤ۔ ایک ہاتھ دروازہ آزماتا ہے۔ آنکھیں اس فون پر رہتی ہیں جسے نہیں اٹھایا جاتا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg آخری سطر تک پڑھو۔ اگر پڑھنے والے کو اب بھی نہیں پتا شخص کیا چاہتا ہے، ایک کام جوڑو جو اسے دکھائے۔ پھر رکو۔ بیچ شروع مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg منظر پر واپس جاؤ۔ خواہش پہلے سے ہے۔ رکاوٹ صرف ایک طرح کی ہے: ایک شخص، ایک حقیقت، یا ایک حد۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg اسے منظر میں لکھو۔ ایک شخص نہ کہتا ہے۔ ایک حقیقت: بس جا چکی ہے۔ ایک حد: ایک سکہ ہے۔ 'ایک مسئلہ تھا' مت لکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg پڑھو۔ اگر رکاوٹ ایک سے زیادہ طرح کی ہو سکتی ہے، ایک رکھو اور باقی کاٹ دو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg یہ بیچ ہے۔ پہلی کوشش لکھو۔ وہ ایک وجہ سے ناکام ہوتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg دوسری کوشش لکھو۔ وہ دوسری وجہ سے ناکام ہوتی ہے۔ پہلی ناکامی دہراؤ مت۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg دونوں پڑھو۔ اگر ایک ہی وجہ سے ناکام ہوں، دوسری بدل دو۔ پھر رکو۔ اختتام مت لکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg دونوں کوششیں پڑھو۔ دونوں ناکام ہوئیں۔ قسمت سے بچاؤ مت جوڑو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg موڑ کو ایک انتخاب کی طرح لکھو۔ شخص دو کاموں میں سے ایک چنتا ہے جو وہ سچ میں کر سکتا ہے۔ اسے قیمت معلوم ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg پڑھو۔ اگر راستہ قسمت، کوئی اجنبی، یا ملی ہوئی چابی ہے، اسے کاٹ دو۔ انتخاب لکھو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg اختتام چند سطروں میں لکھو۔ یا تو انہیں خواہش ملتی ہے، یا صفحہ قیمت دکھاتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg نئی خواہش مت جوڑو۔ پہلے منظر کی خواہش استعمال کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg خواہش اور اختتام ساتھ پڑھو۔ اگر اختتام خواہش بھول جائے، اختتام ٹھیک کرو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg منظر کو آخری سطر تک پڑھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg آخری سطر کو کچھ بدلنا ہوگا۔ ایک حقیقت، ایک انتخاب، یا جو کوئی جانتا ہے۔ اگر کچھ نہیں بدلا، تبدیلی لکھو۔ اس سے پہلے باب ختم نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg اگر نیا منظر شروع ہو گیا ہے، اسے کاٹ کر واپس لاؤ۔ تبدیلی پر ختم کرو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg ایک احساس یا حقیقت ڈھونڈو جسے تم سمجھانے والے تھے۔ 'وہ غصے میں تھی۔' 'وہ اس پر بھروسہ نہیں کرتا تھا۔' https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg اسے کسی کے کہنے میں رکھو، یا اس کے نہ کہنے میں۔ اعلان مت لکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg پڑھو۔ اگر راوی اب بھی اعلان کرے، وہ جملہ کاٹ دو۔ بات اسے تھامے ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg منظر پڑھو۔ ایک جملہ نشان لگاؤ جو وہ سمجھاتا ہے جو پڑھنے والے نے پہلے ہی دیکھا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg اسے کاٹ دو۔ کام رہنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg منظر پھر پڑھو۔ اگر کوئی اور جملہ صرف سمجھاتا ہے، اسے بھی کاٹ دو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg پہلا صفحہ زور سے پڑھو۔ صرف پہلا صفحہ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg پہلی جگہ نشان لگاؤ جہاں شخص، خواہش، یا جگہ کھوئی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg اس جگہ کو ٹھیک کرو۔ ایک مرمت۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg لکھا پہلی سطر سے آخری تک پڑھو۔ اس میں ایک شخص، ایک خواہش، ایک رکاوٹ، دو کوششیں، ایک انتخاب، اور ایک اختتام ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg اسے ایک نام دو۔ نام 'کہانی' نہیں۔ وہ اس لکھے کی طرف اشارہ کرتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg یہ لکھا ایک قاری کو دیا جا سکتا ہے۔ یہ جاننے کے لیے یہ صفحہ کھلا نہیں چاہیے کہ یہ کیا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg کاغذ جو پہلے سے ہے۔ ایک چیز لکھو جسے تم بنا سکو۔ دکان نہیں۔ فہرست نہیں۔ ایک چیز۔ ایک روٹی، ایک مرمت، ایک تصویر، سوپ کا ایک مرتبان۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg یہ ایک شخص کے لیے ہے، سب کے لیے نہیں۔ اگلی سطر میں لکھو کس کے لیے۔ ایک نام کافی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg دونوں سطریں پڑھو۔ تم اسے ختم کر سکتے ہو۔ اگر نہیں، کاٹ دو اور چھوٹی چیز لکھو۔ پھر رکو۔ قیمت مت لکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg پچھلی کلاس کی وہ ایک چیز دیکھو۔ وہ ایک شخص کے لیے ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg اگلی سطر میں اس شخص کا نام لکھو۔ ایک سچا شخص جس سے تم بات کر سکو۔ سب نہیں۔ گاہک نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg نام پڑھو۔ اگر اس کا چہرہ سامنے نہ آئے، کاٹ دو اور ایک ایسا شخص لکھو جس کا چہرہ آئے۔ پھر رکو۔ قیمت مت لکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg جس شخص کا نام تم نے لکھا۔ لکھو، اسے کیا چاہیے جو اس کے پاس نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg یہ اس چیز سے ملنا چاہیے جسے تم بنا سکتے ہو۔ نیا کاروبار نہیں۔ ایک ضرورت۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg ضرورت اور چیز کو ساتھ پڑھو۔ اگر نہ ملیں، ضرورت بدل دو یا چیز بدل دو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg پہلا بناؤ۔ جو پہلے سے ہے وہی استعمال کرو۔ دکان مت کھولو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg اسے ختم کرو۔ دس کا منصوبہ نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg اسے میز پر رکھو۔ یہ پہلا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg پہلی چیز اس شخص کے پاس لے جاؤ جس کا نام تم نے لکھا۔ یا ایک وقت رکھو جب وہ اسے پکڑ سکے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg اسے ان کے ہاتھوں میں دو۔ پورا منصوبہ مت سمجھاؤ۔ انہیں پکڑنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg جب وہ دیکھیں، پاس رہو۔ پھر رکو۔ پیسے مت مانگو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg جب وہ اسے ہاتھ میں لے، جو الفاظ اس نے کہے وہ لکھو۔ اس کے الفاظ، تمہارے نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg اگر اس نے کچھ نہ کہا، جو اس نے کیا وہ لکھو۔ اس نے اسے نیچے رکھ دیا۔ وہ مسکرایا۔ اس نے ایک سوال پوچھا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg جو تم نے لکھا، اسے پڑھو۔ یہ اس کا ردعمل ہے، تمہاری امید نہیں۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg پڑھو، انہوں نے کیا کہا۔ ایک چیز ڈھونڈو جو انہوں نے مانگی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg اس بنی ہوئی چیز پر وہی ایک چیز بدلو۔ پانچ چیزیں نہیں۔ ایک۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg تبدیلی ہو گئی۔ پھر رکو۔ شروع سے مت کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg اپنے کاغذ پر لکھو، یہ بنانے میں تم پر کیا خرچ ہوا۔ وقت۔ سامان جو پہلے سے تھا۔ ایک چیز جو تم نے ختم کر دی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg یہ تمہارے لیے ہے۔ یہ ان کے لیے قیمت نہیں۔ بیچنے کی قیمت مت لکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg پڑھو۔ تم جانتے ہو، یہ تم پر کیا خرچ ہوا۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg دیکھو، تمہیں کیا قیمت پڑی۔ ایک قیمت طے کرو، جو تم اس ایک شخص کو زور سے کہہ سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg اس شخص کو کہو، یا کمرے کو کہنے کی مشق کرو۔ زور سے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg اس صفحے پر قیمت مت ٹائپ کرو۔ یہاں نوٹ میں مت ٹائپ کرو۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg لکھو، وہ اسے تم سے کیسے پاتے ہیں۔ تم ان کے ہاتھ میں دیتے ہو۔ وہ آ کر لے جاتے ہیں۔ تم ان کے دروازے پر چھوڑ آتے ہو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg ایک طریقہ۔ دکان نہیں۔ اس صفحے پر ادائیگی نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg پڑھو۔ ایک شخص اس طریقے پر چل سکتا ہے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg جس شخص کے لیے ہے، اسے بتاؤ۔ ایک جملہ۔ وہ چیز، اور یہ کہ یہ ان کے لیے ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg کہو، یا وہاں لکھو جہاں وہ دیکھیں گے۔ سب کے لیے پوسٹر نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg ایک جملہ۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg جو تمہارے پاس ہے، پڑھو۔ ایک چیز۔ ایک شخص۔ ایک ضرورت۔ ایک بنی ہوئی چیز۔ ایک طریقہ جس سے وہ اسے پاتے ہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg پیشکش کا نام رکھو۔ نام "Business" نہیں ہے۔ یہ اس پیشکش کی طرف اشارہ کرتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg یہ صفحہ کھولے بغیر تم اسے خریدار کو دے سکتے ہو۔ پھر رکو۔ قیمت مت ٹائپ کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg ایک سفید چابی بجاؤ، اور اسے رکنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg اگر دبائے رکھو، تو اسے رکنے نہیں دیتے۔ انگلی اٹھاؤ اور آخر تک سنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg چار برابر تال بنائے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg اگر تال تیز ہو جائیں، تو ابھی دھڑکن نہیں۔ دھیما کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg وہی چابی زور سے بجاؤ، پھر دھیمے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg دھیما اب بھی وہی چابی ہے۔ کان دکھیں، تو یہ زیادہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg ایک اونچی چابی بجاؤ، پھر ایک نیچی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg کہو کون سی اونچی ہے۔ انہیں پھر بجاؤ، دیر تک ڈھونڈے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg ایک وقفہ چھوڑو جسے تم گن سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg خاموشی ایک تال ہے۔ اگر اس پر بجا دیا، تو اسے چھوڑ دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg وہی چھوٹا نمونہ تین بار دہراؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg اگر تیسری بار بڑھ جائے، تو تم نے اسے دہرایا نہیں۔ پہلا پھر سے بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg ایک ہاتھ استعمال کرو، اور دوسرے کو آرام کرنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg آرام کرتا ہاتھ معلق نہیں۔ وہ ساکن ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg اسے دھیرے بجاؤ، پھر تھوڑا تیز، وقفے کو جلدی کیے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg وقفہ اتنی ہی لمبائی کا رہتا ہے۔ رفتار خاموشی کو نہیں کھاتی۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg جب تم بجاؤ، کسی اور کو چار گننے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg اگر ان کی گنتی سے آگے نکل جاؤ، تو ابھی ان کے ساتھ نہیں۔ پھر شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg آخری تال پر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg اگر ایک اور جوڑ دیا، تو تم نہیں رکے۔ دونوں ہاتھ اٹھاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg اسے ایک بار شروع سے بجاؤ، پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg ایک ٹیک۔ بیچ کو جوڑو مت۔ اگر ٹوٹ جائے، تو اگلی کوشش شروع سے شروع ہوتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg ایک چھوٹا نمونہ بجاؤ، اور اسے ایک نام دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg نام 'پیانو' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg تم وہ چابیاں پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg ایک نرم سانس بجاؤ، اور اسے رکنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg اگر آواز کبھی ختم نہ ہو، تو تم ابھی بھی پھونک رہے ہو۔ ہوا روکو اور سنو۔ چکر آئے یا ہونٹ دکھیں، تو رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg چار برابر تال بنائے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg اگر تال تیز ہو جائیں، تو ابھی دھڑکن نہیں۔ دھیما کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg وہی سر زور سے بجاؤ، پھر دھیمے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg دھیما اب بھی وہی سر ہے۔ کان دکھیں، تو یہ زیادہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg ایک اونچا سر بجاؤ، پھر ایک نیچا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg کہو کون سا اونچا ہے۔ انہیں پھر بجاؤ، دیر تک ڈھونڈے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg ایک وقفہ چھوڑو جسے تم گن سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg خاموشی ایک تال ہے۔ اگر اس پر بجا دیا، تو اسے چھوڑ دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg وہی چھوٹا نمونہ تین بار دہراؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg اگر تیسری بار بڑھ جائے، تو تم نے اسے دہرایا نہیں۔ پہلا پھر سے بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg ایک ہاتھ استعمال کرو، اور دوسرے کو آرام کرنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg آرام کرتا ہاتھ معلق نہیں۔ وہ ساکن ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg اسے دھیرے بجاؤ، پھر تھوڑا تیز، وقفے کو جلدی کیے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg وقفہ اتنی ہی لمبائی کا رہتا ہے۔ رفتار خاموشی کو نہیں کھاتی۔ چکر آئے تو رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg جب تم بجاؤ، کسی اور کو چار گننے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg اگر ان کی گنتی سے آگے نکل جاؤ، تو ابھی ان کے ساتھ نہیں۔ پھر شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg آخری تال پر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg اگر ایک اور جوڑ دیا، تو تم نہیں رکے۔ کلارینیٹ منہ سے نکالو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg اسے ایک بار شروع سے بجاؤ، پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg ایک ٹیک۔ بیچ کو جوڑو مت۔ اگر ٹوٹ جائے، تو اگلی کوشش شروع سے شروع ہوتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg ایک چھوٹا نمونہ بجاؤ، اور اسے ایک نام دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg نام 'کلارینیٹ' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg تم وہ سُر پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg ہونٹ ایک بار بھنبھناؤ، اور اسے رکنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg اگر بھنبھناہٹ کبھی ختم نہ ہو، تو تم ابھی بھی پھونک رہے ہو۔ ہوا روکو اور سنو۔ ہونٹ دکھیں یا چکر آئے، تو رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg چار برابر تال بنائے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg اگر تال تیز ہو جائیں، تو ابھی دھڑکن نہیں۔ دھیما کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg وہی سر زور سے بجاؤ، پھر دھیمے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg دھیما اب بھی وہی سر ہے۔ کان دکھیں، تو یہ زیادہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg ایک اونچا سر بجاؤ، پھر ایک نیچا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg کہو کون سا اونچا ہے۔ انہیں پھر بجاؤ، دیر تک ڈھونڈے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg ایک وقفہ چھوڑو جسے تم گن سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg خاموشی ایک تال ہے۔ اگر اس پر بجا دیا، تو اسے چھوڑ دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg وہی چھوٹا نمونہ تین بار دہراؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg اگر تیسری بار بڑھ جائے، تو تم نے اسے دہرایا نہیں۔ پہلا پھر سے بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg ایک ہاتھ استعمال کرو، اور دوسرے کو آرام کرنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg آرام کرتا ہاتھ معلق نہیں۔ وہ ساکن ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg اسے دھیرے بجاؤ، پھر تھوڑا تیز، وقفے کو جلدی کیے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg وقفہ اتنی ہی لمبائی کا رہتا ہے۔ رفتار خاموشی کو نہیں کھاتی۔ چکر آئے تو رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg جب تم بجاؤ، کسی اور کو چار گننے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg اگر ان کی گنتی سے آگے نکل جاؤ، تو ابھی ان کے ساتھ نہیں۔ پھر شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg آخری تال پر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg اگر ایک اور جوڑ دیا، تو تم نہیں رکے۔ ٹرمپٹ منہ سے نکالو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg اسے ایک بار شروع سے بجاؤ، پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg ایک ٹیک۔ بیچ کو جوڑو مت۔ اگر ٹوٹ جائے، تو اگلی کوشش شروع سے شروع ہوتی ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg ایک چھوٹا نمونہ بجاؤ، اور اسے ایک نام دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg نام 'ٹرمپٹ' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg تم وہ سُر پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg ایک تار چھیڑو، اور اسے رکنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg انگلی اٹھاؤ۔ آخر تک سنو۔ اگر پکڑے رکھو، تو اسے رکنے نہیں دیتے۔ بغیر کمان کے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg چار برابر تال بنائے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg اگر تال تیز ہو جائیں، تو ابھی دھڑکن نہیں۔ دھیما کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg وہی تار زور سے بجاؤ، پھر دھیمے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg دھیما اب بھی وہی تار ہے۔ کان دکھیں، تو یہ زیادہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg ایک اونچا تار بجاؤ، پھر ایک نیچا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg کہو کون سا اونچا ہے۔ انہیں پھر بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg ایک وقفہ چھوڑو جسے تم گن سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg خاموشی ایک تال ہے۔ اگر اس پر بجا دیا، تو اسے چھوڑ دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg وہی چھوٹا نمونہ تین بار دہراؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg اگر تیسری بار بڑھ جائے، تو تم نے اسے دہرایا نہیں۔ پہلا پھر سے بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg ایک ہاتھ استعمال کرو، اور دوسرے کو آرام کرنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg آرام کرتا ہاتھ معلق نہیں۔ وہ ساکن ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg اسے دھیرے بجاؤ، پھر تھوڑا تیز، وقفے کو جلدی کیے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg وقفہ اتنی ہی لمبائی کا رہتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg جب تم بجاؤ، کسی اور کو چار گننے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg اگر ان کی گنتی سے آگے نکل جاؤ، تو پھر شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg آخری تال پر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg اگر ایک اور جوڑ دیا، تو تم نہیں رکے۔ دونوں ہاتھ اٹھاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg اسے ایک بار شروع سے بجاؤ، پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg ایک ٹیک۔ بیچ کو جوڑو مت۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg ایک چھوٹا نمونہ بجاؤ، اور اسے ایک نام دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg نام 'چیلو' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg تم وہ تار پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg ایک بار مارو، اور اسے رکنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg ہاتھ اٹھاؤ۔ آخر تک سنو۔ ہاتھ دکھے تو رک جاؤ۔ کان کے پاس مت مارو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg چار برابر تال بنائے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg اگر تال تیز ہو جائیں، تو ابھی دھڑکن نہیں۔ دھیما کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg وہی جگہ زور سے مارو، پھر دھیمے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg دھیما اب بھی وہی جگہ ہے۔ کان دکھیں، تو یہ زیادہ ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg اونچا مارو، پھر نیچا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg کہو کون سا اونچا ہے۔ انہیں پھر مارو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg ایک وقفہ چھوڑو جسے تم گن سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg خاموشی ایک تال ہے۔ اگر اس پر مار دیا، تو اسے چھوڑ دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg وہی چھوٹا نمونہ تین بار دہراؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg اگر تیسری بار بڑھ جائے، تو پہلا پھر سے بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg ایک ہاتھ استعمال کرو، اور دوسرے کو آرام کرنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg آرام کرتا ہاتھ معلق نہیں۔ وہ ساکن ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg اسے دھیرے بجاؤ، پھر تھوڑا تیز، وقفے کو جلدی کیے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg وقفہ اتنی ہی لمبائی کا رہتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg جب تم بجاؤ، کسی اور کو چار گننے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg اگر ان کی گنتی سے آگے نکل جاؤ، تو پھر شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg آخری تال پر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg اگر ایک اور جوڑ دیا، تو تم نہیں رکے۔ دونوں ہاتھ اٹھاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg اسے ایک بار شروع سے بجاؤ، پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg ایک ٹیک۔ بیچ کو جوڑو مت۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg ایک چھوٹا نمونہ بجاؤ، اور اسے ایک نام دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg نام 'ڈرم' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg تم وہ نمونہ پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg ایک نرم تار چھیڑو، اور اسے رکنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg اگر دبائے رکھو، تو اسے رکنے نہیں دیتے۔ انگلی اٹھاؤ اور سنو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg چار برابر تال بنائے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg اگر تال تیز ہو جائیں، تو ابھی دھڑکن نہیں۔ دھیما کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg وہی تار زور سے بجاؤ، پھر دھیمے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg دھیما اب بھی وہی تار ہے۔ کان دکھیں، تو بہت ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg ایک اونچا تار بجاؤ، پھر ایک نیچا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg کہو کون سا اونچا ہے۔ انہیں پھر بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg ایک وقفہ چھوڑو جسے تم گن سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg خاموشی ایک تال ہے۔ اگر اس پر بجا دیا، تو اسے چھوڑ دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg وہی چھوٹا نمونہ تین بار دہراؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg اگر تیسری بار بڑھ جائے، پہلا پھر سے بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg ایک ہاتھ استعمال کرو، اور دوسرے کو آرام کرنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg آرام کرتا ہاتھ ساکن ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg اسے دھیرے بجاؤ، پھر تھوڑا تیز، وقفے کو جلدی کیے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg وقفہ اتنی ہی لمبائی کا رہتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg جب تم بجاؤ، کسی اور کو چار گننے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg اگر ان کی گنتی سے آگے نکل جاؤ، پھر شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg آخری تال پر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg اگر ایک اور جوڑ دیا، تو تم نہیں رکے۔ دونوں ہاتھ اٹھاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg اسے ایک بار شروع سے بجاؤ، پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg ایک ٹیک۔ بیچ کو جوڑو مت۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg ایک چھوٹا نمونہ بجاؤ، اور اسے ایک نام دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg نام 'یوکلے لی' نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg تم وہ تار پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg ایک کھلی تار چھیڑو، اور اسے رکنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg اگر دبائے رکھو، تو اسے رکنے نہیں دیتے۔ انگلی اٹھاؤ اور سنو۔ انگلی دکھے تو رک جاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg چار برابر تال بنائے رکھو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg اگر تال تیز ہو جائیں، تو ابھی دھڑکن نہیں۔ دھیما کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg وہی تار زور سے بجاؤ، پھر دھیمے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg دھیما اب بھی وہی تار ہے۔ کان دکھیں، تو بہت ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg ایک اونچا تار بجاؤ، پھر ایک نیچا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg کہو کون سا اونچا ہے۔ انہیں پھر بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg ایک وقفہ چھوڑو جسے تم گن سکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg خاموشی ایک تال ہے۔ اگر اس پر بجا دیا، تو اسے چھوڑ دیا۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg وہی چھوٹا نمونہ تین بار دہراؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg اگر تیسری بار بڑھ جائے، پہلا پھر سے بجاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg ساز کا نام لو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg یہ گٹار ہے۔ دھن کا نام الگ ہے۔ کوئی جانا پہچانا گانا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg ایک ہاتھ استعمال کرو، اور دوسرے کو آرام کرنے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg آرام کرتا ہاتھ ساکن ہے۔ پک بھی آرام کر سکتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg اسے دھیرے بجاؤ، پھر تھوڑا تیز، وقفے کو جلدی کیے بغیر۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg وقفہ اتنی ہی لمبائی کا رہتا ہے۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg جب تم بجاؤ، کسی اور کو چار گننے دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg اگر ان کی گنتی سے آگے نکل جاؤ، پھر شروع کرو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg آخری تال پر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg اگر ایک اور جوڑ دیا، تو تم نہیں رکے۔ دونوں ہاتھ اٹھاؤ۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ur/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg ایک چھوٹا نمونہ بجاؤ، اور اسے ایک نام دو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg نام 'گٹار' نہیں۔ کوئی جانا پہچانا گانا نہیں۔ https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg تم وہ تار پھر پا سکتے ہو، بغیر اس کے کہ کوئی بتائے۔ پھر رکو۔ https://mylearntomake.com/ru https://mylearntomake.com/ru/how https://mylearntomake.com/ru/privacy https://mylearntomake.com/ru/contact https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/drawing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-1.jpg Бумаги и карандаша достаточно. Планшет или набор, который уже есть, тоже годится. Не покупай набор для этого класса. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-2.jpg Выбери одну вещь, которую видишь, и поставь её перед собой. Нарисуй её всю, крупно, чтобы она заняла почти весь лист. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/1-3.jpg Это не пробная линия. Посмотри на вещь, потом рисуй. Остановись, когда вся вещь на листе. Это начало картины. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-1.jpg Возьми ту же вещь, что в классе 1. Положи новый лист. Поставь вещь так, чтобы видеть всю её наружную сторону. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-2.jpg Начни в одном месте внешнего края. Веди карандаш только по этому краю. Не рисуй внутренность, дырку ручки и линию через середину. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/2-3.jpg Смотри на вещь больше, чем на руку. Когда линия встретит место старта, остановись. Если контур открыт, замкни его. Внутренность не относится к этому классу. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-1.jpg Та же вещь, что в прошлом классе. Новый лист. Нарисуй наружную сторону ещё раз, легко, чтобы вложить части. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-2.jpg Смотри на вещь. Добавь части, которые делают её этой вещью. Ручка, отверстие, шов, крышка. Рисуй часть, которую видишь. Не выдумывай. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/3-3.jpg Посмотри с другой стороны стола. Если человек не смог бы сказать, что это, добавь недостающую часть. Потом остановись. Не затеняй. Не добавляй вторую вещь. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-1.jpg Посмотри, где ты. Найди один круг, одну коробку и один треугольник. Тарелка, книга, угол. Пока не рисуй вещь целиком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-2.jpg На одном листе нарисуй три формы, крупно. Рисуй форму, не предмет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/4-3.jpg Из этих частей потом собираются рисунки. Если одной формы нет, нарисуй её. Потом остановись. Не затеняй. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-1.jpg Один источник света. Лампа или одно окно. Остальные выключи, или сядь так, чтобы на вещь падал только один свет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-2.jpg Нарисуй вещь. Оставь бумагу белой на освещённой стороне. Белая бумага — это свет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/5-3.jpg Добавь одну тень, на стороне дальше от света. Не затеняй всю страницу. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-1.jpg Поставь одну круглую вещь и одну коробку там, где их видно. Чашка и книга подойдут. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-2.jpg Нарисуй круглую вещь. Нарисуй коробку так, чтобы были видны три стороны. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/6-3.jpg Каждую сторону коробки сделай своим серым. Одну темнее, одну светлее, одну оставь почти белой. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-1.jpg Поставь две вещи так, чтобы ближняя закрывала часть дальней. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-2.jpg Сначала нарисуй ближнюю вещь. Где она закрывает дальнюю вещь, останови эту линию. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/7-3.jpg Скрытую часть не рисуй. Если линия прошла сквозь то, что закрывает, сотри этот кусок. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-1.jpg Человек в одежде или питомец, которого ты видишь. Они не шевелятся. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-2.jpg До лица, шерсти и узора ткани отметь высоту относительно ширины. Две лёгкие метки. Сравни их. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/8-3.jpg Рисуй внутри этих меток. Не добавляй каждый волос. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-1.jpg Тот же человек или тот же питомец. Делает одно дело. Протянуть руку, шаг, поворот головы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-2.jpg Дай одну минуту. Рисуй движение, пока оно происходит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/9-3.jpg Поймай движение и остановись. Не дорисовывай каждый палец и каждый волос. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-1.jpg Лицо, которое видишь. Нарисуй овал для головы. Больше пока ничего. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-2.jpg Нарисуй линию для глаз, посередине овала вниз. Потом нос. Потом рот. Держи этот порядок. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/10-3.jpg Остановись, пока волосы всё не закрыли. Только четыре шага: овал, глаза, нос, рот. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-1.jpg Сядь в угол, где ты. Смотри на пол. Линии пола уходят от тебя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-2.jpg Нарисуй эти линии пола так, чтобы они шли в одну точку. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/11-3.jpg Дверь — стоящая коробка в этом пространстве. Нарисуй дверь как коробку. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-1.jpg Сделай один рисунок, который хочешь, чтобы увидел другой человек. Используй одну вещь, её части и её формы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-2.jpg Подпиши его. Имя не «Рисунок». Оно указывает на этот рисунок. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing/12-3.jpg Завтра ты должен суметь начать другой рисунок сам, без того чтобы тебе говорили, что делать. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-1.jpg Бумаги и карандаша достаточно. Планшет считается. Набор для этого не покупай. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-2.jpg Иди туда, где видно одно целое здание. Дом, магазин, сарай. Это не класс 11. Это не картинка здания, если только нельзя подойти к одному. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-1.jpg Одна улица, тропа или дорога, которую видно. Дорога — первая форма, и она становится меньше, когда уходит. В этом весь урок этого листа. Не начинай с вывески или машины. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-2.jpg Лист один. Дорога, одно здание или одно дерево рядом, и небо как бумага, которую оставляешь пустой. Стой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-1.jpg Одно дерево, которое видно. Сначала ствол. Это коробка, которая сужается кверху. Листья — одна масса, не куча меток. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-2.jpg Лист один. Ствол и одна форма листьев. Стой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-1.jpg Класс 10 учил порядку лица. Этот урок — голова как масса. Скульптор смотрит на голову так, прежде чем вырезать любое лицо. Ты не копируешь статую и не копируешь знаменитого человека. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-2.jpg Кого ты видишь, или фото того, кого знаешь, если никто не может сесть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-1.jpg Второй человек. Не используй первую голову снова. Пройди те же три листа в том же порядке. Если пропустишь шар и начнёшь с глаз, стой и начни лист один снова. Оставь только третий лист. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-2.jpg Сделай так. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-1.jpg Третий человек. Тот же список. Шар, челюсть, шея. Потом линии на полпути. Потом один свет и одна тень. Стой, пока волосы всё не закрыли. Три готовые головы — это практика. Следующие уроки — одно выдуманное лицо, снова и снова, пока это всё ещё то лицо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-2.jpg Сделай так. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-1.jpg Придумай одно лицо. Завтра его надо суметь нарисовать снова, поэтому меток бери мало. Сначала шар и челюсть. Потом линии на полпути. Потом одна черта, которая не меняется: нос, челюсть или промежуток между глазами. Волосы — одна форма. Напиши на обороте листа три слова, которые называют эти метки. Они понадобятся. Оставь лист. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-2.jpg Сделай так. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/practice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-1.jpg Новый лист, сначала по памяти. Потом сверь лист, который оставил. Тот же шар, та же челюсть, та же одна метка. Малый промах на глазу можно. Другая челюсть значит, что это новый человек, и этот урок не сделан. Нарисуй челюсть ещё раз. Оставь лист, который совпадает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-2.jpg Сделай так. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/drawing/practice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-1.jpg То же выдуманное лицо, чуть повёрнутое. Постройка не меняется от того, что голова повернулась. Шар, челюсть, та метка, потом черты на линиях на полпути. Оставь этот третий лист вместе с двумя другими. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-2.jpg Потом пройди старый список на том, что эта страница не назвала. Рука, стул или зверь, которого видно. Лист один, большие формы и высота против ширины. Лист два, части, которые делают это той вещью. Лист три, белая бумага для света, одна сторона темнее, одна тень. Дай имя. Этот — твой. Урок не говорит, какой предмет. Если можешь сделать те три листа, не открывая эту страницу, этот шаг сделан. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drawing-practice/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/painting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-1.jpg Чистая вода. Намочи бумагу широкой кистью. Только один цвет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-2.jpg Положи одну заливку через лист. Проведи кистью один раз. Не три. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/1-3.jpg Дай высохнуть. Это одна заливка. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-1.jpg Поставь чашку там, где видна наружная сторона. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-2.jpg Крась только её внешний край. Не заполняй внутренность. Не крась стол. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/2-3.jpg Когда край замкнут, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-1.jpg Два цвета. Положи их так, чтобы они касались на мокрой бумаге. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-2.jpg Пусть вода смешает их. Не три их вместе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/3-3.jpg Когда они встретились, остановись. Не добавляй третий цвет. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-1.jpg Найди в комнате три формы. Круг, коробка и треугольник. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-2.jpg Покрась три плоские формы. Каждой свой цвет. Пока без деталей. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/4-3.jpg Три формы. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-1.jpg Один свет. Посмотри, где светло. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-2.jpg Оставь это место чистой бумагой. Белая бумага — это свет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/5-3.jpg Покрась одну тень, подальше от света. Не закрывай белое. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-1.jpg Поставь круглую вещь и коробку там, где их видно. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-2.jpg Покрась их двумя разными серыми. Круглая — один серый. Коробка — другой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/6-3.jpg Не добавляй третий серый. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-1.jpg Поставь две вещи так, чтобы одна была впереди. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-2.jpg Покрась переднюю. Скрытую часть задней не крась. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/7-3.jpg Где передняя закрывает заднюю, останови этот цвет. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-1.jpg Посмотри на одну вещь. Назови цвет, который видишь, а не тот, которого ждёшь. Лимон в тени может быть серым. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-2.jpg Смешай этот цвет на запасном листе. Сравни с вещью. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/8-3.jpg Если не совпадает, смешай снова. Когда совпадёт, остановись. Не крась всю картину. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-1.jpg Человек или зверь. Они не шевелятся. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-2.jpg Покрась только крупные формы. Голова, тело, ноги. Не каждый волос. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/9-3.jpg Три или четыре формы. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-1.jpg Лицо, которое видишь. Крась только три тона. Светлый, средний, тёмный. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-2.jpg Светлый остаётся более светлой бумагой. Средний — одна заливка. Тёмный — тень под бровью, носом или подбородком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/10-3.jpg Остановись, пока волосы всё не закрыли. Три тона. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-1.jpg Сядь в угол. Один свет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-2.jpg Покрась две стены. Оставь освещённую стену светлее. Другая стена темнее. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/11-3.jpg Один свет. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-1.jpg Посмотри на одно настоящее яблоко. Сначала увидь большой свет. Оставь этот свет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-2.jpg Потом покрась мелкие формы. Одна тень. Не каждую крапинку. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting/12-3.jpg Дай ему имя. Это практика, не копия на продажу. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-1.jpg Бумаги и смываемой краски достаточно. Планшет считается. Набор не покупай. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-2.jpg Одна миска, которую видишь. Это не класс 2. Класс 2 был краем чашки. Это цвет внутри миски. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-1.jpg Одно окно, которое видишь. Это не класс 11. Класс 11 был двумя стенами. Это свет в стекле. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-2.jpg Оставь стекло белой бумагой. Не рисуй небо второй картиной. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-1.jpg Одно растение, которое видишь. Сначала горшок. Это одна коробка. Смешай цвет, который видишь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-2.jpg Листья — одна масса цвета, не куча штрихов. Одна заливка для этой массы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-1.jpg Это не класс 12. Класс 12 был одним яблоком, потом его тенью, и ты дал ему имя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-2.jpg Этот лист — только плоский цвет. Одно яблоко. Одна заливка. Цвет, который видишь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-1.jpg Новый лист. То же яблоко. Смешай снова из того, что видишь сейчас, не с прошлого листа и не из красного, которого ждал. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-2.jpg Небольшой промах в форме ничего. Другой фрукт значит, что этот урок не сделан. Нарисуй то же яблоко ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-1.jpg Новый лист. То же яблоко. Оставь бумагу белой там, где падает свет. Одна тень. Белое — не дыра, которую ты заполнишь потом. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-2.jpg Три листа, одно яблоко. Плоская заливка. Цвет, который видишь. Потом свет и одна тень. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/painting/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-1.jpg Придумай одну картину. Это не копия на продажу и не знаменитая картина. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-2.jpg Одна заливка. Одна вещь впереди. Скрытую часть не закрашивай. Белая бумага для света. Одна тень. Назови. Оставь этот лист. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/painting-practice/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/clay.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-1.jpg Возьми кусок размером с апельсин. Если крошится, намочи пальцы и меси, пока не будет держаться. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-2.jpg Сожми между ладонями, потом катай по кругу. Одинаковый нажим по кругу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/1-3.jpg Остановись, когда круглый и без трещин. Трещина значит, что сухо. Намочи пальцы и прокатай это место ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-1.jpg Положи шар на стол. Жми центр ладонью, не край. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-2.jpg Немного поверни и нажми ещё раз. Середина и край должны быть одной толщины. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/2-3.jpg Подними. Если в одном месте просвечивает, слишком тонко. Снова сделай шар и нажми ещё раз. Толщиной с палец. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-1.jpg Держи шар в одной руке. Вдави большой палец в центр, пока не почувствуешь его с другой стороны, но не насквозь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-2.jpg Щипай стенку между большим и другим пальцем. После каждого щипка немного поворачивай. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/3-3.jpg Край должен быть одной высоты по кругу. Если одна сторона ниже, пощипай высокую ещё немного. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-1.jpg Катай по столу растопыренными пальцами, не только ладонями. От середины наружу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-2.jpg Жгут должен быть одной толщины от конца до конца, как карандаш. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/4-3.jpg Положи жгут кольцом на плоское основание. Прижми там, где они касаются. Срежь концы наискось и соедини. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-1.jpg Положи глину между двумя палочками одной толщины. Катай по палочкам, чтобы пласт не стал тоньше их. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-2.jpg Сними пласт. Если липнет, подними угол ножом, не ногтем. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/5-3.jpg Вырежи форму прямым резом. Обрезки оставь шаром, чтобы не сохли. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-1.jpg Потрогай стенку между пальцами. Толстое место кажется тяжёлым. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-2.jpg Щипай только толстое место. Тонкое не щипай, оно порвётся. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/6-3.jpg Стенка должна быть одинаковой по кругу, примерно как две монеты одна на другой. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-1.jpg Поцарапай обе стороны вилкой, пока не станут шершавыми. Гладкая глина не липнет к гладкой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-2.jpg Намажь обе стороны шликером: немного глины с водой, как сливки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/7-3.jpg Прижми и подержи несколько секунд. Разгладь шов мокрым пальцем, пока его не видно. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-1.jpg Скатай короткий жгут, тоньше карандаша. Согни его в кольцо размером с дно. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-2.jpg Поцарапай и намажь шликером дно горшка и кольцо. Прижми кольцо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/8-3.jpg Поставь горшок. Он должен стоять ровно и не качаться. Если качается, прижми высокую сторону кольца. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-1.jpg Скатай жгут толщиной с палец и длиной с ладонь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-2.jpg Поцарапай и намажь шликером два места сбоку, одно над другим. Прижми каждый конец. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/9-3.jpg Ручка должна отходить от горшка, чтобы прошёл палец. Если провисает, слишком мокро. Подожди немного и попробуй снова. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-1.jpg Поставь горшок на полку, не на солнце и не у обогревателя. Солнце и жар дают трещины. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-2.jpg Положи сухую ткань свободно сверху, чтобы край не сох быстрее дна. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/10-3.jpg Оставь, пока не станет бледным и твёрдым. Это глина, которая сохнет на воздухе. Не ставь в духовку. Не пей из неё. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-1.jpg Сравни два куска до начала. Если один шар больше, горшки не совпадут. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-2.jpg Второй горшок делай как первый. После каждого шага ставь их рядом. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/11-3.jpg Края должны быть одной высоты. Отверстия должны казаться одного размера. Если одно шире, пощипай его чуть выше и уже. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-1.jpg Выбери одно дело: держать карандаши или сухую вещь. Эту глину не используют для еды и питья. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-2.jpg Стакану для карандашей нужно плоское дно и стенки выше острия карандаша. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay/12-3.jpg Когда высохнет и побледнеет, положи карандаши. Дай имя. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-1.jpg Глины, которая сохнет на воздухе, достаточно. Печь не покупай и это не запекай. Комок размером с апельсин — одна чашка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-2.jpg Раскрой шар большим пальцем и поворачивай, пока стенки растут. Или скатай жгуты одной толщины, сложи их и прижми каждый к нижнему. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-3.jpg Край одной высоты по кругу. Если добавляешь ножку, поцарапай обе поверхности, смочи и прижми. Не приклеивай просто так. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/1-4.jpg Поставь чашку на стол. Она стоит ровно и не качается. Если качается, жми ножку, пока не перестанет. Суши медленно на воздухе, вдали от солнца. Назови. Эту оставляешь. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-1.jpg Одна тарелка. Это не класс 2 и не класс 5. Класс 2 был лепёшкой. Класс 5 был пластом, который можно резать. Это тарелка, на которую можно поставить чашку. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-2.jpg Один пласт. Ровная толщина. Низкий край только если можешь удержать эту толщину. Если добавляешь край, нацарапай, смочи и прижми. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не запекай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-1.jpg Одна миска. Стенки остаются ровными. Край одной высоты по кругу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-2.jpg Ножка, чтобы стояла ровно и не качалась. Нацарапай, смочи и прижми, если присоединяешь эту ножку. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не запекай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/practice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-1.jpg Это не класс 3. Класс 3 был горшком щипком, и край был уроком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-2.jpg Это чашка, которую ты щиплешь. Один шар. Стенки тоньше, когда щиплешь, и остаются ровными. Край одной высоты по кругу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не запекай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/practice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-1.jpg Новая вещь. Жгуты одной толщины, сложенные и прижатые. Тот же размер, что у чашки щипком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-2.jpg Другой размер значит, что этот урок не сделан. Сделай чашку снова. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не запекай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/practice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-1.jpg Новая вещь, вырезанная из пласта ровной толщины. Тот же размер, что у двух других. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-2.jpg Нацарапай, смочи и прижми каждый шов. Край одной высоты по кругу. Стоит ровно. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не запекай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/clay/practice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-1.jpg Придумай одну вещь. Это не копия и не названный горшок из класса 12. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-2.jpg Ровные стенки. Если присоединяешь часть, нацарапай, смочи и прижми. Ножка, если нужна, чтобы стояла и не качалась. Суши медленно. Только на воздухе. Дай имя. Оставь эту. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clay-practice/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не запекай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/knitting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-1.jpg Пряжа, которая уже есть. Две спицы, или один палец, если есть только он. Не покупай набор для этого класса. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-2.jpg Набери петли, которые сосчитал. Сделай петлю, надень её на спицу и сделай следующую так же. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/1-3.jpg Остановись, когда сосчитанные петли на спице. Пока не вяжи ряд. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-1.jpg Свяжи первые ряды. Введи спицу в петлю, оберни пряжу и вытяни новую петлю. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-2.jpg По одной петле. Не спусти одну. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/2-3.jpg Когда ряд готов, поверни работу. Потом остановись. Не начинай новый цвет. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-1.jpg Сосчитай каждую петлю на спице. Потрогай каждую. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-2.jpg Сосчитай каждый ряд. Отметки на бумаге достаточно. Одна отметка на ряд. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/3-3.jpg Если счёт неверный, остановись и посмотри. Не распускай всё. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-1.jpg Закрой петли. Провяжи две петли. Накинь первую на вторую и сними со спицы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-2.jpg Провяжи ещё одну. Снова накинь первую на неё. Продолжай до конца. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/4-3.jpg Край не должен расползаться. Если он тянется и раскрывается, переделай только этот край. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-1.jpg Вяжи, пока кусок не будет так же высок, как широк. Считай, чтобы знать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-2.jpg Положи его на стол. Квадрат, который лежит ровно. Если скручивается, смотри последние ряды, не весь кусок. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/5-3.jpg Когда лежит ровно, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-1.jpg Один ряд лицевых. Следующий ряд изнаночный. Пряжа спереди для изнаночной. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-2.jpg Знай, на каком ряду ты. Лицевая, потом изнаночная, потом лицевая. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/6-3.jpg Не смешивай их в одном ряду. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-1.jpg Одна полоска. Вяжи до края. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-2.jpg Меняй цвет у края. Завяжи новую пряжу там. Не меняй в середине. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/7-3.jpg Свяжи одну полоску нового цвета. Потом остановись. Одна полоска, не много. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-1.jpg Что-то пошло не так. Смотри только последний ряд. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-2.jpg Сними спицу с последнего ряда, по одной петле, назад до ряда, который был правильным. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/8-3.jpg Не распускай всё. Свяжи этот ряд снова. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-1.jpg Сосчитай петли в начале ряда. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-2.jpg Сосчитай их в конце ряда. Числа совпадают. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/9-3.jpg Если не совпадают, последний ряд потерял или прибавил одну петлю. Исправь только этот ряд. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-1.jpg Свяжи прямоугольник. Длиннее, чем широк. Салфетка, лямка, закладка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-2.jpg Сосчитай оба конца, чтобы они совпали. Закрой петли, чтобы край не расползался. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/10-3.jpg Им можно пользоваться. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-1.jpg Два края, которые должны сойтись. Держи их вместе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-2.jpg Соедини их. Иголка для пряжи через оба края, по одной петле. Или провяжи их вместе, если они ещё на спицах. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/11-3.jpg Соединение готово, когда два края стали одним. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-1.jpg Одна готовая вещь. Квадрат, прямоугольник или соединённый кусок. Не новый проект. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-2.jpg Дай ей имя. Имя не «Вязание». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting/12-3.jpg Завтра ты можешь начать другой кусок, без того чтобы тебе говорили, что делать. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-1.jpg Набери петли, которые сосчитал. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-2.jpg Свяжи первые ряды. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не распускай работу. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-1.jpg Квадрат, который лежит ровно. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-2.jpg Лицевые и изнаночные. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не распускай работу. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/knitting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-1.jpg Одна полоска. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-2.jpg Меняй цвет у края. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/knitting-practice/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не распускай работу. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-1.jpg Толстая нить, которая уже есть. Большой крючок. Не покупай набор для этого класса. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-2.jpg Держи нить в одной руке. Держи крючок в другой. Сделай одну петлю. Петля сидит на крючке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/1-3.jpg Это начало. Потом остановись. Пока не делай цепочку. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-1.jpg Накинь нить на крючок. Протяни новую петлю через петлю, которая уже там. Это одна цепочка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-2.jpg Следующую цепочку сделай так же. Держи их достаточно свободно, чтобы видеть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/2-3.jpg Остановись, когда будет цепочка, которую можно сосчитать. Пока не вяжи обратно в неё. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-1.jpg Сосчитай цепочку до ряда. Потрогай каждую. Не считай петлю, которая всё ещё на крючке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-2.jpg Запиши число. Отметки на бумаге достаточно. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/3-3.jpg Если собьёшься со счёта, сосчитай ещё раз. Не распускай цепочку. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-1.jpg Введи крючок в следующую петлю. Оберни нить. Вытяни петлю. Оберни нить ещё раз. Протяни через обе петли на крючке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-2.jpg Один столбик в каждую петлю. Не пропускай. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/4-3.jpg Когда ряд готов, остановись. Пока не поворачивай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-1.jpg Закончи ряд. Один столбик в каждую петлю. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-2.jpg Положи ряд на стол. Он должен лежать ровно. Если он скручивается в тугую верёвку, столбики были слишком тугими. Смотри только этот ряд. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/5-3.jpg Когда лежит ровно, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-1.jpg Поверни работу. Крючок остаётся в последней петле. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-2.jpg Сделай одну воздушную петлю. Это петля поворота. Это не столбик, который ты считаешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/6-3.jpg Иди назад. Один столбик в каждый столбик только что сделанного ряда. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-1.jpg Два ряда. Поверни в конце каждого. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-2.jpg Держи края ровными. Тот же столбик в начале и в конце ряда. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/7-3.jpg Если один край стягивается, ты пропустил столбик. Исправь только последний ряд. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-1.jpg Продолжай, пока работа не станет такой же высокой, как широкой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-2.jpg Сосчитай петли. Одинаковое число в каждом ряду. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/8-3.jpg Положи её. Квадрат. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-1.jpg Одна полоска. Довяжи до конца ряда. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-2.jpg Привяжи следующий цвет у края. Не меняй в середине. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/9-3.jpg Провяжи один ряд нового цвета. Потом остановись. Одна полоска, не много. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-1.jpg Отрежь нить. Оставь конец, который можно держать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-2.jpg Протяни конец через последнюю петлю. Подтяни плотно. Петля закрывается. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/10-3.jpg Работа снята с крючка. Потом остановись. Не начинай новую вещь. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-1.jpg Сделай второй квадрат так же. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-2.jpg Посчитай оба. Одинаковое число петель. Одинаковое число рядов. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/11-3.jpg Два квадрата одного размера. Потом остановись. Пока не соединяй их. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-1.jpg Одна вещь, которой можно пользоваться. Квадрат, или два квадрата, сложенные вместе как салфетка. Не новый проект. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-2.jpg Дай ей имя. Имя не «Крючок». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/crochet/12-3.jpg Завтра ты можешь начать другой кусок, без того чтобы тебе говорили, что делать. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/crochet/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/crochet.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-1.jpg Тупая игла. Толстая нить, которая уже есть. Не покупай набор для этого класса. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-2.jpg Держи иглу в одной руке. Вдень нитку. Завяжи узел на конце нити. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/1-3.jpg Узел на конце. Потом остановись. Пока не шей. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-1.jpg Один кусок ткани. Проткни иглой сзади. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-2.jpg Протяни нить до конца, пока узел её не остановит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/2-3.jpg Игла спереди. Потом остановись. Вторую дырку пока не делай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-1.jpg Один стежок. Снова вниз, чуть в стороне от того места, где ты вышел наверх. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-2.jpg Протяни нить насквозь. Внутрь, потом наружу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/3-3.jpg Стежок лежит ровно. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-1.jpg Прямая линия. Сделай следующий стежок такого же размера, как первый. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-2.jpg Держи стежки на одной линии. Не сбивайся. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/4-3.jpg Стежки одного размера. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-1.jpg Стежок вперёд иголку. Внутрь и наружу вдоль линии. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-2.jpg Равные промежутки. Стежок и промежуток примерно одинаковые. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/5-3.jpg Не тяни так сильно, чтобы ткань сморщилась. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-1.jpg Подойди к углу ткани. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-2.jpg Поверни. Следующий стежок уходит от угла и идёт вдоль следующей стороны. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/6-3.jpg Линия остаётся ровной. Не комкай угол. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-1.jpg Два куска ткани. Положи один край на другой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-2.jpg Сшей их по этому одному краю. Игла проходит сквозь оба куска. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/7-3.jpg Только один край. Потом остановись. Другие стороны пока не сшивай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-1.jpg Квадрат. Начни с одного угла. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-2.jpg Тот же стежок по всему краю. Поверни каждый угол одинаково. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/8-3.jpg Когда вернёшься туда, где начал, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-1.jpg Заплатка. Маленький кусок ткани на большем куске. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-2.jpg Пришей её. Игла проходит через заплатку и ткань под ней. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/9-3.jpg Края остаются внизу. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-1.jpg Завяжи конец. Сделай маленький узел у ткани, чтобы последний стежок не мог вытянуться. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-2.jpg Отрежь нить коротко. Оставь только маленький конец. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/10-3.jpg Игла свободна. Потом остановись. Не начинай новый шов. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-1.jpg Сделай второй квадрат так же. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-2.jpg Посчитай стежки. Два квадрата одного размера. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не сшивай их вместе. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-1.jpg Одна вещь, которой можно пользоваться. Квадрат, заплатка или два квадрата, сложенные вместе как салфетка. Не новый проект. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-2.jpg Дай ей имя. Имя не «Шитьё». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/sewing/12-3.jpg Завтра ты можешь начать другой кусок, без того чтобы тебе говорили, что делать. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/sewing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/sewing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-1.jpg Вымой руки. Мыло, потом вода, потом вытри их. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-2.jpg Освободи стол. Снаружи остаётся только то, что нужно этой тарелке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не включай огонь. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-1.jpg Всё стоит снаружи до огня. Еда, сковорода, тарелка, ложка, соль. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-2.jpg Прочитай, что ты будешь делать. Когда сковорода горячая, тебе не нужно искать инструмент. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. Конфорка всё ещё выключена. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-1.jpg Сковорода горячая. Добавь немного жира. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-2.jpg Жир становится тонким и блестит. Она шепчет. Она не дымит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/3-3.jpg Если она дымит, жар слишком сильный. Сними сковороду с огня. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-1.jpg Еда ложится одним слоем. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-2.jpg Куски не громоздятся. Тесная сковорода парит. Она не подрумянивается. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не переворачивай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-1.jpg Оставь. Корочке нужно время. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-2.jpg Не тыкай. Не отходи от горячей сковороды. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не переворачивай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-1.jpg Переверни один раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-2.jpg Сторона, что была внизу, подрумянилась. Если она ещё бледная, ей нужно было больше времени. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не продолжай переворачивать. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-1.jpg Попробуй. Потом соль. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-2.jpg Соли еду, не воздух. Немного хватит, пока не попробуешь снова. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не продолжай трясти соль. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-1.jpg Выключи огонь. Сковорода доводит середину. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-2.jpg Середина схватывается от тепла, которое уже в сковороде. Ты не поднимаешь конфорку снова. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-1.jpg Дай отдохнуть. Не режь пока. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-2.jpg Несколько тихих минут. Середина доходит, пока оно стоит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-1.jpg Соки остаются на тарелке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-2.jpg Полей их ложкой на еду. Не выливай их в раковину. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-1.jpg Сковорода остывает, потом ты её моешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-2.jpg Горячая сковорода в холодной воде может покоробиться. Подожди. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-1.jpg Одна тарелка. Не новое блюдо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-2.jpg Дай ей имя. Имя не «Готовка». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cooking/12-3.jpg Завтра ты можешь приготовить другую тарелку, без того чтобы тебе говорили, что делать. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/cooking/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/cooking.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-1.jpg Чёрный перец в конце, если кастрюля будет кипеть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-2.jpg С солью, не вместо неё. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/1-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-1.jpg Зира, прогретая в жире, потом кориандр. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-2.jpg Фасоль, рис или баранина. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/2-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-1.jpg Семя кориандра, раздавленное. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-2.jpg Не обжаривай его до цвета кофе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/3-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-1.jpg Паприка раскрывается быстро и сгорает ещё быстрее. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-2.jpg Чеснок после, иначе сгорит чеснок. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/4-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-1.jpg Копчёная паприка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-2.jpg Дым и есть пряность. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/5-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-1.jpg Кайенский перец в конце. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-2.jpg Меньше, чем другой пряности. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/6-3.jpg Если жжёт, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-1.jpg Хлопья острого перца в жире, потом сними с огня. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-2.jpg Чеснок может к ним. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/7-3.jpg Если жжёт, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-1.jpg Порошок чили — это уже зира, чеснок и чили. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-2.jpg Попробуй, прежде чем добавить ещё зиры. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/8-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-1.jpg Корица в жире со щепоткой соли. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-2.jpg Фрукты, тыква или немного в мясо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/9-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-1.jpg Имбирь, свежий или сушёный, с чесноком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-2.jpg Сушёный острее. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/10-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-1.jpg Куркума красит и горчит, если жарить её долго. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-2.jpg Чёрный перец помогает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/11-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-1.jpg Чесночный порошок сгорает на сухой сковороде. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-2.jpg Положи его в жир, потом еду. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/12-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-1.jpg Луковый порошок — это не жареный лук. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-2.jpg Он для основы, потом соли блюдо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/13-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-1.jpg Орегано рано в томатном соусе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-2.jpg Сушёный сильнее свежей щепотки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/14-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-1.jpg Базилик в конце. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-2.jpg Жар его уносит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/15-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-1.jpg Тимьян рано. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-2.jpg Ему нужно время. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/16-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-1.jpg Розмарин. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-2.jpg Наруби его. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/17-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-1.jpg Лавровый лист в жидкости. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-2.jpg Один. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/18-3.jpg Вынь. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-1.jpg Мускатный орех. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-2.jpg Одна стружка на сливки, шпинат или картофель. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/19-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-1.jpg Гвоздика. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-2.jpg Одна или две, воткнутые в луковицу, или щепотка молотой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/20-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-1.jpg Душистый перец. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-2.jpg На этом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/21-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-1.jpg Кардамон, коробочки надломлены, или щепотка молотого. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-2.jpg Рис, кофе или фрукты. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/22-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-1.jpg Горчичное семя в горячем жире, пока не защёлкают первые, потом еда. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-2.jpg Куркума может следом. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/23-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-1.jpg Семя фенхеля, раздавленное. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-2.jpg Помидор или свинина. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/24-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-1.jpg Укроп в конце. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-2.jpg Лимон. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/25-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-1.jpg Тмин, раздавленный, с чесноком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-2.jpg Капуста, свинина или рожь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/26-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-1.jpg Семя сельдерея. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-2.jpg Щепотка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/27-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-1.jpg Кунжут обжарь, пока не запахнет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-2.jpg Соль. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/28-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-1.jpg Мак не прогревают в жире. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-2.jpg Масло и лимон. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/29-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-1.jpg Шафран. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-2.jpg Нити, не порошок из дешёвой банки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/30-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-1.jpg Один бадьян в тушении или бульоне. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-2.jpg Имбирь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/31-3.jpg Вынь. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-1.jpg Сумах с огня. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-2.jpg Он и есть кислота. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/32-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-1.jpg Пажитник. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-2.jpg Щепотка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/33-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-1.jpg Чернушка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-2.jpg Не сожги её. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/34-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-1.jpg Мята в конце. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-2.jpg Лимон. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/35-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-1.jpg Шалфей несколько секунд в масле, потом на тыкву или свинину. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-2.jpg Перец. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/36-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-1.jpg Эстрагон в конце. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-2.jpg Лимон. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/37-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-1.jpg Майоран. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-2.jpg Туда, где орегано кричал бы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/38-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-1.jpg Петрушка в конце с лимоном. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-2.jpg Это свежесть, не пряность, которую прогревают в жире. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/39-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-1.jpg Кинза в конце с лаймом. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-2.jpg Если на вкус как мыло, это трава, не повар. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/40-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-1.jpg Лемонграсс, помятый, в суп, потом вон. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-2.jpg Имбирь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/41-3.jpg Вынь. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-1.jpg Семя аниса. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-2.jpg Щепотка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/42-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-1.jpg Мацис. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-2.jpg Щепотка в сливочном соусе или картофеле. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/43-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-1.jpg Можжевельник. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-2.jpg Раздави три. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/44-3.jpg Если жжёт, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/45 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-1.jpg Сычуаньский перец обжарь, пока не запахнет, потом раздави. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-2.jpg Имбирь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/45-3.jpg Если жжёт, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/46 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-1.jpg Перец Алеппо с огня. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-2.jpg Мягкий. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/46-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/47 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-1.jpg Чипотле. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-2.jpg Дым плюс острота. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/47-3.jpg Если жжёт, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/48 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-1.jpg Карри — это смесь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-2.jpg Прогрей её, потом еду. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/48-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/49 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-1.jpg Гарам масала — смесь для конца. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-2.jpg В кастрюле уже могут быть зира и кориандр. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/49-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/50 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-1.jpg Пять специй — это смесь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-2.jpg Щепотка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/spice/50-3.jpg Если дымит, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/spice/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/spice.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-1.jpg Измерь дважды. Отметь один раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-2.jpg Если две мерки не совпадают, измерь ещё раз. Не отмечай догадку. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не режь. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-1.jpg Проведи прямой угол через доску. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-2.jpg Угольник сидит плотно у кромки. Линия идёт по пласти и вниз по кромке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не режь. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-1.jpg Зажми работу. Рука — не струбцина. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-2.jpg Если доска может сдвинуться, пропил уйдёт в сторону. Затяни струбцину. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не начинай пилу, пока дерево не стоит. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-1.jpg Пили с отходной стороны линии. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-2.jpg Карандашная линия остаётся на куске, который ты оставляешь. Зубья пилы забирают отход. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не спиливай линию. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-1.jpg Пусть пила работает сама. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-2.jpg Лёгкий толчок. Если приходится наваливаться, пила тупая или угол неверный. Остановись и поставь заново. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-1.jpg Поддержи отпиливаемый кусок, чтобы последнее волокно не порвалось. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-2.jpg Рука или вторая опора держит отход. Не дай ему упасть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-1.jpg Проверь распил угольником. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-2.jpg Угольник лежит на пласти и на торце распила. Свет под угольником значит, что распил не прямой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не сошлифовывай ошибку, пока не увидишь её. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-1.jpg Шлифуй до линии. Не дальше. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-2.jpg Шлифуй по волокнам. Если шлифуешь дальше линии, кусок короткий. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/8-3.jpg Сотри пыль. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-1.jpg Две плоскости встречаются. В стыке нет света. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-2.jpg Держи их вместе и смотри вдоль шва. Свет значит щель. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. Не клей щель. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-1.jpg Клей, потом струбцина. Тонкая нитка клея выдавливается. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-2.jpg Слишком много клея не делает стык крепче. Сотри нитку. Не оставь стык голодным. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-1.jpg Оно застывает. Потом шлифуй стык вровень. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-2.jpg Не шлифуй мокрый клей. Жди, пока стык не станет твёрдым. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-1.jpg Один кусок. Не новый проект. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-2.jpg Дай ему имя. Имя не «Дерево». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/wood/12-3.jpg Завтра ты можешь начать другой кусок, без того чтобы тебе говорили, что делать. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/wood/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/wood.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-1.jpg Выбери растение под тот свет, который у тебя есть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-2.jpg Солнечное растение в тёмной комнате не вырастет только потому, что ты этого желаешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не сажай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-1.jpg Земля пропускает воду. У горшка нужна дырка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-2.jpg Если вода стоит в горшке, корни гниют. Проверь дырку, прежде чем наполнять его. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-1.jpg Сажай на глубину с пакета. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-2.jpg Если пакета нет, мелкое семя получает тонкий слой. Крупное семя идёт глубже. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-1.jpg Примни землю. Под семенем нет воздушного кармана. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-2.jpg Нажми мягко. Слишком плотная земля не пускает воду и воздух. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-1.jpg Полей один раз, глубоко. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-2.jpg Поливай, пока вода не выйдет из дырки. Потом жди. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-1.jpg Дай верху высохнуть, прежде чем полить снова. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-2.jpg Засунь палец. Если верх ещё влажный, оставь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-1.jpg Ростку нужен свет больше, чем вода. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-2.jpg Бледный, вытянутый росток просит свет. Переставь его. Не утопи его. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-1.jpg Прореди до расстояния с пакета. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-2.jpg Самый сильный росток остаётся. Лишние вынь. Тесные растения остаются маленькими. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-1.jpg Корми только после настоящих листьев. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-2.jpg Слишком много их сжигает. Немного, потом остановись. Первые два листа — не настоящие листья. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-1.jpg Снимай вредителей руками, прежде чем чем-то брызгать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-2.jpg Один жук не повод для бутылки. Сними его. Посмотри завтра ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-1.jpg Срывай, когда готово. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-2.jpg Если ждать слишком долго, оно становится жёстким. Растение, оставленное слишком долго, тратит себя на семена. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-1.jpg Один урожай. Не новый сад. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-2.jpg Дай ему имя. Имя не «Огород». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/growing/12-3.jpg Завтра ты можешь посадить другой горшок, без того чтобы тебе говорили, что делать. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/growing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/growing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/planting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-1.jpg Окно. Это срезанный конец, не семя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-2.jpg Возьми свежий зелёный лук с корнями, не высохший. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-1.jpg Окно, потом солнце. Росток — верный результат. Стручкам нужно много света. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-2.jpg Возьми целую сухую фасоль: красную, чёрную, пёструю или сухую стручковую. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-1.jpg Окно. Вероятный урожай — листья. Не толстая головка чеснока. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-2.jpg Один твёрдый зубчик. Кожуру оставь. Остриё вверх, плоский конец с корнем вниз, примерно на два сантиметра. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-1.jpg Окно. Несколько маленьких листьев, не второй кочан из магазина. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-2.jpg Возьми свежее основание, не бурое и скользкое. Оставь около трёх сантиметров сердцевины. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-1.jpg Окно. Тот же способ, что у ромена, и медленнее. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-2.jpg Свежее основание, высотой около трёх сантиметров, в мелкой тарелке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-1.jpg Тёплое окно. Получишь растение, которое можно срезать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-2.jpg Базилику нужна тёплая комната. Рассыпь мелкие семена по влажной земле. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-1.jpg Тёплое окно. Плоду нужно настоящее солнце и горшок побольше. Листья никогда не еда. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-2.jpg Возьми совсем спелый помидор. Положи семена и слизь в чашку с каплей воды. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-1.jpg Тёплое окно. Перцу нужно больше тепла, чем помидору, и больше времени. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-2.jpg Возьми семена из спелого перца. Брожение можно пропустить. Высуши их. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-1.jpg Глубокий горшок. Растение вероятно. Мешок картофеля — нет, если только горшок не глубокий и ты не ждёшь месяцы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-2.jpg Многие магазинные картофелины обработаны, чтобы не давать ростков. Если за три недели ничего нет, причина в этом. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-1.jpg Домашнее дерево. Плод — это может быть, через годы, и он может быть кислым или другим. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-2.jpg Посей свежее семя лимона или апельсина. Семя, высохшее на столе, часто не всходит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-1.jpg Домашнее дерево. Плод в доме редок, занимает годы и не будет как купленный. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-2.jpg Вымой косточку. Более широкий и плоский конец — это низ. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-1.jpg Сеянец, не миска вишен. Вишня плодоносит на улице в холодном месте, через годы, и часто ей нужно второе дерево. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-2.jpg Три косточку, пока не останется мякоти. Оставшаяся мякоть плесневеет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/12-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/13 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-1.jpg Окно. Зелень, не вторая морковь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-2.jpg Срежь листья со свежей моркови. Оставь около одного сантиметра оранжевой верхушки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/13-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/14 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-1.jpg Окно. Листья, не вторая свёкла. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-2.jpg Срежь зелень. Оставь около одного сантиметра свёклы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/14-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/15 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-1.jpg Окно. Это срезанный конец, не семя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-2.jpg Возьми свежий лук-порей с основанием, не высохший. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/15-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/16 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-1.jpg Окно. Несколько маленьких листьев, не второй кочан из магазина. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-2.jpg Возьми свежее основание, не бурое и скользкое. Оставь около трёх сантиметров сердцевины. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/16-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/17 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-1.jpg Окно. Рыхлые листья, не второй плотный кочан. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-2.jpg Свежее основание, высотой около трёх сантиметров, в мелкой тарелке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/17-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/18 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-1.jpg Окно. Перистые листья, не вторая луковица. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-2.jpg Возьми основание луковицы фенхеля. Одни срезанные стебли мало что дают. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/18-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/19 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-1.jpg Тёплое окно. Урожай — куст. Не горсть стеблей в этом месяце. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-2.jpg Возьми стебель, у которого ещё есть твёрдое светлое основание. Сухая палка не даст корней. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/19-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/20 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-1.jpg Домашнее растение. Плод в доме редок, и если придёт, то через годы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-2.jpg Открути корону со свежего ананаса. Срежь с основания любую мякоть плода. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/20-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/21 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-1.jpg Солнечный горшок. Корень — это урожай, если прохладно и каждому растению есть место. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-2.jpg Горшок глубиной с ладонь, с дыркой. Влажная земля, не лужа. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/21-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/22 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-1.jpg Светлый горшок. Листья, не плотный кочан из магазина. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-2.jpg Семя мелкое. Рассыпь его по влажной земле. Прижми, или прикрой пылью земли. Глубоко закопанное не всходит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/22-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/23 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-1.jpg Прохладный горшок. Листья, не летний урожай на жарком подоконнике. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-2.jpg Посей примерно на один сантиметр, в горшок с дыркой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/23-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/24 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-1.jpg Светлый горшок. Листья — урожай. Жара их кончает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-2.jpg Семя круглое. Посей примерно на один сантиметр, в тот горшок, который ты оставишь. Оно не любит пересадку. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/24-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/25 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-1.jpg Горшок с дыркой. Куст, который можно срезать годами. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-2.jpg Семя медленное. Держи землю влажной. Росток часто за десять–двадцать дней. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/25-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/26 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-1.jpg Светлый горшок. Стебель, не семя. Семя часто растит слабое растение, не ту мяту, которую ты нюхал. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-2.jpg Срежь свежий стебель. Сними нижние листья. Сухая палка не даст корней. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/26-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/27 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-1.jpg Солнечный горшок. Стручки — урожай. Росток в банке — другой урок. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-2.jpg Возьми целую сухую кустовую фасоль. Не вьющуюся, если не дашь ей высокую палку. Не колотый горох. Не фасоль из банки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/27-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/28 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-1.jpg Прохладный горшок. Стручки, если погода остаётся прохладной. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-2.jpg Возьми целые семена гороха, не колотый. Колотый горох мёртв. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/28-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/29 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-1.jpg На улице, или горшок глубиной хотя бы двадцать сантиметров. Корень — это урожай. Это не верхушка моркови в тарелке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-2.jpg Рыхлая земля, без камней и твёрдых комков. Они развиливают корень. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/29-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/30 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-1.jpg На улице, или горшок глубиной хотя бы двадцать сантиметров. Корень, и листья. Это не верхушка свёклы в тарелке. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-2.jpg Каждый семенной клубочек может дать несколько ростков. Сей примерно на два сантиметра. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/30-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/31 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-1.jpg На улице, или большой горшок с дыркой. Листья, надолго. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-2.jpg Сей примерно на один сантиметр. Росток часто за пять–десять дней. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/31-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/32 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-1.jpg На улице. Севок проще семени. Семени нужны месяцы, прежде чем будет луковица. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-2.jpg Сажай севок остриём вверх, концом с корнем вниз, примерно на десять сантиметров друг от друга. Кончик только виднеется. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/32-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/33 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-1.jpg Большой горшок или земля, с тем, по чему лезть. Не подоконник. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-2.jpg Сей примерно на два сантиметра после того, как земля станет тёплой. Холодная мокрая земля гноит семя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/33-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/34 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-1.jpg Земля, или очень большой горшок. Одно растение становится огромным. Два — это много. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-2.jpg Сей примерно на два сантиметра после того, как земля станет тёплой. Холодная мокрая земля гноит семя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/34-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/35 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-1.jpg На улице, в тёплой земле. Не горшок и не одно растение. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-2.jpg Сажай блок, хотя бы четыре растения в каждую сторону. Пыльца падает с метёлки наверху на рыльца початков. Один ряд или одно растение часто дают пустые початки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/35-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/36 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-1.jpg Растение или ус. Семя медленное, и большинство растений из семени не дают плода в первый год. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-2.jpg Солнечная земля, или горшок с дыркой. Не тёмное окно. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/36-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/37 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-1.jpg На улице, на полном солнце. Цветок, и семена, если лето достаточно долгое. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-2.jpg Сей примерно на два сантиметра после того, как земля станет тёплой. Росток часто за семь–четырнадцать дней. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/37-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/38 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-1.jpg Солнце, и тёплая земля. Они кончаются за одно лето. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-2.jpg Едва прикрой семя. Холодная мокрая земля его гноит, или семя просто лежит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/38-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/39 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-1.jpg Солнце. Они кончаются за одно лето и цветут до заморозка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-2.jpg Бедная земля делает больше цветков. Богатая земля делает много листьев и мало цветков. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/39-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/40 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-1.jpg Садовые бархатцы. Не календула. Это следующий урок. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-2.jpg Солнце. Едва прикрой семя после того, как земля станет тёплой. Росток часто за пять–десять дней. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/40-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/41 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-1.jpg Ноготки. Не садовые бархатцы из урока перед этим. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-2.jpg Цветок прохладного сезона. Жара может его остановить. Прохладное лето — годное место. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/41-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/42 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-1.jpg Большое семя, примерно на два сантиметра, в тёплую землю. Горшок или земля. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-2.jpg Они стелются. Бедная земля делает больше цветков. Богатая земля делает листья. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/42-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/43 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-1.jpg Не горох, который ты ешь. Это другое растение и другой урок. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-2.jpg Им нравится прохладная погода. Жара останавливает цветки. Прохладное лето может им подойти. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/43-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/planting/44 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-1.jpg Корень, не семя. Глазки — это розовые почки на корне. Они смотрят вверх. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-2.jpg Посади так, чтобы глазки покрывало не больше примерно пяти сантиметров земли. Глубже — и он может дать листья и никогда не зацвести. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/planting/44-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-1.jpg Реши, о чём картинка, до того как поднимешь камеру. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-2.jpg Если не можешь сказать это одной короткой строкой, ты ещё не готов снимать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не снимай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-1.jpg Сдвинь ноги, прежде чем трогать настройку. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-2.jpg Шаг влево меняет картинку сильнее, чем кнопка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-1.jpg Подойди ближе. На большинстве картинок слишком много вокруг предмета. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-2.jpg Если можешь назвать три лишние вещи в кадре, сделай шаг ближе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-1.jpg Горизонт ровный, если ты специально не хочешь иначе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-2.jpg Наклонённый стол выглядит как ошибка. Наклони телефон, пока линия не станет ровной. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-1.jpg Фокус на той части, которая важна. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-2.jpg Нажми на эту часть. Если фон резкий, а вещь размытая, ты нажал не туда. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-1.jpg Одна сильная форма. Не пять вещей, которые спорят. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-2.jpg Если приходится объяснять, о какой вещи картинка, картинка не закончена. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-1.jpg Жди момента. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-2.jpg Картинка, снятая из нетерпения, это та, которую ты удаляешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-1.jpg Человек, который не согласился, не в кадре. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-2.jpg Спроси сначала. Кивок считается. Молчание — нет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-1.jpg Экспозиция на то, за чем ты пришёл. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-2.jpg Фон пусть уйдёт. Яркое окно за вещью делает вещь тенью. Обернись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-1.jpg Три картинки одной вещи. Оставь одну. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-2.jpg Две другие уходят. Больше картинок не делают одну лучше. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-1.jpg Обрежь только то, что спорит с предметом. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-2.jpg Обрезка не способ выдумать более близкую картинку, которую ты не снял. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-1.jpg Одна картинка. Не целая плёнка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-2.jpg Дай ей имя. Имя не «Камера». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/camera/12-3.jpg Завтра ты можешь снять другую картинку, без того чтобы тебе говорили, что делать. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/camera/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/camera.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-1.jpg Выбери инструмент, на котором ты правда будешь заниматься. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-2.jpg Пианино, до которого ты не достаёшь, — не тот инструмент. Руки, барабан, гитара, которая уже есть, — всё считается. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не играй песню. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-1.jpg Телу легко, прежде чем нота. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-2.jpg Если плечи у ушей, нота будет зажата. Опусти их. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-1.jpg Одна нота, чисто. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-2.jpg Чистая нота — та, у которой слышно начало и конец. Лишний шум — не её часть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-1.jpg Ровный пульс, который можешь отстукивать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-2.jpg Если удары ускоряются, пульса ещё нет. Замедлись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-1.jpg Та же фраза, тихо, потом полно. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-2.jpg Полно — не так громко, как выдержит комната. Если уши болят, это слишком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-1.jpg Пауза играется. Не заполняй её. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-2.jpg Тишина — удар, который ты считаешь. Если играешь сквозь неё, ты её пропустил. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-1.jpg Пять нот, которые ты находишь снова. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-2.jpg Сыграй их. Отведи взгляд. Найди те же пять. Если не можешь, их у тебя ещё нет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-1.jpg Четыре такта. Остановись на тактовой черте. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-2.jpg Не добавляй пятый. Остановка — часть фразы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-1.jpg Медленно, пока не чисто. Скорость потом. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-2.jpg Быстрая грязная фраза — не практика. Это привычка, которую придётся разобрать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-1.jpg Запиши один дубль. Послушай один раз. Исправь одну вещь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-2.jpg Не слушай пять раз и не исправляй пять вещей. Одна вещь, потом сыграй ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-1.jpg Двадцать минут. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-2.jpg Больная рука не доказательство, что ты работал. Это причина остановиться. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-1.jpg Одна фраза, которую сможешь сыграть завтра. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-2.jpg Дай ей имя. Имя не «Музыка». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/music/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти эти ноты снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-1.jpg Телу легко, прежде чем звук. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-2.jpg Если плечи у ушей, нота будет зажата. Опусти их. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. Пока не пой песню. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-1.jpg Дыхание начинает ноту. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-2.jpg Сначала возьми воздух. Если начинаешь звук, а потом ищешь воздух, нота дрожит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-1.jpg Одна гласная, по центру. Не толкай горлом. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-2.jpg Если горло сжимается, ты толкаешь. Мягче, и гласная остаётся посередине. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-1.jpg Найди ноту, потом держи её. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-2.jpg Удержанная нота, которая скользит, ещё не найдена. Найди её снова, потом держи. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-1.jpg Слово слышно с первой попытки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-2.jpg Если слушателю приходится спрашивать, что ты спел, слово не было закончено. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-1.jpg Та же строка, тихо, потом полно. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-2.jpg Полно — не так громко, как выдержит комната. Если кружится голова, ты держал воздух слишком долго. Остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-1.jpg Пауза — это тишина. Не заполняй её. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-2.jpg Вдохни в паузе. Если поёшь сквозь неё, ты её пропускаешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-1.jpg Высокая нота готовится, её не хватают. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-2.jpg Если тянешься и горло хватает, ты не был готов. Войди в неё с ноты перед ней. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-1.jpg Запиши один куплет. Послушай один раз. Исправь одну вещь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-2.jpg Не слушай пять раз и не правь пять вещей. Одна вещь, потом спой его ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-1.jpg Двадцать минут. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-2.jpg Больное горло не доказательство, что ты работал. Это причина остановиться. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-1.jpg Пой слова так, будто ты их имеешь в виду. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-2.jpg Если слова — только звуки, ты их ещё не спел. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-1.jpg Один куплет, который сможешь спеть завтра. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-2.jpg Дай ему имя. Имя не «Пение». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/singing/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти этот куплет снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/singing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/singing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-1.jpg Одна правда. Не костюм песни, которая тебе нравится. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-2.jpg Если строка могла бы быть любой песней по радио, это костюм. Начни с того, что ты на самом деле видел. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-1.jpg Название — это обещание песни. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-2.jpg Напиши его сверху. Если куплеты не держат это обещание, название — ложь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-1.jpg Припев говорит это обещание в одной или двух строках. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-2.jpg Две строки — предел. Припев, которому нужен абзац, — это куплет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-1.jpg Намурлычь мелодию. Если нет нотации, запиши ритм простыми словами. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-2.jpg Долгий, короткий, короткий достаточно. Рисунок нот, которые не можешь прочитать, не помогает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-1.jpg Первый куплет — это сцена. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-2.jpg Кто там, и что ты видишь. Чувство пока не объясняй. Это делает сцена. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-1.jpg Припев возвращается без изменений. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-2.jpg Если перепишешь его во второй раз, у тебя нет припева. У тебя два куплета. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-1.jpg Второй куплет поднимает цену или поворот. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-2.jpg Что-то труднее, или кто-то меняет решение. Если ничего не изменилось, это снова первый куплет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-1.jpg Бридж не обязателен. Одна строка, которую припев не сказал. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-2.jpg Если он не нужен, не пиши его. Бридж — это не третий куплет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-1.jpg Жанр — это ритм и слова, не костюм. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-2.jpg Простучи ритм, который ты имеешь в виду. Если слова работают только в чужом голосе, они ещё не твои. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-1.jpg Никакого чужого хука. Если слышишь другую песню, начни строку заново. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-2.jpg Хук, который ты запомнил по радио, не твой. Напиши следующую строку из своего названия. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-1.jpg Запиши припев. Послушай один раз. Исправь одно слово. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-2.jpg Не слушай пять раз и не правь пять слов. Одно слово, и на сегодня всё. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-1.jpg Одна песня, которую сможешь спеть завтра. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-2.jpg Дай ей имя. Имя не «Песня». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/songwriting/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти этот припев снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/songwriting/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/songwriting.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-1.jpg Бумага или планшет, который уже есть. Особая программа не нужна. Напиши одного человека. Имени достаточно. Только один человек. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-2.jpg На следующей строке напиши, чего этот человек хочет. Одно желание. Не список. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/1-3.jpg На следующей строке напиши одну вещь, которая мешает. Человека, факт или предел. Потом остановись. Это не вся история. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-1.jpg Оставь три строки из класса 1 на столе. Открой новую страницу. Не начинай с «это история о». Начни с того, что человек уже в месте. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-2.jpg Напиши, что он делает сейчас. Одно действие, которое видно. Рука на двери, шаг, поставленная чашка. Останься в этом мгновении. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/2-3.jpg Прочитай. Если предложение рассказывает всю жизнь или урок, зачеркни его. Начало — только это мгновение. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-1.jpg Прочитай начало из класса 2. Это одно мгновение. Не начинай новую сцену. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-2.jpg Пока это мгновение не кончилось, положи желание на страницу. Не пиши «она хотела». Покажи. Рука пробует дверь. Глаза остаются на телефоне, который не берут. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/3-3.jpg Читай до последней строки. Если читатель всё ещё не знает, чего человек хочет, добавь одно действие, которое это показывает. Потом остановись. Середину не начинай. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-1.jpg Вернись к сцене. Желание уже есть. Преграда только одного вида: человек, факт или предел. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-2.jpg Напиши её в сцене. Человек говорит нет. Факт: автобус ушёл. Предел: есть одна монета. Не пиши «была проблема». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/4-3.jpg Прочитай. Если преграда может быть больше чем одного вида, оставь один и вычеркни остальные. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-1.jpg Это середина. Напиши первую попытку. Она не удаётся по одной причине. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-2.jpg Напиши вторую попытку. Она не удаётся по другой причине. Не повторяй первую неудачу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/5-3.jpg Прочитай обе. Если они не удаются по одной причине, измени вторую. Потом остановись. Конец не пиши. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-1.jpg Прочитай две попытки. Обе не удались. Не добавляй спасение удачей. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-2.jpg Напиши поворот как выбор. Человек берёт одно из двух дел, которые правда может сделать. Он знает цену. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/6-3.jpg Прочитай. Если выход — удача, незнакомец или найденный ключ, зачеркни это. Напиши выбор. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-1.jpg Напиши конец в нескольких строках. Либо они получают желаемое, либо страница показывает цену. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-2.jpg Не добавляй новое желание. Возьми желание из первой сцены. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/7-3.jpg Прочитай желание и конец вместе. Если конец забывает желание, исправь конец. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-1.jpg Прочитай сцену до последней строки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-2.jpg Последняя строка должна что-то изменить. Факт, выбор или то, что кто-то знает. Если ничего не изменилось, напиши изменение. До этого глава не кончена. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/8-3.jpg Если началась новая сцена, вычеркни её назад. Закончи на изменении. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-1.jpg Найди одно чувство или факт, который ты собирался объяснить. «Она была зла.» «Он ей не доверял.» https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-2.jpg Положи это в то, что кто-то говорит, или в то, чего не говорит. Объявление не пиши. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/9-3.jpg Прочитай. Если рассказчик всё ещё объявляет это, вычеркни то предложение. Разговор это держит. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-1.jpg Прочитай сцену. Отметь предложение, которое объясняет то, что читатель уже увидел. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-2.jpg Зачеркни его. Оставь действие. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/10-3.jpg Прочитай сцену ещё раз. Если другое предложение только объясняет, вычеркни и его. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-1.jpg Прочитай первую страницу вслух. Только первую страницу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-2.jpg Отметь первое место, где потерял человека, желание или место. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/11-3.jpg Исправь это место. Одна починка. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-1.jpg Прочитай текст от первой строки до последней. В нём есть человек, желание, преграда, две попытки, выбор и конец. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-2.jpg Дай ему имя. Имя не «История». Оно указывает на этот текст. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/writing/12-3.jpg Текст можно отдать читателю. Тебе не нужна открытая эта страница, чтобы знать, что это. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/writing/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/writing.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-1.jpg Бумага, которая уже есть. Напиши одну вещь, которую можешь сделать. Не лавку. Не список. Одну вещь. Буханку, починку, рисунок, банку супа. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-2.jpg Это для одного человека, не для всех. На следующей строке напиши для кого. Имени достаточно. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/1-3.jpg Прочитай две строки. Ты можешь это закончить. Если нет, зачеркни и напиши меньшую вещь. Потом остановись. Цену не пиши. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-1.jpg Посмотри на одну вещь из прошлого класса. Она для одного человека. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-2.jpg Напиши имя этого человека на следующей строке. Настоящий человек, с которым ты можешь говорить. Не все. Не клиенты. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/2-3.jpg Прочитай имя. Если не можешь представить лицо, зачеркни и напиши одного человека, чьё лицо можешь. Потом остановись. Цену не пиши. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-1.jpg Человек, которого ты назвал. Напиши, что ему нужно и чего у него нет. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-2.jpg Это должно совпасть с вещью, которую ты можешь сделать. Не новое дело. Одна потребность. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/3-3.jpg Прочитай потребность и вещь вместе. Если они не совпадают, измени потребность или вещь. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-1.jpg Сделай первое. Используй то, что уже есть. Не открывай лавку. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-2.jpg Закончи это. Не план из десяти. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/4-3.jpg Поставь это на стол. Это первое. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-1.jpg Отнеси первую к человеку, которого ты назвал. Или назначь время, когда её можно подержать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-2.jpg Положи её в руки. Не объясняй весь план. Пусть подержит. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/5-3.jpg Побудь рядом, пока смотрит. Потом остановись. Не проси денег. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-1.jpg После того как он это подержит, напиши слова, которые он сказал. Его слова, не твои. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-2.jpg Если он ничего не сказал, напиши, что он сделал. Он положил это. Он улыбнулся. Он задал один вопрос. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/6-3.jpg Прочитай, что ты написал. Это его реакция, не твоя надежда. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-1.jpg Прочитай, что они сказали. Найди одну вещь, о которой они просили. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-2.jpg Измени ту одну вещь на том, что сделал. Не пять вещей. Одну. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/7-3.jpg Изменение сделано. Потом остановись. Не начинай заново. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-1.jpg На своей бумаге напиши, чего тебе стоило сделать это. Время. Материалы, которые у тебя уже были. Вещь, которую ты использовал до конца. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-2.jpg Это для тебя. Это не цена для них. Не пиши цену продажи. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/8-3.jpg Прочитай. Ты знаешь, чего тебе стоило это. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-1.jpg Посмотри, чего это тебе стоило. Реши цену, которую можешь сказать вслух тому одному человеку. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-2.jpg Скажи её этому человеку, или потренируйся говорить её комнате. Вслух. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/9-3.jpg Не набирай цену на этой странице. Не набирай её в заметке здесь. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-1.jpg Напиши, как они получают её от тебя. Ты даёшь её им в руки. Они забирают её. Ты оставляешь её у их двери. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-2.jpg Один способ. Не лавка. Не оплата на этом сайте. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/10-3.jpg Прочитай. Человек мог бы пойти этим способом. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-1.jpg Скажи человеку, для которого это. Одно предложение. Вещь, и что она для него. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-2.jpg Скажи это, или напиши там, где он это увидит. Не плакат для всех. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/11-3.jpg Одно предложение. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-1.jpg Прочитай то, что у тебя есть. Одна вещь. Один человек. Одна потребность. Одна сделанная вещь. Один способ, как они её получают. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-2.jpg Дай предложению имя. Имя — не "Business". Оно указывает на это предложение. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/business/12-3.jpg Ты можешь отдать это покупателю, не открывая эту страницу. Потом остановись. Не набирай цену. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/practice/1 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/practice/2 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/business/practice/3 https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/business.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-1.jpg Сыграй одну белую клавишу и дай ей затихнуть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-2.jpg Если держишь её, ты не даёшь ей затихнуть. Подними палец и слушай конец. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-1.jpg Держи четыре ровных удара. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-2.jpg Если удары ускоряются, пульса ещё нет. Замедлись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-1.jpg Сыграй ту же клавишу громко, потом тихо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-2.jpg Тихо — всё та же клавиша. Если уши болят, это слишком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-1.jpg Сыграй клавишу повыше, потом пониже. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-2.jpg Назови, какая выше. Сыграй их ещё раз, не ища долго. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-1.jpg Оставь паузу, которую можешь сосчитать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-2.jpg Тишина — удар. Если играешь сквозь неё, ты её пропустил. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-1.jpg Повтори тот же короткий узор три раза. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-2.jpg Если третий раз вырастает, ты его не повторил. Сыграй первый ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-1.jpg Используй одну руку, другая отдыхает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-2.jpg Отдыхающая рука не зависает. Она неподвижна. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-1.jpg Сыграй медленно, потом чуть быстрее, не торопя паузу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-2.jpg Пауза остаётся той же длины. Скорость не съедает тишину. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-1.jpg Пусть кто-то другой считает четыре, пока ты играешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-2.jpg Если обгоняешь их счёт, ты ещё не с ними. Начни заново. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-1.jpg Стой на последнем ударе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-2.jpg Если добавишь ещё одну, ты не остановился. Подними обе руки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-1.jpg Сыграй один раз с начала, потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-2.jpg Один дубль. Не латай середину. Если сорвётся, следующая попытка начинается с начала. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/piano/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-1.jpg Сыграй короткий узор и дай ему имя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-2.jpg Имя не «Пианино». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/piano/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти эти клавиши снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-1.jpg Сыграй один тихий выдох и дай ему затихнуть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-2.jpg Если звук не кончается, ты всё ещё дуешь. Останови воздух и слушай. Остановись, если кружится голова или болят губы. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-1.jpg Держи четыре ровных удара. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-2.jpg Если удары ускоряются, пульса ещё нет. Замедлись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-1.jpg Сыграй ту же ноту громко, потом тихо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-2.jpg Тихо — всё та же нота. Если уши болят, это слишком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-1.jpg Сыграй ноту повыше, потом пониже. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-2.jpg Назови, какая выше. Сыграй их ещё раз, не ища долго. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-1.jpg Оставь паузу, которую можешь сосчитать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-2.jpg Тишина — удар. Если играешь сквозь неё, ты её пропустил. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-1.jpg Повтори тот же короткий узор три раза. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-2.jpg Если третий раз вырастает, ты его не повторил. Сыграй первый ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-1.jpg Используй одну руку, другая отдыхает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-2.jpg Отдыхающая рука не зависает. Она неподвижна. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-1.jpg Сыграй медленно, потом чуть быстрее, не торопя паузу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-2.jpg Пауза остаётся той же длины. Скорость не съедает тишину. Если кружится голова, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-1.jpg Пусть кто-то другой считает четыре, пока ты играешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-2.jpg Если обгоняешь их счёт, ты ещё не с ними. Начни заново. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-1.jpg Стой на последнем ударе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-2.jpg Если добавишь ещё одну, ты не остановился. Вынь кларнет изо рта. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-1.jpg Сыграй один раз с начала, потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-2.jpg Один дубль. Не латай середину. Если сорвётся, следующая попытка начинается с начала. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/clarinet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-1.jpg Сыграй короткий узор и дай ему имя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-2.jpg Имя не «Кларнет». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/clarinet/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти эти ноты снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-1.jpg Загуди губами один раз и дай ему затихнуть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-2.jpg Если жужжание не кончается, ты всё ещё дуешь. Останови воздух и слушай. Остановись, если болят губы или кружится голова. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-1.jpg Держи четыре ровных удара. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-2.jpg Если удары ускоряются, пульса ещё нет. Замедлись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-1.jpg Сыграй ту же ноту громко, потом тихо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-2.jpg Тихо — всё та же нота. Если уши болят, это слишком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-1.jpg Сыграй ноту повыше, потом пониже. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-2.jpg Назови, какая выше. Сыграй их ещё раз, не ища долго. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-1.jpg Оставь паузу, которую можешь сосчитать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-2.jpg Тишина — удар. Если играешь сквозь неё, ты её пропустил. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-1.jpg Повтори тот же короткий узор три раза. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-2.jpg Если третий раз вырастает, ты его не повторил. Сыграй первый ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-1.jpg Используй одну руку, другая отдыхает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-2.jpg Отдыхающая рука не зависает. Она неподвижна. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-1.jpg Сыграй медленно, потом чуть быстрее, не торопя паузу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-2.jpg Пауза остаётся той же длины. Скорость не съедает тишину. Если кружится голова, остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-1.jpg Пусть кто-то другой считает четыре, пока ты играешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-2.jpg Если обгоняешь их счёт, ты ещё не с ними. Начни заново. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-1.jpg Стой на последнем ударе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-2.jpg Если добавишь ещё одну, ты не остановился. Вынь трубу изо рта. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-1.jpg Сыграй один раз с начала, потом стой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-2.jpg Один дубль. Не латай середину. Если сорвётся, следующая попытка начинается с начала. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/trumpet/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-1.jpg Сыграй короткий узор и дай ему имя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-2.jpg Имя не «Труба». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/trumpet/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти эти ноты снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-1.jpg Щипни одну струну и дай ей затихнуть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-2.jpg Подними палец. Слушай конец. Если держишь её, ты не даёшь ей затихнуть. Без смычка. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-1.jpg Держи четыре ровных удара. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-2.jpg Если удары ускоряются, пульса ещё нет. Замедлись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-1.jpg Сыграй ту же струну громко, потом тихо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-2.jpg Тихо — всё та же струна. Если уши болят, это слишком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-1.jpg Сыграй струну повыше, потом пониже. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-2.jpg Назови, какая выше. Сыграй их ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-1.jpg Оставь паузу, которую можешь сосчитать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-2.jpg Тишина — удар. Если играешь сквозь неё, ты её пропустил. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-1.jpg Повтори тот же короткий узор три раза. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-2.jpg Если третий раз вырастает, ты его не повторил. Сыграй первый ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-1.jpg Используй одну руку, другая отдыхает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-2.jpg Отдыхающая рука не зависает. Она неподвижна. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-1.jpg Сыграй медленно, потом чуть быстрее, не торопя паузу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-2.jpg Пауза остаётся той же длины. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-1.jpg Пусть кто-то другой считает четыре, пока ты играешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-2.jpg Если обгоняешь их счёт, начни заново. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-1.jpg Стой на последнем ударе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-2.jpg Если добавишь ещё одну, ты не остановился. Подними обе руки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-1.jpg Сыграй один раз с начала, потом стой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-2.jpg Один дубль. Не латай середину. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/cello/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-1.jpg Сыграй короткий узор и дай ему имя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-2.jpg Имя не «Виолончель». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/cello/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти эти струны снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-1.jpg Ударь один раз и дай ему затихнуть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-2.jpg Подними руку. Слушай до конца. Остановись, если болит рука. Не бей близко к уху. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-1.jpg Держи четыре ровных удара. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-2.jpg Если удары ускоряются, пульса ещё нет. Замедлись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-1.jpg Ударь в то же место громко, потом тихо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-2.jpg Тихо — всё то же место. Если уши болят, это слишком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-1.jpg Ударь повыше, потом пониже. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-2.jpg Назови, какой выше. Ударь их ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-1.jpg Оставь паузу, которую можешь сосчитать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-2.jpg Тишина — удар. Если бьёшь сквозь неё, ты её пропустил. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-1.jpg Повтори тот же короткий узор три раза. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-2.jpg Если третий раз вырастает, сыграй первый ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-1.jpg Используй одну руку, другая отдыхает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-2.jpg Отдыхающая рука не зависает. Она неподвижна. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-1.jpg Сыграй медленно, потом чуть быстрее, не торопя паузу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-2.jpg Пауза остаётся той же длины. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-1.jpg Пусть кто-то другой считает четыре, пока ты играешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-2.jpg Если обгоняешь их счёт, начни заново. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-1.jpg Стой на последнем ударе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-2.jpg Если добавишь ещё одну, ты не остановился. Подними обе руки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-1.jpg Сыграй один раз с начала, потом стой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-2.jpg Один дубль. Не латай середину. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/drums/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-1.jpg Сыграй короткий узор и дай ему имя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-2.jpg Имя не «Ударные». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/drums/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти этот узор снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-1.jpg Щипни одну тихую струну и дай ей затихнуть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-2.jpg Если держишь её, ты не даёшь ей затихнуть. Подними палец и слушай. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-1.jpg Держи четыре ровных удара. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-2.jpg Если удары ускоряются, пульса ещё нет. Замедлись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-1.jpg Сыграй ту же струну громко, потом тихо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-2.jpg Тихо — всё та же струна. Если уши болят, это слишком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-1.jpg Сыграй струну повыше, потом пониже. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-2.jpg Назови, какая выше. Сыграй их ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-1.jpg Оставь паузу, которую можешь сосчитать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-2.jpg Тишина — удар. Если играешь сквозь неё, ты её пропустил. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-1.jpg Повтори тот же короткий узор три раза. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-2.jpg Если третий раз вырастает, сыграй первый ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-1.jpg Используй одну руку, другая отдыхает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-2.jpg Отдыхающая рука неподвижна. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-1.jpg Сыграй медленно, потом чуть быстрее, не торопя паузу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-2.jpg Пауза остаётся той же длины. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-1.jpg Пусть кто-то другой считает четыре, пока ты играешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-2.jpg Если обгоняешь их счёт, начни заново. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-1.jpg Стой на последнем ударе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-2.jpg Если добавишь ещё одну, ты не остановился. Подними обе руки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-1.jpg Сыграй один раз с начала, потом стой. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-2.jpg Один дубль. Не латай середину. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/ukulele/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-1.jpg Сыграй короткий узор и дай ему имя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-2.jpg Имя не «Укулеле». https://mylearntomake.com/steps/ukulele/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти эти струны снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar https://mylearntomake.com/crafts/music.jpg https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/1 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-1.jpg Щипни одну открытую струну и дай ей затихнуть. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-2.jpg Если держишь её, ты не даёшь ей затихнуть. Подними палец и слушай. Остановись, если болит палец. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/1-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/2 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-1.jpg Держи четыре ровных удара. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-2.jpg Если удары ускоряются, пульса ещё нет. Замедлись. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/2-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/3 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-1.jpg Сыграй ту же струну громко, потом тихо. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-2.jpg Тихо — всё та же струна. Если уши болят, это слишком. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/3-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/4 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-1.jpg Сыграй струну повыше, потом пониже. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-2.jpg Назови, какая выше. Сыграй их ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/4-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/5 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-1.jpg Оставь паузу, которую можешь сосчитать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-2.jpg Тишина — удар. Если играешь сквозь неё, ты её пропустил. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/5-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/6 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-1.jpg Повтори тот же короткий узор три раза. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-2.jpg Если третий раз вырастает, сыграй первый ещё раз. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/6-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/7 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-1.jpg Назови инструмент. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-2.jpg Это гитара. У узора другое имя. Не песня, которую ты уже знаешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/7-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/8 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-1.jpg Используй одну руку, другая отдыхает. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-2.jpg Отдыхающая рука неподвижна. Медиатор тоже может отдыхать. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/8-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/9 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-1.jpg Сыграй медленно, потом чуть быстрее, не торопя паузу. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-2.jpg Пауза остаётся той же длины. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/9-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/10 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-1.jpg Пусть кто-то другой считает четыре, пока ты играешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-2.jpg Если обгоняешь их счёт, начни заново. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/10-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/11 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-1.jpg Стой на последнем ударе. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-2.jpg Если добавишь ещё одну, ты не остановился. Подними обе руки. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/11-3.jpg Потом остановись. https://mylearntomake.com/ru/music/guitar/12 https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-1.jpg Сыграй короткий узор и дай ему имя. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-2.jpg Имя не «Гитара». Не песня, которую ты уже знаешь. https://mylearntomake.com/steps/guitar/12-3.jpg Ты можешь найти эти струны снова, без того чтобы тебе говорили. Потом остановись.